F
ISupplement
-- Academic
Calendar
Infbrmation Sessions
-- Tuition
and Fees
Class schedules
1992 - 1 9 9 3
SUPPLEMENT
- -.
i
Table of Contents
ACADEMIC CmENDAR ..................................
Page 2
PROGRAM INFORMATION SESSIONS .............. Page 3
1992 .1993 TUITION AND FEES ..... Show more
F
ISupplement
-- Academic
Calendar
Infbrmation Sessions
-- Tuition
and Fees
Class schedules
1992 - 1 9 9 3
SUPPLEMENT
- -.
i
Table of Contents
ACADEMIC CmENDAR ..................................
Page 2
PROGRAM INFORMATION SESSIONS .............. Page 3
1992 .1993 TUITION AND FEES ........................
Page 4
CLASS SCHEDULE, FALL 1992-1993 .................. Page 5
CLASS SCHEDULE, WINTER 1992-1993 .............Page 8
CLASS SCHEDULE. SPRING 1992-1993 ............ Page 12
NOTE: Class schedule changes may occur afier this schedule
is published . Students should consult the course list each term
for the most current schedule of classes.
3/92/6M
Augsburg Weekend College
1992 - 1993 Academic Calendar
Fall
Winter
Trimester
Spring*
Trimester
Nov 30
Mar 15
Applicant File Completion Deadline
Aug 24
Dec 14
Mar 30
New Student Orientation
Aug 29
4 r3
Trimester
Application Deadline
Aug 17
Jan 2
Class Scheduling (course selection)
Begins:
J ~6Y
Oct 23
Ends:
Aug 1
Nov 24
Jan 29
Mar 1
Registration (schedule c o d m a t i o n )
Mail Deadline
Aug 21
Dec 11
New Students/ Aug 29
Jan 2
Make-up
Mar 25
4 r3
Classes Begin
Apr 16-18
Sept 11-13
Jan 8-10
Last Day to Add or Drop Class Without Record Notation
Sept 13
Jan 10
Apr 18
Last Day to Change Grade Option
Oct 25
Feb 14
May 23
Last Day to Drop a Class
Nov 22
Mar 14
June 6
Classes End
Dec 4-6
Mar 26-28
June 18-20
Final Exams
Dec 11-13
Apr 2-4
June 25-27
Apr 13
J ~5Y
Jan 8-lo**
Jan 15-17
Jan 29-31
Feb 12-14
Feb 26-28
Mar 12-14
Mar 26-28**
Apr 2-4
Apr 16-18
Apr 30-May 2
May 14-16**
May 21-23
June 4-6
June 18-20**
June 25-27
Final Grades Due
Dec 21
Classes Meet
Sept 11-13
Sept 25-27
Oct 9-11
Oct 23-25
Nov 6-8
Nov 20-22
Dec 4-6**
Dec 11-13
*
C1assc.s in Sping Trimester will be four hours in Iengh instead of three and one-half
hour^. Seepage 13for exact timw.
** One week between clmes.
Program Information Sessions
Adults who are interested in Augburg Weekend College are encouraged
to attend one of the information sessions that are scheduled throughout
the year. These information sessions are free of charge and are
approximately two hours in length. Please call the Weekend College
Office (330-1652) to receive fUrther details on these information sessions
or to sign up for one of the following dates:
For Fall Trimester, 1992-1993
Saturday, May 16
Tuesday, June 9
Saturday, June 20
Thursday, July 9
Saturday, July 18
Saturday, August 1
For Winter Trimester, 1992-1993
Saturday, October 10
Saturday, November 7
Saturday, November 2 1
For Spring Trimester, 1992-1993
Saturday, February 6
Tuesday, February 16
Saturday, February 27
For more information write or call:
Augsburg Weekend College Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454
Phone: 612/330-1652
FAX: 612/330-1649
1992 - 1993
Tuition and Pees
$15.00
Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable)
Tuition (per trimester course)
$825.00
(one course is 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits)
Tuition (per summer course, 1992)
$650.00
Activity Fee (per trimester)
$7.00
Audit a Course
$412.50
Lifetime Sports:
Fee for course
Fee for Assessment of Previous Learning
$100.00
$50.00
Nursing Clinical Fee
$150.00
Student Teaching Fee (per course)
$300.00
Late Fee (per day)
$50.00
Five working days after registration (schedule confirmation) are allowed
to complete late registrations. Per day fee is charged to any student
registering after the scheduled registration date. Late registration also
includes incomplete registration as defined: a) unsigned registration
form; b) unapproved payment plan.
Registration change after first class meeting
$5.00
(cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time)
Transcript Fee (first is fiee, per copy afier ht)
$2.00
Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1%per
month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more.
1992-1993Class Schedule
Fall Trimester
Friday Evening (6:OO - 9:30)
t ART 352 Women and Art
t BIO 102 The Biological World*
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
t CSC
t ECO
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
t EDU
t ENG
t ENG
t MAT
MUS
NUR
NUR
NUR
t PHY
t PSY
PSY
t REL
t SOC
t SOC
SPC
SPC
t SWK
242
355
362
391
340
112
350
379
382
387
350
264
245
271
131
130
305
350
403
101
105
493
356
265
231
111
495
260
Principles of Management
Marketing Communications
International Business
BusinessLaw
Digital Communications and Computer Networks
Principles of Macroeconomics
Creating Learning Environments (9/11-11/6) (.5)
K-El Art Methods (9/11-10/9) (.25)
K-El Math Methods (10/23-12/11) (.5)
K-El Language Arts (10/23-12/11) (.5)
Reading in the Content Areas (9/11-11/6) (.5)
Orientation to Education (9/11-11/6) (.5)
Introduction to Literature
European Literature: Homer to Dante
Math for the Liberal Arts *
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication *
Introduction to Nursing Research
Contemporary Nursing III:Families *
Astronomy *
Principles of Psychology
Seminar
History of Religions
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
Family Systems: A Cross Cultural View
Public Speaking
Topic: Self and the Organization
Humans Developing
Saturday Morning (8:30
BIO
BUS
BUS
BUS
t CHM
CSC
t ECO
t ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
ENG
103
221
222
391
109
330
112
113
3 13
376
377
388
389
111
- 12:OO)
Human Anatomy and Physiology *
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Accounting II
BusinessLaw
General Organic and Biological Chemistry *
Theory of Computation
Principles of Macroeconomics
Principles of Microeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
K-El Social Studies Methods (10/24-11/21) (.25)
K-El Science Methods (9/12-10/10) (.25)
K-El Health Methods (9/12-10/10) (.25)
I<-El Physical Education Curriculum (10/24-11/21) (.25)
Effective Writing
Student Teaching (Prereq.: Approval and Placement by Ed. Dept.)* * *
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDS
EDS
EDS
481
481
481
482
482
482
483
483
483
484
481
482
483
484
K Student Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
K Student Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
KStudent Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
*Extraclass or hb sessions required.
**Additional clinicalfee required.
t
These coulses have been approved by the Augsburg General Education Committee as
meeting the newLiberal Arts Perspectives. See the 1991-1993 Ausgburg catalog for
more information about the Liberal Arts Perspectives.
Students entering Augsburg in 1992-1993 and transferring less than 1 6 Augsburg
course equivalents will complete Liberal Arts Perspectives along with their approved
major program.
Students who entered Augsburg during the 1991-1992 academic year and
transferred less than seven Augsburg course equivalents are also required to complete
the new Liberal Arts Perspectives.
Winter Trimester
Friday Evening (6:OO- 9:30)
t
t
t
t
t
t
ART
BUS
BUS
BUS
CSC
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDU
ENG
ENG
ENG
INS
NUR
NUR
PHY
POL
PSY
PSY
REL
SOC
SPC
SWK
224
242
252
3 31
450
112
382
387
388
389
341
111
225
245
320
306
310
106
122
105
373
343
121
354
260
Publication Design
Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing
Financial Management
Principles of Programming Languages
Principles of Macroeconomics
K-El Math Methods (1/8-2/26) (.5)
K-El Language Arts (1/8-2/26) (.5)
K-El Health Methods (3/12-4/2) (.25)
K-El Physical Education Methods (1/8-2/26) (.5)
Media Technology (1/8-2/26) (.5)
Effective Writing *
Intermediate Expository Writing*
Introduction to Literature
American Indian Women
Contemporary Nursing IT:Paradigms in Nursing *
Community Health Nursing I *
Introductory Meteorology *
Metropolitan Complex
Principles of Psychology
Organizational Psychology
Theology of Marriage
Introduction to Human Society
Interpersonal Communication
Humans Developing
Saturday Morning (8:30 - 12:OO)
BIO 101
BUS 221
BUS 222
BUS 340
BUS 352
BUS 391
BUS 433
CHM 110
CSC 272
t ECO 112
ECO 3 13
ECO 3 18
EDE 351
EDE 379
t EDU 264
EDU 388
ENG 111
ENG 282
ENG 327
MAT 104
MIS 175
Human Biology
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Accounting 11
Human Resource Management
Marketing Research and Analysis
Business Law
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
General Organic and Biological Chemistry *
Unixand C
Principles of Macroeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
Management Science
Techniques of Teaching Reading
K-El Art Methods (1/9-1/30) (.25)
Orientation to Education (1/9-2/27) (.5)
Human Relations (2/13-4/3) (.5)
Effective Writing *
Topics: Grow Old With Me
Advanced Journalism: Interviewing and Editing
Intermediate Algebra * (no credit)
Computers for Business, Economics &MIS
MIS
NUR
t POL/
SPC
tPSY
t REL
t REL
SPC
SPC
SWK
SWK
279 Quantitative Methods fbr Business, Economics and MIS
404 Contemporary Nursing W *
342 Mass Communications in Society
105
363
471
222
352
363
465
Principles of Psychology
Religion in America
Jesus and His Interpreters
Intro to Theatre A m
Persuasion
Basic Methods (by demand)
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Saturday Afternoon (1:15
222
252
323
368
465
345
113
415
350
377
386
353
477
351
438
282/
482
t HIS 222
HPE 115
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
CSC
ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDS
ENG
ENG
ENG
MAT
MAT
MIS
t PHI
PSY
t REL
REL
t SOC
t SPA
t SPC
SPC
SWK
SWK
121
171
376
125
351
221
263
121
112
329
351
364
466
Principles of Accounting 11
Principles of Marketing
Accounting Theory and Practice II
Responding to the Challenges of Japan
International Management
Principles of Computer Organization
Principles of Microeconomics
Managerial Economics
Creating Learning Environments (2/13-4/3) (.5)
K-El Science Methods (1/9-1/30) (.25)
Children's Literature (2/13-4/3) (.5)
Creating Learning Environments
School and Society
American Literature Since 1920
Shakespeare
Topics: Women and Fiction
U.S. History Since 1877
Health and ChemicalDependency Education @ I S )
(1/30-3/27) (.5)
Finite Mathematics *
Discrete Mathematics *
Project Management
Ethics and Human Identity
Developmental Psychology - Child
Biblical Studies
World Justice and Hunger
Introduction to Human Society
Beginning Spanish II *
Intercultural Communication
Argumentation
Field Work I (by demand)
Field Work III
Sunday Afternoon (1:15
ART
BUS
BUS
BUS
- 445)
- 445)
106/306 Calligraphy
242 Principles of Management
326 Tax Accounting
440 Operations Management
t ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312
ECO 313
ECO 315
EDE 282
EDE 364
EDE 375
EDE 376
EDE 380
EDS 374
EDS 375
ENG 336
t FRE 111
t GER 111
HPE 114
HPE 353
INS 232
MIS 175
MIS 475
t NOR 111
t REL 111
t SOC 265
t SPA 111
t SPA 112
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
Money and Banking
Introduction to Special Education
InterdisciplinaryStudies (3/14-4/4) (.25)
Discovery in the World of Kindergarten (2/14-4/4) (.5)
K-El Social Studies Methods (1/10-1/31) (.25)
K-El Music Methods (1/10-1/31) (.25)
Natural Science Methods (1/10-2/28) (.5)
Social Studies Methods (1/10-2/28) ( . 5 )
British Literature: 17th & 18th Centuries
Beginning French I *
Beginning German I*
Health and S&ty Education (E/S) (1/10-2/28) (.5)
Kinesiology and Physiology of Exercise
Afiican American Experience
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
Information Systems Analysis and Design
Beginning Norwegian 1*
Introduction to Theology
Culture: Gender, Ethnicity and Race
Beginning Spanish I *
Beginning Spanish II *
Day Schedule Evening Courses
ECO 413 Labor Economics (meets Feb. - May, Tuesdays 6-9)
ENG 101 DevelopmentalWriting (meets Feb. - May, Tuesdays 6-9)
Lifetime Sports
HPE 002 Lifetime Fitness (meets weekly for 8 weeks)
To be Arranged
BUS
EDE
EDS
HPE
299/399 Internship
363 Clinical Experience (.5)
352 Clinical Experience (.5)
489 Coaching Practicum (.5)
Mexico Travel Seminar - Center for Global Education
REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America
Feb. 21-28
Student Teaching (Prereq.: Approval and Placement by Ed. Dept.)* **
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
48 1
481
481
482
482
482
483
K Student Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
K Student Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
K Student Teaching
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDS
EDS
EDS
483
483
484
481
482
483
484
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
*Extra C h or Lab Sea-ionsRequired
* *Additional Lab Fee Required
f These courses have been approved by the Augsburg General Education Committee as
meeting the new Liberal Arts Perspectives. See the 1991-1993 Ausgburg catalog for
more information about the Liberal Arts Perspectives.
Students entering Augsburg in 1992-1993 and transferring less than 16 Augsburg
course equivalents will complete Liberal Arts Perspectives along with their approved
major program.
Students who entered Augsburg during the 1991-1992 academic year and
transferred less than seven Augsburg course equivalents are also required to complete
the new Liberal Arts Perspectives.
Spring Trimester
Friday Evening (6:OO - 10:OO)
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
BUS 242
BUS 466
ECO 112
EDE 350
EDE 376
EDE 380
EDE 382
EDS 353
EDU 264
EDU 388
ENG 111
ENG 361
ENG 272
HPE 114
MAT 131
MUS 130
NUR 330
PHY 101
PSY 357
REL 111
SOC 121
SPC 111
SPC 343
SPC 480
SWK 260
Principles of Management
International Marketing
Principles of Macroeconomics
Creating Learning Environments (5/14-6/18) (.5)
K-El Social Studies Methods (4/16-5/14) (.25)
K-El Music Methods (6/4-6/25) (.25)
K-El Math Methods (4/30-6/4) (.5)
Creating Learning Environments
Orientation to Education (4/16-5/21) (.5)
Human Relations (E/S) (4/16-5/21) (.5)
Effective Writing
Modern Fiction
European Literature: Renaissance to Modern
Health and Safety Education (E/S) (4/6-5/21) (.5)
Math for the Liberal Arts *
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Trends and Issues in Nursing*
Astronomy *
Learning
Introduction to Theology
Introduction to Human Society
Public Speaking
Broadcast Production I
Public Relations/Promotional Communication
Humans Developing
Saturday Morning (8:OO
- 12:OO)
Microbiology *
Principles of Accounting II
BusinessLaw
Chemistry for Changing Times
Data Structures
Algorithms
Principles of Microeconomics
Management Science
Techniques of Teaching Reading
K-El Saence Methods (6/5-6/26) (.25)
Reading in the Content Areas (4/17-5/22) (.5)
Media Technology (4/17-5/22) (.5)
Effective Writing *
Introduction to Creative Writing
American Literature to 1920
U.S. Topics: History of the Twin Cities
H
e
a
l
t
hand Chemid Dependency Education
(4/14-5/22) (.5)
MAT 114 Elementary Functions *
MIS 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
BIO 108
BUS 222
BUS 391
t CHM 100
CSC 210
CSC 320
t ECO 113
ECO 318
EDE 351
EDE 377
EDS 350
EDU 341
ENG 111
t ENG 226
ENG 350
HIS 331
HPE 115
t PHI 120 Ethics
t POL/342 Mass Communications in Society
SPC
t PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
PSY
REL
t REL
SWK
SWK
353 Developmental Psychology: Middle and Older Adult
(Upper Division to be Announced)
483 Christian Ethics
461 Advanced Methods (by demand)
467 Social Worker as Professional
Saturday Afternoon (1:OO
- 500)
t BIO 105 Biology and Society
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
CSC
t ECO
ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
ENG
ENG
HPE
221
252
331
355
425
438
450
445
112
311
360
379
386
223
225
475
INS 495
MIS
PHI
t POL
PSY
PSY
t REL
t REL
SOC
SPC
SPC
SWK
SWK
370
230
158
356
3 81
221
369
349
351
355
462
469
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Marketing
Financial Management
Marketing Communications
Advanced Accounting
Invesments
Marketing Management
Operating Systems & Computer Architecture
Principles of Macroeconomics
Public Finance
International Trade and Finance
K-El Art Methods (6/5-6/26) (-25)
Children's Literature (4/17-5/22) (.5)
Writing for Business and the Professions
Intermediate Expository Writing
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
(4/17-5/16) (.50)
Seminar: Research Methods in Women's Studies
Advanced Computing for Business, Economics and MIS
Logic
Political Patterns and Processes
Environmental Psychology
Psychology in Historical Perspective
Biblical Studies
Religious Imagination in Modem Literature
Complex Organizations
Argumentation
Small Group Communication
Field Work IT (by demand)
Field Work IV
Sunday Afternoon (1:OO
- 5:OO)
t ART 107 Drawing
BUS
BUS
t ECO
ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
242
340
113
3 13
3 18
364
375
Principles of Management
Human Resource Management
Principles of Microeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
Management Science
Interdisciplinary Studies (4/18-5/16) (.25)
Discovery in the World ofKindergarten (4/18-5/23)(.5)
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
EDE
EDE
EDE
ENG
ENG
FRE
GER
HPE
MIS
MIS
NOR
REL
SOC
SOC
SPA
SPA
387
388
389
245
341
112
112
482
279
476
112
265
365
112
211
K-ElLanguage Arts (5/23-6/27) (.5)
K-El Health Methods (5/23-6/27) (.5)
K-El Physical Education Methods (4/18-5/16) (.25)
Introduction to Literature
Advanced Creative Writing
Beginning French II *
Beginning German I1 *
Coaching Theory of Sport
Quantitative Methods for Business & Economics
Structure Systems Analysis and Design
Beginning Norwegian IT*
(Upper Division-To be Announced)
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
Quantitative Methods and Program Evaluation
Beginning Spanish II *
Intermediate Spanish I
Thursday Evenings
HPE 002 Beginning Aerobics (meets weekly for 8 weeks)
NUR 427 Practicum in Nursing II: Leadership & Management* * *
Time to be Arranged
BUS
EDE
EDS
NUR
299/399 Internship
363 Clinical Experience (.5)
352 Clinical Experience (.5)
311 Community Health Ntming 11* **
Day School Evening Schedule
ECO 413 Labor Economics (Tues. 6-9 p.m., Feb-May)
ENG 101 DevelopmenalWriting(Tues. 6-9p.m.,Feb-May)
Student Teaching (Prereq.: Approval and Placement by Ed. Dept.)* * *
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDS
EDS
EDS
481
481
481
482
482
482
483
483
483
484
481
482
483
484
K Student Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
K Student Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
K Student Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
*Extra clarr or lab sessiolzc required.
**Additional labfee charged.
t
These courses have been approved by the Augsburg General Education Committee as
meeting the new Liberal Arts Perspectives. See the 1991-1993Ausgburg catalog for
more information about the Liberal Arts Perspectives.
Students entering Augsburg in 1992-1993and transferring less than 16 Augsburg
course equivalents will coiiiplete Liberal AIIS Perspectives along with their approved
major program.
Studen@who entered Augsburg during the 1991-1992academic year and transferred
less than seven Augsburg course equivalents are also required to complete the new
Liberal Arts Perspectives.
7 3 1 2 1 s A~ V E N U E S O U T H
M I N N E A P O L IM
SN
. 55454
Show less
Starting April 19 you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis
during regular office hours. Each course
scheduled must be accompanied by a
$50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is
applied to designated course tuition and
is non-refundable except when a... Show more
Starting April 19 you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis
during regular office hours. Each course
scheduled must be accompanied by a
$50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is
applied to designated course tuition and
is non-refundable except when a course
is cancelled. When this happens, you
may elect to receive a deposit refund or
substitute another course. To avoid
disappointment in course selection,
schedule as soon as you can. Many
courses with limited enrollment fill
early. Conversely, courses with low
preregistration enrollment may be
cancelled before the first day of the term.
Students must confirm registration in
person at the Business Office or they
will be dropped from the course.
Term I Summer School students are
required to finalize their registrations on
June 1 or 2. Term I1 registrations must
be finalized on June 28 or 29. This
procedure applies to all courses,
including internships and independent
studies. Finalizing registration will take
place at the Business Office, 114 Science
Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and
6:00 p.m. on June 1 or 2, and June 28 and
29. The balance owing for tuition must
be paid before registration is finalized.
Augsburg students please note:
(Balance due on Augsburg account
from previous termls must be paid in
full before you can finalize
registration.) A late fee of $50.00 will be
assessed for Term I registrations
completed on June 3. A late fee of $50.00
will be assessed for Term I1 registrations
completed on June 30. Registrations will
not be accepted after these dates.
To change your registration, cancel your
registration, add a course, or drop a
course and enroll in another course, fill
out a Cancel/Add form at the
Registrar's Office. There is a charge of
$50.00 for changing a registration after
the second day of each term. This must
be done by 3:30 p.m. on June 3 for Term
I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on June 30 for
Term I1 courses. This procedure applies
to internships and independent studies
as well as scheduled courses. Any
refund or adjustment of fees is
determined according to the "Tuition
Refund Policy."
@ Printed on recycled paper
Summer 1993
Term I
Beginning of scheduling
Registration
(must be confirmed in person
at the Business Office)
April 19
June 1-2
April 19
June 28-29
Classes begin
Balance of tuition due
June 1
June 1-2
June 28
June 28
June 14
June 3
June 3
July 16
June 30
June 30
May 31
June 18
June 25
June 30
July 5
July 23
August 6
August 11
Last day to:
*Change grading option
*Drop class without notation
*Register with late fee of $50
(no registrations will be
accepted after this date)
Holiday
Last day to withdraw from class (W)
Classes end
Grades due in Registrar's office
NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status,
sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices
The tuition charge for 1993 Summer
School courses is as follows: $725.00 for
full-credit courses, $362.50 for half-credit
courses, and $181.25 for fourth-credit
courses. Audits are charged at the
tuition rates listed above.
Tuition Refund
Policy
The $50.00 per course deposit is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the date
of the student's official course
cancellation at the Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds:
*Prior to the second scheduled class
meeting - 100%of the refundable
portion of the fee.
*Prior to the fourth scheduled class
meeting - 75% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
.Prior to the sixth scheduled class
meeting - 50% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled
class sessions will use a prorated version
of the schedule of refunds.
Financial Aid
Financial aid is limited to the
Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student
taking one course is regarded as a halftime student for the summer and is
eligible to apply for a Guaranteed
Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid
Office to make loan arrangements (3301046).The deadline for applying for
Financial Aid for Summer School is
April 15,1993. You must have a
complete file in the Financial Aid Office
by April 15 in order to receive an award
for Summer. Please pick up a Financial
Aid Application from the Financial Aid
Officer.
13 Ice Arena
K. Student/Cornrnuter Parking
Accessible Entrance
Campus Location
35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn
left of Washington (turns right onto
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue,
turn left at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to
right lane after each of two mergers).
Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
I
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college affiliated
with The Evangelical Lutheran Church
in America and is located in the heart of
Minneapolis. The small college
environment, about 3,000 students
during the academic year, is enriched by
the many cultural, sport and recreational
activities found in this vibrant
metropolitan area. An active summer
combining classes and
participation in metropolitan
events is a delightful and
broadening experience.
Augsburg in
the Summer-
fi
Augsburg College provides
a diverse summer curriculum
including regular courses, internships
and independent studies. Term I runs
from June 1 -June 25, Term I1 runs from
June 28 - August 6. This brochure
presents the Summer School Program
and was correct at the time of
publication.
L
Summer students may take one course
during Term I and two courses during
Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all
courses carry a value of one course
credit, tlie equivalent of four semester
credits or six quarter credits.
Courses fulfilling Augsburg
distribution and perspective
requirements are so noted in the
course descriptions.
v
Course levels are indicated by the first
digit of the three digit course number: 1
or 2, lower division, primarily for
freshmen and sopliomores; 3 or 4, upper
division, primarily for juniors and
seniors; and 5, graduate level.
Courses regularly taught during the
academic year are more fully described
in the Augsburg College Catalog. If you
need more information about a special
summer offering, please contact the
Summer Scl~oolOffice.
Independent study and internships, i,,
addition to those listed, may be pursued
during the summer in a number of
departments. Internships iiivolve work
experience related to the academic
program in an agency, government or
industry. Consult the Summer School
Office for information.
Students who need liousing may obtain
information from tlie Director of
the Right to cancel
listed courses.
Information
and For-ulzs
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Murpliy Place
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Call 6121330-1786 or call toll-free
1-8001788-5678
Elizabeth Bruch, Director
Barbara Pappenfus, Secretary
Eligibility
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities.
graduates of sucli institutions, anc
students admitted for the next Fall Term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies tlia t the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that
institution.
Other persons wishing to take summer
school work should contact tlie Director
of Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
,
Acceptance as a summer student c'
not imply admission as a regular
student of Augsburg College. Tliosc
wisliing to begin a degree program at
the College should 'ipplv tor acl~nission
tl~ouglitlie Office of Aclmissions or
Weekend Collcgc.
mw
-
ART 389-A
AMERICAN ART
Anderson
A study of early Colonial through contemporary
American art, architecture, and folk arts.
M,T, W,TH
Foss 43
1:OO-4:OO p.m.
BIOLOGY
- -
BIO 101-A
HUMAN BIOLOGY
Mickelberg
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric
point of view. An attempt to answer such
questions as: What makes a human just another
member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a
niche in the ecosystem? What influence d o humans
have on the environment? What influence does the
environment, especially the urban environment,
have on humans? (Three-hour lectures. A student
may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does
not apply to the major or minor.) Persp: Natural
World 1 or 2; Dist.: Biology/Chemistry
M,T, W,TII,F
Sci 205
8:30-11:30 a.rt1.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUS 221-A
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I
Stoller
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts
and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting
cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.:
None
M,T, W,TII
OM 10
8:30-10:50 fl.111.
BUS 242-A
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning and control. The
nature of authority, accountability and
responsibility; analysis of the role of the
professional manager. Dist.: None
M,T, W,TII
6:OO-9:OO p.111.
MIS 279-A
QUANTITATIVE METHODS
Morgan
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, samplillg
distribution, inference and estimation. Emphasis
on their use in applied problems in business and
economics. Students will use a computer-based
statistics program to analyze data as part of a
required statistical analysis project. (Prereq.: MIS
175 and either Math Placement Group 111or a
grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104).
9:30-11:50 a.111.
M,T, W,TII,F
Foss 43
I
1
BUS 322-A
ACCOUNTING THEORY
Kader
AND PRACTICE 1
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial
statements, income concepts, valuation concepts,
FASB statements and other relevant issues as
applied to assets. (Prereq.: BUS 222 and ECO 113)
M,T, W,Th
OM 23
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
BUS 331-A
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
LaFave
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and mauagcment
of funds within thc firm. Sources and uses of long
and short term funds, cost of capital, capital
budgeting, levcrage, dividend policy, and related
topics. (Prcreq.: BUS 222, ECO 113)Dist.: None
8:30-I 0:50 n.rt~.
M , T ,W,TIr,F
O M 11
ECONOMICS
ECO 110-A
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problcms facing
a metro-urban environment. This course will be
taught on an arranged basis. Contact with students
will be mutually arranged. By independent study.
Students nccd signature of instructor beforc Term
One begins (call 330-1152). P / N only. Dist.:
Urban/Minority/ Women's Studies, Persp.: Social
World 1 or 2, or City
Arrnr~gcd
ECO 112-A
PRINCIPLES OF MACRO-ECONOMICS Gupta
Introduction to macro-economics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, inter~iatio~lal
tradc, eco~lomicgrowth. Dist.: Economics/Political
Science; Persp: Western Heritage 1 or 2
6:OO-9:00 y.rn.
M,T, W,Th
O M 17
EDUCATION
EDU 282-A
INTRODUCTION TO
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Metcalf
Introduction to the field of special education.
Examines the nature, causes, and educational
interventions for such exceptionalities as mcntal
retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision
impairment, learning disabilities, behavior
disorders and giftedness. Dist.: None.
12:OO-3:OO p.rrr.
M,T, W,Tlr
O M 25
EDE 382-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
Drewlow
CURRICULUM: MATHEMATICS
Examination and preparation of materials and
rcsources for mathematics instruction at the
kindergarten and clemcntary levels. Dist.: None
(1/ 2 course)
6:OO-9:00 p,~rr.
T,Tlr
1. 4
EDU 388-A
HUMAN RELATIONS
Mueller
Emphasis on thc study of values, of communication
techniques, and of tlie major minority groups in
Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
rclations skills applicable to teaching and othcr
professional vocations. Required for all Elcmentary
and Secondarv Education maiors. Owen to all. P / N
only. Dist.: None (1/2 course)
5:30-8:30 y.rtr.
M ,W
O M 78
1
L
ENGLISH
ENG 245-A
INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE Swanson
In this course students are initiated into the formal
study of narrative, drama and poetry in order to
appreciate more fully thc pleasures of literature.
The course aims to expand students' exposure to
literature and therefore draws on works from
several periods, from different cultures and raccs,
from male and female writers. As tlie prerequisite
for all upper courscs in literature, Introduction to
Literature aims in particular to devclop studcnts'
critical and analytical skills in reading about
literature. Dist.: Literature; Persp.: Aesthetics
9:30-71:50 o.111,
M,T, W,TIr,F
O M 18
ENG 282-A
TOPICS IN LITERATURE: FILM
ADAPTATIONS OF FICTION
Schmit
This course is designed to consider narrative
fiction as a genre and tlic novel as a literary form.
To do this we will look at what happens whcn
novels arc recast in the strict thrce-act form of a
scrccnplay and translated into thc medium of film.
By focusing on differcnces with respect to point of
view, narrative time, and modes of representatiml
(linguistic vs. physical representation, for
example), we will see what a novel does and llow
it does it. We will read four novels as a class and
view a film adapted from each. In addition, cnch
studcnt will read a novel and view a film, then
make a presentation to the class about tllc
adaptation. In addition to thc prcsentatiou, there
will be a six to cight page paper and a final exam.
6:OO-9:00 p.rrl.
M,T, W,TIr
MP 3
ENG 282-8
Griffin
TOPICS IN LITERATURE: THE CITY
In tlic city, remarks Alexis de Tocquevillc,
"humanity attains its most complete development
and its most brutish; herc civilization works its
miracles, and civilized man is turned back almost
into a savage." The powcr of the city to nourish or
corrupt the human soul is a persistent theme in
western tradition. This course will study primarily
American novels, pocms, essays and films that
explorc this theme. Texts will be supplemented by
the resourccs of thc Twin Citics. Course work will
i~lvolvediscussion of texts, papers, exams, and an
out-of-class cxpcric~~tial
component.
6:00-9:OO ~ . I I I .
A4,T, W,TIr
O M 29
ENG 265-A1365-A
UNDERSTANDING AMERICA
THROUGH LITERATURE AND FILM Palosaari
Introduction to significant works of American
litcraturc and film. Selections will be studied as
cultural documents as wcll as works of art. Dist.:
Literature (Prereq.: ENG 111)
8:30-10:50 fl.111.
M,T, W,TIi
O M 17
MODERN LANGUAGES
GER I l l - A
Quanbeck
BEGINNING GERMAN I
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and
reading basic German for studcnts witli no
previous background in German. Dist.: Language
Lcvel 1; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 2 Language Level 1
8:30-10:50 n.111.
M , T , W,Tlr,F
SPA I l l - A
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section I)
O M 27
Kingsley
SPA I l l - P
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section 11) Kingsley
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Dist.: Language Lcvcl 1; Persp.:
Intcrcultural Awareness 2 - Language Level 1
8:30-10:50 n.11i.
5:30-750 p.111.
M , T , W,Tlr,F (Sectioli 1)
M,T, W,TIr,F (Sectioii 11) O M 25
INS 225-A
Kader
INTRODUCTION TO ISLAM
This course is designcd by a practicing Muslim to
present his perception of Islam to uon-Muslims.
The course will cover the ideological foundations
of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
(Sliari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems,
and Islamic patterns of life. There will also bc a
consideration of tlie diffcrcnces between tlie
Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). There will
also be some effort to deal with tlie similarities and
differenccs between Islam and both Christianity
and Judaism, and a visit to one of tlie mosques in
the Twin Cities. Dist.: Urban/Minority/Women's
Studies; Persp,: Intercultural Awareness 1
8:30 - 10:50 n.111.
M , T , W,Th,F
1. 4
INS 264-A
AMERICAN INDIANS
Allery
IN THE CINEMA
This coursc will bc an historical survey of
Hollywood movies that created and continue to
foster images of the North American Indian in
Amcrica~isociety. Movies will include: Dr~rlris
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Alorig tlle Molmruk; Shndoru Cntclier; Broke11Arrow;
Little Big Mnrr; nlid Pozu-zuozu Highruny. Issues to bc
HPE 499-A
Staff
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study for Upper Division credit.
discussed will be authenticity, misreprcscntation,
stereotypes and the usc of Indian and uon-Indian
actors.
Arraiiged
8:30-10:50 o.111.
M , T , W,TII
OM 29
HISTORY
HIS 348-A
RUSSIA AND THE SOVIET
Kimball
UNION IN THE 20TH CENTURY
Tlic course offers an introductory historical survey
of tlie Soviet Union. It begins with a brief
examination of Russian liistory before t ~ ~ r n i ntog
tlie Russian Revolutions of 1917, the Civil War and
Lcnin's consolidation of power. Latcr topics
include: tlie rise of Stalin, his Great Terror, World
War 11, the Cold War and tlie slow rcjection of
Stalinism culminating in an examination of recent
events since the emergence of Gorbacllev. Tlie
coursc will empliasize political, diplomatic,
economic and cultural liistory by focusing on
Soviet political practices and institutions.
9:30-17 :50 n.1r1.
M , T , W,Tlr,F
O M 23
PHI 120-A
Apolloni
ETHICS
Ethics studies our moral beliefs and lielps students
considcr the basis for making moral judgments.
Tlie course explores the major philosopliical
approaches to evaluating moral actions and then
applies these approaches to contemporary
personal and social moral issucs. This enablcs
stude~itsto be aware of tlie nature of value
disputcs, the different perspcctives taken and tlie
reasoning used to resolve them. Throughout the
course Christian ethics will inform our
considerations. Students taking PHI 120 may not
take PI-I1 125. Dist.: History/Pliilosopliy, Persp.:
Christian Faitli 3
8:30-70:50 n.111.
M , T , W,TII,F
L1
INTERDISCIPLINARY
PHYSICS
INS 1991399-A
Hesser
INTERNSHIP
A work-based lcarning experience in wliich a
student designs a learning agreement witli a
faculty member wliich links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunitics found in the
placement, Participation in a weekly seminar is
expected. Persp.: City
PHY 106-A
INTRODUCTORY METEOROLOGY Jasperson
A study of the science and wonders of the
atmosphcre. The course is designed to provide a
working knowledge of the basic science principles
required for understanding weather and climate.
Laboratory exercises arc included as an integral
part of the course. The course is designed to be an
elective or to satisfy the distribution/gcncral
education requirement for the liberal arts student.
Plcase contact Bill Jasperson for schcdulc of
additional lab sessions. (Prercq.: Mathematics
Placement Group 11) Dist.: Matli/Pliysics; Pcrsp.:
Natural World 1 or 2
Arrnlrgcd
1.00-4:00 p.111.
M , T , W,Th
SC1205
PSY 325-A
SOCIAL BEHAVIOR
Attridge
Social factors which influence individual and
group bchavior in naturalistic and experimental
settings. Topics include: cooperation, competition,
affiliation, conformity and attitudes. (Prereq.: 102
or 105)
1:00-4:00 p.111.
M,T, W,TIi,F
OM 18
REL 369-A
THE RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION
IN MODERN LITERATURE
Skibbe
"Particillarities of religious discerliment,
symbolism, and world view. Reading and
discussion of nine novels." Students who take this
course must do work of 2.0 or better to get credit.
Dist,: Religion, Persp.: Christian Faith 3
8:00-10:15 n.!n.
M,T, W,TIi,F
MP 1
SOC 199-Al399-A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement (with a
faculty member) wliicli links the ideas and
methods of sociology to the opportunities found in
the placement. Participation in a weekly scminar is
expected. Persp.: City
Arrnrrged
SWK 260-A
HUMANS DEVELOPING
Brennan
This course provides tlie knowledge basic to an
understanding of liun~angrowth through the life
cyclc and of the interplay of sociocultural,
biological and psychological factors wliicli
influence the growth of iiidividuals and families in
contemporary American society. Emphasized is
tlie role of the "nurturing environment" in relation
to liuman growtli, the impact of "sustaining
environment" and other special stresses rclevant to
growth. Growth related to populations and groups
which represent racial, disability and sexual
minorities is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstanding through usc of their own
experiences. Persp.: Human Identity
9:3il-11:SO ~ . I I I ,
M,T, W,TIi,F
L 17
SWK 399-A
SOCIAL WORK INTERNSHIP
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of
majors. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of
instructor)
Arrn~~ged
SWK 499-A
SOCIAL WORK INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown
Student must present a written proposal
containing rationale, objectives, methodology and
evaluation of the proposed study according to
department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and consent
of instructor).
Arrnllged
SPC 323-A
EFFECTIVE BUSINESS SPEAKING
Olson
The course is designed to increase studcnts'
understanding of communication, theory and
principles, and to improve presentation skills as
they pertain to an organizational setting. Format of
the class will include: text reading, lecture,
individual and group presentation, and class
participation. (Prereq.: SPC 111)
5:30-8:00 p.111.
M,T, W,TII
MP 1
SPC 347-A
DOCUMENTARY VIDEO
Bart
A video production course which integrates
lecture and criticism with hands-on experience
dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will
work in production teams, gaining experience in
field production and editing.
9:30-11:50 n.~!!.
M,T, W,TII,F
Foss 170
1
JUNE 28
TO
AUGUST 6
w :4 4:,a,.:-â¢
ART 107-A
DRAWING
Bollman
An introduction to and definition of drawing
methods and media. Drawing is presented as a
diverse art form which can be experienced in a
variety of ways. Traditional and non-traditional
media are used. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th
OM 17
ART 118-A1355-A
PAINTING
Bollman
Painting in opaque and transparent color. A
variety of subjects and approaches illustrate the
versatility of paint as an expressive medium. Dist.:
Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th
OM l 7
ART 132-AISPC 132-A
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I)
Friederichsen
ARTl32-PISPC 132-P
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION11) Fciederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and
expression using black and white photographic
processes. Students need access to a 35mm, single
iens reflex camera. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp:
Aesthetics. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $175-$200.
(Class size limited to 14.)
1:30-5:00 p.ln.
M,W (Section I)
OM 6
M,W (Section 11)
OM 6
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
BUSINESS
MIS 175-A
COMPUTERS FOR BUSINESS,
ECONOMICS AND MIS
Schwalbe
An introduction to computing concepts and
microcomputer-based information systems. Study
features of hardware, operating systems, languages
and current applications. Learn to use MS-DOS,
Word Perfect, Lotus 123, and dBase III+. May study
other applications (Microsoft Word, Excel). The
completion of MIS 370 with a passing grade will
serve as a substitute for MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG I1
or else a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced course).
530-9:OO p.ln.
M ,W
Foss 20
BUS 222-A
PRINCIPLES or ACCOUNTING 11
Solnick
Introduction to business activities, accounting for
corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of
managerial accounting, planning and controlling
processes, decision-making and behavioral
considerations.
Dist.: None (Prereq.: BUS 221)
10:05-ll:30a.111.
M,T, W,TII,F
OM 10
BUS 340-A
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Cerrito
Personnel function in business, acquisition and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective integration of the worker with
the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq: BUS 242)
6:OO-9:30 p.irr.
M,W
OM 10
BUS 440-A
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Concepts and principles related to the management
of operating functions. Examples from service
industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view.
Topics include an overview of operations, planning
operation processes, productivity measurement,
standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory
management, principles of scheduling and
operational control information systems. (Prereq.:
BUS 242 or consent of instructor)
6:OO-9:30 p.111.
T,TII
OM 10
ECO 110-A
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing
a metro-urban environment. By independent
study. Students need signature of instructor before
Term Two begins (call 330-1152).P/N only. Dist.:
Urban/ Minority/Women's Studies; Persp.: City
and Social World 1 or 2
Arrflnged
ECO 113-A
PRINCIPLES OF MICRO-ECONOMICS Sabella
Introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the
household, lirm, market structures and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
theory to market policy. Dist.: Economics/ Political
Science; Persp.: City and Social World 1 or 2
6:OO-9:30 p.t!l.
M ,W
OM 29
ECO 315-A
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION I)
Gupta
ECO 315-P
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION 11) Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly
commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve
System; monetary theory and policy. Dist.: None
(Prereq.: Eco 112,113)
M , W (Sectioll I)
6:OO-9:30 p.nr.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,TIi (Sectio~i11)
Foss 42
EDU 341-A
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
Hackney
Psycliological and philosopliical dimensions of
com~nunicationthrough the use of instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, production and
evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for
teacIiing/lear~~ing
situation. Computer training will
be included in this course. Dist.: None; Persp.: None
(L2 course)
5:30-9:OO ~ . I I I .
T,TIi
Foss 175
EDE 364-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM:
INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES
Drewlow
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for integration specific skill
developments througli various subjects at tlie
kindergarten and elementary levels, (V4 course)
530-7:30 ~ . I I I ,
M , T , W,Th
MP-1
Dntes: [ I J I I C28 - / r ~ l y8
EDE 375-A
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
Graves
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching
approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student
teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a
license for teaching at that level. Dist.: None ( l / 2
course) (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
11:30-1:30 p.111.
I. 1
Dotes:/rr~le28,29,30;/11ly1 , 6, 7 , 8, 13, 14, 15
EDE 377-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: SCIENCE
Stangl
Examination and .preparation of materials and
rcsources for science at the kindergarten and
elementary level. (1 /4 course)
1:30-3:30 p.111.
M,W
OM4
Dotes: 1111y7,12,14,19,21,26
EDU 388-A
HUMAN RELATIONS
Clemmons
Emphasis on the study of values, communication
tecliniques, and the major minority groups in
Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other
professions. Required for all elementary and
secondary education majors. Ope11 to all. P / N only.
Dist.: None (1/2course)
70:05-11:30 n.111.
M ,W
L 77
EDS 390-A
COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN THE
ENGLISH CLASSROOM
LaDuca
This course is for English-Education majors who
plan to teach high scliool Englisl~.It is designed to
improve students' skills in public speaking, oral
interpretation, listening, and small group
discussion as well as to explore methodologies for
teaching and incorporating these skills in tlie high
school English curriculum.
6:00-9% p.r11,,
T,TII
1. 17
EDS 391-A
TEACHING MASS MEDIA
LaDuca
This course is for English-Education majors who plan
to teach lug11 school English. Students will explore tlie
nature of tlie niedia as "consciousncss uid~~shies,"
examining the whys of teaching tlie media, how to
effectively go about it, what kind of assuniptions
mcdia education has been based on in the past, and
liow to i~icorpratemcdia education into the English
curriculum. The students will become familiar with
all forms of mass media and will understand the
impact of media 011 their lives. Students will learn
how to be discriminating users of Inass media and
liow to teach others to be the same. (1R course)
6:fJU-9:30 ~ . I I I .
M
L 17
A
EDE 386-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM:
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
Parker
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for cliildren's literature at tlie
kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab
experiences. Dist.: None (1 /2 course)
530-9:00 p.~rl.
T
EDE 387-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM:
LANGUAGE ARTS
Therres
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for language arts at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. Labora torv cxoeriences.
Graduate > ~ c v eSkill:
l
writink (P;ereq.: EDE 255 or
EDS 265) (1/2 course)
17:30-1:30 P,III.
1. 4
Dntes: / I I J I ~28,29,.30; Jlrly 1,6,7,8,13,14,15
'GLISH
ENG I l l - A
EFFECTIVE WRITING
Castor
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning
research techniques and writing critical reviews. At
least one work of literature is assigned. Attention is
givcn to increasing students' effectiveness in
choosing, organizing and developing topics,
thinking critically, and revising for clarity and style.
Minimum passing grade for credit is 2.0. Dist.:
Entry level skill: Writing (separate)
6:OO-9:00~ , I I I .
T,TII
O M 27
ENG 241-AISPC 241-A
INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART Mitchell
An investigation of the cinematic qualities,
theoretical principles and historical evolution of
tlie film medium. The cmphasis is on film as an
audiovisual language. The course includes the
viewing and analysis of both feature length and
short films illustrating the i~lternational
development of film form and selected aesthetic
movements such as tlie American studio film and
its genres, German cxprcssionism, Soviet ~nontagc,
Italian neorealism and the French new wave.
Bccausc of film lcngtlis, some classes will go to 10
p.m. Dist.: None,: Persp.: Acstlietics
6:OO-9:30y.111.
T ,7h
L4
ENG 361-A
Miskowiec
STUDIES IN MODERN FICTION
Significant works of selected prose writers of the
20th century, chiefly Europcan and non-Wcstcm.
(Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
Foss 20
9:00 rr.111.-12:00y.111. M,W
ODERN LANGUAGES
GER 112-A
Quanbeck
BEGINNING GERMAN I1
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding
and reading basic German. Dist.: Language Lcvel
2; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 3, Language
Level2
8:10-955 a.rlr.
M,T, W,TIi
Foss 42
SPA 112-A
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I)
Kingsley
SPA 112-P
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11) Kingsley
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking
world. Dist.: Language Level 2; Persp.: Intercultural
Awareness 3, Language Level 2
8:10-955 n 111.
M,T,W,Tli fSrctio11I ) OM 25
5:30-7:15 p.111.
M,T,W,TIi (Sectior~!I) OM 25
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 410-A
ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISION OF
THE SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health
services and relationships to community health
programs and resources. Methods and materials in
health education with laboratory experience in
classroom and community. (Prereq.: HPE 320)
CI. ROOIII
711
530-8:30 y.~n,,,
T, W,TIi
HIS 115-A
Zehnder
MODERN MIDDLE EAST
This is a survey of the volatile Middle East from
the rise of ~~ationalism
and the decline of the
Turkish Ottoman Empire in the 19th Century to
the current crisis hot spots in the Persian Gulf and
the Levant. The goal is a better understanding of
how the Middle East reached its contemporary
complexity, its role in the wider world.
M,W
OM 13
6:00-9:30 ~ . I I I .
MAT 173-A
Kaminsky
MATH OF INTEREST
Ever wondered why women have been charged more
than men for annuities and received lower pension
benefits? Or why women pay less for life insurance?
Or how life insurance premiums and installment loan
payments are calculated? Or how much money to
invest to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual
payment at a future date? Tl~eseand other interesting
and useful topics in the mathematics of financial
transactions will be covered. Evaluation will be based
on classroom participation and quizzes. This course is
useful for students in business and economics or
those students interested in careers in finance-related
fields. Course will satisfies the General Education
quantitative reasoning requirement. Math
Placement Group 111. Dist.: Math/Physics
6:00-9:30 p.nr.
M, W
HILOSOPHY
-
PHI 175-A
PHILOSOPHY OF LOVE AND SEX
Apolloni
What is thc nature of romantic love, sexual desire
and friendship, both healthy and dysfunctional? This
course, will consider the following ethical sexual
issues: Is there such a thing as sexual immorality? Is
promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses
does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery
immoral? Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are
homosexuality and 1.esbianism sexual perversions? Or
are they merely alternative sexual preferences? Language intensive. Discussion and term paper required.
Dist.: History/Philosophy; Persp.: Human Identity
M,T,W,TIl,F
L1
8:30-10:50 O.III.
PHY 101-A
ASTRONOMY
Stenstrom
A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars
and galaxies. The course also traces the development
of scientific thought from early civilization to the
present day. The necessary optical instruments are
explained and use is made of 12 inch reflecting
telescope, an eight-inch Celestron and a three-inch
Questar Night viewing and lab sessions are important
components. Students need to contact instructor at
330-1039 to schedule additional viewing and lab
sessions. (Prereq.: Mathcma tics Placement Group 11)
Dist.: MatIilPhysics; Persp.: Natural World 2
6:00-9:30 y.1~.
M,W
SC1205
'ICAL SCIENCE
INS 199-A1399-A
Hesser
INTERNSHIP
A work-bascd learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement (with a
faculty member) which links the ideas and
methods of their major to the opportunities found
in the placement. Participation in a weekly seminar
is expected. Persp.: City
A rro~iged
POL 329-A
Walcott
PUBLIC POLICY
This coutse will introduce the student to both substantive
public policy and policy analysis by simulating of a
congressional committee where stude~ltswill play roles
of both legislative policy makers and administrators
defending their programs. Students will not only read
about public policy, but will also apply their knowledge
of policy issues and the governmental proccss.
6:00-9:30 p.111.
T,Tlr
OM 23
SOCIAL WORK
PSY 373-A/ SPC 373-A
ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Attridge
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational
behavior. Factors and practices such as
management styles, evaluation and maintenance of
work effectivencss, and social influences. (Prereq.:
PSY 105) Persp: None
6:00-9:30 p.111.
M, W
Foss 43
REL 373-A
Bensan
RELIGIONS OF CHINA AND JAPAN
A study of the chief traditions of China and Japan
that are usually associated with religion, i~lcl~iding
the popular religious traditions of China,
Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, and Japanese
Shintoism. Dist.: Yes
6:OO-9:30 p.111.
T,TII
OM 29
REL 483-A
CHRISTIAN ETHICS
Olson
The bases of Christian social respmsibility, in
terms of theological and sociological dynamics,
Emphasis on developing a constructive
perspective for critical reflection upon moral
action. Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3
11 :40-1:25 p.111,
M,T, W,TIi
OM 10
SOC 199-AI399-A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a student
designs a learning agreement (with a faculty member)
which links the ideas and methods of sociology to the
opportunities found in the placement. Participation
in a weekly seminar is expected. Persp.: City
Arm~lged
SOC 265-A
CULTURE ETHNICITY, GENDER
AND RACE
Bloom
Some dime~lsionsof gender, race and other intergroup relations. Major attention is focused upon
the role of society's values.and self-understanding.
(P/N only) Dist.: Urban/Minority/Women
Studies; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness I
6:OO-9:30 p.111.
M,W
OM 27
SOC 356-A
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult correctional programs and
processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to
prisons, half-way houses, courts, etc. Dist.: None
1:30-590 p.111.
T,TIi
Foss 20
-
SWK 257-E/399-E1599-E
EXPLORING FAMILY HEALTH & SOCIAL
SERVICES IN THE '90s, U.S.A.-U.K.
COMPARISONS
Egas
Identifies, analyzes and evaluates different
approaches in the U.S.A. and U.K. through interdisciplinary dialogue, classroom and field
cncounters. First week - Orientation at Augsburg
(6/21-24); Second and third weeks -Work with
British professionals and students at Bristol
University, England (6/25-7/9). British tutors and
group leaders. Cost: $3,500 (approx.) includes air
fare, ground travel, accommodations, most meals.
Call Blanca Rosa Egas at 330-1713 for information.
Dist.: None; Persp.: City.
Arrairged
Foss 43
SWK 399-A
SOCIAL WORK INTERNSHIP
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of
majors (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Arm~rged
SWK 499-A
SOCIAL WORK INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown
Student must present a written proposal
containing rationale, objectives, methodology and
evaluation of the proposed study according to
Department guidelines. (Prereq.:SWK 257 and
consent of instructor)
Armrrged
-
SPEECHXMN
THEATRE A nTC
SPC 352-A
PERSUASION
Holmquest
Theory of how people arc influenced to change
attitudes and behavior. Topics include obstacles to
persuasion; logical and psychological appeals;
empirical research; persuasion in politics, sales,
advertising and interpersonal contexts; mass
movements and campaigns; impact of the mass
media; and ethical issues. Includes speech and
promotional projects.
M,T, W,Th
Foss 42
2:30-4:15 p 111.
SPC 414-A/INS 414-A
FEMINIST RHETORIC
Nilsson
The rhetoric of selected American feminists will be
analyzed in order 1) to develop a rhetorical
perspective on American feminism, and 2) to
develop skill in rhetorical criticism. Dist.:
Urban/Minority/Women's Studies.
5:30-9:30 p.~tr.
T,Th
OM 18
Augsburt
College
Summer School
Show less
OFFICIAL
PUBLICATION OF AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
731 2 1 AVENUE
~ ~ SOUTH,M ~ u s MN
, 55454
:I1
yI
..
'
b:
612-330-1000
in.
This catalog should answer most questions students have'
about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although
information was current at the time of publication, it is... Show more
OFFICIAL
PUBLICATION OF AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
731 2 1 AVENUE
~ ~ SOUTH,M ~ u s MN
, 55454
:I1
yI
..
'
b:
612-330-1000
in.
This catalog should answer most questions students have'
about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although
information was current at the time of publication, it is subject
to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each
student to know the requirements and academic policies in
this publication. If you have questions about anything in this
catalog, consult a faculty advisor, the Dean of the College or
the Registrar. Key offices are listed at the back of the catalog
for correspondence or telephone inquiries.
':
I
i
,
k
1
I
;
Location -Augsburg College was
founded in 1869in Marshall, Wisconsin.
The College moved to Minneapolis,
Minnesota,in 1872
increase awareness and provide
assistance for students with disabilities.
cal Lutheran Church in America
Financial Aid -Over 80 pacent of the
students receive some form of financial
aid from the College and many other
sources.
(ELCA).Although a strong plurality of
students are Lutheran, two in 10
represent other Protestant denominations while approximatelytwo in 10 are
Roman Catholic.
Libmy -Over 175,000 items, access to
over 5,000,000 through CLIC, the Twin
Cities private college library consortium, and Minitex, the regional library
network
Accreditation -North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools,
National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education. Approved by
American Chemical Society,Council on
Social Work Education, National
Assodation for Music Therapy, Inc.,
National Association of Schoolsof
Music, National League for Nursing.
School Year -Septemberto May, 4-14
calendar, with January Interim. Two
summer school sessions. Augsburg
Weekend College-trimesters, September to June. Augsburg Graduate Program
-trimesters, W b e r to June.
Member -Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council
in North America, Minnesota Private
College Council, registered with the
Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Eoard,as d d b e d on page 11.
Off Campus Programs-Center for
Global Education, Student Project for
Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher
Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA), Minnesota Studies in
InternationalDevelopment (MSID),
Study Abroad, International Business
Program, Upper Midwest Association
of Intedtural Education (UMAIE) and
extensive cooperative education
P'ogram.
Athletic Affiliation -Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference 0,
and National Collegiate Athletic
Assodation (NCAA), Division III.
Religious Affiliation -The Evangeli-
Enrollment (1990-'91) -2,%5 from 26
states and 28 nations.
Graduates -10,781 from 1870 through
August 31,1990 .
StudentlFaculty Ratio -15.6 to 1.
Class size averages 20-30.
Campus -15mapr buildings. Mapr
renovation 1979-'80 with special
emphasis on accessibility.
Accessibility -Augsburg is now one
of the most accessible campuses in the
region. A skyway-tunnelelevator
system provides access to 10 major
buildings without going outside. In
addition to building modifiaations,
Augsburg has a student-run program to
Majors -More than 45 in 22 departments.
Policy -Augsburg College does not
. . . on the basis of race, creed,
e-t
national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as requiredby
Title D( of the 1972EducationalAmendments or Section 504of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973,as amended, in its admission
policies, educational pmpms, activities
and employment practices.
Fads and Figures ................................................................................. 2
Introducing Augsburg ........................................................................ 7
Admissions ......................................................................................... 15
.................................... 21
Financing Your Education ......................
.
College Costs ................................................................................. 22
Financial Aid ................................................................................. 25
Scholarships
. ................................................................................... 30
Student Life ........................................................................................
47
Academic Information .....................................................................-59
General Information .................................................................. 6 0
Academic Organization and Programs .................................... 63
Majors and Minors ....................................................................... 63
Academic Policies and Procedures ............................................76
General Education CurriculumRequirements .........................81
Evaluation and Grading ..........................................................
-89
Departments and Programs (including course descriptions) .....97
Art ................................................................................................... 99
Biology ........................................................................................104
Business Administration and
Management Information Systems (MIS).............................108
Chemistry .....................................................................................116
East and Southeast Asian Studies ............................................121
Economics ............................ .
.
............... 123
Education .....................................................................................127
Engineering..................................................................................136
English .........................................................................................138
First Year Experience ..................................................................144
Foreign Language Department .................................................145
General Studies .................................-........
156
Global Education Programs ......................................................157
Health and Physical Education ...............................................161
History ..................................................................................... 165
Humanities ...................................................................
169
.
.
Interdisciplinary Studies............................................................170
American Indian Studies ....................................................
171
Ethnic Studies .........................................................................172
Women's Studies ...................................................................
173
International Relations .............................................................174
Mathematics and Computer Science .......................................175
Metro-Urban Studies.......................... .
.
.
............................... 182
Music ..... ............
.............................................................. 188
Natural Science
................................ 198
Nursing ....................... ,
.
.
..................................................... 1 9 9
Philosophy ...................................................................................
203
Physics ..........................................................................................207
Political Science ...........................................................................
212
Psychology ...................................................................................217
Religion ......................................................................................222
Scandinavian Area Studies........................................................
227
Social Science
.............................................. 228
Social Studies.....................................................
....*. .....228
Social Work ..................................................................................229
Sociology ......................................................................................
234
Soviet and East European Studies ............................................238
Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts .............................239
College Information ........................................................................ 247
Board of Regents ......................................................................... 248
ELCA Education Division .........................................................249
Directory ......................................................................................250
Administration ................
........................................... 251
Faculty Emeriti ............................................................................ 253
Academic Calendar ....................................................................254
Faculty ..........................................................................................Z 6
Index ..................................................................................................
269
Maps ..................................................................................................274
.....
....................
...
.......................
.
.
.
.
............ ..
A GREETING
FROM THE
On behalf of the entire college community, I welcome you to Augsburg
College. It is a pleasure to introduce the College to prospective students and
to use thisopportunity to welcome new and returning students.
Augsburg has earned a reputation as an affordable, quality liberal arts
college of the church. The mission of the College, its academic programs and
its metropolitanlocation attract a wide variety of students, a diversity which
is actively encouraged. Whether from a small town, a large city or another
country, all students enjoy the sense of community here at Augsburg.
The College continues to grow at a mnarkable pace, building on a tradition
of excellence in its programs, faculty, students and facilities. It is a place
where community, national and world leaders meet to discuss issues and
ideas.
I invite you to become part of this tradition of excellence -Augsburg is an
exciting and challenging place to prepare for your future.
I look forward to meeting you on campus.
President
Augsburg College is grounded in traditions -the traditions of its founders,
of the church and of higher education in the liberal arts. From this framework springs a dynamic, challenging and evolving institution that rises to
the challenges of today's -and tomorrow's -changing world.
Augsburg is committed to educating the whole person, encouragingand
respecting diversity and serving the larger community. Through education,
understanding and service, Augsburg faculty, staff and students can affect
the future in positive ways.
The phrase, 'Think globally, act locally, rings true at Augsburg. The
College's location in the heart of the Twin Cities provides rich opportunities
for experiential education, volunteer service, internships and cultural
enrichment. In a sense, the cities are an extended campus for Augsburg
students.
Students who graduate from Augsburg are well prepared to make a
difference in the world. They stand as testaments to the College motto,
"Education for Service," and to the Mission of the College:
To dmelopfuture ltnders of service to the world by proznding high quality educational oj?prtunifies which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and
values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by
an intentionally diverse campus community.
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in
America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in
Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September, 1869, in
Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872.The first college
students were enrolled in 1874 and the first graduation was in 1879.
August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876).
Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway -Sven Oftedal
and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of
Augsburg: to educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants and
to provide such "college1' studies that would prepare students for theological study.
In 1874 they proposed a three part plan: First, train ministerial candidates;
second, prepare future theological students; and third, educate the farmer,
worker, and businessman The statement stressed that a good education is
also practical.
Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rejected ivory tower
concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has been
Augsburg's theme for over one hundred years.
Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's
second president (18761907), required students to get pre-ministerial
experience in city congregations.Student involvement in the community
gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for
Service."
In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later called
the Lutheran Free-Church.The church was a group of independentcongregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal Christianity.
This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the
small Lutheran body. But the college division was still important primarily
as an attachment to the seminary.
This attitude began to change after World War I. In 1911, George Sverdrup,
Jr. became President He worked to develop college departmentswith an
appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be
ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922under the leadership of
Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women. She spent the next 52 years at the
College as a teacher and administrator.
The College's mission assumed a double character -ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937,
Augsburg elected Bernhard Quistensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher,
to be pmident (1938-1%2).His involvement in ecumenical and civic circles
made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life.
After World War JI, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand and
improve academic offerings. Now the College was a larger part of the
institution than the seminary, and received the most attention.
Augsburg added departmentsessential to a liberal arts college, offering a
modern college program based on general education requirements and
elective majors. With curriculum change came a long effortto become
accredited.
The College reached full accreditation in 1954, although many alumni had
entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that time.
A study in 1962 definedthe College's mission now as serving the good
society as a whole first and the interests of the Lutheran Fnx Church
second. The Seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther
Northwestern Seminary)in St. Paul in 1963.
President Oscar A. Anderson (19&1980) continued Augsburg'semphasis
on involvement with the city. He wanted to reach out b non-traditional
student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all people.
During his years of leadership the College became a vital and integral part
of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg added the Music Hall, Mortensen
Tower, Urness Tower, the College Center, Ice Arena and Murphy Place.
Dr. Charles S. Anderson has led the College since 1980.He guides
Augsburg's commitment to liberal arts education, spiritual growth and
freedom, diversity in enrollment and programs and a curriculum that draws
on the resources of the city as extensions of campus and classroom.
Augsburg continues to grow under his leadership. Some of the accomplishments during his tenure include instituting Weekend College and three
Master of Arts degree programs, hosting national and international figures
at College-sponsoredforums and events, increased accessibility and the
addition of the Foss Center for Worship, Drama and Communication.
Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the
founders who believed:
An Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community
and church;
Education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension
in order to send out productive, creative and successful citizens;
The city, with all its excitement, challenges and diversity is an unequaled
learning laboratory for Augsburg students.
Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great metre
politan center. There are now more than lO,W Augsburg alumni. In a world
that has changed much since those first days of the College, Augsburg still
sends out graduates who make a differencewhere they live and work.
Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding
Murphy Square, the first of 155parks in Minneapolis, the "City of Lakes."
The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and one of the city's largest
medical centers -Riverside Medical Center -are adjacent to the campus,
with the Mississippi River and the Seven Comers theater district just a few
blocks away. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul, home to a myriad of
arts, sports, entertahment and recreation opportunities, are minutes west
and east via Interstate 94, which forms the southern border of the campus,
or on bus routes that also conned with the suburbs. (See map in back)
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most airlines provide daily service to
Minneapolis-St. Paul Internationalm r t and bus or train connections can
be made from all areas of the United States.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race,
d,
national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as
required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of
the Rehabilitation Ad of 1973, as amended, in its admissionspolicies,
educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries
regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinatorslisted in the
directory in the back of this catalog, or to the Director of the Minnesota
Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, Seventh Place at Minnesota
Street, St. Paul, MN 55101.
The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on
Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of
University Professors and the Association of American Colleges.
Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schoolsand the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary).Our programs are approved by the
American Chemical Society, the Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for
Nursing. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National
Association of Schoolsof Music (NASM).
We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
Lutheran Education Council in North America and Minnesota Private
College Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education
Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsementof the institution.
Registration does not mean that &its earned at the institution can be
transferred to other institutionsor that the quality of the educational
programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution or employer.
Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently
located near each other.A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower
dormitories, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus the Music Hall,
Murphy Place, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and
Communication
Admissions Office -The central admissions office is located at 628 21st
Avenue South and pmvides offices for the admissions staff and reception area for
prospective students and their parents.
American Indian Support Program and International Center -Located at 620
21st Avenue South, these programs provide support services and information to
American Indian and international students, as well as others who wish to spend a
term studying abroad.
Christensen Center -Center of non-academic activity, with spacious lounges
and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore and offices for student government
and student publications. (1%7)
Center for Global Education -Located at 709 23rd Avenue South, provides
offices for the Global Center staff and a resource room for those interested in global
issues.
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication-The
newest building on campus establishes a new "front doof' for the College on
Riverside Avenue. The Foss Center is named in recognition of the gifts of Julian and
June Foss and those from a great number of alumni and friends of the College. The
Tpmhom-Nelson Theater is also housed in this complex, which contains space for
the campus ministry pmgram, drama and communication. Augsburg's computer
lab is located in the lower level of this facility. (1988)
Ice Arena -Two large skating areas for hockey, figure skating and recreational
skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. (1974)
Melby Hall -Named in honor of J. S. Melby, Dean of Men from 1920 to 1942,
basketball coach and head of the Christianity Department, provides facilities for the
health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics,
chapel services and general auditorium purposes. (1961)
Mortensen Tower - Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women from
1923to 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass
students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. (1973)
Music Hall -Contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal
halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. (1978)
Old Main -Home for the Foreign Language and Art Departments, with class-
rooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, and made
accessible in 1990, Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details
from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. (1900)
Science Hall -Houses classrooms, wellequipped laboratories, a medium-sized
auditorium and faculty offices. (1949) In 1960 the Lisa Odland Observatory on the
roof was completed.
South Hall and Annex Houses -All located in or near the campus area,provide
additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff.
George Sverdrup Library -Named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president,
contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the
Augsburg archives, classrooms and faculty offices. (1955)
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall -Named in honor of Augsburg's second and
third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices. (1938)
Tutor Center -This house at 2011 South Seventh Street has rooms for individual
tutoring sessions, quiet study and assistance with study skills.
2222 Murphy Place -Houses offices for Weekend College, Graduate and Special
Programs, and Cooperative Education, as well as classroom space. (1964)
Urness Tower -Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Umess, who have
given several generous gifts to the College, provides living quarters for 324
students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room,
with their own lounge, study and utility areas. (1967)
West Hall -Apartment housing for upperclass students. (1966)
Inter-Race: The International Institute for Interracial Interaction - InterRace facilitates interracial understanding in families, schools, places of work,
communities and society. The Institute provides training and consultation,
research, education, resource centers, publications, public policy and legal
study in five centers. Inter-Race is located at 600 21st Avenue South.
Minnesota Minority Education Partnership ( M M l T ) -A program that
encourages the retention and graduation of students of color. The program
coordinates the existing resources of schools, families and communities and
also develops new resources. Located at 2018 South Eighth Street.
Scandinavian Center -Coordinates the efforts of individuals and groups
interested in the five Nordic nations. Located at 2400 Butler Place.
Youth and Family Institute -Designed to help churches better serve the
changing needs of youth and families. The Institute at 2018 South Eighth
Street offers academic programs at both undergraduate and graduate levels,
as well as seminar/workshops, a resource center and counseling services.
A u g s b ~ college
r ~ is looking forstudents with intelligenceand
characler. We want people who can ben+t from and contribute to their
community -the College community and the community at large.
Becausefirsthand appraisal qf programs, facilities and academic*a
sphere is valuable,fieshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to
visit the campus and me& with an Admissions Counselor. Arrangements may be made to meet with a member 4 the jkulty and to attend
classes when schml is in session.
Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and parents with
college planning. Just call the Admissions Ofice any weekday behoeen
8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. -(612)330-1001, or toll-free (800)788-5678.
They will answer your questions and arrange a tour@ any duy
(including Saturhy mornings during the school year). The @ce is on
the northwest corner qf Seventh Street and 21st Avenue South in
Minneaplis. (Pleasecall first.)
Selection of students for Augsburg College is based upon careful
consideration of each candidate's academic achieuemmt, psonal
qualities and interests,participation in activities and employment and
potential for development as a student and a graduate of Augsburg
College. lle Collegeselects students on individual merit without
regard to race, creed,disability, national or ethnic origin, sex or age.
Application for Admission -Applicants should complete the application
for admission and essay and return them to the Admissions Office together
with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee.
Transcripts-An o f f i d transcript from the high school is required of
freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students
at the time of application should have their most recent transcript sent,
followed by a final transuipt upon graduation. Graduate Examination Degree
scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school tramaipt.
Test Scores -Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the
Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test
(SAT), or the American College Test (ACT).It will suffice if test scores are
recorded on the official high school transcript.
Additional Information -If there is personal information that may have
affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included
with the application or discussed personally with an Admissions Counselor.
Academic recommendationsmay be required by the Admissions Cornmittee before an admissions decision is made.
On occasion, the AdmissionsCommittee may also defer a decision on a
candidate's admission until other information has been received. For
example, more recent test scores, results of the present semesteis
coursework, additional letters of recommendation or writing samples may
be requested by the Committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the
Admissions Office will inform the candidate.
Notification of Admissions Decision -Augsburg College uses a "rolling"
admissions plan. Studentsare notified of the admissions decision, usually
within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee.
Confirmation of Admission -Accepted students who are applying for
financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within
30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in
writing to the Diredor of Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make
a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit. Those students who wish to live in
College housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit.
Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational
program may be granted admission to begin full-time work toward a
degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the
senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete
the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic
recommendationsfrom the high school faculty and arrange a personal
interview with the Director of Admissions.
Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling at
Augsburg under the auspices of the Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment
Options Act should contact the Admissions Office for specific information.
Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having
completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is
granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorilycompleted at accredited
institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses
where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional credit for
work taken at unaccredited institutions and to require that certain courses
be taken at Augsburg.
Augsburg College limits transfer from two-year colleges once a student has
reached junior status. If all transfer work has been taken at a two-year
college as freshman or sophomore, a maximum of 18Augsburg courses, or
% quarter credits, will be accepted toward the minimum of 35 Augsburg
course credits required for the baccalaureate degree.
A cumulative grade point average (GPA)of 2.0 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is
required on previous college work.
Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes
necessary. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental
catalog section to see if admission to the major is necessary.
Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without
requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return must apply for readmission through the Registrais Office. Students who have attended any
other institution(s1during the absence from Augsburg must have an official
transcript sent from each one to the Registrar's Office. Returning students
do not pay the application fee.
In some circumstances,people may be admitted as special students (nondegree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Usually
part-time students, they may subsequently become candidates for a degree
by petitioning through the Registrar's Office.
Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at
Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree).A transcript must be
sent to the Admissions Office by the student's home institution.
An application form for special student (non-degree)status is available from
the Admissions Office.
A u g s b e welcomes students from countriesaround the world. Intemational students from more than 47 countries have attended Augsburg since
1954. Studentsshould contact the Admissions Office for an International
Student Application and informationon the application pracedm. Applications must be d v e d two months prior to the start of the semester: July 1
for Fall,November 1for Spring.
For more information, call (612)33@1001or write to:
InternationalStudent Admissions
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis MN 55454
A l l students re~eiiw~nancial
k l p iindrecttly, since a quality liberal arts
education costs more than tuition and fees cover. The College r a k that
difference in
-fim alumni,faculty, stafi parents, church,^,
foudutions and endowment income.
Howeuer, the primay responsibilityfor paying@ a college education
r ~ ton
s students and theirfamilks.Financial aid is intended to supplement those resources.
sffs
The Board of Regents has approved the costs listed for the 1991-'92 academic year. The Board reviews costs annually and makes changes as
required. The College reserves the right to adjust charges should economic
conditionsnecessitate.
Tuition (full-time enrollment)
..........................................................$10114S.00
This rate applies to all full-time students entering in September, 1991.
Studentsare considered full-time when they take three or more courses
during the semester terms with a total of seven or more courses in the school
year. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees and admission to
most College-supportedevents, concerts and lectures. The amount is payable
in two equal installmentsat the beginning of each semester.
,.-..-.
-.-....
.....
Tuition (part-timeenrollment)per course
,
,
.
, $768.00
This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester
and/or an Interim only. Part-time students taking lifetime sports are
charged the audit rate for that course.
....................................
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course
$384.00
Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students
taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course.
.......................................................$2,00400
Full Board (19 meals a week)...............................................................$1,828.00
Room Rent (includes telephone)
Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet
available from the Office of Student Life.
Partial board (14 meals a week) ......................
Flex 5 point plan
-...-.l-l.ll.$l1776.00
....................................................................................$1,616.00
Fees Billed on Student Account
Fees Payable by CheddCash
ACTC Bus (full-time
$ 12.00
students only)
Late Registration (per day
after classesbegin)
$ 50.00
Registration Change after first
5 days (cancel/add/change/grade
option, or combiition
$ 5.00
at one time)
Music Therapy Internship
(one half course credit) $384.00
Private Music Lessons,
per semester (14 lessons) $225.00
Student Teachiig (per course
$ 30.00
for full-time students)
Student Teaching (per course
for part-time students) $326.00
Study Abroad (in approved
non-Augsburg programs) $150.00
Student Activity Fee
$ 85.00
Student Activity Fee (parttime students)
$ 4250
Application (new and/or
special students)
$ 15.00
Nursing Credit
Validation Tests
$110.00
Nursing
Comprehensive Exam
$ 10.00
Locker Rental (commuters) $ 15.00
Student Parking Lot Permit
-~ar
$ 55.00
-motorcycle
$ 25.00
Transcript Fee (per copy
after first, which is free) $ 2.00
Special Examinations,
Cap & Gown Costs
(Schedule on file in Registra/s
BOOKS AND ~
U
P
P
w)
~
These costs are estimated to be $500.00 per year.
.................................................
$100.00
Enrollment Deposit (Non-refundable)
Required of all new studentsafter acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is
credited to the student's account only when his/her enrollment is terminated.Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be
refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the
Admissions Office.
......................................................................
$100.00
Housing Damage Deposit
Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract, to reserve
a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or
fines and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages
and/or fines)at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract.
New contracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring Term by following the
conditions delineated in the housing contract. The resident will be respon-
sible for all costs i n c u r d due to late cancellationor lack of proper notification. If the new contrast is cancelled prior to July 1for Fall semester or
January 1for Spring Semester, $50 will be forfeited from the $100 deposit as
a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if cancellationis after
these dates.
Semester Fees -Rior to the start of each semester a 'Statement of Estimated
Qlarges" showingbasicchargesandfinancial aid dtsdesignatedbythe
Student Financial !%rvices Office is sent to the student from the Business Office.
Payment Options -(1)Annual payments, due August 15 as billed; (2)
Semester Payments, due August 15and January 15as billed; (3) Payment
Plan -upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is
available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges
letter; (4) lGmonth Payment Plan -upon application, College approval,
and payment of a $50 administrativefee, the annual charges may be paid in
10equal installmentsbegmung June 15 and ending March 15. No finance
charge will be assessed on accounts which are current. An application will
be sent upon request.
I
A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of one percent per month on any
account with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a IGmonth payment
plan in which payment is not current.
Tuition is set on an annualbasis, payable in two equal installments at the
begmmng of each semester.
W t r a t i o n is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is
paid in full.
Augsburg College will not release academic student transcripts until all
student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds
administered by the College (Perkins Student Loan and the Nursing
Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules
and the loan entrance and exit interviews have been completed.
Students fill out Withdrawal from College forms available in the Office of
Student Affairs.They must be filled out completely, signed and turned in to
the Reg~~trar's
Office. Students who properly withdraw, change to parttime, are dismissed or ~IPreleased from a housing contract will have their
accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction
of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule:
100%90%80%70%60%50%-
through the first five days of classes (less$100 administrativefee)
from the 6th through 10th day of classes
from the 11th through 15th day of classes
from the 16th through 20th day of classes
from the 21st through 25th day of classes
from the 26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term
No refund will be made after the middle class day of the term. Board
refunds are made on a proportionate basis.
If a student is forced to .withdrawdue to illness or an accident, the refund
will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of a report from the attending doctor stating the
inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment.
Students who elect to omit an Interim or to graduate in December are not
entitled to a refund of Interim tuition, room and board charges. Students
who participate in an approved off-campus Interim are eligible to apply for
a board refund and room sublease. Details and request forms are available
in the Office of Student Life.
All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all
adjustmentsfor aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before
eligibility for a cash refund is determined.
Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a
person or family makes in a lifetime. So,proper planning and wise choices
are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the methods used
to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial
Services, will help students and their families with both monetary and
advisory assistanceto protect access to a quality education in spite of
i n m i n g costs.
Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combination of
scholarships,grants, loans and part-time work opportunities. The College
cooperates with federal, state, church and private agencies in pmviding
various aid programs. For the 1989-'90 academic year approximately 83
percent of all students at Augsburg received xholarships, grants, loans and
part-time employment totalling over $11,500,000 from all aid sources.
The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the
student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and
family resources.
The Family Financial Statement (FFS)of the American College Testing
Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship
Service (CSS)helps determine the amount of assistance for which a student
is eligible. This analysis estimatesthe amount a student and family can be
expected to provide for college expenses, taking into account such family
financial factorsas current income, assets, number of dependents, other
educational expenses, debts, retirement needs and special considerations.
How AND WHENTO APPLY
New Students - Regular Admission
1. Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is
made until the student has applied and been accepted for admission.
2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS)or Financial Aid Form (FAF)
from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete the application
and send it to the processing agency after January 1but before April 15 for
priority consideration. Minnesota residents must complete the FFS, which
includes the application for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program.Augsburg's code on the FFS is 2080. For non-Minnesota residents
using the FAF, Augsburg's code is 6014.
3. Within four to six weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that
time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet
and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be
sent to you detailing your financial aid.
4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline
stated. If necessary, the appropriateloan forms and/or work applications
will be sent to you.
5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college
previously attended before financial aid will be offered. The financial aid
transcript forms are available through the Admissions Office or Fiicial Aid.
Returning Students
Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by
the applicationand Family Financial Statement (FFS).Renewal is based on
the familfs financial eligibility, the student's satisfactory academicprogress
and fund availability.
A student applyingfor aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general
rather than for a s@c scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various
forms of aid available are listed here for information only.
In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged to
investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants and loans that might be
available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with
churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high
schools, service clubs and fraternal organizationsfor information on aid
available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these
sources, some students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for
Veterans' Children and others.
Gift Assistance
President's Scholarships-President's Scholarships,which assuxe gft
assistance equal to tuition, are awarded annually to the most academically
qualified full-timefreshmen students. These scholarships are awarded
without regard to need. The awards are renewable for three years based on
academic performance at Augsburg. Ekcause this is a d e d programffull
tuition is assured; that is, the College guarantees the differencebetween
non-Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell
grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special application is due February 15. Details
from the Admissions Office.
Dean's Scholarships-Dean's Scholarships, which assure gift assistance
equal to tuition, are awarded each fall to the most academicallyqualified
full-time students who are direct transfers to Augsburg College following
completion of an A.A. or AS. degree, having maintained a 35 GPA on a 4.0
scale. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need and are
renewable for an additional year. Because this is a unified programffull
tuition is assured; that is, the College guarantees the differencebetween
non-Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell
grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special application is due April 1.Details from
the Admissions Office.
Paired Resources in Ministry and Education (PRIME) Awards -Augsburg College will match the first $300 a year of a student's scholarship or
grant from a Lutheran congregation. The scholarship or grant check from
the congregation must be received at Augsburg by October 1.
Augsburg Tuition Grants -Available to students who have shown
academic potential and have financialneed. A student's academic performance, financial need and high school and community involvement are
taken into consideration.
Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants -Awarded by the state to
Minnesota residents who have financial need. For 199G91, they ranged from
$100 to $ 5 3 3 . All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply.
SupplementalEducational Opportunity Grants -A federal program
administered by the College. To be eligible, a person must: (1)be a U.S.
citizen or permanent resident; (2) have exceptional financial need as defined
by the program; (3) be capable of maintaining satisfadory academic standing at the College; and (4)be accepted for admission
Pell Grants -Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible
institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined
by program guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for
1991-'92 is $2,400. Application is made by filing the FFS (or FAF) and
requesting on the application form that the necessary information be sent to
the Pell Grant Program.
Bureau of Indian Afâ¬airs/Tribaland State Indian Scholarships-Bureau of
Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian Scholarshipsand Augsburg American
Indian Scholarshipsare available to Indian students (both full- and part-time)
who meet speclfic criteria. For Bureau of Indian Affairs/Tribal and State
Indian Scholarships,studentsmust be 1/4 degree American Indian ancestry
and be enrolled with a federally recogruzed tribe. Eligibility criteria for
Augsburg American Indian Scholarshipsvary; contact the American Indian
Support Rogram office. Indian grants supplement all other forms of financial
aid. Questionsmay be directed to the American Indian Support Office or to
your local BIA, Tribal or State Indian Education Office.
Loan Assistance
Perkins Student Loan -A joint Augsburg College-federally funded
program administered through the College for students who demonstrate
financialeligibility. Loans are interest-free during your education. No
interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any
time you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5 percent and
repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $30 a month) begn nine
months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10years. The
loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum which may be
borrowed for undergraduate study is $9,000, ($18,000 including graduate
school).
Sta£ford Student Loans -Loan funds are obtained directly from a local
lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While the
student is attendingat least half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple
annual interest of 8 percent (10 percent after the first four years of repayments) on the loan balance and repayment of the principal begins six
months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10years. The
maximum loan is $2,625 for the first two years and $4,000 for the remaining
years of undergraduate study with the cumulative undergraduate maximum of $17,250. Applications are available at the College, and some banks.
The Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF)-SELF is administered
through the Minnesota Higher Education CoordinatingBoard. Applications
are available from the Office of Student Financial Services.
Undergraduates may borrow up to $4,000 per year minus any other student
loan indebtedness. Maximum undergraduate borrowing is $16,000. The
minimum loan amount per year is $1,000. The interest rate is variable.
Interest payments begn 90 days after the loan is disbursed and continue
quarterly thereafter, while the student is enrolled. Principal payments begm
the 13th month after you leave school. There are no deferments.
Nursing Student Loan -Federal program with provisions similar to the
Perkins Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or
enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing.
Recipients must have financial need and be registered at least half time. The
maximum loan is $4,000 per year.
SupplementalLoans for Students (SLS)-SLS is a federally sponsored
loan program which permits independent students to borrow to finance
their cost of education.
Students can borrow up to $4,000 per year. Interest is variable with a 12
percent cap and interest payments begin 60 days after the loan is disbursed,
but in many cases, can be allowed to accrue and add to the principal.
Repayment begms 60 days after you leave school or cease to be enrolled at
least half-time. Deferments exist for continued education or disability.
Parent Loan Program (PLUS)-PLUS is a loan program to help parents
meet college costs of their dependent children. Parents may borrow up to
$4,000 per student per year with an aggregate maximum of $20,000. Repayment begm within 60 days of check disbursement at a variable interest rate
not to exceed 12 percent and a minimum payment of $50 per month.
Application forms are availableat Augsburg College or the lending institutions Applicationsare normally filed with the bank or thrift institutionwith
which your family has an account.
Student Employment
Augsburg College provides work opportunities for students with proven
finand need who a~ at least one-half time students. Assignment is made
on the basis of need and potential competence in
the duties
assigned.Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial
aid, just like scholarships, loans and grants. A maximum of 15hours of oncampus employment per week is recommended.
All oncampus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract
issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made
monthly by check to the student employee. Students should make application to both the Financial Aid and Personnel offices for work study
positions.
College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program
-Under theseprograms the federal or state government supplies funds on
a matchingbasiswith the College to provide some part-tine work opportunities.
Scholarshipwinners are selected by the Student Affairs Committee of the
faculty unless otherwise specified. For departmental scholarships, winners
are recommended by faculty of the department involved. Descriptions of
awards are from statements of the donors' wishes.
*Indicates endowed scholarships.
Charles and Ellora AUiss Educational Foundation Scholarships-A number of
awards of varying amounts (minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of
financial need and ability. Established in 1973by the foundation.
The Dain BosworthlIFG Foundation Scholarship -Awarded as funds are made
available, to students with demonstrated need for financial assistance.
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to deseming junior/senior students. Established in 1961to perpetuate her memory.
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to two deserving junior or senior students. Established in 1%9by Alma
Jensen Dickerson to honor her late husband and perpetuate their memory.
Elias B. Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more
needy and deserving upper class students. Established in 1979 in memory of their
husband and father by Josie Feroe Eliason, Conrad Eliason, E. Bernie Eliason, Mrs.
Elizabeth Mauseth and Mrs. Clara Hoelck.
M. J. Estrem Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a worthy student. Established
in 1965by Maybelle and Malcolm Estrem.
EW. Hallet Scholarship-Awarded, as funds are available, to students with
demonstrated need for financial assistance.
The Tze-Lien Yao-Hsieh, Lenorah Erickson and Mildred Joel Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to an Augsburg student of any class or major, based on
academic performance and financial need. Established in 1987by Mr. Joseph Hsieh
(6
' 11, Andover, Ma., in loving memory of his mother, his honorable teacher and his
respected advisor at Augsburg College.
The Edwin C. Johnson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more
students who demonstratepotential and financial need. Established in 1985by
Edwin C. Johnson ('25), Powers Lake, N.D.
Memorial ScholarshipFoundation Scholarships*-Awarded annually to an able
and deserving upper class student. Established in 1964by undesignated memorial
gifts.
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts ScholarshipsGiven annually to needy students who are U.S. citizens. Established in 1972.
Northern States Power Company Scholarship-Awarded to deserving students
in each class year on the basis of financial need and ability.
The Marvin T. Nystrom Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors or seniors
who are U.S.citizens, have a B average or above and qualify for need based aid.
Established in 1987by Mr. Nystrom as an expression of his belief in young people
and his hope that they will become meritorious leaders.
The Rev. Martin J. and Olga S. Olson Scholarship -Awarded annually to a
student(s)of any class or major based primarily upon financial need and evidence
of personal financial commitment. Established in 1991through a bequest in the will
of Rev. Martin J. ('23 Academy; '26, College; '29, Seminary) and his late wife, Olga
S. (2' 1) Olson, along with the gifts of many family and friends.
John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund* -Awarded annually to freshman students
who without assistance would be unable to pursue higher education. Established in
1963by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck.
The Martin and Esther Quanbeck Scholarship*- Awarded annually to students
of any class or major, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Establish
in 1990 by Dr. Martin ('29) and Mrs. Esther Quanbeck, Minneapolis, Minn.
Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* -Awarded to able and deserving
students. Established by the Readers Digest Foundation in 1964.
The Ernest and Vivian Tinseth Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more
students of any class, based on academic achievement and financial need. Estab
lished in 1990 by Ernest and Vivian Tinseth, Edina, Minn.
The Robert W. Wauyniak Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a
junior or senior, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Established
in 1986 in memory of Robert Warzyniak, ('65) through memorials, supplemented
by gifts of his wife, Sharon, and family.
The Lea A. and Elsie L. Wildung Endowment Fund* -Awarded annually to one
or more students of any class who have potential and financial need. Established in
1986through the gift of Elsie L. Wildung, St. Paul, Minn.
A
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded to an able and deserving
junior or senior student. Established in 1962 to honor the memory of their beloved
father by his daughters, E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie.
*Indicatesendowed schokuships.
Aid Association for Lutherans -Awarded annually to able and deserving upper
class students who are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for
Lutherans Insurance Company. Established in 1966.
The Charles and Catherine Anderson Diversity Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to students who help the College fulfill its mission of being "an intentionally diverse campus community." Awards are based upon financial need and good
academic achievement (3.0 or higher G.P.A.), with preference given to students
who are planning some form of Christian service. Established in 1989 by Dr.
Charles S. and Mrs.Catherine G. Anderson, St. Paul, M i n .
The Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student
mapring in purnalism or social work. Awards are based upon academic performance and finanaal need. Established in 1990 by Mrs. Ruth M. Baker, Edina, Minn.,
in loving memory of her daughter, Phyllis M. Baker, a 1952 graduate of Augsburg
College.
The Jeroy C. and Lorraine M. Carlson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
students of any class, based upon academic achievement, financial need and service
to others. kference will be given to a student who is taking private music lessons
and a student who shows teamwork in College physical recreation activities.
Established in 1991by friends, alumni, faculty and staff of Augsburg College, in
honor of Jeroy ('48) and Lorraine Carlson, and in appreciation for their commitment to and expression of the highest ideals of the College.
The Carl C. and Kathleen A. Casperson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
science students of any class, based upon academic achivement (32+ GPA), interest
and ability in the field of study, and a demonstrated sense of social and spiritual
community. Established in 1989by Dr. Carl C. ('59) and Mrs. Kathleen A. ('62)
Casperson, Minneapolis, Minn.
The Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
able and deserving student(s) who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need. Est?:olished in 1972by her husband, moyd Cleveland, to
honor the memory of Mrs. Cleveland, Augsburg alumna, consecrated Christian
leader and devoted wife.
The Laura Ann Erickson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto one or
more female freshmen students of any major who belong to the Lutheran Church
(ELCA) and show evidence of academic achievement and financial need. Established in 1986by Raymond D. Erickson GO), in memory of his daughter, Laura
Ann Erickson.
David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded
annually to a junior or senior student who has successfully overcome adversity and
achieved excellence in academic and extracurricular performance. Established in
1979by members of his family to honor the memory of Commander David J.
Formo, 1964 alumnus.
The JulianP. Foss Scholarship*-Awarded to a student of any class who has
financial need, shows promise, and demonstratesfaith and dedication to overcoming difficult circumstances.Established by Julian P. Foss ('30), Mesa, Ariz.
The Hanwick Thanksgiving Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student at or
above the sophomorelevel who demonstrateshigh academic achievement and is
preparing for a career in some form of therapy, e.g, physical, occupational, speech,
music, psychological. Established at Thanksgiving 1986, by Dr. TheodoreJ. and
Mrs. Fern S. Hanwick, in gratitudeto the therapists who aided in the recovery of
their son, Theodore T. Hanwick ('66), from a severe accident.
The King Harald Scholarship -Established by authorization of the Augsburg
College Board of Regents in 1965on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince
Harald, this annual scholarship provides full tuition for a freshman student from
Norway. The winner is selected from competition held in Norway by the Norge
Amerika Foreningen.
The Rev. JohnHjelmeland Endowed Scholarship Fund*-Awarded annuallyto
second or third generation freshman or upper class students of any major who have
attained a 3.0 grade point average or better. Established in 1986 by Sigvald ('41) and
Helen Hjelmeland, and John ('70) and Lynn Hjelmeland.
The Hoversten Peace Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any class
or major, based upon academic merit and financial need. Preference will be given
to students who have demonstrated an interest in peace and/or whose personal
outlook and career plans show promise of contributingto the cause of peace.
Members of the Hoversten family and international students are encouraged to
apply. The fund may also provide aid to students or faculty who undertake projects
that will contribute to peace and global understanding. Established in 1989 through
a bequest and trust of Dr. Lester T. Hoversten, San Jose, Calif.
Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to upper class women
of high moral character, with preference given to female or male students transferring from Waldorf College who are in music and/or elementary education.
Established in 1975in memory of Catha Jones, 1970alumna, by her parents, Mr.
and Mrs. Kenneth Jones, other family and friends, and the Augsburg College Senior
Challenge Program.
The Torgney and Valborg Kleven Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually
to a junior or senior who is interested in serving others, e.g. majoring in religion,
education, music, social work, medicine, and based upon academic achievement
and financial need. Established in 1990 through a bequest in the will of Rev.
Torgney (1
' 7 B.A. and '21 B.Div.1 and Valborg (Nydahl)Kleven, and memorial gifts
by family and friends.
The Harold B. and Laura M. Lanes Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an
upper class student of any major, based upon academic achievement (3.0 G.P.A. or
higher) and financial need. Preference given to college students who have demonstrated an interest in community service by active participation and whose parents
have not achieved a Bachelor's Degree. Established in 1989 by family and friends in
memory of Harold Lanes ('11, Academy) and in honor of Laura Lanes.
I
Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship-Awarded on the
basis of scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. Minimum
award $800.00, maximum $1,500. The scholarship is renewable.
McVay Foundation Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students with demonstrated need for financial assistance. Preference given to students majoring in
education, religion or social work. Established in 1986by the McVay Foundation.
The Forrest T. Monson and Thelma (Sydnes)Monson Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to students of any major after their first year, based upon financial need,
diligence in scholastic achievement, and active membership in a Lutheran congregation. Established in 1989 by Forrest ('37) and Thelma ('37) Monson, San Diego,
Calif.
The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a
senior student(s)who has successfullyovercome adversity and has achieved
excellence in academic and extracurricularperformance. Established in 1977to
honor the memory of the Rev. Nyhus, a 1929 graduate of Augsburg Seminarywho
overcame the adversity of early years to earn his own education and who served
others with humanity and wisdom.
The Ole K. and Evelyn L. Olson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students
with financial need. Preference given to students from Canada or transferring from a
public mllege or university who indicate an interest in religion, music or Scandinavian studies. Established in 1988by Mrs. Evelyn Olson and Mr. Gordon Olson ('63),
in memory of Rev. Ole K. Olson ('32) and in honor of Mrs. Olson's 80th birthday.
The Rosemary J. Shafer Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any
class or major who show academic potential, financial need and a strong desire to
earn a college degree, with preference given to females of high moral character.
Learning disabled students are encouraged to apply. Established in 1985, and
endowed in 1989by Rosemary J. Shafer, Wayzata, Minn.
The John and Agnes Siverson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of
any class or major, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to students from Madagascar, or if none with financial need,
then to students from other developing nations. Established in 1990 by Mrs. Agnes
Siverson, Hendricks, Minn., thereby continuing a long tradition of generosity by
Agnes and her late husband, John.
I
The Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
students of any class or major, based upon high personal motivation, rather than
high academic achievement or extreme financial need. Established in 1989through
a bequest in the will of Mrs. Genevieve E. Stelberg, St. Paul, Minn.
* Indiuztes endowed scholarship
The Ada Bakken Memorial-American Indian Scholarship*-Awarded annually
to American Indian students of any class or major, based upon academic performance and financial need. Established in 1988through the estate and trust of Ada
Bakken, St. Charles, M i n .
The Kent Anderson American Indian Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
American Indian students of any class or major, based upon academic performance
and financial need, with preference given to students who are affiliated with a
federally-recognized American Indian tribe. Established in 1990 with the proceeds
of a benefit perhrmance at Augsburg College by Louie Anderson, a native of St.
Paul, Minn., who resides in Los Angeles, Calif.
The Asian-Pacific Student Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are
available, to two Asian-Pacific students with demonstrated financial need and who
reside in Minnesota.
The Otto Bremer Foundation American Indian Scholarship-Awarded to
American Indian Students. Recipients will be involved in a community service
project during the year.
The Grace Jewel Jensen Buster Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to sophomore,junior or senior Chinese students who
have outstanding academic records and are preparing to work among the Chinese
people. Established in 1983by family and friends to honor the memory of Grace
Jewel Jensen Buster, a 1922alumna.
The Cargill Foundation American Indian Scholarship-Awarded to American
Indian Students who either: 1) have been denied or lost tribal funds or, 2) have
experienced other unusual circumstances as determined by the American Indian
Program Director and the Financial Aid Director.
The Hearst American Indian Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare
awarded annually to an American Indian upper class student(s)who has a
cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or better at Augsburg College. Established in
1984by The Hearst Foundation.
The Grace Anne Johnson Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to upper class international students who have overcome
adversity and achieved excellence in academic and extracunicular performance.
Established in 1981by her parents, Dr. and Mrs. Einar Johnson, and other family
members and friends in memory of Grace Anne (Gay) Johnson, a student at
Augsburg 1971-1973.
The KerridgelMuellerAmerican Indian Scholarship-Awarded annually to an
American Indian student of any class or major who demonstrates academic
potential and financialneed. Established in 1988by Dr. "Mike" Kerridge) and Dr.
Van Mueller, Minneapolis, M i n .
Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare
awarded annually to upper class Oriental international students. Established in
1978by her parents, family and friends to honor the memory of Marilyn's devotion
to sharing and loving people, especially her service to students.
Pillsbury, Inc, Minority Scholarship-Awarded as funds are available, to
minority students with demonstrated need for financial assistance.
The Marlys JohnsonSimengaard Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded periodically to a Black American student. Established in 1964in memory of Marlys
Johnson Simengaard and her Christian concern for the problems of social injustice.
The St. Paul Companies, Inc Scholarship-Awarded as funds are available, to
Minnesota minority students with demonstrated need for financial assistance.
The JamesR Thorpe Foundation Scholarship-Awarded as funds are available,
to non-traditional and minority students with demonstrated need for financial
assistance.
'Indicates endowed schoLzrships
Art
The Queen Sonja Art Scholarship-Established by authorization of the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 1978to honor the Crown Princess of Norway.
Awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need.
August Molder Memorial Art Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to upper class students mapring in art. Established in 1982by
his wife,family and friends in memory of August Molder, accomplished artist and
teacher for more than 20 years at Augsburg College.
Athletic
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to an able and
deserving student on the basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966by his parents, the Rev. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen, in
memory of their son, a senior student at Augsburg College.
Paul DahledGerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to an
able and deserving male student on the basis of personality, character, athletic and
academic achievement. Established in 1966 by friends to honor the memory of
these two Augsburg College students.
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to two or more
students, participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need
and high Christian character. The athletic scholarship is for a male candidate only,
with a preference in basketball. Established in 1975by Mrs. David Gronner and
children Richard, Carol, and Paul, and Mrs. Ethel Gronner to honor the memory of
David Gronner, an Augsburg College alumnus.
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually based on academic
achievement, personal character and ability in athletics. Established in 1945by Mr.
and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman to honor their son who gave his life in the conquest of
Okinawa.
Rory JordanMemorial Scholarship-One or more scholarships are awarded
annually to upper class students participating in intercollegiate sports, with
preference for students in the wrestling program. Established in 1980by the
William Jordan and Charles Schulz families in memory of Rory Jordan, an Augsburg graduate and nationally recognized wrestler.
Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students on
the basis of achievement, personal character and promise in the field of physical
education. Established in 1958by their children in memory of their parents.
The Hovt Messerer Athletic Scholarshiv*- Awarded annuallv to a male athlete
of any class or major, upon the recommendation of the Athletic Department.
Established in 1987by Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Ia.
James P. Pederson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student
committed to Christian service, based on academic achievement and financial need.
Preference given to students who are interested and participate in athletics and
recreation. Established in 1990 by Ralph and Katherine Pederson, Santa Rosa, Calif.,
in memory of James, a 1934graduate, exceptional all-around athlete and coachathlete director at Augsburg College.
The Stan Person Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more
male students of any class or academic major who participates in the College's
athletic program and shows evidence of academic achievement and financial need.
Established in 1986by Glen and Gerald Person, in memory and in honor of their
brother, Stan Person.
Biology
Biology Scholarships-Established in 1972by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in biology, natural science
or medical technology.
The Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Biology Scholarship* -A
merit scholarship awarded annually to an upper class student majoring or minoring in biology. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. ('74) and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)
('74) Holmen.
Business Administration/Economics
Marianne Anderson Entrepeneurial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a
woman who is interested in entrepreneurshipor engaged in business, based upon
academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to Weekend
College women who are older and have family responsibilities. Established in 1990
by members of the Minnesota Women Entrepreneurs (MINN-WE), in memory of
Marianne Anderson, a successful woman entrepreneur, and in honor of all
Minnesota Women Entrepreneurs.
Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship Fund* -Awarded annually to sophomore, junior or senior students majoring in any of the areas encompassed within
the Departments of Business Administration and Economics and based on academic excellence and financial need. Established in 1984by Augsburg business
alumni and other alumni and friends within the business community.
The Farmers Insurance Group of Companies Scholarship-Awarded annually,
as funds are available, to second, third and fourth year students in the fields of
insurance, mathematics, business administration, personnel and other areas related
to the insurance industry, based primarily on the basis of financial need. Recipients
will be expected to have maintained at least a 2.5 G.P.A. and are expeded to conduct
themselves acording to the laws of the United States and the state of Minnesota.
First Bank Systems -Awarded each year, as funds are available, without regard
to a speclfic mapr, but to students with demonstrated leadership ability and an
interest in entrepreneurial development.
The Forss-Herr Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a junior or senior business
student who has shown academic achievement, has been involved in extracurricular activities and has financial need. Preference will be given to students from
families where two or more children are in college at the same time. Established in
1987by Mrs. Grace F. (Forss, '57) and Mr. Douglas P. Herr, Danville, L.
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more
upper class students interested in the field of business. Established in 1965by The
GarnbleSkogmo Foundation.
The Mildred and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship* -Awarded annually to working
women of any class who want to improve their skills and education by attending
Augsburg College part-time. The scholarship is designated for women who show
potential and have financial need, with preference given to those studying business. Established in 1989 by two working sisters-in-law, Mildred Krohn, Berkeley,
Calif., and Mrs. Eleanor Krohn, St. Louis Park, Minn.
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship*-One or more awards are made
annually to a junior or senior student(s)majoring in business administration.
Established in 1980 by members of the family in memory of Gertrude S. Lund,
Augsburg College alumna and dedicated teacher at the College.
The Minnesota Mutual Life Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are
available, based upon academic promise and financial need with preference given
to majors in business or economics.
The Norberg Business Scholarship-Awarded
achievement to a student majoring in business.
annually on the basis of scholastic
The David L Shaver Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to business
administration students of any class, based upon financial need and academic
' 61, through his
performance. Established in 1988by the late David L. Shaver (7
participation in the Senior Challenge Program.
The Joan L. Volz Business Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class
student of any mapr who intends to pursue a graduate degree in business manage
ment. The award is based upon academic performance and financial need.
Established in 1987by Joan L. Volz, a 1968graduate.
Chemistry
Chemistry Scholarships*-Awarded annually to junior and senior students
whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
Established in 1968by family, friends and the Augsburg College Chemistry
Department to honor:
Manivald Aldre
Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen
Dr. W.M. Sandstrom
Walter Gordon Schnell
Walter E. Thwaite, Jr.
Covey Hendrickson
Carl Fosse Chemistry Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a junior or senior
whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
Established in 1986by Burton and Peggy Fosse, Burnsville, Minn.
The Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Chemistry Scholarship*A merit scholarship awarded annually to an upper class student mapring or
minoring in chemistry. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. ('74) and Mrs. Linda
Wey)('74) Holmen.
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Chemistry Scholarship-Awarded to
chemistry maprs who are citizens of the U.S. Established in 1979.
Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry Scholarships*-Awarded annually to
junior/senior students mapring in chemistry who have a GPA of 3.0 or above and,
prefaably, graduate or professional xhool goals. Established in 1984through the
Conrad Sunde estate in memory of a 1915alumnus who was the first Augsburg
College graduate to earn a J?h.D. in chemistry. His professional career as educator,
researcher and consultant included many inventions, of which the development of
lanolin oil was his outstanding work.
Education
The S. Luther Kleven Family Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors and
seniors mapring in elementary education, based upon academic achievement and
financial need. Preference will be given to Weekend College students. Established
in 1990 by family and friends in memory of S. Luther Kleven ('50) and in honor of
the Kleven family.
David Mathre Scholarship*-Awarded annually to qualified full-time student(s1
in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching.
The Elva B. Lovell Life Scholarship* -Awarded annually to education students
of any class who plan to teach. Awards are based upon academic achievement and
financial need, with preference given to students who are black, older or single
parents. Established in 1991by Mrs. Elva B. Lovell, Minneapolis, Minn., as an
expression of her belief in diversity and literacy.
The Barbara (Tjornhom) and Richard K Nelson Scholarship*-Awarded
annuallyto a student of any class, based upon financial need, with preference
given to a person preparing for a career in elementary education. Established in
1986in honor of an alumna, Barbara (Tprnhom) Nelson and her husband, Richard
K. Nelson.
The St. Paul Companies, Inc., Minority Education Scholarship-Awarded to
Minnesota minority students, majoring in education, who have a demonstrated
need for finandal assistance.
English
Anne Pederson English Scholarship*-Awarded annually to junior/senior
students who are majoring in English, with preference given to those who plan to
teach English as a career. Established in 1971by faculty members of the English
Department to honor the 37 years of service of Anne Pederson as English teacher at
Augsburg College.
Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Established in 1959 by Gerald Sveeggen in
memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg, 1915-1952.
Foreign Language
Mimi Baez Kingsley Modem Language Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
junior/senior students who are mapring in modem language, with preference
given to those who plan to teach language. Established in 1969 by Mr. and Mrs.
James Kingsley.
Health-Related
Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a
registered nurse seeking a baccalaureate degree in nursing. Established in 1983by
The Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association.
Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
upper class student(s)preparing for a career in medicine or health. Established in
1978in memory of Eleanor Christensen Edwards' devotion and service in health
care by members of her family, Bernhard Christensen, Elsie Christensen Schroeder,
Jessie Christensen, Nadia Christensen and Theodore Christensen.
History
The Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness History Award -Awarded annually to a
senior student for excellence in history. Established in 1980by Helen Ranck to
honor her parents, the Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness.
H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarshipr -Awarded annually to students
mapring in history, with preference given to those who plan a career in the field.
Established in 1969by Dr. and Mrs. Carl H. Chrislock and augmented by other
contributions to honor the memory of H. N. Hendrickson, professor of history at
A u g s b q College, 1900-1952.
John R. Jenswold Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to history
students of any class, based on academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to minority females. Established in 1990by parents, family and
friends of Dr. John R. Jenswold, Assistant Professor of History, Augsburg College.
The Nydahl History Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors or seniors who
have potential and financial need, with preference given to history majors. Established in 1986through a bequest in the will of Dr. Theodore L. Nydahl.
Mathematics and Computer Science
Mathematics Scholarship-Awarded annually to an able and deserving student
in the field of mathematics. Established in 1980 by the Mathematics Department.
Minnegasco Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are available, to able and
deserving junior/senior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on the
basis of need and academic ability. Established in 1969 by Minnegasco.
Metro-Urban Studies
Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in Urban Affairs*-One or more
scholarships are awarded annually to upper class students who actively contribute
toward the fulfillment of Augsburg's Mission Statement relating to the College's
urban involvement. Established in 1982by colleagues, former students and friends
to honor the service and leadership of the Torstensons in community development
and urban affairs.
Music
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship-Awarded annually to a
student of choral music. Established in 1965by Thomas I. Benson in memory of
Peggy Christensen Benson, an Augsburg College alumna.
Sam Coltvet Memorial Choral Music Scholarship8-Awarded annually to a
student of any academic class who is a choir member not mapring in music.
Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)Holmen, in memory
of Mr. Sam Coltvet, who believed in the value of Christian higher education and
choral music.
The Rev. Clement A. Gisselquist Church Music Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to a musically-gifted student, with preference given to a student of organ
and/or choral music who desires to serve, professionally or otherwise, in the
ministry of music of the Lutheran Church. Established in 1986 by the family.
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to two or more
students participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need
and are of high Christian character. Established in 1975by Mrs. David Gronner
and children Richard, Carol and Paul, and Mrs. Ethel Gronner in memory of David
Gronner, Augsburg College alumnus.
0.I. Hertsgaard Scholarship*-Awarded annually to junior/senior students who
show promise of academic success and have financial need. Reference given to
those who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instnniental music and
intaest or potential in conducting. Established in 1966 by 0.I. Hertsgaard.
The Bernice Kolden Hoversten Memorial Choral Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to a freshman student member of the College Choir, based upon suitable
academic performance and financial need. Preference will be given to a choir
member who is a minority person. Established in 1990 by Garfield Hoversten ('a),
family and friends, in loving memory of Bernice Kolden Hoversten ('501, a soloist
with the choir.
Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship*-Awarded to upper class students
seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with
preference given to those who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.
Established in 1975by Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel to honor the beautiful message
of music.
The Lucille H. Messerer Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a music
student of any class or major, upon the recommendation of the Music Department.
Established in 1987by Lucille H. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Ia.
-
Kenneth 0.Lower Nordkap Male Chorus Music Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to an upper class student mapring in music, based upon academic
performance and b c i a l need, with preference given to a person studying choral
music. Established in 1986 in memory of Kenneth 0.Lower ('28) and in recognition
of the heritage of the Nordkap Male Chorus.
Edwin W. and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare
awarded annuallyto upper class student(s1preparing for careers in church music.
Established in 1980by Edwin W. Norberg to honor his wife's lifelong career in the
teaching and conducting of piano, organ and choral music.
The Performing Arts Scholarship (Music) -Awarded annually to new incoming
freshmen students who will participate in one of the performing arts groups. Up to
10 scholarshipswill be awarded. Faculty will base their awards upon applications
and auditions. Deadline for application is February 15 of each year.
St. John's Lutheran Church -John Norris Memorial Scholarship*- Awarded
annually in honor of St. John's Lutheran Church's faithful sexton for 35 years, Mr.
John Norris. Applicants must be U.S.citizens majoring in music who are sophomores or above. The awards are based upon financial need and satisfactory
academic progress, with preference given to racial minority students.
Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a sophomore or
junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. Established in 1953by
his family to honor Henry P. Opseth, chairman of the Augsburg Music Department, 1922-1951.
Leland B. Sateren Choral Music Scholarship*-Awarded to outstanding
students who are participants in the Augsburg Choral Music program.
Rev. Mark Ronning Memorial Instrumental Music Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to a student of any class who is a member of a College instrumental group
but is not studying music. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda
(Ehiley)Holmen, in memory of Rev. Mark Ronning, who dedicated his life to
helping young people.
Mayo Savold Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a participant in the
concert band, based on talent and academic record.
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an Augsburg
student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise
for achievement in the art of singing. Established in 1955by her parents, Mr. and
Mrs. Iver Solberg, and her brother Dorvan to honor Marilyn Yvonne Solberg,
member of the Augsburg choir from 1950-'53.
String Scholarships-Awarded to entering students who demonstrate ability on
violin, viola, cello or bass and who intend to pursue their study through performance studies, string ensemble and orchestra.
John and Vera Thut Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare awarded
annually to upper class students who have achieved excellence in performance in
voice or piano. Established in 1980by John and Vera Thut, their family and friends.
The Thuts cherished lifelong careers in the teaching of music, three decades of
which were at Augsburg.
Philosophy
Kenneth C. Bailey Philosophy Scholarship*-A merit scholarship awarded
annually to an upper class student majoring or minoring in philosophy. Established
in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)Holmen, in honor of Dr. Bailey's
20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg College faculty.
Physics
Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper
class student majoring in physics. Established in 1976by the Augsburg College
Physics Department and friends to honor Dr. Hanwick on his 20th anniversary as a
member of the Augsburg faculty.
Political Science
The Myles Stenshoel Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded
annually to upper class students pursuing careers in political science. Established in
1980by Professors Norma Noonan and Myles Stenshoel.
The Dr. Bernhardt J. Kleven Scholarship*-Awarded annually to seniors
majoring in history k d political science, based upon substantial academic accomplishment and financial need. Established in 1989 by Dr. Bernhardt J. Kleven,
graduate of 1922 and Professor Emeritus, History and Political Science.
Psychology
The Jacob and Ella Hoversten Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of
any class. Preference will be given to students studying psychology, especially
family understanding. Established in 1989 through a bequest and trust of Dr. Lester
T. Hoversten, San Jose, Calif., in honor of his parents.
Religion and Christian Service Scholarships
The Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. Established in 1981by
Rolland H. Bockbrader to honor the lifelong devotion that his parents have given to
the family, congregation, Augsburg College and the community.
Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship*-Available to both North
American and international students to encourage men and women to enter fulltime Christian service. Awards are based on demonstrated academic ability, moral
character, and potential for Christian service. Established in 1983by the Rev.and
Mrs. Andrew S. Burgess.
Thorvald Olsen and Anna Constance Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship*Awarded annually to a student(s)in the senior class who is preparing for the
ministry. Established in 1960 by family and a churchwide offering to honor the
memory of Dr. T. 0.Burntvedt, president of the Lutheran Free Church, 19S1958.
The Rev. Donald C. Carlson Memorial Scholarship Fund -Awarded annually to
students of any class or major, who plan to enter the ministry, based upon aca-
demic performance and financial need. Preference will be given to students who
are members of the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church, Edina, Minn.
Established in 1989by a family of the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church,
acting through the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church of Edina Foundation,
in memory of Rev. Donald C. Carlson ('421, founding pastor of the Normandale
Evangelical Lutheran Church of Edina.
Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
an upper class student preparing for a Christian vocation. Established in 1982to
honor the memory of Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg.
The Luthard 0. Gjerde Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors or seniors
who are declared pre-seminary or pre-medicine students or to students mapring in
social work or a related field of Christian service. Awards are based upon academic
excellence and predicated upon Rev. Luthard Gjerde's commitment to the Gospel
of Jesus Christ as central to the ministry of healing and wholeness. Established in
1989by Mrs. Sophia Gjerde, family and friends in memory of Rev. Luthard 0.
Gjerde, Augsburg College (3
' 3) and Augsburg Seminary ('36).
The Elias P. Harbo Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student(s) in
the junior or senior class who is preparing for the ministry, with preference given to
those studying history, including church history. Established in 1991by the family
to honor the memory of Elias P. Harbo, a graduate of Augsburg College (1886) and
Augsburg Seminary (1889), the first President of the Lutheran Free Church, and
later Professor of Systematic Theology at Augsburg Seminary, 1909-1927.
Iver and Marie Iverson Scholarship*- Awarded on the basis of need, character
and interest in Christian service. Established in 1957by Iver Iverson.
The Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial Scholarship-Awarded annually to one or
more students of any class who demonstratepotential and financial need, with
preference for those who are preparing for a religious service vocation. Established
in 1985by Kenneth and Vera Nelson in memory of their pastor, The Rev. Arnold J.
Melom, a 1947 graduate of Augsburg College.
Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are
awarded annually on the basis of scholarship, service and devotion to the Christian
faith. Established in 1975by the family and Augsburg College in memory of Gerda
Mortensen for five decades of service to Christian higher education at Augsburg
College.
Onesimus Scholarship*-Awarded periodically to students preparing for the
Christian ministry. Established in 1962by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson.
Johan H. 0. Rodvik Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are
awarded annuallyto Augsburg students preparing for a professional career in
Christian service. Established in 1976 by Mr. and Mrs. Luther H. Rodvik in memory
of Johan J. 0.Rodvik and his deep personal dedication to his calling as a minister,
as well as his scholarly research and pioneering thought concerning the Apostle
Paul's traditionally misunderstood attitude toward the question of equal rights and
equal status for women.
The Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded on the basis of need,
scholarship and interest in Christian service. Established in 1958to honor the Rev.
Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the College, 1940-1952.
The Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a junior or senior preparing for a full-time vocation
in the church.Established in 1980 by their children, families and friends to honor
the lifelong devotion that the Rev. and Mrs. Lawrence Sateren gave to the church,
Augsburg College, and Augsburg Seminary over a period of 60 years.
Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary ScholarshipFund* -Awarded
annually to a junior or senior student preparing for service as a missionary through
the World Mission Department of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
Established in 1969 by the Rev. and Mrs. Morris G. C. Vaagenes.
The Johan L Weltzin Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to upper
division Lutheran students. Awards are based upon academic performance and
financial need, with preference given to students who would like to serve in foreign
missions. Established in 1987 by Pastor H. Alfred Weltzin ('411, Viroqua, Wisc., and
Pastor TheodoreJ. Weltzin ('37), Watford City, N.D., in memory of their brother,
Johan L. Weltzin ('73).
Scandinavian Studies
Iver and Myrtle Olson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class
studenfds)with academic ability, in the pursuit of a degree with concentrationin
Scandinavianlanguages, literature, history and/or culture. Established in 1983 by
their children and their families and friends to honor Iver and Myrtle Olson on the
occasion of their golden wedding anniversary.
Social Work
Stem Family Scholarship Fund for Minority Social Work Students* -Awarded
annually to one or more minority social work students, based upon the student's
potential and financial need, with preference given to those who are preparing for
professional careers in social work Established in 1985 by Dr. Paul and Mrs. Lorene
Steen, as representatives of the Steen Family.
The Lisa M. Weeding Memorial Scholarship-Awarded annually to a female
junior or senior social work student, based upon financial need and suitable
academic accomplishment. Established in 1989 in memory of Lisa M. Weeding
('871, by her parents, Donald and Marilyn Weeding, family and friends.
Sociology
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize*- Awarded annually to a student in the general
field of Christian sociology. Established in 1936 by members of his family to honor
the memory of Professor Adolph Paulson, who taught social science at Augsburg
from 193W35.
SpeechlCommunicationrrheatre Arts
Ailene Cole Theatre Arts Scholarship*-Awarded
talent, scholarship and theatre participation.
to a senior student based on
The Performing Arts Scholarship (Drama ) -Awarded annually to new incoming
freshmen students who will participate in one of the performing arts groups. Up to
seven scholarshipswill be awarded. Faculty will base their awards upon applications and auditions. Deadline for application is February 15of each year.
The Esther J. Olson Memorial Theatre Arts/Religion Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to a junior or senior majoring in Theatre Arts, Communication or Religion,
based upon academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to
students involved in drama who are preparing for a career in religious senrice.
Established in 1989by her daughter, Carolyn Canfield, family and friends in
memory of Dr. Esther J. Olson, Professor of Drama at Augsburg College.
'Indicates e n d o d scholarships
Experiences in the classroom are an important part college llife, but
learning and development also occur in formal and infomral activities
@the College and the metropolitan area. Whetherstudents are residents m commuters, the climatefor learning and living at Augsburg
will add dirnensiun to their education.
As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual as well as
academic and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in
the opportunitieswe encourage and provide for students to explore their
own faith.
Because our campus is comprised of individuals from many different
religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a
similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups,
outreach teams, planning committees, retreats, peace and justice forums,
concerts and plays are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where
students, faculty and staff gather each day to give thank. and hear the
Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. On Sundays, Trinity
Lutheran worship services are held on campus, with many other churches
within walking distance.
We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gifts that God has given them. As a college of
the church, we encourage students to form values guided by our Christian
heritage, which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches
beyond their years at Augsburg.
The College Pastor has an office in the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center and is
available for spiritual guidance, counseling. support or information.
Through student government, students secure a closer relationship with
and better understanding of the administration and faculty, and provide
input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government
also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights and
provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to
student life at Augsburg.
Student government is orgaruzed into the executive branch, the legislative
branch and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring for the next
year. Freshmen elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many
kinds of involvement are possible -program planning, writing editing or
service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or
Vice Fresident of the Student Body in their officesin the Christensen Center.
Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on
campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special
dinners, theme events, name entertainment and visiting personalitiesin
various fields.
The Christensen Center is the focus of leisure-time activity on campus.
Officesfor the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook,
the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite
classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. KCMR,a
studentaperated non-profit radio station senring the needs of Augsburg
and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in Umess
Tower.
Students have many opportunities to participate in music and drama. In
addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band and Orchestra perform on national and international tours.
Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical
styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on
campus each year under the direction of the Theatre Arts Department and
have the opportunity to attend a series of on-campus workshops with
visiting artsprofessionals.
Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota Intemllegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC)and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic
M a t i o n (NCAA) Division 111.Men annually compete in football, soccer,
cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, tennis, track and field
and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer,
basketball, track and field, softball and tennis.
Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and
relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of
team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been
an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is
open use of the gymnasium and ice arena.
The Student Affairs Division is comprised of a variety of programs, services
and activities dedicated to complementing and enhancing students' educational experience and the academic programs of Augsburg College. These
programs, services and activities provide students with an enriched collegiate experience which celebrates our rich diversity of student needs and
interests; attends to the social, cultural and career development of students;
and enhances students' academic performance through direct intervention
and environmental management. The following information provides a
brief introduction to the major efforts of the Student Affairs Division.
When students are concerned about the amount of work facing them, they
benefit from the programs of the Learning Center. The Center offers services
that cover the basic skills in reading, writing, vocabulary, spelling, test
preparation and math, as well as techniques to improve and enrich even the
best of study habits. If students need help with test anxiety, procrastination,
time management or study skills in general, the Center has programs that
help.
This office, located at 620 21st Avenue South, was created in 1978 to recruit
and retain American Indian students. It is recognized as a national model
for success and continues to have one of the highest retention and graduation rates of Indian studentsin the State of Minnesota.
The American Indian Support program provides direct services a d
assistance in areas that include but are not limited to: Indian student
admissions and financialaid procedures, orientation and registration,
coursework selection and academic advising, career counseling, community
and professional referrals, employment assistance, internships, student
housing, personal and crisis counseling. It advises and supports the
Interhibal Student Union
The program also provides advocacy in areas pertaining to health care, child
care, mental health, court services, public assistance issues, chemical
dependency and other areas that require or necessitate intervention.
An academic component in the form of an American Indian Studies Minor
is available (see INS, American Indian Studies).
Periodically, cultural activities and exhibitions are coordinated by this office.
The Black Student Affairs Office is committed to enhancing the education
and personal development of students of African descent, and to providing
cultural and historical awareness, academic achievement and social interaction. The Pan-African Student Union provides service to students and holds
monthly meetings in the Office of Black Student Affairs. In addition, the
Office sponsors events and activities such as Spiritual Life Series, Martin
Luther King's Birthday, poetry readings and Augsburg Black Alumni
Association meetings.
Career Services assists students in many ways. The staff can help students
explore interests for majors, find Internships and locate part-time jobs to try
out career possibilities. The staff provides seminars on career development,
interviewing skills and resume writing. Placement files are developed for
each student and sent out to prospective employers and graduate programs.
All students have moments of anxiety, difficulty making decisions and
confusion about themselves, their values or their relationships. Sometimes
students need to talk things out or receive information about the excellent
helping services in the Twin Cities. The Counseling Center provides a
supportive environment where students may gain greater self-knowledge
and are assisted in the self awareness/personal exploration process by
experienced counselors.
The Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (C.L.A.S.S.) has
been recognized nationally as a leader in the field of educating students
with learning and physical disabilities. The C.L.A.S.S. program at Augsburg
is a logical outgrowth of the College's commitment to provide a highquality liberal artseducation for students with diverse backgrounds,
experiences and preparation.
The staff include three licensed learning disabilities specialists, one physical
disabilitiesspeclalist, and support staff members specializing in taped texts
and specla1testing arrangements.This favorable staff/student ratio allows
Augsbmg to offer an intense level of personal attention that is unique in the
college setting. In addition to individual academic support provided by
specdists, other services include advising, computer assistance and advocacy both on and offampus.
The Minnesota Multiple Sclerosis Society has recognized Augsburg as an
outstanding accessible organization in the field of higher education for its
unique system of tunnels and skyways.
FYE reflects the College's commitment to a meaningful introduction to
college for our students -an enriching beginning for a college career. To
provide focus for this introduction, FYE is centered on a series of themes.
These themes will be reflected in and expanded upon in readings, d i m s
sions and other activities. Diversity, tradition, change, ways of knowing and
what it means to be an educated person are all themes associated with the
Program.
The College houses approximately 800 students in a traditional residence
hall, aparhnent buildings, 22 houses and a family housing complex The
housing staff manages these facilities and creates a wide array of educa-
tional and social programming which balances and complements the
educational experience of students. The staff is comprised of three professional staff members and 18paraprofessionalswho live and work closely
with the resident students to provide a safe environment for living and
learning.
The Student Activities program creates opportunities for students to
enhance their leadership skills through active involvementin developing
events, activities and organizationswhich serve the student community.
Hundreds of major programming efforts and targeted activities for specific
student interests are generated through these efforts and make Augsburg a
dynamic and enjoyable interactive environment.
The Tutor Center, located at 2011 S. Seventh Street, arranges for students to
meet with tutors for content tutoring in most freshman and sophomore level
courses. Study rooms and a graduate student study skills counselor are
available at the Center to help students.
The International Programs Office focuses on the needs of international
students and students interested in studying abroad. It also serves as a
resource for those interested in international events and global issues.
InternationalStudents -Augsburg welcomes students from countries
around the world. International students from over 47 countries have
attended Augsburg since 1954.
International students receive assistance in meeting their educational
objectives through advising on academic concerns, immigration and visa
problems, financialmatters, practical matters (taxes, insurance, housing,
daycare) and personal concerns (adjustment to U.S. educational system and
society).
New international students participate in an orientation program before the
begnmng of the term which provides practical information on housing,
banking, using local transportation and course registration. Students also
learn about the U.S. educational system and adjusting to life at Augsburg.
i
Study Abroad -An increasing number of Augsburg students are taking
advantage of the opportunity to gain academic credit for an overseas
experience. Through study abroad students may meet with grassroots
women's organizationsin Mexico, work in a small business or artisan
program in Kenya, examine Scandinavian perspechves on world peace in
Norway, or thrill to the sounds of "The Magic Flute" at the Viennese state
opera house. Study abroad provides opportunities to develop critical
thinking skills, strengthen language competencies, further career paths,
experience different cultures and gain knowledge about the increasingly
interdependent world.
Students intemted in studying offcampus receive advice on selecting
programs which best fit their academic, career and personal objectives.
Assistance is given with program application, course registration, financing
and travel arrangements. Orientation and reentry programs are offered to
assist students integrate the experience abroad into their coursework and
personal lives. The deadline for application is December 15for offcampus study the following year.
All students in good academic standing at Augsburg may apply for permission to study o f f ~ p u sThe
. cost for many programs is equivalent to full
tuition, room and board for a semester oncampus. Financial aid is granted
on the same basis as oncampus study.
Students n o d y receive the same number of course aedits abroad as they
would if studying on-campus. Courses abroad can fulfill major, distribution/general education and graduation requirements when approved by
academic advisers and the International Programs Office before departure.
Augsburg Community -The International Programs Office works to
utilize the crosscultural perspectives of its international students and
students with experienceoverseas to educate the college community on
world issues. This is done through faculty, staff and student development
programs which include activities sponsored by the Cross-Cultural Club
and the InternationalHouse, forumson world issues sponsored by the
Global Community and Amnesty International student groups, and seminars focusing on issues of crosscultural communication for faculty and staff.
The College has a contract for its student health service with Srnileys Point
Chic, a teaching clinic of the University of Minnesota Medical School. The
Clinic is located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus.
Officevisits for illness and injury are free for all Augsburg students.
Students must check family health coverage to determine if they ~ I inP
cluded; if they aw not, contact the Dean of Students' office for information
regarding student health insurance.
The Commons-Situated on the top floor of the Christensen Center, this is
themain food service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant,
spaciousroom feasmall table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions ~ I P
generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons.
Murphy's -Located on the ground floor of the Center, Murphys features
gnll items, soups and salads, desserts and beverages.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in
College houses or nearby apartments.
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the
learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a
variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program
promotes student growth by asking students to actively participate in group
decision-making. Each residence unit has one or more resident staff who
facilitatesthe process of group living and discusses personal concerns with
individual students.
Augsburg requires all freshmen and sophomoresnot living at home to live
in College-operated housing. Manied student housing is available in annex
housing and South Hall. Studentsrent a room at the beginning of the fall
term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments the
summer before they arrive at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing
arrangementsin the spring. All resident students must sign housing
contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by
June 1in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1will be
provided housing only if space is available.
AU studentsliving on campus must pay an advance payment when they
sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' accounts when
they move into the residence.
Umess Tower -AU new students and some upperclass students live in
Umess Tower. This 11story high-rise houses 324 students. Each floor is
considered a house unit providing 36 students (two to a room), with their
own lounge, study and utility areas. In Urness Tower, rooms are furnished
except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads and lamps. Laundry
facilities a~ available in each residence.
Mortensen Tower -This is the newest residence hall, an alternative to
traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom
apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students. Mortensen Tower is
carpeted, air conditioned and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise
unfurnished.
South H
all -Contains 12apartments housing 34 upperclass students.
West H
all -Contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass
students.
Annex Housing -This provides an alternative opportunity for group
living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house
responsibilities and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One
way to maximize the living and learning of your housing situation is to bid
for a special interest house. Groups of students have created exciting
projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such
topics as environmental concerns, men's and women's awareness, international living honors program and Scandinavian studies.
The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities
and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by students and
faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any
student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint
should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs.
The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act
and Title IX.Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and
data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Office of the
Registrar and the Placement Officeand to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential
letters and statements placed in the record before January 1,1975, or placed
under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access.
Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination
based on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, a d ,marital
status or age.
Persons
additional information on these topics should contact the
Office of the Dean of Students or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the
directory at the end of the catalog.
A.ugsburg College constructs its cuwiculum upon the premise that
students must be educated as fully human sons -intellechcally,
spiritually and physically. To act tff&.vely, human beings must have a
broad grasp of the ofthe wmldPam which they have come as well as the
m
l
d in which they live. By prouiding courses in the humanities, natural
sciences and social sciences, the general education curriculum introduces
students to the breadth and camplmPXIty
of knowledge and culture.
Required courses in religion are liesigned to acquaint students with the
Christian tradition a d encourage them to r$ect upon the importance
and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses qf2r
students the opportunity to deuelop skills for participation in exe~cise
and sporting activities.
Students choosefrom over 45 majar areas of study to gain a depth of
knowledge in a disciplineand to preprefor a career mfurther study.
Thus, through a balance of cuwicuiizr activities supported by full pre
grams in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education
strim to educate its students in a ral wmldfar the ral wmld.
Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts,the Bachelor of Music and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The BS. degree is awarded to graduates with maprs
in Chemistry (ACS),Computer Science (BS.option), Music Therapy,
Nursing, Physics (B.S. option) and Social Work. The B.M. degree is awarded
to graduates with majors in Music Education and Music Performance.
Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Augsburg also offers a Master of Arts in Leadership, Master of Arts in
Education-Leadership and Master of Social Work
Augsburg follows the 4 1 4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of
approximately 14 weeks separated by a 4week January Interim. Full-time
students normally take four courses each semester and one course during
Interim. A maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual
summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks.
The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on
another campus during the regular term. (SeeRegistration.) January
Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to
employ different styles of teaching and learning and to investigatequestions
and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular t e r n
The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all
students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In addition to
classesoffered on campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel opportunities
within the United Statesand abroad. Independent or directed study and
internships are among the many Interim options.
Augsburg offers two Summer School sessions. The Summer School catalog
is published in the winter of each year and is distributed to all students, and
is available by contacting the Summer School Office.
Augsburg Weekend College and Graduate Programs follow a trimester
calendar (see Augsburg Weekend College and GraduatePrograms).
The heart of any educational institution is its faculty and Augsburg College
is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors.
Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree and all consider
their teaching to be the f m s of their activity. Faculty are involved in
research, including such varied studies as space physics, the history of
medieval spirituality, women in the Soviet Union and homelessness in
American cities. Music faculty perform professionally on the local and
national level and studio artists' works can be seen in buildings, galleries
and shows around the country. Augsburg faculty see their research as
supporting their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty
development program which introduces them to current thought in many
fieldsbut especially in teaching techniques and theories.
Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers and
counselors and participate regularly in campus activities. Every student is
assigned a freshman adviser and chooses a major adviser. In this close
interaction, faculty act as both mentors and models for students.
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants
make the library a favorite place to study. The main library houses over
175,000 books,journals, records, sound cassettes, films and microforms.
Music, chemistry and art history slide libraries are located within the
departmental areas.
A service-oriented staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse
information needs including instruction in the use of the library, &nce
service and guidance in pursuing research. Students have access to a wide
variety of local, regional, national and international databases. Arrangements
are made for access by students with physical limitationsand special needs.
Students have access via a computerized on-line catalog and daily courier
service to all the library holdings of the seven private liberal arts colleges of
the Twin Cities and the JamesJ. Hill Reference Library.
The Library AudieVisual Center houses and supplies media equipment,
films and video tapes free of charge for instructionaluse. Audio and video
tape duplication within the limits set by copyright law is available. Fees are
charged for the production of transparencies and posters as well as for
lamination. The Center supplies television sets, VCRs, video cameras, video
editing tape recorders, microphones, slide, overhead, filmstrip, opaque and
movie projectors as well as screens and carts. Film bibliographies and
advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located in the Center.
The fall 1991completion of a new computer classroom and lab is an irnportant addition to the growing list of computer resources accessible to
Augsburg students and faculty. Computing clusters located in the dormitories, the Foss Center computer lab, the Library and the Science Building are
connected via a campus-wide network that offers a wide range of network
services.
Augsburg College became a member of the National Science Foundation's
Internet in the fall of 1990, connecting Augsburg to hundreds of universities
and other institutionsin the US. and around the world. Internet access and
a focus on educational technology allows Augsburg to integrate these new
electronic resources into many different areas of the learning process.
The College curriculum is offered by 22 departmentswhich are grouped
into four divisionsfor administrative and instructional purposes.
Humanities -Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson)
Art, English, Foreign Languages,Philosophy, Religion, Speech,
Communication and Theatre Arts, College Librarians
Natural Science and Mathematics -Mark Engebretson (chaqmwn)
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Computer Science, Physics
Social and Behavioral Sciences -Richard Nelson (Chairperson)
Business Administration/Management Information Systems (MIS),
Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology
Professional Studies -Marie McNeff (Chairpemn)
Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing Social Work
MAJORS AND MINORS
Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within
one division or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major
or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before
deciding. Normally a major should be elected by the end of the fourth
semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in
the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part
of the B.A. degree.
Studentsmay contact the Registrar about creating a unique major.
Art
Art History
Studw Art
Biology
Business Administration
Accounting, Finance,
International Business, Mi2~gt??nent
and Marketing
Chemisty (B.A. or B.S.)
Communication
Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.)
East Asian Studies1
Economics
Applied Economics
Economics-Business Administration
Education
Kindergarten-Elementary
Secondary (non-major, licensure only)
Engineering
English
Foreign Languages
Chinese, French, Getman,Japanese,
Norwegian, Russian, Spanish
Health Education
History
Humanities
International Relations
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Education (BMS
Music P e r ~ n c (BM.)
e
Music Therapy (B.S.1
Nursing (B.S.)
American Indian Studies
Art
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies
East and Southeast Asian Studies
Economics
English
Foreign Languages
Chinese' French, German,Japanese,
Norwegian, Russian, Spanish
Health Education
History
International Business
Phiiosophy
Physical Education
Physics (B.A. or B.S.)
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Science
social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Soviet and East European Area Studies
'
speech
Theatre Arts
Transdisciplinary
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Phiiosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area Studies
social Welfare
Sociology
Soviet and East European Area Studies
Special Education
Speech
Theatre Arts
Theatre Criticism
Women's Studies
It is possible for studentsto complete other maprs through the Associated Colleges
of the Twin Cities (ACTC). Students who wish to complete a rnapr offered at one of
the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrafs Office.
I Cooperative Program of the Assodated Colleges of the Twin Cities and a g r m t s with
the University ofMinnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning and intermediate
courses in Arabic, Chinese, Hebrm, Japaneseand Russian. Other languages may be
milable through special arrangement.
Dual degree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology,Washington Unimsity School of Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological
Uniwsity.
Teaching Licensure
Teaching Licensure programs are offered at Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education and the following fields in Secondary Education:
English-LanguageArts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics,
Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), Science (grades 5-91, Social Studies,
Spanish, Speech, Theatre Arts, and in the special areas of Art (K-121, Band
(K-12)and Classroom Music (grades5-12), Orchestra (K-12),Vocal and
Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal and Classroom Music (grade35-12), and
Physical Education (K-12). Students planning to teach on the secondary
level have advisers both in the Education Department and the area of their
academic major(s).
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the
ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy or engineeringcan profit from a
liberal arts education at Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or
seminaries be reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned
accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in each field to assist students in
their planning. Students who want to plan a pre-professional program
should contact the Associate Academic Dean early in their freshman year to
arrange for help from the appropriate faculty adviser.
Pre-Dentistry -These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum
requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota:
ENG, two courses; BIO 111,112; PHY 121,122; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106),
351,352; MAT 124; PSY 105. Requirementsat other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering-This program provides a course of study which enables
students to complete introductory core requirementsin mathematics,
science and the liberal arts necessary for engineering. Some students in the
program choose to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees
in engine*
while others elect to participate in a dual degree program.
Augsburg College has cooperative arrangementswith three universities to
allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute
of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering
and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri, or Michigan Technological
University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual degree programs afford students
the opportunity to combine a strong background in the liberal arts,including an elected major, with the study of engineering.
Pre-Law -Students considering a career in law should examine the
handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools and
consult the Augsburg prelaw adviser, Dr. Robert Clyde. Students may wish
to take the course POL 170 (Law in the United States) to help determine
their interest in law. Prelaw students should major in a discipline of their
own choosing and will satisfy most law-school entrance requirements with
a m r d of solid achievement in the liberal arts.
Pre-Medicine -Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts
education to prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the Biology and
Chemistry Departmentshave majors which can fulfill the academic +rements for pre-medical students. Both require CHM 115,116 (or 105,106),
MAT 124,125; and PHY 121,122. The chemistry major also requires CHM
353,361, one advanced course, seminar and two or more biology courses.
The biology major also requires BIO 111,112,201,491 and at least one from
each of five groups -(367,386,471), (355,474), (351,353,473), (361,440),
(476,481) -with 353 and 355 especially recommended for medical school.
Designed to meet the University of Minnesota (Minneapolis)requirements,
both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and
humanities, including psychology and sociology. The University of Minnesota (Minneapolis)requires two years of English. Requirements at other
medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Pre-Pharmacy -Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota:
BIO 111,112; CHM 115,116,351,352; ECO 112or 113; ENG 111and a
second course; MAT 124,125; PHY 121,122; electivesfrom humanities,
literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary -A student may enter a theological seminary with any of
several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology,
sociology or religion Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at
least two semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in
the history of philosophy and Greek in the junior and/or senior yea..
Pre-Veterinary Medicine -To meet minimum requirements of the College
of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are
recommended: ENG, two courses; MAT 124; public speaking, one course;
CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; BIO 111,112; PHY 121,122;
economics, one course; two courses in art, literature, music, humanities,
theatre, or Upper Division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics,
geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology courses to
fulfill the rest of the distribution requirements. Requirements at other
universities may vary.
Honors Program
The Honors Program is a set of opportunities designed to challenge the
most academicallydistinguished students at Augsburg. Honors combines
academic and cultural components with social and intellectual activities.
The main components of the program include a one-per-term sequence of
honors courses during the freshman and sophomore year, special topics
seminars, a senior honors Interim course and a bi-monthly program of
speakers and events in the city. Students gain an enriched academic experience with the support and camaraderie of other honors students. Through
the program, the College can identify and meet the needs of its very best
students. Members normally enter as freshmen, with opportunities for
transfers and others. Requirementscenter on full participation in the
program components and a GPA of approximately 3.5. Please send inquiries for the freshman and sophomore program to Joan Griffin and the junior
and senior program to Larry Gockett.
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities
area on several programs.
Library and Media Center -Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private
colleges library consortium, and MINITEX, the regional library network, the
Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,,000 volumes.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) -Full-time weekday
students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges and universities of Hamline,
Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester
at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required for such an
exchange, except for private instructionin music and some independent
studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to
parbcipate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get
better acquainted with the other schools or to undertake a specific course or
mapr not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated
calendars. The Interim term may also be taken on another campus. A
regularly scheduled bus shuttles studentsbetween the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study
opportunities for the January Interim.
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) -Augsburg,
in cooperation with 17other colleges and universities in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa and South Dakota, develops and offers off-campus study semes
ters in Scandinavia, South and Central America and the Twin Cities. All
HECUA programs are interdisciplinaryand address the critical issues
associated with social change and the human community. The consortium
also facilitatesinnovative curricular endeavors, an interchange and sharing
among faculty, cooperative research, international and experiential education and conferences on planning and metro-urban studies.
Chemical Dependency Program -A cooperative effortbetween Augsburg
College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis
has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work,
sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialiststo help professional people in dealing
with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken on both campuses.
Air Force ROTC -Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force
RO'K program at the University of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC
scholarships. For more information,contact the Office of the Registrar.
Naval ROTC -Augsburg studentsmay participate in the Naval ROTC
program at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between
Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Officeof the Registrar.
Students are encouraged to consider study abroad as part of their educational program at Augsburg College. Study abroad provides opporhmities
to develop critical thinking skills, strengthen language competencies, further
career paths, experience differentcultures and gain knowledge about the
increasingly interdependent world.
Eligibility and Application
All students in good academic standingat Augsburg may apply for perrnission to study off-campus. Although foreign language skills are an asset to
students studyingabroad, they are not required. Since it takes some time to
prepare for studying abroad, students should start planning during their
freshman and sophomore years. Students must apply by December 15to
study off-campus for the next academic year.
Costs and Financial Aid
The cost of many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for
a semester on-campus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis an oncampus study. Cost estimates are drawn up to assist the Financial Aid
Office in awarding aid to students studying overseas.
Academic Requirements and Credit
Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg but will add
an international dimension to any academic program. Students majoring in
a variety of disciplines, from the natural sciences and mathematics to the
humanities, study abroad each year. Students normally receive the same
number of course credits abroad as they would if studying oncampus.
Coursesabroad can fulfill major, distribution/general education and
graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and
department chairs before departure.
I
E
I
A sample of study programs is highhghted below. For information on these
or other programs overseas, contact the InternationalPrograms Office.
Fall Term
Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives
This program of Augsburg's Center for Global Education explores the
experience of women in Latin America, focusing on their roles in economic
development, social change strategiesand the connectionswomen are
drawing among issues of gender, race, class and global economics. Students
begin at the U.S./Mexico border, live in Cuemavaca, Mexico, for most of the
semester, and travel to Central America. Cost is equivalent to full tuition,
room and board for one semester on campus.
Application deadline: April 1
I
Social Policy and Human Services in Latin America
Each fall, Augsburg's Center for Global Education offers this program
introducingparticipants to the central issues currently facing Latin America
by focusing on new models of political organizing,popular education and
human services. Students b e p at the US./Mexico border, live in
Cuernavaca, Mexico, for most of the semester, and travel to Central America.
Cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for one semester on campus.
Application deadline: April 1
HECUA
Augsburg, in consortiumwith other colleges and universities, offers
programs through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA)in three different fullsemester programs in Norway, Ecuador or
Columbia. All programs emphasize the impact of social change and crosscultural factors on the human community. HECUA programs emphasize
intense language experience, internships and field trips.
For more information on HECUA programs, see the Metro-Urban Studies
listing in this catalog.
HECUAlSouth American Urban Semester: Ecuador or Columbia (SAUS)
This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on the relationshipsbetween Third
World development and the consequences of urbanization on the growth of
cities in South America.
Application deadline: March 15
HECUAlScandinavianUrban Studies Term: Norway (SUST)
(Also offered Spring Term.)
This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on contemporary Scandinavian
societies and issues of the development of cities, urban problem solving and
urban life. Field study in Scandinavia and the U.S.S.R. is included.
Application deadlines: November 1(Spring term), March 15 (Fall term)
Interim Abroad
Each January, 25-30courses are offered around the world by Augsburg
professors and through the Upper Midwest Association for International
Education W A I E ) . Course registration is held during the Spring and Fall
terms for the followingJanuary.
Application deadline: October 25
Spring Term
Program in Global Community
This program of Augsburg's Center for Global Education examines the
history of political change, the dynamics of social justice and the role of the
chwch in Latin America. The program also explores the importance of
community and the responsibility of U.S. citizens in working for social and
political change. Students begm at the U.S./Mexico border, live in
Cuernavaca, Mexico, for most of the semester, and travel to Central
America. Cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for one semester
on campus.
Application deadline: October 15
Minnesota Studies in International Development (MSID)
Augsburg, in cooperation with the ACTC colleges and the University of
Minnesota,offers the opportunity to study development issues in one of
seven countries: Ecuador, Colombia, India, Jamaica, Kenya, Morocco and
Senegal.The program consists of coursework in the U.S., a development
related internship in the country and community outreach upon return.
During the Fall semester, two required predeparture courses are offered at
the University of Minnesota.Directed study, internship or field research is
offered in the country during Interim and Spring terms.
Application deadline: May 15
HECUNLiterature, Ideology and Society in Latin America: Educador (USLA)
This interdisciphaxyprogram focuses on development and social change
in Latin America through the study of ideology, as reflected in literature and
arts and the ways in which ideologies shape perceptions of social realities.
Application deadline: November 1
HECUNScandinavian Urban Studies Term: Norway (SUST)
See description under listings for Fall term.
ACTC German Program: Germany and Austria
Students participate in intensive language study at the Goethe Institute in
Germany during January and February and in a course on AustrdXrman
culture, language and civilization in Vienna, Austria.
Application deadline: Odober 15
Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN)
Augsburg participates in SPAN as a joint venture with other colleges and
the University of Minnesota. Each January four countriesare selected and
applicationsare accepted during Spring term. Students participate in
language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study/research on the topic of one's choice during the
summer, and writing a paper and community projects upon return
Application deadline: May 15
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected Education Department students may participate in the Intemational Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead
State University. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of
countries through the Internationaland American Independent School
Network. Students who teach abroad will also do part of their student
teaching under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. For additional information, contact the Education Department.
EXPERIENTIAL EDUCATION
PROGRAMS
Internships, Cooperative Education and Service-Learning
Through Internships, Cooperative Education and Community Service,
Augsburg students integrate and expand their liberal artseducation by
embracing the worlds of work and service. Each work or community service
placement is closely related to a student's major, course work or career
interest. Augsburg's Internship, Cooperative Education and Community
Service programs link employers, community organizationsand the
academic program in a way that enriches and expands a student's educational experience and personal development. An underlying assumption is
that a liberal arts education is an effective preparation for careers and
citizenship. The integration of "knowingand doing" adds breadth and
depth to the liberal artscurriculum and assists students in making more
informed academic, career and personal decisions.
The College's metropolitan location makes possible a wide range of opportunities. Students have gained valuable learning experiencesin small and
midsize companies, large corporations, non-profit organizations, schools,
government agencies and community-based organizations.
Academic Internships
An academic internship is a carefully planned work-based learning experience where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning
objectives. A learning agreement plan, negotiated with a faculty supervisor
and work supervisor, outlining the internship objectives, strategies and
evaluation methods is required. An academic internship is approved,
supervised and evaluated by a faculty member in the department in which
the student wishes to earn the Internship credit. Upper Division Internships
are numbered 399 and Lower Division Internships are numbered 199.
Registration for Internshipsconsists of the following steps:
1. Obtain the Internship registration permission form from the Internship
and Cooperative Education Office and secure the signaturesof the faculty
supervisor and Director of Internshipsand Cooperative Education.
2. Register for a 199 or 399 Internship during the registration period. The
signed permission form must be tumed in at the time of registration.
(Students may preregister without a placement seared, but a suitable
internship must be found by the end of the registration or drop/add
period.)
3. A learning agreement (forms are available from the Internship and
Cooperative Education office) must be negotiated with the faculty member
responsible for grading the experience and the work supervisor. The
completed original is turned in to the Internship and Cooperative Education
Office.
Internships are available in all majors and can be taken during a semester
(or Weekend College trimester),interim or summer session. For extension of
an internship beyond one term see the section of the catalog under grading.
A maximum of four courses of Internship may count toward the 35 courses
required for the degree.
Cooperative Education
CooperativeEducation is a college supported and monitored, paid, worklearning experience that is closely related to a student's major or career
objective. The goal is to combine theory with practice.
Students also earn money to help defray educational costs while gaining
important on-the-job experience.Job placements typically are part-time
during the academic year and/or full-time summer. Co-op jobs are flexible
and can begn and end anytime. Co-op Ed is not aedited in and of itself,but
a nonaedit CooperativeEducation transcript entry is available during the
academic terms the student is employed. Co-op Ed students are encouraged
to complete at least one Internship for credit in conjunction with their
Cooperative Education participation. Co-op Ed is available to Augsburg
students who have completed their freshman year and are in good academic standing.
Service-Learning
Augsburg's ServiceL.eaming program combines response to human needs
in the community with a conscious awareness and understandingof issues,
reflection and educationalgrowth. Augsburg students learn from and about
the community and society in which they live by participating in orientation
sessions, direct servicelearningactivities and seminarsor class discussions.
Through direct service, such as volunteering at a homeless shelter, tutoring
building housing for low income people or working with environmental
groups, students engage in a dynamic and interactive educational approach
which employs reciprocal learning between the student(s1and the community.
The Service-I-eamhg Program works with community organizations and
organizes @c
projects to enhance student involvement and also assists
with and supports the integration of service-learninginto departmental
courses. The program works closely with the student directed Augsburg
LINK program and campus ministry.
Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult
students who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a
means by which men and women may earn a college degree, complete a
second mapr or pursue a personal interest or skill.
Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends. There are three
trimester terms during the early September through June academic year.
Students may take from one to four classes each term.
Although the Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same
courses as the day school program, the cumculum is limited to selected
liberal arts courses and the followingmajors: Business Administration
(specializationsin accounting, finance, international business, management,
and marketing), Communication (concentrationsin human relations,
marketing communications, public relations/advertising, and supervisory
management), Computer Science, Economics, Elementary and Secondary
Education, English, Management Information Systems, Nursing, Psychology, Religion and Social Work.
Augsburg College offers three graduate degree programs: the Master of
Arts in Leadership, the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership and the
Master of Social Work
Designed for working adults, the Augsburg Graduate Program operates on
alternate Saturdays and alternate Thursday evenings. There are thnx
trimester terms during the early September through June academic year.
The Master of Arts in Leadership program is based on the subject matter
and approaches of the traditional liberal arts.This cross-disciplinary
program directs its acadanic content and pedagogical approaches at situations, issues and problems relevant to orpnimtional leaders. AugsbUrg's
program recognizes that today's leaders need broad-spectrum abilities to
provide them with a more comprehensive understandingof their world.
The Master of Arts in Education-Leadershipprogram values the role that
good educators play in the lives of students, and operates from the belief
that educators need to exercise leadership within the workplace without
relinquishingthe role of teacher. The program promotes leadership as a
process, promotes productivity within and beyond the organization and
works toward progress.
The Master of Social Work at Augsburg offerstwo concentrations:Family
Practice and Program Development, Policy and Administration. In the
Family Practice concentration, students concentrate on empowering the
family nurturing systems from a developmental and holistic perspective.
The Program Development, Policy and Administration concentration has
been developed in response to the growing demand for creative leadership
and administration of policies and servicesthat respond to human need.
Both concentrations are founded on the asumptions that analysis of complex social issues and solutionsmust be based on solid research, and that
the world is interdependent in all areas, includinghuman needs and the
services to address them.
These programs bring working adults to the campus. They are complemented by the College's Cooperative Education Program (begun in 1984)
that places Augsburg students into paid work experiences.
OrFmPRContinuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers selected courses through ContinuingEducation.
Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Associate Dean for
Graduate and Special Programs.
Canadian Program
The Canadian Program was inaugurated in 1985 with an endowment from
the Mildred Joel Bequest for Canadian Studies. The program supports
s p e d events and conferences as well as student internships and faculty
activity in Canadian studies. The goals of the program include community
involvement, increased awarenessof the importance of Canadian/U.S.
relations, and provision of opportunities to learn directly from Canadians
through visits and exchanges.
Milda K. Hedblom, Canadian Program Coordinator
Center for Global Education
The Center for Global Education, founded at Augsburg in 1985 facilitates
crosscultural learning experiences which prepare people to think more
critically about global issues and to work toward a more just and sustainable world. The Center's programs explore a diversity of viewpoints and are
grounded in the perspectives of the poor and of others struggling for justice
and human dignity. Students can participate in semester abroad programs,
as well as Weekend College and Graduate Program courses offered at the
Center's program sites in Latin America, the Middle East, Southern Africa,
and the Asia/Pacific region.
A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it.
Full-time students normally register for four courses per semester and one
course in the Interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a
semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4 5
courses, students must contact the Registrar's office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission.
Although a student may register up to five days after the semester b e p s ,
registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are
charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged for cancellingor
adding courses or changing grading option after the first five days of a
semester.
A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of
the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the
followingsemesters. As some courses are offeredonly in alternate years,
students should also consult with Departmental advisers when planning
their class registrations.
Separate catalogs of courses are published by the Interim Office, Summer
School Office,Weekend College Office and Graduate Program Office for
those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures.
Specificinformationon registration and help with registration on another
campus are available from these offices:
Office of the Registrar -Science 114, for Fall and Spring Terms
Interim Ofice -Memorial 230
Summer School Office -2222 Murphy Place
Weekend College Office -2222 Murphy Mace
Graduate Program Office -2222 Murphy Place
Pre-Registration
Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for
courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students may preregister during
the fall for the Spring and during the spring for the Fall terms.
Class Confirmation
All students must confirm their registration at the begnning of each semester and complete financialarrangements.
Students who do not confirmtheir registration before the first day of classes
(unless s p e d arrangementshave been made) will lose all classes. They
may register and confinn during the first five days, but special late fees a=
assessed and added to their account.
Withdrawal from College
Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered
because this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellationof
courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office.
Withdrawal from College cannot occur during final examination week
unless a petition is approved by the Student StandingCommittee. Withdrawal from College and resulting adjustments in accounts an? effective as
of the date the completed Withdrawal from College form is returned to the
Registrar's Office.
Leave of Absence
Students may request a leave of absence for academic or personal reasons.
A request form must be picked up from the Office of the Dean of Students.
It must be signed by the Dean of Students, or authorized representative, and
by the Dean of the College, or authorized representative. The completed
form must be turned in to the Registrar's Office.
A leave of absence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If an
extension of a leave of absence is needed, it should be requested in the same
manner as the original leave of absence, and the completed form must be
turned in to the Registrar's Office before the expiration of the previous leave
of absence, or readmission will be required.
Students on leave are responsible for keeping the Registrar's Office informed of their mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing
must be observed by returning students. A leave of absence does not defer
repayment of loans or extend incomplete deadlines.
The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests
with the student. Academic Advisers, Department Chairpersons, the
Associate Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and
assistance in program planning.
Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office.
AU degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the
Registrar'soffice prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be
no incompletes or open courses on the academic record).
See the separate section on Graduation with Distinction to learn about
requirements for these honors.
1. Completion of 35 courses -At least 11course credits must be Upper
Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13may be in one
department, except in certain approved majors -17 (Music Education) or
20 (Music Performance)for the Bachelor of Music degree, and 18for the
The course total must include three Interimsfor students whose complete
academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must
include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. This is
calculatedon each transfer s t u d d s evaluationof transfer credits.
No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total courses
q d two courses by independent/directed study; four courses of
internship; and eight course credits with a grade of Pass (P).Non-traditional
grading (PIalso has these limits: two in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; one in the minor if approvedby the department dxiqxmn
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher
degree should contact the Registrais Office about specific requirements for
a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major.
2 Completion of a Major -Requirements for each major are listed under
the departmental headings.
3. First Year Experience (FYE) -All students who enter the College as
freshmen in the weekday schedule program must complete satisfactorily
the FYE Fall Orientationand Seminar. See the program section on the First
Year Experience for a full description.
4. Grade Point Average -2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0
is required over all courses taken and over all courses which apply toward
the major. Some majors, licensure and certificationrequire higher grades in
each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensurein
education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing,
socialwork.) See the departmental section for details.
5. Residence -The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of
seven courses for part-time students)must be at Augsburg. Contact the
Registrar if an official interpretation is needed.
Because a new general education curriculumfakes effkc.3Septemberf 1991,other
graduation ~equirementsdiffer depending on a studenYs class$katratrow
Former Students
Former Augsburg students, readmitted to complete a degree, have a choice
between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, if possible, or
using the catalog in effect at the point of readmission.
Regular Students Enrolled Before June, 1991
Students enrolled b e f o June,
~
1991, have a choice of using all graduation
requirements in effect when first enrolled or c h a n p g to the graduation
requirements in effect begmmngin September, 1991.No combination of
requirements may be made.
Students Entering Augsburg September, 1991, or Later
Students entering under the followingclassificationswill follow the Distribution Requirements as outlined below.
Students entering in 1991-1992 who are classified as Sophomores,
Juniors, or Seniors;
Those entering in 1992-1993classified as Juniorsor Seniors;
Those entering in 1993-94 classified as Seniors .
All other entering students will follow the requirementslisted in the section
titled "The Augsburg General Education Curriculum Requirements"
(see pages 81-89).
Writing -A course in writing (English 111)or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of En@k Exemption tests are given
during the summer and fall orientation periods.
Liberal Arts - An approved course from each of these seven mas:
Mathematics-Physics
Chemistry-Biology
English-Speech, Communication
and Theatre Arts (devoted to the
study of literature)
Psychology-sociology
Economics-PoliticalScience
History-Philosophy
Art-Music
A list of approved courses is available from advisers and the Registrar's
Office.
Foreign Languages-Two courses (111 and 112)of one foreign language at
Augsburg. Students who test above the 111level of a foreign language will
take one additionalcourse at placement level in that language or two
courses (111and 112)of another foreign language. International students
should consult with the Registrar.
Religion -Three approved courses in religion, of which not more than one
may be an Interim course, are required. The number of religion courses
required for graduation is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students
should check their Evaluation of Transfer Credit form, or consult the
Reglstrar'sOffice.
Urban Concerns or Women's Studies or Minority Studies -One course.
Courses approved to meet this requirement arr published each t e r n
Information is available at the w s t r a f s Office.
Lifetime Sports -Demonstrated proficiency in two different Lifetime
Sports is required. Lifetime sports are no-credit courses and are not included in the 35-courserequirement.
Rationale for the Augsburg General Education Curriculum:
The Augsburg faculty has designed a cohesive academic program incorporating general education, major courses, supportingcourses and elective
courses leading to the bachelor's degree. The core of the Augsburg curriculum is found in the liberal artsas expressed in the General Education
component of the college curriculum.
Augsburg, in its Mission Statement, declares the College exists 'To develop
future leaders of service to the world by providing high quality educational
opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and
values of the Christian church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting,
and by an intentionally diverse campus community." One way which the
College seeks consciously to realize this Mission is through its General
Education curriculum, which Augsburg has divided under two headings:
liberal artsperspectives and skills.
The term "perspective" assumes that not only are we engaged in the search
for truth, but that this requires the searcher to consider questions from a
variety of viewpoints, each of which has something valuable to contribute to
the whole. These perspectives are not strictly identified with traditional
disciplines, but are understood in ways which encourage multi-disciphq
reflections on the questions at issue. They combine concerns about content
with those of process and approach, directed ultimately to making the
student a more effective learner and participant in society.
The following requirements reflect the way in which Augsburg has chosen
to view the liberal arts. Two of the four features of the Mission Statement are
embodied in the General Education Perspectives: 'The Character and
Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith and the City." These
Perspectives emphasize that the College's affiliationwith the Lutheran
Church,its insistence on the value of howing the approach which derives
from the Christian roots of the College and its location in the city, deserve
s p e d considerationin Augsburg's educational program.
The third feature-that Augsburg is a liberal arts institution -is also
emphasized in the other Liberal Arts Perspectives. Certain dimensions of
human life -of what it is to be human -form the core of the required
liberal arts experience. These overall perspectives on what it is to be human
can themselves be studied from the vantage points of the various academic
disciplines.
Students need to learn about themselves, about what it is to be a person.
Hence, the Perspective on Human Identity. But the person exists in both a
social community and a natural world. Hence, the importance of the
Perspectives on the Social World and the Natural World. Because the way in
which we understand ourselves derives largely from our Western heritage,
students need to learn about and reflect on sigruficant aspects of this
heritage. Thus, the Perspective on the Western Heritage. At the same time,
to focus on the West,alone would be ethnocentric:We live in a global
society. Hence the Perspective on Inter-CulturalAwareness. Attention to
moral values is found not only in the Perspective on the Character and
Mission of the College: the Christian Faith, but throughout the other
perspectives as well. The Perspective on Aesthetic Values enables students
to foms upon aesthetic works created by themselves or others, which
convey fundamentalinsights, express beauty and enhance life.
Finally, the Mission Statement emphasizes that we are concerned with
academic excellence. This has a number of features, including the way we
teach all the courses in General Education. Beyond this, academic excellence
presupposes that students have the requisite skills to do college-level work.
The General Education Requirements are couched in a context which pays
attention to the skills of both incoming and graduating students. Entry-level
skill requirements in a number of critical areas, including reading, writing,
quantitative reasoning and critical thinking, will be assessed and help given
to students who need it. Graduation-level skills are also emphasized, so that
students not only maintain but develop their skills during their Augsburg
experience.
The General Education Requirements provide a coherent way to address
the Mission of Augsburg College. They are not the only way, neither do
they guarantee that students who graduate from Augsburg possess the
desired knowledge and character traits. What they do is provide a coherent
description of the context in which we liberally educate students, a clear
statement of expected outcomes and an opportunity for students to see and
understand the complexity of what it is to be human and Christian in an
urban setting.
Entry Level Skills Requirements
The entry level skills tests are inventory assessments in:
reading
writing
word processing
critical thinking
quantitative reasoning (along with Math Placement)
Placement in writing courses and math courses is determined by these
inventories.
Freshmen (all students entering Augsburg with fewer than seven college
credit courses) and Sophomore (entering 1992-'93 or after) Transfer
Students:
Take entry level skills tests and satisfy requirements.
If skill levels are deficient, students will be enrolled in the appropriate
course or advised on preparation for retaking the respective tests. Students
are q i i r e d to take the assessments before registering for the second term
and to have demonstrated removal of deficiencies by the end of their first
year at Augsburg.
Effective Writing or its equivalent is required. Students who do not satisfy
the entry level skill in writing will be required to take Developmental
Writing before Effective Writing. Freshmen must complete the writing
requirement before the begnmng of their Sophomoreyear.
Students who pass the writing assessment inventory at the advanced
levels (to be determined by the English Department)will not be required to
take Effective Writing.
Those with demonstrated word processing skills; e.g. recent verifiable
work experience, are exempt from the word processing inventory.
Students who have college credit for a critical thinking or logic course are
exempt from the critical thinking inventory.
Students with an acceptable transfer mathematics course are exempt from
the quantitative reasoning inventory, and will be given information about
taking the Math Placement Test based upon previous mathematics courses.
Freshman and Sophomore (entering 1992-'93 or after) transfer students
will be required to satisfy all the graduation skill course requirements.
Junior and Senior Transfer Students
Entering Junior and Senior transfer students (entering 1993294 or after) are
I
exempt from word processing, reading and critical thinking assessments.
Those who have not taken an Effective Writing course or a college level
mathematics course must take entry level tests in writing and/or quantitative reasoning. If they do not achieve exemption from those mpirements,
they must satisfy the requirement in those areas.
Those who have a transfer mathematics course accepted for college credit
by Augsburg College are exempt from the quantitative reasoning inventory
and will be given information about taking the Math Placement test based
upon previous college mathematics courses.
Junior and Senior transfers (entering 1994'95 or after) are required to
satisfy all the graduation skill course requirements, except that only one
writing component course is required.
1
Graduation Level Skills
General Education includes enhancement of certain skills during the years
in college. Skills related to writing, critical thinking spealung and quantitative reasoning are deliberatecomponents of certain courses. Completion of
the requisite courses with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P is required for
graduation. Students are required to have two courses with writing components and one course each with critical thinking, speaking and quantitative
reasoning components. These courses can simultaneously satisfy skill
requirements and graduation requirements for the major or general education perspectives.
1
Lifetime Spohs
Demonstrated proficiency in two different Lifetime Sports is required.
Lifetime sports are no-credit courses and are not included in the 35course
requirement.
The General Education Liberal Arts Perspectives have the primary goal of
providing the basis for begmmng to understand what it means to be a
human being at this time. The goals of the Perspectives are achieved
through a variety of courses which have been approved as meeting the
criteria established for each Perspechve. Although courses approved for
each Perspective meet the General Education requirements, not every
course meets all the goals of each Perspective.
Students will choose from a list of courses meeting the Liberal Arts Perspectives, available from the Office of the Registrar. These choices are controlled
by the following policies:
A student will choose one course from each category.
No single course can fulfill the requirementsin two or more categories.
No student will be permitted to count more than three courses from the
same department in meeting perspective requirements.
No student may count more than one course from the same department in
meeting the requirements of any single perspective except:
1.Up to three courses in religion may be used to meet the perspective,
"The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith."
2. Up to two courses in a year-long sequence (biology, chemistry or
physics) may be used to meet the perspective, "The Natural World."
3. Up to two courses of the same foreign language may be used to meet
part of the perspective, "Intercultural Awareness."
Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College:
The Christian Faith
This Perspective focuses on Augsburg as a College of the Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America. As a college of the Church, Augsburg accepts as
a basis for its educationalprogram the doctrines of the Christian faith as
~vealedin Scriptureand the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran Church. It
consciously affirms that all students should reflect upon the Christian Scrip
tures, theological concepts, ethical values, their own faith and values and
dgious concepts outside of the Christian faith as part of becoming educated.
From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and
critically reflect on:
1.The Bible ( for example, its origins, structures, content or interpretation).
2. Christian theological and religious concepts and their own religious
beliefs.
3. Religious concepts and practices found in religious traditions outside
the Christian faith.
4. Their own and others' values, their relation to Christian values, the
possible grounds for these values, how these values might be critiqued and
defended and the role values play in the issues that confront our society.
Three courses are required to meet this Perspective except for the following
1. Junior transfer students will be required to take two courses in the
Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg; and
2. Senior transfer students will be required to take one course in the
Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg.
Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The City
This Perspective focuses on the College's location in the heart of a metropolitan area.
From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and
critically reflect upon the city with its diverse populations, cultural, governmental and economic institutions, and opportunities and challenges.In
addition, students should experience the community and should explore
opportunities for service in the community.
This requirement must be covered either by specific courses, by internship
and cooperative education experiencesor by designated or college a p
proved noncredit experiences (such as volunteer service or college pmgrams). Experiences that satisfy the requirement must be accompanied by
seminars related to the experience.
One course is required to meet this Perspective.
Perspective: Western Heritage
This Perspective is intended to help students critically examine themes
(found, for example, in literature, philosophy and the arts) and events that
have historically shaped Western civilization Attention should be paid to
the contributions to or critiques of Western thought by women and ethnic
minorities.
From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and
critically reflect on:
1. Central ideas, texts or works of art that historically have been
sighcant for Western society and the relation of these to present
world views.
2. S p d c historical themes, trends, events and persons and their
roles in shaping both the past and the present.
3. Historical and literary methods of ascertaining and conveyingthe past.
Two courses are required to meet this Perspective.
Perspective: Human Identity
This Perspective is intended to help students view themselves as persons,
men and women with unique abilities, values, beliefs, experiencesand
behaviors.
From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and
critically reflect on:
1.Methods and approachesthat attempt to explain how individual
persons think,feel and ad.
2. Scientific or humanistic interp~tationsof their own development as
persons.
3. Questions of faith, ethics and moral choice in their personal and
professional lives.
4. Fadors involved in physical and mental health.
One course is required to meet this Perspective.
Perspective: Aesthetics
Aesthetic creationsconvey fundamental insights and values, expressbeauty
and enhance life. This Perspective focuses on aesthetic qualities in artistic
expressions by oneself and others.
From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and
critically reflect on:
1.Forms of artistic expression.
2. Historical development and variation in aesthetic taste and performance across cultures and how different cultures have expressed themselves through various aesthetic forms.
3. Different theories of aesthetics.
4. Their own creation or performance of a work of art.
One course is required to meet this Perspective.
Perspective: The Social World
This Perspective is intended to help students learn to identdy, examine and
critique &, economic or political systems:to understand how and why
such systems develop, to see the connectionsamong these systems and to
use this knowledge as a participant in society.
I
From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and
critically reflect on:
1.The characteristicsand dynamics of human organization at the group
and societal level.
2. Current theories and methods for understanding social, political or
economic systems.
3. The historical development of selected social, economic or political
structures.
4. The relationship between various social, political, or economic systems
and the student's own responsibilities in society.
5. The ways that social, economic or political structures differ across
cultures and affect diverse groups in society.
Two courses are required for this Perspective.
Perspective: lntercultural Awareness
This Perspective is intended to complement the Western Heritage Perspective by expanding students' awareness of other cultures. One course is
required in which students critically reflect upon ways their own cultural
biases operate when confronting other cultures. They should become better
able to communicate with persons of other cultural backgrounds partially
by being introduced to a specific culture other than European or mainstreamNorth American cultures.
In addition, students are to gain entry into another culture by learning to
speak and read a language other than their native language. For this part of
the Perspective, studentsare required to have demonstrated proficiency in a
foreign language. The foreign language requirement will be based upon
placement:
Foreign Language
Placement
Course
Requirement
111,112
112
211
212
No course required
Students who are m p r e d to complete two semestersof foreign language
must complete the requirement with sequential courses in the same language.
Perspective: The Natural World
This Perspective is intended to help students understand themselves in
relation to the physical world. Their active role as observers, explorers, and
moral agents will be emphasized. Sufficient technical training in scientific
knowledge, concepts and methods will be provided to equip students for
critical and intelligent participation in public debates on technical issues.
From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and
critically reflect on:
1.Selected aspects of the natural world.
2. The characteristics, strengthsand limitations of science and the scientific method, and the complex relations between data and theories, at
least in part through practical laboratory experience.
3. The history of science, its relations to other historical/social develop
ments and the variety of ways persons and civilizationshave approached
the natural world.
4. The relations and differencesbetween science and theology; the
mutual influences of technology, values, and the natural/physical
environment; the limits imposed on humans by the natural environment,
and the interconnectedness of all living systems.
5. The importance of symbol systems such as mathematics in attempting
to describe, classify, and model objects and events.
Two courses are required to meet this Perspective.
Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports and other types of evaluation also are used.
Most courses are offered with grading options -traditional grading on a
4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of
2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students
who chose the P/N option are cautioned:
In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a
grade of 2.0
Some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a
large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C".
For transfer students, P-graded courses do not count in the requirement
that 14traditionally graded courses be earned at Augsburg in order to be
considered for graduation with distinction.
See P/N limitationsunder Graduation Requirements.
Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 265 and
several Interim courses are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some
education courses are graded only on the P/N system or only on the
traditional system. English 111is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other
courses are graded only PI 1.0 or N. Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports
are graded P/N.
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional
system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/
N grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made
according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes
after the first five days of classes.
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Achieves highest standards of excellence
Achieves above basic course standards
Meets basic standards for the course
Performancebelow basic course standards
Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P 8ass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point
average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents
work at the 1.5 or below level.
An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency.
To receive an incomplete grade, a student must receive permission of the
instructor of the course; must file a form stating the reasons for the request,
the work q u i d to complete the course, the plan and date for completing
the work, and comments from the instructor; and must gain the approval of
the R e t r a r . Ifpermission is granted, the necessary work must be completed in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and
filing of a grade before the final day of the following semester. If the work is
not completed by that date, the grade for the course becomes a 0.0.
Internships, Independent Studies and Directed Studies may sometimes last
longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the
grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of
registration A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate that the study
is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to
communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory
progress is being maintained. The Registrar's Office will automatically
continue the registration in response to an X grade. A final grade will be
issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated
(but not longer than one year). An instructor reserves the discretion of not
giving an X where satisfactoryprogress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal
from college or dropping these continued courses will terminate their
registration Under this circumstance, a re-registration as 1X by the student
would be necessary if done during registration periods within one year of
initial registration; if done after one year, a new registration would be
necessary.
A course in which a grade of 0,05,1.0,15, N, I or X has been received may
be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned
may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. All courses
taken and grades earned each term remain on the academic record. Only the
credits and grades earned the second time, for legitimately repeated courses,
are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average.
A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for
dropping classes without a notation on the record.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by
registering for Audit (V).Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College Costs.
Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two
weeks of the beguuung of the term to determine expectations, attendance
and any other requirement. If expestations have been met, the course will be
listed on the tramaipt as having been audited. If expectations have not been
met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn).
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at
Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred
from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded,
but not computed in the GPA. The formula for computing the GPA is:
GPA = Total a a d e mints - 2 (P or TransferCourses)
Courses taken - 8 or Transfer Courses)
Classification
Students are classified in August and at the end of the Fall and Interim
terms.
Sophomores-Seven courses completed with at least 14 grade points.
Juniors-16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points.
Seniors-25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points.
Advanced Placement Program Test
Advanced placement in courses beyond the begnning level is granted to
students with scores of 3,4, and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement
Program Test Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the
department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar.
International Baccalaureate Program
Coursesearned from the International BaccalaureateProgram will be
considered by the College for advanced placement and appropriate d
Departmental guidelines are available from the Office of the Regstrar.
t
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) Program
Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many
life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal
arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at
Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning other
than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be
presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a
baccalaureate degree.
Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit
recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential
criteria: 1)it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either
by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation.
The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students
may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. The
following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment:
The College Level Examination Program (CLEP)-This is a series of standardized tests which have been developed by the College Board and are offered to
students for a small fee at regional testing centers. (The regional testing center for
this area is the University of Minnesota.) Students who score at or above the 65th
percentile on a subject e&nination may receive academic credit for that subject at
Augsburg College. Additional information about CLEP tests is available from the
Office of the Registrar.
Departmental Comprehensive Exams -These are available for students to use in
obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met:
There is a departmental instrument available for s u b j j area in question.
There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the
exam.
The Student StandingCommittee approves the student's request to take the
exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a pass/no credit basis only,
and there is a charge per exam.
The Credit Assessment Program (CAP)-This is a credit assessment alternative in
which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio
submitted by the student. The faculty committee is composed of the Registrar and
two faculty members from fields of study diredly related to the student's previous
learning. Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who
wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may
include a personal meeting with the CAP Committee. In completing the evaluation
of a student's previous learning, the CAP Committee applies the followingcriteria:
There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous
learning experiencethat involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content
material found within liberal arts coursework.
The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the
presenting student.
The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement.
The learning relates well to the student's educational goals.
The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present
time.
Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four
courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA
of at least 2.5. It is strongly recommended that the process not be used when four or
fewer courses remain for graduation. There is an application deposit to initiate the
credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit applied to the
student's transcript if credit is approved.
Transaipt credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total
number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of
courses applied to graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course
number of CAP 2xx. Application of this credit toward distribution requirements
I
and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student.
Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning -While Augsburg College
recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom, thii learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based
liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of nine courses (onefourth of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is obtained through
previous experiential learning. In compiling the nine courses of credit for previous
experiential learning, the student may use any combination of the three assessment
processes available in the APL program: CLEP exams, departmental exams and
credit granted through CAP Committee assessment.
English as a Second Language (ESL) Program
Students who declare a language other than English to be their primary
language, or who are citizens of another country, must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation. Students' placement in ESL, Developmental Writing or Effective
Writing will be detenriined by their scores on the Michigan test (8@90 range
for exemption from ESL) and by a writing sample.
Near the end of each term of the English as a Second Language course, an
objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on
this test and the grade earned in the class will determine whether additional
ESL course work is required. Usually a score of 80 to 90 and a course grade
of 35 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement.
If students do not meet the ESL requirement, they will remain in ENG 217/
218 until they meet the criteria stated above. Academic credit will normally
be granted for no more than two courses.
Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course
completion, have completed the foreign language requirement for graduation.
Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal
The College requires that students maintain the following cumulative grade
point averages (GPA):
Freshman -A student who has taken fewer than seven courses with a
cumulative GPA of 1.6 or higher
Sophomore-A student who has taken fewer than 16courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.7 or higher
Junior-A student who has taken fewer than 25 courses with a cumulative
GPA of 1.9 or higher
Senior -A student who has taken 25 or more courses with a cumulative
GPA of 2.0 or higher.
It should be noted that a minimum GPA of 2.0 is q u i r e d for graduation
with certain majors requiring a higher minimum GPA.
Students whose academic achievement falls below these guidelineswill
either be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term, or will be
continued on probation or will be dismissed from the College. In addition, a
freshman who receives two zero grades or a sophomore who receives three
zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, d i s
missal fromthe College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the
Committee on Student Standing. Evidence of the studenfs commitment to
academic progress is the major considerationin deciding whether or not to
dismiss a student. Studentswho have a poor academic record may be
strongly advised to withdraw beforethe end of a term. Those on probation
who voluntarily withdraw from the College, as well as those who are
dismissed, must have special permission to re-enroll.
Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA
reaches the minimum levels stated above. Studentsplaced on probation as
freshmen for having earned two zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have not earned
additional zero grades, and if their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Students
placed on probation as sophomores for having earned three zero grades
may be removed from probation if their classificationchanges to junior and
their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9.
The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the
guidelines stated above. Once a student is dismissed, he or she may appeal
the decision within 10 days to the Committee on Student Standing.
Dean's List
The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose
grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of
three full courses, or equivalent, for a weekday schedule student or two full
courses, or equivalent, for a Weekend College student, graded on the
traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for
credit. If permission is given, an announcement is sent to the hometown
newspaper of each student on the Dean's List.
/
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinctionis determined as follows:
Summa cum laude -3 8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA
M a p cum laude -3.6 up to but not including 38 cumulativeGPA
Cum laude -3 3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulativeGPA
To quahfy for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have
completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg.
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is appmveci by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Education. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to
the Veterans Administration.
Augsburg's standards of academic progress are given in this Catalog.When
a veteran or eligible person fails to maintain these p&bed
standards of
progress, the College will so inform the Veterans Administration. It is the
responsibility of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or
academic load to the Office of the Registrar, as it is for all students.
If less than full-time, veterans will be referred to the State Approving
Agency after any period of two consecutive terms if they did not earn the
equivalent for which they had been certified.
A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term
below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration.
Veterans will need to meet the requirementsof the Veterans Administration
regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received.
m
DEPARTMENTS
AND PROGRAMS
Aands atruth
liberal a* institution,
College beliews thnt knaoledge
are infmrehtai and are infiegrakd infoa whole. The ktiditwn
Augsburg
ofthe academic world, however, divides this unified truth into m e
manageable parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge of indid u a l disciplines is subdivided into courses which make it more
ac:cmItrleto studenti 17fese c o u can
~ be arranged in various ways to
coastruct majorsI fo crmte the suhtance of a broad general education
atd fo give M a t s the oppfunihj to study areas of particular
individual interest.
Wm'ptions qf c m r m are arranged by departments and programs.
k d s u i p i i ' i o p r s ofu a brkf summay ofthe subject matter to aid
students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more detailed
explanation of content, approach arid requirementsfor a partkular
course can be obtained from the instructor.
Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the educational philosophy of each department, its gmls and its place in the
College's program. A listing of requirementsfm individual majors and
minms follows the narrative.
Class Schedule
Courses listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall and/
or Spring terms. The ACTC Schedule of Classes published each spring lists
offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms.
Since some courses are offered in alternate years, it is important that the
student review major requirementsand course offeringswith an adviser to
ensure that all requirements can be met.
Descriptions and schedulesfor courses offered in January Interim, Summer
School, Augsburg Weekend College and the Master of Arts in Leadership,
Master of Arts in Leadership-Educationand the Master of Social Work
programs are published in separate catalogs.
Credits
A full course is offeredfor one credit A few fractional courses, for one-half
or onequarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. A
full course has the approximate value of four semester credits or six quarter
hours. Most courses meet for three 6Gminute periods or two 90-minute
periods a week, in addition to laboratories.
Numbering
Coursesnumbered below 300 are Lower Division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as Upper Division. In general, courses in
the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s for sophomores, 300s for juniors,
and 400sfor seniors.
Prerequisites
Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are
listed in the course description.A student ky
enroll in a course when a
prerequisite has not beenfulfilled if there is prior approvalby the professor
teaching the course and of the academic adviser.
Augsburg College offers a minor in American Indian Studies. See listing
under InterdisciplinaryStudies (INS).
Am DETT~~ENT
(ART)
Art is important as a field of study for our modem age. Our suryival as a
culture may very well depend on whether we are able to create order and
beauty in the design and function of communities. Realizing this,we have
made design and sensitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to the
art program at Augsburg.
Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life that
it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of
visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist, art teacher
and art historian is to celebrate visual experiencethrough a variety of media
and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how to see.
Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts,the visual arts,as
taught at Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines. Art as a
human activity does involve manual skill, although to become broadly
significant it should interact with the content available in other fields, such
as language,history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology,
business, physical education and science.
A liberal arts college like Augsburg is an ideal setting for the study of art
because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of ideas,
I
lI
I
I
disciplines and attitudes. At Augsburg art study is further enhanced by
associations with a sigruticant number of artgalleries and museums in the
Twin Cities area.
Cooperative Education and Internships in studio art and art history provide
on-the-pb, supervised, evaluated experienceswhich contribute to the
student's overall education and development. Primary goals include
improvement of art and museum skills, production and creative strategies.
Hundreds of s m c careers exist in the general area of art. Augsburg
graduates have established careers in such fields as teaching in public
schools and colleges, anthropology, pottery making antique restoration and
sales, film and video work, portrait painting and gallery and museum work.
The f u t u holds
~
a great deal of promise for artists who can combine skills
with a breadth of understanding.
Art Faculty Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Kristin Anderson, Lynn Bollman,
Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen
Studio Art Major: Nine-13 studio courses with Foundations 102,107,225; three art
history courses including 240. One course must be in two4imensional art (118,223,
360) and one in three-dimensional art (221,250). Majors are required to begin their
programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement is possible with
approval of a portfolio by the Art faculty.
Teaching Licensure Major: Foundations 102,107,225; four studio disciplines from
118,132,221,223 and 250; second level courses in two areas; 240 and two other art
history courses. Consult with the Education Department for requirements in
education for teacher licensw.
Art History Major: Eight art history courses including 240 and 388; two studio
courses including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118or 221.
Honors Majors: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, general growth and
development and/or special projects such as senior exhibition and research.
Application should be made to the Department Chairperson before the last term of
the senior year.
Studio Art Minor: Four studio courses including 107and 240.
Art History Minor: Five art history courses including 240.
Certificate in ATt: Eight art courses, including one in art history. Up to four courses
may be taken in one studio area or in art history.
Foundations in Studio Art
102
Environmental Design
Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the visual content of
experience in the environment leading toward appreciationand criticism.
Individual and group projects exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction.
107
Drawing
Drawing in graphite pencils, pen and pastel pencils. Subjects include stilllife, figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimental work.
225
Communication Design I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using
elements such as color, line, shape, type, symbols and pictorial images. An
emphasis will also be placed on the creative thought process.
Studio Art
100,300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the
Department.
106
108
Calligraphy
Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with emphasis on
the broadedged pen. Attention is given to the historical development of
calligraphyand the elements of design through readings and demonstrations. This course also has an Upper Division option.
Introduction to Art Therapy
An introdudion/overview to art therapy as a human setvices profession,
recognizing individualdevelopment through art and the creative process.
This course will study the various populations served through art therapy
and explore the various media and processes used.
118
Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil.
132
Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with
attention to black and white photographic process. Students need access
to a 35 rnm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately
$1!5&175.
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
221
Sculpture l
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and
bronze, plaster and plexiglass. Learn to model, carve, cast, weld and
assemble the respective media.
223
Print Making I
Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including
etching, silk-screen and woodcut.
Publication Design
An introduction to traditional design concerns and procedures related to
publication design as well as design for desktop publishing. Theory and
practice of coordinatingvisual images and typography with content in
publications. Study of design in magazines, newspapers, newsletters,
books and miscellaneouspublications. Students design and produce a
publication as a group project. (Weekend College only.)
Life Drawing
See Interim Catalog.
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on
handbuilding and glazing.
Tribal Arts and Culture
(see INS,American Indian Studies)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Communication Design II
A study of visual communicationsin magazines, television, film,advertising symbols and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography,
typography and illustration. (Prereq.:225)
Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or
handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: W))
Painting II
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118)
Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in
transparent watercolor.
Print Making II
Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including
silk-screen, etching and woodcut, includingJapanesewoodcut technique.
(Prereq.: 223)
Internship
Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine prow.
Sculpture II
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and
bronze, plaster and plexiglass. (Prereq.: 221)
499
Independent Study
Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art
maprs.
Art History
240
Art History Survey
A survey of Western art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes
reading, research,viewing of slides, visits to museums.
Note: Thefollowing m r s e s are @ad
infemitfently, usually one or two sections a yem.
352
Women and Art
A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, includingthe fine
arts, the "traditional" arts and the work of Native American women.
382
Scandinavian Arts
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from prehistory to modern times.
385
Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th Century A.D.
386
Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proteenaissance painting,
sculpture and architecture in Europe.
387
Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculptureand architecture, from the 14ththrough the
18thCenturies.
388
19th and 20th Century Art
European painting, sculptureand architecture from Neoclassicism
through the present.
389
American Art
A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with
specific emphasis on 19th and 20th Century art and its relationship to
European art as well as indigenous movements.
BIOLOGY
DEP-
(BIO)
Biology is the study of life and it is natural that we, as contemplative living
matures, seek a deeper understanding of the living world that envelops us.
This search has led to the realization that the earth is filled with an enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part of the biological
world, an understandingof the basic biological processes common to all
organisms, as well as those features which are unique to humans, is essential to attain seIf-understanding and to provide a basis for wise decisions.
Another si@ant insight that has emerged from the study of life is that
even the simplest organisms are incredibly complex and a complete understanding of even one of these has, as of yet, eluded the grasp of biologists.
This is true even though some organisms have been subjected to years of
intensive scrutiny. Biology will thus continue to be a fertile field for research
for many years to come.
Still, an enormous amount of knowledge regarding living organismshas
accumulated over the years. In recent decades great strides have been made
in understandingimportant biological processes, particularly those at the
cellular and molecular levels. Biological research has also provided some
extremely important benefits to humans. Most advances in medicine,
veterinary medicine, agricultureand food science have depended on the
findingsof basic biological research.
Because the biological world reveals such variety, complexity, and knowledge, an undergraduate major in biology needs to be broadly based.
Because a complete understanding of biological systems depends on
applicationsof the principles of physics and chemistry, a firm background
in the physical sciences is also important for biologists.
For many, an undergraduatemajor in biology serves primarily as a basis for
further study. In past years Augsburg graduates have gone on to further
studies in professional schools such as medicine, veterinary medicine, and
dentistry. Others have entered graduate programs in the life sciences,
leading to careers in areas such as college or university teaching, basic and
applied research, and public or environmental health. Other graduates have
embarked directly after graduation on a variety of careers, including high
school teaching and laboratory technology.
Biology Faculty Robert Herforth (Chairperson),Thomas Herbst, Esther
McLaughlin, Erwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulerud
Major: Nine courses, including 111,112, 201 and at least one from each of the
following five groups: Molecular and Cellular: 367,386,471; Cellular to
Organismal: 355,474; Organismic/Animals: 351,353,473; Organismic/Plants: 361,
440; Environmental: 476,481.
The ninth course may be BIO 203 or any Upper Division biology course, including
an Interim course. BIO 491,a noncredit seminar, is required of all juniors and
seniors. Also required: CHM 105 or 115,106 or 116,and 223; PHY 103;Math
Placement Group III.
Studentswho intend to enter graduate, medical, or other professional schools
should consult with the Department because these schools vary in their science
admission requirements. These may include CHM 351,352 instead of 223,PHY 121,
122instead of 103,and MAT 124,125 or MAT 145,146.
Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also q u i r e s three courses in earth and life
sciences. For secondary teaching we recommend the broadest possible program in
biology. Studentsplanning to teach are advised to consult with the Education
Department early in their academic program.
The Department works with the CooperativeEducation Office in identifying and
defining Co-op Ed experiences in laboratories and other settings in the Twin Cities.
This experience is open to juniors and seniors. Students interested should consult
with the Biology Department CooperativeEducation Coordinator.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0overall, active participation in seminar,
one course of approved Independent Study with an oral defense of the research
report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior yea..
Minor: Five courses, including 111,112 and three Upper Division courses; CHM
115,116 (or CHM 105,106).
101
Human Biology
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentricpoint of view. An
attempt to answer such questions as: What makes a human just another
member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a niche in the -system?
What influence do humans have on the environment?What influence
does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on
humans? (Three hours lecture. A student may not receive credit for both
101 and 103.Does not apply to the major or minor)
102
The Biological World
The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are
emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to
gather and analyze data and propose and test theories is considered. No
animal dissectionswill be done in the laboratory. (Three hours lecture;
three hours laboratory. Does not apply to the major or minor.)
103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course in the structure and function of the human body.
(Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive
credit for both 101 and 103.Does not apply to the major or minor)
105
Biology and Society
What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society
must deal? A survey of the environmental and health implications of
pollution, non-renewable resource depletion, waste disposal, war,
occupational safety and health. An historical s w e y of American agriculture, world food supply and biological determinism.A critical evaluation
of the socialapplication s of biological concepts. (Three hours lecture.
Does not apply to the mapr or minor)
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applicationsof microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (Three hours lecture, three
hours laboratory. For student nurses, health maprs, or consent of
instructor. Prereq.: CHM 110 or consent of instructor. Weekend College
only. Does not apply to the mapr or minor)
111,112 General Biology
A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other
science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology,
cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionarymechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology and phylogenetic relationships of
organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instrubor.
(Three hours lecture; fourhours laboratory)
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship. (Rereq.: 112)
201
Methods in Biological Research
An examination of methods commonly employed in biological research,
which may include electrophoesis, column separations, ultracentrifugation, microscopy, cell culture, radioisotopic techniques, gas
chromatographyand physiological recording. The theoretical basis of
each method is discussed and experiments are conducted to demonstrate
the utility of each method. (Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory.
Pweq: 112)
203
Principles of Nutrition
A study of the six classes of nutrients and their digestion, absorption,
transport, metabolism, interaction, storage and excretion. A special effort
will be made to differentiate"fact from fiction" in this controversial
biological field. Clime hours lecture. Prereq.: 112or consent of instructor)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit. (Prereq.: 112)
351
Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology,
behavior, life history and evolutionaryrelationships. (Three hours lecture,
four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112)
353
Comparative Vertebrate Zoology
A comparativestudy dealing with the classification, morphology,
distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the verte
brates. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112)
Genetics
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human
genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (Threehours
lecture, fourhours laboratory. Prereq.: 112)
Plant Biology
A survey of the mapr divisions of the plant kingdom including the study
of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (Three
hours lecture, four hours laboratory. kereq.: 112)
Biochemistry
An introdudory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (Three
hours lecture. Prereq.: 112,CHM 223 or 352or consent of instructor. )
Immunology
A study of the structureand function of the immune system at molecular,
cellular and tissue levels. Both basic immunology and fundamental
principles relating to clinical immunology will be considered. (Three
hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112)
Internship
Upper Division Internship. Students must be juniors or seniors. (Prereq.:
112)
Plant Physiology
A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in
photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations
in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationshipsof these processes to
plant structures. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112)
Cellular Biology
A study correlating functionwith ultrastructure in both prokaryotic and
eukaryotic cells. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory.Prereq.: 112,
367 or consent of instructor. )
Animal Physiology
A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever
possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical
principles. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112;CHM
106 or 116;PHY 103 or 122 or consent of instructor)
Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which
occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the
vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as desaiptive studies are
included in the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development,
the topics of malignancy, aging and regeneration are discussed. (Three
hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112)
476
Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on
bacteria and viruses.Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology,
genetics and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods.
(Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112.)
481
Ecology
A survey of representativebiological communities; the study of reciprocal
relationshipsbetween organisms and their environments. (Three hours
lecture, four hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112,361
or consent of instructor. )
491
Seminar
A weekly meeting of biology majors under the direction of Beta Beta Beta
Biological Honor Society. Active participation by juniorsand seniors is
required. Guest speakers are often invited. A noncredit requirement for
the major.
499
Independent Study
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an
instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors.
(Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor)
BUSINESS
ADMINERMION
(BUS)AND MA NAG^
INFO-ON
SYSTEMS
(MIS)DEPANMEW
The Department of Business Administration and Management Information
Systems (MIS) is committed to developing both the theoretical and practical
tools necessary for entry into and advancement in business and other
organizations as well as preparation for graduate study. To this end, three
majors are offered: Business Administration, Management Information
Systems (MIS) and a combination major in Economics-Business Admhistration. Business Administration and MIS should be considered separately in
regard to the limitation of no more than 13courses in any one department.
Within Business Administration, there are five specdizations:Accounting,
Finance, Management, Marketing and InternationalBusiness.
Each of these areas is dependent upon a strong foundation in the liberal arts
with an emphasis on solid communication and analytical skills. Recognizing
the occupational realities of the business disciplines, the Department is
equally committed to maintaining an application-oriented balance. This
balance is achieved in part by fosteringclose ties with the corporate community, which in turnprovides a wealth of practical expertise and a wide
variety of Internship opportunities as well as future job prospects.
Departmental faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the
community by contributing to an education which is ethically based,
technically competent and socially aware.
Business Administration Faculty:Amin Kader (Chairpason), Diane Busico,
Thomas Busico, John C. Cenito, Mary Dean, Earl Eames, Steven Freimuth, Peter
Gillen, Abo-el Yazeed Habib, M. Anaarn Hashmi, Wendy B. Hines, Marilyn
Horowitz, Jane Kammerman, Myron J. Kapel, Roy LaFayette, Lori L. Lohman,
Linda McKeag, Robert Kramarczuk, Fekri Meziou, Kinney G. Misterek, Thomas
Morgan, Robert M. Murphy, Paul Pender, Paul E. Portz, Hamed Sallam, Milo
Schield, Gregg Schneider, Robert Schultheis, Stanley H. Solnick, Stuart M. Stoller,
James Urbach, Cheree Waiters, Robert D. Wykstra
BUSINS (BUS)
Business Administration Major (BUS) Core courses for the Accounting, Finance,
Management and Marketing specializations:BUS 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,
391, ECO 112,113,313,311 or 312 or 315.
*Specialization in Accounting: 12Core courses, 322,323,324, either 326 or 423 or
425.
Specialization in Finance: 12Core courses, 322,433,438, either 479 or ECO 318 or
415.
Speckdimtion in Management: 12 Core courses, 340,440, ECO 318, PSY 373 or
SOC 349.
Specialization in Marketing: 12Core courses, 352,355 or 357,450, ECO 415.
Specializationin International Business: 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391, ECO
112,113,313. BUS 399 or 499 is required, as well as three semesters of a foreign
language (or tested equivalent).Also the following: one International Economics
course and BUS 362,364 and 466. Other configurations may be permitted on
consultation with the Department.
Combined major in Economics-Business Administration: Six Economics courses
(112,113,312,313, and two other Upper Division); eight Business Administration/
MIS courses (221,222,242,252,279,331, and two other Upper Division).
Notes: Studentswho plan to major in the Business Administration department are
strongly encouraged to select a Department Adviser as soon as possible, in order to
carefully plan their program of study.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and camp*
hensive oral examination in the mapr field of concentration.
Minor in Business Administration: Six courses, including 221,242,252,331, ECO
112and 113. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the
Department.
Minor in International Business: Six courses, including 221,242 or 252, ECO 113,
and three International Business courses. Other configurationsmay be permitted
on consultation with the Department.
*CPA. Certification: Studentswho wish to take the Certified Public Accountants
(CPA) examinationprior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have
completed the mapr in Business Administration-Accountingand taken all accounting and business law offered. Students mapring in Business AdministrationAccounting are qualiiied under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination during their last semester.
*C.MA Certification: Students who have taken a prescnied course of study in
accountingmay take the Certified Management Accountant (CMA) examination
prior to fulfilling the experiencerequirement. This certificateindicates proficiency
in the area of managerial accounting.
Notes: Students who have taken a prescribed course of study in accounting may
take the Certified Management Accountant (CMA) examination prior to fullilling
the experience requirement.This certificateindicates profiaency in the area of
managerial accounting.
In addition to the comes listed under Ihe title "Topics in Business Administration" (BUS295,495), the Department has also offered: Research Methods for
Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for
Individuals, Computer Applications, Discrete Event Simulation, Entrepreneurship,
M i m Computer Accounting, Ethics in Business, and Risk Management and Insurance.
175
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
(see under MIS 175)
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship
221
Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities,basic concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
222
Principles of Accounting II
A continuationof 221. Introductionto business activities, accounting for
corporations.Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting,
planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral
considerations.(Prereq.:BUS 221)
242
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing
planning, and control. The nature of authority, accountability and
responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager.
252
Principles of Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical,
competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect
product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions.
279
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
(See under MIS 279.)
Topics
Ledures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of
business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Accounting Theory and Practice I
An analysis of h c i a l accounting with emphasis on accountingtheory
pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts,
FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.:
BUS 222 and ECO 113)
Accountlng Theory and Practice II
A continuationof 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts,
valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied
to liabiities and stockholders' equity. (Prereq.: BUS 322)
Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for manage
rial decision making. Manning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well
as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222,242,252,
279, or consent of instructor)
Tax Accountlng
The more common and important provisions of planning apd compliance
for income taxes. (Prereq.: BUS 221,331, ECO 112,113, or consent of
instructor)
Financial Management
Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of funds within the
firm. Sources and uses of long- and short-term funds, cost of capital,
capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy and related topics. (Prereq.:
BUS 222,279; ECO 113)
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human
resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the
worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.:BUS 242)
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management;
research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the
effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.:BUS 252,279, ECO 113, or
consent of instructor)
Marketing Communications
This course looks at the communicationsaspects of marketing by integrat-
ing advertising, public relations, sales promotion and personal selling into
a coherent promotion mix. Emphasis will be placed on the design and
evaluation of marketing communicationsprograms, particularly advertising; selection of media; copycreative effort; advertiseragency relationship; management of the personal selling function including sales force
selection, compensation, territorial design and performance appraisal.
(F'rereq.: Bus 252) Note: Both 355 and 357 cannot be taken for credit.
Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as
important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Note:
Both 355 and 357 cannot be taken for credit)
International Business
Introduction to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an
international context. Appreciation of the prospective required for
successfulplanning and management of any enterprise operating abroad
is emphasized by foreseeingboth the opportunities and the difficulties
inherent in internationalbusiness. (Prereq.: Two Business and Economics
courses or consent of instructor)
Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property
and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an Internship program
which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will
afford the student the opportunityto spend one full term working with
some organization.In addition, the student will write a report on his/her
activities. (Prereq.:consent of instructor)
Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the CPA's role to
form the basis of opinion on a &t of financial statements. (Prereq.: BUS
323)
Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental
accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: BUS 323)
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
A system's approach to financial struchue and policy. Emphasis on
decision making, presentation through literature, readings, lechrres and
case material. (Prereq.: BUS 331)
Investment Theory
Appraisal of the risk/rehun relationships of various types of securities
from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors.
Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management.
(Prereq.: All Core courses or consent of instructor)
440
Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profit organizations and
manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include
an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity
measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory
management, principles of scheduling and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor)
450
Marketing Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing
management and decision making, planning marketing programs,
channels of distribution, pricing, product selling promotion policies.
(Prereq.:BUS 352 and either BUS 355 or 357)
465
International Management
To provide the student with a private sector manager's perspective on the
influence of national and international institutionson the multinational
corporation and on the strategies, structures, practices and effects of the
national co'potation in the world today. (Prereq.: BUS 242,362)
466
International Marketing
Designed primarily for students interested in the study of business
activities on a global xale. More specifidly, the majority of the come
will be devoted to those issues and activities unique to marketing a
product or service in an "international setting." Topics will include
internationalenvironment scanning and analysis; comparative marketing
research; strategic planning; produd, price, promotioiand distribution issues in multinational markets. (Prereq.: BUS 252,362)
479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and
MIS
(See under MIS 479.)
495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and current national and
international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
499
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually
supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to
analyze some topic or issue in depth. Brereq.:consent of instructor)
Major in MIS: Eve business courses (BUS 221,222,242,252 and 3311, four Economics courses (ECO 112,113,313 and 318), one Mathematics course MAT 121or 171),
two Computer Science courses (CSC 170 and 210), and six MIS courses (MIS175,
279,370,375,475 and 476). CSC 352 can be taken in place of MIS 370.
Notes: MIS maprs are strongly urged to consider PHI 130, MAT 122, ECO 425 and
MIS 479. Students who wish to major in MIS should select an MIS faculty adviser as
soon as possible to plan their degree program.
Transfer Students:MIS maprs must either earn at least four of their Upper
Division courses at Augsburg or must receive an exemption from the Department
faculty.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.1 overall; a senior thesis and an oral
examination on some aspect of the major.
Course Prerequisites: If you lack either the course mpkements or the Mathematics
Placement Group (MPG)quimnents, you may not be admitted by the instructor.
Mathematics Placement Group (MPG) requirements: MIS 175,279,370,479, CSC
170,210 and all 100 level Math courses have Placement Group requirements. Since
all maprs in Business, Economics and MIS must take MIS 279, they all must have at
least MPG 111.
Mathematics Placement Group Information: To obtain your current Placement
Group, contact the Mathematics Department, Weekend College, or the secretaryin
the Departments of Business, Economics, and MIS.A Mathematics Placement Group
(MPG) is based on: 1) a review of course transfers, 2) the score on the most recent
placement exam,or 3) passing various 100level Mathematics coqrses at Augsburg.
If you have previous courses that are not in your MPG, submit your transcript
to the Mathematics Department for review.
If you plan to take the placement exam,consult the Mathematics Department
for specific information on the exam schedule, the materials covered and the
availabilityof computerized tutorials.
see which mathematics courses will generate a particular Placement Group,
consult the Mathematics Department.
Placement Group time limits: The MathematicsDepartment may disregard
courses taken more than five years ago and may choose to lapse an MPG given
more than five years ago.
175
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
An introduction to microcomputer-based information systems. Study
features of hardware, operating systems, languages and current applications. Learn to use MSDOS, Lotus 123(graphics, database and logical
functions)dBase HI+ and Minitab. May study other applications (Microsoft Works, Word Perfect). The completion of MIS 370 with a passing
grade will serve as a substitute for MIS 175. (prrreq.: MPG 11or else a Pass
in MAT 103, a self-paced course).
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship (see MIS 399)
279
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,descriptivemeasures, probabil-
ity, sampling distributions, infaence and estimation. Emphasis on their
use in applied problems in business and economics. Minitab may be
required to analyze and survey data. e r e q . : MIS 175and either Math
F'lacement Group III or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104).
Topics
Lebures, discussions, meeting with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the area of
Management InformationSystems.
Directed Study
Independent study for Lower Division credit (see MIS 499)
Advanced Computing for Business, Economlcs and MIS
An investigation of programmable systems. Examine basic algorithms and
associated flow charts and pseudocode. Apply these concepts by programming some of these software: BASIC, DOS, Lotus and dBASE.
(Prereq.: MPG III or a Pass in MAT 104. Also, MIS 175 or CSC 170, or, with
permission of instructor, extensive knowledge of Lotus and DOS).
Management lnformation Systems in the Organization
Use of a systems approach in analyzing the role of information systems in
organizations. Review the features of computers (hardware and software)
and various types of information systems. May involve several case
studies: review business needs, summarize the relevant findings (hardware, software, systems, etc.), identify the options and communicatethe
recommendations.Learn to use a CASE tool such as Excelerator for
systems analysis. (Preq.: BUS 221, BUS 242 or 252, and one computer
course such as MIS 175or 370). Consult with the instructor about variances in prerequisites. Recommended: PHI 130 and ENG 223.
Internship Program
A student may receive credit through an internship program which is
applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the
student the opportunity to spend one full term working with an organization. In addition, the students prepare a written report on the activities
involved. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Systems Analysis and Design
Identifythe necessary steps of systems analysis and design. Investigate
various representations for information, processes and relationships.
Utilize analytical tools such as data flow diagrams and CASE tools such as
Excelerator. Complete a rudimentary systems design. (Preq.: MIS 375)
lnformation Systems Projects
Using skills developed in MIS 375 and 475, generate a complete and
extensive project of systems analysis and design. (Prereq.:MIS 475)
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business Economics and MIS
Utilize computer packages relevant to statistical analysis. Programming
tools include spreadsheets, Minitab, SPSS and other statistical packages.
Areas of interest include statistical descriptions, analysis of variance and
statistical inhence plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo
simulations. (Prereq.: MIS 175,279, Math Placement Group IV or a grade
of at least 2.0 in MAT 114,121, or 122. Recommended:MIS 370)
499
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually
supervised projects designed to provide an opportunityto analyze a topic
in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Chemistry is the science of the changes in matter, examining those changes
and working toward an understanding of them. Correlating the results of
physics and opening the vistas of molecular biology, chemistry has been
described as the central science because matter includes the entire physical
world such as the things we use, the food we eat and even ourselves.
Chemists as scientistsmust be well versed in the science of chemistry,
howledgeable in fad and theory for solving scientific problems, capable of
providing a public understandingof their work including potential problems as well as benefits.
Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand
themselves and their society. The liberal arts core of religion, humanities, the
arts and the social sciences is imperative if a chemist is to be truly human
and therefore truly scientific.
The Department is on the List of Approved Schoolsof the American
Chemical Society (ACS)and offers a chemistry major which meets the
chemistry background required by many fields.
Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established
the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists
To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our
graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to compete successfully
with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or research positions.
To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the
traditional positions as chemists.
To provide an atmosphere of learning so that students will want to remain
lifelong learners, thereby remaining competent in their field however that
may change after graduation and be able to move into new areas as opportunities arise.
To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to
seriously study areas outside of the sciences; and
To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an
example of the methodology of the natural sciences in examining the world
around us. The presentation of mapr concepts underlying the changes in
matter, the opportunity to examine change in the physical world and the
reflection of the implications and limitations of science in our society will
enhance the ability of non-science persons to make better value judgments
concerning science questions in their own endeavors.
Chemistry Faculty:Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin E. Gyberg,John R. Holum,
Joan C. Kunz, Michele Nielsen
Graduation Major (Bachelor of Arts) in Chemistry:115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,
353,361,363 and one additional course from 364 and 365,464,481,483, or Biochemistry. Participation in seminar; PHY 121,122; MAT 124,125. Because Upper
Division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan
to take MAT 124,125 or MAT 145,146 in the freshman year and PHY 121,122 in the
sophomore year.
Teaching Major: Chemistry Major (for licensure in Physical Science): Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires General Chemistry (115,116 or 105,
106); CHM 351,352,353,361,363,491; and one advanced course; PHY 121,122 and
two additional physics courses. Modem Physics and Electronics are recommended.
Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their
planning.
Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation mapr. In addition,
medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students
should consult members of the Chemistry Department for assistancein planning a
course program early in their college career.
Bachelor of Science: Persons completing the ACS mapr and meeting the graduation requirements of the College shall be awarded the Bachelor of Science degree.
American Chemical Society Approved Major (Bachelorof Science): 12 courses
including 115,116 (or 105,106) and all chemistry courses above 350 (except 399,
497,499); Chemistry Seminar participation; MAT 124 or 145, MAT 125 or 146, and
224 or 245; PHY 121,122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year).
Reading ability in German equivalent to two semesters, computer proficiency,
Modem Physics, additionalmathematics and research experience are recommended.
Honors Major: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and
physics, 3.0 overall; one course or summer of approved research; participation in
seminar.
Minor: Five courses which must include 115,116 (or 105,106), 353 and two other
chemistry courses from 223,351,352,361 or BIO 367.
Note: Credit will not be granted for both 105and 115, or for both 106 and 116.
Other restrictions are in course descriptions.
E
Most courses in this Department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with
a grade of 2.0 or P, or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is
necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a tw*
term course in registering for the second tam.
Placement in 105or 115is determined by the score on the Mathematics Placement
Examination: 105requires Group II placement; 115requires Group I11 placement.
High school chemistry is a prerequisite for 115.
105,106 Principles of Chemistry
Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students
who will not mapr in chemistry, although students may go from 106to
351,353. This course covers basic concepts in chemistry, often from an
historical, technological or environmentalperspective. (Three onehour
lectures, three hours of laboratory. Prereq.: Math Placement Group II)
109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamental principles of
general, organic and biological chemistry for careers in allied health areas
such as nursing (including Augsburg's Upper Division Program),
inhalation therapy, histotechnology, physical education and others. Open
also to students in the humanities and social sciences.
Fmt term, general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic
chemistry. Second term, organic and biological chemistry with special
applicationsto human physiological chemistry. (Three onehour lectures,
two hours of laboratory. This course does not apply toward the mapr or
minor in chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for both 109and 105 or 115,
nor can credit be earned for both 110 and 351. Prereq.:High school
chemistry within the last five years)
115,116 General Chemistry
An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First
semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics and
bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second
emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and
electrochemistry. Many topics are presented from an historical approach
and bring in discussion regarding technologies and values resulting from
science, with recognition of current events or concerns. (Three onehour
lectures, three hours of laboratory. Prereq.: High school chemistry, Math
Placement Group III)
199
Internship
A work-based learning experienceat the sophomorechemistry level in
which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning
agreement which links the ideas and methods of chemistry with the
opportunities inherent in the placement. Partidpation in a concurrent
seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration,
interested students should consult with the departmental Internship
Coordinator regarding quirements and permission to register. Students
are encouraged to seek an appropriateplacement site by registering with
the Intanship and Cooperative Education Office.
223
Elementary Organic Chemistry
This onsemester course is designed for students whose professional
goals require some background in organic chemistry but not the rigor of
the year-long organic course. As a survey course, topics covered will
include synthesis, properties and reactions of selected aliphatic and
aromatic compounds. This course will not count toward a Chemistry
major, nor will credit be given for this course if Chemistry 351,352 is
taken, nor does it fulfill the prerequisite requirement for Chemistry 352.
Credit cannot be given for Chemistry 110and Chemistry 223, nor does
Chemistry 223 meet Biochemistry requirements for other programs.
(Preq.: 106 or 116.Three lectures and one threehour laboratory per
week)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit/sophomore standing.
Students interested in directed study projects should contact a faculty
member in the Chemistry Department.
351,352 Organic Chemistry
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on
mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated
by means of modern theohesif chemical bonds, energy relations and
reaction mechanisms; many applications of organic chemistry to biological, environmentaland industrial fields. (Three onehour lectures, one
four-hour laboratory. Prerq.: 106or 116)
353
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysisand solution equilibrium in
detail and gives an introduction to electrochemical and spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of
a variety of samples and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lech.m,
one four-hour laboratory. Pweq.: 106or 116)
361,364 Physical Chemistry
The basic theoreticalconcepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics,
quantum theory and states of matter are studied in the first semester.
Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria
and electrochemistryin the second semester. (Threeone-hour lectures.
Prerq.: 106 or 116; PHY 121,122; MAT 124or 145, MAT 125or 146)
363,365 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (112 course each)
Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data
collection and analysis and experimental application of concepts p r e
sented in Physical Chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken the first half
of the semester and involves experiments related to 361. CHM 365 is to be
taken the second half of the semester by aJl persons taking 364, except that
special students may ask the Department for exemption.
399
Internship
A work-based learning experienceat the junior-senior chemistry level in
which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning
agreement which links the ideas and methods of education with the
opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent
seminar is ex@.
Prior to the beginning of the term/registration,
interested students should consult with the departmental Internship
Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students
are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with
the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
464
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Organized around the problems of identifyingorganic compounds in the
laboratory. Lecture topics include struchm-spectra correlations for IR,
UV,N M R and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including
Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear
magnetic resonance and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (Threehours
of lecture, six hours of laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353,361 or consent of
instructor; some reading knowledge of German.)
481
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic
and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical mkhods as well as
chromatographic and eledroanalyticaltechniques of analysis. (Three
hours lecture, one four and onehalf hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353,361, or
consent of instructor.)
482
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Selected topics, including descriptivechemistry, spectroscopicdata
interpretation, correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic,
valence bond and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is
discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (Threeonehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. kereq.:352,361, or consent of
instructor.)
483
Quantum Chemistry
Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodingeis wave equation and
uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the
hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to
develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators,
electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (Threeone-hour
lectures. Prereq.:364 or consent of instructor.)
491
Chemistry Seminar
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry maprs under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society.Juniors
and seniors are expeded to participate, with seniors presenting papers.
Outside visitors are also invited to participate.
497
Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience
before graduation. Such experiencemay be obtained by working on a
summer research project in the Department (not counted as a course) or
by research participation during the academic year (which may be
counted as a course). Cooperative Education is an excellent opportunityto
be involved in industrial research projects. @mior or senior standing)
499
Independent Study
Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as
theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via Independent Study. aunior or senior standing)
COMMUNICATION
(See listing under Speech, Communicationand Theatre.)
Khin Khin Jensen, Director
Major or minor in East Asian Studiesare offered through Augsburg and the
other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).This is an intercollege, interdepartmental program which provides a foundation for careers
in international business, government, teaching, global ministries, work
with socialand recreational agencies or graduate studies.
Two years of Japaneseare taught on one of the five ACTC campuses, or
Augsburg students may take Chinese courses at Hamline University. There
also is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota East
Asian Studies Department for Japanese and Chinese language studies.
Opportunities for language study abroad are available in Japan, China,
Taiwan, Korea, Hong Kong and Singapore. Summer institutesare available
in the People's Republic of China and in the U.S. See the Director for
information and procedure to register for any of these courses or travel.
Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese
language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement.
Major in East Asian Studies: 10 courses, including four courses (two years) of basic
college Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; two courses in history;
two courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies, and two courses from
a list of approved electives. Major courses must have the written approval of the
Director of the program.
Minor in East Asian Studies: Five courses, includingtwo courses (one year) of
basic college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies; one course in history
of East Asia; and two Upper Division courses in cultural specializationfrom a list of
approved electives. Minor courses must have the written approval of the Diredor
of the program.
Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentrationat
Augsburg College that does not include a language component. It is designed to be
useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors.
Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies: Five courses, two from HIS 322,
323,324; one from PHI 355, REL 356, SOC 336; one from HIS 474, POL 351,363,282;
and one from HIS 226,399,495,499. HIS 104 is stronglyrecommended.
Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies program may
be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director.
226
Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
(See under History Department.)
299
Directed Study
(See Director of Program.)
322
Modern Southeast Asia
(See under History Department.)
323
Modern China
(See under History Department.)
324
Modern Japan
(See under History Department.)
351
Communist Political Systems
(See under Political Science Department, Comparative Politics and
Analysis.)
363
Communist Foreign Policies
(See under Political Science Department, International Politics.)
382
From Marx to Mao
(See under Political Science Department, Political Theory and Analysis.)
399
Internships
(See Director of Program for guidelines to apply for an internship.)
474
The World and the West
(See under History Department.)
495
Seminar
(See Diredor of Program.)
499
Independent Study
(See Director of Program for guidelines.)
ECONOMICS
(ECO) D E P .
The Department of Economicsat Augsburg College offers a program
stressing a strong theowtical background, quantitative techniques and an
emphasis on both national and international issues. Students who graduate
with a degree in Economics are well prepared to continue their education in
a variety of fields due to the strong liberal arts emphasis within the mapr.
Three majors are offered to students within this Department. The General
Economicsmajor is designed for students who are planning graduate or
professional studies. The Applied Economics mapr generally leads to
careers in the business world. Finally, the combined Business Administration/Economics major is designed for those who wish to have more flexibility in plannning their program of study.
Economics course offerings are designed to meet the needs of students
preparing for advanced studies as well as for those who, immediatelyafter
graduation, are interested in starting a career. An Augsburg Economics
mapr provides a solid foundation on which to build national or international careersin business, law, government or public service.
The program allows students, once they have completed the core courses, to
concentrate on their specrficareas of interest. Studentsare able to combine
an Economics major with other disciplines. For example, business, international relations, mathematics, management information systems (MIS),
political science, Soviet and East European area studies or Scandinavian
area studies are often combined with economics.
Economicsmajors and minors are available both through Day School and
Weekend College.
Economics F a d * Satya P. Gupta (Chairperson),Jeanne Boeh,Magda PalecznyZapp, Edward Sabella.
Adjunct Faculty: Paul Halverson, M. Shahid Islam, Eli Ndosi, Edward Raupp,
Hamed Sallam, Yong Narn Song
Major in Economics: Eight Economics courses (112,113,312,313,414, and three
other Upper Division); and BUS 221,222; MIS 279; and MAT 114.
The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning
graduate study in Economics. Computer courses are also strongly recommended.
Major in Applied Economics: Eight Economics courses (112,113,215,312,313, and
three other Upper Division); and BUS 221,222; MIS 175,279,479; MAT 121;and PHI
130.
Combined Major in EconomicsBusiness Administration:S
i
x Economics coursg
(112,113,312,313, and two other Upper Division);eight Business Admhktration/MIS
corn (BUS221,222,242,252,331; MIS 279 and two other Busings Upper Division)
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and compre
hensive oral examination in the mapr field of concentration.
Minor in Economics: ECO 112,113,312,313, and one additional Economics Upper
Division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the
Department.
Notes: Students who plan to mapr in the Department are strongly encouraged to
select a Department Adviser as soon as possible in order to c a d y plan their
program of study.
In addition to the courses listed below, these topics have been offered under ECO
295,495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research
Methods for Economics and Business, Advanced Economic Theory, DecisionMaking with Finite Markov Chains, and Soviet Economy.
110
112
Economics of Urban Issues
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metreurban
environment.Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis,"
Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free
Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools
introduced to facilitate discussion of the above mentioned topics. (This is a
basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in
Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an
Economics major or minor. Students who plan to major in Business
Administration, MIS and/or Economics should enroll in ECO 112and 113
which are also open to non-majors.)
Principlesof Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics, national income analysis, monetary
and fiscal policy, internationaltrade, economic growth. Application of
elementaryeconomic theory to current economic problems. May be taken
independently of 113or 110. ECO 112and 113maybe taken in either
order, or may be taken in the same term for the student to progress
rapidly to the other courses.
113
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to microeconomics,the theory of the household, firm,
market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary
economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of 110 or
113. ECO 112and 113may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the
same term for the student to progress moR rapidly to other courses.
175
Computers for Business, Economicsand MIS
(See Business, M I S 175.)
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
215
Elements of Mathematical Economics
Economic concepts explained using mathematics as a tool. Examples from
finance, management and marketing are also examined. Prerq.: ECO 113)
History of Economic Thought
A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the political,
economic, philosophical and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be
on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to
provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social
problems. Major topics may include anaent, medieval, mercantilist,
classical, socialist/utopian and modern economicthought.
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
(See Business, MIS 279.)
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodologyand current national and
international economics problems and policies. (Prereq.:consent of
instructor)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact
of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic
implications. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113)
lntermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed
via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy,
growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: ECO 112)
lntermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and
industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution;
introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113)
Contemporary East-West Economic Relations
This course explores the motivations for economic cooperationbetween
countries with different political and economic systems. The conditions
for East-West economic cooperation and its
will be analyzed. The
focus is on recent developments in joint economic and industrial cooperation. The institutions and systems that drive commerce and governance
will be explored and explained (including institutional changes in the
directing of foreign trade in centrally-planned economies).At the global
level, effects of GATT, IMF, the World Bank, EEC and CMEA on EastWest economic relations will be examined. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113)
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commer-
cial banks, the Federal Resenre System and its role in relation to aggregate
economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy.
(Prereq.: ECO 112,113)
Comparative Economic Systems
This is an interdisciplinarycourse with emphasis on the differences and
similarities between market and planned economies and the recent
institutional changes in Eastern Europe. The course evaluates the performance of different economic systems with resped to their allocation of
resources. Different theoretical models are examined and compared to
their real-world variants in an attempt to assess the relevant merits of
capitalism, socialism and market socialism. (Prereq.: ECO 112or 113)
Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of
management science to prepare students to make better business and
economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from
the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental
protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc.
(Prereq.:ECO 313)
International Trade and Finance
A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among
nations. Development of the basis for international trade; balance of
payments; exchange rate systems and commercial policy. (kereq.: ECO
112or 113)
Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an Internship program
which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will
afford the student the opportunityto spend one full term working with an
organization.In addition, the student &ill write a report on his/h&
activities. (Prereq.:consent of instructor)
Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination
of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society.
(Prereq.:ECO 313. On demand.)
Welfare Economics
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of
alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts
of economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313)
Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and correspondingpractices in business.
Among the topics considered are theories anapractices in forecasting,
estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations and an analysisof economic
problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.:MIS 279, ECO 313)
416
Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macm-emnomictheory. (Prereq.:ECO
312,313 and at least MAT 122or equivalent.On demand.)
479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
(See Business, MIS 479.)
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and current national and
international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of
instructor.)
499
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually
supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunityto
analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Renq.: consent of instructor.)
E D U ~ ODEPARTMENT
N
(EDE, EDS, EDU)
Studentsintemted in attaining teacher licensure or developing a background in education as a base for advanced study in other careers will find
opportunities in the Department of Education
Professional education combinesthe study of theory with practice, and field
experiences are an essential part of the course offerings. The location of
Augsburg College is particularly advantageous for field experiences
because of the wide variety of public, private and special schools in the
Twin Cities.
Classroom teachingis the career that first comes to mind for graduates of
teacher education pmgmns. Augsburg graduates are found in many classrooms within the Twin Cities m.In addition, they provide educational
services in classrooms across the nation and in some foreign countries.
The teacher education program coupled with the liberal arts program serves
as a solid base for graduate education Some teaching fields mquire graduate work beyond the initial license in either elementaryor secondary
education However, not all graduates choose to teach in school settings.
Teacher education graduates are also found in business, working in management, sales, production and service areas.
As of April 1,1988, all persons are required to take basic competency tests
(prescribedby the Minnesota Board of Teaching) in reading, writing skills
and mathematics prior to begnning Upper Division courses.
All students must apply for acceptance into the Education Department. Any
course grade below 2.0 must be retaken.
Licensure in Kindergarten-Elementary Education is availableboth through
Day School and Weekend College.Selected secondary education programs
are also available in Weekend College.
Education Faculty: Mary Ann Bayless, Carolyn Clemmons, Bruce Drewlow, Mary
Endorf, Marian Enos, Joseph Erickson, Ann F'leener, Ethelind Garetz, Rich
Gerrnundsen, Hamet Johnson, Marie McNeff, Phyllis Metcalf, Vicki Olson,
JacquelineRichardson, Mary Jo Stump
Kindergarten-Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements: 265,341,351,352,
381,382,383,384,386,387,388,481,482,483; HPE 114,115; SWK 260; PHY 103; and
an academic minor. If those persons also desire kindergarten licensure, EDE 375:
Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten, is also required.
A GPA of 2 5 overall and 2.5 in major and academic minor and grades of P in
student teaching courses is required for licensure, as well as minimum grades of 2.5
in all Education courses. Students must also fulfill requirements of the Minnesota
Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations. The criteria for acceptance
into the Department Licensure Rogram are available in the Education Department.
PHY 103 Conceptual Physics
The examination and preparation of materials and resources for Elementary School science teaching. This course fulfills the math requirement for
licensure as well as the science methods course. Students must have a
Level I11 Math Placement before enrolling in this course.
199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the
student to explore education as a major and consider its career alternatives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the
beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult
with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements
and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek a n appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
245
International Education
An examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western
educational systems as well as an investigationof possible careers in
international education.
255
Orientatlon to Education In an Urban Setting and Field Experlence
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the
professional teacher organizationsis required. @rereq.: sophomore
standing or above)
EDU 263 Critical Thinking
Emphasis on development of the ability to analyze information, examine
validity of claims and position as well as articulate positions and reasoning. Interaction with content from a variety of academic disciplines.
EDU 264 Urban Education In the 1990s
This course provides an opportunityfor students to serve as tutors in
urban educational environments. Students will be trained to understand
the importance of multicultural, gender fair education for all ages and to
understand the need to address a diversity of learning styles in urban
educational settings.
EDU265 Orientation to Education In an Urban Setting and Field Experience
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity
for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the
professional teacher organizationsis required. (kereq.: Sophmore
standing)
282
Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education.)
295
Topics
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offaings. Specifictopics will be announced.
299
Directed Study
Lower Division Independent Study.
EDU 341 Media Technology (1 12 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through
the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and
evaluation of effective audievisual materials for teaching/leamingsituations. Computer training will be included in this CO351
Techniques of Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in
reading, and the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties.
352
Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementary
and Fleld Experience
The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the
contexts of educational, psychological and sociological theories. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required.
370
Classroom Management
A class for Elementary and Secondaryeducation students. The content of
this course includes theories, issues and strategiesof classroom manage
ment techniques.
EDU 371Teaching the Individual Learner
A class for Elementary and Secondary students designed to address the
educational needs of a diverse student body. Includes strategiesfor
teaching special education students in the regular classroom as well as
teaching the student at risk Students are encouraged to take introduction
to Special Education (282) prior to registering for this course.
375
Discovery Learning In the World of Kindergarten (1/2 course)
Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching
kindergarten. (Required for all persons seeking kindergarten licensure.)
381
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music
taught at the kindergarten and elementarylevels. Laboratory experiences.
382
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Mathematics (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
383
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health
(1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical
education and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
384
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Thematic
Studies (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies
and thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
386
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Children's Literature (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resouKes for children's
literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
387
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Language Arts (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for language arts
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
EDU388 Human Relations (1/2 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communicationtechniques and of the
major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations.
Open to all.
399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and
site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of education with the opportunities inherent in the placement.
Partidpation in a c o n m t seminar is acpebed. Prior to the beginning of
the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to
register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement siteby
registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
478
School and Society
(SeeSecondaryEducation.)
481,482,483,484
Student Teaching K-6
Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary
levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel.
Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required.
Students must apply to student teach at least three months prior to
enrolling for the courses. Four courses in student teaching (481,482,483
and 484) are recommended unless otherwise advised by the Education
Department. (Prereq.: All K-Elementary coursework satisfactorily
completed or permission of the Department for an exception. Admission
into the Education Department Licensure Program and admission for
Student Teaching)
491
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
(SeeSpecial Education.)
495
Topics
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
498
lndependent Study (112 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking
licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by
permission).
499
lndependent Study
Opportunityfor advanced and specialized reseamh projects not otherwise
provided for in the Department curriculum. A projected program must be
outlined and approved by the kindergarten-elementary faculty.
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected Education Department students may participate in the International
Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead State University. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of countries through the
international and American School network Those interested in further information should contact the Education Department. Students who student teach abroad
will do part of their student teaching in the Metro area under direct Augsburg
faculty supervision.
It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with
Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition to
conferring with the student's mapr field adviser.
Licensure Requirements of the state of Minnesota for teaching in secondary
schools are met through the Augsburg College Education Department Licensure
Program: Baccalaureatedegree; academic mapr in an approved teaching area; EDS
265,354,388,478, methods course(s) in major area, EDS 481,482 (and 483 for Art,
Music, and Physical Education teaching maprs); HPE 114,115; SWK 260; GPA of
2.5 overall, 2.5 in all education courses, 2.5 in academic mapr and P in student
teaching. Application for and acceptance into the Augsburg Licensure &gram
q u i d . Criteria for admission to the program are available in the Education
Department.
Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in
one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she
plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these
special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do %me student
teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to 354, the art
mapr will register for 361,362; the physical education mapr for 365; and the music
mapr for 355.
Art and physical education teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades
K-12. Music teacher education programs lead to licensure in the following areas: 1)
Band (K-12) and classroom music (5-12); 2) Orchestra (K-12) and classroom music
(5-12); 3) Vocal and classroom music (K-9); or 4) Vocal and classroom music (5-12).
Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German,
Spanish), see Foreign Language Department for information on the required
competencyexams.
Teaching in the Minor Field: Minnesota State Rule provides for restricted teaching
in selected fields in which a person has received a minor. Students must be
accepted into the Education Department Licensure Program, take the minor subject
area methods course, and student teach in the minor area to receive licensure or be
recommended for an endorsement by Augsburg College.
The Professional T e r n School and Society and Student Teaching are taken jointly
in one full-time term in professional education. Attendance at student teaching
seminars is required. All students are expected to be involved full-time in the
activities of the professional term.
199
Internship
A work-based learningexperiencein which a student, faculty member and
site supervisordesign a learning agreement which enables the student to
explore education as a mapr and consider its career alternatives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/
registration, interested students should consult with the departmental
Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by register-
ing with the Internship and Cooperative Education Ofke.
245
International Education
An examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western
educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in
internationaleducation.
EDU 263 Critical Thinking
Emphasis on development of the ability to analyze information, examine
validity of claims and positions as well as articulate positions and
reasoning. Interaction with content from a variety of academic disciplines.
EDU 264 Urban Education In the 1990s
This course provides an opportunity for students to serve as tutors in
urban educational environments.Students will be trained to understand
the importance of multicultural, gender fair education for all ages and to
understand the need to address a diversity of learning styles in urban
educational settings.
EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience
Investigatesvarious aspeas of the teaching profession, with opportunity
for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the
professional teacher organizations is required. (Prerq.:Sophomore
standing)
282
Introduction to Special Education
(See SpecialEducation.)
295
Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
EDU 341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Elementary Education.)
350
Reading in the Content Areas (1/2 course)
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist
students in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: Required
for Secondary Education. Upper Division.
354
Creating Learning Environments: Secondary and Field Experience
The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning
settings. Laboratory experiences. Membership in one of the professional
teacher organizations is required.
355
Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The developmentof music skills
and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience.
356,357,358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings
(1/2 course each)
Study and application of instructionalmethods, materials and techniques.
361
Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the
elementary, middle and junior high schools. For art teaching maprs only.
362
Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the
senior high school. (To be taken concurrentlywith 361.)
364
English Methods
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools.
Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching
experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literatureis
included. (Prereq.:EDS 354: Creating Learning Environments)
HPE 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
(See Health and Physical Education Department.)
366
370
Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching.
(Consult with the Foreign Language Department)
Classroom Management
A class for Elementary and SecondaryEducation students. The content of
this course includes theories, issues and strategies of classroom manage
ment techniques.
EDU 371Teaching the Individual Learner
A class for Elementary and Secondary students designed to address the
educational needs of a diverse student body. Includes strategies for teaching
specla1education students in the regular classroom as well as teaching the
student at risk. Students are encouraged to take EDS 282: Introduction to
Special Education prior to registering for this course.
374
Natural Science Methods (1/2 course)
Course structures, goals and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom
textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and
references. Consult with the Education Department.
375
Social Studies Methods (1/2 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary
school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategiesand curriculum
development.Consult with the Education Department.
376
Speech and Theatre Arts Methods (1/2 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion and
theatre and the directing of d c u l a r speech and theatre activities.
377
Mathematics Methods (1/2 course)
Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school
mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics
education. Consult with the Education Department.
EDU 388 Human Relations (112 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communicationtechniques, and of the
major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations.
Open to all.
399
Internship
A work-based learning experiencein which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of education with the opportunities inherent in the placement.
Participation in a concurrent seminar is expeded. Prior to the beginning of
the term/registration, interested students should consult with the
departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and
permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate
placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
HPE 410 Health Methods
(See Health and Physical Education Department, HPE 410: Admiistration and Supervision of the School Health Program.)
478
School and Society
Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modern society
and final theoretical preparation to approach student teaching. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. (Prereq.:
Senior standing; concurrent registration with 481,482,483, or 484)
481,482,483,484 Student Teaching
Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. Three courses recommended of all majors and four courses required of Art, Music, and
Physical Education majors. Four courses required of double majors.
(Concurrent registration with 478)
495
Topics
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
498
Independent Study (1I2 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking
licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by
permission).
499
Independent Study
Opportunityfor advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise
provided for in the Departmental curriculum. A projected program must
be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty.
Phyllis Metcalf, Coordinator
Minor: Minimum of six courses (282,491; PSY 351,357; one course chosen from
HPE 354, MUS 110 or 395; PSY 362; EDS 385 or SWK 304); and one course chosen
from PSY 352 or 359, or EDS 388. BIO 103 is recommended as an additional course.
282
Introductionto Special Education
Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the
nature, causes and educationalinterventions for such exceptionalities as
mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment,
l e g disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness.
491
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population
plus on-campus seminar.(Prereq.:completion of courses for Special
Education minor or consent of instructor. Students planning to take this
course should consult with the Special Education Coordinator about a
placement prior to registering for the course.)
Augsburg College has cooperative arrangementswith three universities to
allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and an engineeringdegree from either the University of Minnesota Institute
of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering
and Applied Science, St. Louis,Missouri; or Michigan Technological
University, Houghton, Michigan. Becau~of the specla1requirements and
opportunitiesof these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg
Engineering Adviser is necessary.Applications for these programs require
the recommendation of the Augsburg Engineering Adviser.
Stuart Anderson, Adviser
University of Minnesota
The Institute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for
two dual degree engineeringprograms:
Bachelor of Amachelor of Engineering ( B A K E . ) enables students to receive a
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Engineering
degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three
years at Augsburg and two years at the Institute of Technology.
Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At that
time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions necessary for final acceptance into the program. Formal application to the
Institute of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior
year at Augsburg.
Bachelor of ArtslMaster of Engineering (BAJME.) enables students to receive a
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of Engineering
degree from the University of Minnesota.This program involves four years at
Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of Technology.
The curriculum is thesame as the B.A./B.E. curriculum with the addition of several
extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize
the number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at the
University before proceeding through the graduate curriculum.The number of
such courses varies by lT department and area of emphasis within a department.
Application for admission into the B.A./M.E. program should be initiated during
the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the
program may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive
special counseling from the Institute of Technology staff regarding courses that
should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participantsin the B.A./M.E.
program are not guaranteed admission to the Institute of Technology.
Washington University (Three Year Plan)
Michigan Technological University (Dual Degree Plan)
These two programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from
Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Washington University
School of Engineering and Applied Science or Michigan Technological University
in a fiveyear period.
The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated
university. Students accepted into the program will be considered for admission to
the engineering school if they will complete course requirements, have the requisite
cumulative grade point average and are recommended by the Engineering Adviser
of Augsburg College.
Students are also enmuraged to explore opportunities for graduate work at Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further informationon these
and other graduate programs is available from the Augsburg Engineering Adviser.
FinancialAid: Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual
degree programs will be encouraged to apply to the engineeringschool of their
choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and
academic performance as criteria.
E
Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Dual Degree or ThreeTwo Programs: CHM 115,116;CSC 170;ENG 111;MAT 124,125,224,226 or MAT
145,146,245,247; PHY 121,122;additional courses to meet general education
requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124,125 or 145,
146 and PHY 121,122 are taken in the freshman year. Studentsinterested in
Chemical Engineering also should take CHM 351,352.
Those who study Enghsh believe that an intense concern for words, ideas
and images helps people understand who they are and who they can
become. Writing helps all of us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature
helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through the
study of English we see life's complexity, experiencelifeas others do and
undentand better the world in which we live and work
English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is
concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the
contemplation of works of art. With psychology and socjology, English is
concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is
interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and language. With
sciencerEnglish is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communication,English studies the effective use of
language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities,
English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times
and in different cultures.
The Augsburg English Department integrates its program with the cultural
opportunities of this vital urban area. Augsburg students can walk to
assigned or recommended plays, films and readings available near the
campus. Enghsh majors have the opportunity to use and refine their skills
through Internships on and off campus, tutoring English as a Second
-ge
(ESL ) studentsrtutoring in the Writing Lab or participating in the
Cooperative Education Program
Students with an Augsburg Enghsh major pursue careers in elementary,
secondary and college education, journalism, government, law, the minis
try,library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing,
writing and other professions and businesses.
English Faculty: Kathryn Swanson (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Cathleen
Dalglish, Douglas Green,Joan Griffin, John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Ronald
Palosaari, John Schmit
Major:Nine courses above 111,including 225 and 245;one Upper Division course
in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271or 272); and
three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or
438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336,337,423). Majors are encouraged to consult their Departmental Adviser regularly. A student with a double
mapr or special program that involves considerable work in the English Department should also work closely with an adviser in the D e v e n t . Note: Transfer
students must take at least three of their English courses at Augsburg.
English-Language Arts Teaching Major:Ten courses, including those listed under
the major, ENG 345,and an Internship in the teaching of writing. One course must
include a component in non-Western literature. In addition, the ACTC courses,
Communication Skills in the English Classroom and Teaching Mass Media, are
required. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are recommended. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their mapr during the
freshman and sophomore years, and apply for teacher education not later than the
spring of their junior year. Students in this program must work with advisers in the
English Department and the Education Department in order to meet the professional requirements within the Education Department as well as the requirements
for the mapr.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0 overall; submit proposal to Department Chairperson by October 15in senior year for Department approval. Submit
and defend paper before faculty committee. Honors project may be an Independent
Study program (refer to Departmental guidelines).
Minor: Five courses above ENG 111,including ENG 245, an Upper Division
literaturecourse, and an additional writing course.
Note: Transfer students must take at least two of their English courses at Augsburg.
Note on Concentration:In addition to meeting requirements for the rnapr, English
maprs may, if they wish, develop an area of emphasis, such as British concentration, American concentration, world literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives in the
mapr, by the design of an Independent Study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the Department. English
majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concentration.
Interim courses, special courses and courses at other ACTC schools will often fit
well into a concentration.
The English Placement Test: A writing sample is q u i r e d of students to determine
their placement in an appropriate writing class. Students who do not show
competence in composition skills such as stating and supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and constructingparagraphs and sentences are required to enroll in
Developmental Writing where they will receive more individual instruction than is
possible in Effective Writing. These students must pass Developmental Writing
before enrolling in Effective Writing.
Note on Prerequisites:ENG 111is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite
for a Lower Division literature course. Prerequisite for an Upper Division literature
course is ENG 245 or consent of the instructor.
101
Developmental Writing
A preparatory course for ENG 111:Effective Writing required of students
identified by a writing sample (the English Placement Test) as needing
additional preparation in composition. Students write short papers based
on their own observations, experiences and thoughts. P/N grading only.
Students receive a course credit, but this does not fulfill the graduation
requirement in writing.
111
Effective Writing
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and
writing a-itical reviews. At least one work of literature is assigned.
Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing,
organizing and developingtopics, thinking critically, and revising for
clarity and style. A Writing Lab is provided for those needing additional
help. The minimum passing grade for this course is 2.0.
216
American Indian Literature
A study of representative works of poetry and fiction by selected Arnerican Indian writers. Discussion and analysis will focus on ways in which
literature reflects and illuminates American Indian culture and traditions.
217,218 English as a Second Language (ESL)
Consistent, repeated work on pronunciation, vocabulary and American
idioms, grammar and sentence patterns make up a major part of these
courses. In-class drills and exercises, assignments and sessions with ESL
tutors are means for students to improve oral skills and i n m their
fluency. Understanding spoken Akerican English, speaking,reading
college-level materials and writing are the skills emphasized in these two
cow&. Testing will determine
in these courses, and testing, as
well as other course work, will determine whether the ESL requirement is
met. These courses are graded either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. Students will
continue in ESL until the requirement is completed. By successfully
completing the courses, students will have fulfilled the foreign language
distribution requirement.
223
225
Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing
for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters and
proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use
material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111)
Intermediate Expository Writing
This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing, ENG
111.Its workshop format stresses style and organization, the process of
revision, self and peer evaluation and the relationshipbetween reading
and writing. (Prereq.: 111)
226
Introductionto Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of
creative writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short
fiction but including journal keeping and creative prose.
Journalism
This is an introductory newswriting course. Emphasis will be placed on
writing for the print media, but students will learn to write for radio and
television as well. Students will consider how to recognize news, how to
gather and verify facts and how to write those facts into a news story or
news feature. The course will cover basic copy preparation and editing
practices and include an introductionto legal and ethical questions faced
by journalists. (Prereq.: 111)
241
lntroduction to Cinema Art
An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles and
historical evolution of the film medium. The emphasis is on film as an
audiovisual language. The course includes the viewing and analysis of
both feature length and short films illustrating the international develop
ment of film form and selected esthetic movements such as the American
Studio Film and its Genres, German Expressionism, Soviet Montage,
Italian Neorealism and the French New Wave.
245
lntroduction to Literature
In this course students are initiated into the formal study of narrative,
drama and poetry in order to appreciate more fully the pleasures of
literature. The course aims to expand students' exposure to literature and
therefore draws on works from several periods, from different cultures
and races, from male and female writers. As the prerequisite for all upper
courses in literature, Introduction to Literatureaims in particular to
develop students' critical and analytical skills in reading about literature.
251
Readings in American Literature
An introduction to representative works by 10 to 12American authors
focusing on themes that yield an understandingof the Western heritage
and American world views. These themes could include the emergence of
national identity, the relationship between humankind and God, the
nature of nature, definitionsof the American self, individuality, the place
of women and of racial and ethnic minorities in the development of
American thought and the continuity of Western culture in America.
271
European Literature: Homer to Dante
A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature -for example, the
epics of Homer and Virgd, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles and
Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's "Metamorphoses."
Dante's "Inferno" will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the
classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with
reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background,
their influence on later literature and their enduring relevance.
272
European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval
to the modem period, including such authors as Cervantes, Rabelais,
Molike, Voltaire and Ibsen.
E
Topics In Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed
t
have included
in the ACTC Class schedule for that year. ~ e c &offer&
ContemporaryPoetry and Women and Hction.
Directed Study
Independent study for Lower Division credit.
Playwriting
An introductory course in writing for the stage, television and film.
Students learn the basics of dramatic structure, methods of script analysis
and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to finished
product. (Prereq.: 111,245;226 also recommended, or consent of instructor)
Advanced Journallsm: Interviewing and Editing
Emphasis is placed first on interviewingand then on organizing and
writing the i n t e ~ e w
story. The second half of the course will concentrate
on editing the work of others and learning layout and design. The course
will include workshop sessions during which students conduct interviews
and critique the interview skills of fellow students. There will also be
laboratory sessions devoted to layout and design. (Prereq.: 227)
British Literature, Medieval to Elizabethan
Chaucer and the medieval milieu will be studied as well as the develop
ment of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. (Prereq.:
245 or consent of instructor)
Milton and His Age
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the
Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will
be examined. (F'rereq.: 245 or consent of instructor)
British Literature, 17th and 18th Centuries
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the
metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual
and social influences and the major literary movements. (Prereq.: 245 or
consent of instructor)
British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the 19th Century,emphasizingRomantic
poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the
period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one
another will be emphasized as well as their relationshipto their own age
and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Prereq.:
245 or consent of instructor)
Creative Non-Fiction
Designed for the self-motivated writer, the course will emphasizethe
conventions of professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice,
subjects and techniques for gathering information. l3y the end of the
course, the student will be expected to write reliable reports and articles of
publishable quality. (Prereq.: 225 and consent of instructor)
341
Advanced Creative Writing
The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve
creative writing in a single genre, as announced in the ACTC Class
Schedule. (Prereq.: 226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted
work Offered on demand.)
345
Introduction to the English Language
This course is designed to give students a structuraland historical overview
of theoreticaland social issues concerning the English language. It will
include a summary of theories of language development and the impact of
cultural, social,economic and geographic forces on language acquisition.
Students will be introduced to the primary componentsof linguistics and to
the development of the English language. F i i y , this course will consider
the social impact of language as a marker of identity and membership in a
speech community. ((kereq.: 245 or consent of instructor)
350
American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysisof some works of selected American writers from
colonial tim& to WWI. We will study established writers such as
Hawthorne, Dickinson and Twain along with some lesser known writers
who also demonstrate the rich variety of written responses to American
civilization. Attention will be given to the ways writers approach issues
relating to race, class and gender. Conceptions of the individual in relation
to society, the nature of nature and regional differences will also be
studied. The approach will be historical as well as topical. (Prereq.: 245 or
consent of instructor)
351
American Literature since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary works. Writers are selected to
represent the literary variety and the regional, ethnic and racial diversity
of the men and women who have responded significantly in literary
works to the changing conditions of modem American l i i . (Prereq.: 245
or consent of instructor)
361
Studies in Modern Fiction
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European and nonWestern, of the 20th Century. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor)
399
Internship
The Department offers oncampus Internships in teaching writing and
ESL, and various off-campusInternships. Interested students should
consult the Department Chairperson.
423
Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from its 18th
Century beginnings up to the 20th Century. Novels studied will be
selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding,
Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot and Hardy. Attention
will be given to the conditions contributingto the rise of the novel and its
emergence by the 20th Century as the dominant literary form. (Prereq.:
245 or consent of instructor)
438
Shakespeare
Study of 10 or 12 major plays -comedies, histories, tragedies -with
attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art.
Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of
instructor)
482
Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed
in the A f f C Class Schedule for that year. Sample topics include Contemporary Poetry,Women and Fiction and Literary Criticism. (Prereq.: 245 or
consent of instructor)
499
Independent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with a GPA of 3.0 or consent of
Department Chairperson.Provides Independent Study in the area of the
student's choice.
The initial months after entering college as a freshman are a period of
transition. The faculty and staff wish to assist students to make the transition to being a college student successfully and to help them become part of
this academic community. Students are introduced to the character of the
College, its heritage as an urban liberal arts college of the church, the
process of learning in a community where ideas are valued and treated
seriously, and the logistics of being a college student.
The First Year Experience (FYE) is composed of four parts: Summer Registration, Fall Orientation, FYE Seminarsand FYE Interim Term Courses.
Participation in the Fall Orientation program and in the FYE Seminars is
required of all students who begm Augsburg College as freshmen in the day
schedule program. Students who meet the requirement satisfactorily by
attendance at and participation in an FYE Seminar will receive a notation of
a passing (P) grade for FYE 005 on their official transcript. Studentswithout
a P for FYE 005 will not be permitted to graduate with an Augsburg degree.
005
FYE Seminar
A series of Fall term meetings with an FYE faculty adviser to discuss
issues related to becoming an active member of the Augsburg College
communityof learners. Discussion will be based upon readings from a
variety of disciplines and sources colleded in "The Augsburg Anthology."
(P/N grading only; evaluationbased on attendance and participation.)
The Foreign Language Department at Augsburg College contributes in
many ways to realizing the College's mission of providing liberal arts
education for b c e in today's world. The Department is committed to the
view that education should go beyond career preparation. So viewed,
foreign language study goes beyond the developmentof new cornrnunications skills to foster an abiding awarenessthat the splendid diversity of
human languages, literatures and cultures represents a rich historic legacy
developed in different ways by many nations to be shared by all in common. The Departmental faculty believes that familiarity with the language
and culture of another people is an essential step in the development of
global perspective and hence is indispensablein the education of Augsburg
students.
The Foreign Language Department offers language, literatu~,and culture
courses in French, German,Norwegian, Ojibwe, Russian and Spanish.
Courses in Chinese, Japanese, Latin and Greek are available to Augsburg
students through the College's affiliation with A m , a consortiumof Twin
Cities colleges.
A special perspective on language is also available to Augsburg students in
the linguistics courses offered by the Foreign Language Department.
Linguistics goes beyond the study of individual languages to investigate the
general principles which operate in and shape all languages. In thisway the
study of linguisticsaffords the student a unique view of one of the most
intriguingand central facets of the human mind.
Foreign language skills, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, are
essential in preparing for a number of careers and represent a valuable
specla1qualification in many others. Anticipated careers in a number of
n
teaching, translation, the diplomatic corps or
fields such as f o ~ i g language
international business may require a foreign language major, perhaps
combined with a major in some other field. In addition, students pursuing
careersin many other fields such as health care, social work, the ministry,
psychology or philosophy, to name just a few, often find that a foreign
language minor and/or the study of linguistics qualifies them for special
assignmentsin their chosen field.
[i
Foreign Ianguages Faculty: Mary Kingsley (Chairperson), Nancy Aarwold, Ruth
Aaskov, Rick Greczyk, Roxie Hale, Nelly Hewett, Gunta Rozentals, Frankie
Shackelford, Donald Steinmetz, Ronald Walter
Placement Levels: Students with previous foreign language study must register in
courses suited to their level of preparation. Placement is according to the number of
high school semesters one has studied that language: zero-two = 111;threefour =
112; fivesix = 211; seven = 212; eight = 311. Students in doubt about their placement level should consult the Chairperson.
Students should arrange to take the Language Placement Test if they wish to take a
course above the level determined by previous studies in that language.
Students who elect to takea course below the one in which they are placed by the
Department may do so, but grading must be P/N only. The Language requirement
will be satisfied only by completion of the course in which the student was
originallyplaced. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional.
Basic Requirements: Maprs must take four of the Upper Division courses at
Augsburg College and four abroad. Minors must take two of the Upper Division
courses at Augsburg College. 311 is prerequisiteto all Upper Division courses.
Transfer students intending to major or minor must take a m i n i of one Upper
Division course per year at Augsburg. See Department faculty for limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information.
Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German and Spanish must
consult with the Department of Education for specific information and enrollment
in the program as well as for information on Special Methods courses. A 3.0
average in Advanced Conversation and Composition is a Departmental requirement for teaching maprs. Licensure requires successful completion of the Competency Exam. See Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in
Secondary Schools under Department of Education.
Honors Major: Majors seeking Departmental honors must apply in the junior year.
Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall and honors thesis demonstrating ability in Independent Study for one course credit. Consult Department
Chairperson for details.
Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement
with the ACI'C East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language Department. See East and Southeast Asian
Studies Director.
Major Eight courses above 212, including 311,312 or 411,331 or 332,350 or 355,
351 or 353,450 or equivalents. Study abroad required.
Minor: Four courses above 212, including one in conversationcomposition,one in
civilization and one in literature. Interim, summer or semester in France strongly
recommended.
Teaching Licensure Minor:Five Upper Division courses beyond 212, including
one in conversationcomposition,one in literature, one in civilization. Study in
France strongly recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language,
philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Also see Interim Catalog.
011
Directed Study
Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (Ondemand)
111,112 Beginning French
Aim to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading
and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings,
these courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of
life. Four class meetings per week Laboratory work is an integral part of
the course.
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
211,212 Intermediate French
Selected articles, interviews and literary readings are the basis of practice
in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in
reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar.
Laboratory work
243
French Literature in Translation
Major representative works of French literature are read in English
translation. Through individualized background reading and class
discussion, studentsbecome acquainted with artistic qualities and
cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does
not count toward a French major or minor. (Ondemand)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311
Conversation and Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build
fluency, accuracy and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on
vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effectiveorganization
of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A pmquisite
to other Upper Division courses.
312
French Expression
A twepronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking
and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase
and elementary stylistics for business and personal use.French phonology
and speech group practice, study of written models. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor. On demand)
331
French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modem period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of
French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings,
reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.:311 or
consent of instructor)
332
French Civilization Today
Topics in 20th Century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that
promote understandingof French-speaking people and their contribution
to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor.)
350
Introduction to Ltterature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approachesto literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works.
Recommended for maprs and minors. Open to a l l qualified students.
(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
351,353 Survey of French Literature
The study of mapr French authors and literary movements in France
through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lebures,
discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor)
355
Twentieth Century Literature
A survey of the mapr French literary movements since World War I,
including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes,
oral and written reports and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor)
399
Internship
Upper Division Internship.
411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social
or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four
skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness,
characteristic levels of expression, refinements style and organization as
individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvementand selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor.
On demand)
450
French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story
Indepth study of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presenta-
tions in French. For advanced students. (See also Interim offerings.
Preq.: 311 or c o m t of instructor. On demand)
499
Independent Study
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement or genre at an advanced lwel.
Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet
individualinterests. In literature a major paper and its defense are
included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing.
Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser)
GERMAN
(GER)
Major: Eight upper division courses, including 311; 411, one in civilization, and one
in literature. Semester in Germany required.
Minor: Four Upper Division courses, including 311 and 411. Interim, summer or
semester in Germany strongly recommended.
Teaching Licensure Minor: Eve courses beyond 212, including one in conversation<omposition, one in literature, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses
must be Upper Division courses. Study in Germany strongly recommended.
Recommended supporting courses: Linguistics, European History, another
language, English literature.
111,112 Beginning German
GER 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 is for students
who have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school
German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking,
understandingand reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended
narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available.
199
Internship
Cower Division internship.
211,212 Intermediate German
For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous
German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of
German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of
vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of
materials representing contemporaryGerman life and literature.
244
German Lierature in Translation
Principal works of German literature representing various periods and
movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also
discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit
for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (Sophomore
standing. On demand)
299
Independent Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311
German Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German.
Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written
composition.
331
German Civilization and Culture I
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the
German-speaking peoples from the prehistorical Indo-EUIY)~~&
origins
(ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643), with emphasis on the
impact of Roman civilization, the reemergence of
cultural selfawareness during the Middle Ages and the intellectual and religious
upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Rereq.:311 or consent of
332
German Civilization and Culture II
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped presentday Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment.
The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking
peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor)
350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works.
Recommended for maprs and minors. Open to all qualified students.
(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
351
German Literature through the 18th Century
Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and
Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussionsin Classic
and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on
the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitcal context.
Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in
&rman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
352
German Literature: The 19th Century
Includes later Romanticism,Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism
and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic
philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions
help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express
themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor)
353
German Literature: The 20th Century
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of
international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings
in German with class discussionsare designed to aid students' selfexpression in German.(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
399
lndependent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
411
Advanced German Composition and Conversation
Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle
for expressing his or her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written
composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of
German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor)
451
German Prose
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the
present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of
cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On
demand)
452
German Drama
Representative dramatic works from late 18th Century to the present are
discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns.
Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor. On demand)
499
lndependentStudy
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
Japaneselanguage studies are possible through a contractual arrangement
with the A C E East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language Department.See East and Southeast Asian
Studies Director for more information.
199
Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
289
Introduction to Llnguistics
An introduction to linguistic analysis and general liiguistic principles,
with focus on linguistic universals (organizationalprinciples and features
common to all languages) and psycholiiguistics (inquiry into the mechan-
ics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in
language).Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples
of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language
majors and minors. (On demand. ACTC)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311
Theories of Grammar
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current
linguistic research with the aim of illuminatingunderlying philosophical
assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanatory goals which
distinguish them. The theories will be contrasted with those of adjacent
disciplines such as anthropology, psychology, logic and communication
theory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome the
inadequaciesof traditional grammar. (On demand)
399
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
NORWEGIAN
(NOR)
Major: Eight courses above 211, including 311,312 or 331,353,411. Study in
Norway required.
Minor: Four courses above 211, including one in conversation-composition,one in
civilization, and one in literature. Study in Norway encouraged.
Recommended Supporting Preparation:A second foreign language, linguistics,
European history.
111,112 Beginning Norwegian
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading
and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory
work expected.
199
Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
211
Intermediate Norwegian
Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and
facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for
class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience
expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311
Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation
and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in
spoken Norwegian and to &fferences between the two official languages
of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.:
211 or equivalent)
331
Norweglan Civilization and Culture
This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects
of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in
Norwegian as much as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at
work in the comparatively homogenous population of Norway will be
examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian language will be
required along with some field work (Preq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approachesto literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works.
Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students.
(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
353
Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base
for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to Old
Norse literature. All genres are examined and considerableattention is
given to writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Ledures,
readings, oral and written reports are in Norwegian. (Prereq.: 311 or
equivalent)
399
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
411
Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention
given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience
required. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
Two courses in Ojibwe (Chippewa)are offered at Augsburg,both as part of
the Foreign Language Department and as part of the American Indian
Studies minor.
111,112 Beginnlng Ojibwe
Aimed to develop basic vocabulary and grammar in order to use Ojibwe
at an elementary speaking and understanding level. Emphasis on spoken
Ojibwe, but secondary goals with be to develop reading and writing skills
as well. Courses taught with assistance of Ojibwe elders.
Through dialogues, classroom practice, oral stories from elders and
readings, these courses work toward the discovery of Ojibwe culture and
tradition. It will help Ojibwe students re-connect with their rich tribal
heritage (though all students are welcome).
Beginning Ojibwe 112continues to develop basic vocabulary and grammar
in order to use Ojibwe at an elementary speaking and understanding level.
Two years of Russian are offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies
may be continued in the ACTC Soviet and East European StudiesProgram,
which requires two years of language for the major. See Soviet and East
European Studies Program Campus Coordinator.
111,112 Elementary Russian
Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding and conversational
skills through oral classroom practice, developing ease in reading, short
compositions and acquaintancewith Russian culture.Extensive use of the
language lab.
211,212 Intermediate Russian
Continues developing the skills of writing, understanding and speaking
with an added emphasis on reading. Introduction of advanced grammar
topics, idioms and the study of word building in Russian. (ACT0
SPANISH(SPA)
Major:Eight courses above 212,including 311,411,456 or 457, two of 352,353,354,
and either 331 or 332 Study in Spain or Latin America is required.
Minor:Four courses above 212,including one in conversationcomposition, one in
civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly
recommended.
Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212,including one in conversationcomposition, one in literature, one in civilization and two electives. All courses must be
Upper Division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America recommended.
Recommended supporting courses: Linguistics, another language, preColumbian
civilization, Latin-American Area Studies. Consult Department for other supporting courses in humanities.
111,112 Beginnlng Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading
and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course.
199
Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
211,212 Intermediate Spanish
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which
stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding,
students review all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with two to
four years of high school Spanish or its equivalent.
216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
(See Global Education, Program in Global Community.)
249
Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in
Translation
Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing
various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through
background reading and class discussion in English the student is
acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical
significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a
major or minor in Spanish. Sophomorestanding preferred. (Ondemand)
261
Spanish Language
(See Metro-Urban Studies, South American Urban Semester (SAUS) and
Literature, Ideology and Society in Latin America (LISLA.)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311
Spanish Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice in correst expression with the aims of
fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work This
course is a prerequisite for all Upper Division courses. (Prereq.:212 or
equivalent)
312
Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking
skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to i m p v e
oral and written e x ~ s i o with
n emphasis on conversational facility,
stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to
stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary
literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (Ondemand)
331
Spanish Civilization and Culture
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contributions to world
civilization through historical, intellectual, literary and artistic move
ments. In Spanish. (Prereq.:311 or consent of instructor)
I
332
Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from
the precolumbian avilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or
212, with consent of instructor.)
350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the theory
through reading, analyzingand discussing selected works of literature.
Recommended for maprs and minors. Open to all qualifed students.
(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
352,353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by
lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature.
Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. @rereg.:
311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
354
Representative Hispanic American Authors
An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions,
written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
399
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor)
456
Spanish Drama
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written
reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern
Period. (Prereq.: one survey course)
457
Spanish Novel
Study of the outstandingnovelists of the 19th and 20th Century in Spain.
Oral and written reports in the language. (Rereq.:One survey course)
499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
GENEIRAL
STUDIES
(GST)
Some courseshelp to integrate learning around topics in ways which are
different from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies include
speciakd academic enrichment programs, an integrative p m s m h a r
created by cooperating faculty and offerings of the Center for Global
Education.
General Studies Faculty:Joel Mugge, Donald Warren
009
Cooperative Education
Placement in a Co-op Education assignment, satisfactory completion of
evaluation process, and participation in seminars conducted by Co-op
Education staff.No course credit.
140,141 Introductionto the Liberal Arts (1/2 course each)
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the
philosophy and student services available at Augsburg College. The
course also focuses on improving those skills so important to academic
success: reading rate and comprehension, note taking and textbook
reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking, concentration and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training,
career planning and making decisions.
230
Cultural Issues Seminar
(See under Program in Global Community.)
The Center for Global Education, a program of Augsburg College, facilitates
crossculturallearning experienceswhich prepare people to think more
critically about global issues and to work toward a more just and sustainable world. The Center's programs explore a diversity of viewpoints and are
grounded in the p p e d i v e s of the poor and of others struggling for justice
and human dignity.
The Center for Global Education offersa Spring semester program, the
Program in Global Community, each year in Cuernavaca, Mexico. It is an
academic program that explores the history of political change, issues of social
justice and the role of the church in Latin America. Studentslive together as a
communityin the Augsburg Study Center, but wiU also live with Mexican
familiesin their homes for several weeks. The semester also includes a trip to
Central America. The cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board at
Augsburg. Coursesare offered for credit in the disciplinesas listed.
SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for five weeks
at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual
competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course.
macement level determined by Program Director.)
GST 230 Cultural Issues Seminar
This seminar consists of a series of minicourses offered in a number of
relevant topic areas related to the theme of the program. Each minicourse
consists of 12 hours. Any four minicourses fulfill the requirements of the
seminar. (Either this course or HIS 347 required.)
INS 311 The Development Process
An integrative seminar providing opportunity to reflect critically on issues
of development, hunger, injustice and human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin American development and
educational theories and practices, as well as social change strategies will
be examined.
HIS 347 Mexico: An Historical Perspective
Four specific minicourses together provide an overview of Mexico's
historical development from pre-Columbian times to the present day.
(Either this course or GST 230 required.)
REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America
This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political
oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is
an examination of the emerging 'Theology of Liberation" as articulated
by prominent Latin American theologians as well as by people directly
involved in local parishes and development projects in Cuernavaca.
(Prereq.: one course in religion or theology)
The Center for Global Education offers a semester program, Social Policy
and Human Services in Latin America, each fall in Cuernavaca, Mexico.
Throughout Latin America new models for education and human care have
evolved during the last 25 years. The methodologies used attempt to teach
critical thinking skills, raise people's consciousnessand increase their ability to
work together to change their situations.SocialPolicy and Human !%mice in
Latin America is a three and one-half month study program designed to
introduceparticipants to the central issues currently facing the third world,
and to focus on Latin American models of education and serviceand their
contribution to the process of socialchange. These models have grown out of
the sense that the achievement of basic human rights goes hand in hand with
the empowerment of individualsand groups to control their own lives.
The semester includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to
full tuition, room and board at Augsburg College. Courses are o f f e d for
d t in the disciplines as listed.
SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for five weeks
at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual
competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course.
Placement level determined by Program Director.)
POL 295 Development Issues: Latin America
A survey of global issues affecting the human condition in a rapidly
changing and increasingly interdependent world: modernization and
development, economic change and international trade, diminishing
resources, war and revolution, peace and justice, cultural diversity.
Emphasis on the development of a global~Fspective which recokizes
human commonalities as well as diversity in perceptions, values and
priorities.
SWK 361 Social Responses to Human Needs
Social Work is social policy in action. Currently social workers are
involved at many levels of a nation's social system -with natural helping
networks, families, community groups, volunteer organizations, formal
government services and private initiatives.Through a series of four minicourses, the course explores the different approaches to w i a l work in
several countries in order to compare methods and service and to analyze
the current response to human needs in Latin America.
SWK 399 Internship
A supervised learning experience in an agency setting with emphasis on
acquiring an overview of how the agency functions and how populations
are served. The placement will be for 80 hours during the Fall term. Thae
are a limited number of internship placements. Preference will be given to
Social Work maprs. One and onehalf years of Spanish study (or demonstrated proficiency) is required for placement.
EDE IEDS 412 Latin American Models of Education
A comparative approach to learning methods of educational models being
developed in Latin America. Studentswill apply their knowledge of
educational concepts used in the U.S. to an understanding of basic
processes employed by Latin American educators in teaching critical
thinking, consciousness-raisingand cooperative problem-solvingExploring the transferabilityof these learning models to North America
will be a focus throughout the course.
SWK 465 or 468, or SOC 271 Social Policy and Social Justice (Social Work
- Upper Division or Sociology - lower division)
Social policy related to the health, education and well-being of members
of Mexican and Central American societies. The course will examine the
distances between policy and reality, particularly for the poorest groups,
the impact of international economics and politics, and movements that
have emerged dedicated to bridging the gaps between needs and policies.
(Note: Augsburg students majoring in Social Work can take this course as
SWK 465 if they agree to take a .5Independent Study to supplement the
North American legislative procedure and mini-policy study they do on
the Augsburg campus.)
The Center for Global Education offers a second Fall semester program Women and Development Latin American Perspectives -in Cuemavaca,
Maico. It is a three and onehalf month intensive program of study and
travel designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing Latin
America with emphasis on the experience of women. The program explores
gender roles in Latin America; women's roles in development; connections
that Latin American women are drawing between gender, race, class, and
global economics; and the ways in which liberation theology and feminism
interface.
The semester also includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent
to full tuition, room and board at Augsburg. Courses are offered for credit
in the disciplines as listed. INS 311 and POL 359 are approved for credit in
Women's Studies. POL 495 may be taken as a course in Women's Studies,
depending on the mini-courses chosen.
SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for five weeks
at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual
competency lwels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course.
Placement level determined by Program Director.)
INS 311 The Development Process
An integrative seminar pmviding opportunity to reflect critically on issues
of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special
emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin American development
and educational theories and practices, as well as social change strategies
will be examined.
POL 359 Toplcs: Women In Comparative Politics -Women In Latin
America
An examination of critical global issues affeding Latin America, and the
impact these factors have on women: diminishing resources and sustainable development, refugee issues, foreign debt and internationaltrade,
political ideologies and revolution.
REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America
This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political
oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is
an examination of the emerging 'Theology of Liberation" as articulated
by prominent Latin American theologians as well as by people directly
involved in local parishes and development projects in Cuernavaca.
Special attention will be given to the complex interactionsbetween women
and religious institutions. (Prereq.:one course in religion or theology)
POL 495 Seminar
Any three mini-courseoffered in POL 359 plus an independent study minicourse in order to do substantial research into one of the course themes.
Virtually all students at Augsburg College will interact at some point in
their college years with the Department of Health and Physical Education. It
is the philosophy of the Department to provide quality experiences in
professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical
activity. In addition, the N e d athlete as well as the occasional player will
find ample opportunity for athletic and developmental activities.
The Physical Education Department provides the organizational framework
for a wide range of educational experiences, including several major and
minor programs general education in Physical Education; men's and
women's intercollegiateathletic programs; intramural programs for men and
women; and athletic facilitiesfor developmental and recreational activities.
Department graduateshave traditionally found employment in educational
settings. Additional career opportunitiesare possible in YMCA and community services, municipal park and recreation departments, as adult fitness
instructors, and in working with people with disabilities.
Health and Physical Education Faculty Richard A. Borstad (Chairperson), Brian
Ammann, Carol Enke, Marilyn Pearson Florian, Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Jack
Osberg, JoycePfaff, Edwin J. Saugestad, Pam Schreurs,Jeff Swenson.
Major: 110,114,115,320,354,410;BIO 103,108,111;CHM 105 or 109;PSY 105;SOC
231 or HPE 216,336.
Teaching Major: Same as Health Education major plus 355. Students wishing to
become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for
requirements.
Teaching Minor: 110,114,115,320or 410;â¬310103;SOC 231 or HPE 216.
Personal and Community Health
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to
the individualand the community.
Health and Safety Education (It2 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life.
Includes informationabout xhool health programs and prevalent health
needs, problems of school age children and American Red Cross Erst Aid
course.
Health and Chemical Dependency Education (It2 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser.
Includes information about xhool health programs and prevalent health
needs and problems of school age children.
lnternship
A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member,
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student
to explore health or physical education as a major and consider its career
alternatives.Studentsshould consult with the departmentalInternship
Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
Human Sexuality
A study of the psychological, social and biological components of human
sexuality. Open to all students.
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
School Health Curriculum
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and
development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and
diseases. (Prereq.:All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100
and 200 series and consent of instructor)
Introduction to DevelopmentaltAdapted Physical Education
(112 course)
A general overview of developmental/adapted physical education from
early childhood to grade 12and the role of school-based health and
physical education programs for special needs and handicapped students.
(Prereq.: HPE 243)
Tests and Measurement (112 course)
S m e y of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and
physical education.
lnternship
A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the principles
of health or physical education with the opportunities inherent in the
placement. Students should consult with the departmental Internship
Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
410
Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
Historical background, legal bases, school health services and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materi-
als in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and
community.(Prereq.: 320.Odd number years)
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
Major: 114,115,354,355; 223,231,232,243,350,351,471,472,474,475;BIO 103.
Teaching Licensure Major: 114,115,354,355;223,231,232,243,350,351,365,471,
472,474,475;BIO 103.Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult
with the Education Department for requirements.
Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult Department
Chairperson for individualprogram planning.
Minor: 114,115;223,231,232 or 472,243.There is no PE teaching minor in Minnesota Public Schools.
Coaching Endorsement: 243,351 (Prereq.:BIO 103), 475 (Prereq.: 350), a coaching
theory course from 476483,and pradicum in coaching (499is an optional method
for meeting the practicum requirement).
Notes: Coaches entering their first assignment as head coach in Minnesota high
schools are required to have a coaching endorsement and a current Minnesota
teacher's license.
002,003 Lifetime Sports
Three hours per week Two Lifetime Sports meet the General Education
requirements. (Part-time students should consult with Department
Chairperson) No course credit
101
199
Fitness for Life
A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify
personal health and fitness.
Internship
A workbased learning experience in which the student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student
to explore health or physical education as a major and consider its career
altematives. Studentsshould consult with the departmentalIntanship
Coordiitor regarding requirements and permission to register.
I
223
Team Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching and officiatingteam sports.
231
Individual and Dual Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiatingindividual and dual
sports.
232
Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course)
Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international
folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Practice in
teaching and performing selected social dances.
243
History and Principles of Physical Education and Sport
History, principles and philosophy of physical education and sport.
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
350
Kinesiology
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system
and analysis of movement. (Prereq.:BIO 103)
35t
Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.:
BIO 103)
354
Introduction to DevelopmentaVAdaptive Physical Education
(1 /2course)
(SeeHealth Education.)
355
Tests and Measurement
(SeeHealth Education.)
365
Physical Education Methods (K-12)
Procedures, materials and issues for teaching physical education at the
elementary and secondary levels.
399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the principles
of health or physical education with the opportunities inherent in the
placement. Students should consult with the departmental Internship
Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
471
Physical Education Programming
Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decisionmaking for physical education and interscholastic athletic programs.
Curriculum analysis and preparation. (Prereq.:243)
472
474
Gymnastics (1/2 course)
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics.Opporhmityto teach and
perform in all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and
skill analysis.
Swimming and Aquatics (1/2 course)
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving and water safety.
Open only to junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors.
(Prereq.: swimming competenceas determined by pretest.)
475
476
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic
injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures.
(Prereq.:350. Even numbered years, Interim)
Coaching of Football (1/2 course)
Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Odd
numbered years)
477
Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course)
Theory,technique and administrativeaspects of coaching basketball.
(Odd numbered years)
478
Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course)
Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey.(Odd
numbered years)
479
Coaching of Track and Field (112 course)
Theory,technique and administrativeaspects of coaching track and field.
(Odd numbered years)
480
Coaching of Baseball/Softball(1/2course)
Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coachingbaseball and
softball. (Odd numbered years)
483
Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course)
Theory,technique and administrativeaspects of coaching volleyball. (Odd
numbered years)
499
Independent Study
D i e d intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to
junior or senior majors.
~
R
DEPARTMEW
Y
(HIS)
History is to society what memory is to an individual; it brings to a civilization an understanding of its identity. The distinguished medievalistJ.R
Strayer expressed it this way: "No community can survive and no institu-
tion can function without constant reference to past experience. We are
ruled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that we are
ruled by the collective memory of the past It is thememory of common
experiences which makes scattered individuals into a community."
A society's history is also a storehouse of human experiences that enables us
to deal more knowledgeablywith the continuitiesand changes in m m n t
issues. Established disciplines, as history long has been, train the mind by
developingconcepts and skills that enable one to deal with masses of
information. Many have found that history is an entree into the richer
enjoyment of travel, cultural events and the broad reading enjoyed by the
educated person. Accordingy, history has long held a mapr role in the
liberal arts.This is true at Augsburg.
The Department has strength in and requires of its majors work in four
main areas: ancient and medieval, modem Europe, United States and the
non-Western world. The Department's graduates are well represented
among professional historians; at present, some are in graduate schools
preparing for such careers. More have distinguished themselves as social
studies teachers in elementaryand secondary schools and current projections indicate that there will be growing opportunity in that field for history
majors. For most of our students, however, the study of history provides
one of the better undergraduate liberal arts experiences, valuable both for
personal enrichment and a wide variety of career choices.
History Faculty: Richard Nelson (Chairperson), Orloue Gisselquist, Donald
Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen
Major: Eight courses plus one seminar. At least four of these courses must be
Upper Division. A mapr must have at least one course (either survey or Upper
Level) from each of the four areas: ancient and medieval; modern Europe; U.S.; and
non-Western.
Major for Teaching Licensure: Students interested in secondary education may
take a History mapr in combination with specified social science courses and the
required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more
information, see the Department Chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator.
Minor: Eve courses, at least three of which must be Upper Division.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances,
application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign
language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one
course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee.
Notes: First year students should enroll in one or more of the 101-104 courses.
Distribution/general education credit is normally given only for courses 101-104.
200 level courses are normally reserved for sophomore or Upper Division students.
Upper Division courses are numbered 300 and up. Lower Division students are
normally required to take at least one 100 level course before enrolling for an Upper
Division course.
The Beginnings of the Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical
world of Greece and Rome and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th
Century.
The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of
the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
The Modern World
A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of
Napoleon to the present.
The Modern Non-Western World
An introdudion to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia
and Africa of the last 200 years.
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
U.S. History to 1877
A survey of U.S. history from Jarnestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by the Civil War.
U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our time with an effort to
consider the various social, economic, intellectual and political forces and
events that have created the modern United States.
A Tale of Twin Cities: MinneapolisISt. Paul
A local history course using the Minneapolis/St. Paul metropolitan area
as a case study for examining large themes and issues in U.S. urban
history. Topics considered include frontier urbanism, industrialization
and economic change, transportation, immigration and ethnicity, and
urban politics and reform.
Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
An exploration of the experiencesand contributions of selected women in
China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines and the state of Hawaii. Includes
a p s d i u a l perspective, gender and class issues, responses to impact of
modernization and Western education.
Directed Study
An opportunityfor a student to do readings or study on topics not
covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved
by the direding faculty member and the chairman of the Department
before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be
applied to the major.
Modern Southeast Asia
A study of the mapr historical events, personalities and political develop
ments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements
and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the
Philippines, Burma and Vietnam.
Modern Chlna
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839.The
erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The
Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th Century.
Modern Japan
An examination of the emergence of Japan as a mapr world power in the
20th Century. Components of the course will include a study of the
distinctive fea-s
of the PreMeiji era, modernization factors since 1868,
interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological
problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa.
American Indian History: PreColombian to Modern
(See under INS, American Indian Studies.)
Topics in U.S. History
In-depth exploration of selected topics in U.S. history (excludingforeign
policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration.
History of American Foreign Policy
The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is
stressed.
The American Century: The U.S. Since 1900
The interaction of popular ideas and formal thought within United States
society during a time of national ascendency and worldwide crisis and
unrest. Topics considered include American nationalistic exceptionalism,
social Darwinism, refonnism, racism, radicalism, liberalism, conservatism
and other ideologies and movements.
The American City
A study of the development of urban centers in the United States: their
colonial and frontier roots, their growth during the age of industrialization and immigration, and their adjustment to new realities in the late 20th
Century. Topics for study include the dynamics of urban growth, politics
and reform, urban planning, the growth of urban culture in America and
shifting definitions of community in U.S. cities and suburbs.
Mexico: An Historical Perspective
(See under Program in Global Community.)
The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times
through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks.Emphasis is placed
on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and
political institutions.
361
Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 AD.
A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic
kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is
placed on personalities, the arts and sciences, and Rome's contributionsin
law and the political process.
370
The Late Middle Ages to 1560
A study of the scholastictradition and the role of the church and state
through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian
Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation.
399
Internship in History
A limited number of Internships may be available for qualified Upper
Division students mapring in history. In this connection, students are
encouraged to consider the opportunities available through the Cooperative Education program.
440
Topics in World History
This course will investigate topics in world history which are not included
in regular course offerings.The specific topics to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
474
The World and The West
This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world,
considers cultural interaction and conflict, the building of European
empires in Asia and the Americas and concludes with the breakdown of
these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century.
495
Seminar
Selected topics which will be announced prior to registration. This course
is designed for history majors of at least junior standing. Admission by
permission of the instructor. Offered at least once each year.
499
Independent Study
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged
to apply for directed Independent Study. A maximum of one course in
Independent Study may be applied toward the major.
The Humanities major provides the opportunity to reflect across departmental lines, to experiencethe ways in which different academic disciplines
appmch similar questions and issues and to participate in interdisciplinary
learning experiences. You can, in effect, create your own major by choosing
a theme or topic you wish to study and then by taking courses in various
departmentsrelating to that theme.
The major was created especially to encourage students not majoring in the
humanities but in such areas as science, business or social science to
broaden their insights and perspectives by taking a broadly-based second
major.
Faculty: Bruce Reichenbach (Chaiirson),John Benson and Richard Nelson
Major: Nine courses, five of which must be Upper Division. Courses must be
selected from at least four of these seven departments -Art, English, Foreign
Languages, History, Philosophy, Religion, and Speech, Communication and
Theatre Arts. No more than three courses from any one department can be used to
satisfy the requirement.
Note: Each student taking a Humanities major will focus on some particular theme or
Six of the nine
perspective which will constitute the core of the major .pcourses must be taken in this core. The core adopted and the courses chosen to meet
the requirement will be worked out with the student's adviser in the humanities, and
must be approved by the Humanities Major Committee. The theme or perspective of
the core can be chosen from those listed in the Humanities Handbook or can be
created by the student in consultationwith an adviser in the humanities. Further
information concerning the core can be found in the Humanities Handbook
A student may not list a double major in Humanities and in one of the component
disciplines unless the distribution of courses selected in the Humanities major is
significantly different from the other major.
499
Independent Studies
Individual study and research on some interdisciplinaryhumanities topic,
worked out in consultation with an adviser. The study must be approved
by the Humanities Major Committee.
&CAN
INDIAN
Smm, ETHNICS m m & W O ~S m
Sm
InterdisciplinaryStudies covers a broad spectrum of experienceand
coursework. Through Interdisciplinarycourses, students gain greater
insight and understandingof cultures and perspechves different from their
own. Through these experiences studentsare better prepared to become
contributing members of the global community.
For other Interdisciplinarycourse listings, see Global Education Programs
and Metro-Urban Studies.
Courses listed in these areas may be used to fulfill the Urban Concerns,
Women's Studies or Minority Studies requirements under the general
distributionrequirements.Consult the General Education list for courses
which fulfillthe specihc Perspectives.
Augsburg also offers students the opportunity to minor in American Indian
Studies or Women's Studies.
The American Indian Studies program offers courses that encompass the
range of American Indian contributions to North American culture including art, religion, literature and history. Also offered m two begnning
courses in Ojlbwe (Chippewa),the original language of one of Minnesota's
native people.
Mildred Mueller, Coordinator
Minor:Five courses including INS 105 and at least one Upper Division course.
Indian Studies courses may also be taken as part of majors or minors in other
academic subjects or to meet distribution/general education requirements.
INS 105 Introduction to American lndian Studies
An introduction to the content areas of American Indian Studies, including an overview of American Indian history, American Indian literature,
federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and urban issues, crosscultural influences, art, music and language. Required for American
Indian Studies minor.
OJB 111, OJB 112 Beginning Ojibwe
An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa)
Indians including vocabulary, reading, writing and conversational skills.
Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction.
The second course continues vocabulary, reading, writing, oral skills and
culture, with increased emphasis on comprehension.This course is crosslisted with the Foreign Language Department.
ENG 216American lndian Literature: Traditional and Modern
Comparative studies of tribal oral traditions, early writings and modem
literature written by or about American Indians. Problems of translation,
interpretation and exploitationwill be examined. Modern novelists, poets
and historians will be included. This course is cross-listed with the English
Department.
HIS 223 American lndian History: Pre-Columbian to Modern
The government, tribal structures, philosophy, agricultureand commerce
among the native people of North America are explored from p r e
Columbian eras through European exploration and settlement. American
Indian contributionsto world economics, agriculture, government,
architecture, art and philosophy are included, as are wars, treaties,
relocations and inter-governmentalrelations. This course is cross-listed
with the History Department.
INS 260 Contemporary American Indians
The situation of Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934)with an emphasis on current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty,
treaty rights and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/
cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today.
ART 290 Tribal Arts and Culture
An overview of the visual arts of the American Indians within the United
States with some attention to Canada, Central and South America. In
addition to the visual arts of the Eastern Woodland, Plains, Pacific and
Southwest Indians, some content will include drama, dance, poetry,
mythology, rituals and religion. Students will produce art work such as
weaving, baskets, pottery, jewelry, sculpture or prints. This course is
cross-listed with the Art Department.
INS 320 American lndian Women
This course focuseson the roles played by women in the tribal cultures of
native North America. It explores the continuity of women's roles over
time as well as changes in these roles as a result of the influence of
Western colonialism. It examines the life histories of Indian women of the
past and present and assesses the contributions made by women to Indian
community life today. (Rereq.:one course in Women's Studies or
American Indian Studies or consent of instructor) This course is applicable
to Women's Studies also.
REL 370 American lndian Spirituality and PhilosophicalThought
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs and philosophy of North American
Indians are studied. Within these broad areas,the subjects of medicine,
healing, shamanism, dreams, visions, myths and spiritual power are also
included. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal
relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual
ceremonies and beliefs in an afterlife. This course is cross-listed with the
Religion Department.
Also approved as an elective:
INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
(See under Women's Studies.)
231
Religion in African-American History
An examination of selected topics related to the Black experience, e.g.
African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism.This course
is cross-listed with the Religion Department.
232
Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-American Studies
An interdisciplinary course providing an overview of the mapr issues
related to the Black experience in terms of the family, education, religion,
art, economics and politics. It is designed to heighten the student's
consciousness regarding the African retentions in Black culture, the
evolution of Black culture and the impact of Black culture on American
society.
Women's Studies values the experiencesand perspectives of women by
placing them at the center as it branches out to critically examine women's
contributionsin life and learning. Women's Studies seeks to complement
other disciplines by expanding knowledge about women, addressing
misconceptions and raising new questions which spark further investigation. It seeks to empower students for leadership.
Women's Studies tries to be explicit about its goals and issues. It seeks to
raise awareness of diversity, to critically examine all disciplines and existing
social practices, to recover past achievements of women and encourage the
work that women now do, to expand perspectives and to provide a basis for
decision making and critical evaluation of future learning.
mi no^: Five courses which must include INS 201, three electives, one of which must
be Upper Division, and INS 495 or 499. Courses may be taken from the other ACTC
colleges as well as Augsburg. Each student's program must have the written
approval of the Women's Studies Coordinator.
INS 199 Internship in Women's Studies
INS 201
Foundations in Women's Studies
This multidisciplinary course is designed to raise awareness of women's
status and women's diversity; to critically examine disciplines and social
practices through the lens of feminist theory; to recover past achievements
of women and survey the work that women now do; to expand perspectives; and to provide a basis for critical evaluation of future learning.
INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the biological,
evolutionaryand historical origins of women's roles a i d status in human
society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in
different cultures. This comparison will include such North American
models as the Navap, 0jib;e and Iroquois; African models such as the
Pygmies and other tribal groups; the peasant societies of eastern Europe,
Mexico, the Middle East and China.
INS 265 Women in American Culture
Through discussion of works by women historians and selections from
women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other
aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of Black
and white women in American culture from the founding of the colonies
to the present. Contributions by Indian women, Chicanas and other
"invisible" women minorities will be included.
INS 281 Topics in Women's Studies
INS 311 Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives
(See Global Education Programs.)
INS 320 American Indian Women
(See American Indian Studies.)
INS 399 Internship in Women's Studies
INS 481 Topics in Women's Studies
INS 495 Women's Studies Seminar
Selected topics. Required of minors who do not elect to do an Independent Study. To be completed after the introductory course and electives.
INS 499 Independent Study
In consultationwith a faculty member and with the approval of the
Women's Studies Coordinator, a student selects a specific topic for study.
Required of minors who do not elect to participate in the seminar.
See department listings for descriptionsof the following approved electives from
other departments:
ART352 Women and Art
ENG 282 or 482 Topics in Literature: Women and Fiction
HIS 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the
20th Century
WL421 Topics in American Politics
POL459 Topics in Comparative Politics
PSY 371 Psychology of Gender
REL441 Feminism and Christianity
International Relations is an interdisciplinarymajor which offers the student
both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of seven courses
and six electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg and
other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for an
Interim or a semester. Competency in one language is required and some
students study two languages.
The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international studieswith considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin
America, the Middle East, Western Europe, the USSR, the Far East, Southeast Asia and others.
Recent students have had double majors in History, Political Science, or a
foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are
possible with the InternationalRelations major.
Norma Noonan, Director
Major: 13courses. (1) Seven required courses: ECO 112or 113, HIS 103or 104, POL
158or 160; two of the following: HIS 332, POL 363,461; POL 490; the fourth term of
college work in a modem foreign language. (2) Six of the following electives (not
more than three from any one disciplinemay be counted toward the mapr): ECO
360,495; HIS 322,323,324,440,474; PHI 355; POL 350,351,381,382,455,459; Rn
356; SOC 336; Interim courses, seminars, Independent Study, topics courses and
courses at other colleges/universities can be considered here with the approval of
the Program Direstor; fourth tern or higher of college work in a second language.
Minor:Seven courses and one year of foreign language. Required: ECO 112or 113,
E3IS 103or 104, and POL 158or 160. One course of HIS 332, POL 363 or 461. One
year of foreign language. Any three courses from the list of approved electives for
the major. Not more than two courses from any department could count toward
the minor.
Note: Only the fourth or higher term of languages counts toward the major;
prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be credited toward the 13required
courses. Students should confer with the Program Director about regional and
disciplinaryconcentrations possible within the mapr, for example, a concentration
on a geographic area or in one of the major disciplines in the program.
At least since b t e s , scholars have appreciated the value of mathematics
in developing the skills of critical thinking, understandingabstrad concepts,
and analyzing and solving problems. Coupled with the more modem needs
of quantitative reasoning, these skills are still essential for any liberally
educated person. Mathematics and computer science courses at Augsburg
are intended to help develop these skills.
1
Mathematical ideas in and of themselves have had a formative impact on
the development of civilization and the development of compute& has also
influenced modern society. To the extent that a liberal education must
include a variety of perspectives on our culture and heritage, a study of
these influences is important.
An increasingnumber of academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics and computer science. This Department
serves students majoring in a wide variety of fields.
Majors within this Department are prepared for graduate school, work in
industry or service professions, with opportunities to focus on either the
theoretical or the applied areas of their vocations. In fad, the Department
offers a concentration in applied mathematics as well as the more traditional
major. Internshipand Cooperative Education options help studentstake
advantage of Augsburg's proximity to the many technicaUy+riented enterprises in the city. Thus the Department aims to provide its own majors with
skills necessary to serve the larger community through a variety of m s .
MathematidComputer Science Faculty: Larry Ragland (Chairperson), Larry
Copes, LarryCrockett, Suzanne Dor&, Beverly Durkee, Ken Kaminsky, Noel Petit,
Beverly Stratton, Stephen Zhang
Mathematics Major: Nine courses in mathematics including MAT 145,146,245,
246,324 and three electives from MAT courses above 210, at most one of which is at
the 200 level; participation in departmental colloquium (MAT 491) during junior
and senior years. Also required: CSC 170 or CSC 270. At least two of the Upper
Division mathematics courses must be taken at Augsburg. For teaching licensure,
the three electives must be 351,373, and 441. Students wishing to become licensed
teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for other require
ments.
Mathematics Major with concentration in Applied Mathematics: Nine courses
including MAT 145,146,245,246,324 and three electives from MAT 327,328,355,
373,374, and approved topics courses (MAT 481). Also required: CSC 170 or CSC
270, PHY 121,122; participation in departmental colloquium (MAT 491) during
junior and senior years. A minimum of two Upper Division mathematics courses
must be taken at Augsburg.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall.
Independent Study at an advanced level.
Mathematics Minor: Five courses, including 145,146,245, and 246 or 247, and one
elective from MAT courses above 300. For a teaching minor the additional course
must be selected from MAT 314,328,351,373,441.
Prerequisites/PlacementExam -Before enrolling in any mathematics course the
student must have placed appropriatelyon the Augsburg Mathematics Placement
Exam, or have completed college courses equivalent to prerequisites. A course
must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite.
The Placement Exam is given during college registration sessions and at other
announced times during the year. It is required of all entering students except those
who have received a grade of C or better in a college-level mathematics course
taken at another college or who have passed the College Board Advanced Place
ment Exam. These students and those who place into Group V should consult with
the Department about appropriate courses to take.
103
Basic Mathematics
A self-paced course for students needing a review of arithmetic and
transition to algebra. Topics include integers, fractions, decimal numbers,
ratios, percents, metric system, exponents, radicals and evaluation of
algebraic expressions.Counts as one course in semester's load but does not
give credit toward graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematics
Placement Test. (kereq.:Placement Group I. P/N grading only)
104
Intermediate Algebra
A self-paced course for students needing a review of basic algebraic skills
and concepts. Topics include operations with polynomials and rational
expressions; exponents and radicals; solving linear and quadratic equations and inequalities; and graphing of linear and quadratic functions.
Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward
graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam.
(Prereq.: 103or Placement Group 11. P/N grading only)
114
Elementary Functions
A study of functions: algebraic, exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric. For students planning to take 124 or 145. Students who have completed 124 or 145 may register for credit only with consent of instructor.
(Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111)
121
Finite Mathematics
Topics of finite mathematics (combinatorics,probability, matrices, linear
programming and graph theory) of primary interest to students in the
social and behavioral sciences, business and information science. Students
who have competed MAT 171 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: 104 or
Placement Group 111)
122
Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calculus with applications in the social and
behavioral sciences. Students who have completed 124 or 145may not
register for credit. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111. )
124,125,224 Calculus I, ll, Ill
Differential and integral calculus, including calculus of several variables
and series, with applications primarily from the physical sciences,
integrated with topics from plane and solid analytic geometry. Primarily
for students in mathematics or the sciences. (Prereq.: 114 or Placement
Group IV for 124; 124for 125; 125 for 224)
131
Mathematics for the Liberal Arts
An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further
study in mathematics. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group IID
145,146 AUGMENT Mathemetics I and II
The Augsburg Mathematics Enrichment Program provides exploration of
mathematical ideas. Attention will be paid to historical and philosophical
connections and to reading, writing and thinking in mathematics.
Includes calculus concepts such as: limit, continuity, derivative, antiderivative, integral, sequences and series; and selected topics from linear
algebra, abstract algebra, number theory, probability geometry, topology,
dfnarnical systems, graph theory and combinatorics. (Prereq: 114 or
Placement Group IV for 145; 145 for 146)
171
Discrete Mathematics
Topics in discrete mathematics such as sets and logic, combinatorics,
probabfity, relations and functions, vectors and matrices, boolean algebra
and graph theory of primary interest to students in Computer Science and
Mathematics. Students who have completed MAT 121 may register for
credit only with consent of instructor. (Prereq.: Placement Group IV)
211
Number Theory
An introductory study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor)
215
Elementary Linear Algebra
A study of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations and matrices. (Prereq.: 224)
226
Differential Equations
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutionsby
special integral transforms; systems of differentialequations with matrix
algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224)
245,246 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I & II
Topics introduced in 1 6 1 4 6 are further applied, generalized and
abstracted. Emphasis is on mathematical structures, logical reasoning and
proof formats. Additional topics include: multiple variable calculus,
vectors and vector spaces and linear transformations. (Prereq.: 146 for 245;
245 for 246)
247
Introduction to Applied Mathematics
Designed primarily for applied mathematics, preengineering and
physical science majors, this course includes additional topics from vector
calculus, differentialequations, complex functions and linear algebra.
(Prereq.: 245)
299
Directed Study
Independent Stuclyfor Lower Division credit. (Pmq.: Consent of imtmctor)
Abstract Algebra
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra, such as groups,
rings, integral domains and fields. (Rereq.: 215 or 246)
Analysis
An introductionto the study of mathematical analysis. Includes a rigorous
study of mapr concepts used in the calculus and their applicationto more
abstract situations. (Prereq.: 224,246 or 247)
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
(See PHY 327)
Complex Variables
An introductionto complex numbers and functions, limits, differentiation
and integration, series, analytic functions, conformal mappings and
applications. (Rereq.: 224,246 or 247)
Modern Geometry
A study of transformational geometry including complex number
representations and applications to fractal geometry. (Prereq.: 215 or 246)
Numerical Analysis
A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of
computational problems and development of algorithms for their
solutions, applications of a procedur&riented programming language in
numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative
formulae, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems,
interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. (Prereq.: 224 or
245; CSC 170)
Probability and Statistics I
A study of the structure of modem probability, enumeration techniques,
special discrete and continuous probability distributions with applications
to statistical problems, mathematical expectation, Chebyshds inequality,
the central limit theorem. (kereq.: 224 or 245)
Probability and Statistics II
A study of sampling distributions associated with the normal and other
distributions and methods of estimation: point estimation, interval
estimation; hypothesis testing, regression and analysis of variance,
nonparametric statistics. (Prereq.: 373 or equivalent)
Internship
A combined effort of student, faculty and employer to complete a specific
task and learn in a workplace. The Internship often is under the auspices
of the Cooperative Education office as well as the Mathematics Internship
Supervisor.
Foundationsof Mathematics
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method and development of number systems.
(Prereq.: completion of or concurrent registration in 314 and either 324 or
328; or consent of instructor.)
481
Topics in Mathematics
Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract
algebra, topology, pmbability, statistics or computer science. (Prereq.: 314
and either 324 or 328; or consent of instructor.)
491
MathematicsIComputer Science Colloquium
This colloquium, which has no course credit, meets weekly to keep the
mathematics and computer science community informed about contemporary developmentsin the field and about interestingideas that don't
arise in courses. Junior and senior majors must attend, and others are
welcome. Sessions are presented by faculty members or outside visitors.
499
Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and Department.
Introductory Courses: 170,210, MAT 171 and MAT 124 or 145
Core Courses: 320,330,345,450
Computer Science B.A. Major: 11 courses including the four introductory courses,
the four core courses and three electives. The electives must be selected from MAT
355, MAT 373 and Computer Science courses above 260. At least two electives must
be selected from 270 or 271,340,352, and 445. At least two of the Upper Division
courses must be taken at Augsburg. Participation in the departmental colloquium
(CSC 491) is required for all junior and senior majors.
Computer Science B.S. Major: 16 courses including the four introductory courses;
the four core courses; 270 or 271,340,352,445, MAT 125 or MAT 146, MAT 224 or
MAT 245, MAT 215 or MAT 246, and one elective selected from MAT 355, MAT
373, and Computer Science courses above 260. At least two of the Upper Division
courses must be taken at Augsburg. Participation in the departmental colloquium
(CSC 491) is required for all junior and senior majors.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall.
Independent Study at an advanced level.
Computer Science Minor: Six courses including the four introductory courses and
any two of the four core courses.
145
Computing for the Liberal Arts
An introduction to computers, programming and computer applications,
as well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with
computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply
toward either a computer science major or minor.
Structured Programming
An introductionto computers, problem-solving, algorithm development
and programming using Pascal. This course provides a foundation for
further studies in computer science. (Prereq.: MAT 114 or MAT 121or
MAT 122or BUS 279 or Math Placement Group IV)
Data Structures
Data structures and their implementation, recursion, searching and
sorting algorithms, and continued development of programming methods
using Pascal. (Prereq.: 170. Coreq.: MAT 121or MAT 171)
Electronics
(See PHY 261.)
FORTRAN
Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the
student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done
programming in some other language. (Prereq.: 170 or another course
with a study of a programming language)
COBOL
Study of COBOL programming language. It is assumed that the student
has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in
some other language. (Prereq.: 170 or another course with a study of a
programming language)
Algorithms
A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms and tree and graph
traversal algorithms. The limitations of algorithms, the classes P and NP,
NP-complete problems, and intractable problems. (Prereq.: 210 and MAT
124or MAT 14.5)
Theory of Computation
Basic theoretical principles embodied in formal languages, automata,
computability and computational complexity. Topics include Turing
machines, Church's thesis, the halting problem and unsolvability.
(Prereq.: 210 and MAT 124 or MAT 145)
Digital Communicationsand Computer Networks
Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing
systems, network protocols and securityand general computer interfacing. (Prereq.: 210)
Principles of Computer Organization
An introductionto computer architecture, processors, operating systems,
instruction sets and assembly language programming. (Prereq.: 210)
Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organiza-
tion and security, includingthe development of an elementary database
system. (Prereq.: 210)
399
Internship
A combined effort of student, faculty and employer to complete a specific
task and learn in a workplace. The Internship often is under the auspices
of the Cooperative Education office as well as the Computer Science
Internship Supervisor.
445
Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
Elements of operating systems, memory and process management,
interactions among major components of computer systems, and a
detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating
systems. mereq.: 345)
450
Principles of Programming Languages
Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming
languages. Topics include programming language syntax and semantics,
BNF,parsing, compilers, interpreters, data structures, control structures
and the run-time environment. (Prereq.: 210)
491
MathematicsIComputer Science Colloquium
(See MAT 491.)
495
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in
other courses. This course may be repeated when the topics vary. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor)
499
Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and Department.
METRDUANSTUDIES
(INS)
Metro-Urban Studies is a tramdisciplinary major and minor taught by
faculty in sociology, economics, history, political science, psychology and
other related disciplines. The Metro-Uhan Studiesprogram seeks to blend
classroom and field experience, theory and Internships which focus the
content of liberal learning on the metropolitan community and the process
of urbanization.
The M-Urban
Studiesmapr and minor a~ designed to provide underpduate pqaration forpostgraduate studiesin planning,&kchmI law, public
..
admmstmtion, environmental studies, social
government, community
organkition and theology. 7he program and collegewideurban mpkment
introduce studentsto the wide e e t y of developing mdated to urt.>an and
metropolitan affairs,equipping studentswith the analytical and theoreticaltmls
n q m e d to understand the metropolitancommunity.
Cooperative Education and Internships are available as ways to enhance the
quality of the major and make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan
opportunities afforded by the College's location The Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA)and Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC) enrich the overall program
Metro-Urban Studies Faculty:Garry W. Hesser (Director, SOO, Andrew Aoki
(POL), Robert Clyde, Norman Ferguson (PSY)
Major: 13 courses including POL 122 and 421; PSY 356; SOC 211 and 381; an
approved Urban History course; SOC 362 or ECO 279; SOC 363 or POL 484;an
Internship (399);and any four approved urban-related c o w . HECUA offcampus programs are highly recommended, especiallythe MUST Twin Cities
program. Students interested in graduate school are encouraged to take ECO 113
Principles of Micrc-Economics.
Minor: Three lower level Urban Studies courses, two of which must be POL 122 and
SOC 211; and two upper division courses from the following:POL 421; PSY 356; SOC
381 or Internship (399), with the Internship highly recommended where appropriate.
Other combinations are feasible if approved by the Director of the Program.
199
lnternship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty.memberand
site supervisor design a learning apmnent which enables the student to
exploremetro-urban studies as a mapr and consider its career alternatives.
Participationin a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of
the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regardjig requirements and permission to
register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by
registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Wee.
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division students (Prereq.: consent of
instructor and POL 122 or SOC 211)
399
lnternship
A work-based learning experiencein which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of metmurban studies with the opportunities inherent in the
placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the
beginning of the terrn/registration, interested students should consult
with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements
and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
b
-
498
lndependent Study Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course which a student (or group of students)
develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of
resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. ledures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is
designed in consultation with and evaluated by a Department faculty
member. (Prereq.:POL 122 or SOC 211 and consent of instructor)
499
lndependent Study
Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives
and methodology of the proposed study according to Department
guidelines. (Prereq.:
POL 484 or SOC 363 and consent of instructor)
URBAN STUDIES~ O N THROUGH
S
HEWA
Augsburg co-foundedand plays a leading role in the Higher Education
Consortiumfor Urban Affairs (HECUAIIa consortiumof 17 colleges and
universities.Augsburg's Metro-Urbandirector served as its president from
1982 to 1987. Through HECUA, Augsburg studentshave access to five
interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional qualityI located in
ScandinaviaISouth AmericaI Central America and the Twin Cities.
This program focuses upon the Twin Cities metro area.
358
Reading Seminar: Diversity and Unequal Urban Development
Interdisciplinary readings conned experiences and direct observation
with theory and research on the impact of race, class and gender on social
inequality and unequal urban development. Competingtheories and
strategies for urban and neighborhood development are examined and
assessed in the context of dominant ideology and perspectives of people
who challengeit.
359
Field Seminar: Urban Inequality and Social Change
Concrete conditions of life and community issues in different neighborhoods provide varying -at times competing-views on the Twin Cities
"civic ideology." Field observations, dialogue with residents, interviews
and oral history provide data to identify inequality and to assess theories
and strategies for explaining and overcoming it.
399
Internships (2 credits)
Internshipsplace students with sponsoring organizations that provide
supervised work experience for a minimum of 24 hours a week
Coursework also includes readings, seminar discussion, field assignments
and writing to meet the objectives of the internship.
n. SGWDINAVIAN
URBAN
STUDIES
TERM(SUST)
This interdisciphary field learning program is at the University of Oslo and
examines cities and urban life in Scandinavia.
372
Norwegian Language
Intensivelanguage instruction at beginning or intermediate levels, with
emphasis on conversational listening and speaking skills. Students with
advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of studying
Norwegian literature.
Note: For Language credit the student should consult with the Chairperson of the Foreign Language Department.
377
Scandinavia in the World
Global perspedives of Scandinavian societies. Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints as small power nations in a world of super powers and
their role in issues of peace, conflict resolution and arms control, EastWest relations, European security, trade and the Thii World. Emphasis
on Norway with field travel to Scandinavian capitals and to Leningrad for
discussionswith advocates of competing perspectives.
393
Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectiveson Social Change
Social change and issues of change and development in Norway as
reflected in its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian
history with emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits
(theaters, museums, galleries) and discussions with artists active in a
variety of media.
394
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
Examination of urban economic, social and cultural policies and practices
as a reflection of issues of the modem welfare state and social democracies. Includes historical survey of transformationsfrom rural and regional
cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on
Norway, with field travel to Scandinavian capitals for a comparative
perspective.
499
Independent Study
Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option
of conducting Independent Study research, using Norwegian language
skills, on a topic approved by the SUST Program Director and the
appropriatehome college faculty adviser.
III.SOUTH
AMERICAN
URBAN
SEMEER (SAUS)
This "semester in the city" program is located in either Quito, Ecuador, or
Bogota, Colombia. It focuses upon urbanization and developmentin the
Third World.
261
Spanish Language
All students take Spanish at the intermediate level or conduct an Independent Study if they are at an advanced level (see below). Language
emphasizes acquisition of skills for maximum participation in SAUS
program and field work.
361
Introduction to Latin America
Overview of Latin American geography, history, economy, politics,
culture and arts with emphasis on program sites as case studies. Focus on
economic development issues, theories and models applicable to Latin
America.
362
Urbanization in Latin America
The development of cities and implicationsfor social change in Latin
America. Topics include history of cities, rural-urban migration, industrialization, environmental issues, govenunental policies'and urban elites.
Models and theories of urbanization and development are compared and
applied to Latin America.
363
Wealth, Poverty and Community Development
The plight and prospects of the urban poor in Latin America. Emphasis on
field study in bamo communities and site visits to public and private
agenciesdealing with urban problems.
499
Independent Study
Studentswith advanced Spanish a= required to prepare an Independent
Study research paper. Depending on the topic and resources required,
supervision by a professional at a local college or research institution or by
SAUS faculty.
N.CITY ARE
This program studies the politics of artistic expression and the relationship
between emerging art and urban cultures. Minneapolis-St. Paul provides
rich sources for the program.
330
Field Seminar: Emerging Art and Urban Cultures
Exploration of the life experiences and works of artists, cultural workers
and community organizers for understanding the difkrencesbetween
formal institutional art and community-based art forms. Interviews and
participant observation at arts performances and cultural events.
331
The Politics of Artistic Expression
Study of the social and cultural history of urban art, the role of art and
culture in everyday life, and the relationship between intellectual discourse and the politics of cultural work. Readings, films and discussions
integrate aesthetic theory and artistic expression with issues of social
change and activism.
399
Internships (2 Credits)
Internshipsinvolve participation in an ongoing project with an individual
artist, community organizer, art group or organization for the purpose of
learning about life and work in that setting. The form and placement
varies with each student's goals, needs and experiences.
A Spring semester interdisciplinaryprogram that examines relationships
among literature, ideology and society and how these shape perceptions of
socialrealities.
360
Latin American Literature: Perspectiveson Social Change
Study of selected literary works that illustrate s d &ties and express a
variety of perspectives on Latin American societies and social change.
Historical survey of the dominant trends in Latin American thought as
manikted in major artistic periods.
364
Latin American Arts and Society
Introduction to theoretical frameworks for examining the relationships
among art, ideology and society. Intensive readings include works by
theorists from Europe, the U.S. and Latin America.
367
Ideologies of Social Change in Latin America
Theories of ideology and overview of Latin American ideologies related to
development and social change. Emphasis on current debates and their
implications, with special attention to ideologies of diffusion, dependencia
and Marxism.
499
Independent Study
All students prepare an Independent Study paper on a topic and design
approved in advance. Topics can include Latin American literature and
others appropriate for Spanish language credit.
(See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies (INS)).In the ACTC Class
Schedule, Minority Studies courses are listed under Ethnic Studies.
Music has the power to move and change us. Whether we experience music
as a listener, teacher or performer, it adds a significant and satisfying
dimension to our lives. As a college of the church, Augsburg celebrates the
study of music as one of the @Is of God. Music in the Christian liberal arts
setting reflects Augsburg's mission of educating the whole person.
The Music Department at Augsburg College offers courses in music and
music performance to give students access to this essential aspect of human
history and culture. In addition, all students of the College community have
the opportunity of participating in choral and instrumental ensembles
which perform locally, nationally and internationally.
Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of
Schools of Music. The Music Department serves the general education
needs of students and offers professional training in music. The Music major
combines a broad education in the liberal arts with preparation for a wide
range of graduate and professional opportunities. Studentsmay choose
from among four maprs in three degree programs: Bachelor of Arts-Music
Major; Bachelor of Music-Performance Major; Bachelor of Music-Music
Education Major, and Bachelor of Science-Music Therapy Major.
In addition to opportunitiesas professional musicians, teachers of music, and
music therapists, graduates have access to a wide variety of careers. Leaders
in the professions and business regard a liberal arts mapr as an excellent
preparation for satisfymgand effective service in many occupational areas.
I
1
Music Faculty: Thomas Rossin (Chairperson), Trudi Anderson, Laine Bryce, John
Dunham, Stephen Gabrielsen, Andy Heglund, Mary Homzaniecki, Kenneth Huber,
Robert Karlkn, Merilee Klemp, Nicholas Lenz,Cynthia Lohman, Steven Lund,
Charles McDonald, Roberta Metzler, Celeste (YBrien, Gordon W. Olson, Lila Olson,
Sandra Powers, Nicholas Raths, Robert Stacke, George Stahl, Angela Wyatt
Music Coordinato~Mary Ella Pratte
Entrance Procedures: Freshmen will enroll in the regular Bachelor of Arts program.
Those wishing to become Bachelor of Music candidates must perform (LevelI1
repertoire) in their mapr performance medium for a faculty panel. They must then
apply, by petition, to the Department before the end of their second semester of
study. Candidate approval is necessary to register for B.M. level performance studies.
Freshmen who wish to be considered for a Freshman Performance Scholarshipmust
have the recommendation of their ensemble director or private lesson instructor.
Transfer students may enter the B.M. program on probation, s u b j j to Departmental approval of a performance hearing and petition during their first semester in
residence. All transfer students must take the theory placement examination at the
first class meeting of MUS 101 or 102.
Music Education majors must apply, by petition, to the Department during the
sixth term of study. Additionally, Music Education majors must apply to the
Education Department for acceptance into the music education licensure program.
Departmental approval and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses are
necessary for the education licensure program.
All other music major and minor candidates must apply, by petition, to the
Department prior to registration for Upper Division courses.
Auditions for memberships in ensembles are scheduled, followingapplication,
during summer orientation sessions or at another time preceding initial registration, or during the first week of the school year.
Honors Major: Candidates for the honors program are nominated each spring from
among those juniors who have attained a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses. A
faculty committee must approve the candidate's honors project proposal and
certify successful completion. The following possibilities are indicative of acceptable projects: senior thesis and its defense; an additional senior recital of graduate
quality; composition of a work for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble; conducting
an ensemble concert; or combinations of the above. Consult the Music Department
Student Handbook for more information.
Core Curriculum (requiredof all majors): 101,102,111,112,201,211,231,232,311,
312,341,342 or 344; eight quarter courses in a major ensemble; Performance Studies
and recital quirements as given under each specific degree and major. (See
Applied Music section.) French or German study as stated in general education
requirements.
Bachelor of Arts
Music Major: Offers the broadest education in liberal arts and prepares the student
for the greatest range of graduate, business and professional opportunities.
Students who intend to pursue non-performance graduate study, or desire to enter
one of the many music-related business fields of employment, most often choose
this course of study.
Requirements: 13course credits: Core curriculum plus one course credit of music
elective; Performance Studies -six quarter courses and two half courses in the major
instrument or voice, two quarter courses in the minor jnstrument or voice and a half
senior recital (Music 458); keyboard proficiency and passing three Music Repertoire
tests.Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for more information.
Requirements for the Music Minor: Six course credits: 101,102,111,112; 231 or
232; 341; 342 or 344;four consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble concurrent with four quarter courses in Performance Studies.Music minors must pass one
Music Repertoire test.
Bachelor of Music
Music Education Major: Offers students the preparation necessary to become
teachers of music in the public schools. This preparation includes coursework
which allows the student to become certified to teach at the elementarythrough the
secondary levels.
Requirements: 17 course credits: Core curriculum plus 202,212; Performance
Studies -two quarter courses, four half courses, two full courses in the mapr
instrument or voice; two quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; a half
junior recital (MUS 358) and a full senior recital (MUS 459); improvisation compe
tency on mapr instrument or voice; keyboard proficiency, passing three Music
Repertoire tests, and achieving a cumulative GPA of 2 5 in all music courses and in
the major performance medium.
Vocal emphasis -MUS 251,252,253,254,435
Instrumental emphasis -MUS 151,155, and one course credit of music elective
Other requirements:10 and onehalf course credits: HPE 114,115; PSY 105; EDS
265,354,355,356,357 or 358,388,478,481,482,483. Consult the Education Department, Music Department Student Handbook and program adviser.
Music Performance Major: Designed for students who display advanced compe
tence and achievement in music performance. This degree program is chosen by
students who wish to become professional performers, private instructors, or who
intend to pursue a graduate degree in music performance.
Requirements: 20 course credits: Core cumculum plus 202,212; Performance
Studies-two quarter courses and six full courses in the mapr instrument or voice;
two quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; full junior and senior recitals
358,459; keyboard proficiencytest, passing three Music Repertoire tests and
achieving a cumulativeGPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major performance medium. Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for more
information.
Vocal Emphasie MUS 251,252,253,254,435, one course of music elective, two
courses of French or German above the B.A. requirements.
Piano or Organ Emphasis- 301,302,436,456, one-half course credit of music
elective.
Instrumental Emphasis MUS 301,302, one and onehalf course credits of music
electives.
Bachelor of Science
Music Therapy Major: Fulfills academic and clinical requirements for registration
with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and prepares students for
the professional certification examination developed by the Certification Board for
Music Therapists. This course of study is chosen by students who wish to become
registered music therapists.
Requirements: 18course credits: Core curriculum plus one course credit of music
elective; two of 151,155,156; 271,274,275,372,373,374,375,472,473,474,475,479;
Performance Studies -six quarter courses in the mapr instrument or voice, two
quarter COW
in the minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458;
keyboard proficiency, guitar proficiency, passing three Music Repertoire tests, and
achieving a minimum grade of 2.5 in each music therapy course. Other require
ments: EDS 282,356,357,358; PSY105,362; BIO 103; SOC 362 or PSY264. Graduates are eligible to take the National Association for Music Therapy certification
examination.
Applied Music
Ensembles (MUD:
One quarter course credit per semester is granted to members
of mapr ensembles (MUE 111,112,121,141). Other ensembles carry no credit.
Traditional grading is required for music maprs and minors in ensemble courses.
The general student may register for credit with either traditional or P/N grading,
or may choose no credit status with audit (V) designation. A maximum of two
course credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation requirements.
Performance Studies for credit:Four synergistic elements are required -lessons,
jury examination at end of each semester, performance workshop, and listening
attendance at concerts, recitals and performance workshops).
Areas of Concentrations
The music mapr/minor student must declare an area of concentration. A secondary area, required of Music Education students, necessitates additional lessons, jury
examination and performance.
Lessons: Private instruction in voice, piano, organ and any instrument is available
for all students in the following categories:
No credit -one half-hour lesson and three hours of practice per week.
One quarter course credit -one half-hour lesson and four hours of practice per
week
One half course credit -two half-hour lessons and eight hours of practice per
week
One course credit -two half-hour lessons and twelve hours of practice per
week.
Performances: All students registered in PerformanceStudies for credit must
perform each year in a general student recital, at the end of each semester for a
faculty panel, and additional performances as required by the instructor.
Listening: All students registered in Performance Studies for credit are required to
attend eight designated music events during each semester. Failure to attend the
required number of Faculty Artist Series recitals, mapr ensemble concerts, or other
designated music events is a factor in determining the final grade received in
Performance Studies. Music maprs must pass a total of three Music Repertoire
tests; music minors must pass one. (Consult the Music Department Student
Handbook for contents of Music Repertoire tests.)
Recitals: A committee composed of the student's teacher and two other music
faculty members will determine the final grade for all recitals and will conduct a
prerecital hearing for senior B.M. Performance Major recitals. Concurrent registration in Performance Studies in the major performance medium is required for
recital performance.
Students should carefully read the Music Department Student Handbook and
consult continually with their applied teacher. The following guidelines provide an
outline of requirements and procedures which must be followed by all recitalists.
Departmental Sponsorship
Recitals required for the fulfillment of the BM., BA., or B.S. degree requixements or
Honors Major will be sponsored by the Music Department. Other student recitals
may be departmentally sponsored.
Duration and Repertoire Level
All departmentally sponsored recitals must be representative of the academic
guidelines set forth in the College Catalog and Repertoire Lists available in the
Music Department.
1.B.M. degree junior recitals (MUS358) will be one-half hour in duration, and will
be at repertoire Level 111for Music Education majors and one hour in duration at
Level IV for Music Performance majors.
2. B.M. degree senior recitals (MUS 459) will be one hour in duration at repertoire
Level IV for Music Education majors and one hour in duration at Level V for Music
Performance majors.
3. B.A. and B.S. degree senior recitals (MUS458) will be one-half hour in duration at
repertoire Level 111.
Keyboard Proficiency: B.A., B.M. and B.S. candidates must demonstrate elementary keyboard familiarity by passing the Piano Proficiency test. (Consult the Music
Department Student Handbook for contents of Piano Proficiency test.)
Many music courxs are offered in alternate years. Consult the ACTC Class
Schedule or the Music Department for course offeringsin each term.
Theory
101
Materials of Music 1 (112 course)
Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of
part writing.
102
Materials of Music 11 (112 course)
Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants and simple modulations.
Aural Skills 1 (1/2 course)
Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight
singing and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in 101. (Prereq.:
concurrent registration in or completion of 101)
Aural Skills 11 (1/2 course)
Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in 102.
(Prereq.: 111and concurrent registration in or completion of 102)
Materials of Music 111 (1/2 course)
Continuation of 102with chromatic harmony and modulation. (Prereq.:
102)
Form and Analysis (1/2 course)
Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th
Century practice. (Prereq.: 201)
Aural Skills 111 (1/2 course)
Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in 201.
(Prereq.: 112and concurrent registration in or completion of 201)
Aural Skills IV (1/2 course)
Further developmentof listening skills to parallel progress in 202.
(Prereq.: 211 and concurrent registration in or completion of 202)
Counterpoint 1 (1/2 course)
16th through 18th Century contrapuntal techniques including double
counterpoint, pasacaglia, fugue and canon. (Prereq.: 201,211)
Counterpoint 11 (1/2 course)
Study of contemporarycounterpoint including works of Soenberg,
Bartok, Hidemith, Stravinskyand Carter. (Prereq.: 301)
Composition 1 (1/2 course)
Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of
sound,ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. Simple
forms and tonal harmonic materials are employed.
Composition 11 (1/2 course)
Advanced arranging for vocal and instmental ensembles of varying
sizes and types. Contemporarytechniques, atonal systems and larger
forms are studied and used.
Basic Conductlng (1/2 course)
Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique. Score
analysis and preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature.
Choral Conducting (1/2 course)
Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection.
Advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir.
344
InstrumentalConducting (112 course)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature. Advanced
conductingtechniques. Organization of instrumental ensembles.
History and Literature
130
Introductionto Music in the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For
non-music majors.
230
Electronics in Music
Ekploration and creation of sounds heard in 20th Century music. The
study and application of practical eledronictechnology used in music will
be combined with aesthetic considerations in the creative aspects of the
art. For non-music majors.
231
History and Literature of Music I
A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.:112,
201)
232
History and Literature of Music II
Continuation of 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.:112,201)
330
Ethnic Music
Hispanic, Black, Indian, Asian and other ethnic music and its cultural
relationship. For the general as well as the music student.
The following four half courses a~ extensive studies of special eras in the history of
music. (Prereq.:231,232)
331
Music of the Baroque Era (1/2 course)
332
Music of the Classical Period (1/2 course)
333
Music of the Romantic Period (112 course)
334
Music of the 20th Century (112 course)
432
Church Music and Worship
Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemp*
rary worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and
theology student.
435
Voice Repertoire (1I2 course)
Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th
Century to the present. (Prereq.: 231,232)
436
Piano Repertoire (112 course)
Study of the piano literature from the 17th Century to the present by
listening, analyzing and performing. (Prereq.:231,232)
498
lndependent Study (1/2 course )
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the
Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval
by the faculty.
499
lndependent Study
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the
Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval
by the faculty.
Technique
151,152 Voice Methods (114 course)
Fundamentals of tone production and singing.
155,156 Piano Methods (1I4 course)
Basic keyboard familiarity,simple accompaniment and music reading
skills necessary to meet specific degree requirements. (Prereq.: MUS 101)
157,158 Guitar Methods (114 course)
Beginning techniques of classic guitar.
251
English Diction (114 course)
Fundamental course in correct standard English diction for singing.
Familiarization with the International Phonetic Alphabet. Open to all
students rqjstered for vocal instruction.
The following three quarter courses are continuations of 251 with application for
the Italian, German and French languages.
252
Italian Diction (1I4 course)
(Prereq.:251)
253
German Diction (114 course)
(Prereq.:251)
254
French Diction (114 course)
(Prereq.: 251)
358
Junior Recital
B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level III for Music Education Majors; full recital at Level IV for Music Performance majors. No
course credit.
456
Piano Pedagogy (1/2 course)
Principles, methods, materials and techniques for teaching piano. Survey
of various pedagogical schools of thought. (Prereq.: consent of instructor.)
458
Senior Recftal
Half recital by BA. or B.S. candidates at repertoire Level 111. No course
d t .
459
Senior Recital (1 12course credit)
B.M. candidates only. Recital must be preceded by a prerecital hearing by
faculty committee.Repertoire Level IV for Music Education majors and
Level V for Music Performance maprs.
Therapy
110
Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview
A survey of the music therapy programs in Minnesota, with field trips to
various institutions. An introductory course for the freshmen and
sophomores consideringmusic therapy as a major to give students a
broad background in the ways in which music is used as a therapy.
(Interim only)
271
Music Therapy Techniques and Materials (112 course)
Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Schulwerk, applicationsof
recreational music activities to cliical settings.
274,275 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
372
Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis
on acoustics and sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding
of the research process and developmentof an experimental research
project.
373
Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a
multidisciplinaryapproach to music therapy. Theories of learning music,
musical talent, and performance.
374,375 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
472
Influence of Music on Behavior
A study of human behavior as it relates to music, with emphasis on
psychological, cultural and biological aspects of musical behavior.
Understanding of the theory of music therapy.
473
Music Therapy Senior Seminar
Class discussionsof theories and research as they apply to therapeutic
settings including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to
therapy with music.
474,475 Music Therapy Practicums (114 course each)
Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, two
hours per week. (Prenq.:three of 274,275,374,375)
479
Music Therapy Clinical Internship (112 course)
Full-time placement in an NAMT Internship setting for six months.
Application for Internship sites must be made nine months in advance.
Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements)
These musical organizationsexist not only for the benefit of the music
student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is
determined by audition during the first week of Fall semester or by arrange
ment with the ensenibledirector. Assignment to an ensemble is then made
at the discretion of the appropriate faculty. Membership is for the entire
academic year which, on occasion, includesInterim.
While the Department strongly encourages both formal and informal
ensemble experience, only membership in Band, Orchestra, Choir or Chapel
Choir will satisfy the major, minor or distribution/general education
requirements. Instruments are available for rent.
111 Augsburg Choir (114 course)
112 Chapel Choir (Y4 course)
114 Advent Vespers Choir (0)
121 Orchestra (Y4 course)
122 String Ensemble (0)
131Woodwind Ensemble (0)
141 Concert Band (Y4 course)
142 Brass Ensemble (0)
143 Jazz Ensemble (0)
Private instruction for credit is graded traditionally. All areas of study are
available to the non-music major or minor. AU lessons are adapted to the
individual needs of the student and those bearing credit are supplemented
by accompanying, ensemble participation and other performances. Repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate levels of achievement and the following
expectations:No-credit study has no repertoire requirements; Music Minor
-Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors -Enter I and attain III; B.M. Education
Major -Enter I1 and attain IV;B.M. Performance Major -Enter 11 and
attain V.
l l x Voice
14x Brass: Trumpet, Trombone,Baritone, Tuba
12x Strings: Violin, Viola, Cello,
15x Piano
Bass
13x Woodwinds: Oboe,Bassoon,
Clarinet, Saxophone, Flute
Recorder, Horn
4
16x Guitar
Percussion
18x Organ
19x Harp
Note carefully the following provisions:
1.Performance study registration occurs the first week of classes.
2. Senior music maprs who have attained a cumulative GPA average of 3.0 in their
mapr instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarshipwhich
provides for free lessons in that mapr medium during the two semesters preceding
graduation. Similar scholarships are available to entering freshmen.
3. A semester of study is 14 weeks of lessons and coaching. Any lessons during the
Interim or Summer are arranged privately with the teacher.
4. A student who cannot attend a scheduled lesson is required to notify the teacher
at least 24 hours in advance; otherwise, except for illness immediately prior to a
lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson.
5. Credit is granted only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College
Music Department.
The Natural Science Licensure program for teachers is designed to provide
strong preparation for science teaching and to satisfy Minnesota licensure
requirements.
The program of courses is designed to provide a broad, basic background in
science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs
assume that the student will meet the distribution/general education
requirements of the College, the requirements for appropriate majors,the
courses required in the Department of Education and, in the physical
sciences, have at least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of
Education for requirements in Education. Early consultation with adviser is
essential.
Arlin Gyberg, Coordinator
Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved
the licensure program for science teachers and authorized Augsburg to recommend
candidates in:
Life Science, grades 7-12
Life Science (minor), grades 7-12
Physical Science (Chemistry major or Physics major), grades 7-12
Chemistry (minor),grades 7-12
Physics (minor), grades 7-12
Middle School Science, grades 5 9
Broad Base Requirement: Seven courses: two in Earth Science (Astronomy or
Meteorology, Geology), two in General Biology, three in Physical Science (Physics
for the Life Sciences or a year of General Physics, and two courses of General
Chemistry).
Biology Major (For licensure in L
ife Science):The Broad Base requirement plus
eight courses: seven BIO courses, including 491 and at least one from each of the
following p u p s : 0351 (Invertebrate Zoology) or 353 (Comparative Vertebrate
Zoology), (ID 355 (Genetics) or 474 (DevelopmentalBiology), (III)361 (Plant
Biology) or 481 (Ecology), (W) 471 (Cellular Biology) or 473 (Animal Physiology),
(V) 440 (Plant Physiology)or 476 (Microbiology),and one course in Organic
Chemistry.
Chemistry Major (For licensure in Physical Science):The graduation major in
Chemistry: CHM 115,116 (GeneralChemistry) (or 105,106), 351,352 (Organic
Chemistry), 353 (QuantitativeAnalytical Chemistry), 361 (PhysicalChemistry), 363
(PhysicalChemistry Laboratory), one Advanced Chemistry course, and Chemistry
Seminar.In addition, a year of General Physics and two additional physics courses
above General Physics. Modern Physics and Electronics are recommended.
Physics Major (For licensure in Physical Science): The graduation major in Physics:
PHY 121,122 (General Physics), 245 (ModernPhysics), 351 (MechanicsI), 362
(Electromagnetic F'ields I), 395 (ComprehensiveLaboratory) and three additional
courses to be selected from 261 (Electronics),352 (MechanicsII), 363 (Electromagnetic Fields 11), 481 (Thermal Physics), 486 (Quantum Physics D, and 488 (Quantum
Physics II). In addition, a year of General Chemistry and one course each of Organic
Chemistry and Analytical Chemistry.
Licensure with Minor: For Life Science, Broad Base Requirement plus seven
courses in Biology; for Chemistry, the Chemistry minor-and an additional Upper
Division course; for Physics, the Physics Minor plus one additional course above
PHY 122.
Science (For Middle School Licensure -grades 5-9): Broad Base Requirement and
an additional seven Natural Science courses, two in Earth Science (Meteorology
and Mineralogy or equivalent), two Biology courses above General Biology, and
three in Physical Science, at least one each in Chemistry and Physics above the level
of General Chemistry or General Physics.
Note: This is not a Natural Science major; it is a program for licensure. Students
must still complete a college major.
Professional nursing is a scholarly discipline that offers a unique service to
individuals, families and communities as they pursue goals to promote,
maintain or restore their health. This service, as defined by the profession, is
the diagnosis and treatment of human responses to actual or potential
health problems.
The xope of professional nursing practice is changing and expanding.
Nurses are being called on to function in a variety of settings that differ
from those in the past. Today nurses work not only in hospitals and clinics
but in corporations, government agencies, communities and their own
independent practices; they are direct care-givers, researchers, teachers,
leaders, managers, administrators and consultants.
The expanding practice of professional nursing mpkes practitioners who
are liberally educated in the humanities, in the natural and social sciences
and in nursing theory and methodology, and who are critical thinkers and
ethical decision-makers.The nursing major, informed by study in the liberal
artstradition and nursing theory, process, and research, prepares registered
nurses for professional practice based on knowledge, reasoned inquiry and
professional values.
Augsburg's nursing program, leading to a Bachelor of Science degree with a
major in Nursing, is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for Public Health Nurse registration
in Minnesota. With one additional course, they are eligible to apply for
School Nurse certification.
Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate
degree or diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade point
average of 25; a w e n t license to practice as a registered nurse in the state
of Minnesota; and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or
biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition,
introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take
these courses at Augsburg or another accredited college or university prior
to admission to the nursing major. The prerequisite courses in sociology,
psychology, English, chemistry and biology listed above may apply toward
distribution/general education requirements as well as toward admission to
the major. All prerequisite courses must be taken using the traditional
grading system and must have been completed at the 2.0 level or above.
Courses with grades below 2.0 must be repeated or challenged satisfactorily.
In addition, applicants must validate their theoretical knowledge via written
testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given at Augsburg
through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of
current nursing clinical practice within the past five years. This may include
1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work experience, or 3) completion
of a nursing refresher course, or an acceptableequivalent
All students are required to take the NLN Baccalaureate Comprehensive
Examination during the last semester of their senior year.
Nursing Department Faculty: Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Marian Enos, Sharon
Ostwald, Pamela Weiss-Faman, Teri Welcher
Major: 10 courses in Nursing including 305,306,310,311,330,350,403, 404,423,
427; an approved Upper Division science course; and an ethics course, either PHI
380 or REL 483. A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and the required
science and ethics courses, and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the completion of the
Level I and Level I1 courses of study are required.
Courses in the Nursing major are offered on weekends with clinical courses requiring
additional weekday time. The courses are designed so that the mapr may be
completed within three years. However, more time may be required to complete the
total course of study depending on the number of d t s transferred from other
colleges or universities.Studentsin nursing may take non-nursing courses in both
day school and Weekend College. Students interested in pursuing the Nursing mapr
should consult with an adviser from the Nursing Department for program planning.
Honors Major: GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall; applicationto the
Department Chairperson by November 1of the senior year; recommendation by
Nursing faculty; honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee by April
15. Candidates register for 499 to complete the thesis.
305
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication
This is a transitional course that introduces the componentsof the pro&
sional role and begins the professional wcialkation process. The
communicative process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse
client relationship is negotiated. Interactive, group, and learning theories are
explored for their applicabilityto changing professional ro1'es and practice.
A teaching project is required. (Rereq. or current enrollment: an a p
proved Upper Division science class)
306
Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing
An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in the process of
professional development is provided in this course. The function of
theory in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected nursing
conceptual models are studied and their application to practice is examined using the nursing process format. Clinical application of a holistic
health assessment is required. (kereq.:305)
310
Community Health Nursing I
This course focuseson community health delivery systems and the
practice of public health nursing. Concepts of health are examined as they
apply to current community health problems and issues. Clinical application of course content includes the assessment of an elderly person and
definition of a framework for the assessment of a specific community.
Ethical issues related to community health decision-making with aggre
gate groups are explored. (Prereq.: 330)
Community Health Nursing II: Practicum*
This course provides a clinical experiencein the practice of public health
nursing in which the student provides direct care to culturally diverse
clients and groups. The student will provide care to both disease and
disability and health promotion clients. The student will analyze a specific
community system and the community's provision of health related
s e ~ c e s(Prereq.:
.
310)
Trends and Issues in Nursing
This course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the
professional nurse. Contemporary economic, social, political and professional trends and issues are explored in relation to their implications for
nursing practice. (Prereq.: 306; PHI 380 or REL 483 or concurrent enrollment)
Introduction to Nursing Research
The research process and the methods appropriate to nursing are emphasized in this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored.
Students critique nursing research for its applicability to nursing practice.
(Prereq.: 330)
Contemporary Nursing Ill: Families
This course provides a theoretical basis for nursing of culturally diverse
families throughout the life span. Content includes family as a social
system and explores theories related to family structure and functioning
as well as families with psychosocial problems. Consideration is given to
the role of the nurse in family health care. (Prereq.: 350. To be taken prior
to or concurrentlywith 423.)
Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management
This course provides a theoretical basis for leadership and management as
emerging professional nurse roles. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and
advocacy provide the basis for role development and professionalism.
(Prereq.:403)
Practicum In Nursing I: Nursing of the Family*
This is a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunityto apply
content from 403 in providing nursing care to complex families in a
selected practice setting. (Prereq.: 403 or concurrent enrollment)
Practicum in Nursing II: Leadership and Management*
This clinical practicum utilizes knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected
practice setting. (Prereq.: 404)
Topics in Nursing
This course is designed to provide in-depth exploration of selected topics
in nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the needs and
interests of the students and faculty. (Prereq.: Senior standing or consent
of instructor. On demand)
499
Independent Study
This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study
a selected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and
submit written study proposals, objectives and methods of evaluation
prior to registration.
*If the pracficums in nursing me not taken concurrently with their respectice theory
courses, students me required to consult zvithfaculty prior to registration regarding reztiezv
of the theoretical content.
The Philosophy Department assists students to understand issues raised in
the traditional areas of philosophy. To this end, we consider problems of
knowledge and questions of truth, the nature of reality, the basis of values
and rules for correct reasoning. Our goals am to instill in students a love of
truth, to inspire a curiosity about the sipficance and meaning of the world
they experience and to develop the skills of critical analysis and creative
synthesis.
The liberal arts curriculum provides an opportunity for students to explore
different aspects of the world from a variety of perspectives or disciplines.
Philosophy plays a central role in the liberal arts by encouraging students to
explore questions about themselves, human experience, right and wrong,
the world and God.Ekpmng with two Somatic principles: "The
unexamined life is not worth living" and l'Know yourself," the study of
philosophy assists students in the realization of their unique potential for
understanding and self-fulfillment
Four courses in the history of philosophy -begmmng with the ancient
Greeks and Romans and continuing through the Medieval and the Renaissance periods to the present -form the core of the philosophy program. In
these courses students are taught how to read, understand and criticize
great texts of Western civilization.
In addition, students have the opportunity to explore the relation of philosophy to other disciplines and to take advanced seminarsin special topics.
This major has been carefully planned so that students can easily have two
majors. Though some majors go on to graduate school in philosophy, most
use the major to prepare for other professional studies such as law, medicine
or the Christian ministry. Many enter the marketplace, confident that the
study of philosophy has given them the ability to think critically.
I
Philosophy Faculty: Bruce Reichenbach (Chaiierson), David Apolloni, Kenneth
Bailey, Mark Fuehrer, Paul Holmer
Major: Nine courses, including 230,241,242,343,344, and a course in the 400s
(other than 499). Five of the courses must be Upper Division.
Honors Major: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the Philosophy faculty.Such recommendations will be made at the end of
the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic
of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of
this thesis before the faculty of the Department.
Minor: Five courses including two from 241,242,343, and 344.
I
110
Introduction to Philosophy
Though each person has his or her own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely
have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency,
adequacy or truth. One reason for this is that individuals lack the needed
skills. Another is that they may have had little opportunityto examine
critically some of the ideas basic to Western culture. The purpose of this
course is to provide the student with some experience in examining ideas
and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to
evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs.
120
Ethics
Ethics studies our moral beliefs, helping studentsto consider the basis
which they use to make moral judgments. The course explores the rnapr
philosophical approachesto evaluating moral actions and then applies
these approaches to contemporary personal and social moral issues. This
enables students to be aware of the nature of value disputes, the different
perspectives taken and the reasoning used to resolve them. Throughout
the course Christian ethics will inform our considerations. Students taking
120 may not take 125.
125
Ethics and Human Identity
This course is a philosophical study of the role of human understanding,
feelings and action with respect to the pursuit of happiness. We begin by
asking what the end or purpose of human life is, assessing the role of
reason, will and passion with respect to this end, and then deciding on the
moral and intellectual virtues required to reach the end. The topic of
friendship and human loves is investigated next. The course ends with an
analysis of human happiness. Students taking 125 may not take 120.
230
Logic
Students learn to distinguish arguments from exposition. Then they learn
the rules which govern valid arguments and develop their ability to
recognize and construct sound arguments. The last part of the course
focuses on inductive reasoning.
241
History of Philosophy I: The Classical Philosophers
The writings of Plato and Aristotle are the foundations of all philosophical
thought in Western civilization. In this course students will read and
analyze some of the key works by Plato and Aristotle. In addition, other
philosophical schools of thought in the ancient world will be studied:
Stoicism, Epicureanism and Neoplatonism, in order to familiarizethe
student with the other elements that constitute classical philosophy.
242
History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
The Middle Ages was a period of great synthesisof elements of Christian
revelation, classical philosophy and Islamic culture. In this course
students will read writings by St. Anselm, St. Bonaventure, Occam, St.
Thomas Aquinas, Hildegard and Nicholas of Cusa in order to understand
the process of philosophical assimilation involved in constructinga
Christian philosophy. Sincethe Renaissance intensified the medieval
synthesis, students willbe exposed to the thought of Pico, Ficino and
Bruno.
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
343
Historyof Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy
Does knowledge begin with innate ideas or with experience? Can we get
beyond our own concepts to know the world itself! What is an idealistic
view of the world? This course studies the mapr rationalists of the 17th
Century (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz), the mapr empiricists of the 18th
Century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy and
19th Century Idealism and the reaction to it (Marx, Kierkegaard,
Nietzxhe). (Suggestedprior course, 241 or 242)
344
History of Philosophy IV: 20th Century Philosophy
What lies behind 20th Century philosophys love affair with language? Is
truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous
science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major
representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism and
phenomenology. (Suggested prior course, 241,242 or 343)
350
Philosophy of Religion
What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so,
what can be said about God? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with
human and animal suffering? Are miracles possible? Are we really
immortal? We will conduct a systematicinquiry into these questions
which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in
philosophy. Cross-listed with Religion 350)
355
Oriental Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianismand Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in
philosophy)
360
Political Philosophy
By studying the writings of political philosophers from antiquityup to the
modem period, students will be asked to examine crucial questions
concerning the organization of human society.The relation of the nature
of the state to religion, the home and the aty will be looked at through the
eyes of Plato, Aristotle, Cicero, Dante and Machiavelli.
365
Philosophy of Science
The course explores whether scientists' knowledge of the world is
profoundly different from and better than that of the nonscientist, what
constitutes scientific knowledge and the degree of certainty yielded by the
methods used by scientists to attain knowledge. In addition to dealing
with these questions, students will work in researching and developing
philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Suggested prior course,
230 or one course in natural science)
370
Existentialism
Studies in the writings -both philosophical and literary -of prominent
Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-theworld and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and
paradox. (Suggested:one prior course in philosophy)
380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of
health care and delivery, human experimentation, genetic engineering,
abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia.
399
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
410
Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem or
interdisciplinaryproblems. S e m iformat. May be taken more than once
for credit. (Suggestedprior courses: any from 241,242,343,344 or consent
of instructor)
430
Studies in Individual Philosophers
Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers. Seminar
format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses:
241,242,343 or consent of instructor)
499
Independent Study
Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to
the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
See Health and Physical Education
Physicists are not only curious about the world, but ambitious as well. Their
aim is to understand the fundamental principles which describe and govern
all physical aspects of the universe. Called "natural philosophers" in
previous centuries, physicists investigate natural systems by means of
controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis. Physics includes the
study of systems ranging in size from sub-atomic particles to the largest of
galaxies and from the relative stillness of near absolute zero temperature to
the fiery activity of the stars. As a fascinatingand expanding area of study
and as a basic science, physics plays an important role in many of the liberal
arts disciplines and contributesto society's understandingof such areas as
energy, weather, medical science and space exploration
Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing
that keeping abreast of the rapid advances is an ever increasing M e n g e ,
the Department intends to bring to the students not only basic concepts but
also insights into recent developments. In this process, the faculty expects
challenges to arise, be met and stimulate sound thinking, perceptive judgment and an interest in experimental techniques.
To this end a rigorous major provides students with the in-depth preparation required for graduate study. More than two-thirds of the graduates in
Physics have completed or are currently working toward graduate degrees
at a number of fine universities across the nation. A major in physics
provides flexibility. It also serves as a stepping stone for graduate work in
related areas such as computer science, atmospheric science and meteorology, astronomy, oceanography, biophysics, environmentalscience, engineering and medical and health related fields.
In addition, the Physics program at Augsburg functions in a supportiverole
for students majoring in mathematics, chemistry, biology and computer
science. The Department also supervises the Pre-Engineeringprogram with
degree programs available at cooperating universities at both the bachelois
and the advanced degree levels.
The Department maintains active research programs through its Center for
Atmospheric and Space Sciences. Several students work each academic year
and summer as research assistants in these efforts, which are supported by
NASA, the National Science Foundation and other federal agencies.
The Department also administers Augsburg College's portion of funds
designated for the Minnesota Space Grant College Consortium, fundedby
NASA.
Cooperative Education, Internship and Undergraduate Research programs
provide opportunitiesfor students to apply their physical science knowledge and problem solving skills in practical situations in industrial, govemmental and academic settings. Studentsmay participate in alternating term
Co-op programs or work part-time during two or moR academic terms.
Internship opportunitiesalone generally involve only one semester.
The Department serves the liberal arts tradition by offering courses for the
non-science students that will enable them to attain a general understanding
of a particular area of science. These courses seek to provide the basic
starting point for further study and the opportunity to enable students to
follow new developments with some degree of comp~hension.
Physics Faculty Kenneth Erickson (Chairperson),Stuart Anderson, Mark
Engebretson, JeffreyJohnson, Robert Stenstrom,William Momma.
Physics Research Staff: Anthony Hansen, William Jasperson, Miriam Peterson,
David Venne. Atmospheric Sciences Research Group, Augsburg College Center for
Atmospheric and Space Sciences.
BA. Major:Nine courses, including 121,122,245,351,362,363,395 and 3% (onehalf course each), plus two courses above 122.
B.S. Major: 12courses, including 121,122,245,261,351,352,362,363,395 and 396
(one-half course each), and 486, plus two courses above 122. A year of introductory
chemistry is also required.
B.S. Major with Concentrationin Space Physics: 13courses, including 121,122,
245,261,320,351,352,362,363,395 and 3% (one-half course each). 420 and 486,
plus one course above 122. A year of introductory chemistry is also required.
In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the Physics faculty. Normally, students should have MAT 124or 145,
125or 146, and PHY 121,122 during the freshman year, and MAT 224 or 245 and
226 or 247 during the sophomoreyear.
Teaching Licensure Major: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to
the Education Department section of the Catalog and consult with the Education
Department early in their planning.
Honors Major: A GPA of 3 5 in physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year.
Minor: Five courses, including 121,122, and three courses above 122.
Society of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students
provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society
and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership
in SPS is open to all students interested in physics.
Sigma Pi Sigma: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics
honor society is open to those students who have completed the equivalent of a
minor in physics, have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and overall, and rank in the upper
third of their class.
101
Astronomy
A descriptivecourse covering our solar system, stars and galaxies. In
addition the course traces the development of scientific thought from
early civilization to the present day. The necessary optical instnunents are
explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch
Celestron and a threeinch Questar. Night viewing and laboratory
sessions are important components of the course. (Three onehour
lectures. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11)
103
Conceptual Physics
An introductory course in which the applications, problems and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles and provide a
broad survey of physics. The course stresses a hands-on intuitive a p
proach to physics and is designed to serve students in biology and
education. (ll-me onehour lectures, two-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
Mathematics Placement Group 111)
106
Introductory Meteorology
A study of the science and wonders of the atmosphere.The course is
designed to provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles
required for kderstanding weather and climate. Attention will be given
to the overall weather patterns of the earth and to the many varied aspects
of weather, some of which include: clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tomadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting,
the influence of weather on pollution, fronts, cyclones and optical
phenomena of the sky. Laboratory exercises are included as an integral
part of the course. The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the
distribution/generaleducation requirement for the liberal arts student.
(Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11)
111
Physics, Computers, and Society
A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical
science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its
associated technology with philosophy, religion and culture. Study of
mechanics, electricity and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of
the meaning of 20th Century physics and of the role of electronics and
computers in modem society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in
the laboratory. (Three onehour lectures, two-hour laboratory. Praeq.:
Mathematics Placement Group 11)
121,122 General Physics I, II
A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion,
thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism and optics. Designed for Physics
majors, Pre-Engineering students and other specified majors. Must be
taken in sequence. ('Tluee one-hour lectures, %hour
laboratory.
Prereq.: MAT 124 or 145, or concurrent registration)
199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the
student to explore physics as a major and consider its career alternatives.
Participationin a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of
the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to
register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement siteby
registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
245
Modern Physics
An introduction to modem physics from an historical and experimental
basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear
and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops
the experimental basis of, quantum mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures.
F'rereq.: 122)
261
Electronics
A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises
the first half of the semester. The second half includes study of digital
electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and
microcomputer systems. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: 103,111 or 122; and MAT 122or 125 or 146)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
320
Introductionto Space Science
A survey of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary,
magnetospheric, ionospheric and upper atmospheric physics. Topics
include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, magnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms and
magnetosphere-ionosphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms, current systems, particle precipitation and a m r a .
(Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245)
327
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
An introduction to mathematical physics at an intermediate level, with
emphasis on functions which have been developed to aid in analyzing
problems in physics and engineering. Beginning with a review of complex
numbers and partial differentiation, topics include Fourier series, series
solution of selected differential equations, Legendre, Bessel and other
orthogonal functions, partial differential equations and functions of a
complex variable. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: 122or consent of
instructor, MAT 224 or 245 or equivalent.)
351,352 Mechanics I, II
A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of
motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include
conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles,
oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies,
gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference
frames. (Three orle-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, MAT 226 or 247)
362,363 ElectromagneticFields I, II
The classical electromagneticfield theory is developed using the vector
calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's
and Poisson's kuations, electric and magnetic properties of materials and
the theory of electromagneticradiation based on Maxwell's equations.
(Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226 or 247)
395,396 Comprehensive Laboratory (112 course each)
An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including
participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics,
thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism,
optics and modem physics. (One threehour laboratory and one seminar
hour per week. Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor)
399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of physics with the opportunities inherent in the placement.
Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of
the term/registration, intaestd students should consult with the
departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and
permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate
placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
420
Plasma Physics
A rigorous study of the fundamentals of plasma physics including plasma
parameters, plasma drifts and particle motion, electric and magnetic
fields, kinetic theory, and Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution function and
Boltzmann equation, magnetohydrodynamics, plasma waves and
instabilities and transport processes. The applicationsof plasma physics to
laboratory and space plasmas will be emphasized. (Three onehour
lectures. Prereq.: 362,363 or concurrent registration)
481
Thermal Physics
The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperatureis
an important variable. The subject is developed from two independentyet
complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical
thermodynamicsand the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics.
(Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: 351)
486
Quantum Physics I
A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the
Sduoedinger equation, operators, wave functions, expectation values,
angular momentum and approximation methods. Specific problems
studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic
oscillator and the hydrogen atom. (Three onehour lecture. Prereq.: 295,
351)
488
Quantum Physics II
The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the
areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics
and particle physics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.:486)
499
Independent Study
An opportunity for students to explore systematicallya problem in
experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a
faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with Departmental approval.
P O ~SCIENCE
L DEP-
(POL)
Firmly grounded in the liberal artstradition, political science has mots in the
humanities, including philosophy and history. Through its use of statistical
analysis, it relates not only to other behavioral sciences, but also to mathematics and the sciences generally. The role and sigruficanceof authority in human
affairs establish the focusof political science; because politics is a central and
enduring reality in the world, it affects and is affected by many other human
concerns.
As an academic discipline, political science uses systematic inquiry and
analysis to examine political reality and to suggest and test alternatives. The
student who majors in political science will explore political ideas and
values, investigatepolitical cooperation and conflict, analyze and compare
political systems and develop perspectives on international relations. In the
process, the student will be encouraged to relate insights from other liberal
arts disciplines such as philosophy, psychology, economics, history and
sociology to the study of politics.
Providing work in several sub-fields of political science, the major supplies
the breadth appropriate for graduate work in the discipline, as well as in
public adminstration, public policy analysis, law and other professions. It
also serves as a foundation on which to develop careers in public service,
business, communications and other fields. Lqplative and other Intemships, as well as si@cant independent research projects, are within easy
reach of Augsburg Political Science students in the Twin Cities area; combined with broad, balanced and flexible course offerings, these special
opportunities enhance the student's potential for graduate study and a
successful career.
Augsburg Political Science students have the benefit of an experienced
faculty that brings a balanced expertise to the course offerings, as well as
speual strengthsin interpreting politics in the contexts of the mass communications media, communism, and American public law. The Departmental
faculty is committed to the view that the study of politics, involving as it
does an understanding of the human heritage and the importance of
informed choice in human affairs, is an important as@ of liberal learnings.
Political Science Faculty Norma Noonan (Chairpason), Milda Hedblom,
Andrew Aoki, Philip Fishman, Mary Ellen Lundsten, William Morris, Myles
Stenshoel
Major: Nine courses, plus Statistical Analysis (SOC 362). Required: 121 or 122or
160 or 170; 158; 484; and at least five other Upper Division courses in fourout of
five political science areas. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for
that area.
Honors Major:The Honors Mapr in Political Science includes the requirements
listed above, plus the following: The student's gradepoint average must be 3.5 in
the major and 3.0 overall. The student must take an Honors Independent Study and
a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1of the senior year, an Honors
Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any
member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements,
consult the Departmental Chairperson. Students should apply for the Honors
Major no later than the first term of the junior year.
Minor: Five courses, including 121or 122or 170; 158; and at least three Upper
Division courses in three out of five political science areas.
Political Science Areas: (I) American Government and Politics, (ID Comparative
Politics and Analysis, (III) InternationalPolitics, (IV)Public Law and (V)Political
Theory and Analysis. Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in
only one area toward major or minor requirements.
Note: Students interested in secondary education may take a Political Sciencemajor
in combination with specified social science courses, in compliance with state
requirements. For more information, see the Department Chairperson.
See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered.
I. American Government and Politics
121
American Government and Politics
The politics of American government including the forms of political
ideas, the pattern of participation, the dynamics of congressional, presidential and bureaucratic policymaking, and current issues in American
society.
122
Metropolitan Complex
Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors and
strudures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex.
Discussion-lecture, simulation and meetings with political experts and
activists.
325
Public Administration
The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in
the United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management,
emphasizingpolitical and economic interaction. (Prereq.: one course in
political science or consent of instructor.)
E
326
Political Parties and Behavior
The political behavior of the electorate emphasizingpublic opinion and
political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties
and interest p u p s and media in presidential elections (optionalin nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: one course in political science or
consent of instructor. Fall term of electionyears.)
342
Mass Communications In Society
Effects of mass communicationson individual behavior; the uses and
control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study
of censorship, newsmaking entertainmentand public affairs programming. gunior and senior students only.)
370
Constitutional Law
(See Section IV for description.)
371
Topics in Constitutional Law
(See Section IV for description.)
421
Topics in American Politics
Selected themes, including legislative, executiveor judicial process and
policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus;topic to
be included in subtitle. (Prereq.:one course in political science or consent
of instructor. On demand.)
II. Comparative Politics and Analysis
158
Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making
process, with some comparison of major political systems and discussion
of contemporaryissues.
350
Comparative Democracies
The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies,
focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.:one
course in political science or consent of instructor)
351
Communist Political Systems
A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other Communist states
in terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (F'rereq.:
one course in politid science or consent of instructor)
359
Topics: Women In Comparative Politics
Various aspects of women in comparative politics will be explored.
Themes will vary. (Prereq.: One course in political science or consent of
instructor)
459
Topics in Comparative Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and
comparisons of political p m s s e s such as political participation, communications, political developments, political change and revolution. Topic
to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or
consent of instructor. On demand.)
Ill. lnternational Politics
160
World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including
the dynamics of the international system, theories of international
relations and a focus on recent problems.
363
Communist Foreign Policies
Analysis of the motivation, formulation and implementation of foreign
policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and
China. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
461
Topics in lnternational Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign
policy decision making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be
included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of
instructor)
490
Seminar in lnternational Relations
Capstone semjnar for students mapring in International Relations;
analysis of some methods for studying internationalrelations; analysis of
mapr trends; senior thesis. Open to other studentsby consent of instructor. (kereq.: four courses in the International Relations sequence)
IV. Public Law
170
Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and
society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary
legal issues.
370
Constitutional Law
The legal-plitical-philosophicalrole of the Supreme Court in the American political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of
powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170
or consent of instructor)
371
Topics in Constitutional Law
Selected topics in Constitutional Law, especially Civil Rights. Content will
vary, defined by the subtitle of the course. (preq.: 170 or consent of
-. -.--,
:- -.
375
Media Regulation, Law, and Ethics
A study of key issues and contemporaryconflicts in media ethics and
regulation, including the uses of law to settle disputes about content in the
media, access to the media and ownership of the media. Alternative
justifications and critiques of mass media systems will be examined.
(Prereq.: Lower Division political science course, speech/communications
course, SPC/POL 342, or permission of instructor)
V. Political Theory and Analysis
158
Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section 11for description)
A study of influential political philosophers, emphasiig the values, goals
and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human
governance. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
381
Topics in DemocraticTheory
A study of democratic theory. The s u b j j matter will vary and be defined
by the subtitle of the course: American political thought, comparative
democratic theory, etc. (prereq.:one course in political science or consent
of instructor)
382
Marxist Theory: From Marx to Mao
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing
Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political,
social and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the
preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.:158or consent of
instructor)
484
Political Analysis Seminar
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics
including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for
political study; mapr research required. (F'rereq.:SOC 362 Statistical
Analysis; 158and two Upper Division courses, or consent of instructor)
VI. Seminars, Independent Study and Internships
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the Department to determine project. (P/N grading only unless Internship
Supervisor grants exception.)
295
Lower Division Seminar
Special topics. Consult Department Chairperson concerning terms and
subject matter. (On demand)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division students. (Prereq.: consent of
instructor)
399
lnternshlp
Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine project. (Prerq.:
consent of instructor. P/Ngrading only unless Internship Supervisor
grants exception)
484
Political Analysis Seminar
An analysis of &fferent approaches and theories in the study of politics
including an examinationof the requirements of science as a model for
political study; major research required. (Prereq.: SOC 362 Statistical
Analysis; 158and two Upper Division courses, or consent of instructor)
490
Seminar in International Relations
(See W o n 111for description)
495
Seminar
Selected topics. Consult Department Chairperson concerningterms and
subject matter. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
498
lndependent Study: Metropolitan Resources
An independentlydesigned course a student (or group of students)
develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of
resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, s y m p
sia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional College resources, and designed in
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor)
499
IndependentStudy
Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student.
(prey.: consent of instructor)
Psychology, with its emphasis on behavioral observation and data, provides
a perspective on human activities which is an integral part of a liberal
education. The goal of the Psychology program is the improved understanding of human behavior by studyinghow people cope with their
environment and interact with each other.
The Department's courseshave three basic goals: (1)to introduce the
student to the m m n t information and methods in psychology as well as
earlier approaches to psychological questions; (2) to develop the ability to
analyze, interpret and evaluate behavioral researchIand (3) to provide
practice in the application of these principles. The Department program
provides an emphasis on both field experiences and the theoretical foundation for graduate study in psychology and related areas. Cooperative
Education and Internships are designed to provide students with practical
pre-professional experience.On-thepb experience gives students the
opportunity to test career fields and develop professional contacts.
Psychologistsuse a variety of methods to study behavior, including experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis. Faculty members in the
Department of Psychology at Augsburg have varied professional specializations which include areas such as counseling, physiological psychology,
human development, personality and computer applications.
The Psychology program's emphasis on the use of a problem solving
approach, the acquisition of information about human development and
interaction, and the development of human relations skills can be beneficial
in careers in business, education and other social services, the church and
government, as well as in careers such as research, law and medicine.
Student interns are placed in the metropolitan area where they can acquire
practical, pre-professional experienceand develop professional contacts.
This program mutually benefits the students and the community.
I
I
Psychology Faculty Nancy Steblay (Chairperson),Lyla Anderegg, Grace Dyrud,
Norman Ferguson, Duane Johnson
Major: 10 courses including 105,230,330,381,399, and 493. A minimum of five
courses must be from Augsburg. Students are also acpeded to select one course
from the Developmental/Personalitycourses and other electives to complete the
mapr. Not more than two courses from among 299,399 and 499 may be counted
toward requirements for a mapr. It is recommended that Psychology majors take
additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their
particular interests in psychology; for example, areas such as business administration, biology or communication.AU psychology maprs must have an adviser in the
Psychology Department.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high
quality research project culminating the mapr program. Application for honors
consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the Department
Chairperson for more detailed requirements.
Minor: Five courses including 105, with a minimum of two courses at Augsburg.
Not more than one course from 299,399 and 499 may be counted toward the minor.
101
Self-Identity and Values
A study of self-identity and values as related to personal l i i . This course
uses a psychological perspective to explore the role of the individual in
the larger social context. Major topics include the acquisition, develop
ment and evolution of self-identity and values and the influence of sex
roles. (This course does not substitute for PSY 105as a prerequisiteto
Upper Division psychology courses.)
102
The Individual in a Social World
An investigation of the behavior of the individual as it occurs in social
environments. Examples of human behavior which are best understood
through analysis of both individual and social factors will serve as the
course framework. The scientific method is emphasized as an aid in
understandingissues of influence in social systems, with major topics
including attitude formation and group processes. (This course does
substitute for PSY 105as a prerequisiteto Upper Division psychology
courses.)
105
Principles of Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for
the purpose of understanding behavior. Application of psychological
concepts to everyday situations is emphasized.
199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty adviser and
site supervisor design a lezrning agreement which enables the student to
explore psychology as a possible major and consider its career options.
See PSY 399 for additional information. (Prereq.: 102or 105 and one other
psychology course)
230,330 Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation in such areas as human
learning, problem solving, social psychology and sensation-perception.
Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design
methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without
continuing in Research Methods II. Majors in Psychology must take both
terms of the two-term sequence;230 must precede 330; 330 should be
taken in the term immediately following 230. (Prereq.: 102or 105and
MPG III)
251
Sensing and Perceiving
An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems.
Emphasis on the processing of environmentalinformation and how this
relates to adaptive behavior and subjective experience.Topics include:
adaptationto novel environments, machine intelligence and anomalous
perception such as illusions. (Prereq.:102or 105. On demand)
299
Directed Study
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study
must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. (Prereq.: 102or 105)
325
Social Behavior
Social factors which influence individual and group behavior in naturalis-
tic and experimental settings. Topics include: cooperation, competition,
affiliation, conformity and attitudes. (Prereq.: 102or 105)
Developmental Psychology: Child
Emphasis on normal child developmentand behavior. Consideration of
theoretical systems used for viewing developmental sequence and
continuity.Inquiry into practical implications and applicationsof data and
theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 102or 105)
Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Considerationof data
and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult
periods of life. (Prereq.: 102or 105)
Developmental Psychology: Middle Adult and Older Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data
and theory related to developmentduring the middle adult and older
adult periods of life. Includes perspectives on death and dying. (Prereq.:
102or 105)
Brain 81Behavior
A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for
behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep and
wakefulness, motivation and emotion, learning and memory and mental
disorders. (Prereq.: 102 or 105)Additional lab hours required. (On
demand)
Environmental Psychology
This course uses a cultural-ecologicalviewpoint to study the influence
which the environment, both natural and human-made, has on behavior.
Major topics include: overcrowding and environmentalstress; territoriality; defensible space and crime; and specific environments such as rooms,
buildings and cities. (Prereq.: 102or 105)
Learning
Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of
instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects.
(Prereq.: 102or 105)
PsychologicalAssessment
Theory, principles and examples of tests of personality and intelligence.
(Prereq.: 102or 105. On demand)
Personality
An introduction to the field of personality study including theory,
research, assessment and contemporary applications. (Prereq.: 102or 105)
Behavior Disorders
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic
and psychological points of view. (F'rereq.: 102or 105)
Psychology of Gender
A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of
sex difkrences and roles, the effed of society upon values and goals,
differentiallegal status of each sex and psychophysiologicaldata bearing
upon these differences. (Prereq.:102 or 105 or consent of instructor)
Organizational Psychology
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizationalbehavior. A study of the
individual, groups, structure, change and developmentin organizations.
(Prereq.: 102 or 105)
Psychology in Historical Perspective
Historical developmentof psychological viewpoints and theoretical
positions. (Prereq.: two psychology courses)
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty adviser and
site supervisor design a learning agreement that links the principles and
methods of psychology with the opportunities available at the placement.
Prior to the be$nning of registration, interested students should consult
with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements
and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office. (Prereq.:junior class standing and four psychology
courses)
Program Evaluation
The application of scientific research techniques and statistical analysis to
programs for social improvement.Designing information systems for the
ongoing monitoring of programs. Assessing community needs. Assessing
program effectiveness and efficiency.The political and organizational
context of program monitoring and evalukion. The role of evaluation
research for social policy and program improvement. (Prereq.: 264 or SOC
362;SOC 363.O n demand)
Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods and attitudes involved in the counseling process.
Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling
relationship. (Prereq.: three psychology courses and junior class standing)
Current Topics in Psychology
Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated
extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be
published prior to registration. (Prereq.: 102 or 105 and consent of
instructor)
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by
psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq.: five psychology courses)
499
Independent Study
Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in
psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration
including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed
Study.
Augsburg College understands itself as a college of the church and it is
persuaded that the Christian faith provides an appropriate perspective from
which to undertake its educational task The biblical faith and tradition of
the Christian church have influenced the Western world to a degree much
greater than is sometimes recogruzed. They have affected and continue to
influence language, literature, history, values and political structures.
The student encounters this religious tradition in studying these and other
areas. The study of religion and theology is intended to make such encounters more meaningful by a better knowledge of biblical history and that of
the Christian church and by a larger acquaintance with theological thought.
While it is true that the fundamental orientation of this College is to the
Christian faith, it is also true that the field of religion obviously includes
more thanis represented by the Christian faith. Large segments of the
earth's population live by religious concepts and ideas which are different
from those prominent in the West. The Department of Religion seeks to
introduce students to some of these major religious traditions.
Coursesin religion are not intended to be footnotes to courses in other
disciplines and departments. The study of religion and the discipline of
theology have an integrity of their own. It is the hope and expectation of the
Department that students will become better acquainted with the content
and character of the Christian faith, enabling them to reflect theologically on
their own religious commitment.
The College offers both a major and a minor in Religion. Studentswho wish
to work in the church as a parish or youth worker or as a director of Christian Education may find a major in Religion appropriatefor that purpose.
Religion Faculty: Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson),John Benson, Bradley Holt,
Lynne Lorenzen, Curtis Peter, William Russell, Eugene Skibbe
Major: Eight courses, including 111,221,356,481 and 495, the seminar especially
for majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before taking the seminar, each major
must have written one formal research paper and placed it on file with the Department Chairperson. Only one Interim course may be applied to the major. One
Upper Division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major.
Religion Major with a Concentrationin Youth and Family Minis*
This major requires nine courses including an Internship. In addition to the courses
required for a Religion mapr, namely REL 111,221,356,481 and 495, the following
are required: REL 342,343,415, and a supervised Internship in the Youth and
Family area. Consultation with one of the staff members in the Youth and Family
Institute is required in order that proper preparation in discipline areas outside the
Department of Religion may be achieved.
Program for Christian Day School Teachers: Students pursue one of the regular
teacher education programs in the Department of Education to prepare for
licensure by the State of Minnesota. In addition to the licensure program, five
courses in reliion are required: 111,221,362, The Christian Day School (Interim)
and The Lutheran Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required in
both a public school setting and in a Christian Day School.
This program prepares students who are intmsted in teaching in Christian day
schools, particularly those of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America,
although participation is not limited to such schools.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the mapr and 3.0 overall; research project approved
by the Department and colloquium with the Department.
Minor: Five courses. Not more than one Interim course may be counted for the
minor.
Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval
is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion
Department and/or general education course credit. All maprs are urged to
consult with the Department Chairperson.
111
Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
199
Internship
Internship on Lower Division level.
221
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character and transmission of the biblical documents.
The task of biblical interpretation.The history of Israel and the emergence
of the church.
231
Religion in African-American History
(See INS Minority Studies.)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study on Lower Division level.
342
Theology of Youth and Family Living
Contemporarytheories of youth and family living are examined within
the context of Christian teachings. Emphasis will be placed on individual
development at every age, how individuals relate in systems and how
Christian ideas intersect to enhance the functioningof families, particularly in relationshipto current crises in teenagers &d families. Theology of Marriage
The Christian tradition provides the opportunityfor wholeness by
promising forgiveness of unworthy aspects of oneself, access to God's
love, and greater acceptanceof one's spouse. In this course, parallel
concepts of psychological wholeness, in the Jungiantradition, and of
repentance and forgiveness in the Christian tradition are applied to
marital relationships.
Philosophy of Religion
(See Philosophy Department)
Denominationsand Religious Groups in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations
and religious groups. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be
considered.
History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world,
including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto and Islam.
Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious
communities.
Survey of Church History
A survey of Christian history in the early, medieval, Reformation and
modem periods. Some attention to primary sources, in addition to
interpretations of the periods in question. The expansion of the church, its
inner life, its relation to the state and the development of its doctrine will
be major elements of the study.
Life and Work of the Church
Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to
Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work.
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of
sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society.
The Church in the First Four Centuries
A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire,
including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of
the creeds, Christianityin conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions,
monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship. Also includes the
theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life
and thought of Augustine.
Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of
the 16thCentury.Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and
other representative figures.
Religlon In America
A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the
rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominationsand the responses of
religion to the challengesof its environing culture.
Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country. (Offered as funding permits)
The Church and Social Change in Latin America
(See Global Education, Program in Global Community)
American Indian Spirituality and PhilosophicalThought
(See INS,American Indian Studies)
Internship
Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses,
have at least first semester junior standing and satisfy Department
guidelines.
The Gospels and Personality Theory
The ministry of Christ, as recorded in the Gospels, will be studied as a
context and foundation for the maximum utilization of personality theory
In effectively responding to contemporaryissues of teenagers such as food
disorders, suicide, addictions and perfectionism, among others.
Eastern Orthodoxy
This course will explore the history, theology, and liturgical life of the
Eastern Orthodox Christian Church. Theology and history will be
considered primarily from the perspective of those Christians who live in
Greece, Turkey, Bulgaria, Romania, Yugoslavia and Czechoslovakia, with
special attention to the Orthodox Church in the Soviet Union.
Church Music and Worship
(See Music Department.)
Feminism and Christianity
This course will consider the centralideas of Christianityand feminism
and how they might be compatible. Attention will be given to religious
influences on societal roles for women and men, feminist interpretation of
the Bible, and the impact of feminism on Christian theology, especially in
terms of language and metaphor.
Jesus and His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels,
dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention
to the variety of interpretationsgiven the person of Jesus, includingthe
"quest for the historical Jesus."
Theology of Paul
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his
relationship to the early church and some of the themes found in his
writings.
The Message of the Old Testament
The various types of Old Testament literature.The distinctive ideas of
Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets.
Judaism
A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament
period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious
development. A special interest in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber
and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Sodety annually makes a grant to
Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered in
the Religion Department.
Contemporary Theology
An introductionto some representative trends in Christian theological
thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the
continuing theological task of the Christian Church.
Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and
sociologicaldynamics. Emphasis on developing a c o m c t i v e perspective
for critical reflection upon moral action.
Psychology of Rellglon and Theology
A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the
view of human nature. Special attention will be given
traditional -tian
to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung and William James, and to those
Christian theologians who have been influenced by them.
Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by
permission of instructor.
Independent Study
Limited to students who are Religion majors and satisfy Departmental
guidelines.
Scandinavian Ama Studies is an interdiscipharyprogram drawing on the
combined resourcesof the A C E and the ScandinavianCenter at Augsburg
College. An expansion of the curriculum is underway, with plans to introduce new COW
in Scandinavian design, political science,social work,
history and geography beginning in the 1992-'93 academic year.
Major: Eight Upper Division courses.
Minor: Four Upper Division courses.
Note: At least four of the Upper Division courses required for the mapr must come
from the list below. The remainder may be transferred to Augsburg and included
in the mapr on approval of the program adviser. Students graduating with a mapr
or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a
Scandinavianlanguage. See Norwegian course listings under the Foreign Language
Department.
Recommended supporting preparation: Study in Scandinavia (see Metro-Urban
Studies, SUST), and elective courses or a second major such as Norwegian, history,
political science, urban studies, business administration, internationalrelations,
sociology or socialwork
Frankie Shackelford, Advisor
330
Contemporary Scandinavia
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on
conditions and developments in the 20th Century.Knowledge of Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (Ondemand)
351
The Modern Scandinavian Novel
Ledures provide a survey of the Scandinaviannovel. Class discussion
based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset,
Selma Lagerlof, PZr Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and
others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language
majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavianlanguage. (On demand)
352
The Modern Scandinavian Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bpmson, Strindberg,
Lagerkvist, Munk and other 20th Century dramatists. Lectures provide a
survey of Scandinaviandrama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindberg.
Knowledge of a Scandinavianlanguage desirable. Language maprs and
minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a
Scandinavianlanguage. (On demand)
364
Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
(See Department of Religion.)
372
Norwegian Language and Culture
(See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.)
3T7
Scandinavia in the World
(See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.)
382
Scandinavian Arts
(See Department of Art.)
393
Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectiveson Social Change
(See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.)
394
Urbanizationand Development in Scandinavia
(See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.)
499
Independent Study
In consultationwith a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for
study.
A student may not list a double major in Social Science ahd in one of the
component disciplinesunless the distribution selected in the Social Science
major is significantly different from the other major.
Khin Khin Jensen, Coordinator
Non-WesternMajor: 14 courses: HIS 104; one social science methodology course
(ECO 279, PSY 264, SOC 362 or 365); and 12 courses in at least four disciplines from
the following: ECO 112,258; HIS 103,322,323,324,440,474; POL 351,363,382,461;
PHI 355; REL 356; SOC 336; seminars, Independent Study or Interim courses on
relevant topics in history and/or political science The student planning to fuJfiU
this social science major should consult the Chairperson of the Department of
History in choosing a major adviser.
Studentspreparing to teach social studieson the high &ool lwel must
complete, in addition to the professional requirementsto be met within the
Department of Education, a competency-based program designed to
provide a broad foundation in the social sciences.
1
JerryGerasimo, Coordinator
Social StudiesTeaching Licensure:Seven courses (ECO 112 or 113, geography,
HIS 222, POL 158, PSY 105, SOC 121 and 336) plus a major in one of five fields economics, history, political science,psychology or sociology. Geology and
anthropology are also acceptablefields, although they are not offered as majors on
the Augsburg campus.
Students consideringa career in social studies education should consult, as soon as
possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator.
SOCIALWORKDEPARTMEW
(SWK)
The SocialWork mapr prepares graduates for entry-level professional
practice in the field of human services. The program is accredited by the
Council on Social Work Education and leads to a Bachelor of Science degree.
The program is based on a generalist model of practice, enabling graduates
to work with individuals, families, groups, communities and to develop and
analyze social policy. Several courses within the program utilize a student
empowerment model for teaching and learning.
Augsburg's social work mapr also provides a strong foundation for graduate studies in a variety of fields.Augsburg also offers a full-time Master of
Social Work d e p e on a weekend schedule.
The College's commitment to the liberal arts is highly compatible with
education for professional social work practice. The liberal arts with its
emphasis on breadth of understanding, cultural and ethnic diversity,
openness to new ideas, analysis and synthesis, is an ideal foundation for
socialwork education. As Sir Richard Livingston has said, "A technician is a
person who knows everytlung there is to know about his/her p b except its
ultimate purpose and social consequence." Effective .socialworkers should
not be technicians. Augsburg social work graduates are entry level professionals.
Augsburg College's motto, "Education for Service," exemplifies the philosophy of the SocialWork Department. Unique learning opportunities for field
work placement and cultural enrichment are provided by a metropolitan
setting known for a humane quality of life which is enhanced by the arts,
outstanding human services, and a highly-educated populace. Social work
opportunities abound. Minnesota is known for the vitality and relevance of
its social services. The Twin Cities, as the hub for these services, provides
both a plethora of field placements for social work students and external
experts for the classroom The ethnic and economic diversity present in this
metropolitan area provides opportunities for socialwork students to learn
to understand, appreciate, respect and work with people different from
themselves and to be enriched by this opportunity to interact with diverse
clients and professionals.
The Social Work Program strives to contribute to its environment as well as
to gain from it. Appropriately, social work students have been involved in a
wide variety of community service efforts including helping to develop the
LINK program on campus, mobilizing studentsto assist a social service
agency in their annual Christmas giving program, and tutoring at a local
neighborhood center.
The Social Welfare minor and electives in the Department allow students to
support another major while gaining knowledge about human needs and
growth, human services and the methods of effective citizenship. Students
taking these courses have the opportunity to become knowledgeable about
public issues and develop and nurture a perspective that sees the central
importance of diversity to the social fabric of this country. But beyond
knowledge, students are encouraged to use their talents and skills to
address the needs of society in the interest of the public good.
Social Work Faculty:Mary Lou Williams (Chairpenon), Maria Brown, Francine
Chakolis, Edwina Hertzberg, Rosemary Link, Vincent Peters, Edward Skarnolis
Major: 11core program courses: 361,363,364,461,462,463,465,466,467,469, and
SOC 365; and eight supportingprogram courses: 257,260; BIO 101; PSY 105; SOC
121,231,265,375. (The Sociology sequence constitutes a minor in that discipline.) A
minimum grade of 2.0 is required for each course in the core program and a 2.0
average is required in the supporting program.
Concentration: Concentration in aging, chemical dependency, crime and corrections, social ministries, and youth are possible. Concentration consists of courses
descriptive of functional, dysfunctional and programmatic aspects, plus field work
placement in the senior year in the special area. For Social Ministries, a minor in
religion with specific coursework is required. Completion of a concentration is
noted on the transcript.
Candidacy: Social Work maprs must apply for candidacy status before the
beginning of the senior year. Certain 400 level courses list candidacy as a prerequisite. A written selfstatement, reference letters, and the completion of all core and
supportingprogram courses below the 400 level is necessary for candidacyreview.
SocialWelfare Minor: Six courses, including 257 (or approved alternative), 361,
463; 260 or SOC 375; SOC 265; and one of 465, POL 121,158,325.
School SocialWork Certification:State Department of Education-required Human
Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful
completion of EDS 388 plus a senior year field placement in a school setting.
1
Elective Courses Open to All Students:
230
Global Peace and Social Development
This course offers a framework of non-violent social change and develop
ment in the global context. It also identifes the focus of Social Work in
addition to the many other disciplines which are vital to fosteringpeace,
development and enhancement of a better quality of life for all human
kind.
The dynamics of peace and dwelopment are speafically drawn from the
Social Work point of view with an overview of the socio-political, cultural,
geographical, economic, religious and scientific facets of peace and how
peace (or absence of peace) affects development and change. This is
presented in the form of dialogue on current and future issues such as
people-centered development, socialjustice, resource allocation, environmental depletion, and the women's movement in relation to peace
concerns. This course also explores the non-violent alternativesto the
current global arms build-up which is a contributing force in world-wide
problems such as hunger, poverty, environmentalproblems, and the
oppression of powerless and disenfranchised segments of society and/or
racially segregated communities.
257
Exploring Human Services
Experiential learning occurs as studentsvolunteer 80 hours (in a services
agency or institution which students select.) The placement must be
approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context
of this volunteer experience students have opportunityto interact with
human service professionals, clients and communities of diverse culture/
ethnic heritage and special concerns (age, socioeconomicstatus, lifestyles,
developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to
help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or
future career in the human services.
The three-hour weekly seminar is dwoted to discussions which assist
students in integrating agency experiencesand readings which explore
the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the
nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also
examine and critique the manner in which social, economic and political
structure impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their
own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value
system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms".
260
Humans Developing
This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human
growth through the life cycle and of the interplay of sociocultural,
biological and psychological factors which influence the growth of
individuals and families in contemporary American society. Emphasized
is the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human growth,
the impact of "sustaining environment" and other special stresses relevant
to growth. Growth related to populations and groups which represent
ethnic and/or Westyle diversity is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstandingthrough use of their own experiences.
299
Directed Study
An opportunity for students to do readings and study on topics of
interest. Proposed study must be approved in advance of registration.
(Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor)
340
Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging
This course includes the study of the impact of socialpolicy on the older
population, the older population's impact on social policy, services
planned to address needs of older population and skills needed to work
with this population. Class conducted in senior citizen residence. (Prereq.:
sophomore standing or consent of instructor)
361
Soclal Responses to Human Needs
This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human
service and the diversity of professionals and client groups. The major
assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the
charitable and governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq.:
junior standing or consent of instructor.)
399
Internship*
Provides field learning experience for the non-major and supplementsthe
required field work of majors (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
463
Community Development and Organization
Locality development and socialchange through community organization, social planning and social action. Emphasis on: 1)s w e y of historical
fonns of community organization and social change, 2) understanding the
theories, basic issues, and strategies relevant to socialprotest and change,
3) examination of the role of staff and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual
practice in the local community in the essential principles and techniques
of organizing. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of instructor)
465
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Includes the study of theories of social policy formulation and methods of
analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of
policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be
viewed firsthand through work with a public policy agency or official.
Readings and analytical paper integrate class concepts with practical
experience. (Prereq.: 361,463 and senior standing or consent of instructor)
468
Speclal Topics (1 R to 1 course)
Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor. Offered periodically in Interim.)
498
Independent Study Metropolitan Resources
An independentlydesigned course which a student (or group of students)
develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of
resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, s y m p
sia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department.
(Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor)
-
499
Independent Study
Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, o b ' j v e s
and methodology of the proposed study according to Department
guidelines. (Prereq.:257 and consent of instructor)
*Canbe takenin coordination with Cooperatize Education, which may provide payment for
work in fieldsites.
Courses Reserved for Social Work Majors Only
363
Methods and Skills of Social Work
Basic features of the helping process, theoretical foundations, principles
and techniques of social work interventivemethods and practical
experience necessary for social work pradice with individuals and small
groups with a diversity of professionals and client groups; dwelopment
of the student's repertoire of relationshipbuilding skills. L,ecture
discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises each week (Prereq.: 361,
junior standing)
364
Field Work I*
Beginning supervised professional experiencein a social work agency
which focuses on interviewing experience and relationshipbuilding. Ten
hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per
week. (Prereq.: 361, junior standing, concurrent with 363)
461
Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Enlargement and refinement of practice skills recognizing adaptationsof
the problemsolving model to diverse populations through lecture,
classroom exerciseand regular class work Enlargement of social group
work skills, emphasis on developmentof generalist practice skills and
eclectic approacheswith a focus on diversity of professionals and client
populations. (Preq.: 2.0 GPA in 363 and in 364, candidacy status.
Concurrent with 462)
462
Field Work II*
Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities in
a social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/
discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: candidacy status; concurrent with
461)
466
Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course)'
Continuation of 462 (1/2 course option during Interim. Prereq.: candidacy
status, 2.0 GPA in 461,462,463)
467
The Soclal Worker as Professional
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional p b attainment,
affirmative action and sexual harassment issues, personnel policies and
practices, organizationaltheory and resource development will be studied
in the course.The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class
exercises. (Prereq.: candidacy status, 2.0 GPA in 461,463)
469
Field Work IV'
Continuation of 466. ( P r q . : candidacy status, 2.0 GPA in 466, concurrent
with 467)
*Can be faken in coordinationwith CoopcratizeEducation, which may pr&
work in field sites.
payment for
Sociologyis a disciplined study of human social behavior. As a relatively
young discipline, sociology provides yet another perspective on a theme
which is common to many of the disciplines in a liberal arts curriculum,
namely the theme that humans a w "social animals." Sociologyemphasizes
the extent to which the human inclination to interact socially comes to
exhibit r e g u l m patterns over time. These pattern together form a
society or a social structure.
Sociology seeks to understand these societal patterns. Sociologyalso seeks
to understand patterns within the great variety of institutions that exist in a
society.
The SociologyDepartment at Augsburg is designed to help students think
sociologically in terms of obtaining an understandingof society and developing skills in analyzing social institutions and patterns.
Students are encouraged to select as electives some of the non-traditional
learning models available, such as internships, independent study, Interim
courses and field studies. The Department urges students to use Augsburg's
urban setting as a laboratory for learning. A major in sociology can p-are
one for a variety of Careers or for advanced professional studies. Cooperative Education and Internships enable majors to apply the theories and
research skills of sociology while they explore career alternatives. Augsburg
alumni who have majored in sociology are currently employed in the
personnel departmentsof both government and private corporations, in
industrial relations work and in program evaluation Others have used their
majors as preparation for advanced study in areas such as law, the ministry,
social work and urban planning.
The Department of Sociology welcomes students who, in their quest for a
liberal education, are looking for new and different ways of understanding
and appreciating the often taken-for-granted aspects of our world.
SociologyFaculty:Diane Pike (Chairperson), Vern Bloom, JerryGerasimo, Gordon
Nelson, Garry Hesser
Major: 10 courses including 121,349,362, 363,375,485. Highly recommended: an
internship, cooperativeeducation, independent study or Upper Division Interim
course in sociology.This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will
take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the Department.
Consult the Department Chairperson concerning areas of concentration
Honors Major: The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0
overall. Application for honors in sociologycandidacy shall consist of submission
of thesis proposal to the Department Chairperson before April 1 of the junior year.
Candidacy is contingent upon Departmental approval of proposal by April 30 of
the junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for 499 to
complete work on thesis. Honors in sociology willbe granted to a candidate who
successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of the senior year and maintains the
GPA through graduation.
Minor: Five courses including 121and two Upper Division courses (i.e., 300 and
above).
121
Introduction to Human Society
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic
discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles,
groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. Sociology is an
essential tool for discoveringthe world and one's place in it.
199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the
student to explore sociology as a mapr and consider its career altematives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the
beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult
with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements
and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
211
Human Community and the Modern Metropolis
The cultural and structural dynamics of the modem world viewed from
the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the context of urban institutionsand
processes.
220
Sociology of Law
This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society and the effect
of society on it. From a sociologicalperspective, we will explore crosscultural notions of law, deterrence, the criminal justice system, the legal
profession and corporate crime. The basic course format will be lecture
and discussion based on the reading assignments. Evaluation is based on
participation and two examinations. Students desiring Upper Division
credit will be asked to write a paper on an assigned topic in addition to
the exam.
231
Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
An examination of the famiiyas a social institution. The structures and
processes within families are studied within their institutional and
culturalcontexts.
265
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
The dimensions of =cia1 and minority group relations. Mapr attention is
focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding.P / N
grading only)
273
Crime and Corrections
This course includes an examination of corrections programs (prison,
probation, treatment center, etc.) within the context of the American
society and justice system. Attention is also given to theoretical formulations as to possible causes of criminal behavior and attempts at prevention
and control. Field visit arranged to correctional facilities.)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division students. Prereq.: 121and consent
of instructor. )
300,301,302,303,304
Special Topics in Sociology
A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests
which are not satisfied by regular course offerings. (Prereq.: consent of
instructor)
336
Introductionto Cultural Anthropology
The concept of cultureexamined in anthropology and in the way we see
and live in the world. An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the
ideas of "primitive," " c i v i l i i and "progress." The course will examine
the person's relation to cultureand conduct an analysis of selected aspects
of Western culture.(Prereq.: 121)
349
Complex Organizations
Organizationsaffect almost everythingin contemporarylife. This course
examines organizations as corporate actors, looking at the topics of
culture,technology, structure and corporate deviance. (Prereq.: 121or
permission of instructor)
360
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of
sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements and institutions in American society.
(Prereq.: 121recommended)
362
Statistical Analysis
The fundamentals of descriptiveand inferential statistics for the social
sciences. Designed specifically for sociology and political science majors,
but recommended for others needing a statistical background for social
science quantitative analysis. (Prereq.: Group 111Math Placement Test. For
maprs, to be taken preceding 363.)
363
Research Methods
An introduction to the skills involved in research design and data
analysis. The practice of social research is learned through class activities
and individual projects. Focus on learning usable skills. To be taken
immediately after 362.(Prereq.: 362 or consent of instructor)
365
Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental
designs and applications to program evaluations. Consumer o v e ~ e w
of
methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Designed
for social work maprs. Not to be taken by sociology maprs. (Prereq.:
Level 111 Math Placement Test)
375
Social Psychology
An examination of the idea of "group," its relationship to individual
behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identitf' and
what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human
behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major
assumptions and processes underlying our everyday l i f e a look at the
trivial, the o r d i i and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction," an
important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of
dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq.: 121,junior or senior
students only)
381
The City and Metro-Urban Planning
The primary focus of the course is upon the major issues confrontingthe
present and future metropolis. Particular emphasis will center on altemative theories and approachesto shaping the future metropolis. Current
developmentsin the Twin Cities region will be compared and contrasted
to urban and regional developments globally and nationally. Resources
include extensive readings, simulations, films,outside speakers and field
trips in a seminar format. (Prereq.: 121 or 211 or consent of instructor)
399
Internship
A work-based learning experiencein which a student, faculty member
and site s u p e ~ s odesign
r
a learning agreement which enables the
student to explore sociology as a mapr and consider its career altematives. Participation in a concurrent seminaris expested. Prior to the
beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult
with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements
and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
485
Modern Sociological Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions withii sociology,
tracing the course of their development in the 19th and 20th Centuries.
(Prereq.: two courses in sociology including 121or consent of instructor)
498
lndependent Study Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course which a student (or group of students)
develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of
resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in
consultationwith and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department.
(Prereq.: 121or 211 and consent of instructor)
499
lndependentStudy
Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives
and methodology of the proposed study according to Department
guidelines. (Prereq.: 121and consent of instructor)
-
Soviet and East European Studies is an ACTC pint major which seeks to
give the student the broadest possible exposure to Russian and Soviet
history, politics, literature, traditions and philosophy. The major is interdisciphary and offers perspectives on Russia both past and present. A minimum of two years of the Russian language is quired.
This major is a good foundation for students preparing for careers in
government, teaching internationalbusiness or law, espeaally when
combined with a second major in a field such as business, economics,
history, language, political science or theology. It also is a good foundation
for graduate study in history, political science, language and literature or
international relations.
Magda Palmy-Zapp, Campus Coordinator
Major: 11courses: four courses (two years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies); two courses in Russian history; one course in Marxist theory; one
course in Russian literature; one course in Soviet politics; two other courses from
approved electives.
Minor: Six courses: two courses (one year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies); one course in Russian history; one course in Soviet politics; one
coursein Marxist theory; one other course from the approved list of electives.
East European ConcentrationMinor: Consult the Coodinatorform& information.
Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator.
Our quality of life, both personally and professionally, depends in large part
upon the quality of our communication. A communication major at Augs
burg is designed to enhance understandingof communication in a variety
of contexts and to improve communicationskills.
Since communication careers demand a broad educational background, the
Department strongly encourages a second major or two minors in fields
such as business, economics, Enghsh, history, international relations,
political science, psychology, religion, social work or sociology.
The Augsburg communicationmajor focuses on competencyin both speech
and writing, as well as effective use of media. Since the study and practice of
communication is grounded in both the humanities and the social sciences,
majors are encouraged to include such related subjects as aesthetics, ethics,
philosophy, logic, literature, statisticsand search methods in their p r e
grams. All communicationmajors must complete a core p u p of eight
required courses and participate in Augsburg's Interscholastic Forensics
Program. In addition to these requirements, majors must complete a
program of five electivesfrom one of three concentrations: general cornmunication studies, business communicationor mass communication.
Majors in all three concentrations are strongly encouraged to include an
intemship (SPC 399) as one of their electives. Prospective majors should
meet with a Departmental Adviser as early as possible to design an a p
proved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year.
Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts Faculty: David Lapakko (Chairperson),
Deborah Bart,Julie Bolton, Michael Burden, James Hayes, Anne Holmquest,
Martha Johnson
Honors Major:The Honors Mapr is designed to encourage overall excellence as well
as outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student.
Honors ma@ must maintain a 3.5 GPA in the mapr and a 3.0 GPA overall, and, as
part of their mapr program, complete a substantial independent project of honors
quality (SPC 499). Honors andidates should meet with their Departmental Adviser
prior to their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors project.
Communication Majo~:13courses overall -eight required core courses and five
courses within one of three concentrations.
Required of all Communication majors: 111,342,351,352,354,355, and any two of
the following: ENG 223, ENG 225, ENG 226, ENG 227. Also required: participation
in at least two interscholastic forensicstournaments.
F
General Communication Studies Major: Five additional electives from the
following: 329,343,345, 347,350,360,399, 495; LIN 311; PSY 325, PSY371; SOC 362,
SOC 375.
Communication Major with Business Concentration: Five additional electives
from the following 132, 225 329,330,345,399, 495; BUS 340, BUS 355, BUS 357;
PSY325, B Y 371, F'SY 373; SOC 349, SOC 375.
Communication Major with Mass Communication Concentration: Five additional electives from the following: 132,225,232,325,330,343,347,350,360,375,
399,495; ENG 241, ENG 327.
For all three concentrations:Students may petition the Department to include as
part of their mapr concentration other Augsburg courses not listed above. Such
requests must be submitted in writing to the Departmental Adviser for prior
approval. Also, students may petition to include up to three courses from other
ACTC schools as electives, with prior approval of the Registrar and adviser or
Department chair.
Communication Minor: Six courses, including 111,342,351 or 352,354,345 or 355,
and ENG 223 or 225 or 226 or 227. Prospective minors must obtain prior approval
from a Communication faculty adviser.
Speech Major f or Teaching Licensure:10 courses, including 111,241 or 343,350,
351,352,354,360; participation in at least five interscholasticforensics t o m e n t s
in at least two events (one public address, one oral interpretation);and a minor in
English. Recommended: 366, courses in theatre, participation in drama.
Speech Minor for Teaching Licensure: 111 and six of the following: 241 or 343,
350,351,352,354,360, and participation in at least five interscholastic forensics
tournamentsin at least two events (one public address, one oral interpretation).
111
Public Speaking
Theory and practice of effeaive speaking and critical listening. Students
have the opportunityto give several speeches and receive feedback about
their performance from the class and the instructor. The course focuses on
such topics as developing self-confidence, speech preparation and
organization, audience analysis and adaptation, effective delivery, style
and language, and critical thinking and listening.
132
Photography
(See Department of Art.)
199
Internship
Consult mapr adviser for details.
225,330 Communication Design I, II
(See Department of Art.)
227
Journalism
(See Department of English.)
lntroductlonto Cinema Art
(See Department of English.)
Dlrected Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Advanced Journallsm
(See Department of English.)
Intercultural Communication
This course exploresboth the problems and the potential of communication
between persons of different cultural groups. Students examine Western
and non-Westem cultural rulesIvaluesI assumptionsand stereotypes and
how they affect the transmission of verbal and non-verbal messages. The
course stressesboth a general theoretical understanding of the d d c s of
cross-culturalinteraction as well as spedficknowledge
- of how these
principles relate to particular c u l d groups.
Mass Communications in Society
(See Department of Political Science.)
Junior and senior students only.
Broadcast Production I
Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept
development, scriptwriting, directing and
for video. s t u d i t s
will work in production teams and will gain experience in operation of
equipment.
Organizational Communication
An examination of the dynamics of communication in organizational
settings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships,
formal and informal communication networks, management styles,
power and authorityImotivation of employees, organizational culture,
performance appraisal, effective use of meetings and sources of communication problems in the workplace. Designed to enhance communication
skills of both managers and subordinates. Studentsboth investigate the
literature on orp&tional communication and attempt to aPPiy it to
their own experiences in organizations.
Broadcast Production II
This course is an advanced television production course in which students
apply knowledge and experience gained in Broadcast Production I. This
course combines studio and field production with special emphasis on
post-production editing. Studentswork in production teams to create and
produce a one-hour magazine format news program. (Prereq.:Broadcast
Production I)
Voice and Diction
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating,
articulating,listening, introduction to phonetics and the vocal mechanism.
Theory and practice are combined in oral projects, reports and papers,
voice tapes and individual coaching.
Argumentation
Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning in public
speaking, discussion and debates. Key objectives include increasing skill
in analyzing argumentativeclaims, being able to distinguish between
strong and weak arguments, understanding tests for evidence and
fallacies in reasoning and learning to apply principles of argumentation to
contemporarypublic issues. Students have the opportunityto enhance
their skills in debate and discussion and also learn to analyze and aitique
arguments they encounter in their daily lives.
Persuasion
Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes and behavior.
The course deals with a broad range of topics, including obstacles to
persuasion; cultural dimensions of persuasion; the use of logical and
psychological appeals; empirical research in persuasion; how persuasion
is used in politics, sales, advertising, and interpersonal contexts; the
nature of mass movements and campaigns; the impact of the mass media
on persuasion, and ethical issues related to persuasion. Students analyze
persuasive messages in contemporary society, with practical work in
speech and promotional projects.
Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to
overcome communicationbarriers. This course combines theory and
practice to help the student understand and manage communication
problems more effectively.
Small Group Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors
related to decision making, styles of leadership and conflict management.
This course combines lecture with practical experienceto help the student
become a more effective and productive member of a task-oriented small
BOUPOrganlzational Psychology
(See Department of Psychology.)
Media Regulation, Law and Ethics
(See Department of Political Science.)
Internship
(Consult mapr adviser for details.)
Communication Topics
Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of
primary sources and methodology of research.
499
Independent Study in Communicatlon
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
Theatre is not primarily an extracurricular activity nor is it merely entertainment. As a laboratory for learning that uses all of theliberal arts, theatre
is the essence of a liberal arts education. By reliving how other people
throughout history were thinkingfeeling and strugghg, students have a
greater understandingof their own humanity. Theatre enables students to
experience the beauty, mystery and ambiguity of life.
Minneapolis-St. Paul is an ideal place to study theatre, because it is one
of the major theatre centers in the United States. Augsburg students
expand their knowledge of theatre not only by attending, but also by
working in the professional and community theatres of the Twin Cities.
Our theatre faculty have professional experience which enables them to
provide students with realistic guidance and contacts.
The Augsburg program encourages students to participate in all aspects
of theatre production while providing each student the opportunity of
emphasizing one specific area, such as acting, directing or design.
Graduates enter many fields, such as professional theatre, television,
film, advertising, law, journalism, business and religion.
Theatre Arts Major: 11courses (222,228,229,232,361,362,366, &d four of the
following: 116,226,295,325,393,50,, 60,, 367,428,429,432, 495); one Internship,
one theatre Interim course, and 10 production units in three or more of the following areas: acting (two required), technical crew work (four required), playwriting,
direction, design and theatre management.
Because of the many professional and semi-professional theatres located in the
Twin Cities, internships are a significant part of the educational experience. Theatre
majors have the opportunity to work in the areas of design, technical, acting
management, directing and dramaturgy.
This mapr should be supported by coursesin dramatic literature including
Shakespeareand Modern Drama or ScandinavianDrama. Strongly recommended:
courses in movement, dance, art and media art (cinema, radio, television, video).
Maprs must participate in dramatic productions everyyear. Students must maintain
an overall 2 0 GPA to have mapr participation in productions. Freshmen planning to
mapr in theatre arts courses should begin with courses 116,222,232 and 228.
Honors Major: Designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding
achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student. Honors majors
must maintain a 35 GPA in the major and a 3.0 GPA overall and, as part of their
mapr program, complete a substantial independent project of honors quality (SPC
499). Honors candidates should meet with their Departmental Adviser prior to
their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors project.
Theatre Arts Minor: Five courses, including 222,228 or 229,232,361 or 362,366,
and five production units in the following areas: acting (one required), technical
crew work (two required), playwriting, direction, design and theatre management.
Theatre History and Criticism Minor: Five courses: 222,325,361,362 and 366.
Theatre Arts Major for Teaching Licensure:10 courses: 116,222,228,232,241 or
343,350,360,361,362,366, plus 111, a minor in Engliih, and 10 production units in
three or more of the following areas: acting (two required), technical crew work
(fourrequired), playwriting, direstion, design and theatre management.
Theatre Arts Minor for Teaching Licensure: Five courses: 222,228 or 229,232 or
116,361 or 362,366, plus 111, and four production units in the following areas:
acting (one required), technical crew work (one required), playwriting, direction,
design and theatre management.
Speech-TheatreArts Major for Teaching Licensure: 12 courses, 111,222,228 or
229,232 or 116,241 or 343,350,351,352,354,360,361 or 362,366, a minor in English
and partiapation in two activities (forensics, theatre, media).
116
Creative Drama
A study of various forms of dramatic movement, pantomime and play
through activity, reading, observation and discussion. Emphasis on
improvisationaltechniques and active participation. Development of
dramatic pieces from written, verbal, visual and audible sources. Some
fundamentals of acting are introduced.
199
Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
222
Introduction to Theatre
A survey of dramatic art including major historical periods, plays, artists;
dramatic structure, principles, and values; basic concepts and techniques
of the play production process.
228
lntroduction to Stagecraft
Introduction to the backstage world of the theatre; its organization, aafts,
magic and art. Technical production experience, practical projects and
theatre tours. Open to all students. (Lab required, lab fee.)
229
Stage and Llghting Design
An introduction to scenery and lighting design for the stage. Each student
will execute two design projects dealing with stage design process. The
class will also taketheatre tours, have visiting designers and have
practical involvement with the Augsburg spring production. (Lab
required, some materials needed.)
232
Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental and
emotional preparation and exploration of the aeative approach to scene
and character study in American drama.
Introduction to Asian and Asian-American Theatre
This course is a survey of the rich theatrical performance styles, aesthetic
theories, and plays of traditional Asian cultures. A s w e y of 20th Century
Asian America performers, productions, theatre companies, and plays
will also be explored. The course will include lecture, films, videos and
demonstrationsby visiting performers. Students will read and analyze
selected Asian and Asian American plays and will be required to attend
and review one live production.
Directed Study
Independent study for Lower Division credit.
Playwriting
An introductory course in writing for the stage, television and film.
Students will learn the basics of dramatic structure, methods of script
analysis and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to
finished product. (Prereq.: ENG 111and one literature course. ENG 226
also recommended.)
Interpretative Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of prose, poehy and drama. Study,
discuss, practice and perform readings in prose, poehy and drama before
small and large groups.
Theatre History and Criticism I
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature and criticism from the
classical Greek through the Medieval period. The theatres of Asia are also
introduced. Reading of several plays and attendance at local theatre
productions are required.
Theatre History and Criticism II
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature and criticism from the
Elizabethan through the contemporary theatres. Reading of several plays
and attendance at local theatre productions are required.
Stage Direction I
Basic directorial techniques: choice of plays, play analysis, production
organization, technical collaboration, casting, rehearsals, blocking and
characterization. Direction of a short production required (one-act or
excerpt from full-length play). (Prereq.:a 200 or 300 level theatre course)
Stage Direction II
Indepth analysis and practical experiencein direding different play
forms and styles: serious, comic, period, experimental, musical. Direction
of a short production required (one-act or excerpt from full-length play).
(Prereq.: 366 or consent of instructor)
Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
428
Advanced Technical Methods
Advanced construction and problem-solvingtechniques in technical areas
of scenery, props, lighting, sound, costumes and make-up. (Prereq.:228 or
consent of instructor. Lab fee)
429
Advanced Deslgn
Advanced projects in set and lighting design. Introduction to costume
design. (Prenq.: 229 or consent of instructor)
432
Advanced Acting
This course explores the elements of characterization through character
analysis and extensive scene study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from
the classics, including Shakespeare, French neoclassicism, Restoration
comedy, realism and non-realism, epic and the absurd culminating in
preparation and presentation of a professional audition.
495
Theatre Topics
Selected topics in theatre.
499
Independent Study In Theatre
Independent study for Upper Division credit.
Augsburg College offers a minor in Women's Studies. (See listing under
Interdkciphary Studies (INS).
COLLEGE
BOARDOF REGENTS
Chak
Wee Chair
Raymond A. Grinde
Trnasurer
David L.Swanson
RodneyP.3urwd
betaw
Barbara C Gage
Theyeminpmenthesesaffereachnmneis
the expi~ationdate of current term.
Nancy H. Bottemiller
(1992) Homemaker, Wadena, Minn.
Rodney P. Burwell
(1994)
Xerxes Corporation, Minneapolis, Minn.
The Rev. stephen J. Comils, (19%) Senior Pastor, Central Lutheran Church,
Ph.D.
Minneapolis, Minn.
H. David Dalquist III
(19%) President, Northland Aluminum Products,
Inc., st. Louis Park, Minn.
Darrell J. Egertson
Julian P. Foss
(1994) Chief Financial Officer, Dart Transit Co.,
St. Paul, Minn.
(19%) Retired Businessman, Mesa, Ariz.
Barbara C. Gage
(1992) Homemaker, Long Lake, Minn.
Raymond A. Grinde
Carolyn T. Groves
(19%) Retired Businessman, Roseville, Minn.
(19%) Admhktrator, S. J. Groves and Sons
Company, Minneapolis, Minn.
Norman R. Hagfors
(1995) President, Norsen, Inc., Minneapolis,Minn.
Elling B. Halvorson
(19%) President, PapiUon Airways, Inc.,
Kirkland, Wash
Men A. Housh
(1995) President, Cargill Marine and Terminal,
Edina, Minn.
George 0.
Johnson, Ph.D. (19%) Associate Professor and Division Head,
Health ServicesAdministration,
University of Minnesota,
Minneapolis, Minn.
'ZheHonLaJwe'lhamas
(1995) Judge, Hennepin County
Government Center, Minneapolii, Minn.
L;lngt=J.D.
Gary H. Lohn
(1994) Control Data Business Advisors,
Bloomington, Minn.
The Hon. Kenneth G. Nelson (19%) State Representative, Miiesota
House of Representatives, 9.
Paul, Minn.
The Rev. Maymid L. Nelson (1996) Senior Pastor, Calvary Lutheran
Church, Minneapolis, Minn.
I b d y n J. Nordaune, J.D.
Donald G. Oren
Harvey M. Peterson
Curtis A. Sampson
Richard L. Shepley
Ronald K. Speed
Gladys I. Strommen
Leland N. Sundet
David L. Swanson
Michael W. Thompson
Pamela L. Tibbetts
William A. Urseth
flo wiger, Ph.D.
May Ka-Yee Yue
DMSION
(1994) Partner, Nordaune & Friesen,
St. Louis Park, Minn.
President, Dart Transit Company,
St. Paul, Minn.
President, Catco Company, St. Paul, Minn.
President and Chief Executive Officer,
Communications Systems, Hector, Minn.
Partner, Marshall F m c i a l Group,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Vice President, Public Afhirs,
Honeywell, Inc.,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Homemaker, St. Paul, Minn.
Chaiian and Chief Executive Officer,
Sundet Companies, Bloomington, Minn.
Retired Businessman, Minneapolis, Minn.
Realtor, Edina Realty, Inc., Edina, Minn.
Vice President, Strategic Planningand
Development
Fairview, Minneapolis, Minn.
President and Chief Executive Officer,
US. Directives, U.S. Restaurant
Minneapolis, Minn.
Associate Professor, St. Cloud State
University, 9.
Cloud, Minn.
President, Financial Services Associates, Inc.,
Edina, Minn.
m~ED~CUION
THEEVANGELICAL
LUTHERAN
CHURCH INArvmua (ELCA)
Board
Chair: The Rev. Dennis H. Dickman
Secretary:Solveig Gregory
Vice-Chair Mary Ellen H. Schmider
Executive Staff
Executive Director: The Rev. W. Robert Sorensen
Assistant Director for Finance: Beata H. Sorenson
Director for Colleges and Universities:James M. Unglaube
Assistant Director for Colleges and Universities: Naomi E. Linnell
I
I
I
I
I
Area Code: 612
President ..............................................................................................................330-1212
Academic Affairs ..................................................................................................330-1024
Admissions ...........................................................................................................330-1001
Toll free number ........................................................................................143M-788-5678
Alumni Programs .................................................................................................=I179
Business Office (Feesand Accounts) .................................................................. 330-1029
Campus Ministry (CollegePastor) ..................................................................... 330-1732
330-1162
Career M c e s .................................................................................................
College Center Manager/Coordinator, SpecialEvents ...................................330-1121
College Relations (News and Publications) ...................................................... 330-1180
330-1171
Development (Fmancial Gifts to the College) ............,......-.............................
..................... 330-1120
Facilities Office ......................................................................
Fiicial Aid (Scholarships)...............................................................................330-1046
General Information (Other office numbers;
business hours only) ....-..............................................+.....*............................... 330-1000
Evenings ..............................................................................................................330-1234
330-1786
Graduate Program ..............................................gramgram.gram............gram......gram....g
Ice Arena Manager ...............................................................................................330-1251
Interim Office ........................................................................................................330-1025
Library ...................................................................................................................330-1017
Parent Programs ....................-...........................................+................................
330-1179
Personnel Office .............................................................................................
330-1058
Registrar ................................................................................................................330-1036
Student Activities Office ......................................................................................330-1111
Student Affairs .....................................................................................................330-1160
Student Government Office ...............................................................................-330-1110
Student Life (Housing) ........................................................................................=I109
Summer School Office ......................................................................................... 330-1786
Weekend College .................................................................................................330-1782
...-....
The College has designated the following persons as coordinators for disaimination inquiries or grievances:
Affirmative Action Coordinator (matters based on race. creed. national or ethnic
origin)-Contact the Office of Finance and Management (612/330-1026)
Vern M.Bloom. Assistant Professor. Sociology- Memorial Hall (612/330-1133).
504 Coordinator (mattersbased on physical or mental handicap)
William R.Rosser. Vice President for Student Affairs Memorial Hall (612/3S
1168). Title D( Coordinator (matters based on sex or marital status)
Sandra Jacobson. Director of Personnel- Ground Floor. Memorial Hall (612/3301023). Employment
All correspondence should be addressed to the designated individual at Augsburg
College. 731 21st Avenue South. Minneapolis. MN 55454.Formal grievance
procedures are described in the Student Guide.Copies are available from the
Personnel Office.
Office of the President
President ........................................................................................... Charles S. Andason
Executive Secretary to the President ............................................... Carolyn S. Canfield
College Pastor ............................................................................................ David T. Wold
Director, Church Relations ............................................................................Curtis Peter
Director, Admissions .................................................................................1
A. Stack
Cook
Assistant to the President for Diversity .........................................................n
Assistant to the President for CommunityRelations .................................. Rita Kaplan
Academic Affairs
Vice President for Academic Affairs
and Dean of the College .................................................................Ryan A. LaHurd
Executive Secretary to the Academic Dean ........................................... i s M. Nielsen
Associate Dean for Academic Affairs ................................................. David Gabrielson
Associate Academic Dean for Graduate
Vander Schaaf
and Special Programs ..................-........................................ a
Assistant to the Academic Dean for Advising ..............................Anita Johnson Gwin
Director, Weekend College .............................................................. J. Thoni
OperationsManager, Weekend College...............................................Nancy Shmickle
Graduate Program Coordinator ..............................................................Laura Erickson
Acting Registrar ............................................................................................. Jay Phinney
InstitutionalResearch Analyst .............................................................. R o W.Clyde
Director of Library ......................................................................................... e
Cline
P. Hackney
D i o r , Audio-visual Center .............................................................B
Interim Director ....................................................................................David Gabrielson
Director, Faculty Development ................................................................. M e McNeff
Director, CooperativeEducation .......................................................... Garry W. Hesser
Enrollment Coordinator, Weekend College ....................................Deirdre Middleton
Admissions Coordinator, Weekend College ....................................... JeanetteWittmer
Student Affairs
Vice President of Student Affairs and
Dean of Students ............................................................................... a
m R. Rosser
Executive !3ea&q .................................................................................. Casey McGuire
Assodate Dean of Students ...................................................... Linda SchremppAlberg
Director, Counseling ............................................................................ N a n Guilbeault
Warren
Director, Academic Enrichment ........................................................d
Coordinator, C.L.A.S.S. ..................................................................................... Jo Weir
Director, Career Services ..............................................................................T Wagner
Director, Residence Life .............................................................................char lie^ strey
Housing Coordinator, Tower ...............................................................Michael Peterson
Housing Coordinator, Area .............................................................................. Pat Sorac
Coordinator, International Programs ....................................................... Kathleen Lutfi
Director, American Indian Support Program ...................................Bonnie A. Wallace
I
Housing Coordinator, Area ..............................................................................Pat Sorcic
Coordinator, InternationalPrograms .......................................................Kathleen Lutfi
Director, American Indian Support Program ...................................Bonnie A. Wallace
Director, Black Student Affairs ..................................................................M . Anita Gay
Coordinator, Student Activities ..................................................................e l l Krebs
Development and College Relations
Vice President for Development..............................................................Gregory Ritter
Executive !3cretaryto the Vice President ..................................................Betty Arnold
Director, Development ..............................................................................Gordon Olson
o m s I. Benson
Director, Planned Giving .....................................................................
C. Carlson
Senior Development Officer ..................................................................Jy
Director, Corporate and Foundation Relations ..........................................Carol Forbes
Pam Meyer
Assistant Director, Alumni/Parent Relations ..........................................
Acting Director, Alumni Parent Relations/
Director, Annual Fund ......................................................................Donna McLean
Associate Director of the Augsburg Fund ........................................N o Okerstrom
-or,
College Relations .........................................................................P e Davies
Director, Publications ..............................................................M q r Westman Safgren
Publications Specialist ......................................................................
Holland-TUE
Finance and Management
Vice President for F i n c e and Management .......................................Michael Ranum
Executive Secretary to the Vice President ....................................................Pat Ostreim
Director of Student Enancial Swices ........................................H e r d A. Johnson
Assistant Director of Student Financial Services ........................................i s Larson
Financial Aid Counselor .....................................................................................................
Director, Personnel .................................................................................a
Jacobson
Dick Adamson
Controller ...................................................................................................
Director, Administrative Computer Center ........................................w e Terrien
Manager, College Center ...................................................................
M
A. Nelson
r
e E. Christopherson
Manager, Central Services ....................................................
Director, Purchasing/Bookstore .............................................................Robert P. Gores
Director, Marriott Corp. Food Services .......................................................T Wagner
Director, Plant Services ..........................................................................Weninger
Supervisor, Maintenance .........................................................................Robin A. Curtis
Manager, Ice Arena ....................................................................................James J- Carey
Courtland L. Agre, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ernest W. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education.
Oscar A. Anderson, President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D.,
Luther Theological !hninary;L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Margaret J. Anderson, Lib&,
B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Raymond E. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Speech, Communication and
Theater, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Val& Baltha, Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages.
Magister der Philosophia, University of Latvia.
Carl Chrislock, Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
L Gracia Christensen, Professor Emerita of English.
Ailene Cole, Professor Emerita of Theatre Arts/Speech. B.A.,
Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
K.Bemer Dahlen, Professor Emeritus of English. M.S. University of Minnesota.
Sheldon P. Fardig, Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A.
Carleton College, M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Henry G. Follingstad, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics.
Orlue Gisselquist, Professor Emeritus of History, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Theodore J.Hanwick, Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University.
Katherine Hennig, Professor Emerita of Music. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Einar 0.Johnson, Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D.,
University of Washington.
James D. Johnson,Professor Emeritus of Music. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Edor C. Nelson, Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Anne Pederson, Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Laurette E. Pelton, Professor Emerita, Education.
LaVonne J.Peterson, Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education.
M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Martin Quanbeck, Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Marianne D. Sander, Dean of Students
Leland B. Sateren, Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College;
D. Mus., Lakeland College.
Marjorie H. Sibley, Professor Emerita, Library
Dr. Paul G. Sonnack, Professor Emeritus, Religion
Paul T. Steen, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
JohnThut, Professor Emeritus, Music
Joel S. Torstenson, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Fall 1991
Labor Day recess .......................................................................................
Upperclass validation, Freshmen registration
M, Sep 2
Classes begin .............................................................................................. w1Sep4
Last day to register,
add a class,
drop a class without notation on record,
move Upper/Lower Division course
to Upper Division or Lower Division ...................................................T , Sep 10
Last day to designate grading option ................................................................ F Oct 25
Mid-term break ....................................................................................................F, Od 25
Interim registration ......................................................................... M, Od 28 - F, Nov 1
Spring term pre-registration ........................................................... M, Nov 18- F, Dec 6
Last day to withdraw from a class .............................................................. F Nov 15
Thanksgiving recess begins ............................................................................ Th,Nov 28
Classes resume ..................................................................................................... M, Dec 2
Classes end ........................................................................................................... F, Dec 13
F i i examinationsbegin .................................................................................. M, Dec 16
F i i examinations end ....................................................................................Dec 19
F d grades due and Incompletes due
from spring and summer '91 ................................................................. W, Dec 27
Interim 1992
Classes begin ........................................... ............................................
M. Jan 6
Last day to register.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record
or move Upper/Lower Division course
to Upper Division .......................................................................................T. J 7
Last day to designategrading option .................................................................F Jan 17
Last day to withdraw from a class ......................................................................F Jan 17
Classes end ............................................................................................................9Jan 29
Interim grades due ................................................................................................F Feb 7
Spring 1992
Validation of registration. Classes begin ...........................................................MI Feb 3
Last day to register.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record.
move Upper/Lower Division course to
Upper Division or Lower Division ............................................................F Feb 7
Mid-term break begins .....................................................................................M Mar 23
Classes resume .................................................................................................M Mar 30
Last day to designate grading option .................................................................F Apr 3
Last day to withdraw from a class .................................................................. F. Apr 17
Easter break begins ............................................................................................. F Apr 17
Classes resume ................................................................................................... MI Apr 20
Early registration for fall ..................................................................M Apr 27- F. May 8
Classes end .......................................................................................................... F. May 15
Fiiexaminations begin .....................................................................
...M ,May 18
Fiiexaminations end ................................................................................... May 21
Badureate and Commencement ............................................................... Su,May 24
F i i grades due and Incompletes due
from fall '91 and Interim '92 .................................................................. F May 29
Summer School 1992
Term I ............................................................................................ T May 28 .F. June21
Term I1 .............................................................................................. M. June24 .F. Aug 2
Correct as of February 8,1991.
Beginning yem of seruice on f m l t y is indicated with pmenthesis.
Charles S. Anderson (1976). President, B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of
Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary;Ph.D., Union Theological
Seminary,New York.
Ryan A. LaHurd (1985). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the
College. B.A., Mt. Carmel College; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., University
of Wisconsin-Madison.
Nancy I. Aarsvold (1986). Instructor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Pacific Lutheran
University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ruth L. Aaskov (1%0). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Gerald E. Allan (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Earl R Alton (1960). Professor and Department Ch-on
of Chemistry. B.A., St.
Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Patricia K. Amo (1991). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Lyla M. Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor of Psychology, B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University.
Barbara Andersen (1%9). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern
College; M.A., Northwestern University.
Edwin D. Andersen (1987). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics, Computer Science
and Education. B.A., Macalester College; M.S.T., Illinois Institute of Technology;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Assistant Professor of Art. A.B., Oberlin College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Seminary.
Stuart M. Anderson (1989). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Trudi J. Anderson (1990).Studio Artist/Flute, part-time. B.M., Augsburg College;
M.M. Northwestern University.
Andrew L Aoki (1988). Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of
Massachusetts-Amherst; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
David B. Apolloni (1989). Visiting Assistant Professor, Philosophy. B.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A.,
PhD, University of Minnesota.
Mary Claire Baldus (1991). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., College of St.
Benedkt; M.S.W., Saint Louis University.
Deborah Bart (1980). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communicationand Theatre.
B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Shelley S. Baxter (1990). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A. The Evergreen State
College; M.A., University of Notre Dame.
Mary Ann Bayless (1990). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.A., San Diego State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
David L Beaulieu (1991). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
JohnE. Benson (1963). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University.
Vem M. Bloom (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota.
Joseph C Bodziock (1986). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., St. Joseph's College;
M.A., University of New Hampshire, Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jeanne M. Boeh (1990). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Illinois.
Nancy C Bologna (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., Regis College;
M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., Washington State University.
JulieH. Bolton (1975). Associate Professor of Speech, Communication and
Theatre. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Borstad (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Health and Physical Education. B.A., MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
JamesA. Brothen (1988). Visiting Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Maria Brown (1980). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American
University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1983). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies.
B.A., M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Michael R Burden (1990). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and
Theatre (Designer and Technical Dirxtor). B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A,
University of Minnesota.
Diane F. Busico (1986). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State University.
Thomas L. Busico (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State University.
Louis H. Cairoli (1990). Instructor in Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S.,
M.S., John Carroll University; M.S., Syracuse University; M.S. Kansas State
University.
Laura V. Castor (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Muhlenberg College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
JohnCerrito (1983). Assistant Professor in Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
Rhode Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work B.S., Augsburg
College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Marisha A. Chamberlain (1991). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and
Theatre. M.F.A., Goddard College.
Stephen D. Chapman (1991) Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A. Augsburg College;
M.A., Hamline University.
Rosalie Clark (1979). Instructor, par-time, Social Work. BAS., M.S.W., University
of Minnesota.
Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., Ph.D., Western Michigan University.
Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Institutional Research
Analyst. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Carolyn S. Clemmons (1990). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Talladega
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Elaine R. Cline (1990). Assistant Professor, Director of Library. B.A., College of
William and Mary; M.L.S., University of Michigan.
Mariette S. Cole (1989). Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.A., University of
California; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Larry Crockett (1985).Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science.
B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary.
Kenneth R Croken (1988).Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., St. Joseph's
University;J.D., New England School of Law.
Cathleen A. Dalglish (1986). Assistant Professor, part-time, English. B.A.,
College of St. Catherine, M.F.A., Vermont College.
Wayne A. Dalton (1984). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., University of
Redlands; M.Th., Ph.D., School of Theology at Claremont.
Laurel R. Davis (1991). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.S., Springfield College;
M.A., University of Iowa.
Mary E.Dean (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
University of Massachusetts; J.D., Suffolk University; M.L.T., Georgetown
University.
Suzanne I. Dorke (1989). Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.A., University of Delaware; M.A., University of Wisconsin.
Bruce K. Drewlow (1988).Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Moorhead State
University, M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
John Dunham (1987). Studio Artist/Cello, Music. B.A., Syracuse University; M.M.,
University of Michigan-Ann Arbor.
Beverly C Durkee (1965). Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A.,
B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State
University.
Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Earl W. Eames, Jr. (1987) Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. S.B.,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Mary G. Endorf (1986). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Hamline University;
M.S., SUNY-Cortland;Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson (1976).Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M. Div.,
Luther Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Carol A. Enke (1986). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
University of Minnesota.
Marian S. Enos (1987). Instructor, part-time, Nursing and Education. B.S.N., M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joseph k Erickson (1990). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., College of
St. Thomas; MA. Luther Northwestern Theological Seminary;Ph.D. University
of Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor and Department Chairpason of Physics.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State
University.
Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall
College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Ann C. Fleener (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Anita L. Fisher (1991). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A.,
University of Montana.
Phillip F. Fishman (1988). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.S., University of
Wisconsin-Madison; J.D., Washington University; M.S.W., St. Louis University.
Marilyn Pearson Florian (1980). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical
Education and Women's Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., St.
Cloud State University.
Bruce D. Forbes (1990). Instructor, F-time, Rdigion BA, Morningside Collegq
M.Th., Perkins School of Theology; Ph-D., Princeton TheoIogical %mi~~ary.
Robert Friederichsen (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.A., Bethel
College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Steven W. Freimuth (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., University of Minnesota.
Mark L Fuehrer (1%9). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Stephen M.Gabrielsen (1963). kofessor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Frieda Gardner (1990). Instructor, part-time, English, B.S.. Columbia University;
PhD, University of Minnesota.
Etheline K Garetz (1989). Assistant Professor, part-time, Education. B.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.S., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
M. Anita Gay (1987). Director, Black Student Affairs. B.S., Southern University,
Baton Rouge; M.A., Howard University.
Jerry Gerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology.B.A., Lake Forest College; MA.,
Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Richard Germundsen (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Mankato State
University; M.A., School of International Service, American University; Cand.
Mag. Universitet i Bergen, Norway; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Peter Gillen (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.B.,
University of Minnesota.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education and
Men's Athletic Director. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; MEd., University of
Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Douglas E. Green (1988). Assistant Professor of Enghsh. B.A., Amherst University;
M.A., Ph.D., Brown University.
Richard A. Gresczyk (1990), Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.S., M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Joan L Griffin (1986). Associate Professor of English. A.B., Washington University;
M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University.
Brian G r h a (1990). Studio Artist/Saxophone, part-time. B.A., Dartmouth College.
Satya P. Gupta (1976). Professor of Economics and Department Chairperson. B.S.,
M.S., Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southan Illinois University.
Donald R Gustafson (1961). Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus
Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1967). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Brian P. Hackney (1983). Assistant Professor, Director of Audio-Visual Center.
B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Roxannne Hale (1991). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A., University
of Pacific; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Paul P. Halvorson (1985). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., The American University.
James Hayes (1991). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre.
B.S.E., M.S., Emporia State University, F'h. D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Summer Hamille (1989). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education.
M. Anaam Hashmi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Adrninistration/MIS.
B.E., N.E.D., University of Engineering & Technology, Karachi; M.B.A., Ball State
University; D.BA., Kent State University.
Milda K Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science and Director, Canadian
Studies Program. B.A., Macalester College; MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Andrew Heglund (1989). Studio Artist/Percussion, part-time. BM., University of
Minnesota.
Thomas J. Herbst (1990). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., St. John's University,
M.S, Hofstra University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert S. Herforth (1966). Professor and Department Chairperson of Biology. B.A.,
Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Edwina L Hertzberg (1977). Professor of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College;
M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
G a q W. Hesser (1977). Professor of Sociology, Director of Metro-Urban Studies,
Director of Cooperative Education Program. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div.,
Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame.
Melissa S. ("Mickey") Hessler (1991). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical
Education, B.A., Augsburg College.
Nelly Trocme Hewett (1988). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A.,
Earlham College.
Wendy B. Hines (1991). Instructor, part-time. Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Southern University.
Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. BA., Concordia College, Moorhead;
M.F.A., University of Iowa.
Paul L Holmer (1986). Distinguished Visiting Professor of Philosophy. B.A.,M.A.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Yale University.
Anne Holmquist (1991). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and
Theatre. B.F.A., Drake University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Bradley P. Holt (1981). Professor and Department Chairperson of Religion. B.A.,
Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale
University.
JohnR Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Marilyn N. Homwitz (1988).Instructor, part-time, Business Admjnistration/MIS.
B.A., M.B.E., University of Minnesota.
Mary Budd Horozaniecki (1988). Studio Artistfliolin and Viola. B.M., Indiana
University.
Kenneth B. Huber (1989). Studio Artist/Piano. BM., M.M., Indiana University.
David Hudson (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., University
of Minnesota.
Sally M. Hunter (1989). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., College of St.
Scholastics; M.T., University of Wisconsin.
M. Shahidul Islam (1989).Instructor, part-time, Economics. M.B.A., Dhaka
University, Bangladesh; University of Minnesota.
I. Khin Khin Jensen(1955-56,1959). Professor of History, Director of East and
Southeast Asian Studies. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma; M.A., Bucknell
University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Duane E.Johnson(1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A.,
Huron College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State
University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Harriet W. Johnson(1989). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of
Richmond; M.A., University of Minnesota.
JeffreyE. Johnson(1985). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S., M.A., and Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Martha B. Johnson (1988). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and
Theatre. B.A., MA., and Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Mary E (Mimi)Johnson (1962). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A.,
Smith College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Business
Admiiistration/MIS. B.Comm., University of Cairo,Egypt; M.B.A., University of
Michigan.
Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science. A.B.,
M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers State University.
Jane Kammerman (1986). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., University of California; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Mike Kapel(1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Robert Karl& (1973). Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Randall W. Kindley (1991). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. BA., M.P.A.,
University of North Carolina;Ph.D, Duke University.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Foreign Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College.
M d e e I. Klemp (1980). Assistant Professor and Studio Artist/Oboe, part-time.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education.
B.S., Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Thomas Kuhlman (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Marquette
University; M.A., Xavier University; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University.
Joan C. Kunz (1987). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of MissouriSt. Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Roy H. LaFayette (1972). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.S.B., University of Minnesota.
David V. Lapakko (1986).Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of
Speech, Communication and Theatre. M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Cheryl Leitschuh (1989). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.Ed., South Dakota State University; Ed.D, University of South
Dakota.
Nicholas A. Lenz (1980). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., SouthwestState
University; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Ronald L Libertus (1985). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studis. B.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.A, Windham College.
Rosemary J. Link (1986). Assistant Professor of Sodal Work M.Sc, London
University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Cynthia Dunbar Lohman (1985). Studio Artistfloice, part-time. B.A., MM,
University of Minnesota.
Lori L Lohman (1990). Assistant Professor of Business Adrninistration/MIS. B.A.,
M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
J. Lynne F. Lorenzen (1988). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., University of
Iowa; M.Div., Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary; MA., The
Qaremont Graduate School.
Joyce Paxton Lumpkin (1991).Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical
Education. B.A., California State University.
Steven Lund (1983). Studio Artist/Trombone, part-time. B.S., University of
Minnesota.
Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. BA, Smith
College; M.A, Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Karen M. Mateer (1984). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South
Dakota; M.A., University of Iowa.
Linda McKeag (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Admiistration/MIS. B.S.,,
University of Wisconsin-La Crosse; M.B.A., College of St. Thomas.
Esther G. McLaughlin (1989). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., Ph-D., University of California Berkeley.
Marie 0.McNeff (1968). Professor of Education, Director of Faculty Development.
B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska.
Phyllis M. Metcalf (1989) Assistant Professor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A.,
Eastern Michigan University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Roberta Kagin Metzler (1974). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; B.
Music Ed., M. Music Ed., University of Kansas.
Felai Meziou (1987). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
University of Tunis, Tunisia; MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956).Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
JoAnn Michna (1991). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics and Computer Science.
B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Jan Miner (1984). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A.,
Lycoming College; M.A., Bowling Green State University.
Jay A. Miskowiec (1991).Instructor, part-time. English. B.A, University of Minnesota; M.A., Universite de Paris Vm.
Kinney G. Misterek (1989).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.S., M.B.A., University of South Dakota; M.B.T., University of M i e s o t a .
John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College;
M.A., University of Tennessee.
William Monsma (1987). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., Calvin College;
M.Div., Calvin Seminary;Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Thomas Morgan (1983). Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon.
William D.Moms (1987). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. BA., Oakland
University; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University.
Mildred (Mike) Mueller (1988). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A.,
Central Michigan University; Ed.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert M. Murphy (1986). Instrustor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., University of Toledo.
Sr. Mary Henry Nachtsheim (1989).Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A.,
College of St. Catherine; M.A., Ph.D. Lava1University.
Eliawira N. Ndosi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., Carleton College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Gordon L. Nelson (1967).Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary;M.A., Ph.D., University of
Chicago.
Richard C Nelson (1968). Professor and Department Chairperson of History. B.A.,
University of Nebraska; M.A. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Pamela Nice (1991). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre.
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine Cluistie NicholI (1973). Professor of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A.,
University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michele M. Nielsen (1989). Assistant Professor, part-time, Chemistry. B.A.,
University of Northern Colorado; M.S., University of California, Santa Barbara.
Beverly J. Nilsson (1977). Professor and Department Chairperson of Nursing. B.S.,
M.S., University of Minnesota.
Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor and Department Chairperson of Political
Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
Celeste M. WBrien (1975). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time. B.A., Hamline
University.
Vicki B. Olson (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Michael O'Neal(1989). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., University of
Missouri; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kathleen H. Olsen (1990).instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and
Theatre. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Gordon W. Olson (1988). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.A., Concordia College.
JeremiahOlson (1989). Instructor, par-time, Religion. B.A., Minot State University;
M.Div., Trinity Lutheran Seminary.
Lila J. Olson (1990). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.M., University of Kansas;
M.M., University of Nebraska.
Sharon K. Ostwald (1986). Adjunct Assistant Professor of Nursing. M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Magdalena M. Paleczyny-Zapp (1986). Assistant Professor of Economics. BA.,
M.A., Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw; Ph.D., Akademia
Ekonorniczna, Krakow.
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B. Div.,
Bethel Seminary; MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia A. Parker (1960). Instructor, part-time, Education; B.A. Eastern Michigan
Universtiy; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D. University of Minnesota.
Cathy Paulsen (1990). Instructor, part-time. Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College, M.A.,
Lone Mountain College.
Curtis Paulsen (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., The Fielding Institute.
Paul Pender (1985). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
M.B.A., University of Wisconsin.
Helene Peters (1990). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. M.A., University of
Toulouse; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Vincent Peters (1988). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Loyola College,
Madras; M.A., Madras School of Social Work, Madras, India.
Noel J. Petit (1984). Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science.
B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joyce Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Diane L Pike (1981). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale University.
Paul E. Pork (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS., B.S.B.,
University of Minnesota; M.B.A., Mankato State University.
Sandra L Powers (1990). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.M., Eastman School;
M.M. Northwestern School.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D.,
Augsburg Theological Seminary;M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Philip A. Quanbeck, I1 (1987). Instructor, part-time, Religion. BA., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary.
Randi Quanbeck (1990). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Langauges. B.A., Concordia
College; M.A., Northwestern University.
Larry C. Ragland (1985). Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at
Austin.
0.Nicholas Raths (1987). Studio Artist/Guitar, Music. B.M., M.M., University of
Minnesota.
Edward R Raupp (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Carnegie Tech; M.B.A., Wharton School.
Patrick M. Redmond (1989). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.S., University of Minnesota.
Bruce R Reichenbach (1968). Professor and Department Chairperson of
Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Jacqueline 0.Richardson (1990). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Morris
Brown College; M.S., Fort Valley State College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael Robin (1990). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A, M.S.W., M.P.H.,
University of Minnesota.
Thomas C. Rolfs, Jr. (1986).Studio Artistflrumpet, part-time. B.F.A., University of
Minnesota; M.M., Northwestern University.
Thomas D. Rossin (1986). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of
Music. M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Eleni Roulis (1987). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., St. John's University; M.A.,
New York University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia L. Rude (1990). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. BA., Gustavus
Adolphus College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
William R Russell (1991). Assistant Professor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Ph.D.,
University of Iowa; M.Div., Luther Northwestern Seminary.
S
Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Economics. B.S., University of Rhode
Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Hamed Sallam (1988). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.S., Ein Shams University,
Cairo; M.S., Cairo University; Ph.D., Tbilisi State University, U.S.S.R.
Pauline Sateren (1974). Instructor, part-time, Music Education. B.A., Northwestern
College; M.M.Ed., University of Colorado.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education.
B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., University of Minnesota.
Milo A. Schield (1985). Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Iowa State University; M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University.
John S. Schmit (1990). Assistant Professor of English. B.S., St. John's University;
M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., The University of Texas.
Gregg W. Schneider (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business/M.I.S. B.A., Gustavus
Adolphus College;J.D., Hamline University; M.B.A., College of St. Thomas.
Robert T. Schultheis (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.B. A., College of Sante Fe; M.B. A., College of St. Thomas.
Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A.,
Texas Christian University; Ph.D., University of Texas.
Edward R Skarnulis (1990).Associate Professor of Social Work B.A., Omaha
University; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Eugene M. Skibbe (1964).Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th.,
Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg Germany.
William W. Smith, I11 (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. BA., Minnesota
Metropolitan State University; M.Div., I.T.C. Morehouse School of Religion.
Stanley I-LSolnick (1984). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., M.B.A., University of Northern Colorado.
Meredith J. Sommers (1991). Instructor, part-time, Religion. BA., Minnesota
Metropolitan State University; MA.L., Augsburg College.
Yong Nam Song (1987). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Jeon Buk National
University, Korea.
Robert J. Stacke (1990). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A.C.I., College of St. Thomas.
Nancy K.Steblay (1988). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of
Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University; M.A., Ph.D. University of Montana.
Donald B. Steinmetz (1968).Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Myles Stenshoel(1965).Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Robert Stenstrom (1990). Assistant Professor of Physics and Mathematics. B.S.,
M.S., University of South Dakota.
Lynn J. Stevensen (1990).Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education.
B.S., Southwest Minnesota University; M.S., University of Windsor, Mankato
State University.
Stuart M. Stoller (1986).Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
M.S., Long Island University.
Diane L Strandberg (1989).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato
State University.
Beverly J. Stratton (1986).Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.A., MA., Boston University.
Marie Struss (1988).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Mankato State
University; M.S., Mankato State University.
Mary Jo Stump (1988).Part-time student teacher supervisor, Education. B.A., Ball
State University; M.A., Northern State College.
Grace K.Sulerud (1966).Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ralph L Sulerud (1%4). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
K a h y n Swanson (1985).Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
English. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
William Swenson (1989).Instructor, part-time, Master of Arts in Leadership
Program. A.B., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
James Thomas (1991).Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.S., Concordia Teachers
College; M.Div., Christ Seminary/Seminex; M.Ed., The City University of New
York; S.TM., Union TheologicalSeminary;D.Min, Graduate Theological
Foundation.
Philip J. Thompson (1959).Professor and Department Chaiierson of Art. B.A.,
Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of Iowa.
James D. Urbach (1990).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
Augsburg College.
Ronald F. Walter (1988).Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A. ,
Swarthmore College; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
G l o M.
~ Warner (1988).Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.S., St. Olaf Collge; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Donald M. Warren (1978).Instructor, part-time, Introductionto Liberal Arts,
Director of Academic Enrichment. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Martha A. (Cary)Waterman (1991).Instructor, part-time, English. B.A, University
of Denver; B.S., M.A., Mankato State University.
Pamela Weiss (1983).Assistant Professor, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., University of
Nebraska; M.P.H., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Theresa Welcher (1986).Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S. and two M.S. degrees,
South Dakota State University.
Mary Louise Williams (1978; 1984).Assistant Professor and Department
Chairperson of Social Work. B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania.
Maria K Woroby (1990).Assistant Professor, Reference Librarian. B.S., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Angela Wyatt (1981).Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.A., St. Olaf College.
Robert D. Wykstra (1989).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., Calvin College; M.B.A., Western Michigan University.
Peter G. Yackel(1990). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., M.L.T., Wittenberg
University; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University.
William C. Youngblood (1990).Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Valparaiso
University; M.A., Indiana University; M.Div., Bethel Theological Seminary;Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
RD.Zehnder (1991). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., Carleton College; M.A.,
Stanford University, University of California, Davis; Ph.D., Kansas University.
Stephen Y. Zheng (1990). Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.S., Sichuan University, Chengdu;Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg ..........................8
ElAbout
Academic Affairs .....................251
Academic Calendar ........2.60. 254
Academic Internships................73
Academic Information .........59-96
Academic Organization and
Programs ...................................63
Academic Policies and
Procedures ............ ...
.....76
Academic Progress. Probation
and Dismissal ...........................94
Academic Requirements and
Credit .........................................69
Academic Skills Enrichment .....50
Accessibility..................................2
Accounting Specialization ......109
Accreditation ............................2. 9
Accreditation and
Memberships ........................211
Activities ..................................... 53
Adapted Physical Education
Major .......................................163
Administration ......................... 251
Admissions ......................1215-19
Advanced Placement
Program Test ............................92
American Indian Studies .........171
American Indian
Support Program ................1250
Annex Houses ......................13. 56
Application Procedures .............16
Art ............................................ -.-99
Art History ................................103
Assessment of Previous
Learning (APL) Program .........92
Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities
( A m Programs ...61.65.67. 71
Associated Support
Organizations .....-.,-............... 13
Athletic Affiliation .......................2
Athletics ....................
.
...... 49
Audio-visual Services ...............62
.-.....
Audit Fee .................................... 22
Auditing Courses ....................... 91
Augsburgian ..............................49
Augsburg Echo .......................... 49
................................ 37. 104
:%Student
Support Program ..................... 51
Board of Regents ...................... 248
Books and Supplies ...................23
Business .................................... 109
Business Administration and
Management Information
systems ................................... 108
..............................60. 254
ElCalendar
Campus ......................................... 2
Campus Guide ......................... 269
Campus Location ............... 11. 270
Campus Ministry .......................48
Campus Tours ............................ 16
Canadian Program.....................76
Cancellation of Courses .............78
Career Services ...........................51
Center for Global
Education ............................ 12. 76
Chemical Dependency
Program .................................... 68
Chemistry ................................. 116
Chinese ..............................121. 146
Choir .........................................
49
Christensen Center .........12.49. 55
City Arts ....................................186
Class Confinnation ....................77
Class Schedule............................ 98
Classification (Sophomores.
Juniors. Seniors) .......................92
Coaching Endorsement ...........163
College Costs 1991- '92 .............. 22
College Level b i n a t i o n
Program (CLEP) ....................... 93
College Relations ..................... 252
Commons ................................... 55
Communication ....................... 239
Computer Resources .................62
Computer Science ....................180
Concert Band ..............................49
Continuing Education
Program ................................... 75
Cooperative Education ........72, 73
Costs and Financial Aid ............69
Counseling Services...................51
Course Descriptions ...........99-246
C.M.A. Certification .................110
C.P.A. Certiiication .................. 109
Credit Assessment
Program (CAP) ......................... 93
Credits ......................................... 98
la
Dean's List .................................. 95
Degrees Offered ......................... 60
Departmental
Comprehensive Exams ............93
Departments and
Programs ............................ 97-246
Deposits .................... .
.
............. 23
Development and
College Relations .................... 252
Diredory ................................... 250
Disabled Student Program ........ 52
Distribution Requirements .......80
Division for Education
(ELCA) .................................... 249
Dismissal ..................................... 94
Divisions and Departments ......63
Dual Degree Programs ......65, 137
Early Admission of
Freshmen .................................. 17
East and Southeast Asian
Studies ..................................... 121
49
Echo .............................................
Economics ................................. 123
Economics-Business
Adminstration Major .............109
Education .................................. 127
Education for Senrice .................. 9
Elementary Education ............. 128
Eligiiility and Application ........69
Employment ............................... 30
Engineering .............................. 136
English ......................................1 3
English as a Second Language
(ESL) Program ..........................94
Enrollment .................................... 2
Entry Level Skills
Requirements ........................... 83
Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America (ELCA) .....................2.49
Ethnic Studies ...........................172
Experiential Education
Programs ...................................72
Evaluation and Grading ............89
Explanation of Grades ...............90
Facilities and Housing ...............12
Facts and Figures .........................2
Faculty .................................61. 256
Faculty Emeriti ......................... 253
Fees ........................................2 3
Finance and Management .......252
Finance Specialization .............109
Financial Aid .....................2.25. 69
Financial Policies ........................24
Financing Your
Education .............................21-46
Fine Arts .....................................49
First Year Experience
Program .......................52.79. 144
Food Service ...............................55
Foreign Study .................54.68. 72
Former Students ...................18. 79
Foreign Language Placement ...89
Foreign Language Department
..,,.......,.............
,
................. -145
Foreign Study .................54.68. 72
Foss. Lobeck. Miles Center
for Worship. Drama and
Communication ....................... 12
French ........................................ 146
Freshmen ,
16
Full-Time Student ......................22
..................-.......-...-
Education Curriculum
ElGeneral
Requirements .................79.8 1-89
Skills Component ....................83
Liberal Arts Perspedives ........85
General Information
(Academic) ................................60
General Studies ........................156
George Sverdrup Library ..........13
German ...............................72. 149
Gift Assistance............................28
Global Education
Programs ...............69.70. 71. 157
Grade Point Average ...........79. 91
Grades .........................................90
Graduate Program .....................75
Graduates .................................... 2
Graduation Level Skills ............. 84
Graduation Requirements ........78
Graduation with
Distinction .................................%
Grants ....................................27. 28
and Physical
HHealth
Education ................................161
Health Education ...................161
Health Service ............................54
Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA) ....................... 68.70. 71
History ................................40. 165
History of Augsburg
College ........................................ 8
Honors Program ........................67
Housing ...........................12.23. 52
Humanities ............................... 169
Ice Arena ..................................... 12
Incomplete Grade ......................90
Intercollegiate Athletics.............49
InterdisciplinaryStudies .........170
254
Interim .....................................
Interim Abroad
.. 70
Inter-Institutional
67
Programs ...................................
International Baccalaureate
Program .................................... 92
International Business
Specialization.......................... 109
International Programs .............53
International Relations ............174
International Students .........19, 53
Inter-Race ....................................13
Internships, Cooperative
Education and
S e ~ e L e a r n i n g..................... 72
Intramural Athletics ..................50
Introducing Augsburg ...........7-13
KCMR Radio ..............................49
Kindergarten-Elementary
Education ................................128
27
Kinds of Aid ............................
Learning Disabilities
Program ....................................52
Leave of Absence .......................78
Liberal Arts Perspectives ..........84
Library .............................. 2.13. 62
Licensure Program for
Science Teachers .....................198
Lifetime Sports ...........................84
Linguistics.................................151
Literature. Ideology and
Society in Latin America
(LISLA) ....................................187
Living on Campus ..................... 55
Loan Assistance ........................ 2 8
Location ...............................11. 270
Majors and Minors (also see
Course Descriptions) ...........2 6 3
Management Information
Systems (MIS) .........................113
Management Specialization ....109
Maps ..................................269. 270
Marketing Specialization ........109
Master's Degrees ..................60. 75
Mathematics .............................176
Mathematics and Computer
Sdence .....................................175
Melby Hall ..................................12
Memberships .......................... 2,11
Memorial Hdl ............................ 13
Metro-Urban Studies ...............182
Metreurban Studies
Term (MUST')..........................184
Minors ...................................63, 64
Minnesota Minority Education
Partnership (MMEP) ................13
Minnesota Studies in International
Development ........................3. 71
Minority Studies
(see Ethnic Studies) ................172
Mortenson Tower ................. 12. 56
Murphy Place ............................. 13
Murphy's .................................... 55
Music .........................................188
Music Education ...................... 190
Music Ensembles ..............191. 197
Music Hall ..................................12
Music Performance
Studies .....................190. 191. 197
Music Therapy ..................190. 1%
Natural Science ........................198
New %dents .Regular
Admission .................................26
No Credit Grades .......................91
Norwegian (NOR) .................152
Numbering of Courses ..............99
Nursing ..................................... 199
Off-CampusPrograms ................2
....................................... 153
Old Main ..................................... 12
Orchestra ....................................49
Orientation (First Year
Experience Program) ...............52
m.
.
Part-Time Students .................... 22
s-No credit .................... 90.
Pastor ........................................ . 48
Payments .................................... 24
Perspectives ..........................84. 85
Philosophy ................................ 203
Physical Education ..................163
Physical Disabilities
Program .................................... 52
Physics ...................................... 207
Policies .........................2.11.24. 76
Political Science ........................212
Pre-Professional Programs ........65
PreRegistration ......................... 77
Plwqlisiks ..........................-... 99
President's Greeting ...............- 5
President's Office ..................... 251
.
Probation .................................... 94
Program in Global
Community .......................71, 157
Psychology ................... . 217
..
Refunds
El Ewts
........................*.*...........24
......................................
248
Registration ....................-.-....... 76
Religion ..................................... 222
Religious Affiliations ...................2
Residence Life ............................ 52
Residence Requirement .............79
Room and Board ........................22
ROTC .............-..........*................68
Russian ......................................154
Center ..................13
QScandinavian
ScandinavianArea Studies .....227
Scandinavian Urban Studies
Term ( S u m ........................... 185
Science Hall ..............-............ 13
Scholarships.....................27, 30-46
Secondary Education ...............132
Senrice-Learning
74
Sigma Pi Sigma ........................208
Smiley's Point Clinic ..................54
Social, Cultural,
Recreational .............................. 49
Social Policy and Human
Servicesin Latin America ......158
Social Science ............................228
Social Studies ............................ 228
Social Work ...............................229
Sociology...................................234
Society of Physics
Students .................................. 208
South American Urban
Semester (SAUS) ....................186
South Hall and
Annex Houses ....................13, 56
Soviet and East
European Studies ...................238
Space Physics ............................208
Spanish ...................................... 154
Special Education ..................... 136
Special Interest Houses .............56
Spcial Students
(Non-Degree) ............................ 18
Speech/Communication/
Theatre Arts ............................ 239
--
........................
Sponsored Scholarships ............30
Student Activities .......................53
Student Affairs .........................251
Student Affairs Division ...........50
Student Employment ................30
Student/Faculty Ratio .................2
Student Government .................48
Student Life ...........................47.57
Student Project for Amity
Among Nations (SPAN)..........72
Student Publications..................49
Student Rights ............................56
Student Teaching Abroad .........72
Studio Art ....................,.......,..
101
Study Abroad (also see
Interim Abroad) ............54,68, 72
Sverdrup Library .......................13
Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial Hall ..........................13
Teaching Licensure
also majors) .......................65
Test Scores ..................................
16
Theatre Arts ......................239. 243
Transcripts ..................................16
Transfer Students .................17. 83
Tuition. Fees. Room
and Board ..................................22
Tutor Center .........................13. 53
. (
Midwest Association
DlUpper
for International Education
(UMAIE) ...................................70
Urban Studies Options ............184
Umess Tower .......................13. 56
veterans ...................................... %
Weekend College ......................
mW&W
..................................
Withdrawal from College ...........
Women and Development:
Latin American Perspectives 160
.......
Work Study Program ................a
O Y o u t h and Family Institute .......13
1. Admissions House
2. George Sverdrup Library
3. Science Hall (S)
4. Old Main (OM)
5 . West Hall
6. Mortensen Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. Christensen Center
9. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
10. Music Hall (M)
11. 2222 Murphy Place (MP)
12. Melby Hall (MH)
13. Ice Arena
14. Stage I1 Theatre
15. Center for Global Education
16. ScandinavianCenter
17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama,
and Communication (F)
18. Youth and Family Institute
19. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center
20. Tutor House
21. American Indian Support
and Minority Education
Partnership
22. Inter-Race
A. Admissions Parking
Student Parking
C. Visitor Parking
D. The Quad
E. Faculty/Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field
H. Riverside Medical Center
Parking Ramp
I. Husby-Strommen
Tennis Courts
J. Resident Parking Only
Accessible Entrance
From Minneapolis
Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st
Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
From St. Paul
Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 21st
Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
Parking
Allposted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for student use
from 4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th
Street between 21st and 22nd Avenues and south of 8th Street on 21st
Avenue. Most street parking is two hour parking, seven days a week.
Additional parking is available in the Riverside Medical Center ramp, or
U of M parking lots on the north side of Riverside Avenue.
Offlclal Publlcatlon of Augsburg College
Spring 1993
731 21st Avenue South
Mlnneapolls, MN 55454
6121330-1000
This catalog supplement amends information given in the 1991-1993
Augsburg Catalog. Only those sections which have substantial changes
are included. Consult the Registrar's Office for information on new or
deleted courses, changes in course titles or descriptions.
Supplement information is listed under the same headings as in the
Catalog, followed by page numbers in parentheses. Refer to these pages
in the Catalog for complete information.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and
academic policies contained in this publication and the 1991-1993 Catalog.
If you have questions about anything in this Supplement or !te Catalog,
consult a faculty adviser, the Academic Dean of the College or the
Registrar.
A1though information was current at the time of publication, it is subject
to change without notice.
Tuition, Fees, Room and Board
Special Fees
.....................................................-5
.............................................................................
,5
Refunds ...................................................................................- 6
Financial Aid
................... ......................................................
-6
........................ ....--...
ACADEMIC
INFORMATION
Kindsof Aid
Graduation Requirements
...................................
7
......................
.
..................................
.8
Liberal Arts Perspectives .............................................................. .9
..................................................................10
Map ...........................................................................~........ 11
Academic Calendar
Augsburg College does not discriminateon the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age,
marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or
Section 504 ofthe Rehabilitution Act of1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational
programs, activities and employment practices
I
I
I
TUITION,
FEES,ROOMAND BOARD(P. 22)(1993'94)
Tuition (full-timeenrollment)
......................................... $11,292.00
Tuition (day school part-time enrollment) per course ...............$ 1,050.00
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course
Room Rent (includestelephone)
Full Board (19 meals a week)
........................$
434.00
$ 2,168.00
.......................................
....................
...............$
.
.
.
2,036.00
Partial Board (14 meals a week) ..........................................$ 1,976.00
............................................................$
Fees - ACTC Bus Fee ......................................................$
Flex 5 point plan
Fees - Student Activity Fee
...................
.....
OTHER SPECIAL
Fm (NoN--ABLE)
(P.
................$
1,800.00
12.00
100.00
23)
Fees Billed on Student Account
Fees Payable by CheckICash
Late Registration (per day
after classes begin) ......... $ 25.00
Application (new and/or
special students) ............$ 15.00
Registration Change after first
5 days (cancel/add/change grade
option, or combination
at one time) .................. $ 5.00
Nursing Credit
Validation Tests
............$122.00
Nursing
Comprehensive Exam
...$ 15.00
Music Therapy Internship
(one half course credit) ...$434.00
LockerRental (commuters) ...$ 20.00
Private Music Lessons, per
semester (14 lessons) ......$256.00
Student Parking Lot Permit
-car ........................$ 72.00
-motorcycle ............... $ 36.00
Student Teaching (per course
for full-time students) ......$ 38.00
Student Teaching (per course for
day school
part-time students) ......$240.00
Study Abroad (in approved
non-Augsburg programs) $184.00
Student Activity Fee
(part-timestudents)
......$ 50.00
Transcript Fee (per copy
after first, which is free) ...$ 2.00
Special Examinations,
Cap & Gown Costs
(Scheduleon file in Registrar's
Wce)
Refundswill be calculated on a pro-rata basis for students attending
Augsburg for the first time. The refund will be a portion of tuition, fees,
and expenses equal to the period of enrollment up to the 60 percent point
in time of the period of enrollment. Students may appeal refund decisions through the Petition Committee.
Current financial aid regulations and program provisions are disclosed
with the financial aid notice.
Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is normally a combination of scholarships, grants, loans and part-time work opportunities. The
College cooperates with federal, state, church and private agencies in
providing various aid programs. Nine out of 10Augsburg students
receive financial aid in the form of scholarships, grants, loans and/or
part-time employment.
The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and the Augsburg
Financial Aid Application determine the amount of assistance for which
a student is eligible. This analysis estimates the amount a student and
family can be expected to provide for college expenses, using the a p
proved federal formula and taking into account such family financial
factors as current income, assets, number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs and special considerations.
How AND WHEN
TO APPLY
(P.26)
General Information
The Financial Aid Office can supply you with detailed instructions when
applying for financial aid. Financial aid applications are processed and the
awards are released in the order they are completed. All financial aid is
contingent on available funds and current regulations. It is the student's
responsibility to obtain funds from non-Augsburg sources (e.g., Pel1 Grant,
Minnesota State Grant). Although Augsburg will estimate these resources
where appropriate, they must be confirmed by the funding source.
Application Process
1.Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification
is made until the student has applied and been accepted for admission.
2. Obtain the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) from a
high school or college financial aid office and complete the application
form. Mail the completed application to Federal Student Aid Programs in
the envelope provided.
3. Obtain and complete the Augsburg Financial Aid Application. Submit
this form and the required 1992 Federal Tax forms to the Student Financial ServicesOffice at Augsburg.
I,
,I
1
4. Priority will be given to applications filed by April 15,1993. Application
materials postmarked after April 15 will be awarded on a first-come, firstserved basis, based on available funds. Applications completed after July
1,1993, may not be processed by Augsburg until October 1,and then
based on available funds. Students enrolling for the fall term with incomplete financial aid applications must be prepared to meet the full cost of
the term without financial aid.
5. Within four to six weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that
time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will
meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter
will be sent to you detailing your financial aid offer.
6. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline
stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications
will be sent to you.
7. All transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each
institution previously attended regardless of whether or not you received
aid at the institution. Returning students who attend summer sessions at
another school are also required to provide the Financial Aid Transcript.
These forms are available through the Admissions Office or the Student
Financial ServicesOffice.
KINDS OFAID (27)
Gift Assistance
I
B
Regents' Merit Scholarship Program -The Regents' Merit Scholarships
are awarded to incoming full-time freshmen of high academic achievement
Depending on rank or score, Augsburg will award scholarshipsof $ l , W to
$4,000 each year, renewable each year, regardless of financial need.
Students Matriculating after January 1, 1993, under Distribution
Requirements for Graduation - No changes.
Students Matriculating after January 1, 1993, under Perspective
Requirements for Graduation - See below.
Completion of 33 courses -At least 11course credits must be Upper
Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13may be in
one department, except in certain approved majors -17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, 15 for
the Bachelor of Science (SocialWork) degree, and 18 for the Bachelor of
Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degrees. The
course total must include two Interims for students whose complete
academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total
must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg (but no more than two Interim courses are required). This is calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits.
No more than the following maximums may be applied toward the 33
total courses required: two Interim courses; two courses by independent/
directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits with a
grade of Pass (PI. Non-traditional grading (P) also has the following
limits: two in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; one
in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Interim courses
taken that are not counted among the course total for graduation requirements (extra Interim courses) may still be counted for meeting Perspective or Graduation Skills requirements.
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher
degree should contact the Registrafs Office about specific requirements
for a second baccalaureatedegree or for the equivalent of a major.
Students Matriculating prior to January 1, 1993, under
Perspective Requirements for Graduation - See below.
Completion of 34 courses -At least 11course credits must be Upper
Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13may be in
one department, except in certain approved majors -17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, 15 for
the Bachelor of Science (Social Work) degree, and 18 for the Bachelor of
Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degrees. The
course total must include two Interims for students whose complete
academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total
must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg (but no more than two Interim courses are required). This is
calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits.
No more than the following maximums may be applied toward the 34
total courses required: three Interim courses; two courses by independent/directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits
with a grade of Pass (P).Non-traditional grading (P) also has these limits:
two in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; one in the
minor if approved by the department chairperson. Interim courses taken
that are not counted among the course total for graduation requirements
(extra Interim courses) may still be counted for meeting Perspective or
Graduation Skills requirements.
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher
degree should contact the Registrar's Office about specific requirements
for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major.
Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The
Christian Faith
Three courses are required to meet this Perspective except for the following:
1. Transfer students entering with 14-23 courses will be qMto take two
courses in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at A u g s b w and
2. Transfer students entering with 24 or more courses will be required to
take one course in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at
Augsburg.
Perspective: Western Heritage
Two courses are required to meet this Perspective. (One course is
required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or
more courses.)
Perspective: The Social World
Two courses are required for this Perspective. (One course is required to
meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more
courses.)
Perspective: The Natural World
Two courses are required to meet this Perspective. (One course is
required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or
more courses.)
[
1
Fall 1993
Interim 1994
New student
orientation
Su, Sept. 5 - Tu, Sept. 7
Freshman registration
W, Sept. 8
Upperclass validation
W, Sept. 8
Classes begin
W, Sept. 8
Last day to register
Classes end
Last day to designate
grading option
F, Od. 22
Spring 1994
Mid-term break
F, Oct.22
Interim
registration
M, Od. 25 - F, Oct. 29
Spring Term
registration
-
M, Nov. 15 - Tu, Dec. 3
F, Nov. 19
Last day to add a class
or drop a class
without notation on record
F, Feb. 4
Last day to
withdraw from a class
F, Mar. 25
Mid-term break begins
M, Mar. 28
M, N ~29 ~ Last
. day to designate
Final exams end
M, Jan. 31
F, Feb. 4
Classes resume
Final exams begin
W, Jan. 26
Last day to register
n,N
~25 ~ Classes
,
resume
F, Dec. 10
F, Jan. 14
Classes begin
Thanksgiving recess
begins
Classes end
I
Last day to designate
grading option,
or withdraw from a class
Last day to add a class or
drop a class without
notation on record
Tu, Sept. 14
Last day to withdraw
from a class
II
T"* Sept. l4
Interim classes begin
M, Jan. 3
Last day
register,
add a class, or drop a class
without notation on record T, Jan. 4
grading option
Tu, Apr. 5
F, Apr. 8
M1Dee. l3
Early registration
for fall
M, Apr. 25 - F, May 6
Th'
Classes end
F, May 13
Final exams begin
M, May 16
Final exams end
Th, May 19
Baccalaureate/
Commencement
Su, May 22
1. Admissions House
2. George Sverdmp Library
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. West Hall
6. Mortensen Tower
7. Umess Tower
8. Christensen Center
9. Sverdmp-OftedalMemorial Hall
10. Music Hall
11.2222 Murphy Place
12 Si Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Stage I1 Theatre
15. College Relations
16. Nordic Center
17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship,
Drama and Communication
18. Center for Global Education
19. Jeroy C Carlson Alumni Center
20. Youth and Family Institute
21. American Indian Support and Minority
Education Partnership
22 Oscar Anderson Hall
A. Admissions Parking
B. Student Parking
C. Visitor Parking
D. The Quad
E. Faculty/Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Anderson-Nelson
Athletic Field
H. Fairview/% w s Parking Ramp
I. Husby-Stromrnen TennisCourts
J. Resident Parking Only
K. Student/Commuter Parking
Accessible Entrance
Show less
..............................~....................................
Introduction
2
Calendar.
3
About This Catalog ...................
4
Options
..,.
4
Visiting Students
5
Interim Courses
6
UMAIE Courses
47
Other Courses
48
Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51
A... Show more
..............................~....................................
Introduction
2
Calendar.
3
About This Catalog ...................
4
Options
..,.
4
Visiting Students
5
Interim Courses
6
UMAIE Courses
47
Other Courses
48
Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51
Additional Courses
52
......................................................................
.
.
.
.
........................
.................................................... ...............
...............................................................
..............................................................
..............................~.............................
.............................................
.....
....
.....................................................
I
Contents
I
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 4-14 calendar, with Fall and
Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-weekJanuary Interim. Interim is particularly intended to
be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of
teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics
in places and ways not possible during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and
preparing for classas they would for a fourcourse load during
Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one
course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a
student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/
No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the
P/N system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division
standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a
more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an A u g s b q student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses. The
number of r e q w Interim courses is adjusted for transfer
students. Transfer students should referto their transfer credit
evaluation form, or consult the registrar.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the
basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title D( of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educational
programs, activities and employment practices.
Introduction
I
Interim Office (Memorial 230) - Interim Secretary, Kay
Thomsen, 330-1025; Interim Director, Dr.David Gabrielson,
330-1025.
Interim Registration
October 28 - November 1 .................................
December 2 ......................
...............Late Interim Registration
.
.
..........J
t Day of Interim
January 6 ..........................
Class I 9:00 a.m. (first day only)
Class I1 1:00 p.m.
.
.
.
.
.
.
January 7 .......................
................Last Day for Cancel/Add
January 17 ..................Last Day for Determining Grading System
with Registrar
January 17 .....................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
January 29 .....................................................................Interim Ends
Semester Begins
February 3
Interim Grades Due
February 7 ............................................
.....
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning time wiIl be manged the first day of class. The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon. (Onthe firstday of classes Time
1classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m.
Note: Mattin Luther King Day will be OM
at Augsburg with a
special convocation onMondayIJanuary20,at 1.UOp.m.Check with
your instructor for class scheduling this day.
I
Introduction
I
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are
listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings
of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recogruzed by
the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and
information about these courses are available in the Interim
Office, Memorial 230. Studentsmay also register for one of the
lifetime sports listed at the end of the Catalog.
- Students are invited tobe part of one of
International In*
the 23 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest
AssociationforInternationalEducation(UMAIE).Thesecourse
opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog.
Internships:Deadline: Friday, December 13. January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmentalrequirementsand present
a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship
Office(Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall
classes (Friday, December 13).The LearningAgreement forms
are available in the same office. Internships during Interim
must involve full-time work placements for approximately
four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a p m
gram of independent study (upper division 499) or directed
study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are
strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more
than one independent study per Interim. Students choosingto
pursue independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. kesent to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervisingfaculty member. This
Introduction
1
proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Oher Schools- Augsburg studentsmay enroll at
any other 414 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in
the Interim Office.The Interim Secretary will help students in
applying for registration at other schools. Registration for
Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught
during thehterim at other 4-14 schools are accepted forcredit
by Augsburg, but may not necessarilybe accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the religion requirement.
Augsburg Collegewelcomes students from other 414schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to
Augsburg studentsfor the January term. The waiver of tuition
does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other
students will be charged $768for the Interim course. Students
interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write
to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms
provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an
application processing fee of $10. Studentsare welcometo stay
on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim
housing should be made to the Interim Office.
1
ART 107-42040
ART 1 18-42041
ART 35542042
Instructor:Phlllp Thompson
Course options Include Drawlng, Palnting I and Palntlng 1
I
107 Drawing - Drawing projects in pencil, pen and wash
surveying the fundamentals of visual theory, composition,
and descriptive methods with a focus on the south Florida
environment. Activities will include referenceto historical and
contemporary examples of coastal landscapes.
118 Painting I - Painting projects with a focus on the south
Florida environment in water or oil based media against a
concern for fundamentals of visual theory, composition, and
descriptive methods. Studyof the significance of coastal landscapes in the light of historical and contemporary examples.
355 Painting II - (Prerequisite: ART 118 or equivalent) Advanced study of oil and water based painting with emphasis on the south Florida environment.
Each course of study will include some interdisciplinary activities with "morida Keys Marine Biology" and "Writers of
the Florida Keys" classes. Evaluation will be based on the
quality of work, participation, and artistic growth factors.
The course fee will be about $1,200 which will include air fare,
lodging, and most meals for about two weeks in south Florida.
The primary residence will be at the Newfound Marine Institute on Big Pine Key. The Interim will include stays at Miami
Beach and trips by van to the Everglades and Key West.
DlsMbvtlon:Art/Muslc
General Educaiion Perspectives:Aesthetics
Maodmum Enrollment: 12
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 4 & 17
Arf
I
ART 290-42043
Insfructor: Steve Chapman
An overview of the visual arts of the American Indians within
the United States with some attention to Canada, Central and
South America. In addition to the visual arts of the Eastern
Woodland, Plains, Pacific, and Southwest Indians, some content may include drama, dance, poetxy, mythology, rituals, or
religion. Students will produce art work such as weaving,
baskets, pottery, jewelry, sculpture, or prints. This course is
pintly listed as Indian Studies or Art, and is one of the c o r n
available to those interested in an American Indian Studies
minor.
Dlslnbutlon:Art/Muslc
Maxfmum Enrollment:20
77me: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 17
BIO 14042044
810 34042045
Insfructor: Ralph Sulerud
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of
marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of the approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound
Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute
offers laboratory facilitiesand field trips in addition to housing
and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse
habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow bays, mangrove
swamps, seagrass communities, and tide pools. Organisms
from these communitiesand others willbe investigated on site
and in the laboratory.A marinebiologist from the Institutewill
be available to lead all field trips and conduct specialized
classes. Upon termination of the program at the Institute, there
will be a short trip to the Florida Evergladesto experienceyet
another interesting environment.
Preparation for the excursion to the Keys will be made during
the week prior to the trip. This will include an introduction to
marine biology utilizing a variety of audiovisual materials.
The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the
completion of the course requirements.
The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology
studentswillinteractwith studentsfromJohnMitchell'scourse,
"Writers of the Florida Keys",and Phil Thompson's drawing
and painting courses.
Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the pm
gram,a detailed journal based on daily experiences, and a final
examination. Upper division students will also do a special
research project which will be the basis of an extensive paper.
Dlslrlb~on:Blology/Chemlslry
Prerequlsltes:Blology 1 1 1, 1 12 for upper dMslon credlt
Madmum Enrollment: 10
Tlme:I
Room: ScIence 205
610 102-42046
Instructor EWn Mlckelberg
A discussion of the many contributions and impacts made by
plants in almost every area of society.Historically, plants have
influencedexplorationoftheplanet,militarycampaigns,health
care, religious beliefs, crime, and many other areas. We will
look at everything from the spice trade to the Lindbergh
kidnapping and the influence of plant life on each occurrence.
Two multiple choice examinations will be the evaluative instruments.
Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslry
Maxlmum Enrollment:30
Tlme:1
I
Room: Sclence 205
BIO 10542047
Instructor: ThomasHehst
This class will develop an increased understanding of the
current environmental and health implications of such topics
as nuclear power (fission and fusion), genetic engineering,
waste disposal, biological warfare, ccarcinogens, agricultural
fertilizers, and pesticides. Additional topics of class interest
may also be discussed.
Three written examinations, of equal point value, will be
q u i d .A fourto six page referencedresearch paper on a p r e
approved topic may be substituted for one examination. The
papers will be evaluated on style and content, r e f l b g a
thorough understanding of the subject. Photocopy fee of $10.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslryor Uhan/Women/
Mlnotify
General Education Perspecfive:Ncrtural World-2
Madmum Enrollment:20
77me: I
Room: Sclence 2 13
BIO 141-42048
Instructor:Esther McLaughlln
This course will introduce the "fifth kingdom" of organisms:
fungi. The importance of fungi in history, religion, culture,
medicine, agriculture, and industry, as well as their role in the
ecosystem (as decomposers and symbionts)will be explored.
The course will use lectures, student premtations, field trips,
audio-visual resources, and some classroom demonstrations.
Evaluation will be via weekly tests and graded presentations.
Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlstry
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: 11
Room: Sclence 2 13
Biology
I
BUS 499-42049 (IndependentStudy)
Instructoc John Cedto
Congruent with the mission of Augsburg College, this course
will be of service to the urban community by providing
research assistance to both nonprofit and profit organizations.
Students enrolled in the class will have the opportunity to
conduct field-based research projects for community-based
organizations requesting and requiring marketing research
assistance. Students should contact the instructor to obtain an
outline of the expected research methodology.
Prerequlsffes: BUS 352 or SOC 363 or completion of
another research course approved by the I ~ c t o r .
Madmum Enrollment: 10
lime: Independent Study
Room: Contact the Instructorpriorto Interim reglslraflon
CHM 100-42050
Instructor: Ariln Gyberg
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very
popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a
traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science
background. Basic science and math are introduced early and
are taught as needed for understanding various topics and
implications.The course does assume the student is interested
in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry tolifeand
living.
Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for
centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies.In recent
decades the human seeking of personal independencehas led
to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of
adual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, pills, plastics, processed foods, pollutants, and it goes on
and on. Emotional and mental disorders can often be traced to
chemical imbalance and wen learning appearsto be the result
of chemicalreaction to form a "memory molecule". Most of the
problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but
chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our
society,our world, and our universe? Come, pin us as we take
a molecular look at the human condition.
This course will be o f f d in a lecture/discussion format.
Article handouts and films will supplement the ledure/discussion periods. Daily quizzeswillbe used for evaluation. This
course meets a distributionneed but does not satisfyprequisites for Chemistry 106,110, or 116.
Dlstrlbvtlon:Blology/Chernlstry
General Educdon Pmpectlve: Natural World2
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I/
Room: Sclence 3 15
CSC 27@42051
Instructo~Lamy Ragland
A study of the Fortran programming language for students
with previous knowledge of computer programming. This
course will expand a student's knowledge of programming
and programming languages through presentation of the
features of Fortran together with programmingtechniques for
using those features. Studentsare expected to know how to do
computer programming in someprogramminglanguage(such
as Pascal) before entering this course.
This course will involve lectures and several programming
assignments in Fortran. Evaluation will be based on the successful completion of assignments and examinations.
Prerequlslte:One course which Includes programming
I
Com~uterScience
In a programrnlng language (e.g.,CSC 170).
Madmum Enrollment:25
Time: I
Room: Foss 42
ECO 1 1M2052
Instructor Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a
metmurban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed
are:population "crisis", crime prevention, ecologyand income
distribution, distributing free bread, mass transit systems, etc.
Fundamental miroeconomic tools will be introduced to facilitate discussion of the above topics.
Final grade in the course will be based on three subjective
examinations.
Dlsf~ibvtlon:
Emer Economlcs/Pd~cal
Sclence or Uban
Concerns
Madmum Enrollment:25
rime: 1
I
Room: Sclence 2 12
ECO 1 12-42053
Instructor:Satya Gupta
An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, and em
nomic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems.
Dlstdbvtlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence
Madmum Enrollment:25
Time: I
Room: Muslc 22
ECO 32342054
Instructor: Jeanne Boeh
An introduction to the field of health economics. Application of
elementary economic theory to the m t players in our health
msyjtem- hoqitals, physichs, and payas.Thedstriiutive
effects of these programs will be considered. Also, comparisons
will be drambetweenour health care system and those of other
countries.
Prerequlslte: ECO 1 12 or 1 13 or consent of the Instructor.
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Muslc 23
ECO 49542055
lnstructoc Magdalena Paleczny-Zaw
Students will critically review the failures and successes of the
Soviet Planned Economy from 1917-1985. The main focus of
the course will be Perestroika - restructuring the Soviet
economy - and evaluating GorbacheVs economic program
in terms of economic growth, income distribution, consumer
w e k , technological performance, military power and environmental quality. The historic events of August 1991 and
their impact on the future of the SovietUnion willbe discussed
in intadisciplinaxy manner.
Method of evaluation: Active class putidpation; finallake
home research essay.
Prerequlslfe:ECO 1 12 or consent of lnslructor
Dlstrlb~on:
Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I
Room: Memorlal Hall 323
EDU 353-42056
Instructor:Rlch G m u n d m
This course presents an examination and comparison of s e
lected Western and non-Western educational systems as well
as an investigation of possible careers in international education. Specla1 attention will be directed toward Scandinavian
and Central American models. There willbe lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers. Student
evaluation will be based on class presentations and an investigative project.
Prerequisite: Sophomore standlng. or permlsslon of
Instructor.
Madmum Enrollment: 15
rime: I
Room: Ubraty4
EDU 37G42057
Instructor: Mary Ann BaV,es & Carolyn Clemmons
This course will provide future teachers with insights and
strategies that will enable them to create positive learning
environments that will enhance achievement and build selfesteem in their students.
Prerequlsltes:EDU 265, SWK250,some M d work
expedence
Madmum Enrollment:25
Time: 1
I
Room: Ubraty 4
EDE 37542058
Instructot B ~ c Drewlow
e
This class prepares students for the unique experiences and
Education
responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. The course will
stress issues associated with adult/chiId relationships, curriculum design and development, classroom organization
researchplans, and developmentalinstructionpractices. Guest
speakers will be included to share their unique experiences
and perspectives.
Grades willbe based on projects, discussion, and examination.
This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequkltes: PPST Dam and EDU 255
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:I
Room: Ubrary l
EDU 388-42059
Instructor:Mlldred Mueller
This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination, and
oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, the
limited English speakers, and females. Topics include racism,
sexism, homophobia, and economicissues.Emphasisis placed
on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms
which will include minority students, different religiousbackgrounds, the less abled, and students at risk. Students will be
expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and
complete a pro@. This coursesatisfiesthe Minnesota Human
Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is
a onehalf credit course.
This course is offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequlsttes:Passlng of PPSl and admntance to
Education program In process.
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I1 Tuesdays,7hursdays and alternate Fddays
Room: Ubrary l
Education
ENG 2 1942060
Instructor: John Schmlt
Language plays an important role in our socialization and
acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and
tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social
u
l
w background. For
and economical standing and our c
this reason we should expect women to speakdifferentlyfrom
men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone
from a different background to have differences of language.
Even more importantly, we must understand these differences
in order to make sure that we understand speakers from
different language communities.
This course will examine the dialects of various Englishspealang communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech: Their grammatical rules, phone
logical rules, and their rules of discourse. It will include
ledures, student presentations, and student-led discussions.
Besides presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the
presentation topic and take a final exam.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Urban Siudles, or Women's Studies, or
Mlnom Siudles
General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness
Maximum Enrollment:25
Time: 11
Room: Old Maln 27
ENG 2404206 1
ENG 342-42062
Inslructor: Kaihy Swanson
What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction
should be considered in making an evaluation?In this course,
students will find answers to these questions by mding a
variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction.
Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of
the history of the form of the short story, we will begin with
tales and fables and we will read a sufficient number of classics
for the student to appreciate the historical development from
Poe to Beattie. The come will involve practice in ways of
approachingliteratureandwill include studyof thebasic critical
terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for students
who have not yet studied literature at the college level.
Studentsare acpected to read the storiesand novel, participate
in class discussions, write an analysis paper on a selected short
story, write an original short story, and take several quizzes
and a final exam.
Students taking this course for upper division credit will read
an additional novel and prepare a substantial paperlclass
presentation on it.
All students will be asked to contribute $5 to enable printing
and distribution of selected original fiction from class.
Prerequlsltes: Completion of Effectlve WMng
Dlsfrlbvtlon:Englkh/Speech
General Educaiion Perspective:Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 27
ENG 136-42063
Inslrvctor John Mttchell
This course o k r s a study in the literary use of setting, in this
case an environment that will be studied aesthetically, ecologically, and culturally in concurrence with the reading of selected essays, poetry, and fiction. The study of the environment itself will involve an interdisciplinary program based at
the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key about
30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The I(ey West
Reader: The Best of the Key West Wrifers,1830-1990. In addition,
students will read three novels: Ernest Herningwafs To Hime
and ToHaw Not,Thomas McCuane's Ninety-Two in the Shade, and
Thomas Sanchez's Mile Zero, which will give a historical and
diversely cultural overview of the Keys'literary significance.
The interdisciplinary component of this course will be coordinated with two other courses:''Drawing" or 'Tainting" taught
by Phil Thompson and "Marine Biology" taught by Ralph
Sulerud. Field trips during the two-week stay will involve
excursions into the culturally and racially diverse Art Deco
District of Miami Beach; snorkeling in the coral reefs; trips to
the ,'back country" of the mangrove islands; visits to the
Hemingway house and other places of literary interest; and a
brief tour of the Everglades. A stimulating interplay of environment, culture, and literature will result; the student will be
an informed presence rather than a mere tourist.
There will be one week of introductory study on campus,
about two weeks of study in southern Florida, and about a
week to complete the course requirements back on campus.
Studentswill be expeded to keep a journal of observations and
impressions,to compose a verbal and visual sketch of a chosen
writef s house, and to write a final paper of about 10 pages in
length, based upon analysis and comparison of seleded writers' uses of environment as literary setting, especially in view
of what has been learned first-hand.
A fee of approximately$1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare), lodging, most meals, and the services
(field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the Newfound Harbor
Marine Institute.
Prerequlsltes:Petmlsslon of lnsfructor
Dlsiribution:Engllsh/Speech
Maximum Enrollment: 10
77me: 1
Room: Sclence 205
English
FRE 24342064
Insfructoc Ruth Aaskov
What is the attraction of French literature, its human and
artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in
mind we will read and analyze 810 shorter French literary
works available to us in English translation.
What willwe be reading? A bit of Rabelais and Montaigne, of
Dexartes and Paxal. We will explore the classical theater, the
social critic Voltaire, and the 19th century novel. Twentieth
century authors like Gide, Codeau, Sartre, and St.-Exupery
will meal concernsof life that supercedenational boundaries.
We will sample one piece of francophone literature from West
Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Western culture. At mid-point each student will choose another
short work for personal study and presentation for the class.
Evaluation of your work will be based upon your active
participation in class, your timely reading and discussion
preparations, four quizzes, your independent study pmject,
and an endaf-the- course discussion of the papers.
This literature course is intended to help you in further reading, critical thinking, and communication about literature.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of
Instructor
Dlsfrlbvtlon: Uterafure
Madmum Enrollment: 25
lime: I
Room: Old Main 12
HPE 11542065
Instrvctoc Richard Borstad
A course req& for all students majoring in education.
Students will gain knowledge of various chemicals and their
)
French/Health and Physical Education
effectson the mind and body; acquire an awareness of school
and community based resources available for assisting students with health-related problems; appreciate the teacher's
role in the school health program; and examine their own
attitudes and practices relative to chemicaluse. Topicsinclude:
legal, cultural, and historical asp& of chemicals; p h m c o l ogy; the school health program; community health programs;
epidemiology; and defining the drug problem. Lechmdiscussion format.Studentswillwrite a paper on a topic of their choice
and there will be periodic quizzes on lecture and reading
materials.
This is a onehalf credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Tlme:I1 Tuesdays, Thursdays,and akmate Fridays
Room: Melby 1 1 1
HPE 232-42066
Insiructor: Carol Enke
A course designed for Physical Education majors. Students
will develop an appreciation for rhythmic activities within
Physical Education; identify and perform various dances corresponding to a variety of musical forms; and develop and
practice strategies for teaching creativity in movement. Content
includes: fundamental movement patterns (hopping,skipping,
and leaping), dances (folk, squaw, social), and creative movement. Students will practice fundamental movements and a
variety of dance h s ; develop a dance and movement notebook; teach creative movement. Evaluation will be based on
attendance, participation, and a written and practical final
exam.
Thisis a onehalf credit course.
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby ZW2
Health and Physical Education
HPE 47542067
Instructor: Ed Saugestad
The purpose of this class is to equip students with the skills and
knowledge needed to assist in the prevention and caring for
trauma associated with physical activity. Contentincludes: the
identification and care of common injuries related to various
sports; procedures for preventing injuries; taping and wrap
ping; therapeutic measures; medical resources; legal considerations. Lecture, discussion, demonstration, and A-V resources
are utilized. Students will practice various training techniques.
Evaluation includes both written and practical skill examinations. Small fee for taping materials.
This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequlslte:610 103
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:I Tuesdays, 7hursdays,and alternate Fn'days
Room: Melby l l I
HPE 478-42068
Instructoc Ed Saugestad
This courseis designed to prepare students to become coaches
of ice hockey. Includes fundamentals of skating, stick handling, shooting, passing, position play; principles of team
defense and offense; motivation of players; public relations;
scouting procedures; and care of equipment. Activities include
ledure/discussion, demonstrations, guest spakers and A-V
materials. Some on-ice activity. Evaluation includes examinations and development of a coaching notebook
This is a onehalf credit course.
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby I I I
I
Health and Physical Education
I
HIS 220-42069
HIS 320-42070
Inslructor: Khln Khln Jensen
This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United
Statesin themid-19th centuryand turnof the 20th century. The
Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will receive special atkmtion. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S. immigration laws in the postWorld War I1period.Studentswill study the pattern of Asian
immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made
by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and
the role of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the
Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the
immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United
States to some Asian immigration.
There will be a mid-term and a finalproject (a paper, topic to
be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the
instructor) due the last day of the term.
Upper division students will be m p h d to complete a longer
paper than for lower division credit.They will also be expected
to completea book review on a book related to the course theme
and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class.
Dlsfrfbutlon: Hlsto~y/Phllosophy
Mcudmum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 13
HIS 440-4207 1
Inslructor: Don Gust&n
Gandhi and King m monumental personalities of our century,
individuals whose names carry an aura of saintliness and
whose lives and actions are now held up as pointing to the
higher levels of living that humans might reach. They are
worthy of study because of their impact on our times, but also
as a means of discovering what the passage of time may do to
the record and image of prominent figures.
In this month we will begin by looking at the contemporary
popular portrayal of both Gandhi and King as shown by the
films "Gandhi" and "Eyes On The Prize"and then by reading
materials contemporary with these men as well as later biographies and studies which attempt to assess the real persons
behind the p m t myths.
Grading will be based on papers, class participation, and a
h a l exam.
Prerequlsltes:Sophomore sta-h.~~
or above and at least
one college hlstory or polka1 sclence course.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Tlme:11
Room: Old Maln 1 1
INS 22542072
Insfructor: Amln Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to p m t his
perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the
ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets,
Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems,
and Islamic patterns of life. There will alsobe a consideration of
the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis,
etc.).Therewillalsobesomeefforttodeal withthe similaritiesand
differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities.
Dlstrlbutlon:Mlnortty-Urban Studies
Maximum Enrollment:30
Tlme:1
I
Room: FC 42
INS I W 2 0 7 3
Instructors: WcM O b n and Ann Reener
Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the
Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and
Paideia Associates.Studentswillread selected readings, which
will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also
view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or
hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars
conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study
the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for
effective seminars; evaluatetheir own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars.
Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students
and observation of students participating in seminars; reflective writing related to seminar content; and seminar participation.
Maximum Enrollment:20
lime: I1
Room: Sclence 3 19
INS 299-42074
sOC299-421 I I
Instructors: Gamy Hesser and Lds Olson
Learnfrom and about your experiences. Discover new ways to
learn by observing, collaborating, and subjectingyour acperiences to critical reflection.The course is designed to help you
connect your experiences to the liberal arts.
The actanship is a modified intanship designed for studmts
already placed in Cooperative Education positions, for studmts
Interdisciplinary
working part time in jobs related to their mapr or m r interests,
and for students actively engaged in community service. The
assumptionis that all students will be involved in appmximately
20 hours per week of placement activity during the month of
January (check with instructors if you have questions).
All students will design an individual learning plan and are
scpected to actively participate in a seminar that will meet
twice a week at times to be determined after the participant's
worklservice schedules are determined. Evaluation will be
based upon the overall quality of participation in the seminar,
which will include organizational analysis and critical assessment reflected in journals, seminar participation, and collaboration. The course is offered on a PIN basis.
Prerequlsltes:Placements secured during or prior to the
Fall semester whlch wlll contlnue during the Intefim and
pemlsslon of the Instructors.
Dlstribvflon:Urban Concerns
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Tlrne: I1
Room: Murphy Place 2
MAT 173-421 12
See Addiional Courses,page 52.
MAT 253-42075
Instructoc Bev Durkee
Our o b j j v e s are the exploration
of this new geometry of fractals, its
rules, its visuals, how it meals the
beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms
and exprience them as an art form
via computer graphics.
I
Mathematics
The class will observe the pattern of self-similarity and consider the transformations used to construct fractals such as this
fernand theexistence of self-similarity regardless of the power
of magnification used in examining it. The class will also
consider the well known Mandelbmt set and Julia sets in color
and in three dimensional rendition.
Students will be tested on the mathematics through a midterm
and finalexam.Studentswill create a portfolio of visuals similar
to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets
which display the mathematical character of those visuals.
F i y , students will keep a pumal noting their reflections on
the intemmedions between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or created.
Prerequlsltes:M d h Placement Group 111 or hlgher
Dlsiributlon: Mathemaiics/Physlcs
General Educaiion Pmpectlves: Aahetics
Maximum Enrollment:20
77me: I
Room: Sclence 1 12
MUS 129-42076
Instructor: Stephen Gabrlebn
"Tmprovisationin Music" meets everyday for three hours, and
each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a
variety of improvisational techniques and styles.
Prerequlsltes: Mlnlmal abl11Yy on a muslcal Instrument or
h e Instructor's pemlsslon.
Maximum Enrollment: P m M o n of Instructor requlred
to enroll
77me: I
Room: Muslc 4
MUS 179-42077
Instructors:Robert Karien and Roberta MeMer
Much of American history and culture is derived from that of
continental Europe and the cities of Amsterdam, Paris,
Munich, and Vienna. This course provides an opportunityto
visit and experience important cultural centers that provided
theimpetus for development of culturallife in the New World.
Studentswill gain an appreciation of the role of art and music in
the history of the Netherlands, France, Austria, and Germany.
Evaluation is based on full participation in all comerelated
group activities, a daily journal, artlmusic critique sheets, and
exams (oral and written). No prerequisites, and no previous
experience in art or music is required.
Fee: $2,895 includes all air and surface travel, accomrnodations, several cultural performances, continental breakfast
daily, and five group dinners.
Regktmtion for this interim must be made before October 25 at
the InternationalPrograms Office,620 21st Avenue S., Minne
apolis, MN55954.Phone: 330-1655. O f f d onaP1Nbasis only.
Maximum Enrollment: 30
MUS 204-42078
Instructor: 0.
Nlck Raths
An introductionto the fundamentalsof music and musicology
as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s)and
maturation (1%0s) periods. This course will examine the
musical content, methods, and historical background of s e
leded artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive exam and a short term paper that includes a critical
analysis of a chosen song. For non- music majors.
Dlslrlbutlon: Art/Muslc
Maximum Enrollment:30
Tlme: I
Room: MUSIC5
NOR 1 1 1-42079
Instructor: Frankle Shackelford
This course is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in spealung, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for
understanding Norwegian cultwe. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and
the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will
be based on participation, daily assignments, q&,
a midterm, and a final exam.
Dlsfribvflon: Forelgn Language
General Educaflon Petspeciive: Intercultural Awareness
Madmum Enrollment: 25
77me:I
Room: Old Maln 25
PHI 17542080
Instructor: Davld Apollonl
We w
i
l
l begin by studying some common conceptions and
misconceptions of romantic love, and look at some philosophers' definitions of it. We will try to decide what it is to be in
love with someone, and how this differs from just being
friends, liking that person, and desiring that person sexually.
In the remainder of the course, we will consider the following
ethical issues concerning sex: (a) Sex and morality -Is there
such a thing as an ethics for sex?Is there such a thing as sexual
irnmox.ality? (b) Ssc and maniage -Is the use of birth control
moral? Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses
does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral?
(c) The morality of alternative sexual preferences and lifestyles - Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality and lesbianism sexual perversion? Or are they merely
alternative sexual preferences?
Teaching methods: ledure/discussion. Evaluation:two-thirds
of total grade will derive from weekly quizzes, and one-third
from a final term paper of five to ten typewritten pages. (Iwill
require that students turn in a rough draft of this paper for my
comments and criticisms.)
DlstribuHon: Hlstory/Phllosophy
General Educaflon Perspecifve: Human Idenmy
M d m u m Enrollment:30
77me: I
Room: Sclence 2 12
PH141W2081
Instructor:Mark Fuehrer
John the Scot was a ninth century Celtic philosopher who was
also a mystic. We shall study his commentary on the Prologue
to St.John's Gospelto learn how he uses philosophyto develop
a mystical reading of Sacred Scripture. I.&um will be combined with class discussions.Studentswillprepam dailyanalyses of the reading, prepare a term paper, and take a final exam.
Prerequlslte: One course In Philosophy
Dlsfrlbuiion:Hlstory/Phllosophy
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 10
PHY 10642082
instructor Noel Pelit
"Introduction to Weathef' is a study of the science of meteorology to provide a working knowledge of the principles of
atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic
areas: the physics of the atmosphere, weather observing,
man's interaction with the atmosphere and oceanI and under-
Philosophy/Physics
standingthe world's climate. Related topics to be included a:
hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), oceanography,
pollution, economic effeds of the weather, and weathds
impact on world events.
The course consists of three weeks of lecture and laboratory
sessionsin Minneapolisfollowedby a one week trip to Florida
to visit major weather facilities. The trip itinerary includes:
Kennedy Space Center, Cape Canaveral Air Forre Base, the
National Weather Service Office in Melbome, South Florida
Water Management DistrictHeadquartersinWest PalmBeach,
the National Hurricane Center in Miami, and WTVT-TV in
Tampa. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory
program. Topics discussed in the visits include: tropical
weather, upper air soundings, hurricane tracking, fresh water
management in Florida, weathersatellites,agricultural weather,
and broadcast weather.
During the course, the student maintains a journal of weather
observed and sites visited. Daily weather maps will be used at
the visited sites to monitor conditions and aeate our own
forecasts. Daily quizzes and ledures will be given during the
travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two examinations given during the classroom period, and an individual
project completed during the trip. Cost will be approximately
$750. Initial deposit of $100 due by the end of Interim registration. Contact Professor Petit for additional information.
PrerequMe: H/gh SchoolAlgebra,MaitternatlaLevel I1
DlsMbvtlon: Mathematics/Physlcs
General Education PerspecWe: Natural Worid
Enrollment: 15
Tlme:I
Room: Sclence 723
PHY 1 17-42083
Instructors: Mark Engebrelson and Bruce Relchenbach
The course will focus on contemporary problems which arise
from our developing technological capabilities. We will consider the causes and effects of global warming, the irnplications of developing nuclear energy, the prospects and problems of genetically engineering both our foodstuffs and humans, and the urban implications of developing a light rail
system. To get a satisfactorygrasp on how to approach these
problems we will first explore what science and the scientific
methods are, how science (knowing) relates to technology
(doing), the structures used for ethical evaluation, and the
resulting interactions between the three.
Grading will be based on two tests, two short papers, and
group work. See the complete description for more details.
Prerequlslte:Mathematla Level 111
Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/l7Iyslcs
General Education Perspective: Natural World if2
Madmum Enrollment: 40
77me: I
Room: Foss21a& b
PHY 151-42084
Instructor Jeff Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in
business for years. However, it is alsopossible to usespreadsheets
to solve physics problems without using "high-powered'' mathematics. Spreadsheetsallow the student who is not an expert in
physics on a more intuitivelevel. We
mathematicsto +ence
will use Lotus 123to solve problems in a wide variety of physics
areas including planetary and p r o w e motion. Some of the
problems investigated might be in areas other than physics.
Gradingwill be based on spreadsheet pro*,
homework, and a
hal scam.
Prerequlslte: Math Level 111
Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/~ysIcs
Madmum Enrollment: 20
77me:I
Room: Sclence 30
PHY 337-42085
InsIructor:StuartAnderson
The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at the
heart of modem physics, and l a m are probably the most
ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. This course will
begin with an overview of optics needed for understanding
imaging,beam control and dispersion, includingthe nature of
light, reflection, refraction, and interference.This setsthe stage
for tmting the physics of superradiant devices and lasers, and
the impact of cavity design on output characteristics. The
course will conclude by applying these concepts to the study
of atoms and simple molecules by the emission, absorption,
and scattering of light. Considerable emphasis will be placed
on laboratory experiences; only onethird of the class period
will be used for formal lectures and discussion, with the
balance spent in the laboratory. Grades will be determined on
the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two
onehour exams, and a formal research paper.
Prerequlsltes:PHY 12 1, 122,245 (or equhfalent),
MAT 124, 125,224
Madmum Enrollment: 10
Tlme: I1
Room:Sclence 30
POL 29542086
lnstructoc Elkabeth Anderson
Contrary to American popularbelief, Canada is not just a colder
version of the United States. Canadian national identity is alive
and well, and currently a much debated topic - in Canada.
In this new course, we will examine Canadian identities (thm
Ph ysics/PoliHcal Science
I
is at least one for every pmvince) through cultural forms produced in the last 30 years. Emphasizing the c u l t d studies
approach to history, we will draw from various "texts1' (stories,
poetry, non-fiction, film,music, W, newspapers, art and architecture)and events (the Quiet Revolution and the Refemdurn
in Quebec, theMeech lake Accords, thestandoff at Oka,the FIR
Trade Agreement between the U.S. and Canada, the arrival of
new immigrants, the Persian Gulf War)in ordm to q l o r e
Canada from Canadian perspectives. Our focus will mainly be
&an, and centend on the cities of Monkall Toronto, and
Vancouver. Our methods of analysis will be interdisciplinary
and comparative (Canada-U.S. border studies).
Grades will be based on active participation in class discussions, one oral presentation, and a final written project.
Mcudmum Enrollment:20
77me: I
Room: Old Maln 2 1
POL 37 1-42087
Instrvctor: Phll Ushman
This course will examine the c m t political and legal rights
and responsibilitiesof the American employee in the contemporary labor market. Various forms of employment issues,
including contract rights, wrongful termination, workers compensation for pb-related injjes, safety in the work place,
protection against illegal discrimination on the pb, drug and
alcohol testing, and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow''
will be studied. Wherever possible, the opposite position of
the employer will be presented.The role of the American labor
union movement and employel's political action groups will
be addressed where relevant.There will be field trips to o b
m e actual court and/or administrative law proceedings.
Students will also meet with employment lawyers and repre
sentatives of industry.
Students will prepare a specla1 mini-term paper and take a
final examination.
PrerequlsRes:Junlor or Senlor status; One course In
Pdmcal Sclence or Economics.
Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence
Madmum Enrollment: 35
77me: Monday and Wednesday evenlngs, 6:309:30p.m.
Room: Old Maln 16
POL 42 1-42088
Instructor: Wllllam Mods
This course will examinethe impact of American films on U.S.
citizens' perceptions of politics. Films will be selected whose
principal themes deal with particular political practices and/
or institutions. The class will evaluate the accuracy of these
images by considering the films in light of the scholarly
literature and other information available on each subject.
Close attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical
situation and dilemmas of decision-making in politics.
As part of the course, students will submit written analyses
and evaluationsof the political context or "image" of politics
in the films shown in class. These, plus additional articles and
portions of books from the social sciences and other literature
paralleling some of the films' themes, will serve as the basis for
class discussion. The papers, two tests on assigned readings
establishing the framework for the class, and class participation will determine final grades.
Students will be assessed a specialfee to cover the rental of the
films and viewing equipment.
Prerequlsttes: POL 121, 122,or 158
Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence
Political Science
Madmum Enrollment: 20
Tlme:1I
Room: Old Maln 2 1
PSY 10542089
Inslructor: Wendy VanLoy
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in
psychology for the purpose of understandingbehavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are
emphasized.
Dlslnbvtbn: Psychology/Soclology
General Educaffon Perspective: Human Identity
Madmum Enrollment: 25
77me:1I
Room: Old Maln 25
PSY 32 1-42090
Instructors:Nancy Stebkry and Dlane Plke
The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a
sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p
per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including police,
lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence,and law and corporations.
Thew is a midterm and final examination plus two written
assignments.
Note: Students who have completed PSY 335should not enroll
in this course.
Prerequlsltes:SOC 12 1 or PSY 105
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 18
PSY34CM2091
Instructor: Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological,
cultural, and theological perspedives. A variety of myths and
symbols will be examined with the intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representations of "the self."
The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding
of one's individual self and of how the conceptualizations of
your self have been molded by a variety of social, cultural, and
historical influences. The content of the course will include
topics such as the impact of science on myth; the mythologies
of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation;
and metaphors of psychological transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the
assigned readings. Students will be scpeded to be p r e p 4
for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in
the class discussions. Students will be given some of the
responsibilityfor leadingdiscussions.Evaluationwillbe based
on class participation and five short (600-800 word) papers.
Prerequlslte:PSY 105
Madmum Enrollment: 16
Time: I
Room: Old Maln 1 1
PSY 370-42092
Inslrvctor: Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of
the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will
be considered. Idealism direded toward other persons and
society will be the main focus.
-
Psychology
This course willbe conducted as a seminar with a high level of
student contribution and participation. Attendance at each
class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, fmpent shirt papers, and hequent oral reports.Each
student will be required to seek out and interview persons in
the adolescent-level of development. Typewriting or equivalent word processing skill will be required.
Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by
Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be
availablein the Augsburg Bookstoreby November 1.Content
of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and
will provide a base for further learning in the course.
This course is offered only on PIN basis.
RerequlsRes: PSY 105
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 29
REL 24 1-42093
Instructor Brad HoH
Off the beaten track of American tourists, this journey focuses
on meeting African faith communities,observing their rituals,
listening to their music, and observing their art. We encounter
the three basic religious traditions of Africa: African Traditional Religions, Christianity, and Islam. Each of these faiths
brings intriguing surprises as they reflect African culture in a
variety of ways. Our access to the Christian communities will
exceed that of the other two, but Christianity in Africa can only
be understood in the context of "ATR" and Islam. Each of these
has influenced the others. Both the mission-founded and the
"independent' churches have developed creatively in music,
theology, and spirituality.At the same time, political tensions
characterizethe relations of the churches and Islam, as Nigeria
prepares for a return to civilian rule in 1992.Our learning will
Religion
include various kinds of input: reading, lectures, interviews,
visits to sites, observation of worship, and discussions.
Through it all, we live simply, encountering life in a Third
World country which is strugglingto find appropriateblends
of African and Western culture. We will travel light, study
hard, and experiencethe taste, the markets, and the worship of
one of Africa's most energetic nations. The course is designed
for students seriously interested in religion who are in good
health. A visa is required for Nigeria.
Fee: $3,495 includes travel, accommodations, breakfast daily,
one group dinner in London, all dinners (22) in Nigeria.
Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellgon requlremenls)
Madmum Enrollment: 15
REL 32842094
Instructor: John Benson
There is nothing more familiar to us than parties, sports, and
games. Yet most take them for granted. It may come as
something of a surprise to us, then, that the festival, play, and
"game theory" have been of keen interest, not only to anthropologists, sociologists, and psychologists, but also to students of religion and Christian theology. In this course we will
use lectures, small group discussions, and field trips to look
into some of this fascinating material. There will be two essay
tests, several special preparations related to discussions, and a
final project.
Prerequlsltes:REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1
Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellglon requirements)
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln I8
Religion
REL 34342095
Instructor Cathy Paulsen
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision
that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our
heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether
you m manied or not, but it will increase your certainty and
the possibility for meaning/intirnacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of Christian teachings, many
theories will be studied with particular attention given to the
work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and secondarily to the family.
There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one
paper,andtwotestsTwobookswillbe~.
PrerequMes: REL I I I or /?EL22 I orpemlsslon of Insiructor
Dlstrbution: Rellglon (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellgon requirements)
Mdmum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Muslc 24
REL 345-42096
Inslructoc Eugene S k b b e
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is
at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century
and its development, and cultural influence during 950 years
of history. An anthology including two monographs and the
professox's lectures, plus reserve reading will provide an
overview.L.&m and class discussion will deal with examples
of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy,
sociology, and theology. Requirements include three exams
and one short paper.
Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or 221
DlsfrlbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellglon requlrements)
General Educatlon Perspecffve: Chrlsffan F a l h
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 16
REL 44 1-42097
INS 49542098
Insiructoc Lynne Loremen
This course will consider the central ideas of Christianity and
feminism, and how they might be compatible. Attention will
be given to religious influences on societal roles for women
and men, feminist interpretationof the Bible, and the implications of feminism on Christian theology, especiallyin terms of
language and metaphor. There will be daily reflection papers
on the assigned readings which include questions for class
discussion. Evaluation will be based on the papers, class
participation, and a final exam.
Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or REL 22 1
DlsMbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellglon requlrements)
General Educatlon Perspecffve: ChrlsflanFaM
Mcudmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln 23
SWK 25742099
Instructoc Mary Lou Wlllam
Experientiallearning occurs as studentsvolunteer 80 hours of
service (in a senices agency or institution which students
Re/igion/Socia/ Work
I
select).The placementmust be approved by course faculty and
supervised by agency staff. In the context of .this volunteer
experience, students have the opportunity to interact with
human service professionals, clients, and communities of
diverse culture/ethnic heritage and special c o n m s (age,
socioeconomic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical
abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to help students
learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future
career in the human services.
The three hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions
which assist students in integrating agency experiences and
readings which explore the historical development of social
welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of
social work as a profession. 9udents will also examine and
critique the manner in which social, economic, and political
strudures impact diverse groups in society. Students will
focus on their own responsibilitiesin society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns,
such as poverty and the "isms".
This course is required for the Social Work major; open to all
students.
General Educcrtlon Perspective: The Clty
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Tlme: I
Room: Muphy Place 1
SWK 3 m 2 100 (fv11COUM)
SWK 3D42/09(1/2 course)
Instrvctor Marla Brown
Is violence really "as American as apple pie" (Stokely
Carmichael)? Is family violence just a reflection of society's
violent attitude? Why does family violence occur,and when,
and to whom? Today, identified violence in families has
Social Work
reached what many professionals consider epidemic proportions.This courseis intended to be an overview of the phenomenon of family violence, including contributing factors and
consequences for the family and the broader society. Students
will research various forms of family violence. Classroom
speakers will include professionals who are involved in curm t policy-making and program delivery in family violence.
Onehalf d i t option: classroom discussions, readings and
the development of an annotated bibliography on area of
interest in family violence.
Full credit option: q u i r e s writing and presenting of research
on a m of interest in family violence, in addition to the above
work
Prerequlslte: Introductory coum work In soclal work,
psychology or sociology
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 23
SWK 339-42 101
Instructor: Edwlna Hertzberg
An historical overview of homelessness in the U.S. provides a
base for understanding the current situation in the U.S.and in
the Twin Cities. Ledures, films, discussions, field trips, guest
lectures, a research paper, and volunteer work with homeless
people in the field provide opportunities for participants to
learn the &ties of the situation of homelessness - needs,
resources, and causatives. Evaluation will be based on class
participation, volunteer work, and a research paper.
Specla1fee: $30 per person. Checkpayable to Augsburg
College to be glven to lnsfructor on flrst day of class.
Prerequlslte:Deslre to learn about homelessness
General Education Perspective: The CHy
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 22
Social Work
SWK 4.6642 102 (lull course)
SWK 4.6642 1 10 (1/2 course)
Insiructor:Rosemary Unk
Course content will be continuation of Field Work 11 -educationally-focused field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field place
ment, plus one hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in
writing by the field instructor using previously developed
contract and social work evaluation forms.
Prerequlslte:SWK 462 (FleM Work II)
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Tlme:I
Room: To be arranged
'Note: Thls Is the depahent's new fitb for Sociology
265, which was previously Lted as Raclal and Mlnorfty
Group Relations.
SOC 26542 103
lnsiructoc Gordon Nelson
This course examines the nature of human p u p s who, for
reasons of birth, accident, appearanceIor behavior, have been
"set aside" and viewed as "different" by the larger society.
Members of the class are encouraged to reflect on the extent to
which such groups have developed meaningful cultures which
have made or could make significant contributions to the selfunderstanding of persons who m part of the larger society. In
addition to lectures and films presented in class, the course will
include an opportunity for off-campus participant observation
during which members of the class will be asked to focus on a
particular culturalp u p otherthan their own. Thisobservation
will become the basis for a class pmentation by each member,
either individually or as part of a group. Members of the class
can scped evaluation to be based on a combination of class
participation, their respective class presentations, and a final
examination. The course is offered on a P/Nbasis only.
Dlslrlbuiion:Mlnorfty/Uiban
General Educdon Petspeciive: Intercultvral Awareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Sclence 3 15
SOC321-42104
Inslructor:Dlane Plke and Nancy Steblay
The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a
sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p
per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including: police,
lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence, and law and corporations.
There is a midterm and final plus two written assignments.
Students who have completedPSY 335should not enroll in this
course.
Prerequlsffes: SOC 12 1 or PSY 105
Maximum Enrollment:20
Time: I
Room: Old Maln 18
SPA 1 1 1-42105
lnslructoe Anffa nsher
Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but
secondary goals m to develop reading and writing skills as
well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continuewith
Spanish 112 in the spring.
The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and
grammar explanationswill be given as needed to clanfy those
in the text.Evaluation will include class participation, a test on
each chapter, and a written and oral final exam.
Dlstrlbutlon: Forelgn Language
General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness
Mawlmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln 29
SPC 32 1-42106
Insfructor James Hayes
This "handsan" course will give students the opportunity to
refine their public speaking skills in a contest format. Students
will be q u i d to enter three d h t forensics events (irnpromptu speaking, a public address, and oral interpretation of
an event of their choice) at three interscholastic tournaments
held during the month of January. In addition, the class will
prepare a videotaped program of their work as an instructional
aid for future forensicscontestants. Evaluation will be based on
p e r and instructor critiques of written and oral work, selfevaluation, and, to some degree, competitive success. Students
should contact the instructor at the time they register to obtain
an information packet that will help them get off to a "running
s W in January.Those who milmust be available to participate in tournaments outside of regular class time on the following dates: January 17-18, January 2425, and January 28.
Prerequlsltes:SPC I 1 1 or consent of instructor
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I1
Room: Foss 2 1a/21b
Lnnnrh r m m d & m t i n n
&' Thnntrn
SPC 340.42107
Instructor: David Lapakko
We all encounter deception and exploitation in politics, advertising, selling, and personal relations. How can one decide
whether to conceal information from a customer, to use subliminal persuasion, to "blow the whistle" on one's employer,
to use photographs or body language to give a misleading
impression? How can one sort out and weigh the various
ethical considerations?
In this course we will use case studies and a variety of ethical
perspectives to analyze ethical problems in such fields as
advertising, public relations, sales, and politics. We will also
consider issues in subliminal persuasion, nonverbal communication, and interpersonal communication. The main objective is to improve our ability to make ethical decisions.
Activities will include ledures, readings, case studies, interviews, oral reports, papers, debates, and two examinations.
The emphasis will be on case studies involving situations
encountered in everyday life.
Prerequlsltes:A course In philosophy or consent of
Instructor
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:1
I
Room: Fos 43
SPC 347-42 108
Instructor: Deborah Bart
A video production course which integrates ledure and criticism with hands-on video experience. This course addresses
non-fiction subject areas. Studentswill view several d m e n taries in class and will work in production teams to produce
short documentaries of their own. Additional time will be
S ~ e e c h .Communication.
'
& Theatre
I
required for editing.
Prerequlsltes:Junior or Senlor
Madmum Enrollment: 15
77me: I
Room: Foss 175
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further
information about the following comes can be obtained from
Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 620 21st
Avenue S. (330- 16.5)or from the Interim Office (330-1025).
Registration for these Interims ends October 25,1991. These
courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a
lower division number.
The Carlbbean and Its People Through Literature
Chlna In Transltlon
Contemporary European Buslness
Contemporary Theatre & Soclety In Brltaln
Cultural Confllct In Renaissance Italy
Down-Under In New Zealand
Egypt In Transltlon
E~erlenclngIndla: Past and Present
Famlly In Focus: Pollcy and Programs In Sweden, Denmark,
and England
Fleld Blology In Ecuador: Raln Forest and Galapagos Islands
The Greek Bperlence
Hapsburg Herltage: Central Europe after The Fall of the Wall
Hawoll: Culture and Hlstory
Hope and Glory: ChristIanHyIn England, France and G e m n y
Iberla: A Fuslon of Cultures
Law In London
Literary Landmarks: England, Scotland, Wales
The New European CommunHy: Economics and Culture In a
Post- 1 992 Europe
Reconqulsta to Emplre: Medleval & Early Modern Spaln
Rellglon & Grassroots Movements for Soclal Change In Brazil
Rellglon In Afrlca: Creatlvliy and Confllct
Russian Language In Moscow
Sounds and Sights of Europe
Sovlet Unlon and Eastern Ewope: Gender Issues
UMAIE
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved for
credit by the College. Most cany a tuition cost plus other
expenses which arethe responsibility of the student.They are
offered only on a PINbasis. Fuller descriptions and detailsfor
registering are available in the Interim Office.
4-
SAILINGIN THE VIRGIN~SLANDS(January7-23,1992)
HPE 455421 14
Insfructo~Joyce Hal7
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested
in the art and practice of sailboat cruising.The course will take
the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will
live aboard a 43% foot fixed-keel sailboat with fivelsix other
people and will function as an active crew member. Actual onthe-water instruction will be the major part of the course.
Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in
the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and
windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed.
The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg
day students and qualifying4-1-4 students.Others willhave to
pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academiccredit.
Total payment is due October 31,1991.
Prerequisite: Pemlsslon from Joyce Pfatf of the Heah
and Physlcal Education Depahent (6 1 2 / W 1247).
Dlslrlbutlon:Metlme Sports: also one course cred/t.
HPE 2 12-421 15
Check for informationin the Interim Office for material on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the M i ~ e s o t a b d i a nborder or for white-water canoeingand desert camping on the Rio
Grande in the December 26 through January26 period.There
is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available).
AGENDA
(December 29 - January 10,1992)
P O L 398-421 16
This is a two-week seminar which enables undergraduate
students to explore their own leadership styles in workshops
which use instructional resources such as Myers-Briggs PersonalityInventory. In addition, the students examinepersonal
styles of leaders from government and politics, the media,
education, and business, who address such topics as values,
ethics, risk-taking, decision-making, management theories,
and organizational structures.The seminaris a blend of readings and research on leadershiptheory, ampleopportunityfor
question-and-answer sessions with national leaders, small
group discussions, and workshops that help students practice
leadershiptechniques. SitevisitscanincludetheU.S. Chamber
of Commerce, the International Monetary Fund, and foreign
embassies in Washington.
AND THE
MEDIA
(December 29 - January 10.1992)
A
POL 398-421 17
This two-week seminar for undergraduate students features
Washington's media personalities, who are readily available
Other Courses
I
to The Washington Center. This popular topic attracts students in many fields, e.g., communications, journalism, political science, and English. Sample topics include the role of the
press in a democratic society; the press, politics, and public
policy; and how Washington journalists view national and
world leaders and issues. Site visits include mapr network
studios, the Pentagon, and foreign embassies. Guest speakers
have included nationally renowned print and broadcast purnalists, political media consultants and managers, and political-govement officials, such as former Republican National
Committee Chair Frank Fahrenkopf, ABC newsman David
Brinkley, MacNeil/Lhrefs compondent Judy Woodruff,
and Linda Edwards, Executive Director, National Association
of Black Journalists.
CAMPAIGN
1992: INPURSUIT
OF THE
PRESIDENCY
(January 12-17.1992)
POL 398-42 1 18
This oneweek seminar will introduce participants to the
politics and mechanics of running a presidential campaign.
h g r a m sessionswill be designed to familiarke studentswith
the presidential election process and its impact on American
politics. Topics will include the organization and procedures
of the Democratic and Republican parties, the primaries and
conventions, media coverage of the campaign, and current
campaignissues.Sitevisitswill include the headquarters of the
Democratic and Republican National Committees and the
Washington offices of presidential candidates. Campaign
workshops will be offered to give students hands-on skills in
grass-root organizing and managing campaigns. The seminar
will assist participants in developing the knowledge and
making connections to become involved in the presidential
campaign when they return to their campuses. Studentswho
plan to attend the summer convention programs are encour-
Other Courses
aged to attend IT
' n Pursuit of the Presidencf' as an intmiuction to the campaign process.
These Interims begln December 29 and conffnue unffl
January 18, 1992,Infotmaffon on either of the above
programs, houslng and flnanclal asslstance Is avallable
from Dr. Wllllam Monjs In Mernorlal Hall, 1 1 1B, or Brenda
Elllngboe, Memorial Hall, 1 17A. 33G 1 197.
The following actMnes are avallable to students during
Interim and students may reglster for these class6 as
well as for a regular course. These acff W do not carry
course credlt.but do meet the llfeffme spods requlre
ment for gradualion.
HPE 002-421 19
lnslructoc Mlke Teltelbaum
The form, basic techniques, and practical usage of American
Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt
instructor. Fee of $25.
Dlsfrlbutlon: Ufeffme Sports
Maximum Enrollment: Controlled by lnsfructor
Tlme: 12:W1:00p.m. Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays
Room: Melby Gym
HPE 002-42120
lnslructoc Brian Ammann
Practice and playing of badminton.
Dlstrlbvtlon:Ufeffme Sports
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme:I Tuesdays.Thursdaysand alternate Fridays
Room: Melby Gym
I
Lifetime S ~ l o r t s
HPE 002-42 12 1
Instructor: Bdan Ammann
Practice and playing of racquetball.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufetlme Sports
Madmum Enrollment: 10
Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and attemate Fddays
Room: Melby Gym
HPE CK)2-42122
Instructor: Carol Enke
Designed for students who may q u i r e special, modified
physical activity.Enrollment in this class requires consultation
with the instructor.
PrerequlsHe: Consent of Instructor.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufeiime Sports
Madmum Enrollment: Controlled by Instructor
lime:Ananged
Room:Ananged
EDU49542113
Instructor: Ted Welcher
This course will provide you with an introduction to issues
related to deafness and the modes of communication used by
deaf people. We will examine the language, education, social
and political aspeds, and cultural issues within the deaf com-
munity. Lectures, guest lechms, viewing of videotapes, and
reading assignments will include information pertaining to
the following areas: anatomy and physiology of the hearing
mechanism, etiology of deafness, hearing evaluation and
amplification issues, the grieving/adjustrnent process associated with having a deaf child or family member, education of
hearing impaired childm, oral versus manual comrnunication controversy, linguistics of American Sign Language, Pidgin Sign English and manual English communication systems,
historical/political perspectives of deafness (including legislation affecting deaf people), accessibility issues, deafness and
cognitive functioning and interpreting issues.
General Educdim Pmpectlve:Approval pendlng for
IntercuItvralA warenesf, cat ego^^ I.
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Foss Center 43
INS 2 1G42 124
Insfructor BIII Green
This course introduces college students to the experiences of
first year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study
in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that first year students typically face, and explore ways
to cope with these pressures.
Madmum Enrollment: 15
rime: 1
I
Room: Muslc 23
MAT 1 73-421 72
Instructor:Mathew Foss
You buy a car and have monthlypayments. Would you liketo
know how to figure out if your payments are fair? Or would
I
Additional Courses
'
you liketo be ableto determinehow much to save everymonth
so your kids can go to college?Or if you're paying a fair rate for
life insurance? If so, Math of Interest may intemt you. This
course will be of interest to students in business or economics
or anyone "interested" in exploring compound interest.Evaluation will be based on quizzes and classroom work.
Prerequlsttes: Math Placement Group 111 or equivalent
DlsMbvtlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime://
Room: Sclence 1 12
SOC 121-42123
Instructor: Rlta Webbrod
This course is designed to help studentsbetter understand the
social world they live in. The objectives of the course are to (1)
teach sociological concepts for analyzing society, (2) develop
skills in evaluating sociologicalarguments and issues, and (3)
acquaint students with the state of knowledge in areas of
sociological study.
Students will participate in a panel discussion on a current
social issue. Written assignments will include a short paper
focusing on the supplementary reading.
DlsMbvtlon: Psychology/Soclology
General Educdon Perspecfive: Soclal Wodd
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: I1
Room: Old Maln 13
Additional Cor rrs.es
1
Show less
MAsTER OF ARTS
IN LEADERSHIP
.,.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
1991-1993
Those who hope to lead had better understand both rationally and
intuitively the people who might be their followers, and the society
in which they are embedded. They had better comprehend the
values of our common culture, pas... Show more
MAsTER OF ARTS
IN LEADERSHIP
.,.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
1991-1993
Those who hope to lead had better understand both rationally and
intuitively the people who might be their followers, and the society
in which they are embedded. They had better comprehend the
values of our common culture, past and present, know how our
political and economic systems work, and understand how and
why science has changed the world ... Leaders need specialists as
advisers and staff members. But leaders themselves are generalists ... At higher levels of leadership they cannot achieve their full
potential without considerable breadth of knowledge. Only this
way can they shape the contexts for decisions where expert
knowledge is used.
- John Gardner
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612/330-1786
• able of Contents
Introduction to the Master of Arts in Leadership .................. 3
Leadership Development Model .............................................. 5
Curriculum Design ..................................................................... 6
Course Descriptions ................................................................... 7
Graduate Faculty ...................................................................... 10
Library ............. ........................................................................... 10
Accreditation and Affiliations ................................................ 10
Student Support Services ........................................................ 11
Student Rights ........................................................................... 11
Admission Requirements ....................... :................................ 12
Application Procedures ........................................................... 12
Evaluation Standards ............................................................... 13
Academic Policies ..................................................................... 14
Payment Schedule .. ................ ....................................... ..... ...... 15
Financial Aid ............................................................................. 15
About Augsburg .. ..................................................................... 18
Campus Map ............................................................................. 19
Campus Location ...................................................................... 20
Faculty and Administration .................................................... 21
Advisory Council to the Graduate Program ........................ 23
''"':"·;·;•'.'·~:·.·:·~·:·~··:::·~,
;;,
;·"~
•nformation Sessions
MAsTER OF
ARTS IN
LEADERSHIP
Individuals interested in the Master of Arts in Leadership
program at Augsburg College are encouraged to attend an
information session. These free, two-hour sessions are scheduled at various times prior to the beginning of each trimester.
Please call the Master of Arts in Leadership Office (330-1786) for
details or to register for one of these information sessions:
Thursday, May 23, 1991
Thursday, June 20, 1991
Tuesday, July 16, 1991
Saturday, October 12, 1991
Saturday,February15, 1992
Thursday, May 14, 1992
Thursday, June 18, 1992
Tuesday, July 14, 1992
6:00 - 8:00 p.m.
6:00 - 8:00 p.m.
6:00 - 8:00 p.m.
9:00 - 11:00 a.m.
9:00 - 11:00 a.m.
6:00 - 8:00 p.m.
6:00 - 8:00 p.m.
6:00 - 8:00 p.m.
For more information write or call:
Master of Arts in Leadership Office
Augsburg College
73121st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612133~1786
...
Augsburg College_,;
731 21 S TAVENUE50UTH
MINNEAPOLIS . MN 55454
3/91
'
....
ljee and Payment
Schedule
'·
...'·.·
Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable)
Tuition (per trimester course)
(one course =6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits)
Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable,
applicable to first semester's tuition)
Leadership Practicum Fee (per term for six terms)
Thesis Continuation Fee $100.00
Late Fee, per day (charged to any student registering
after the scheduled registration date).
Late registration includes incomplete registration as
defined: a) Unsigned Registration Form or
b) Unapproved Payment Plan
Registration Change after First Oass Meeting
(cancel/add/change grade option, or combination
at one time)
Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free)
Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a
simple rate of 1% per month on any account with
an open balance of 30 days or more.
$25.00
$884.00
$100.00
$125.00
$50.00
$5.00
$2.00
Fees
The appUcation fee ($25) is due on or before the application deadline
for a given term. The $100 non-refundable deposit (applied to first
semester's tuition) reserves a place in the program in a given term,
once a person is accepted. Tuition is due at the time of registration.
Payment Options*
1) Payment in Full: Due day of registration.
2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a 3pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be offered
only if previous plans have been adhered to.
3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent, which are
company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per course reimbursed,
with full payment due within 50 days after the end of the term.
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in three equal installments at
the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the
student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg
College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student
accounts are paid in full. This also applies for student loan funds
administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be current
according to established repayment schedules.
•A non-sufficient-funds check will decliire your registriition in"Dtilid iind could iiffect
further credit extended l1y the college.
ntroduction
Developing Leaders for
Organizations and the Community
The Master of Arts in Leadership responds to the leadership
development needs of profit and not-for-profit organizations.
While different in structure and purpose, most organizations
seek leaders with the following qualities:
.& a vision which is ethically and morally responsible,
extending beyond immediate concerns;
... an understanding of how change occurs and affects the
immediate environment;
.& a sensitivity to the complex problems organizations face,
and an ability to achieve solutions consistent with an
organization's mission;
... the ability to motivate and inspire individuals and groups to
work toward a common goal; and
.& the ability to effectively represent the organization both
internally and externally.
The Master of Arts in Leadership provides a means by which
individuals aspiring to enhance their leadership skills may
discover and refine these and other abilities and awarenesses
fundamental to effective leadership.
Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule
The Master of Arts in Leadership program is designed to meet
the needs and preferences of working adults. The program is
based on the assumption that the men and women who enroll
are employed, self-disciplined and well-motivated individuals
who seek a balance of classroom experience, group interaction
and individual study. Each course is, therefore, divided into
periods of study, group efforts and class preparation. To accommodate this format for learning, each class meets on alternate Saturdays for three-and-one-half hours and alternate
Thursday evenings for one-and-one-half hours.
Leadership Development Model
The Master of Arts in Leadership program promotes leadership as a process which 1) inspires cooperation among people
who must compete for limited resources, 2) promotes productivity within and beyond the organization, and 3) works
toward progress. To accomplish this, individuals aspiring to
positions of leadership must possess three key attributes: a
sense of vision, the ability to persuade and the ability to direct
action. Underlying these attributes is a broad range of abilities
and awarenesses. These abilities and awarenesses, outlined in
the diagram on page 7, serve as specific outcomes for the
Master of Arts in Leadership. Augsburg's model of leadership
development is designed to assess, promote, enhance and
refine these capabilities within the individual.
Community of Learners
Essential to the goals of the Master of Arts in Leadership is
participation in a community of learners. Learning can be
enhanced when the student is involved in a stable community
that provides opportunity and encouragement for active
participation both in and out of the classroom. This community
will be enriched by the presence of men and women who bring
to the program a variety of work and life experiences.
To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg
encourages graduate students to make use of college facilities
such as the library, meeting rooms and the Christensen Center;
to take the opportunity to share meals and coffee breaks; to
participate in optional lunch time seminars; and to attend other
college activities such as music and dramatic presentations and
athletic events.
Leadership Practicum
Master of Arts in Leadership students enroll in a half course
called "Leadership Practicum." Students are required to enroll
in this professional assessment and development course for six
terms during their graduate work at Augsburg. Upon completion of the entire practicum, students receive a half course
credit. In each term, specific activities related to the practicum
are scheduled.
Early in the program a major component of this practicum is a
full-day professional assessment to determine students' abilities
and potential relative to each of the outcomes of the Leadership
Development Model (see page 5). Assessment instruments
include paper and pencil exercises and simulation and group
experiences. Following the assessment students meet individually with a trained assessor who provides guidance in personal
goal-setting and in the creation of a professional development
plan or "blueprint."
In subsequent terms "Leadership Practicum" includes workshops designed to meet the needs of the students in the following areas: communication skills, self-assessment measures,
group processes, and other professional development topics
identified by graduate students and staff.
Leadership Development Model
Leadership
Sense of
Vision
Orientation
Toward Action
FacilitlJ for
Persuasion
/
Ethical
i.
i.
i.
i.
Creative
Social awareness
Environmental
awareness
Tolerance of
religious and
philosophical
differences
Appreciation
of situational
complexity
i.
i.
i.
i.
Long-term
perspective
Flexibility
Adaptability
Innovativeness
I
I
Risk Assumptive
Curiosity
• Achievement
motivation
i. Self-esteem
i.
Decisive
i.
i.
i.
i.
i.
Self-confidence
Analytical ability
Ability to think
critically
Understanding of
research
Ability to manage
conflict
'·
.:· '.·..
Master of Arts in Leadership students are required to complete
12 courses and a thesis. Each course unites two or more liberal
arts disciplines, encourage pursuit of the de ignated outcomes, and uses a variety of learning techniques appropriate to
adult learners. Instructional technique ar varied, uch as
case study, debate, written and oral presentations and group
activity. These techniques, which have had demon trated
success in advanced courses, develop targeted leadership
abilities and understandings. Continual reinforcement occurs
as students employ these capacities in multiple courses.
Students ar encourag d to ee abilitie and understandings as
cross-disciplinary and to see content areas as integrated. The
very form of the program reflects the view that the world in
which we operate is complex and that dealing with it successfully requires well-developed integrative ability.
Required Courses Include:
ML 500
ML 510
ML 590
ML 591
ML 592
Leadership Practicum (a half course which
spans six trimesters)
Foundations of Leadership (to be taken during
one of the first three trimesters)
Thesis-Research Seminar I
Thesis-Research Seminar II (These two seminars
are to be taken in a student's last two consecutive
terms.)
Thesis Consultation (a half course to be taken
simultaneously with ML 591 and in the term in
which the thesis is completed)
Students are required to complete eight additional
courses chosen from the following courses:
ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
ML 520 Self-Identity, Values and Personal Growth
ML 521 Methods of Critical Thought
ML 530 Ethics in Communication
ML 531 The Dynamics of Change
ML 540 Politics, History and Leadership
ML 545 Analytical Reasoning for Qualitative Decisions
ML 550 Decision-Making Technology
ML 560 Developing a Multi-Cultural Perspective
ML 598 Independent Study
ML 599 Special Topics
Other courses as added
.Dourse Descriptions
ML 500 Leadership Practicum
A professional assessment and development course which
spans six terms. This course includes a full-day professional
assessment and subsequent workshops in the following areas:
communication skills, self-assessment measures, group
processes. The course culminates in a final professional
assessment. Half credit. Graded on a PIN basis.
ML 510 Foundations of Leadership
Introduction to the concept of leadership, providing an historical and philosophical framework for the program. This course
views the nature and purpose of leadership from a variety of
disciplines and perspectives. The role of the liberal arts, various learning styles, methods of research and inquiry, student
outcomes and program expectations are examined.
ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
Exploration of creativity from the perspective of traditional
aesthetics as well as contemporary organizational thinking.
This course uses creativity as a method and it examines techniques for solving problems in organizations, for enhancing
innovation, and for seeking an integrative world-view.
ML 520 Self-Identity, Values and Personal Growth
Study of the concepts of self-identity, values and personal
growth as related to professional and personal life. This course
may employ psychological, philosophical, and theological perspectives to explore the role of the individual in the larger
social context. Major topics include the acquisition, development and evolution of self-identity and values, the influence of
sex roles, and the relationship to spiritual growth.
ML 521 Methods of Critical Thought
Investigation of the processes of critical thinking drawing from
philosophy and other disciplines. This course focuses on the
relationships between ideas and the expression and application
of ideas. Students apply dialectical processes in the effective
formation, presentation and use of ideas in organizational
structures.
ML530 Ethics in Communication
Interdisciplinary study of ethics and communication through
the investigation of a variety of ethical perspectives within
human communication. This course places particular attention
on the use and abuse of communication in politics, advertising
and interpersonal relationships. It emphasizes a sensitivity to
ethical conflicts which arise in social and organizational settings.
ML531 The Dynamics of Change
This course offers an exploration of the context of social change
and varying responses to diverse human needs. Ways of
achieving well-being may be viewed differently by leaders in
public and private domains and across cultures. The course
explores these various perspectives including areas of conflict
and opportunities for leadership in social and organizational
change. Sociological, human development and economic
theories are applied to contemporary public and private
sector issues for social change.
ML540 Politics, History and Leadership
Analysis of the political aspects of nation-states and other
organizations. This course focuses on the process of achieving
individual, group or national goals. Drawing on a variety of
cultures and nations, it examines significant historical events
and the leaders who shaped them.
ML545 Decision Making I: Qualitiative Process
and Application
Decision making is fundamental to all human endeavor,
particularly in leadership. Leaders, regardless of their field,
are continually held accountable for decisions in settings
characterized by incomplete information and limited time. The
constrained nature of the typical decision making environment
necessitates the use of a systematic and objective decision
making process. Drawing on various disciplines, course
participants will examine th different tage of th deci ion
making process, including: analysis of the decision setting and
its relevant boundaries, identification of acceptable decision
outcomes, definition of the implementation of the decision and
appraisal of potential contingencies. While emphasis is given to
the qualitative rather than quantitative aspects of decision
making, about 20 percent of the course will include the
development of some basic analytical concepts: data collection,
graphs and charts, measuring central tendency and dispersion,
and association.
ML550 Decision Making and Technology
Hi torical analysis of th decision making and problem solving
process. This cours focuses on the development of technology
a both the cau e and the solution of problems by investigating
various cases.
ML560 Developing a Multi-Cultural Perspective
Investigation of inter-cultural is ·ues. This course enhances the
ability to lead and work more effectively with p ople of
different cultural background through the study of di.ver e
values, beliefs and traditions within the global community.
ML 590 Thesis-Research Seminar I:
Research in Leadership
First half of a two-course "capstone" sequence for the Master of
Arts in Leadership Program. This course provides each
individual the opportunity to develop a research topic to
synthesize previous study and work experience and to
demonstrate an understanding of the program's principles.
Graded on a P /N basis.
ML591 Thesis-Research Seminar II:
Synthesis of Findings
Continuation of the "capstone" seminar. This seminar focuses
on the methods of inquiry and results of individual projects. At
the completion of the seminar, students present their final
results orally and submit written thesis. Graded on a P /N basis.
ML592 Thesis Consultation
A series of meetings with a faculty thesis adviser simultaneous
with ML591 and during the trimester in which the thesis is
being prepared for final submission. Half credit. Graded on PI
N basis. Students not completing the thesis durin,g the same
term in which they are emolled in ML591 are required to pay a
thesis continuation fee of $100 during each subsequent term
until the thesis is completed.
ML598IndependentStudy
Provid s directed independent study in an area of the student's
choice. Open to students who have completed at least three
courses with a grade of at least 3.0. Requires consent of the
Associate Dean for Graduate and Special Programs.
ML599 Special Topics
Study of selected topics in leadership that are not treated
extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics
will be published prior to registration.
....
. ...·,·
Faculty who t ach in the Master of Arts in Leadership program
are full-time senior faculty with doctorates or appropriate
professional degrees. Some course are team taught by bringing together faculty from different disciplines or combining a
faculty member with professionals from relevant field . In
these situations, at least one member of the team has a Ph.D.
and substantial teaching experience. AU of the program
faculty have exten ive experience teaching adult learners.
Graduate faculty are listed at the 1d of thj bulletin.
ibrary
The Augsburg library houses over 160,000 books, periodicals,
records, tapes and films. Music, chemistry and art history libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access to
over 1,000,000 volumes is available v:ia daily interloan and
courier service among seven private liberal art colleges and
the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide
network, the additional resources of the Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students.
:.ccreditation and
Affiliations
Students who successfully c mplet Augsburg's leadership
program will receive a Ma ter of Arts Degree. Augsburg .is accredited by the North Central Ass ciation of Colleges and
Schools. The college i a member of the Associated Colleges of
tbe Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Cow1cil in North
America and Minnesota Private College Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher
Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registrati n do snot (necessarily)
mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to
other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational
institution, or employer.
•
udent Support Services
The Augsburg Master of Arts in Leadership Program assists
students in making education and career plans, in working on
their personal development, and in participating in activities
beyond the classroom. Some of these services are listed below.
Academic Planning
In addition to the faculty who provide consultation and advice,
academic planning is guided by the Leadership Practicum assessors, thesis advisers, and Master of Arts in Leadership staff.
Career Services available include:
• Professional assessment through the Leadership Practicum
• Self/ career assessment counseling through the
Career Services Office (330-1162)
• Development of a resume and a career-search plan
through the Career Services Office
• Work experience related to a student's field of specialization
through the Cooperative Education Office (330-1148)
• tudent Rights
The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in the matters
of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal. Students
who wish to identify appropriate procedures for complaints
should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs (330-1160).
The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and
Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all
official records which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Registrar's Office and the Placement Office
(except where a waiver of access has been signed) and to
challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Students have
a right to experience education free from discrimination based
on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, creed,
marital status or age.
• dmission Requirements
Applicants to the program must hold a baccalaureate degree
from an accredited four-year college or university.
Applicants to the program are expected to have a minimum
undergraduate grade point average of 3.0 (on a scale of A=4.0).
Applicants to the program must have five years of experience
(or equivalent) with one or more organizations in a position(s)
of leadership or position(s) demonstrating leadership potential.
Decisions about admission to the program will be made on an
individual basis by the Master of Arts in Leadership Committee. Admission to each entering graduate class will be given to
the most highly qualified individuals. Selection of candidates
will be made on the basis of an evaluation of each applicant's:
•
•
•
•
Previous college record,
Letters of recommendation,
Experience and organizational background,
Miller Analogies Test scores, or for applicants whose native
language is not English, a minimum score of 600 on the Test
of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), and
• Written statement and possible interview.
A)pplication Procedures
To apply, students must submit the following materials to the
Master of Arts in Leadership Office:
• Completed application form with $25 (non-refundable)
application fee.
• Written statement relating the applicant's career and life
goals focusing on leadership aspirations.
• Letter of recommendation from an immediate supervisor,
assessing leadership potential.
• Letter of recommendation from a co-worker (at the same
level) describing applicant's work style and potential as a
leader.
• Official transcripts of undergraduate and graduate work
from all institutions attended.
• Official set of results on the Miller Analogies Test, or for
applicants whose native language is not English, a minimum
score of 600 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL).
• Possible interview with graduate program staff member.
mlvaluation Standards
Evaluation of academic performance for the Master of Arts in
Leadership will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point
scale with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
P
N
W
I
Achieves highest standards of excellence
Achieves above basic course standards
Achieves the minimum passing standard
Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed
in grade point average)
Does not meet minimum course standards (no credit and
non-punitive-not computed in grade point average)
Grade given when course is dropped
Incomplete grade given when student is unable
to complete course requirements for reasons beyond the
student's control (to receive an incomplete, a student
must file a petition with the Graduate Program staff
stating reasons for the request, the plan and date for
removing the incomplete grade, the signature of the
instructor, and any other necessary documentation).
No more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count
toward the degree. No more than two courses with a grade
below 2.0 can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned
the second time are counted in the grade point average.
Alcademic Policies
Academic Probation and Dismissal
Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average.
If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed
on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade
point average must be restored in order for a student to be
removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of N in a
course, the student must petition successfully with the Master
of Arts in Leadership Committee before being permitted to
continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow
would be outlined at that time. If the cumulative grade point
average again falls below 3.0, the student may be dismissed
from the program by the Master of Arts in Leadership
Committee. Students also may be dismissed by the Master of
Arts in Leadership Committee for behavior detrimental to the
program such as a gross violation of college policy (as
published in the Student Guide). Di missal would occur only
after established procedmes were followed.
Credit for Prior Education, Training and Experience
Due to the interdisciplinary nature of the courses in the Master
of Arts in Leadership Program, it is unlikely that courses taken
elsewhere may be substituted for a particular course in the
curriculum. Students may petition the Master of Arts in
Leadership Committee for approval of any variation in the
curriculum including the transfer of credit or the receipt of
credit for other training.
Credit and Contact Hours
Each graduate course in the Master of Arts in Leadership
Program is the equivalent of four semester credits or six
quarter credits. Students meet in class a total of 30 hours and
are responsible for a significant amount of individual study
and preparation.
Enrollment Policy/Leaves of Absence
Students may take either one or two courses each trimester.
Enrolling in two courses per trimester enables a student to
complete the program in two years. All students are required
to complete the program within five years. Extensions beyond
five years will be considered on the basis of petition to the
Master of Arts in Leadership Committee. Students who leave
the program for more than one term must request a leave of
absence in writing from the Master of Arts in Leadership
Committee.
Last Date to Withdraw from Class
The last date on which students may withdraw from a class and
receive a "W" on their records is noted in the calendar insert.
Payment Options*
1) Payment in Full: Due day ofregistration.
2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval,
a 3-pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be
offered only if previous plans have been adhered to.
3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent,
which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per
course reimbursed, with full payment due within 50 days after
the end of the term.
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in 3 equal
installments at the beginning of each trimester. Registration is
permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is
paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release
diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts are
paid in full. This also applies for student loan funds
administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must
be current according to repayment schedules.
*A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration invalid and could affect
further credit extended by the college.
Refund Schedule
A per-course tuition refund will be made on the following
basis: (In order to be eligible for the refund, students are
responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office.)
Prior to the first scheduled class meeting-100%
Prior to the second scheduled class meeting-90%
Prior to the third scheduled class meeting-80%
Prior to the fourth scheduled class meeting-70%
Prior to the fifth scheduled class meeting-60%
Prior to the sixth scheduled class meeting-50%
inancial Aid
In a number of ways, students may receive assistance in
meeting Graduate Program costs. Enrollment in two courses
per trimester allows the student to be classified as full-time.
One course is considered half-time enrollment. The Office of
Student Financial Services (330-1046) assists students in
assessing financial aid eligibility and offers financial aid from
available alternatives, including the following:
Augsburg Tuition Grant
Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to
graduate students who show academic potential and have
financial need.
Funded Scholarships
Augsburg actively pursues outside funding for special
scholarships. The availability of such scholarships enables the
participation of individuals of limited financial means as well
as individuals working for volunteer agencies and other
organizations not likely to provide tuition reimbursement.
Company Tuition Assistance Programs
Many companies, agencies and corporations offer full or partial
tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related
or degree-related college programs. Augsburg College
provides several payment plans by which employees may
handle tuition reimbursement.
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian
Scholarships
American Indian students who meet federal, state or tribal
requirements may apply for these scholarships. Indian grants
generally supplement other sources of financial aid. For assistance
in application please contact Augsburg's American Indian
Support Program Director at 330-1138 or your tribal agency.
Federal and State Aid Programs
The Office of Student Financial Services determines eligibility
for any Federal or State financial aid programs available to
graduate students. Determination of eligibility is based on
standard, nationally accepted methodology.
..6. Perkins Student Loan-Joint Augsburg College-federally
funded program administered through the College for
students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest
accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at
any time while you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple
interest of 5% and repayment of the principal (at the minimum
of $30 a month) begin six months after you leave school (nine
months for new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may
extend up to 10 years. The maximum which may be borrowed
for combined undergraduate and graduate study is $18,000 .
..6. SLS (Supplemental Loans for Students)-A Federal loan
program. Independent students may borrow up to $4,000 per
year to a maximum of $20,000 and must be enrolled at least
half-time. Variable interest rate is set annually with a cap of
12%; payment usually begin within 60 days after
disbursement. Principal may be def rred until the student
ceases half-time enrollment. Interest may, at the lender's
option, acnunu late w1til the in-school deferment ends.
Students mu t apply for financial aid.
• SELF (Student Educati nal Loan Fund)-A Minnesota State
loan program. Stud nts may borrow up to $4,000 per year
($16,000 cumulative) as tmdergraduate with a $25,000
aggregate maximum when graduat study is included ($1,000
minimum). Interest.rate is variabl , paid by the borrower
qua1terly while in d1 I. Principal payments begin 13 month
after I aving d1 ol. Student must apply for financial aid and
be enrolled at least half-time.
• Stafford Student Loan (formerly the Guaranteed Student
Loan)-Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or
tate agency in certain states. While the student is attending at
lea t half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple annual
interest of 8% on the loan balance and repayment of the
principal begin six months after leaving school. Repayment
may extend up to 10 years. The maximum loan is $2,625 for the
fir t two years and $4,000 for the remaining years of
W1dergraduate study and $7,500 per year for graduate study. The
cumulative Wldergraduate and graduate maximum is $54,750.
To Apply for Financial Aid:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Complete the Application for Admission and indicate
your desire to also apply for financial aid.
The Office of Student Financial Service will send you
necessmy application and financial statement form (or
you may pick up them up in the Office of Student
Financial Service , 152 Science Hall, or the Master of
Arts in Leadership Program Office, 2222 Muipl1y Place.)
AJJ students must have a Financial Aid Transcript on
file with Augsburg from each previously attended
institution even if they did not receive aid. Forms are
available from the College.
Complete and return the financial aid forms by the
deadlines indicated.
Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part,
within the deadline stated.
Albout Augsburg
History
. ...
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian
Lutherans in America. Named after the confession of faith
presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530,
Augsburg opened in September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin,
and moved to Minneapoli in 1872.
Campus Location
Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities
smrounding Murphy Square, the oldest of 155 parks in the
"City of Lakes." Adjacent to the campus ar Fairview and
St. Mary's Hospitals, the West Bank campus of the University
of Minnesota and Mississippi River parkways.
Accessibility
Augsburg College has made a major effort to become one of
the most accessible campuses in the region. Skyways, tunnels
and elevators provide accessible connections between nine of
the 14 major buildings-student housing towers, Christensen
Center, main academic and administrative halls, the library
and music building. In addition, there are programs for
students with learning and physical disabilities.
Church Affiliation
Aug burg is a college of The Evange lical Lutherru1 Church in
America. About 59 p rcent of the students are Lutheran,
14 percent other Protestant a nd 19 p rcent Roman Catholic.
Several other affiliations ar e represented among student and
faculty .
Non-Discrimination Policy
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race,
creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or
handicap a required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational
Amendments f Section 504 of the Rehabilita tion Act of 1 73
as amended in its admission policies, educational programs,
activities, and employment practices.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Admissions House
George Sverdrup Library
Science Hall
Old Main
West Hall
Mortensen Tower
Urness Tower
Christensen Center
Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial Hall
Music Hall
2222 Murphy Place
Melby Hall
Ice Arena
Stage II Theatre
Center for Global
Education
Scandinavian Center
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama and
Communication
Youth and Family Institute
19. Office Annex House
20. Tutor House
21. American Indian Support
and Minority Education
Partnership
A. Admissions Parking
B. Student Parking
C. Visitor Parking
D. The Quad
E. Faculty /Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Anderson-Nelson
Athletic Field
H. Fairview /St. Mary's
Parking Ramp
I. Husby-Strommen
Tennis Courts
J. Resident Parking Only
I6. I
Accessible Entrance
•
ampus Location
I
N
I
-$-
I
I
I
......
......
DOWNTOWN
MINNEAPOLIS
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
From Minneapolis
Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside
Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
From St. Paul
Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside
Avenue to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
Parking
All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and
open for student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through
Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between
21st and 22nd A venues and north of 8th Street on 21st
Avenue. Most street parking is two hour parking, seven
days a week. Additional parking is available in the
Riverside Medical Center ramp, or U of M parking lots
on the north side of Riverside A venue.
m acultyand
Administration
The following faculty and administrators are currently
involved in the Master of Arts in Leadership Program:
Earl Alton, Professor and Department Chairperson of Chemistry.
B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John Benson, Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D.,
Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D. Columbia University.
Maria Brown, Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.A.,
American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
John Cerrito, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A.,
Rhode Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Francine Chakolis, Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S.,
Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Lany Crockett, Assistant Professor of Ma.th m<1 tics/Computer
Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran Uni ersity; M.Div ., Luther
Theological Seminary.
Grace Dyrud, Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Mark Engebretson, Associate Professor and Department
Chairperson of Physics. B.A., Luther College, M.Div., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Norman Ferguson, Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and
Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Nancy Guilbeault, Director, Counseling Services. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Satya Gupta, Professor of Economics. B.S., M.S., Agra University,
India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University.
Milda Hedblom, Professor of Political Science. B.A., Macalester
College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Edwina Hertzberg, Associate Professor Social Work, Director of
Faculty Development. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Garry Hesser, Professor of Sociology, Director of Cooperative
Education Program. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div., Union
Theological Seminary; Ph.D. University of Notre Dame.
Ryan LaHurd, Vice President for Academic Affairs, Dean of the
College. B.A., Mt. Carmel College; M.A., University of Chicago;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
David Lapakko, Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and
Theatre. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Rosemary Link, Assistant Professor of Social Work B.A.,
Southhampton University; S.Q.S.W., London University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Marie McNeff, Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University
of Nebraska.
Fekri Meziou, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, B.A.,
University of Tunis, Tunisia; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Thomas Morgan, Assistant Professor of Business Administration.
B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University
of Oregon.
.•
i·
William Morris, Adjunct Professor of Political Science. B.A., Oakland
University; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University.
Richard Nelson, Profes on md DepartmentChairper n of History.
B.A., University of N braska; M.A., Ph.D., University f Min.n sota.
Beverly Nilsson, Prof ,sor and Chairperson of Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Minne ota.
Norma Noonan, Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of
Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., University of Indiana.
Vicki B. Olson, Assistant Professor of Education, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Diane Pike, Associate Professor of Sociology. AB., Connecticut
College; Ph.D., Yale University.
Larry Ragland, Associate Professor Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University
of Texas at Austin.
Stuart M. Stoller, Assistant Professor of Business Administration.
B.S., M.S., Long Island University.
William Swenson, Adjunct Professor of Philosophy. AB., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
Elizabeth Vander Schaaf, Associate Dean for Graduate and Special
Programs. B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Theresa Welcher, Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., and two M.S.
degrees, South Dakota State University.
#;)dvisory Council to the
Master of Arts in
Leadership Program
Linda Geisen, Training and Development Manager,
City of St. Paul.
Dan Hanson, Vice President, Food Ingredients Division,
Land-0-Lakes, Inc.
Cynthia Marsh, Ph.D. Consulting Psychologist,
Personnel Decisions, Inc.
Dean Newman, Consultant.
Robert Odom, Senior Vice President of U.S. Specialty Divisions,
H.B. Fuller Company.
Richard Ploetz, Customer Education Manager, Medtronic, Inc.
Rosemarie Ramirez, Human Resources Officer,
St. Paul Companies, Inc.
The provisions of this document are not to be regarded as an
irrevocable contract between the student and the College. The
College reserves the right to change any provisions or requirements at any time within the student's term of residence.
.
\'
Augsburg Colleg0
731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH
MINN EA POLIS, MN 55454
Show less
-
-
-
.
Table of Contents
ACADEMIC CALENDAR .....................................Page 2
.
PROGRAM INFORMATION SESSIONS .............. Page 3
1991 .1992 TUITION AND FEES ........................Page 4
CLASS SCHEDULE. FALL 1991 ...........................Page 5
CLASS SCHEDULE. WINT'ER 1... Show more
-
-
-
.
Table of Contents
ACADEMIC CALENDAR .....................................Page 2
.
PROGRAM INFORMATION SESSIONS .............. Page 3
1991 .1992 TUITION AND FEES ........................Page 4
CLASS SCHEDULE. FALL 1991 ...........................Page 5
CLASS SCHEDULE. WINT'ER 1992 ..................... Page 8
CLASS SCHEDULE. SPRING 1992 ....................... Page 11
Augsburg Weekend College
1991 - 1992 Academic Calendar
1991 Fall
Trimester
Application Deadline
Aug 19
1992 Winter
Trimester
1992 S p e
Trimester
Dec 2
Mar9
Applicant pile Completion Deadline
Aug 30
Dec 16
Mar 23
New Student Orientation
sept 7
Apr 4
Jan 4
Class Scheduling (course selection)
Begins:
June 2
Oct 25
Ends:
Aug 2
Nov 22
Jan 31
Mar2
Registration (schedule confirmation)
Mail Deadline
Aug 23
Dec 16
New Students/ Sept 7
Jan 4
Make-up
Mar 23
Apr 4
Classes Begin
Apr 10-12
Sept 13-15
Jan 10-12
Last ~ a ~ t o A or
d dDmp &ss Without Record Notation
Sept 15
Jan 12
Apr 12
-
-
-
~p
Last Day to Change Grade Option
Oct 27
Feb 16
May 17
Last Day to Drop a Class
Nov 24
Mar 15
May 31
Classes End
Dec 6-8
Mar 27-29
Jun 12-14
Final Exams
Dec 13-15
Apr 3-5
Jun 19-21
Dec 23
Apr 13
June 29
Sept 13-15
Sept 27-29
Oct 11-13
Oct 25-27
NOV8-10
NOV22-24
Dec 6-8**
D ~ 13-15
C
Jan 10-12**
Jan 17-19
Jan 31-Feb 2
Feb 14-16
Feb 28-Mar 1
Mar 13-15
Mar 27-29**
Apr 3-5
Apr 10-12*
Apr 24-26**
May 1-3
May 15-17
May 29-31
June 12-14**
June 19-21
Final Grades Due
Classes Meet
Program Information Sessions
Adults who are interested in Augsburg Weekend College are encomged
to attend one of the infbrmation sessions that are scheduled throughout
5the year. These information sessions are free of charge and are
approximately two hours in length. Please call the Weekend College
Office (330-1652) to receive further details on these information sessions
or to sign up for one of the fbllowing dates:
-
For Pall Trimester, 1991
Saturday, May 18
Tuesday, June 4
Saturday, June 22
Thursday, July 11
Saturday, July 27
Saturday, August 10
-
For Winter Trimester, 1992
Saturday, October 12
Saturday, November 9
Saturday, November 2 3
For Spring Trimester, 1992
Saturday, February 1
Tuesday, February 18
Saturday, February 29
For more infirmation write or call:
Augsburg Weekend College Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454
Phone: 612/330-1652
FAX: 612/330-1695
1991 - 1992
Tuition and Fees
Application Fee (payable once, non-rehndable)
Tuition (per trimester course)
$15 .OO
$768.00
(one c o r n is 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits)
Tuition (per summer course, 1991)
$595.00
Activity Fee (per trimester)
$7.00
Audit a Course
$384.00
Lifetime Sports:
Fee for course
Fee for Assessment of Previous Learning
$100.00
$50.00
Nursing Clinical Fee
$150.00
Student Teaching Fee (per course)
$300.00
Late Fee (per day)
$50.00
Five working days after registration (schedule conhnation) are allowed
to complete late registrations. Per day k e is charged to any student
registering after the scheduled registration date. Late registration also
includes incomplete registration as defined: a) unsigned registration
form; b) unapproved payment plan.
Registration change after first class meeting
$5.00
(cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time)
Transcript Fee (first is fiee, per copy after first)
$2.00
Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1%per
month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more.
Fall Trimester, 1991 Class Schedule
Friday Evening (6:OO - 9:30)
BIO 185 Biology ofAging
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 355 Marketing Communications
BUS 362 International Business
BUS 391 Business Law
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (9/13-11/8) (.5)
EDE 379 K-El Art Methods (9/13-10/11) (.25)
EDE 382 K-El Math Methods (10/25-12/13) (.5)
EDE 387 K-El Language Arts (10/25-12/13) ( 5 )
EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (9/13-11/8) (.5)
EDU 264 Orientation to Education (9/13-11/8) (.5)
EDU 388 Human Relations (10/25-12/13) (.5)
ENG 272 European Literature: Renaissance to Modem
INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
MAT 131 Math for the Liberal Arts *
NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication
NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research
NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing 111:Families
PHY 101 Astronomy
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
PSY 361 Personality
REL 356 History of Religions
SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
SOC 231 Family Systems: A Cross Cultural View
SPC 111 Public Speaking
SPC 345 Organizational Communication
SWK 260 Humans Developing
Saturday Morning (8:30
- 12:OO)
BIO 103
BUS 221
BUS 222
BUS 242
BUS 324
CHM 109
CSC 271
ECO 112
ECO 113
ECO 313
EDE 376
EDE 377
Human Anatomy and Physiology *
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Accounting I1
Principles of Management
Managerial Cost Accounting
General Chemistry *
COBOL
Principles of Macroeconomics
Principles of Microeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
K-El Social Studies Methods (10/26-11/23) (.25)
K-El Science Methods (9/14-10/12) (.25)
rnn
v
200
CI U L - I ~ L
I#-LL->-
/n
/-A
q
n
1x-i
/ -F\
PHI 110 Introduction to Philosophy
POL 342 Mass Communications in Society
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
REL 221 Biblical Studies
REL 363 Religion in America
SPC 111 Public Speaking
SPC 352 Persuasion
SPC 495 Topics: The Selfand the Organization
SWK 463 Community Development and Organization
Saturday Afternoon (1:15 - 445)
ART 240 Art History Survey
BUS 221 Principles ofAccounting I
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
BUS 391 Business Law
CSC 170 Structured Programming
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
EDE 380 K-El Music Methods (11/23-12/14) (.25)
EDE 386 Children's Litelature (9/14-11/9) (.5)
EDS 353 Creating Leaming Environments
EDU 341 Media Technology (9/14-11/9) (.5)
ENG 111 EEctive Writing
ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing *
ENG 250 Readings in American Literature
HIS 222 U.S. History Since 1877
HPE 114 Health and !hfkty Education (E/S) (9/14-11/9) (.5)
POL 160 World Politics
POL 342 Mass Communications in Society
REL 345 Lutheran Heritage
REL 339 Television and Religion
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SPA 111 Beginning Spanish I
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SWK 361 Social R c p n s e to Human Needs
-
Sunday Afternoon (1:15 - 445)
ART 132
BUS 221
BUS 252
BUS 331
BUS 423
Photography
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Marketing
Financial Management
Auditing
E r n 21 2
T..+--~A:-+-
l i ~ : ~ ~ . . ~ ~ ~ . . . . ~ : ~
ENG 111
ENG 351
HIS
~ ~ ~
MIS 175
MIS 279
MIS 375
REL 420
SOC 121
SOC 265
SPA 111
Efictive Writing *
American Literature Since 1920
(To be announced)
1 1 and5 Chemical Dependency Education (10/27-12/15) (.5)
Health
Computers in Business, Economics and MIS
Quantitative Methods h r Business, Economics and MIS
Inhrmation Systems in the Organization
Eastern Orthodoxy
Introduction to Human Society
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
Beginning Spanish I *
Thursday Evening
CSC 330 Theory of Computation
NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing I * **
Minnetonka College Center
(To be announced)
Lifetime Sports
HPE 002 Racquet Sports (Saturday Afternoons)
Time
- to be Arranged
EDE 363 Clinical Experience (.5)
EDS 352 Clinical Experience (.5)
Student Teaching (Prereq.: Approml and Placement by Ed. Dept.)*
-
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDS
EDS
EDS
48 1 K Student Teaching
481 K-EL Student Teaching
481 EL Student Teachiig
482 K Student Teaching
482 K-EL Student Teaching
482 EL Student Teaching
483 K Student Teaching
483 K-EL Student Teaching
483 EL Student Teaching
484 EL Student Teaching
481 Student Teaching
482 Student Teaching
483 Student Teaching
484 Student Teaching
Winter Trimester, 1992 Class Schedule
Friday Evening (6:OO- 9:30)
ART 224 Publication Design
ART 352 Women's Art History
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
EDE 388 K-El Health Methods (3/13-4/3) (.25)
EDE 389 K-El Physical Education Methods (1/31-2/28) (.25)
EDU 341 Media Technology (1/10-2/28) (.5)
ENG 111 EEctive Writing *
ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing*
ENG 245 Introduction to Literature
NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing
NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I *
PHY 106 Introductory Meteorology *
PSY 373 Or@nizational Psychology
REL 486 Psychology of Religion
SOC 121 In~oductionto Human Society
SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
SOC 375 Social Psychology
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SWK 260 Humans Developing
Saturday Morning (8:30- 12:OO)
BIO 101 Human Biology
BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I
BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analys'i
BUS 391 Business Law
BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
CHM 110 Organic and Biological Chemistry
CSC 445 Operating Systems and Computer Achitecture
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
EDE 379 K-El Art Methods (1/11-2/1) (.25)
EDE 382 K-El Math Methods (1/11-2/29) (.5)
EDE 387 K-EL Ianguage Arts (1/11-2/29) (.5)
EDU 264 Orientation to Education (1/11-2/29) ( 5 )
EDU 388 Human Relations (2/15-4/4) (.5)
ENG 111 EEctive Writing
n-T-
---
n
..- ..
1~ I
.
n
. .
--
- - > X E ---.
2.--
PSY 485 Counseling Psychology
REL 363 Religion in America
REL 471 Jesus and His Interpreters
SPC 111 Public Spealang
SPC 355 Small Group Communication
SWK 363 Basic Methods (by demand)
SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Saturday Afternoon (1:15
- 445)
BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 323 Accounting Theory and Practice I1
BUS 331 Financial Management
BUS 465 International Management
ECO 113 Microeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 415 Managerial Economics
EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (2/154/4) (.5)
EDE 377 K-El Saence Methods (1/11,1/18,2/1) (.25)
EDE 386 Children's Literature (2/15-4/4) (.5)
EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments
EDS 477 School and Society ( l / l l - 2/29) (.5)
ENG 216 American Indian Literature
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions *
HIS 104 The Modem Non-Westem World
HPE 115 Health and ChdDependency Education (E/S) (2b-3/28) (5)
MAT 121 Finite Mathematics
MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics
MIS 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
PSY 264 Research Methods I
REL 221 Biblical Studies
REL 356 History of Religions
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SPA 112 Beginning Spanish I1 *
SPC 329 Intercultural Communication
SPC 351 Argumentation
SWK 364 Field Work I (by demand)
SWK 466 Field Work I11
Sunday Afternoon (1:15 - 4:45)
ART
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
102
222
242
326
440
Environmental Design
Principles of Accounting 11
Principles of Management
Tax Accounting
Operations Management
EDE 376 K-El Sodal Studies Methods (1/12-2/2) (.25)
EDE 380 K-El Music Methods (1/12-2/2) (.25)
EDS 375 Social Studies Methods (1/12-3/1) (.5)
i
sAge
ENG 332 Milton and H
FRE 111 Beginning French I
GER 111 Beginning German I*
HPE 114 Health and S t y Education (E/S) (1/12-3/1) (.5)
HPE 353 Kinesiology and Physiology of Exercise
MIS 175 Computers fix Business, Economics and MIS
MIS 475 Inbnnation Systems Analysis and Design
SPA 111- Beginning Spanish I
SPA 112 Beginning Spanish I1
Day Schedule Evening Courses
CSC 352 Database Management & Design (meets Feb. - May)
ECO 414 We&e Economics (meets Feb. - May)
(required b r Economics major)
Minnetonka College Center
- -
(To be announced)
Lietime Sports
HPE 002 Lifetime Fitness (meets weekly fbr 8 weeks)
To be Arranged
EDE 363 Clinical Experience (.5)
EDS 352 Clinical Experience (.5)
HPE 489 Coaching Practicum (.5)
Travel Seminars
(To be announced)
Student Teaching (Prereq.:Approval and Placement by Ed. Dept.)* * *
EDE 481 K Student Teaching
EDE 481 K-EL Student Teaching
EDE 481 EL Student Teaching
EDE 482 K Student Teaching
EDE 482 K-EL Student Teaching
EDE 482 EL Student Teaching
EDE 483 K Student Teaching
EDE 483 K-EL Student Teaching
EDE 483 EL Student Teaching
EnF.484 F.T.Sfiident Tearhinv
Spring Trimester, 1992 Class Schedule
Friday Evening (6:OO - 10:OO)
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 466 International Marketing
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (5/15-6/19) (.5)
EDE 376 K-El Social Studies Methods (4/10-5/1) (.25)
EDE 380 K-El Music Methods (5/29-6/19) (.25)
EDE 382 K-El Math Methods (5/1-6/12) (-5)
EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments
EDU 265 Orientation to Education (4/10-5/15) (.5)
EDU 388 Human Relations (E/S) (4/10-5/15) (.5)
ENG 111 EEctive Writing
ENG 261 Modem Fiction
HPE 114 Health and Safkty Education (E/S) (4/10-5/15) (.5)
Women's Studies course (To be Announced)
INS
MAT 131 Math for the Liberal Arts
MUS 130 Introduction to Music in the F i e Arts
PHY 101 Astronomy
PSY 105 Prinaples of Psychology
REL 111 Introduction to Theology
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SPC 111 Public Speaking
SPC 480 Public Relations/PromotionalCommunication
SWK 260 Humans Developing
Saturday Morning (8:OO - 12:OO)
BIO 108 Microbiology *
BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 391 BusinessLaw
CHM 100 Chemistry for Changing Times
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 318 Management Science
EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
EDE 377 K-El Science Methods (5/30-6/20) (.25)
EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (4/11-5/16) (.5)
EDU 341 Media Technology (4/11-5/16) ( 5 )
ENG 111 EEctive Writing *
ENG 226 Introduction to Creative Writing
ENG 438 Shakespeare
HIS
(To be announced)
HTE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (4/11-5/16) ( 5 )
MAT 114 Elemenmy Functions *
MTs 17<
f ! r \ r n n ~ ~ t ~ rfor
c R ~ ~ c i n ~Ernnr\m;m
n c
o n A MTC
POL 342
PSY 105
PSY 362
REL 353
REL 483
SOC 336
SPC 352
SWK 461
SWK 467
Mass Communications
Principles of Psychology
Behavior Disorders
Denominations and Religious Groups
Christian Ethics
Introduction to C u l d Anthropology
Persuasion
Advanced Methods (by demand)
Social Worker as Professional
Saturday Afternoon (1:OO
BIO 231
BUS 221
BUS 252
BUS 331
BUS 425
BUS 438
BUS 450
CSC 210
ECO 112
ECO 311
ECO 360
EDE 386
EDE 388
ENG 223
ENG 345
HPE 475
MIS 370
PHI 230
POL 158
PSY 265
REL 221
REL 369
SOC 349
SPC 351
SPC 355
SPC 360
SWK 462
SWK 469
Biology of Women
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Marketing
Financial Management
Advanced Accounting
Investments
Marketing Management
DataStructures
Principles of Macroeconomics
Public Finance
International Trade and Finance
Children's Literature (4/11-5/30) (.5)
K-El Health Methods (4/11-5/2) (.25)
Writing for Business and the Professions
Introduction to the English Language
Prevention and Care ofAthletic Injuries (4/11-5/16) (SO)
Advanced Computing for Business, Economics and MIS
Logic
Political Patterns and Processes
Research Methods I1
Biblical Studies
Religious Imagination in Modem Literature
Complex Organizations
Argumentation
Small Group Communication
Interpretive Reading
Field Work I1 (by demand)
Field Work IV
SundayAfternoon (1:OO
ART 250
BUS 242
BUS 340
ECO 113
- 5:OO)
- 5:OO)
Ceramics1
Principles of Management
Human Resource Management
Principles of Microeconomics
ECT) 31 3 Intermediate Microeconomics
ENG 340
FRE 112
GER 112
HPE 482
MIS 175
MIS 476
REL 263
SOC 265
SOC 365
SPA 112
Advanced Expository Writing
Beginning French I1 *
Beginning German I1
Coaching Theory of Sport
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
Structure SystemsAnalysis and Design
World Hunger and Justice
Culture: Ethniaty, Gender and Race
Quantitative Methods and Program Evaluation
Beginning Spanish I1
Minnetonka College Center
(To be announced)
Lifetime Sports
HPE 002 Beginning Aerobics (meets weekly for 8 weeks)
T i e to be Arranged
EDE 363
EDS 352
HPE 489
NUR 311
Clinical Experience (.5)
Clinical Experience (.5)
Coaching Practicurn (.5)
Community Health Nursing 11***
--
Student Teaching (Prereq.: Approval and Placement by Ed. Dept.)* **
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDS
EDS
EDS
481
481
481
482
482
482
483
483
483
484
481
482
483
484
K Student Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
K Student Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
K Student Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
*Extm class or lab sm'onsrequired.
* *Acirlitionallabfee chaged.
Au(qsbur2 Col lem
Show less
ble of Contents
.....................2
GENERAL INFORMATION ..............................
.
..................... 3
Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College ................................
3
FREQUENTLY CALLED TELEPHONE NUMBERS
Characteristics of the Educational Program ..................... Show more
ble of Contents
.....................2
GENERAL INFORMATION ..............................
.
..................... 3
Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College ................................
3
FREQUENTLY CALLED TELEPHONE NUMBERS
Characteristics of the Educational Program ............................... 4
Student Support Services .............................................................
5
Career Placement ..................................
...,..
.........................5
Academic Skills Center (Tutoring) .............................................
5
Veterans of Military Service .................................................... 5
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services .....................
5
ACADEMIC INFORMATION .......................,................................
6
Degrees/Majors .....................................
.A
Business Administration ..................................................1 1
Communication .....................................................................
13
Computer Science ...............................................................
15
Economics .........................................................................
.
,..16
Education ..............................................................................
16
Teaching Licensure ..............................................................
16
Coaching Endorsement ..................................................... 18
English ......................... ..................................................
18
Management Information Systems (MIS) ...............................20
Nursing .......................... ................................................ 21
Psychology .............................................................................
22
Religion ................................................................................
22
Social Work ................... ..................................................
23
Minors ..................................................................................... 24
Math Placement Group Requirements .................... ............24
Dean's List ...............................................................................
25
Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal ..............................
25
Attendance Policy .....................................................................
26
Department Course Limits ..................................................... 26
Grading Procedures ................................................................ 26
Incomplete Grade .................................................................27
Withdrawal fi-om College ....................................................... 28
Graduation with Distinction ..................................................
28
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) ................................... 29
.
.
..
.
.
.
.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ...........................................................
30
ADMISSIONS/FINANCIAL INFORMATION .............................
70
Admissions Requirements and Procedures ................................ 70
Financial Aid ......................................................................... 71
Fees and Payment Schedule .......................................................
73
Payment Options ......................................................................
73
Refund Schedule ................................. ................................
74
Tuition Refund Policy ...............................................................
74
.
.
.............................................. 75
CAMPUS GUIDE .................................... ...... ...............................76
ABOUT AUGSBURG COLLEGE
CAMPUS LOCATION ................................................................
IBC
Telephone Nzzmbers
Frequently Called Telephone Numbers
.................................................
Weekend College Office
330-1782
Director, Rick Thoni .....................................................330-1640
Operations, Nancy Schmiclde .........................................330-1740
Admissions, Jeanette Wittmer .........................................330-1792
Inquiry/Office Coordinator, Robin Sanderson ............... . 330-1652
Operations Assistant, Scott Ball ........................ .,.....,......330-1782
Enrollment, Deidre Middleton .................................... . 330-1777
Other Campus Numbers:
Boolcstore, Christensen Center .......................... ...,.,... ...330-1122
Business Office, Science Hall:
Cashier: 8:30 a.m.- 4:00 p.m. ......................................330-1028
Billing: 8:00 a.m.- 4:30 p.m. .......................................330-1790
Education Department, Library Building ....................
.,. 330-1130
Financial Aid Office, Science Hall ...................................
330-1046
Counseling and Career Planning, Memorial Hall .............
330-1162
Library ..........................................................................
330-1017
Nursing Department, Memorial Hall .............................330-1209
Registrar (transcripts, grades), Science Hall .....................
. 330-1036
Summer School .............................................................
330-1786
General Information ......................................................
330-1000
Weekend College Off~ceHours:
Monday-Friday - 8:00 a.m. - 4:30 p.m.
(evening hours by appointment)
Office Hours on Class Weekends:
Friday- 5:30 p.m. - 6:15 p.m., Old Main Lobby
Saturday - 8:00 a.m.- 1:30 p.m., Old Main Lobby or WEC Office
Sunday - 12:30 p.m.- 1:30 p.m., Old Main Lobby
Weekend College Office hcation:
The Weekend College Office is at 2222 Murphy Place, located on
the comer of 23rd Avenue and 7 '/, Street on the Augsburg
College Campus (see #11 on map on page 76 ).
This bulletin is a supplement to the Augsburg College Catalog and is
published for the convenience of Augsburg Weekend College students.
Weekend College is a program of Augsburg College and is subject to the
policies and provisions as stated in the Augsburg College Catalog.
The Augsburg College Catalog should answer most questions students
have about Augsburg College and its curriculum and programs. Although
information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change
without notice. I t is the res~onsibilitvof each student to know the
requirements and academic policies in this publication. If you have
questions about anything in the Augsburg College Catalog, consult a
faculty member or Weekend College adviser, the Dean of the College, or
the Registrar.
Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College
Purpose
Augsb~~rg
Weekend College provides an educational alternative to adults
who desire college experience but who worlc or have other commitments
during the week. It is a means by which Inen and women may earn a
bachelor's degree, gain slulls for professio~laladvancement, prepare for career
change, or pursue a persolla1 interest in one or more areas of the liberal arts.
The Adult as a Student
The Augsburg Weelce~ldCollege program is designed to meet the needs
and preferences of adult learners. The program is based on the assumpill be
tion that the Inen and women who enroll in Weekend College w
mature, self-dsciplined and well-motivated adult learners who seek a
balance of classroom experience and i~ldividualizedstudy. Each course is
therefore divided into periods of co~lce~ltrated
on-campus study separated by time for independent study and class preparation.
Alternate Weekends
T o accommodate this format for learning, classes meet on alternate
weelce~ldsfor three and a half hours on either Friday evening, Saturday
morning, Saturday afternoon, or Sunday afternoon.* Each class selected
by the student involves commitme~ltto one of these four class periods.
Weeltend College students may talce from one to four different courses
by attendng class every other weekend.
Community of Learners
Essential to the goals of A ~ ~ g s b uWeelce~ld
rg
College is participation in a
com~nu~lity
of adult learners. Learning can be enhanced when the
student is involved in a stable community that provides opportu~ityand
e~lcourageme~lt
to become i~lvolvedin i~lteractio~l
both in and out of the
classroom. This community d l be enriched by the presence of both
men and women with a variety ofwork and life experiences.
T o facilitate this kind of commiulity interaction, Ailgsburg encourages
Weelrend College students to make use of college facilities such as the
library and Christensen Center, to talce the opportunity of having shared
meals and coffee brealcs, to participate in optional lu~lchtime seminars,
and to attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events.
*Laboratovy sections or additional class hours may be scheduled duY-in~the week.
Characteristics of the Educational Program
Educational Mission
For over a century, Augsburg College has emphasized intellectual
freedom in the search for knowledge. Our academic program builds on a
liberal arts foundation to help students understand the past, interpret the
present, and plan for the hture.
As in the weekday program, Augsburg Weekend College offers students
a unique combination of the liberal arts disciplines and professional
education. Our goals are to help students develop the intellectual skills
and attitudes to be life-long learners, increase their competence in
selected areas of professional work, and accomplish a hlgher level of
personal growth.
Accreditation and M i a t i o n s
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of
Colleges and Secondary Schools and the National Council for the
Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our
programs are approved by the American Chemical Society, The Council
on Social Work Education and the National League for Nursing. We are
a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
Lutheran Education Council in North America, the Minnesota Private
College Council, and the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc.
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education
Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not mean that credits earned at the institution
can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational
institution, or employer.
Paculty
Augsburg College prides itself on its highly qualified faculty. Members
of the faculty serve as academic advisers to students who are in the premajor stage of planning as well as to students in declared major fields.
Library
Students and faculty use a carellly selected library of some 175,000
volumes plus audio-visual materials, with access to over 5,000,000
volumes through the Twin Cities private college consortium and
Minitex.
Internships
Internships on and off campus are an established part of most academic
programs, helping students make career choices and develop experience
in their chosen fields.
Student Support Services
Augsburg Weekend College provides a number of student services to assist
adults in making educational and career plans, accomplishingthe academic
tasks of a college education, working on their own personal development, and
participating in activities beyond the classroom. Some of these services are:
Academic Planning
All Augsburg Weekend College students will have access to expert
academic advising services on an on-going basis to provide for efficient,
effective planning. Students enrolling in Weekend College who have had
college experience d have their previous work evaluated early in the
admissions process.
Career Planning Services
Staff from the Career Planning and Placement Office will assist adults in
assessing their career goals and personal abilities. This service, in combination with sound academic advising from faculty in a chosen major
field, can result in an appropriate and manageable educational and career
plan for the individual involved.
Academic Skills Center (Tutoring)
This center exists to help students enhance their skills in the areas of
writing, reading, math, time management, and study skills. Academic
tutors in specialized course areas are also available through the center,
Counseling/Support Groups
Individual and group activities are available to students who wish to work
on a personal growth interest or concern or who simply want to have the
experience of being in a support group of people who share some similar
characteristics and/or interests.
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans
Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about
completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other
information to the Veterans Administration. (Please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog for more detailed information.)
American Indian Support Program
Staff from this program are available to assist students in the areas of
financial aid, admissions, academic and personal counseling.
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services
(C.L.A.S.S.)
Learning disabled students have average or above average intelligence but
have difficulty achieving their f d l potential. Services available to such
students include: diagnostic evaluation, educational planning, learning aids
and remedial instruction. If students are concerned that difficulties in
school are more than just temporary problems, they can discuss their
learning style with the Coordinator of Disabled Students or the learning
disabilities specialists, and arrange assessment and structures assistance to
increase their potential for academic success. Physically challenged students
also are served through ths office. Individuahzed attention and services are
provided for and/or coordinated to meet the mobility needs of students.
.
II
ademic Information
Degrees and Majors
Augsburg Weekend College allows adults to begin a bachelor's degree
program or to continue their education after beginning at another time
or institution. It also enables adults to add a second major to an already
completed college degree. The following information outlines what is
involved in completing a degree or major in Augsburg Weekend
College. (For more detailed information regarding graduation requirements, please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog.)
Bachelor's Degree
I
I
The bachelor's degree program in Augsburg Weekend College is
essentially the same as the weekday program. A total of 35 semester
courses are required to graduate and may be fdfilled through combinations of transfer of previous college credit, assessment of previous
learning experience, and Weekend College courses. (Augsburg semester
courses are valued at 4 semester credits and 6 quarter credits.) Included
in the 35 total courses must be an approved major program, 11 upper
division courses, and courses selected fiom the following liberal arts
spectrum (transfer courses and courses talcen in the major may also be
counted for distribution requirements).
I
I1
I
I
I
Stude~~ts
entering (transfining)to Augsb~rgin 1991-'92 who are classified as
Sophomores,Juniors,or Seniors,those entering (transferring)in 1993-'94
dassilied as Senion should follow the general educationdistribution requirements
as listed below. (F~u-therexplill~ationof classi6catio11can be fbund on page 27.)
One approved course from each of seven areas:
1. Art/Music
2. History/Philosophy
3. Economics/Political Science
4. English/Speech, Communication and Theater Arts (devoted
to the study of literature)
5. Psychology 105/Sociology 121 (or the equivalent transfer
course)
6 . Chemistry/Biology
7. Mathematics/Physics
1 A course in writing (English 111)or demonstrated proficiency
I Two courses or demonstrated competence in a second language
E
Three courses (or one course per year of study) in religious studies
1 One course in the area of Urban Concerns, Women's Studies or
Minority StuQes
In addition to the 35 total courses, a student must demonstrate
proficiency in two lifetime sports.
ALL other students will follow the Augsburg Curriculum adopted by the
College faculty beginning in 1990. Freshman students (transferring less
than seven Augsburg course equivalents) entering in 1991-'92 and
Freshman and Sophomore students (transferring less than 15 Augsburg
course eq~livalents)entering in 1992-'93 will complete the following
skills and liberal arts perspectives along with their approved major
program.
The Augsburg Curriculum
Rationale for the Augsburg Curriculum Components:
The Augsburg faculty has designed a cohesive academic program
incorporating general education, major courses, supporting courses and
elective courses leading to the bachelor's degree. The core of the
Augsburg curriculum is found in the liberal arts as expressed in the
General Education component of the curriculum.
Augsburg, in its Mission Statement, declares the College exists "To
develop future leaders of service to the world by providing high quality
educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped
by the faith and values of the Christian church, by the context of a vital
metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community." One way which the College seeks consciously to realize this
Mission is through its General Education curriculum, which Augsburg
has divided under two headings: liberal arts perspectives and skills.
The term "perspective" assumes that not only are we engaged in the
search for truth, but that this requires the searcher to consider questions
from a variety of viewpoints, each of which has something valuable to
contribute to the whole. These perspectives are not strictly identified
with traditional disciplines, but are understood in ways which encourage
multi-disciplinary reflections on the questions at issue. They combine
concerns about content with those of process and approach, directed
ultimately to making the student a more effective learner and participant
in society.
The following requirements reflect the way in which Augsburg has
chosen to view the liberal arts. Two of the four features of the Mission
Statement are embodied in the General Education Perspectives: "The
Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith and the
City." These Perspectives emphasize that the College's affiliation with
the L~ttheranChurch, its insistence on the value of knowing the approach which derives from the Christian roots of the College, and its
location in the city, deserve special consideration in Augsburg's educational
program.
The third feature - that Augsburg is a liberal arts institution -is
embodied in the other General Education Perspectives. Certain dimensions of human life - of what it is to be human - form the core of the
required liberal arts experience. These overall perspectives on what it is to
be human can themselves be studied from the vantage points of the
various academic disciplines.
Students need to learn about themselves, about what it is to be a person.
Hence, the Perspective on Human Identity. But the person exists in
both a social community and a natural world. Hence, the importance of the
Perspectives on the Social World and the Natural World. Because the way in
which we understand ourselves derives largely fiom our Western heritage,
students need to learn Perspective on the Western Heritage. At the same
time, to focus on the West alone would be ethnocentric: we live in a global
society. Hence this Perspective on Inter-Cultural Awareness. Finally, the
College has a concern for values. Attention to moral values is found not only
in the Perspective on the Character and Mission of the College: the Christian Faith, but throughout the other perspectives as well. Attention is paid to
aesthetic values in the Perspective on Aesthetic Values.
Finally, the Mission Statement emphasizes that we are concerned with
academic excellence. This has a number of features, including the way
we teach all the courses in General Education. Beyond this, academic
excellence presupposes that students have the requisite skills to do
college-level work. The General Education Requirements are couched in
a context which pays attention to the skills of both incoming and
graduating students. Entry-level skill requirements in a number of critical
areas; including reading, writing, quantitative reasoning and critical
thinking, will be assessed and help given to students who need it.
Graduation-level skills are also emphasized, so that students not only
maintain but develop their skills during their Augsburg experience.
The proposed General Education Requirements provide a coherent way
to address the Mission of Augsburg College. They are not the only way,
neither do they guarantee that students who graduate fiom Augsburg
possess the desired knowledge and character traits. What they do is
provide a coherent description of the context in which we liberally
educate students, a clear statement of expected outcomes, and an
opportunity for students to see and understand the complexity ofwhat it
is to be human and Christian in an urban setting.
Skills Component:
A. En* Level Skills.All students who are entering Augsburg classified as
Freshman (fewer than seven college credit courses) are required to take
inventory assessments in the skills of reading, writing, quantitative reasoning (along with Math Placement) critical thinking, and word processing.
Placement in writing courses and math courses is determined by these
inventories. Students with demonstrated deficiencies in critical thinking
will be enrolled in a critical thinking course, students with demonstrated
deficiencies in reading, quantitative reasoning, or word processing will be
given advice on how to prepare for retaking the respective tests. Students
are required to have taken the assessments before registering for the
second trimester and to have demonstrated removal of deficiencies by the
end of their first year (three trimesters) at Augsburg.
All entering students; whatever their classification, who have already
received college credit for a course which has been accepted as the
equivalent of Effective Writing are considered to have already completed the inventory assessment in writing. Students with a transfer
mathematics course accepted for college credit by Augsburg College are
exempted fiom the quantitative reasoning inventory and will be given
information about taking the Math Placement test based upon previous
college mathematics courses.
Entering Freshman or Sophomore transfer students with demonstrated
word processing skulls; e.g. recent verifiable work experience, are exempt
from the word processing i~lventory.Entering Freshman or Sophomore
students who have college credit for a critical thinking or logic course are
exempt fiom the critical thinltiilg inventory.
Entering Junior and Senior transfer students are exempt from word
processing, reading, and critical thulking assessments.
13. Graduation Level Skills. Ge~leralEd~~cation
includes e~lhancementof
certain slds during the years in college. Skills related to writing, critical
thinking, speaking, and quantitative reasoning are deliberate componellts of
certain co~mes.Completion of the requisite courses with a mnhim~ungrade of
2.0 or Pis required for grad~lation.Sh~dentsare required to have two courses
with writing comnpone~~ts
and one course each with critical thi~ddng,spealhg
and quantitative reasonu~gcomponents. These courses can simultaneo~sly
satisfjr slcill requirements and graduation req~ureme~lts
for the major or general
education perspectives. Two comes in Lifetime Sports are also required.
Liberal Arts Perspectives:
The General Education Liberal Arts Perspectives have the primary goal
of providing the basis for begi~lni~lg
to understand what it means to be a
human being at this time. The goals of the Perspectives are achieved
through a variety of courses which have been approved as meeting the
criteria established for each Perspective.
Students will choose courses from a list of courses meeting the Liberal
Arts Perspectives. These choices are controlled by the following policies:
A student will choose one course from each category.
No single course can fi~lfllthe requireme~ltsin two or more categories.
No student will be permitted to count more than three courses from
the same department in meeting perspective requirements.
No student may count more than one course from the same department in meeting the requirements of any single perspective except:
1.Up to three courses in religion may be used to meet the perspective, "The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The
Christian Faith."
2. Up to two courses in a year-long sequence may be used to meet
the perspective, "The Natural World."
3. Up to two courses of the same foreign language may be used to
meet part of the perspective, "Intercultural Awareness."
The followi~lgsummary of the Perspectives will suggest their general
goals and breadth. A description of the Liberal Arts Perspectives appears
in the more detailed Augsburg College Catalog.
A. l%e Character and Mission of Aujsburj Colleg-e: The Christian Faith.
This Perspective focuses on A~~gsburg
as a College of the ELCA.
Augsburg accepts as its basis for its educatio~lalprogram the doctrines of
the Christian faith as revealed in Scripture and the creeds affirmed by the
Lutheran Church. It consciously affirms that all students should reflect
upon the Christian Scriptures, theological concepts, ethical values, their
own faith and values, and religious concepts outside of the Christian
faith as part of becoming educated. Three courses are required to meet
this Perspective.
B. The Character and Mission of Augsburg Collge: The City. Students
should gain an understanding of and critically reflect upon the city with its
diverse populations; cultural, governmental, and economic institutions;
and opportunities and challenges which this environment presents.
Students should experience the community and shodd explore opportunities for service in the community. Internships, cooperative education,
field placements and other approved experiences, as well as courses which
focus upon the metropolitan area are used to meet this perspective. One
course or approved experience is req~dred.
C. WesternHevitage:This perspective is intended to help students critically
examine ideas and themes (found in, for example, literature, philosophy and
the arts) and events that historically have shaped Western civilization.Attention is paid to the contributions to or critiques of Western thought by women
and ethnic minorities.Two comes are required to meet this perspective.
D. Human Identity: This perspective is intended to help students view
themselves as persons; men and women with unique abilities, values,
beliefs, experiences, and behaviors. One course is required to meet this
perspective.
E. Aesthetics:Aesthetic creations convey hndamental insights and values,
express beauty, and enhance life: This perspective focuses on aesthetic
qualities ul artistic expressions by oneself and others. One course is required.
F . The Social World:This perspective is intended to help students learn
to identify, examine, and critique social, economic, or political systems:
to understand how and why such systems develop, to see the connections among these systems, and to use this laowledge as a participant in
society. Two courses are required for this perspective.
G. Intercultural Awareness: This perspective is intended to complement
the Western Heritage perspective by expanding students' awareness of
other cultures. One course is required in which students critically reflect
upon ways their own cultural biases operate when confronting other
cultures. They should become better able to communicate with persons
of other cultural baclcgrounds partially by being introduced to a specific
culture other than European or mainstream North American cultures.
In addition, students are to gain entry into another culture by leanling to speak
and read a language other than their native language. For thispart of the perspective, students are required to have demonstrated proficiency in a foreign
language. The foreign language requirement wdl be based upon placement:
Foreign Language
Placement
111
112
211
212
311
Course
Requirement
111-112
112
211
212
No course required
H . The Natural World:This perspective is intended to help students
understand themselves in relation to the physical world. Their active role
as observers, explorers, and moral agents will be emphasized. Sufficient
technical training in scientific knowledge, concepts, and methods will be
provided to equip students for critical and intelligent participation in
public debates on technical issues. Two courses, one of which is a
laboratory course, are required.
Majors
Augsburg Weekend College students may select from 11 separate
majors, several with a number of career concentrations. A minor also is
available in several of these academic areas as well as in Sociology and
Women's Studies. (See page 24 for details.)
Business Administration
This major prepares students in the areas of management, financial accounting, finance, marketing and international business. To provide a combination
of applied skills and theoretical background, each of these majors is interdisciplinary in approach, including an average of 10 business administration
courses and six courses from supporting fields such as economics, computer
programming, communications, philosophy, and mathematics. Majors in
Business Administration are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Core Courses
All students who pursue a major in Business Administration will co~nplete
the following core courses:
BUS/MIS 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
BUS
221
Pri~lciplesof Accou~~ting
I
BUS
222
Principles of Accounting I1
BUS
242
Pri~lciplesof Management
BUS
252
Principles of Marketing
BUS/MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Eco~lomicsand MIS
BUS
331
Financial Management
BUS
391
Business Law
ECO
112
Principles of Macroeco~lomics
113
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO
Public Finance
ECO
3 11
or
ECO
312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
or
ECO
3 15
Money and Ballking
ECO
3 13
Intermediate Microeconomics
Accounting Concentration
Students who wish to pursue a Business Administration major with a
co~lcentrationin accounting will co~npletethe following courses in addition
to the core:
BUS
322
Accounting Theory and Practice I
BUS
323
Accounting Theory and Practice I1
BUS
324
Managerial Cost Accounting
BUS
326
Tax Accounting
or
BUS
423
Auditing
or
BUS
425
Advanced Accounting
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from
the following list:
BUS
399
Internship
ENG
223
Writing for Business and the Professions
PHI
120
Ethics
Those planning a career in accounting are strongly encouraged to complete
the remaining courses in the 326,423 and 425 sequence.
Finance Concentration
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in finance will co~npletethe following courses in addition to the
core:
BUS
322
Accounting Theory and Practice I
BUS
433
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
BUS
438
Investment Theory
ECO
318
Management Science
or
ECO
415
Managerial Econo~nics
MIS
479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business,
Economics and MIS
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from
the following list:
BUS
324
Managerial Cost Accounting
BUS
326
Tax Accounting
BUS
399
Internship
ENG
223
Writing for Business and the Professions
PHI
120
Ethics
International Business Concentration
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in international business will complete 11 of the 12 core courses
(ECO 31 1 or 312 or 315 is not required) and the following:
BUS
362
International Business
BUS
465
International Management
BUS
466
International Marketing
BUS
399
Internship
or
BUS
499
Independent Study
ECO
360
International Trade and Finance
Three semesters of a foreign language
Management Concentration
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in rnanagemellt will co~npletethe followi~lgcourses in addition to
the core:
BUS
340
Human Resource Management
BUS
440
Operations Management
ECO
318
Management Science
PSY
373
Organizational Psychology
or
SOC
349
Complex Organizations
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from
the following list:
BUS
399
Internship
ENG
223
Writing for Business and the Professions
PHI
120
Ethics
PSY
371
Psychology of the Individual
SOC
336
Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
SOC
SOC
SPC
SPC
375
265
111
354
Social Psychology
Racial and Minority Group Relations
Public Speaking
Interpersonal Communication
Marketing Concentration
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a
concentration in marketing will complete the following courses in
addition to the core:
BUS
352
Marketing Research and klalysis
BUS
450
Marketing Management
ECO 415
Managerial Economics
BUS
355
Marketing Communication
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from
the following list:
BUS
399
Internship
ENG 223
Writing for Business and the Professions
PHI
120
Ethics
SPC
351
Argumentatio~l
SPC
352
Persuasion
Business Minor
BUS
221
Principles of Accounting I
BUS
242
Principles of Management
\BUS
252
Principles of Marketing
Financial Management
BUS
331
ECO
112
Principles of Macroeco~~omics
11 3
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO
Other configurations of the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson.
Cornrnunication
Our quality of life, both personally and professionally, depends in large part
upon the quality of our communication. The communication major at
Augsburg is designed to enhance understanding of communication in a
variety of contexts and to improve communicatio~lskills. All communication
majors must complete a core group of eight required courses, supplemented
by five electives in one of the following concentrations: public relations and
advertising, marketing communication, human relations, or supervisory
management. Prospective majors should meet with a departmental adviser as
early as possible to design an approved major program, preferably by the end
of the sophomore year. Majors in communication are candidates for the
Bachelor of Arts degree.
Required Communication Core
SPC
111
Public Speaking
SPC
342
Mass Communication in Society
Argume~ltatio~l
SPC
35 1
SPC
352
Persuasion
SPC
354
Interpersonal Commu~lication
SPC
355
Small Group Communication
Any two of the following: ENG 223,225,226, or 227
Communication Electives
With the help of an academic adviser, students select five elective courses in
one of the following concentrations:public relations and advertising, marketing communication, human relations, or supervisory management. Listed
below are some of the electives recommended for each concentration:
Public Relations and Advertising
Students interested in the Public Relations emphasis are strongly urged to
take ENG 227 (Journalism) as part of the major.
BUS
242
Principles of Management
BUS
252
Principles of Marketing
BUS/MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
BUS
35 5
Marlteting Communications
ENG 226
Creative Writing
ENG 227
Journalism
PSY
373
Organizational Psychology
SOC
349
Complex Organizatio~ls
SPC/ART 132 Photography
SPC/ART 224 Publicatio~lDesign
SPC/ART 225/230 Visual Communications I, I1
SPC
345
Organizational Communicatio~l
SPC
399
Internship
SPC
480
Public Relations/Promotionalal Communications
Marketing Communications
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
SPC
SPC
252
352
355
450
399
480
Principles of Marlteting
Marlteting Research and Analysis
Marketing Communications
Marlteting Management
Internship
Public Relations/Promotion Communications
Human Relations
PSY
PSY
SOC
SOC
SOC
SPC
SPC
SPC
SPC
373
485
231
265
349
329
345
399
480
Organizational Psychology
Counseling Psychology
Sociology of the Family
Racial and Minority Group Relations
Complex Organizations
Intercultural Communicatio~l
Orga~lizationalCommunication
Internship
Public Relations/Promotional Communicatio~ls
Supervisory Management
BUS/MIS 175
BUS
242
BUS/MIS 279
BUS
340
BUS
355
BUS
440
PSY
373
SOC
349
SPC
345
SPC
399
SPC
480
Computers in Business, Economics and MIS
Principles of Management
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
Human Resource Management
Marlteting Communications
Operations Management
Organizational Psychology
Complex Organizations
Organizational Communication
Internship
Public Relations/Promotional Communications
I
I
I
Communication Minor
\SPC
111
Public Speaking
'SPC
342
Mass Communication in Society
\SPC
351
Argumentation
or
SPC
352
Persuasion
'SPC
354
Interpersonal Commu~lication
SPC
345
Orga~lizationalCommunicatio~l
or
'' SPC
355
Small Group Communication
Any one of the following: ENG 223,225,226, or 227
Prospective minors must obtain prior approval from a communication
faculty adviser.
Computer Science
I
I
At least since Socrates, scholars have appreciated the value of mathematics in
developing skills of critical thinlung, understanding abstract concepts, and
analyzing and solving problems. Computer Science courses at Augsburg are
intended to help develop these slulls. In addition, an increasing number of
academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics
and computer science. This major serves students studying/working in a
wide variety of fields.
Some courses may need to be taken in an evening schedule. Students should
meet with a faculty adviser as soon as possible to plan their course of study.
Introductory Courses
CSC
CSC
MAT
MAT
170
210
171
124
Structured Programming
Data Structures
Discrete Mathematics
Calculus I
Core Courses
CSC
320
Algorithms
CSC
330
Theory of Computation
CSC
345
Principles of Computer Organization
CSC
450
Principles of Programming Language
Three electives from the following, two ofwhich must be selected from
courses with an asterisk:
*CSC 270
Fortran
*CSC/PHY 261 Electronics
*CSC 340
Digital Communicatio~lsand Computer Networlts
*CSC 352
Database Management and Design
CSC 399
Internship
*CSC 445
Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
CSC 495
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
CSC 499
Independent Study
'{
CSC 491
Computer Science Colloquium is required for all
juniors and seniors. This no-credit course meets weekly. '
-
Computer Science Minor
Six courses including the four introductory courses and two of the core
courses.
Economics
This major is also available in the weelte~ldschedule. However, one course
(ECO 414) may need to be talten on an evening schedule. Stude~ltsare
encouraged to meet with a faculty adviser as soon as possible to carefi~lly
plan their program of study.
BUS
221
Principles of Accou~lti~lg
I
BUS
222
Pri~lciplesof Accounting I1
ECO
112
Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO
113
l'rinciples of Microeco~lornics
Methods for Business, Eco~lornics
ECO/MIS 279 Q~~antitative
and MIS
ECO
3 12
Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO
31 3
Intermediate Microeco~lomics
ECO
414
Welfare Ecollo~nics
MAT
114
Eleme~ltaryFunctions
Three additional upper division economics courses
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from
the followi~~g
list:
ECO/MIS 175 Co~nputersfor Business, Econo~nicsand MIS
MAT
124
Calculus I
MAT
125
Calculus I1
MIS
370
Advanced Co~nputingfor Business, Eco~lo~nics
and
MIS
Economics Minor
ECO 112, 113, 312, 313 and one additional upper division course. Other
co~lfiguratiollsmay be permitted on collsultatio~lwith the department.
Education
Teaching Licensure
Teaching licel~sureprograms are offered for Itindergarten-Ele~nelltaryand
selected Secondary fields through Weelce~ldCollege. I~ldividualized
programs are worked out with an adviser in either Ele~nentaryor Seco~dary
education. T o be adnlitted to the Education Department the student will
have achieved an overall 2.5 G.P.A. plus a 2.5 G.P.A. in his/her major field.
All professional courses with the exception of Cli~licalExperience and
Student Teaching are available o n a weelte~ldschedule. In addition to
IGndergarten-Ele~nentary,Augsburg Weeltend College grants secondary
licenses in English-Language Arts and Social Studies. Students may also
work individually on the followi~lgmajors offered in co~lju~lctio~l
with day
school: French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical
Science (Chemist~yor Physics), Science (grades 5-9), Spanish, Speech,
Theater Arts, and in the special areas ofArt (I<-12), Band (I<-12), and
Classroom Music (5- 12), Orchestra (I<-12) and Classroo~llMusic (5- 12),
Vocal and Classroom Music (I<-9),Vocal and Classroom Music (5-12), and
Physical Education (I<-12).
Contact an Education Department adviser for infi~r~nation
in your field of
study and for an application for admission to the Department of Education.
Students wanting I<-6 lice~lsuremust talte EDE 375.
All students must apply for acceptance into the Education Department and take a PPST test before beginning professional education
courses (those numbered in the 300-400 level). Any course grade
below 2.0 must be retaken.
Elementary Education
EDE
EDE
E1)E
EDE
EDE
ElIE
EDE
EDE
EDE
ElIE
ElIE
EL>E
ElIE
EDE
ELIE
EDE
EDE
ElIE
EDU
350
351
363
364
375
376
377
379
380
382
386
387
388
389
481
482
483
484
264
Creating 1,carning Environments (.5 coursc)
Techniques of Teaching l<eading
Cli~licalExperiences (.5 course)*
Interdisciplinary Studies (.25 course)
Discovery in the World of IGndergarten (.5 caul-se)
IC-El Social Studies (.25 course)
IC-El Science (.25 course)
I<-El Art (.25 course)
I<-El Music (.25 coursc)
IC-El Math (.5 course)
Children's Literature (.5 course)
Language Arts (.5 course)
IC-El Health (.25 course)
I<-El Physical Education (.25 course)
Studc~ltTeaching**
Student Teaching**
Student Teaching**
Student Teachillg**
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting
(.5 course)"
El>U 341
Media Tecllnology (.5 course)
E1)U
388
H~umanl<clations (.5 course)
HPE
1 14
Safety Education (.5 course)
HPE
115
Chc111ical Dependency (.5 course)
SWIC
260
H~urna~ls
1)eveloping
College Level Math Course
Academic Minor or Second Major
*Field Evpe~ienceSepar'ate
* *Tlgc.reC ~ M Y S C .r'cqui~v
~
an extra fee
Students must be admitted to the Education Department bcforc they can be
considered for student teaching. Applications for st~tdentteaching must be
submitted to the Education 1Icpartment by the following deadlines:
Application Deadline
Tkimester Student Teachin8
October 30, 1991
Winter/Spring 1992
March 30, 1992
Fall 1992
October 30, 1992
Winter/Spring 1993
March 30. 1993
Fall 1993
Secondary Education
EDS
350
lteading in the Content Areas (.5 course)
EDS
352
Clinical Experience ( . 5 course)*
E1)S
353
Creating Learning E n v i r o n ~ ~ ~ e ~ ~ t s
E1IS
477
School and Society Seminar (.5 course)
EDS
48 1
Student Teaching* *
EDS
482
Student Teaching**
EDS
483
Student Teachi~~g**
EDS
484
Student Teaching* *
EDU
264
Orientation to E d u c a t i o ~in~ an Urban Setting(.5 course)*
EDU
341
Media Technology (.5 course)
ElIU
388
Human l<elations (.5 coursc)
HPE
114
Safcty Education (.5 course)
HPE
115
Chemical Dependency (.5 course)
SWIC
260
H~unansDeveloping
Special Methods in Licensure Field
*Field Expe~ienceSepalpate
* * n i s cozwse f*equiresapz extrafee
Students must be admitted to the Education Department before they can
be considered for student teaching. Applications for student teaching must
be submitted to the Education Department by the following deadlines:
Application Deadline
Trimester Student Teaching
October 30, 1991
Winter/Spring 1992
March 30,1992
Fall 1992
October 30, 1992
Winter/Spring 1993
March 30,1993
Fall 1993
Major for Secondary Teaching
Licensure in Social Studies
Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must
complete, in addition to the professio~lalrequirements to be met within the
Department of Education, a competency program designed to provide a
broad foundation in the social sciences. Students must complete a major in
one of five fields - Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology or
Sociology (the History major is described below) plus seven courses (ECO
112 or 113, Human Geography, HIS 222, POL 158, PSY 105, SOC 121
and 336). Students consideri~lga career in social studies education should
consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and
the Social Studies Coordinator.
History Major: Eight courses plus one seminar. At least four of these
courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course
(either survey or upper level) from each of these four areas: Ancient and
Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western.
Coaching Endorsement
Students interested in adding a coaching endorsement must complete these
courses in Physical Education: 353,475,482, and 489. Individuals must hold
a valid Minnesota Teaching License to qualify for the coaching endorsement.
Prerequisite: BIO 103: Human Anatomy and Physiology
English
Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words, ideas
and images helps us understand who we are and who we can become.
Writing helps us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through English study we see
life's complexity, experience life as some others do, and understand better
the world in which we live and work.
English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is
concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the
contemplation of works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is
concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is
interested in ideas and the relation between meaning and language. With
science, English is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communications, English studies the effective use of
language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English
studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in
different cultures.
Major: Nine courses above 111,including 225 and 245; one upper division
course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271
or 272); and three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660
(for example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a number ofwriters (336,
337,423). Majors are encouraged to consult their departmental adviser
regularly. A student with a double major or special program that i~lvolves
considerable work in the English department should also work closely with
an adviser in the department.
Note on Prerequisites:ENG 111 is strongly recommended but not a
prerequisite for a Lower Division literature course. Prerequisite for an Upper
Division course is successhl completion ENG 245 or consent of the instructor.
Note: Transfer students must take at least three of their English
courses at Augsburg.
English-LanguageArts Teaching Major: Ten courses, including those
listed under the major, a course in the English language, and an internship in
the teaching of writing. One course must include a component in nonWestern literature. In addition, the ACTC courses Communications Skills in
the English Classroom and Teaching Mass Media are required. Courses in
early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are recommended. Several of
the required courses, including the internship, are not offered on weekends.
Students in this program must work with advisers in the English Department
and the Education Department in order to meet the professional requirements
within the Education Department as well as requirements in the major.
Students in this program who are transferring from other colleges should
consult the English Department chair soon after enrolling.
Minor: Five courses above 111,including ENG 245, an upper division
literature course and an additional writing course.
Management Information Systems (MIS)
This MIS major prepares studelits to work in the growing field of information
maiagement. The major co~nbinescourses and sltills from both the business
and computer scieiice majors to help students learn about the identification,
organization, analysis and processing of inhnnatio~iin a busincss setting. Students slio~ildmeet with their adviscr as soori as possible to plan their program.
MIS Major
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
ECO
ECO
ECO
ECO
CSC
CSC
MAT
MIS
MIS
MIS
or
CSC
MIS
MIS
MIS
221
222
242
252
331
112
113
313
318
170
210
121
175
279
370
Principles ofAccounting I
Pri~iciplcsof Accounting I1
Principles of Management
Principles of Marlccting
Financial Manage~ncnt
l'rinciples of ~ i c r o c c o n o ~ l l i c s
Principles of Microecono~iiics
Intermediate Microecono~nics
Manageme~itScience
Structured Programming
Data Structures
Finite Mathematics
Computers for Business, Econo~iiicsand MIS
Quantitative Methods for Busi~iess,Economics and MIS
Adva~icedConiputing fix 13usi1iess,EconomicsandMIS
352
375
475
476
lhtabasc Management and lksign
Managenlent Information Systems in Organizations
Systems Analysis and Design
I~ifor~nation
Systems I'rojccts
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more of the
following courses:
1'HI
130
Ix~gic
MIS
479
Intermediate Qua~ititativcMethods for Business,
Economics and MIS
MAT
11 4
Elemental-\IF~mctions
or
MAT
122
Calculus for the Social and Bcha\~ioralSciences
MIS Minor
~ S U S 221
CBUS
242
S
ECO
MIS
MIS
252
113
175
370
Principles of Marltcting
l'rinciplcs of Microecono~iiics
Computers for Business, Eco~io~iiics
and MIS
Advanced Computing for R~rsincss,Economics and MIS
CSC
MIS
/MIS
352
375
4-75
Database Management and Design
Managcmcnt Information Systems in Organizations
Systc~nsAnalysis and Design
@
6
l'rinciplcs of Accounting I
Principles of Manage~ne~it
'
Management Science
OI'
MIS
470
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business,
Economics and MIS
Nursing
Augsburg Weekend College oEers registered nurses an upper division
nursing major as a second step toward the completio~lof the Bachelor of
Science degree.* Fully accredited by the National League for Nursing, this
major is a professional program that is accessible on weekends to nurses who
are unable to attend classes during the weekdays. Classes are primarily
scheduled on alternate weekends, but all courses in the major may have
additional class or lab hours beyond the weekend schedule. Preparation for
school nurse licensure is available.
Admissions Procedures
Admission to the ~lursingprogram includes first being accepted into
Augsburg Weekend College through the procedures described on page 70.
As candidates for the nursing major, RNs must demonstrate evidence of
completion of an associate degree or diploma program, current nursing
practice, and Minnesota licensure. While an RN may take general education
courses and prerequisite courses for the nursing major, fi~rtherprogress in
the major is co~ltingentupon:
1. Satisfactory completion at a college or university of the prerequisite
courses: Anatomy and Physiology, Microbiology, Inorganic Chemistry,
Organic or Biochemistry, English Composition, Introductory Sociology
and Introductory Psychology.
2. A cumulative grade point average of at least 2.5.
3. Successfid completion of testing to validate lower division ~lursingIu~owledge.
*Graduatesof the program are eligible t o apply to the Minnesota Department
of Healthfir certzfication as a public health nurse.
Please see the Augsburg College Catalog for complete information about
the nursing major including additional special fees for entrance and exit
testing.
Required Courses in the Nursing Major
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
305
306
310
31 1
330
350
403
404
Contemporary Nursing I: Comn~unication*
Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing*
Community Health Nursing I*
Community Health Nursing 11: Practic~un**
Trends and Issues in Nursing*
Introduction to Nursing Research*
Contemporary Nursing 111: Families*
Contemporary Nursing IV: Ixadership and
Management*
NUR 423
l'racticum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family**
N U R 427
Practicum in Nursing 11: Leadership and Management* *
*Thesecourses may require extra class or lab sessions.
**Thesecourses require extra time and costfor clinical work
Required Supporting Courses
PHI
or
1aL
I'SY
380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
483
353
Christian Ethics, or an approved ethics course
Brain and Behavior
Psychology
Psychology, with its emphasis on behavioral observation and data, provides
a perspective on human activities which is an integral part of liberal education. The goal of the Psychology program is the improved understanding of
human behavior by studying how people cope with their environment and
interact with each other.
Psychologists use a variety of methods to study behavior, including experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis. Faculty members in the
Department of Psychology at Augsburg have varied professional specializations which include areas such as counseling, physiological psychology,
human development, personality and computer applications. All psychology
majors MUST have an adviser in the Psychology Department. The following courses in the Psychology core will be offered when a sufficient number
of students are ready for that portion of their program: PSY 264,265,381,
493. This may delay an individual student's ability to complete the major in
the Weekend schedule. Required courses will be available regularly in the
Weekday schedule.
Core Courses
PSY
105
GeneralPsychology
PSY
264
Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I
PSY
265
Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I1
PSY
381
Psychology in Historical Perspective
PSY
399
Internship
PSY
493
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Four additional upper division courses such as PSY 351 Developmental
Psychology: Child, PSY 373 Organizatio~lalPsychology or PSY 485
Counseling Psychology. Students should consult with their adviser regarding these major electives.
Minor
Five courses including PSY 105, with a minimum of two courses at Augsburg. Not more than one course from PSY 299,399 and 499 may be
counted toward the minor.
Religion
Augsburg College uriderstands itself as a college of the church and it is
persuaded that the Christian faith provides an appropriate perspective from
which to undertake its educational task. The biblical faith and tradition of
the Christian church have influenced the Western world to a degree much
greater than is sometimes recognized.
The student encounters this influence in studying language, literature,
history, values and political structures. The study of religion and theology is
intended to malce such encounters more meaningfi~lthrough a better
knowledge of biblical history and that of the Christian church, and by a
larger acquaintance with theological thought. Large segrnents of the earth's
population live by religious concepts and ideas which are different from
those prominent in the West. The Department of Religion also seeks to
introduce students to some of these major religious traditions.
Core Courses
REL
REL
REL
111
221
356
I~ltroductionto Theology
Biblical Studies
History of Religions
REL
REL
481
495
Contemporary Theology
Seminar
Major Electives
Three additional Religion courses approved by the department chairperson.
Religion Minor
Five courses approved by the department chairperson.
Note: It is important for Religion majors to consult with the department
chairperson during their first year at Augsburg College. Religion 111 or 22 1is
prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval is necessary before
courses taken at other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department
and/or general education course credit. Completion of this major may require
enrollment in one or more courses offered in an evening schedule.
Social Work
Accredited by the Council on Social Work Education, the Bachelor of Science
in Social Work degree program at Augsburg College is built on a solid liberal
arts foundation, on theory-based training, and on professio~lallydirected field
experiences. As important, social work education at Augsburg is built on an
appreciation for the needs, concerns, and values of the individuals and groups
who constitute today's multi-cultural society. The Social Work major in
Augsburg Weekend College includes seven courses from the Departments of
Psychology, Biology, and Sociology. Concentrations are possible in the areas
of aging, chemical dependency, corrections, social ministries, and youth work.
Field work is an important component of the program.
Social Work Core Courses*
SOC
SWIZ
SWK
SWI<
SWK
SWIZ
SWK
SWIZ
SWIZ
SWIZ
SWIZ
SWIZ
SWI(
365
257
260
361
363
364
461
462
463
465
466
467
469
Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
Exploring Human Services
Humans Developing
Social Response to Human Needs
Methods and Skills of Social Work
Field Work I
Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Field Work I1
Community Development and Organization
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Field Work I11
The Social Worker as Professional
Field Work IV
Required Supporting Courses *
BIO
PSY
SOC
SOC
SOC
SOC
101
105
121
231
265
375
HumanBiology
General Psychology
Principles of Sociology
Sociology of the Family
Racial and Minority Group Relations
Social Psychology
*Students interested in Social Work should begin their program with
the required supporting courses. The professional sequence will be
offered when a sufficient number of students are ready for that portion
of the program.
Social Welfare Minor
Six courses incl~~ding
SWIC 257 or department approved alternative
internship, SWIC 361,463; PSY 351 or SOC 375; SOC 265; and POI, 121
or 158 or 325, or SWIC 465.
Minors
In addition to minors offered in Business, Communication, Econo~nics,
English, MIS, l'sychologp, lteligion and Social Welfare (listed under each
respective major), Weeltend College students are able to complete minors in
the followi~lgareas:
American Indian Studies Minor
This minor offers nine courses which encompass the range of A~nerican
Indian contributio~lsto North American culture. A minimum of five
courses, including an i~ltroductorycourse and one upper division course,
are required. All students are encouraged to ellroll in these courses. These
courses will be offered in the Weeltend College schedule on a 2-3 year cycle.
I
I
ENG 216
American Indian L,iterature
HIS 360
American Indian History
Introduction to American Indian Studies
INS 105
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
INS 233
INS 260
Contemporary American I~ldia~ls
INS 320
A~nericanIndian Women
OJB 111
Beginning Oji bwe
OJB 112
Beginning Ojibwe
Tribal Arts and Culture
AltT 290
These courses will be added in the near future:
American Indian spiritual it)^ and l'hilosopl~ical ' T h o ~ ~ g h t
Indians in the Cinema
Indian Law
Sociology Minor
Five courses including SOC 121 and two upper division courses (n~unbered
300 and above).
Women's Studies Minor
Five courses which must include INS 201, three electives (one of which
~ u u s be
t upper division) and INS 495 or 499. A student's program IIILIS~
have the written approval of the Women's Studies Coordinator.
Approved electives from other academic depart~nents:
AltT
352
Women's Art History
ENG
282
Topics in Literature: Women and Fiction
Mathematics Placement Group Requirements
MIS 175,279,479; C:SC 170,2 10; and all 100-level MAT courses l~avc
Math l'lacemcnt Group rccl~~ire~nents.
Since all majors in Business, Econonlics or Ma~iagemcntInfornlation Syste~nsm ~ ~take
s t MIS 279, all
students in thcsc areas nu st have at least MPG 111. Other specific courses
such as SOC 365 and PHY 103 also have MI'G recl~~irements,
Please refer
to the course description for any given course to determine if there is an
MPG required by thc department. Some instructors require MPGs in
courses they ccach. This s h o ~ ~ bc
l d noted in tlie s)lllabi for their coursc(s).
The Math Placclnent Requirerncnt call be met by transfer courses, Augsburg coursework or the Math Placement Assessment. This Assessment is
given at NCMJSt~ldentOrientation each trimester, or by appointment during
the academic calendar year. (The Math Department may disregard math
courses talren Inore than five years ago, or may choose to lapse an MPG
given more than five years ago.)
Dean's List
The llcan's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose
grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of
two fill1 courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system,
with n o incompletes in courses offered for credit.
Academic Progress, Probation and Disnlissal
The College rccluires that students maintain the following cumulative grade
point averages (GPA):
Freshman - a student who has talren fcwer than 7 courses
cu~uulativcG1'A of 1.6 or liighcr
Sophomore - a studelit who has talren fcwer than 16 courses
cumulative Gl'A of 1.7 or higher
Junior a student who has talrcn fewer than 25 courses
cu~nulativcGl'A of 1.9 or liigher
Senior a student who has talten 25 or more courses
cunlulati\/c Gl'A of 2.0 or liighcr.
It should be noted that a ~ i i i n i ~ n uGl'A
~ n of 2.0 is requircd for graduation
with certain majors rccluiring a higlicr mini~n~uii
GPA.
Students whose acadc~nicacllieve~iientfdls below these guidelines will either
be placed 011scholastic probation at the end of the term, or will be continued on probation, or will be dis~iiisscdfro111 the College. In addition, a
freshman who receives two zero grades or a sopho~norewho receives three
zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, dismissal fi-0111the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the
Committee on Student Standing. Evidence of the student's commitment to
academic progress is the major consideration in deciding whether or not to
dismiss a student. Students who have a poor acadc~nicrecord may be
strongly adviscd to withdraw before the end of a term. Those on probation
who voluntarily withdraw fi.0111the College, as well as those who are
dismissed, IIILIS~have special permission to re-enroll.
Stude~ltsnay be removed fi.om probation when the cu~nulativeGPA
reaches the minimu~nlcvcls stated above. Students placed on probation as
fieshmcn h r Ila\~ingcarned two zero grades may be removed from probation if tlieir classification changes to sophomore, if they have not earlied
additio~ialzero grades, and if their cu~nulativeGPA reaches 1.7. Students
placed on probation as sopho~noresfor having carned three zero grades Inay
be removed from probation if tlleir classification changes to junior and their
cumulative Gl'A reaches 1.9.
The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the
guidelines stated above. Once a student is dismissed, he or slle may appeal
the decision within 10 days to the Cornmittce on Student Standing.
Attendance Policy
It is expected that students attend every class. If a student knows she/he
will miss more than one class meeting, she/he should not register for
the course. Some faculty/courses require 100 percent attendance for a
student to earn a passing grade.
Most Weekend College classes meet seven times during a trimester plus Finals
Class Weekend. Some courses meet for the entire period on Finals Class
Weekend. Classes marked with an asterisk (*) on the Class Schedule require
additional class meetings, the dates and times ofwhich are either listed on the
course syllabus or determined by the class at the first meeting. Depending on
the course, these additional meetings are either required or optional.
Department Course Limits
Augsburg College's graduation requirements allow a maximum of 13
courses from each department except in certain approved majors (Social
Work, Nursing). Business Administration, Economics and Management
Information Systems are considered different departments for graduation
requirement purposes.
Grading Procedures
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations.
Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation are
also used.
Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0
to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0
or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are
cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate and
professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P graded
courses, or rank each as a "C". Transfer students are cautioned that P graded
courses do not count in the requirement that 14 traditionally graded
courses be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation
with distinction. See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements
in the Augsburg College Catalog.
Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 265 is
graded only on the P / N grading system and some education courses are
graded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional system. English
111 is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P,
1.0, N. Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O.
I11 courses where this is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional
system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/
N grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made
according to the dates published each term. A fee is charged for any
changes made after registration.
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
Achieves highest standards of excellence.
4.0
3.5
Achieves above basic course standards.
3.0
2.5
Meets basic standards for the course.
2.0
1.5
Performance below basic course standards.
1.0
0.5
Unacceptable perfbrmance (no credit for the course).
0.0
Grade of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point
average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents
work at the 1.5 or below level.
An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of emergency. To receive an
incomplete grade, a student must receive permission of the instructor of the
course; must file a form stating the reasons for the request, the work required to
complete the course, the plan and date for completing the work, and comments
fiom the instructor; and must file the form with the Office of the Registrar.
Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes last
longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the
grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of
registration. A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate that the study
is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to
communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory
progress is being maintained. A final grade will be issued at the end of the
term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than
one year). An instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X where
satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal from college, or
dropping these continued courses will terminate their registration. Under
this circumstance, a registration as 1X by the student would be necessary if
done during registration periods within one year of initial registration; if
done after one year a new registration would be necessary.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V).The charge for auditing a course is listed under Fees and
Payment Schedule in the insert. Studentswho audit a come should confer with
the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations have been met, the
course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have
not been met, the course will be listed a grade of W (Withdrawn).
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at
Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P / N grading option
are recorded, but not computed in the GPA.
Cla~s~cation
Students are classified in August and at the end of fall and winter terms as
follows:
Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points.
Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points.
Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points.
Withdrawal fiom College
Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered, since
this results in a &ling grade on the official record. Cancellation of comes or
withdrawal h m college must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from
college cannot occur during h a l examinationweekend unless a petition is
approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and
resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed
Withdrawal From College form is returned to the Registrar's Office.
Graduation with Distinction
I
I
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude - 3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA
Magna cum laude - 3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA
Cum laude - 3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA
To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have
completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg.
Assessment of Previous Leariing (APL)
A~~gsburg
College recognizes that learning can and does talte place in Inally
life situations. Some o f this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition
within the discipli~lesthat compose the academic programs o f a liberal arts
college. The A1'L program (Assessment o f Previous Learning) at Augsburg
provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that
which is uansferred from anotl~eraccredited institution, may be presented for
exa~ni~latio~l
for possible credit toward the completion o f a bachelor's degree.
Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit
recog~litio~l
at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential
criteria: ( 1 )it is relevant to coursework in a field o f study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and ( 2 )it call be objectively demonstrated either
by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program
at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their
previous learning assessed for credit recognition:
CLEP (College Level Examination Program)
Students who achieve acceptable scorcs in CLEP exams may receive
academic credit at Augsburg College. CLE1' exams are available in a
variety o f general and specific subject areas. For morc information,
contact Weeltend College Admissio~ls(330.1792) or the regional CLEP
center at the Uni\lersity o f Minnesota (624-3323).
Departmental Assessment
Students who wish to receive credit for a specific academic course and do
11othave transcript evidence o f completed work may request a departme~ltal
assessment o f previous learning. This will most often include an examination
that covers the essential components o f the course involved. For more
information, contact the Registrar's Office(330-1036).
CAP (Credit Assessment Process)
This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluatioll o f a learning portfolio submitted by the student.
Informal meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to
prepare a portfolio o f previous learning for credit assessmcnt. Students may
apply for CAP after co~npleti~lg
at least four courses o f academic work at
Augsburg College with a cumulative GPA o f at least 2.5. For Inore information, contact the Registrar's Office(330.1036).
ART 102
Environmental Aesthetics
Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for
the visual content of experience in the environment
leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual
and group projects exploring design problems in
representation, symbolism and abstraction.
Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/
Minority Studies; Art/Music
ART 106/
306
Calligraphy
Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills
with emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Attention
given to the historical development of calligraphy and
the elements of design through readings and demonstrations. Class time and assignments center on
practice in calligraphic concepts with special attention
given to foundational, italic, Gothic and unicial styles.
Three original projects are required and evaluation is
based on quality of work plus participation and
growth factors. Upper divisio~lstudents are required
to complete demonstration sheets in three historical
writing styles plus an expanded project.
Distribution: Art/Music
ART 107
Drawing
Drawing in graphite pencils, pens, and pastel pencils.
Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors
and exteriors and experimental worlc.
Distribution: Art/Music
ART 118
Painting I
Introduction to painting media and techniques in
acrylic and oil.
Distribution: Art/Music
ART 132
Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and
expression with attention to black and white photography process. Need access to 35mm single lens
reflex camera (materials will cost $150-175).
Distribution: Art/Music
Major: Elective in Public Relations/Advertising major
Publication Design
An introduction to traditional design concerns and
procedures related to publication design as well as design
for desktop publishing. Theory and practice of coordinating visual images and typography with content in
publications. Study of design in magazines, newspapers,
newsletters, books, and miscellaneous publications.
Students design and produce a publication as a group
project.
Major: Elective in Public Relations/Advertising
ART 225
Visual Communications I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, type,
symbols and pictorial images. Emphasis will be placed on
the creative thought process.
Major: Elective in Public Relations/Advertising major
ART 240
Art History Survey
A survey of New World art fiom prehistoric to modern
times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, and
visits to museums.
Distribution: Art/Music
ART 250
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an
emphasis on handbuilding and glazing.
Distribution: Art/Music
ART 352
Women's Art History
A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts
including the fine arts, the "traditional" arts, and the
work of Native American women.
Distribution: Art/Music, Urban Concerns/Minority
Studies/Women's Studies.
Minor: Elective in Women's Studies minor (upper
division)
BIO 101
H u m a n Biology
Basic biological concepts fiom an anthropocentric point
of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What
makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does
man have a niche in the ecosystem?What influences does
the environment, especially the urban environment, have
on man? (A student may not receive credit for both BIO
101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor.)
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
Major: Required supporting course in Social Worlc
BIO 103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course in the structure and function of the
human body. Lecture and laboratory. (A student may not
receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply
to the major or minor.)
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
Major: Required prerequisite for BSN major/Coaching
Endorsement
BIO 105
Biology and Society
A co~lsideratio~l
of the biological basis of some of the
problems facing society, such as toxic polluta~ltsin air,
water and soil, genetic engineering, AIDS, genetic
diseases and counseling, extinction, wilder~lessethics,
global warming, cancer, hunger, dmgs, and biodiversity.
Distribution: Chemistry/Biolog)~ or Urban Concerns/
Women's Studies/Minority Studies
BIO 108
Microbiology
Basic microbial features are co~lsideredas well as applications of microbiology to the field of ~nedicineand
sanitation. For student nurses, health majors or collsellt
of the instructor. (Prereq: C H M 110 or consent of
instructor. Does not apply to major or minor.)
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
Major: Prerequisite for the BSN major
BIO 185
The Biology of Aging
At some time in our lives most of us will directly experience aging or be i~lfluencedby people undergoi~lgagerelated changes. This course will concentrate 011 the
biological aspects of such changes.
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
BIO 231
The Biology of Women
The objective of this course is to provide a basic understanding of the structure and f~~nctioning
of the female
human orga~lis~u
as well as to evaluate rnisco~lceptio~ls
about women that have arisen in the history of biology.
Distribution: Chemist~y/Biology or Urban Concerns/
Women's Studies/Minority Studies
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
(See under MIS 175)
BUS 221
Principles of Accounting I
Introductio~lto business activities, basic concepts, and
fi~~~damentals
of accounting, the accounting cycle and
preparation of fi~la~lcial
statements.
Major: ltequired for Business Administration,
Eco~lornicscore and MIS rnajor
BUS 222
Principles of Accounting I1
A co~ltilluatio~l
of BUS 221. Introduction to business
activities, accounting for corporations, basic concepts and
fi~~ndamentals
of managerial accounting, planning and
controlling processes, decision-malting and behavioral
considerations. (Prereq: BUS 22 1)
Major: ltequired for Busi~lessAdministration,
Eco~lolnicscore and MIS major
BUS 242
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, p l a ~ l ~ l i and
~ l g control. The nature of
authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the
role of the professional manager.
Major: Required for Business Ad~ninistrationcore and
MIS major, elective in Public Relations/Advertising and
Supervisory Management concentrations in Communication major
BUS 252
Principles of Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing.
Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and
technological factors as they affect product, promotion,
~narltetingchannel and pricing decisions.
Major: Required in the Business Administration core and
MIS major, elective in Public Relations/Advertising and
Marketing Communication major
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics,
and MIS
(See under MIS 279)
BUS 322
Accounting Theory & Practice I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial
statements, inco~neconcepts, capital stock and surplus
account, current and non-current assets. (Prereq: BUS
222, ECO 113)
Major: Kequired in the Accounti~lgand Finance
majors (upper division)
BUS 323
Accounting Theory and Practice I1
A continuation of BUS 322. An analysis of accounting
theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible
fixed assets, liabilities and reserves. actuarial tovics.
Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq: BUS 322)
~ i j b rRequired
:
in the ~ c c o u n %major
n ~ (upper division)
BUS 324
Managerial Cost Accounting
~ c c o u i t i tools
n ~ for planningand control of economic
activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost system, as
well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq;
BUS 222,242,252, MIS 279 or consent of instructor)
Major: Required in the Accounting major (upper diviyion)
BUS 326
Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of federal
income taxes for individuals and various forms of business
enterprises. (Prereq: BUS 221, 331, ECO 112, 113, or
consent of instructor)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in
the Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 331
Financial Management
Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of
h n d s within the firm. Sources and uses of long and short
term hnds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage,
dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq: BUS 222,
ECO 113, MIS 279)
Major: Required for Business Administration core
and MIS major (upper division)
BUS 340
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization
of human resources; desirable working relationships;
effective integration of the worlter with the goals of the
firm and society. (Prereq: BUS 242)
Major: Required for Business Management major,
elective in S~pervisoryManagement major (upper division)
BUS 352
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making in marleting management; research methodology; marlteting
research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research
in marketing. (Prereq: BUS 252, ECO 113, MIS 279 or
consent of instructor)
Major: Required in the Marlteting major and an elective
in the Marketing Communications major (upper division)
BUS 355
Marketing Communications
A look at the communications aspects of marlteting by
integrating advertising, public relations, sales promotion,
and personal selling into a coherent pro~notionmix.
Emphasis will be placed on the design and evaluation of
marlteting communications programs, particularly
advertising; selection of media; copy-creative effort;
advertiser-agency relationship; management of the
personal selling function including sales force selection,
compensation, territorial design, and performance
appraisal. (Prereq: BUS 252)
Major: Required in the Marlteting major, elective in
Marketing Communications major, Public Relations/
Advertising major, or Supervisory Management
(upper division)
BUS 362
International Business
Introduction to the problems and possibilities of doing
business in an international context. Appreciation of the
perspective required for successful planning and management of any enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by
foreseeing both the opportunities and the difficulties
inherent in international business. (Prereq: BUS 221,
BUS 242 or 262, ECO 113, or two business and
economics courses or consent of instructor)
Major: Required in International Business major
(upper division)
BUS/MIS
370
Advanced Computing for Business, Economics,
and MIS
(See under MIS 370)
BUS 391
Business Law
An introduction to law and a survey of different areas of
law as they relate to the conduct of business. Topics
covered include contracts, torts, employment discrimination, and labor law. (Prereq: BUS 221,222,252; ECO
112,113 recommended.)
Major: Required for Business Administration core
(upper division)
BUS 423
Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on
internal checlts and controls for accounting systems.
(Prereq: BUS 323)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the
Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 425
Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, governmental
accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting.
(Prereq: BUS 323)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in
the Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 433
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
Advanced financial theory; a system approach to financial
structure and policy. Emphasis on decision making,
presentation through literature, readings, lectures and
case materials. (Prereq: BUS 331)
Major: Required in finance major (upper division)
BUS 438
Investment Theory
Appraisal of the rislt/retur~l relationships of various types
of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and
institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital
marltets and portfolio management. (Prereq: all core
cqurses or consent of instructor)
Major: Required in Finance major (upper division)
BUS 440
Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of
operating hnctions. Examples from service industries,
non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from
a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of
operations, planning operation processes, productivity
measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality,
inventory management, principles of scheduling, and
operational control information systems. (Prereq: BUS 242)
Major: Required in the Business Management major and an
elective in the Supervisory Management major (upper division)
BUS 450
Marketing Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions;
marketing management and decision making, planning
marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing,
product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq: BUS 352)
Major: Required in the Marlteting major and an
elective in the Marlteting Communications major
(upper division)
BUS 465
International Management
A comparative study of management styles across cultures.
Models will be reviewed and developed which consider
the implications of culture on the effectiveness of particular styles of leadership, human resource management, and
strategic management. (Prereq: BUS 242)
Major: Required in the International Business major
(upper division)
BUS 466
International Marketing
This course is devoted to those issues and practices which
are unique to marlceting a product and setvice in an
international setting. Topics include international
environmental scanning and analysis; comparative
marlceting research; strategic planning; and marketing
mix issues in rnulti~lationalmarlcets. (Prereq: BUS 252)
Major: Required in the International Business major
(upper division)
BUS/MIS
479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Bush~ess,
Economics and MIS
(See under MIS 479)
BUS 495
Topics: Risk Management and Insurance
A study of risk management. E~nphasison the f~unctionof
(1) determination of exposure to rislc; ( 2 ) analysis of rislc
and losses; ( 3 ) methods of combating risks; and (4)
administration of rislc insurance program. How to
recognize and evaluate the property liability and personnel rislcs facing a business, a non-profit organization, a
government unit, or an individual or family. How to
select and deal with an insurer. Public policy issues such
as availability of insurance are examined to identify and
evaluate the role of insurance in the financial framework
of the economy.
Major: Elective for Busi~lessAdministration major
(upper division)
CHM 100
Chemistry for Changing Times
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the
very popular boolc by John H. Hill of the same title. It is
not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a
science baclcground. Most of the problems we face are
molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can help us
to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our
universe? Come join us as we talce a molecular look at the
human condition. This course does not apply toward the
major or minor in chemistry nor does it meet any
prerequisite chemistry requirements.
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
CHM 109
General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
1)esigned for s t ~ ~ d e nwho
t s need a survey of the fundamentals of general, organic and biological chemistry for
careers in allied health areas such as nursing (including
Augsburg's upper division program), inhalation therapy,
histotechnology, physical education, and others. Open
also to other st~tdentsin the humanities and social
sciences. First term, general chemistry principles and an
introduction t o organic chemistry. Second term, organic
and biological chemistry with special applications to
human physiological chemistry. Will include arranged
time fo1'1aboratdry work. This course does not apply
toward the major or nli~lorin chemistry. (Prereq: High
school chemistry)
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
Major: Kequired prerequisite for Nursing major
CHM 110
General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Continuation of CHM 109. Organic and biological
chemistry with special applications to human physiological
chemistry. Will include arranged time for laboratory work.
Does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry.
(Prereq: CHM 109)
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
Major: Required prerequisite for Nursing major
CSC 170
Structured Programming
An iiltroduction to computers, problem-solving, algorithm development and programming using Pascal. This
course provides a foundation for hrther studies in
cornputer science. (Prereq: MAT 114 or MAT 122 or
MIS 279 or Math Placement Group IV)
Major: Required for Computer Science and MIS majors
CSC 210
Data Structures
Data Structures and their implementation, recursion,
searching and sorting algorithms, and continued development of programming methods using Pascal.
(Prereq: CSC 170. Coreq: MAT 121 or 171)
Major: Required for Computer Science and MIS majors
Electronics
(See under PHY 26 1)
CSC 270
Fortran
Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is
assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other
language. (Prereq: CSC 170 or another programming
language course)
Major: Elective for Computer Science major
CSC 320
Algorithms
A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity,
including searching and sorting algorithms, mathematical
algorithms, and tree and graph traversal algorithms. The
limitations of alaorithms. the classes P and NP.
NP-complete problems, and intractable problems.
(Prereq: CSC 210 and MAT 124)
Major: Elective for Co~nputerScience major
(upper division)
u
CSC 330
Theory of Computation
Basic theoretical principles embodied in formal languages,
automata, computability, and computational complexity.
Topics include Turins machines, Church's thesis, the
halting problem, and unsolvability.
(Prereq: CSC 2 10 and MAT 124)
Major: Required for Computer Science major
(upper division)
CSC 340
Digital Communications and Computer Networks
Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security,
and general computer interfacing. (Prereq: CSC 210)
Major: Elective for Computer Science major
(upper division)
CSC 345
Principles of Computer Organization
An introduction to computer architecture, processors,
operating systems, instruction sets, and assembly language programming. (Prereq: CSC 210)
Major: Required for Computer Science major
(upper division)
CSC 352
Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query
facilities, file organization and security, including the
development of an elementary database system.
(Prereq: CSC 210)
Major: Elective for Computer Science and MIS major
(upper division)
CSC 399
Internship
A combined effort of student, faculty, and employer to
complete a specific task and learn in a worlcplace. The
internship often is under the auspices of the Cooperative
Education Office as well as the computer science
internship supervisor.
Major: Elective for Computer Science major
(upper division)
CSC 445
Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
Elements of operating systems, memory and process
management, interactions among major components of
computer systems, and a detailed study of the effects of
computer architecture on operating systems.
(Prereq: CSC 345)
Major: Elective for Computer Science major
(upper division)
CSC 450
Principles of Programming Languages
Principles that govern the design and implementation of
programming languages. Topics include programming
language syntax and semantics, BNF, parsing, compilers,
interpreters, data structures, control structures, and the
run-time environment. (Prereq: CSC 210)
Major: Required for Computer Science major
(upper division)
CSC 491
Mathematics/Computer Science Colloquium
This colloquium, which has no course credit, meets
weekly to keep the mathematics and computer science
community informed about contemporary developments
in the field and about interesting ideas that don't arise in
courses. Junior and senior majors must attend, and others
are welcome. All seniors give a talk. Other sessions are
presented by faculty members or outside visitors.
Major: Required for Computer Science major (no
credit)
CSC 495
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science
not included in other courses. This course may be repeated
when the topics vary. (Prereq: Consent of instructor)
Major: Elective for Computer Science major
(upper division)
CSC 499
Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and
the department.
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics: national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade,
economic growth. Application of elementary economic
theory to current economic problems. May be talten
independently of ECO 113. ECO 112 and 113 may be
talren in either order.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Major: Required for Business Administration,
Economics core, and MIS major
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to
market policy. May be talten independently of ECO 112.
ECO 112 and 113 may be talten in either order.
(Prereq: MPG 11.)
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Major: Required for Business Administration,
Economics core and MIS major
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
(see under MIS 175)
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics
and MIS
(See under MIS 279)
ECO 311
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity;
debt policy and its economic implications.
(Prereq: ECO 112,113; strongly recommend ECO 313)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in
the Business Administration core, elective for Economics
major (upper division)
ECO 312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price
level analvzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of
monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle.
(Prereq: ECO 112)
~ a i o r : - o n of
e a choice of three reauired courses in
the Business Administration core, required for
Economics major (upper division)
ECO 313
Intermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer
behavior, firm and industry; the pricing factors of
production and income distribution; introduction to
welfare economics. (Prereq: ECO 113)
Major: Required for Business Administration, Economics
core and MIS major (upper division)
ECO 315
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems,
particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve
System and its role in relation to aggregate economic
activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy.
(Prereq: ECO 112,113)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the
Business Administration core, elective for Eco~lo~nics
major (upper division)
ECO 318
Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the
modern techniques of management science to prepare
students to malte better business and economic decisions.
Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the
areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection,
environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory
models, information systems, etc. (Prereq: ECO 313)
Major: Required for Business Management major and
MIS major, one of a choice of three required courses for
the Finance major, elective in Economics and Supervisory
Management majors (upper division)
ECO 360
International Trade and Finance
A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic
relations among nations. Developme~ltof the basis of
international trade; balance of payment; exchange rate
systems and commercial policy. (Prereq: ECO 112, 113
or consent of instructor)
Major: Required for International Business major,
elective for Eco~lomicsmajor (upper division)
ECO 415
Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and correspondillg practices
in business. Among the topics considered are theories
and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and
cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic
problems of relevance to management.
(Prereq: ECO 313, MIS 279)
Major: Required in the Marketing major and one of a
choice of three required courses in the Finance major,
elective for Economics major (upper division)
ECO/MIS
479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business,
Economics and MIS
(See MIS 479)
EDE 350
Creating Learning Environments: IGndergartenElementary (.5 course)
The study of strategies, methods, and evaluatio~lof
teaching and learning in the contexts of educational,
psychological, sociological and neuro-scientific theories.
(Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 351
Techniques for Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of techniqi~esand
resources in the teaching of reading and the diagnosis and
correction of reading proble~ns.Field placement requirement included in this class. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: l<ecluired fi)r Elementa~yEducation major
(upper division)
EDE 363
Itindergarten-ElementaryClinical Experiences
(.5 course)
Stirdc~itsshould enroll for Clinical Experience by the
second trimester of their I<-Elementary course secluence.
Includes 160 hours held experience and is arranged by the
instructor in the Education ~ e p a r t ~ l ~ at
e i least
l t two
months prior to the term they intend to take Clinical.
Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (l'rereq: l'.l'.S.?'.)
Major: Required for Elementary Educatio11major
(upper division)
EDE 364
Itindergarte~l-Ele~nentary
Curriculum:
Interdisciplinary Studies (.25 course)
Examinatio~~
and preparation of ruatcrials and resources
for integrating specific slcill developmcnts through various
subjects at the Itindergarten and elementary levels.
(l'rerecl: P.l'.S.T.)
Major: I<ecluired fi)r Elementa~yEdi~cationmajor
(i~pperdivision)
EDE 375
Discovery in the World of Kindergarten (.5 course)
Stitdy and utilization of a variety oftechniclucs and
resources h ~teaching
Itindcrgarten. (IZcquired for all
persons seelcing Itindcrgarte~llicensure ~ 1 1 0take their first
education course in the Fall of 1989 or later.)
(Prcreq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: l<equired fix I<-6 licensurc (i~pperdivision)
EDE 376
IGndergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Social Studies (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for social studies at the Icindergarten and elementary
levels. (l'rerccl: l'.l'.S.T.)
Major: l<ecluired fix Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 377
Itindergartell-Elementary Curriculum:
Science (.25 course)
Examination and prep'lration of ~iiaterialsand rcsoiu-ccs
k)r science at the kindergarten and elementa~ylevels.
(l'rcrecl: P.l'.S.T.)
Major: l<equired for Elemcnta~yEducation major
(upper division)
EDE 379
Itindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Art (.25 course)
Examination a ~ preparation
d
of materials and resoivces k)r art
at the lcindergartcn and elementa~yle\~els.(Prereq: P.1'S.T.)
Major: l<ecl~~ired
fix Elementary Ectucation ~najor
(upper division)
EDE 380
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Music (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for music at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
(Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 382
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Mathematics (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 386
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Children's Literature ( .5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 387
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Language Art (.5 course)
Examinatioll and preparation of materials and resources
for language arts instruction at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 388
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Health (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for health instruction at the kindergarten and elementary
levels. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 389
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Physical Education (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for physical education instruction at the lindergarte~land
el'ementary levels. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 481,482, Student Teaching K, I<-6, or 1-6**
Students must apply to student teach by Oct. 30,
483,484
1991, for Winter/Spring 1992 Student Teaching; March
30, 1992, for Fall 1992 Student Teaching; Oct. 30,
1992, for Winter/Spring 1993; and March 30, 1993, for
Fall 1993. A minimum of three courses (481,482,483)
unless otherwise advised by the department. Observing
and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary
school personnel. Admission into the Education Department is required prior to student teaching placement.
Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq: All I<-Elementarycourseworlr
satisfactorily completed or permission of Department for
exception; P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
**Thesecourses involve an additional clinicalfee.
EDS 350
Reading in the Content Areas (.5 course)
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and
resources to assist students in teaching reading through
the content areas. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education major
(upper division)
EDS 352
Clinical Experience (.5 course)
Students should enroll for Clinical Experience by the second
trimester of their secondary course sequence. Includes 70
hours of field experience. Seminars are arranged by the
instructor in the Education Department. Students should
pick up an Application for Placement form in the Education
Department at least two months prior to the term they
intend to take Clinical. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education major
(upper division)
EDS 353
Creating Learning Environments: Secondary
The study of strategies, methods, and evaluation of
teaching and learning in the context of educational,
psychological, and sociological theories. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education major
(upper division)
EDS 364
English Methods
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary
schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit
plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school.
The study of adolescent literature is included.
(Prereq: EDU 264 and EDS 353 or consent of instructor;
P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education English
Language Arts major (upper division)
EDS 366
Foreign Language Methods (.5 course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of
language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language
Department.) (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education Foreign
Language major (upper division)
EDS 375
Social Studies Methods (.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social studies and history
in secondary classrooms. Emphasis on instructional
strategies and curriculum development. Consult with the
Education Department. (Prereq: EDS 353, P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education Social Studies
major (upper division)
EDS 477
EDS 481,482
483,484
School and Society (.5 course)
The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to
society. Current major issues in education will be studied.
Students should enroll as closely as possible to the same
term as their st~tdentteaching. (Prereq.: P.P.S.T., EDU
264, EDS 353 and Methods in Subject Area)
Major: Required for Secondary Ed~icatio~l
major
(upper division)
Student Teaching**
Students must apply to student teach through the
Education Department by Oct. 30, 1991, for
Winter/Spring 1992 Student Teaching; March 30, 1992,
for Fall 1992 Student Teaching; October 30, 1992, for
Winter/Spring 1993 Student Teaching; and March 30,
1993, for Fall 1993 Student Teaching. Observing a ~ i d
directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. Major
department nus st recommend student for student
teaching. A minimum of three courses, except four
courses rcquired of Art, Music, Physical Educatio~l
majors. Membership in a professional organization is
req~iired.(Prereq.:P.P.S.T., all Secondary Educatio~l
and major coursework successf~~lly
completed or
permission of the Department for an exception.)
Major: l<equired for Secondary Education major
(upper division)
* *i%ese couyses invohe a n additional clinical fee.
EDU 264
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting
(.5 course)
Study and investigation of various aspects of the teaching
profession as students evaluate their interest and suitability for a career in teaching. Open to all students. Suggested as first course to be taken.
Major: ltequired for Elementary and Seco~ldary
Education major
EDU 341
Media Technology (.5 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology.
Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of
effective aitdio-visual materials for teaching/learning
situations. Computer training will be included in this
course. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Elementary and Secondaql
Education major (upper division)
EDU 388
Human Relations (.5 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of co~nmunication
techniques, and of the minority groups in Minnesota for
the development of interpersonal relations slcills applicable to teaching and other professiollal vocations. Open
to all. (Prereq: P.P.S.T. needed by education students)
Major: lcequired for Elementary and Secondary
Education majors (upper division)
ENG 111
Effective Writing
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research
techniques and writing critical reviews. At least one work
of literature is assigned. Attention is givcn t o increasing
students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing and
developing topics, thinlting critically, and revising for
clarity and style. A writing lab is provided for those
needing additional help. The minirnurn passing grade for
this course is 2.0.
Distribution: ltequired for graduatio~l
ENG 2 0 9
Grow Old Along With Me
This course will focus on what poets, dramatists, and
lovel lists have to say about the aging process. Students
will be expected to interview older people to discover how
they feel society regards the aging.
Distribution: English/Speech
ENG 2 1 6
American Indian Literature
A study of representative works of poetry and tiction by
selected American Indian writers. Discussio~land analysis will
ti)cus on ways in which the literature reflect and illu~ninate.
Distribution: American Indian culture and traditions
ENG 2 2 3
Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing sltills for
those preparing for business and professional careers. The
writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use the material
from their own areas of specialization. (Prcrcq: ENG 1 11
or equivalent)
Major: ltecom~nendedelective for Business Administration major, meets one writing requirement for Co~nmunication major, an elective for English major.
ENG 225
Intermediate Expository Writing
This course builds on the practices and methods of
Effective Writing, ENG 111. Its worltshop format stresses
style and organization, the process of revision, self and
peer evaluation, and the relationship between reading and
writing. (Prereq: ENG 1 11 or equivalent)
Major: ltequired for English major, meets one writing
requirement for Communication major.
ENG 226
Introduction to Creative Writing
The purpose of this course is to introduce st~~dcnts
to the
process of creative writing and to various genres, empllasiz
ing poeny and short fiction but including journal keeping
and creative prose. (Prereq: ENG 111 or equivalent)
Major: Meets one writing requirement for Communication major, an elective for English major.
ENG 227
Journalism
This is an introductory newswriting course. Emphasis will
be placed on writing for the print media, but students
will learn to write for radio and television as well.
Students will consider how to recognize news, how to
gather and verify facts, and how to write those facts into a
news story or news feature. This course will cover basic
copy preparations and editing practices and includes an
introduction to legal and ethical questions faced by
journalists. (Prereq: ENG 111 or equivalent)
Major: Required for Public Relations major, meets one
writing requirement for Communication major, an
elective for English major
ENG 245
Introduction to Literature
In this course students are initiated into the formal study
of narrative, drama, and poetry in order to appreciate
more fully the pleasures of literature. The course aims to
expand students' exposure to literature and therefore
draws on works from several periods, from different
cultures and races, from male and female writers. As the
prerequisite for all upper level courses in literature,
Introduction to Literature aims in particular to develop
students' critical analysis skulls in reading and writing
about literature.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Required for English major
ENG 250
Readings in American Literature
An introduction to representative worlts by ten to twelve
American authors focusing on themes that yield an
understanding of the Western heritage and American
world views. These themes could include the emergence
of national identity, the relationship between humanlund
and God, the nature of nature, definitions of American
self, individuality, the place of women and of racial and
ethnic minorities in the development of American
thought, and the continuity of Western culture in America.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: An elective for English major
ENG 261
Modern Fiction
Signjficant worlts of selected prose writers; chiefly
European, of the Twentieth Century. Some non-Western
writers will be included.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: An elective for English major
ENG 271
European Literature: Homer to Dante
A study of major worlts of Greek and Roman literature.
For example, the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies
of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of
Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno
will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the
classical traditions are combined. These worlts will be
studied with reference to their mythological foundations,
their cultural background, their influence 011 later
literature, and their enduring relevance.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets Western tradition requirement
ENG 272
European Literature: From the Renaissance to
the Modern Period
A study of masterpieces of literature; chiefly European,
from the medieval to the modern period, including such
authors as Cervantes, Rablais, MoliCre, Voltaire and Ibsen.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets Western tradition requirement
ENG 282/
482
Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes,
movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for
study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for
that year. Recent offerings have included Scandinavian
Literature, Twentieth Century Poetry, Comedy, The
Short Story and Women and Fiction.
(Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of the instructor)
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: An elective for English major
ENG 327
Advanced Journalism: Interviewing and Editing
Emphasis is placed on interviewing and then on organizing and writing the interview story. The second half of the
course will concentrate on editing the work of others and
learning layout and design. The course will include
workshop sessions during which students conduct
interviews and critique the interview skills of fellow
students. There will also be laboratory sessions devoted to
layout and design. (Prereq.: ENG 227)
Major: An elective for English and Communicatio~l
majors (upper division)
ENG 331
British Literature: Chaucer to the Elizabethans
Chaucer and the medieval milieu will be studied as well as
the development of English poetry and drama in the
English Renaissance.
(Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets British literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 336
British Literature: Seventeenth and Eighteenth
Centuries
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected
writers from the metaphysical poets up to Blake, with
attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements.
(Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets British literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 337
British Literature: The Romantics and the
Victorians
A study of major writers of the nineteenth century;
emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one
another will be emphasized as well as their relationship to
their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms
of poetry and prose.
(Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets British literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 350
American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysis of some works of selected American
writers from colonial times to World War I. We will study
established writers such as Hawthorne, Dickinson, and
Twain along with some less known writers who also
demonstrate the rich variety of written responses to
American civilization. Attention will be given to the ways
writers approach issues relating to race, class, and gender.
Conception of the individual in relation to society, the
nature of nature, and regional differences will also be
studied. The approach will be historical as well as topical.
(Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets American literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 351
American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary worlis. Writers
are selected to represent the literary variety and the
regional, ethnic, and racial diversity of the men and
women who have responded significantly in literary worlrs
to the changing conditions of modern American life.
(Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
Distribution: English/Speech, Urban Concerns/
Women's Studies/Minority Studies
Major: Meets American literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 399
Internship
The department offers on-campus internships in teaching
writing or English as a Second Language and various offcampus internships. Interested students should consult
the department chairperson. (Upper division)
ENG 423
Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England
from its Eighteenth Century beginnings up to the
Twentieth Century. Novels studied will be selected from
the worlis of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding,
Sterne, Austen, Diclcens, Bronte, Thackray, Eliot and
Hardy. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the rise of the novel and its emergence by the
Twentieth Century as the d o ~ n i ~ l aliterary
~ l t form.
(Prereq.: Eng 245 or consent of instructor)
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets British literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 438
Shakespeare
Study of ten or twelve major plays - comedies, historics,
tragedies - with attention to the development of
Shalrespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays
assigned for reading analysis. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or
consent of instructor)
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets British literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 499
Independent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of
3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides
directed independent study in the area of the student's
choice.
FRE 111
Beginning French
Aim is to develop com~nu~licatio~l
sltills of understanding,
spealcing, reading, and writing. Through conversations,
classroo~npractice, and readings, these courses work
toward the discovery of French culture and way of life.
Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an
integral part of the course.
Distribution: Foreign Language
FRE 112
Beginning French
Co~ltinuatio~l
of FRE 1 11.
Distribution: Foreign Language
GER 111
Beginning German
For students with no previous background. Aims at
developi~lgbasic sltills. Classroom practice in spealung,
understa~ldi~lg
and reading basic German. Goals: ability to
read extended narratives in simple German, insights into
German culture and participation in short conversations.
Laboratory materials available.
Distribution: Foreign Language
GER 112
Beginning German
Continuation of GER 1 11.
Distribution: Foreign Language
HIS 101
The Beginning of Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizatio~~s
in the Near East,
the classical world of Greece and ltome, and the middle
ages of Europe into thc 13th Century.
HIS 103
The Modern World
A study of the main currents in Western civilizatio~lfrom
the time of Napoleon to the present.
Distribution: History/Pliilosophy
1
HIS 104
The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political
power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
HIS 162
20th Century South Asia
This geographic area has produced the largest working
democracy in the world today. It is a standard example
for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. This
course is designed for the student who has interest but
little or no background in non-Western subjects.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
HIS 222
U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes
our modern day.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
HIS 331
Topics in U.S. History
Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history
(excluding foreign policy; see History 332, Augsburg
College Catalog). The specific topics to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
(Prereq: College History course)
Distribution: History/Philosophy (upper division)
HIS 440
Topics in World History
This course will investigate topics in world history which
are not included in regular course offerings. The specific
topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. (Prereq: College History course)
Distribution: History/Philosophy (upper division)
HPE 114
Health and Safety Education (.5 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and
community life. Includes information about school health
programs and prevalent health needs and problems of
school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course.
Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary majors
HPE 115
Health and Chemical Dependency Education
(.5 course)
This course is designed to help hture teachers become
more aware of the substance abuse problem among
school-age children and adolescents. Prevention strategies
as well as recognition of abuse, student assistance
programs, and treatment will be discussed.
Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary majors
HPE 353
Kinesiology and Physiology of Exercise and Sport
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the
muscular system and analysis of movement. The major
effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and
physiological pri~lciplesapplied to exercise programs and
motor training. (Prereq: 1310 103)
Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification
(upper division)
HPE 475
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (.5 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of
common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping
and training-room procedures. (Prereq: HPE 353)
Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification
(upper division)
HPE 482
Coaching Theory of Sport
The psychology of coaching, coaching theory, techniques
and administrative aspects of coaching athletics.
Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification
(upper division)
HPE 489
Coaching Practicum (.5 course)
Theory and practice of sports techniques included with
supervised field experience in coaching consisting of no
fewer than 40 clock hours.
Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification
(upper division)
INS 201
Introduction to Women's Studies
This multi-disciplinary course will introduce students to
the contributions of women in history, religion, literature,
philosophy, sciences, and the arts and how the questions
and methodologies of these disciplines differ when seen
fiom women's perspectives. Students will also study the
history of the women's movement, diversity of women's
experiences in terms of race, sexual orientation and class,
and other contemporary issues raised by feminists.
Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/
Minority Studies
Minor: Required in Women's Studies minor
INS 231
Religion in African-American History
An examination of selected topics related to the Black
experience; e.g. African backgrounds, religion under
slavery, evangelicalism.
Distribution: Religion or Urban Concerns/Women's
Studies/Minority Studies
INS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the
biological, evolutionary and historic origins of womei's
roles and status in human society. Emphasis will be placed
on the comparative roles of women in different cultures.
This com~&isonwill include such North American
models as the Pygmies and other tribal groups, and the
peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, and the
Middle East and rural China.
Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/
Minority Studies
Minor: Elective in Women's Studies minor
I
INS 265
Women in American Culture
Through a discussion of works by women historians and
selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short
stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations; the
class will collectively assess the position of Black and
white women in American culture from the founding of
the colonies to the present. Contributions by Illdial1
women, Chicanas and other "invisible" women minorities will be included.
Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/
Minority Studies
Minor: Elective in Women's Stitdies ~ninor
INS 495
Seminar
Selected topics. llequired of minors who d o not elect to
d o an Independent Study. T o be completed after the
introductory course and electives.
Minor: Elective in Women's Studies minor
(upper division)
INS 499
Independent Study
Stitdent must present written proposal containing
rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed
study according to Department guidelines. (Prereq: SOC
121 or 2 1 1 and consent of instructor.)
Minor: Elective in Women Studies minor
(upper division)
MAT 103
Basic Mathematics
A self-paced course for students needing a review of
arithmetic and transition to algebra. Topics include
integers, fractions, decirnal numbers, ratios, percents,
metric system, exponents, radicals, and evaluation of
algebraic expressions. Counts as one course in semester's
load but does not give credit toward graduation. Admission only by Aitgsburg Mathematics Placement Test.
Meets weeldy. (Prereq: Placement Group I. P/N grading
only. )
MAT 104
Intermediate Algebra
"
A self-paced course for stitdents needing to review basic
algebraic slulls and concepts. Topics include operations
with polynomials and rational expressions; exponents and
radicals; solving linear and quadratic equations and
inequalities; and graphing of linear and quadratic
functions. Counts as one course in semester's load but
does not give credit toward graduation. Admission ol~ly
by Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam. Meets
weekly. (Prereq: Math Place~nentGroup 11. P/N grading
only.)
MAT 114
Elementary Functions
A study of fi~nctions:algebraic, exponential, logarithmic,
and trigonometric. For students planning to take MAT
124 or 171. Students who have completed 124 or 171
may register for credit only with consent of instructor.
Meets weeltly. (Prereq: MAT 104 or Math Placement
Group 111)
Distribution: Math/Physics
I
Major: Strongly recom~nendedfor Business
Administration major prior t o talting MIS 279
MAT 121
Finite Mathematics
Topics in finite ~nathematics(combinatorics, probability,
~natrices,linear programmi~lgand graph theory) of
primary interest to students in the social and behavioral
sciences, business and information science. Stude~ltswho
have co~npletedMAT 171 may not register for credit.
(l'rereq: MAT 104 or MI'G 111)
Major: lkquired in MIS major
MAT 122
Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calc~~lus
of a single variable with
applications to the social and behavioral sciences. St~tde~lts
who have co~npletedMAT 124 may not register for
credit. Meets weelrly. (l'rereq: MAT 104 or Placement
Group 111)
Distribution: Math/Physics
MAT 124,125
Calculus I, I1
Differe~ltialand integral calculus, including calculus of
several variables and series, with applicatio~lsprimarily
from the physical scie~ices,integrated with topics from
plane and solid analytic geometry. Primarily fix students
in mathematics or the sciences. (l'rereq: MAT 114 or
Placement Group IV for 124; MAT 124 for 125.)
MAT 131
Math for the Liberal Arts
An examination of the interaction between the develop~ n e n of
t ~nathematicsand that of civilization. l'riniarily for
students not intending filrther mathematics.
(Prerecl: MAT 104 or Placement G r o ~ ~111)
p
Distribution: Math/l'hysics
MAT 171
Discrete Mathematics
Topics in discrete ~nathematicssuch as sets and logic,
combinatorics, probability, relations and fiunctio~ls,
vectors and matrices, boolean algebra, and graph theory
of primary interest to students in Computer Science and
Mathematics. Students who have comvleted MAT 121
map register for credit only with consent of the instructor.
(Prerecl: MAT 114, 121 or Placement G r o ~ ~IV)
p
Major: 1Lequired for Computer Science major
MIS 175
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
An i~ltroductionto microcomputer-based i~~fi)r~nation
systems. St~ldyfeatures of hardw'lre, operating systems,
languages and current applications. Learn to use MSIIOS, Lotus 123 (graphic, database and logical fiullctions)
and dBASE (index, c1ue1-y and vie^/). May study other
applications (Microsoft Worlts, Word Perfect, and
Minitab). T o test o ~oft MIS 175, pass either a comprehensive exam or MIS 370. (l'rcrecl: Math Placement
Gro~~
11por Pass in MAT 103)
Major: Iceq~~ired
in Business Administration and Economics core, MIS major, elective in Supervisory
Management major.
MIS 279
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics
and MIS
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive
measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference
and estimation. Emphasis is placed on their use in applied
problems in Business and Economics. Minitab may be
required. (Prereq: MIS 175 and either Math Placement
Group I11 or Pass in MAT 104)
Major: Required in the Business Administration and
Economics core, MIS major, elective in Supervisory
Management and Public Relations majors
MIS 370
Advanced Computing for Business, Economics
and MIS
An investigation of programmable systems. Examine
basic algorithms and associated flowcharts and psuedocode.
Apply these concepts by programming some of these
software: BASIC, DOS, Lotus, dBASE, Minitab, and
Word Perfect. (Prereq: Math Placement Group I11 or
Pass in MAT 104; MIS 175 or CSC 170 or with
extensive lcnowledge of Lotus and DOS which has been
verified by instructor.
Major: One of two choices in MIS major (upper division)
MIS 375
Management Information Systems in
Organizations
Use of a systems approach in analyziilg the role of
information systems in organizations. Review the features
of computers (hardware and software) and various types
of information systems. May involve several case studies:
review the business needs, summarize the relevant finding
(hardware, software, systems, etc.), identify the options
and communicate the recommendations. Learn to use a
CASE tool such as Excelerator for systems analysis.
(Prereq: BUS 221, BUS 242 or 252, and one computer
course such as MIS 175 or 370. Consult with the
instructor about variances in prerequisites. Recommended: PHI 130 and ENG 223.)
Major: Required in MIS major (upper division)
MIS 475
Systems Analysis and Design
Identify the necessary steps of systems analysis and
design. Investigate various representations for information, processes and relationships. Utilize analytical tools
such as data flow diagrams and CASE tools such as
Excelerator. Complete a rudimentary systems design.
(Prereq: MIS 375)
Major: Required in MIS major (upper division)
MIS 476
Information Systems Projects
Using slulls developed in MIS 375 and 475, generate a
complete and extensive project of systems analysis and
design. (Prereq: MIS 475)
Major: Required in MIS major (upper division)
MIS 479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business,
Economics and MIS
Utilize computer systems relevant to quantitative analysis:
Lotus, Minitab, SPSS or MathCad. Investigate statistical
descriptions, statistical inference and analysis of variance.
Investigate linear models, queuing models and Monte
Carlo simulations. (Prereq: MIS 175,279 and either
Math Placement Group IV or grade of 2.0 or higher in
MAT 114,121,122, or 171. Recommended: MIS 370
and ECO 318)
Major: Recommended in MIS major and one of a choice
of three required courses in the Finance major
(upper division)
MUS 130
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other
fine arts. For non-music majors.
Distribution: Art/Music
NOR 111
Beginning Norwegian
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking,
listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather
than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected.
Distribution: Foreign Language
NOR 112
Beginning Norwegian
Continuation of NOR 111.
Distribution: Foreign Language
NUR 305
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication
A transitional course that introduces the components of
the professional role and begins the professional socialization process. A communicative process is emphasized as
one means by which the nurse-client relationship is
negotiated. Interactive, group and learning theories are
explored for their applicability to changing professional
roles and practice. A teaching project is required.
(Prereq: or concurrent enrollment: PSY 355)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 306
Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing
An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in
the process of professional development. The function of
theory in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected
nursing conceptual models are studied and their application to practice is examined using the nursing process
format. Clinical application of a holistic assessment is
required. (Prereq: NUR 305)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 310
Community Health Nursing I
This course focuses on community health delivery systems
and the practice of public health nursing. Concepts of
health are examined as they apply to current community
health problems and issues. Clinical application of course
content includes the assessment of an elderly person and
definition of a framework for the assessment of a specific
community. Ethical issues related to community health
decision making with aggregate groups are explored.
(Prereq: NUR 330)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 311
Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum**
This course provides a cli~licalexperience in the practice
of public health nursing in which the st~tdentprovides
direct care to culturally diverse clients and groups. The
student will provide care to both disease and disability
and health promotion clients. The student will analyze a
specific c o ~ n ~ n u ~ lsystem
i t y and the community's provision of health related services. This practicurn lnay
require weekday hours. (Prereq: NUK 310)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
* * This coulaseinvolves an additional clinicalfee.
NUR 330
Trends and Issues in Nursing
This course is designed to investigate the current
responsibilities of the professional nurse. Current
economic, social, political and professio~laltrends and
issues are explored in relation to their implications for
~lursingpractice. (Prereq: N U R 306, REL 483 or P H I
380, or concurrent enrollment)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 350
Introduction to Nursing Research
The research process and methods appropriate to ~lursi~lg
are emphaized in this course. Issues of ethics in nursing
research are explored. Students critique nursing research
for its applicability to nursing practice and design a
research proposal. (Prereq: N U R 330, may be talcen
concurrently with N U R 3 10)
Major: Required for Nursing major ( ~ ~ p pdivision)
er
NUR 403
Contemporary Nursing 111: Fanlilies
This course provides a theoretical basis for ~lursi~lg
of
c~llt~~rally
diserse families throughout the life span as a
social system and explores theories related to family
structure and fiu~~ctioning
as well as families with psychosocial problems. Consideration is given to the role of the
nurse in family health care. (Prereq: N U R 31 1, N U R
350, may be talcen prior or concurrently with N U R 423)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 404
Contemporary Nursing IV:Leadership and
Management
This course provides a theoretical basis for leadership and
management as emcrging professional nurse roles.
Concepts of change, conflict, cornm~u~~ication,
and
system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accou~ltabilityand
advocacy provide the basis for role development and
professionalism. (l'rereq: NUR 403)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 423
Practicum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family * *
A clinical practicu~noffering the student an opportunity
to apply content from NUR 403 in providing conlplex
nursing care to families in selectcd practice setting.
(l'rereq: N U R 403 o r concurrent enrollment)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
**Thiscourse involves an additional clinicalfie
NUR 427
NUR 432
Practic~unin Nursing 11: Leadership and
Management * *
This clinical practicu~nutilizes knowledge and sltills f i o ~ n
NUR 404. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership
and management theory in a selected agency setting. This
~xacticummay require weeltday hours. (Prereq: NUR 404
or co~icurrcntenroll~nent)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper divisio~i)
* * This course involves an additional cli~iicalfee
Topics in Nursing
A course dcsig~iedto provide in-depth exploration of
selectcd topics in nursing. Tlie subjects studied will vary
dcpe~idi~ig
upon the needs and interests of tlie faculty and
studcnts. (Prereq: Senior standing or consent of instruct()~-.
011
demand.)
Major: Electi\le for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 499
Independent Study
This learni~igexperience provides tlie opportu~iityfix tlie
students to study a selected topic or issue in depth.
St~tdc~lts
consult with faculty and submit written study
proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to
registration.
Major: Elective for N ~ r s i ~major
ig
(upper division)
PHI 110
Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Methods
'Tliougli each person I~ashis or her own set of ideas and
belieti, rarely arc tliey critically analyzed or e\~aluatedfor
their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this is
that individuals lack the needed slrills. Another is tliat they
may liavc had little opportunity to examine critically some
of the ideas basic to Western culture. Tlie purpose of this
course is to provide the student with some experience in
examining ideas, and thereby to sharpen the critical and
analytical slrills required to evaluate and construct a system
of ideas and beliefs.
1)istribution: History/Pliilosopliy
PHI 120
Ethics
Ethics studies our ~iioralbeliefs, helping students to
consider the basis which tliey use to ~nalremoral judgments. The course explores tlie ~najorphilosophical
approaches to evaluation of moral actions, and then
applies tlic~iito contemporary personal and social ~iioral
issues. This e~iablesstudcnts to be aware of tlie nature o f
value disputes, tlie different perspectives talren, and tlie
reasoning used to resolve them. Tlirouglio~~t
the course
Christian ethics will inform our considerations.
Distribution: Histor)~/l'l~ilosopl~y
Major: Recommended elective in Business
Ad~iiinistrationmajor
PHI 130
Logic
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you
must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When
does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we
examine the rules which govern valid arguments and
work to develop your ability to recognize and construct
sound arguments.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Major: Recommended elective in Business Administration and MIS major
PHI 380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise
in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, genetic engineering, abortion, care for the
dying and euthanasia.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Major: PHI 380 or REL 483 required for Nursing
major (upper division)
PHY 101
Astronomy
A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and
galaxies that requires elementary algebra. In addition, the
course traces the development of scientific thought from
early civilization to the present day. The necessary optical
instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch
reflecting telescope, an 8-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch
Questar. Night viewing and laboratory sessions are
important components of this course. (Prereq: Math
Placement Group 11)
Distribution: Math/Physics
PHY 103
Conceptual Physics
An int&oductoG course in which the applications,
problems and experiments are selected not only to
illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate
the relevance of vhvsic~to the life sciences. The course is
designed to serve students in biology, psychology,
physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also
a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the
liberal arts student. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 11)
Distribution: Math/Physics
L
PHY 106
>
Introductory Meteorology
A study of the science and wonders of the atmosphere.
The cdurse is designed to provide a working knowledge
of the basic principles required for understanding weather
and climate. Attention will be given to the overall
weather vatterns of the earth and to the manv varied
aspects of weather, some of which include: clouds and
precipitation, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes,
weather monitoring and forecasting, the influence of
weather on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and optical
phenomena of the slty. Laboratory exercises are included
as an intregal part of the course. The course is designed
to satisfy the distribution requirement for the liberal arts
student. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 11)
Distribution: Math/Physics
PHY 111
Physics, Computers, and Society
A study of the historical development of selected topics in
physicd science. Attention will b e given to the interaction
of physics and its associated tech~lologywith philosophy,
religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and
digital electronics will lead up to discussio~lof the
meaning of Twentieth Century physics and of the role of
electronics and computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. (Prereq:
Math Placement Group 11)
Distribution: Math/Physics
PHY 261
Electronics
A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog
electronics comprises the first half of the course. The
second half includes study of digital electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq: PHY 103, 111or 122; and MAT
122 or 125)
Major: Elective for Computer Science major
POL 160
World Politics
Introduction to the processes of international politics,
including the dynamics of the international system,
theories of international relations, and a focus on recent
problems.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
POL 170
Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of
law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and
juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law;
law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Mass Communications in Society
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior;
the uses and control of mass media for political and social
purposes including a study of censorship, newsmalung,
entertainment and public affairs programming.
Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/
Minority Studies or Economics/Political Science
Major: Required for the Communication major
(upper division)
Topics in American Politics: Uses of Mass
Communications
This course offers advanced study in mass communications. Topics include "Comparison of World Wide Media
Systems," "The Role of Government Regulations and
Law in Shaping American Mass Media," "The Impact of
Media on American Society, Politics, and Culture." (It is
desirable to have taken POL 342 Mass Communications.
If not, talk with instructor before registration.)
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
(upper division)
PSY 105
Principles of Psychology
An introductio~lto the methods and approaches used in
psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior.
Applications of psychological concepts to everyday
situations are emphasized.
Distribution: Psychology/Sociology
Major: Required for Psychology and Social Work major,
a prerequisite for advanced courses in Psychology
PSY 264/
265
Research Methods: Design, Procedure and
Analysis I, I1
A two-term sequence includillg experimentation in
human learning, problem solving, social psychology, and
sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both
statistical and experimental design methodology.
Research Methods I may be taken for credit without
co~ltinuingin Research Methods 11. Majors in psychology must take both courses in sequence in consecutive
terms. (Prereq: PSY 105)
Major: Required for Psychology major
PSY 355
Brain and Behavior
A survey of the h~lctionsof the nervous system which are
responsible for behavior in animals and human beings.
Major topics include: sleep and wakeh~lness,motivation
and emotion, learning and memory and mental disordcrs.
(Prereq: PSY 105 and o ~ l course
c
in biology)
Major: Required prerequisite course for Nursing
major (upper division)
PSY 356
Environmental Psychology
This course uses a cultural-ecological viewpoint to study
the influence which the environment, both natural and
man-made, has on behavior. Major topics include:
overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality,
defensible space and crime, and built environments such
as rooms, buildings and cities. (Prereq: PSY 105)
13istribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/
Minority Studies
Major: Elective for Psychology major (upper division)
PSY 373
Organizational Psychology
Theoretical conceptualizatio~~s
of organizational behavior. The study of the individual, group, structure, and
change and development in organizations. (Prereq: PSY
105)
Major: Required for Business Management major and
elective for Psychology major and three Co~nmunication
majors (upper division)
PSY 381
Psychology in Historical Perspective
Historical develop~nentof psychological viewpoints and
theoretical positions. (Prereq: PSY 105 and one other
PSY course)
Major: Required for Psychology major
(uppcr division)
PSY 399
Internship
Prior to the beginning of the trimester in which a student
desires an internship, interested students should consult
with the Departmental Internship Coordinator regarding
requirements and permission to register for this course.
(Prereq: PSY 105 and Junior class standing)
Major: Required for Psychology major (upper division)
PSY 485
Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the
counseling process. Consideration given to goals and
ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq:
Three PSY courses and Junior class standing)
Major: Elective for Psychology and Human Relations
major (upper division)
PSY 493
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a
psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches
and methods used by psychologists in studying such
issues. (Prereq: PSY 105 and four other PSY courses)
Major: Required for Psychology major (upper division)
REL 111
Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology
and to the dialogue between the church and the world
which concerns Christian doctrine.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Required for Religion major
REL 215
Archaeology and the Bible
Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical
archaeology, and review of some current findings.
Distribution: Religion
Major: An elective for Religion major
REL 221
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the
biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation.
The history of Israel and the emergence of the church.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Required for Religion major
REL 263
World Justice and Hunger: Developing a New
World View
The course will survey the most recent reports and
analysis of the current holocaust of global hunger
including the root causes, the inter-connectedness of
other issues, the biblical mandate and the roles of justice,
charity, oppression and liberation will be discussed. The
purpose will be to build greater global awareness, become
sensitized to ethical choices, energize us for action and
responsible living, and explore pedagogical principles for
social justice.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective for Religion major
REL 345
The Lutheran Heritage
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in
the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran
Church as it is at the present time, but also study its
origin in the 16th Century and its development and
cultural influence during 450 years of history. The text by
Bergendoff will provide an overview. Lecture and class
discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to
the Gospel in art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology,
and theology. (Prereq: REL 111 or 221)
Distribution: Religion
REL 353
Denominations and Religious Groups in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major
denominations and religious groups. Some contemporary
cultic movements will also be considered.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective for Religion major (upper division)
REL 356
History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living
religions of the world; including Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confbcianism, Taoism, Shinto and Islam. Lectures plus
some discussion of primary documents from these
religious communities.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Required for Religion major (upper division)
REL 360
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society
in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis
on contemporary sociological research on religious
movements in American society.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Required for Religion major (upper division)
REL 363
Religion in America
A study of the development of religion in America.
Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism,
denominations and the responses of religion to the
challenges of its environing culture.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective for Religion major (upper division)
REL 369
Religious Imagination in Modern Literature
Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism and
world view. Reading and discussion of nine works
(novels, poetry, etc.).
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective for Religion major (upper division)
REL 445
The Bible, Language and Interpretation
A study of the use and function of language in the Bible.
The importance of recognizing the varied character of
language for understanding the biblical text.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective for Religion major (upper division)
REL 475
Judaism
A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the
Old ~estamentperiod to modern times, with emphasis
placed upon the religious development. A special interest
in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel.
The Jewish Chataqua Society annually makes a grant to
Augsburg College in partial support of this course in
Judaism offered in the religion department.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective in Religion major (upper division)
REL 481
Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological
task of the Christian Church.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Required for Religion major (upper division)
REL 483
Christian Ethics
The basis of Christian social responsibility, in terms of
theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on
developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection
upon moral action.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Required for Religion major, REL 483 or PHI
380 required for Nursing major (upper division)
REL 486
Psychology of Religion and Theology
A study of current psychological views of religion in the
context of the traditional Christian view of human nature.
Special attention will be given to the classics in the field by
Freud, Jung, Vikta Frankl, Ernest Beclter, and to those
Christian theologians who have been influenced by them.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective in Religion major (upper division)
REL 495
Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in their junior or
senior year. Others by permission of instructor.
Major: Required for Religion major (upper division)
SOC 121
Introduction to Human Society
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As
an academic discipline and a profession, sociology
provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction,
inequality, and social structure. An essential tool for
discovering the world and one's place in it.
Distribution: Sociology/Psychology
Major: Required supporting course for Social Work
major
SOC 231
Family Systems: A Cross Cultural View
A cross-cultural examination of the family as an institution
interacting with other social institutions. Effects of
position in the social structure are examined to explain
diversity in families in terms of class, race, and gender.
Major: Required supporting course in Social Work major
and an elective in the Human 1Xelations major
SOC 265
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
This course considers the dimensions of racial and
minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon
prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. The
course format will include lectures, films, readings, and an
opportunity for off-campus participant observation.
Members of the class call expect evaluatio~lto be based
on a combination of class participation, a research
project, and a final examination. The course is offered
only on a P/N basis.
Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/
Minority Studies
Major: Required supporting course for Social Work
major and elective supporting course in the Business
Management major
SOC 336
Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
The concept of culhlru ex;mlineil in m~thrrlpology,TIie
way we see and livc in tlic world. An ;lnalysis of basic
assu~nptionsundorlyiiig tllc idens of t'narurc," "primitive," "civilized," and "pmp~rss."Tl~cpcrstrtl's rclation
to culture. An analysis of selected aspects of Western
culture. (Prereq: SOC 121 or consent of instructor)
Major: lcequired for Social Studies major, recom~nended
elective in Business Management major (upper division)
SOC 349
Complex Organizations
There is little in contemporary American life that is not
sornehow affected by organizations. This course sociologically exnr~iii~cs
(both tllccl~.eticallyand rnrpirir3lly)
ho\v org,~niz.~tions
survive ns elititlcs and ~viiatl i l i is like
L'nr iwoplr within r hosu organi~ations.Tlirmrgti lcchrrc,
distiissio~l,gunt spuakcw, and participation w
w rvill
explore the topics of orgal~izatiol~al
goals, technology,
structure and process; as well as corporate and white
collar deviance, gender issues, and orgallizatio~lalchange.
(Prereq: SOC 121 or permission of instructor)
Major: Recommended elective in Human Relations,
Public Relations/Advertising, and Supervisory Management majors (upper division)
SOC 365
Quantitative Methods and Program Evaluation
Overview of commonly-used research methods in social
science and their application to program evaluation.
Consumer overview of organization, comparison and
i~lterpretationof quantitative i~lformationas evidellced in
statistical analysis. Designed for Social Work majors. Not
to be taken by Sociology majors. (Prereq: Level I11 Math
Place~nentTest)
Major: Required in Social Work major
SOC 375
Social Psychology
An exa~ninationof the idea of "group," its relationship to
individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of
"self' and "identity" and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A
sociological view of mental health. A loolc at the major
assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life
- a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-
granted. "Symbolic interaction," an important orientation
in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with
the major issues in the course. (Prereq: SOC 121)
Major: Required supporting course for Social Work
major, elective supporting course for Business Management major (upper division)
SPA 111
Beginning Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish.
Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world.
Laboratory work is an integral part of the course.
Distribution: Foreign Language
SPA 112
Beginning Spanish
Continuation of SPA 111.
Distribution: Foreign Language
SPC 111
Public Speaking
Theory and practice of effective speaking and critical
listening. Students have the opportunity to give several
speeches and receive feedback about their performance
from the class and the instructor. The course focuses on
such topics as developing self-confidence,speech preparation and organization, audience analysis and adaptation,
effective delivery, style and language, and critical thinking
and listening.
Major: Required for Communication major, elective
supporting course in Business Management major
SPC 222
Introduction to Theatre
A survey of dramatic art: major historical periods, plays,
artists; dramatic structure, principles, and values; basic
concepts and techniques of the play production process.
Distribution: English/Speech
SPC 224
Publication Design
(See under ART 224.)
SPC 329
Intercultural Communication
This course will explore both the problems and potential
of communication between persons of different cultural
groups. Factors such as ethnocentrism, stereotyping,
prejudice, role expectations, values, and non-verbal
symbols will be examined in this course.
Major: Recommended supporting course in Human
Relations major (upper division)
SPC 342
Mass Communications in Society
(See under POL 342.)
SPC 345
Organizational Communication
An examination of the dynamics of communication in
organizatio~lalsettings. Focuses on topics such as
superior-subordinate relationships, formal and informal
communication networks, management styles, power and
authority, motivation of employees, organizational
culture, performance appraisal, effective use of meetings,
and sources of communication problems in the workplace. Designed to enhance communication skills of both
managers and subordinates. Students both investigate the
literature on organizational communication and attempt
to apply it to their own experiences in organizations.
Major: Elective for three of the Communication majors
(upper division)
SPC 351
Argumentation
Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning in public speaking, discussion, and debates. IZey
objectives include increasing skill in a~lalyzingargumentative claims, being able to distinguish between strong and
weak arguments, understanding test for evidence and
fallacies in reasoning, and learning to apply principles of
argumentation to contemporary public issues. Students
have the opportunity to enhance their skulls in debate and
discussion and also learn to analyze and critique arguments they encounter in their daily lives.
(Prereq: SPC 111 or consent of instructor)
Major: Required for the Communication major
(upper division)
SPC 352
Persuasion
Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes
and behavior. The course deals with a broad range of
topics, including obstacles to persuasion, cultural
dimensions of persuasion; the use of logical and psychological appeals, empirical research in persuasion; how
persuasion is used in politics, sales, advertising, and
interpersonal contexts; the nature of mass movements
and campaigns; the impact of the mass media on persuasion; and ethical issues related to persuasion. Students
analyze persuasive messages in contemporary society,
with practical work in speech and promotional projects.
(Prereq: SPC 111 or consent of instructor)
Major: Required for Communication major, elective
supporting course in Business Marketing major
(upper division)
SPC 354
Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through
verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that
build relationships and help to overcome communication
barriers. This course combines theory and practice to
help the student understand and manage communication
problems more effectively.
Major: Required for Communication major, elective
supporting course in Business Management major
(upper division)
SPC 355
Small Group Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis
on factors related to decision-making, styles of leadership
and conflict management. This course combines lecture
with practical experience to help the student become a
more effective and productive member of a small, taskoriented group. (Prereq: SPC 354)
Major: Required for Communication major, recommended for supporting course in the Business Management major (upper division)
SPC 360
Interpretive Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Study,
understanding and practice in reading prose, poetry and
drama before small and large groups.
Distribution: English/Speech (upper division)
SPC 421
Uses of Mass Communications: Advanced Topics
(See under POL 421 .)
SPC 480
Public Relations/Promotional Communication
Public Relations in the modern world of communication,
marketing and business. An overview of public relations as
a career and a survey of basic promotional communication
in profit and non-profit organizations.
Major: Elective in all Communication majors
(upper division)
SWK 257
Exploring Human Services
With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 80
hours per term as a volunteer in a social agency or
institution. Opportunity to know human service professionals, minority professionals, clients and communities,
social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the
helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper
report and weekly review conferences. Career exploration:
open to all students.
Major: Required in the Social Work major
SWK 260
Humans Developing
This course provides the lcnowledge basic to an understanding of human growth through the life cycle, and of
the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals and
families in contemporary American society. Emphasized is
the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to
human growth, the impact of the "sustaining environment" factors, and other special stresses relevant to
growth. Growth related to populations and groups which
represent ethnic and/or life-style diversity is also a focus.
Students will gain self-understanding through use of their
own experiences. Open to all students.
Major: Required in the Social Work major and Elementary/Secondary Education major
SWK 361
Social Responses to Human Needs
This course describes the historical and contemporary
systems of human service and diversity of professional and
client groups. The major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable and
governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the
course. (Prereq: Junior or consent of instructor)
Major: Required in the Social Work major
(upper division)
SWK 363
Methods and Skills of Social Work
Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work
interventive methods, and practical experience necessary
for social work practice with individuals and small groups
with a diversity b f professionals and client groups;
development of the student's repertoire of relationship
building skills. (Prereq: SWK 361, Junior)
Major: Required in the Social Work major
(upper division)
SWK 364
Field Work I
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social
work agency focusing on interviewing experience and
relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small
group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq:
SWIZ 361, Junior, concurrent with SWK 363)
Major: Required in the Social Worlc major
(upper division)
SWK 461
Advanced Methods and Skills
Enlargement and refinement of practice skills recognizing
adaptations of the problem-solving model to diverse
populations through lecture, classroom exercise and
regular class w o r l c ~ ~ n l a r ~ e mof
e nsocial
t
group work
skills, emphasis on development of generalist practice
skills and eclectic approaches with focus on diversity of
professionals and ciiknt populations. Lectures and/or
laboratory exercises each weelc. (Prereq: 2.0 in SWK 363
and 364, candidacy status, concurrent with SWK 462)
Major: Required in the Social Worlc major
(upper division)
SWK 462
Field Work I1
Progressively responsible supervised professional and
social work experience including worlc with individuals,
families, groups and/or communities in a social service
agency. Ten hours per weelc, plus one supportive/
discussion seminar per week. (Prereq: concurrent with
SWK 461, candidacy status)
Major: Required in the Social Work major
(upper division)
SWK 463
Community Development and Organization
Locality developmen&d social change through community organization, social planning, and social action.
Emphasis on: 1)survey of historical forms of community
organization and socid change; 2) understanding the
theories, basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest
and change; 3) examination of the role of staff, and of the
functions and interrelationships of community organizations; and 4) knowledge of and actual practice in the
essential principles and tqhniques of organizing. Open to
all students. (Prereq: Senior or consent of instructor)
Distribution: Urban Concerns/ Women's Studies/
Minority Studies
Major: Required in the Social Work major
(upper division)
SWK 465
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Includes the study of theories of social policy formulation
and methods of analysis associated with needs and
services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social
work practice. Development and implementation will be
viewed firsthand through work with an elected public
policy maker. Readings and analytical paper integrate class
concepts with practical experience. (Prereq: SWK 361,
463 and Senior or consent of instructor)
Major: Required in the Social Work major
(upper division)
SWK 466
Field Work I11
Continuation of SWK 462. Can be taken in coordination
with Cooperative Education, which may provide payment
for work in field site. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in
SWK461,462,463)
Major: Required in the Social Work major
(upper division)
SWK 467
The Social Worker as a Professional
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job
attainment, affirmative action and sexual harassment
issues, personnel policies and practices, organizational
theory, and resource development will be studied in the
course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory
for class exercises. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in SWK
461,462,463)
Major: Required in the Social Work major
(upper division)
SWK 469
Field Work IV
Continuation of SWK 466. Can be taken in coordination
with Cooperative Education, which may provide payment
for work on field sites. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in
SWIC 466, concurrent with SWK 467)
Major: Required in the Social Work major
(upper division)
Financial Information
Admissions Requirements and Procedures
Who May Apply
Men or women who have:
1. Graduated from high school or have earned a G.E.D. Certificate.
2. Demonstrated academic ability with satisfactory performance in high
school or previous college work.
Admissions Process
1. Complete the application form and return it along with the
application fee to the Augsburg Weekend College Office.
2. Have official transcripts from all previously attended post-secondary
institutions sent directly to the Augsburg Weekend College Office.
Applicants with less than one year of previous college work should
include their high school transcripts or G.E.D. Certificates.
3. The Augsburg Weekend College Admissions Committee will review
the application materials and notif) students regarding acceptance
and registration procedures. The Admissions Committee may
request that the student submit a personal statement or have a
personal interview with a Weelzend College faculty/staff member or
submit letters of recommendation to the Committee.
4. Students who are transferring previous college worlz to the Weekend
College program will be informed with their acceptance notification
as to the number of courses and degree requirements that remain to
be completed for the bachelor's degree.
5. Students who wish to apply for financial aid should refer to that
section of thls bulletin.
Transfer Credits From a Two-Year Community College
Students with a Junior status equivalent to 18 or greater
Augsburg courses will not be granted additional transfer credit
toward graduation &om courseworlz talzen at a two - year
community college.
Financial Aid
Company Tuition Assistance Program
Many companies, agencies, and corporations offer f
d
lor partial tuition
assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degreeoriented college programs. Augsburg provides a payment plan by which
employees may handle tuition reimbursement.
Grants and Scholarships
Pell Grant
This is a federal aid program, based on need, that is available to students
who take at least one course in Weekend College. Awards range from
$250-2,300 per year.
Minnesota Part-time Student Grant Program
The State of Minnesota provides an aid program, based on need, for
state residents who take one course at Augsburg.
Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program
The Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program is available to
Minnesota residents, attending at least half-time per term, based on
financial needs. Awards ranged from $100 to $3,867 for 1990-1991.
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian Scholarships
American Indian students who meet federal and state requirements may
apply for these scholarships. Indian grants generally supplement other
sources of financial aid. For assistance in application, please contact
Augsburg's American Indian Support Program Director at 330-1138 or
your tribal agency.
Augsburg Tuition Grant
Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to Weekend
College students who show academic potential and have financial need.
Loan Assistance
Perkins Student Loan - Joint Augsburg College-federally funded
program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be
made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least half-time.
Simple interest of 5%and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of
$30 a month) begin six months after you leave school (nine months for
new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may extend up to 10 years.
The maximum which may be borrowed for undergraduate study is
$9,000, and $18,000 if graduate study is included.
Stafford Student Loan (formerly the Guaranteed Student Loan) These loan hnds, which are based on need, are obtained drectly from a
local lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While
the student is attending at least half-time, there is no interest charge.
Simple annual interest of 8% (10%after the fourth year of repayment) on
the loan balance and repayment of the principal begin six months after
you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum
loan is $2,625 for the first two years and $4,000 for the remaining years
of undergraduate study with the cumulative undergraduate maximum of
$17,250 and $54,750 for graduate students. Applications are available at
the College and some banks.
SLS (Supplemental Loans for Students) -A federal loan program.
Independent students may borrow up to $4,000 per year to a maximum
of $20,000 and must be enrolled at least half-time. Variable interest rate
is set annually with a cap of 12%and accrues from the date borrowed;
payment usually begins within 60 days after disbursement. Students
must apply for financial aid.
SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund) -A Minnesota State Loan
Program. Students may borrow up to $4,000 per year ($16,000
cumulative) as an undergraduate with a $25,000 maximum for graduate
students. ($1,000 minimum.) Interest rate is variable, paid by the
borrower quarterly while in school. Principal and interest begin 12
months after leaving school. Students must apply for financial aid and be
enrolled at least half-time.
To Apply for Financial Aid
1) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to
also apply for financial aid.
2) The Financial Aid Office will send you the necessary application and
financial statement form (or you may pick them up at the Financial
Aid Office, 152 Science Hall, or the Weekend College Office).
3) All students transferring from any post secondary institution must
have a Financial Aid Transcript on file with Augsburg from each
previously attended institution even if you did not receive aid.
4) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines
indicated.
5) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the
deadline stated.
Tuition, Fees and Payment Schedule
Below are descriptions of Augsburg College's tuition, fees and payment
schedules. For the exact tuition and fees amounts, please refer to the
insert covering the academic year of enrollment (or planned enrollment).
Tuition
Tuition is set on an annual basis payable in three equal installments at the
beginning of each trimester. Tuition is charged per trimester course to a
maximum of four course credits per trimester. Courses with values of .5
or .25 are charged one half or one fourth of the per course tuition.
Therefore a student registering for 2.5 course credits would be charged
as follows: Per course tuition x 2.5 courses. Weekend College students
may register for Day schedule courses on a space available basis. A
student with a combination schedule (Day and Weekend) carrying 3.0 or
more course credits will be charged hll time tuition for that trimester.
Pees
Fees are also set on an annual basis and are payable in the trimester in
which they were incurred. Fees are charged according to the following:
Application Fee
Activity Fee
Late Fee
Lifetime Sports
Nursing Clinical Fee
Registration Change
Student Teaching Fee
Transcript Fee
Payable once, non-rehndable
Per trimester
Charged per day, up to 5 working days,
for late completion of registration
Payable on course regis~ationor
completion of Assessment of Previous
Learning
Payable upon course registration
After first class meeting for a
cancel/add/change grade option, or a
combination at one time
Per student teaching course, payable
upon registration
Per copy after the first, which is free
Payment Schedule
Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term
is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas or
academic transcripts until a student's account is paid in fdl.This also
applies to student loans administered by the College (i.e. Perkins Student
Loan). They must be current according to established repayment schedules.
Augsbwg offers the following payment options:
1) Trimester payments in l l l on day of registration.
2) Payment Plan - Upon application and after College approval, a
3-payment plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be
approved only if previous plans have been adhered to. *
3) Company Reimbursement - F d courses, or equivalent, which are
company reimbursed require a deposit of $100 per course reimbursed,
with full payment due within 50 days fiom the end of the term.
*A non-sufficient h n d check used for payment at registration will declare
that registration invalid and could affect hrther credit extended by the
College.
Refund Schedule
A per course tuition rehnd will be made on the following basis: (Students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office in
order to be eligible for the tuition rehnd.)
Prior to the first scheduled class meeting - 100%(less a $75
Administrative Fee if withdrawing &om current term entirely)
Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80%
Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60%
No rehnd after the third scheduled class meeting.
The rehnd schedule is effective whether or not a student has attended
classes. All rehnds of charges will be applied to the account of the
student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines, deposits, etc. will be
made before eligibility for a cash rehnd of any resulting credit balance is
determined. Please d o w two weeks for a rehnd.
Tuition Refund Policy
If a student is forced to withdraw because of accident or illness, whether
a physical or mental health problem, the rehnd may include the normal
percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment. Requests for this
additional rehnd must be made to the Petitions Committee and must
be accompanied by a written report fiom the attending health professional stating the inability for, or inadvisability of, continued study.
Students charged on a single-course fee basis who have completed
payment of assessed tuition may choose between this partial tuition
rehnd or a tuition-fiee course retake credit. A retake credit may be used
only to repeat the same course from which the student withdrew. This
choice between rehnd and tuition-fiee retake credit must be made at
the time of the request to the Petitions Committee, and the choice of
monetary refind or retake credit may not be changed subsequently.
Students should be aware that their choice of rehnd or retake credit
may adversely affect their financial aid eligibility and that they bear hll
responsibilityfor the effects of their choices. Retake credits must be used
within one academic year or the next time the course is offered if that is
longer than one year.
oat Aqgsbuvg College
-
History
I
I
I
I
I
I
Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin, and
moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg College and
Seminary changed in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with
The American Lutheran Church.
Location
Augsburg's 23-acre campus is in the heart of the Twin Cities metropolitan area, only blocks from downtown Minneapolis and the intersection
of Interstate Highways 94 and 35W. Adjacent to the campus are the
Riverside Medcal Center, the West Bank campus of the University of
Minnesota and the Mississippi River parkways.
Campus
Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connection between 10
of the 15 major buildings - student housing towers, College Center,
main academic and administrative halls, the Library, Music Hall and Foss
Center for Worship, Drama and Communication.
Accessibility
We have made a major effort to become one of the most accessible
campuses in the region. Our skyway-tunnel system lets you reach any of
10 major buildings without going outside. In addition to building
changes, we have a student-mn program to increase awareness and
provide extra help for students with dsabilities.
Church M i a t i o n
Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
About 51 percent of the students are Lutheran, 15 percent other
Protestant and 15 percent Roman Catholic. Several other affiliations are
represented among students and faculty.
Non-Discrimination Policy
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required
by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices.
mpzts Gztide
Augsburg College
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Admissions House
George Sverdrup Library
Science Hall (S)
Old Main (OM)
West Hall
Mortensen Tower
Urness Tower
Christensen Center
Sverdrup-Ofiedal Memorial Hall
Music Hall (M)
2222 Murphy Place (MP)
Melby Hall (MH)
Ice Arena
Stage I1 Theatre
Center for Global Education
Scandinavian Center
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama
and Communication (F)
18.
19.
20.
2 1.
Youth and Family Institute
Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center
Tutor House
American Indian Support
and Minority Education
Partnership
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
Admissions Parking
Student Parking
Visitor Parking
The Quad
Faculty/Staff Parking
Murphy Square
Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field
Fairview/St. Mary's
Parking Ramp
Husby-Strommen
Tennis Courts
Resident Parking Only
I.
J
Accessible Entrance
Show less
Starting April 22 you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis
during regular office hours. Each course
scheduled must be accompanied by a
$50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is
applied to designated course tuition and
is non-refundable except when a... Show more
Starting April 22 you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis
during regular office hours. Each course
scheduled must be accompanied by a
$50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is
applied to designated course tuition and
is non-refundable except when a course
is cancelled. When this happens, you
may elect to receive a deposit refund or
substitute another course. To avoid
disappointment in course selection,
schedule as soon as you can. Many
courses with limited enrollment fill
early. Conversely, courses with low
preregistration enrollment may be
cancelled before the first day of the term.
Students must confirm registration in
person at the Business Office or they will
be dropped from the course.
Term I Summer School students are
required to finalize their registrations on
May 26 or 27. Term I1 registrations must
be finalized on June 22 or 23. This
procedure applies to all courses,
including internships and independent
studies. Finalizing registration will take
place at the Business Office, 114 Science
Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and
6:00 p.m. on May 26 and 27, and June 22
and 23. The balance owing for tuition
must be paid before registration is
finalized.
Augsburg students please note: Balance
due on Augsburg account from
previous term/s must be paid in full
before you can finalize registration. A
late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for
Term I registrations completed on May
28. A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed
for Term I1 registrations completed on
June 24. Registrations will not be
accepted after these dates.
To change your registration, cancel your
registration, add a course, or drop a
course and enroll in another course, fill
out a Cancel/Add form at the
Registrar's Office. There is a charge of
$50.00 for changing a registration after
the second day of each term. This must
be done by 3:30 p.m. on May 28 for
Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on June
24 for Term I1 courses. This procedure
applies to internships and independent
studies as well as scheduled courses.
Any refund or adjustment of fees is
determined according to the "Tuition
Refund Policy."
Summer 1992
Term I
Term I1
Beginning of scheduling
Registration
(must be confirmed in person
at the Business Office)
April 22
May 26-27
April 22
June 22-23
Classes begin
Balance of tuition due
May 26
May 26-27
June 22
June 22
May 28
May 28
May 28
June 24
June 24
June 24
None
July 4
June 12
June 19
June 24
July 17
July 31
August 5
Last day to:
*Change grading option
*Drop class without notation
*Register with late fee of $50
(no registrations will be
accepted after this date)
Holiday
(Saturday)
Last day to withdraw from class (W)
Classes end
Grades due in Registrar's office
NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status,
sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973, a s amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
FEES
The tuition charge for 1992 Summer
School courses is as follows: $650.00 for
full-credit courses, $350.00 for half-credit
courses, and $175.00 for fourth-credit
courses. Audits are charged at the
tuition rates listed above.
Tuition Refund
Policy
The $50.00 per course deposit is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the date
of the student's official course
cancellation at the Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds:
*Prior to the second scheduled class
meeting - 100%of the refundable
portion of the fee.
*Prior to the fourth scheduled class
meeting - 75% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
*Prior to the sixth scheduled class
meeting - 50% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled
class sessions will use a prorated version
of the schedule of refunds.
Financial A i d
Financial aid is limited to the
Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student
taking one course is regarded as a halftime student for the summer and is
eligible to apply for a Guaranteed
Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid
Office to make loan arrangements (3301046).The deadline for applying for
Financial Aid for Summer School is
April'l5,1992. You must have a
complete file in the Financial Aid Office
by April 15 in order to receive an award
for Summer. Please pick up a Summer
School Financial Aid Application from
the Financial Aid Officer or from the
Summer School Office.
1 , . Admissions House
2, George Sverdrup Library
3 , . Science Hall
.
Mortensen Tower
, Urness Tower
Christensen Center
22:
A.
Partnership
Center for Global Education
Admissions Parking
35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn
left of Washington (turns right onto
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South.
Campus Location
1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25t
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue,
turn left at 21st Avenue Sc
"
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
1
35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to
right lane after each of two mergers).
Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
II
1''
I
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college affiliated
with The Evangelical Lutheran Church
in America and is located in the heart of
Minneapolis. The small college
environment, about 3,000 students
during the academic year, is enriched by
the many cultural, sport and recreational
activities found in this vibrant
metropolitan area. An active summer
combining classes and
participation in metropolitan
events is a delightful
- and
broadening experience.
Augsburgin
the Summer
Augsburg College provides a
diverse summer curriculum including
regular courses, internships and
independent studies. Term I runs from
- June 19, Term I1 runs from June
~ay-26
22 - July 31. This brochure presents the
Summer School Program and was
correct at the time of publication.
Summer students may take one course
during Term I and two courses during
Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all
courses carry a value of one course
credit, the equivalent of four semester
credits or six quarter credits.
Courses fulfilling Augsburg
distribution and perspective
requirements are so noted in the
course descriptions.
I
7
F
l
Course levels are indicated by the first
digit of the three digit course number: 1
or 2, lower division, primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper
division, primarily for juniors and
seniors; and 5, graduate level.
Courses regularly taught during the
academic year are more fully described
in the Augsburg College Catalog. If you
need more information about a special
summer offering, please contact the
S u m 1 1 . School
~~
Office.
Independent study and internships, in
addition to those listed, may be pursued
during the summer in a number of
departments. Internships involve work
experience related to the academic
program in an agency, government or
industry. Consult the Summer School
Office for information.
Students who need housing may obtain
information from the Director of
Residence Life.
The College Reserves the Right to cancel
listed courses
,d
kformation
and Forms
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCOOL OFFICE
Murphy Place
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Call 6121330-1786 or call toll-free
1-8001788-5678
Elizabeth Bruch, Director
Barbara Pappenfus, Secretary
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next Fall Term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that
institution.
Other persons wishing to take summer
school work should contact the Director
of Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
Acceptance as a summer student does
not imply admission as a regular
student of Augsburg College. Those m.
wishing to begin a degree program at
the College should apply for admission
though the Office of Admissions.
1
1
4
ART
ART 107-8100
DRAWING
Bollman
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subjects
include still-life, figures, building interiors, exteriors,
experimental work. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics.
M,T, W,Th
OM 17
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
ART 352-8101
WOMEN AND ART
Anderson
A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts,
including the fine arts, the work of Native American
women. Dist.: Art/Music, Minority Studies; Persp.:
None
M,T, W,Tli
Foss 43
1:00-4:OO p.111.
BUSINESS AUMIKISTRATIC
HUS 175-8102
COMl'Uf ERS FOR BUSINESS,
ECONOMICS AND MIS
Schwalbe
An introduction to microcompu ter-based information
systems. Study features of hardware, operating systems,
languages and current applications. Learn to use MSDOS, Lotus 123 (graphics, database and logical
functions) dBase I I I t and Minitab. May study other
applications (Microsoft Works, Word Perfect). (Prereq.:
MPG I1 or else a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced course)
Dist.: None; Persp.: None
M,T, W,TIi
Foss 20
6:OO-9:OO p.m.
BUS 221-8103
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I
Stoller
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and
fundamentals of accounting, the accou~itingcycle and
preparation of financial statements. Dist.: None; Persp.:
None
8:30-10:50 a.rrl.
M,T, W,Th
OM 10
BUS 242-8104
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature
of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis
of the role of the professional manager. Dist.: None;
Persp.: None
M,T, W,Th
OM11
6:OO-9:OO p.~tl.
-
.
I
I
5
-
I
w
I
BUS 322-8105
ACCOUNTING THEORY
ANDPRACTICEI
Kader
An analysis of financid accounting with emphasis on
accounting theory pertaining to financial statements,
income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements
and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.:
BUS 222 and EC0 113)
M,T, W,Th
MII.7?(
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
BUS 331-8106
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
LaFave
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of
funds within the firm. Sources and uses of long an short
term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage,
dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222,
ECO 113) Dist.: None; Persp.: None
M,T, W,Th,F
OM 11
8:30-10:50 n.111.
ECO 110-8107
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problclns facing a
nlctro-urban environment. By ~ndepcndcntstudy. Dist :
Urban Collccrns; Pcrsp : None
AI ~.nrl~ed
ECO 112-8108
PRINCIPLES OF MACRO ECONOMICS
Gupta
Introduction to macro-economics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade,
economic growth. Dist.: Economics/ Polttical Science;
Pcrsp.: Western Heritagc
6:00-9:00 p.l!r
M,T, W,TIi,F
M 24
EDU 264-8109
ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION
IN AN URBAN SETTING
Germundsen
Study and investigation of various aspects of the
teaching profession Dist.: Yes, when combined with
EDE 363 or ED5 352 (1 12 course); Persp : Thc City
6:OU-9:00 p.rrr
M,W
1. 1
EDS 282-8110
INTRODUCTION TO
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Metcalf
Introduction to the field of special education Examines
the nature, causes, and educational intcrventiol~sfor
such exceptionalitics as mental retardation, physical
disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning
disabilities, behavior disorders and gtftcdness. Dist.:
Nonc
1:OiJ-4:00 p.111.
M,T, W,TII
OM 13
EDU 341-8111
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
Hackney
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through the ~ l s of
c instructional
technology. Selection, prcparation, production and
evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for
tcaching/leaming situation Computer training will be
included in this course Dist.: None; Pcrsp.: None
9:30-11:50 n ! I ! .
T,T11
I-.~JSS
175
,
EDE 382-8112
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: MATHEMATICS
Drelow
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. Dist.: None (112 course); Pcrsp.. None
6:00-9:00 p.trl
T,TII
1. 4
EDU 388-8113
HUMAN RELATIONS
Mueller
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
techniques, and of the major minority groups in
Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other
professional vocations Open to all. Required for all
Elementary and Secortdary Education majors. Dist :
Nonc. (112 course)
5:30-8:30 p.111.
M,W
OM 13
ENG 225-8114
INTERMEDIATE
EXPOSITORY WRITING
Schmit
The dcvclopment of essays in a variety of rhetorical
modes. Particular attmtion will be given to stylistic and
organizational matters through the course's workshop
format. (Prcreq.: ENG 111)
G:O0-9:fJO p.r!r.
M,T, W,TII
SC1212
ENG 245-8115
INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
Miskowiec
111 this course studcnts arc initiated into the for~nalstudy
of narrative, drama and poetry in order to appreciate
morc fully the plcas~~rcs
of 1iterature.Thc course alms to
expand students' cxposurc to literature and thcrcforc
draws on works from several periods, from different
cultures and races, f m ~ nmale and fcmalc writers. As the
prerequisite for all upper courses in literature,
Introduction to Literature aims in particular to develop
students' critical and analytical skills in reading about
literature. Dist.: ILitcrature; Pcrsp.: Aesthetics
9:30-11:50 n.111.
M,7', W,TII,F
OM 18
GER 111-8116
BEGINNING GERMAN 1
Quanbeck
Classroqm practice speaking, understanding and
reading basic German for studcnts with no previous background in German. Dist.: Foreign Language; Persp.:
Intcrculh~ralAwarc~,essI1
8:30-10:50 ~ . I I I .
M,T, W,Tlr,F
OM 27
SPA 111-8117
Kiugsley
BEGINNING SPANISH 1 (Section 1)
SPA 111-8118
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section 11)
Kingsley
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of elelnc~itary
Spanish. Introduction to cul turc of Spanishspeaking world. Dist.:.Foreign Language; Persp.:
Intercultural A w a r c ~ l c s I1
s
8:30-20:50 n.lrr.
M,T,W,Tlr,F (Ssctiorr 1)
5:30-7350 p.rlr.
M,T, W,TIi,F fS~.ctiorr11) OM 25
H P E 320-8119
S C H O O L HEALTH C U R R I C U L U M
Murphy
Techniques for developing a course of s t u d y based
u p o n g r o w t h a n d development for g r a d e s K-12.
Special w o r k units in nulrition and diseases.
(Prcreq: All courses in t h e major sequence
numbered in the 100 and 200 series a n d consent of
instructor)
5:30-9:30 p , ~ ! ,
W
O M 22
HIS 348-8120
RUSSIA AND THE SOVIET
Kimball
UNION IN THE 20TH CENTURY
Tlic coursc offers an introductory historical survey
of Llic Sovict Union. It begins with a brief
examination of Russian history before turning to
the Russiaii Revolutions of 1917, the Civil War and
Lenin's consolidation of power. Idatcr topics
include: tlic rise of Stalin, his Great Terror, World
War 11, the Cold War and the slow rejcctio~iof
Stalinisin culminating in an examination of recent
cvciits since L11c emergence of Gorbacliev. The
coursc will emphasizc political, diplomatic,
cconomic and cultural liistory by focusing on
Sovict political practices and institutions
9:30-11:50 0
M,T, W,T/I,F
111
O M 23
INS 1991399-8121
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in wliich a
student designs a learning agreement (witli a
faculty member) which links the ideas and
methods of their major to the opportunities found
in the placement. Participation in a weekly
seminar is expected. Persp.: The City
PHI 110-8124
INTRODUCTION T O
PHILOSOPHY
Apolloni
This course provides tlic student with some
experience in examining ideas and thereby
sliarpcniiig the critical and analytical skills
required to evaluate and construct a system of
ideas and beliefs. Dist.: I-listory/Philosopl~y;
Pcrsp.: I-[unian Identity
8:30-10:50 n.111.
M,T, W,TII,F
SCl712
PHYSICS
PHY 101-8125
ASTRONOMY
Stenstrom
A descriptive course covering our solar system,
stars and galaxies. In addition the coursc traces the
development of scientific t h o ~ ~ g lfrom
l t early
civilizatioli to the present day, The necessary
optical instrun~eiitsarc cxplai~lcdand use is made
of 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-incli
Cclcstron and a tlircc-inch Qucstar. Night vicwiilg
and laboratory sessions are important components
of the coursc. (Three one-hour lccturcs) (Prcrcq:
Matliematics Placement Group 11) Dist.:
MatIi/Physics; Pcrsp.: Natural World I1
5:30-8:30 / ~ . r i r .
M , T , W,TIi
SC1205
Arrnnged
INS 225-8122
INTRODUCTION T O ISLAM
Kader
This coursc is designed by a practicing Muslim Lo
present his perception of Islam to non-M~~slims.
Thc coursc will cover the ideological foundations
of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
(Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems,
and Islamic patterns of lifc. Tlierc will also be a
consideration of the differences between tlic
Islamic sects (Sunnis, Slii'its, Sufis, etc.); some
effort to deal witli the similarities and differences
bctwccii Islam and both Christianity and Judaism;
and a visit to one of the mosques in tlic T w'~ n
Cities. Dist.: Mii~ority-UrbanStudie?
R:30-10:50 f l . r r r .
MATHEMATIC
M , T , W,Tlr,F
-
MATH O F INTEREST
Foss
Have you ever wondered why women liave been
charged more than men for annuities and received
lower pension benefits than men? Or why women
liave paid less than men for life insurance? Or how
lifc pay~neiitsare figured out? Or liow muc11
money to invest in order to accumulate a certain
lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in
the future? Tlicn this coursc may bc meant for you.
These and otlicr interesting and useful topics in the
~iiatlicmaticsof financial transactions will be
covered. This coursc should be uscf~ilfor students
in business and economics or for any students
interested in careers in finance-related fields. Math
Placement Group I11 Dist : MatIi/Physics
M,T, W,UI
POL 342-8126
SPC 342-8127
MASS COMMUrJICATIONS
IN SOCIETY
Rueter
Effects of mass cominunications on iildividual
behavior; the uses and control of mass media for
political and social purposes including a study of
censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public
affairs programming Dist.: Urban Concerns
5:30-8:30 u.111
M,T,W,Th,F
MP 3
PSYCHOLOGY
M H 323
MAT 173-8123
12:OO-3:00 p.111.
POLITICAL SCIENCE
SC1772
PSY 325-8128
SOCIAL BEHAVIOR
Attridge
Social factors wliicli influei~ccindividual and
group behavior in naturalistic and cxperimcntal
settings, Topics include: cooperation, competition,
affiliation, conformity and attitudes. (Prereq.: 102
or 1 0 )
1:OO-4:00p.111
M,7', W,Tlr,F
O M 16
RELIGION
REL 472-8129
THEOLOGY O F PAUL
Quanbeck
A study of the Apostle Paul including his liistorical
background, his relationship to the early cliurcli
and some of the tl~eincsfound in his writings.
Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith
8:30-10:50 fl.111.
M,T, W,Tlr,F
SC1273
REL 483-8130
CHRISTIAN ETHICS
Olson
The bases of Cliristian social responsibility, in
terms of theological and sociological dynamics.
Emphasis on developing a constructive
perspective for critical reflection upon moral
action. Uist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 2, 3
M,T, W,TIi
OM 78
SOC 1991399-8131
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning cxpcriencc in wliicli a
student designs a leariiiiig agrccmcnt (with a
faculty member) wliicli links the ideas and
methods of sociology to tlie opportunities found in
tlie placcinciit. Participation in a weekly seminar is
expected. Persp.: The City
Arrnrrgccl
SOC 265-8132
CULTURE, ETHNICITY,
GENDER AND RACE
Gerasimo
The dimensions of racial and minority group
relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice,
racism, and the role of self-understanding. (l'/N
grading only) Dist.: Minority Studies; I'crsp.:
lntcrcultural Awareness 1
6:OO-9:OO ~ I . I I I .
M,T, W,TII,F
MP 4
SOC 375-8133
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Gerasimo
An examination of the idea of "group," its
.elationship to individual behavior and society. An
111alysisof the ideas of "self" and "identity" and
what part they play in ~~iidcrstailding
interpersonal relations and h u ~ n a nbehavior. A
sociological view of mental health. A look at tlic
major assumptions and processes underlying our
everyday life-a look at the trivial, the ordinary
and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction,"
an important orientation in social psychology, will
be used as a way of dealing with the major issucs
in tlic course. (Prcrccl.: 121, junior or senior
students 011ly)
8:30-11:OO o.111
M,T, W,Tlr
OM 29
-
-
COMMUNICATI~GTI~
SPEECH,
THEATRE ARTS
SPC 347-8134
DOCUMENTARY VIDEO
Bart
A video production coursc wliicli intcgra tcs
lccture and criticism with hands-on experience
dealing will1 non-fiction subjects. Students will
work in production tcams, gainiilg cxpcricncc in
field production and editing.
9:30-11:50 ~ . I I I .
M,T, W,TIi,F
Fuss 170
SPC 351-8135
ARGUMENTATION
Hayes
Application of standards for sound cvidencc and
reasoning in public speaking, discussion and
debates. Key objectives include increasing skill in
analyzing argumentative claims, being able to
distinguish between strong and weak arguments,
understanding tests for evidence and fallacies in
reasoning and learning to apply pri~lciplcsof
argu~neiltationto contemporary public issucs.
Students have tlic opportunity to enhance their
skills in debate and discussion and also learn to
analyze and critique argi~~nciits
they encounter in
their daily lives
12:00-3:00 )J.III.
M,T, W,Tlr,F
O M 10
SPC 352-8136
PERSUASION
Lapakko
Theory of how people are influenced to change
attitudes and bcliavior. Tlie course deals with a
broad range of topics, iiicluding obstacles to
persuasion; the usc of logical and psycl~ological
appeals; empirical rcscarcli in pcrsuasion; how
pcrsuasion is used in politics, sales, advertising,
and interpersonal contexts; the nature of mass
movemcnts and campaigns; the impact of tlie mass
media on persuasion, and ethical issues related to
pcrsi~asion.Students analyze persuasive messages
in contemporary society, with practical work in
speech and promotional projects.
9:30-11:50 0.111,
M,T, W,TIi,F
M 22
.
JUNE
22
ART 132-8200
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I)
Friederichsen
ART 132-8201
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11)
Friederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and
expression using black and white photographic
processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.:
Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics. Estimated cost of film,
etc.: $150.00-$175.00. (Class size limited.)
M,W (Section I)
1:30-5:00 p.m.
5:30-9:00 p.m.
M,W (Section 11)
BUSINESS
MIS 175-8202
COMPUTERS FOR BUSINESS,
ECON AND MIS
Schwalbe
An introduction to microcomputer-based information
systems. Study features of hardware, operating systems,
languages and current applications. Learn to use MSDOS, Lotus 123 (graphics, database and logical
functions) dBase IIIt and Minitab. May study other
applications (Microsoft Works, Word Perfect). The
completion of MIS 370 with a passing grade will serve as
a substitute for MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG I1 or else a Pass
in MAT 103, a self-paced course).
M,W
Foss 20
5:30-9:00 p.m.
BUS 222-8203
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1
Solnick
Introduction to business activities, accountina for
corporations. Basic concepts and fundament& of
managerial accounting, planning and controlling
processes, decision-making and behavioral
considerations. (Prereq.: BUS 221) Dist.: None
10:05-11:30 a.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
OM 10
BUS 323-8204
ACCOUNTING THEORY
AND PRACTICE 11
Kader
A continuation of 322. An analysis of financial
accounting with emphasis on accounting theory
pertaining to financial sta tements, income concepts,
valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant
issues as applied to liabilities and stockholders' equity.
(Prereq.: BUS 322)
M, W
MH 323
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
BUS 340-8205
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Personnel functions in business, acauisition and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective intearation of the worker with
the goals o'f the firm and society.
(Prereq: BUS 242)
M,W
OM 10
6:00-9:00 p.m.
BUS 440-8206
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Concepts and principles related to the management of
operating functions. Examples from service industries,
non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught
from a managerial point of view. Topics include an
overview of operations, planning operation processes,
productivity measurement, standards, forecasting,
concepts of quality, inventory management, principles
of scheduling and operational control information
systems. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor)
T,Th
OM I1
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
ECO 110-8207
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a
metro-urban environment. By independent study only.
Dist.: Urban Concerns
Arrat~ged
ECO 113-8208
PRINCIPLES OF
MICRO-ECONOMICS
Sabella
Introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic theory
to market policy. Dist.: Economics/Political Science;
Persp.: Social World
M,W
Foss 43
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
ECO 315-8209
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION I)
Gupta
ECO 315-8210
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION 11)
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial
banks, and the Federal Reserve System; monetary theory
and policy. (Prereq.: Eco 112,113) Dist.: None
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
M, W (Section I)
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th (Section 11)
Foss 42
INDIVIDUAL LEARNER
Metcalf,
A class for Elementarv and Secondarv students designed
to address the educational needs of ;diverse studen?
body. Includes strategies for teaching special education
students in the regular classroom as well as teaching the
student at risk. Students are encouraged to take
introduction to Special Education (282) prior to . registering for this course.
10:05-11:30 a.m.
M,T, W,Th
EDE 375-8212
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD
OF KINDERGARTEN
Graves
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching
approaches. Lab arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at
kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching
at that level. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Dist.: None.
(1/ 2 course)
1:301:30 p
Dntes: J I I I I23,24,25,30,
~
L1
J~rly1,2,7,8,9,10
EDU 377-8213
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: SCIENCE
Stangl
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for science at the cindergarten and elementary level.
(114 course)
10:OO-12 p.tn. M,W Dntes: J~rly6,8,13,15,20,22
OM 4
EDE 386-8214
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURR1CULUM:CHILDREN'S
LITERATURE
Parker
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for children's literature at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. Lab experiences. Dist.: None. (1/2
course)
L4
5:30-9:00 p.m.
T
EDE 387-8215
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM
LANGUAGE ARTS
Therres
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for language arts at the kindergarten and elementary
levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: EDE 255 or EDS
265) (1/2 course)
11:30-1:30 p.tn.
Dotes: 1u11e23,24,25,30
OM 11
July 1,2,7,8,9,10
EDE 388-8216
HUMAN RELATIONS
Clemmons
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
techniques, and of the major minority groups in
Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other
professional vocations. Required for all Elementary and
Secondary Education majors. Open to all. Dist.: None.
(1/2 course)
OM 18
10:05-12:lO p.ti~.
M, W
Miskowiec
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research
techniques and writing critical reviews. At least one
work of literature is assigned. Attention is given to
increasing students' effectiveness in choosing,
organizing and developing topics, thinking critically,
and revising for clarity and style. The minimum passing
grade for this course 2.0. Dist.: Writing-entry level skill
10:05-11:30 ~ . I I I .
M,T, W,TIi,F
OM 13
ENG 2401342-8218
THE SHORT STORYELEMENTS OF FICTION
Swanson
In this course, students will read a variety of fictional
works and learn to better understand fiction by writing
their own story. The course will involve practice in ways
of approaching literature and will include study of tlie
basic critical terminology. Students are expected to read
the assigned stories and novel, participate in class
discussions, write an analysis paper on a selected short
story, write an original short story, and take several
quizzes and a final exam. Students taking this course for
upper division credit will write an additional critical
analysis essay and will read an additional novel and
prepare a substantial paper/class presentation on it. All
students will be asked to contribute $5 to enable printing
and distribution of selected original fiction from class.
(Prereq.: Completion of Effective Writing) Dist.:
English/Speech; Persp.: Aesthetics
T,Th
OM 13
6:OO-9:30 p.111.
ENG 241-8219
INTRODUCTION TO
CINEMA ART
Mitchell
An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical
principles and historical evolution of the film medium.
The emphasis is on film as an audiovisual language. The
course includes the viewing and analysis of both
features length and short films illustrating the
international development of film form and selected
aesthetic movements such as the American Studio Film
and its Genres, German Expressionism, Soviet Montage,
Italian Neorealism and the French New Wave. Dist.:
None: Persp.: Aesthetics
6:00-9:30 p.111.
T,TIi
OM 27
ENG 282-8220
TOPICS: LATIN AMERICAN
LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
Miskowiec
Examining the political, religious, and geographical
factors behind the literature of "magic realism," we will
read short stories and novels by authors such as
Carpentier, Fuentes, Garcia Marquez and Allende. We
will also compare the written text with contemporary
Latin American painting and sculpture.
OM 13
11:40-1:25 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
ENG 282-8221
TOPICS: THE HEROIC JOURNEY
Griffin
This course will study archetypal patterns of tlie heroic
journey, as well as specific examples of such journeys. It
will emphasize the ideas of Joseph Campbell, but will
also consider other interpretations of heroic journeys.
Since Western civilization usually assumes that the hero
is a man, usually a white man belonging to a warrior
class, we will analyze the heroic warrior myth both as it
is depicted in ancient and medieval epics and myths, but
also as it appears in contemporary American popular
narratives. But the heroic journey is a human journey,
and thus the course will also emphasize the heroic
journeys of women and men who may be neither white
nor warriors as they are depicted in folktales and novels.
Dist.: En~lish/Sueech
GER 112-8222
BEGINNING GERMAN 11
Quanbeck
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and
reading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Foreign Language;
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness I11
M,T, W,TIi
OM 27
8:lO-955
I
1
1
SPA 112-8223
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I)
Kingsley
SPA 112-8224
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11)
Kingsley
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish.
Iiitroduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.:
Foreign Language; Persp.: I~~tercultural
Awareness 111
M,T, W,TIi (Sectio~i1)
M,T, W,TIi (Sectioii JJ)
PHI 175-8228
PHILOSOPHY OF
LOVE AND SEX
Appolloni
What is the nature of romantic love, sexual desire and
friendship, both healthy and dysfunctional? We will
consider the following ethical issues concerning sex: (a)
Is there such a thing as sexual immorality? (b) Is
promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses does
the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral?
(c) Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are
homosexuality and lesbianism sexual perversion? Or are
they merely alternative sexual preferences? Dist.:
History/Pliilosophy; Persp.: Human Identity
M,W
6:OO-9:30 prrr.
HPE 410-822ADMINISTRATION AND
SUPERVISION OF THE
SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health
services and relationships to community health program
and resources. Methods and materials in health
education with laboratory experience in classroom and
community. (Prereq.: 320)
Arrnrlged
PHY 106-8229
INTRODUCTORY
METEOROLOGY
Jasperson
A study of the science and wonders of the atmosphere.
The course is designed to provide a working knowledge
of the basic science principles required for
understanding weather and climate. Laboratory
exercises are included as an integral part of the course.
The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the
distribution/general education requirement for the
liberal arts student. (Five 1 1/2 hour lectures) (Prereq.:
Mathematics Placement Group 11) Dist.: Math/Physics;
Persp.: Natural World I or I1
M,T, W,TIi,F
SCJ 205
10:05-11:30 n.1i1.
HISTORY
POLITICAL SCIENCl
/-
HIS115-8226
MODERN MIDDLE EAST
Zehnder
This is a survey of the volatile Middle East from the rise
of nationalism and the decline of the Turkish Ottoman
Empire in the 19th Century to the current crisis hot spots
in the Persian Gulf and the Levant. The goal is a better
understanding of how the Middle East reached its
contemporary complexity, its role in the wider world.
T,Th
OM 13
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
TERDISCIPLI
INS 199/32;7?~
INTERNS P... -.Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a student
designs a learning agreement (with a faculty member)
which links the ideas and methods of their major to the
opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a
weekly seminar is expected. Persp.: The City
Arrnnged
POL 121-8230
AMERICAN GOVERNMENT
AND POLITICS
Rueter
The politics of American government including the
forms of political ideas, the pattern of participation, the
dynamics of congressional, presidential and
bureaucratic policy making, and current issues in
American society. Dist: Economics/Political Science;
Persp.: Social World I
6:OO-9:30 ~ . I I I .
M ,W
OM 23
POL 475-8231
THE LEGAL PROCESS
Fishman
The course seeks to provide the undergraduate student
with an introductory understanding of the functioning
of our legal system. As such, it will explore: the law's
interdependence with the social environment; the law's
social junctions; the social and moral limits of the law;
and, the law as a system, describing the aspects and
problems of each of the law's agencies (courts,
legislative, administrative, and executive agencies).
Dist.: Economics/Political Science; Persp.: None
T,TIi
Foss 2 l A
5:30-9:30 y.rrr.
POL 499-8232
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Noonan
Topics defined through consultation between instructor
and student. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Arrniigtd
PSY 362-8233
BEHAVIORAL DISORDERS
Leitschuh
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from
the social, organic and psychological points of view
Visitation to a variety of community service agencies
will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
Dist.: None; Persp.: None
8:30-10:OO 17.111.
M,T, W,TII,F
Foss 42
PSY 373-8234
ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Leitschuh
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational
behavior. Factors and practices such as management
styles, evaluation and maintenance of work
effectiveness, and social influences. (Prereq.:PSY 105)
Persp: None
M,T, W,TII,F
OM 23
10:05-11:30n.m.
RELIGION
REL 440-8235
VARIETIES OF CHRISTIAN SPIRITUALITY
Holt
A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian
tradition and of contemporary developments, including
12-Step Spirituality, Feminist, Ecological, and NonWestern Christian Spiritualities. An introduction to the
basic practices of spiritualities, especially prayer and
meditation. (Prereq.: REL 111 or 221) Dist: Religion;
Persp.: None
6:OO-9:30 p.rrr.
T,Th
OM 18
REL 441-8236
Holt & Stratton
FEMINISM AND CHRISTIANITY
This course will consider the central ideas of Christianity
and feminism and how they might be compatible.
Attention will be given to religious influences on societal
roles for women and men, feminist interpretation of the
Bible, and the impact of feminism on Christian theology,
especially in terms of language and metaphor.
"Minorities and men are especially urged to enroll."
Dist.: Religion or Women's Studies; Persp.: Christian
Faith I, 11, or 111
6:OO-9:30 p.111.
M,W
M 22
SOCIOL
SWK 257-8239
EXPLORING FAMILY HEALTH
& SOCIAL SERVICES IN THE 901S,
US-UK COMPARISONS
Link
This course identifies different approaches to family
health and social services in both theory and practice in
the USA and UK. Through inter-disciplinary dialogue
and a blend of classroom and field encounters, strategies
for preventive, community-based service are analyzed
and evaluated. A unique feature of this course is the
opportunity to prepare with an intensive first week's
orientation in the USA and to work with British
professionals and students in family health and social
services and debrief with USA- based faculty. All
students will have a personal British tutor in addition to
group leaders, to help focus on their particular interest
and to facilitate connections with resources needed to
achieve their objectives. Dist.: None; Persp.: The City
Arrnrlgcd
OM 25
SPEECH, COT
THEATRE AI
SPC 24-8240,
INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION
Lapakko
This course explores both the problems and the potential
of communication between persons of different cultural
groups. Students examine Western and non-Western
cultural rules, values, assumptions and stereotypes and
how they affect the transmission of verbal and nonverbal messages. The course stresses both a general
theoretical understanding of the dynamics of crosscultural interaction as well as specific knowledge of how
these principles relate to particular cultural groups.
Dist.: None; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness
M,W
Foss 21 B
6:OO-9:30 p.nr.
SPC 414-8241
INS 414-8242
FEMINIST RHETORIC
Nilsson
The rhetoric of selected American feminists will be
analyzed in order 1) to develop a rhetorical perspective
on American feminism, and 2) to develop skill in
rhetorical criticism. Dist.: Women's Studies; Persp.:
None
T,TII
530-9:00 p.m.
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement (with a
faculty member) which links the ideas a n d
methods of sociology to the opportunities found in
the placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is
expected. Persp.: The City
Arranged
SOC 356-8238
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes.
Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional
institutions and the government offices. Dist.: None
1:30-5:00 p.rrr.
T,TIi
OM 23
Augsburg,
College
Summer Schoo
I
Non-Profit Org.
U.S. Postage
PAID
Minneapolis, MN
Permit No. 2031
L
I
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM 1991
..................................................................
2
............................................................................3
..........................................................3
.........
......................................... ... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM 1991
..................................................................
2
............................................................................3
..........................................................3
.........
......................................... ....~...................
....,.,.,.. .. .
....... .......44
..........................................................5
.............................................................34
.................................................................35
............................................36
Introduction
Calendar
About this Catalog
Options
Visiting Students
Augsburg Courses
UMAIE Courses
Other Courses
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The
College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of
teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways
not possible during the regular term.
Because one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to
spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for
a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for
only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student
who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students
generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few Interim
courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course
description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such
Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students
registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments
and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of
which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number
of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer student enrolled full
time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation).
For More Information
Interim Office Memorial 230)
Interim*tary,
Kay Thoat =lo25
Interim Dimtor, Dr. Don Gustafsonat 330 - 1119 Memorial 114b)
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age,
marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title 1Xof the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of
the Rehabilitation Act of1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
Interim Calendar 1990
.............................................................Interim Registration
...........................................................................
Late Interim Registration
.........................................................................................
First Day of Interim
October 29 -November 2
December 3
January 2
Class I 9:00 a.m.
Class I1 1:00 p.m.
........+..C..H...U
.....................................U..U...Y.m..r..La~tDay for CanceYAdd
...................Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar
January 3
January 16
January 18
January 30
February 4
..................................................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
....................................................................................................
Interim Ends
................................................................................ Spring Semester Begins
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will
be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into
two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at
9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special
convocation on Monday, January 21, at 1:00p.m.
About This Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by
Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Further descriptions
and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial
230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of
the Catalog.
Options
International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 27
international Interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of
this catalog.
Independent or Directed Study - Studentsmay elect a progt-am of independent
study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim.
Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for
more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue
independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at
least one week before registration and no later than December 3. Appropriate
study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-14 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these
Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help
students in applying for registration at other schools.
Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Note that Interim Courses at
Macalester, Hamline and St. Thomas begin on January 7 .
Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-14 schools are accepted
for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects
courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-14 schools for the
January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution
agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The
waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other
students will be charged $708 for the Interim course.
Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to
the Interim Director for application fonns or use the forms provided by the
Interim Office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10.
Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so.
Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Courses
The Florida Keys: Marine Biology
of the Florida Keys and Writers of The Florida Keys
This interdisciplinay program will involve about two weeks of study i n southern
Florida. It will be based at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key
during most of this period but there will also be a brief trip to the Everglades. Two
distinct course offerings are availablefor credit, taught by Ralph Sulerud and John
Mitchell. Descriptions for these courses can be found in the appropriate departmental
sections of this catalog (Biology and English.)
The interdisciplinay component will involve several days of field trips conducted by
the personnel of the institute. Unique communities such as coral reefs and mangrove
swamps will be studied. There will be plenty of opportunity for snorkeling, and scuba
diving is available for those who are certified. Students will also make several visits to
Key West, and will study some of the writings of Key West authors (see page 12). All
students will participate in these activities and i n certain classes i n addition to completing the specific requirements of the course for which credit will be given. It is intended
that relationships will become apparent between the biology of the Florida Keys and the
writing which has emerged from this interesting environment.
A fee of approximately $1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare),
lodging, most meals and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the
Newfound Harbor Marine Institute.
Marine Biology of The Florida Keys
BIO 140-41048; 340-41049
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms
and marine ecology. Most of approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at
the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The institute offers
laboratory facilities and field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field
trips will pennit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow
bays, mangrove swamps, seagrass communities and tide pools. Organisms from
these communities and others will be investigated onsite and in the laboratory. A
marine biologist from the institute will be available to lead field trip and conduct
specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the institute there will be a
short trip to the Everglades to experience yet another interesting environment.
Preparation for the excursion to the keys will be made during the week prior to
the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety ol
audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the
completion of course requirements.
The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology students will
interact with students from John Mitchell's Key West Writers course. Further
information concerning this component will be found listed under The Florida
Keys in the Interdisciplinary section of this catalog.
Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the program, a journal
based on daily experiences, and one or two exams. Upper division students will
also do a special research project which will be the basis of a paper.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. For upper division credit, Biology 111
and 112 or equivalent.
Distribution: BiologyIChemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 213
Molds, Mushrooms and Humans
BIO 141-41047
Instructor: Esther McLaughlin
The course will make familiar the "fifth kingdom1' of o'ganisms, fungi,often
neglected in undergraduate curricula. 'Ihe biology and classification of fungi,their mle ir
the ecosystem (rotting and other activities),and their medical, industrial and commedal
importance will all be covered in ledures, student pmentationsand field trips.
Evaluation will be via tests,quizzes, and graded presentations. Some classroom
demonstrationsof fungal typesand forms will be included.
Distribution: BiologylChemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
Chemistry for Changing Times
CHE 100-41001
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
'Ibis is a non-labontorychemistry course W on the popular book by JohnW. Hill
of the s m title. It is not a traditional chemistry come and does not assume a science
backgod. Basic science and math are introdud early and taught as needed for
understandmgthe various topics and implications. 'Ihemumedoes assumethe studentis
in-ted
in and concerned about the relationshipof chemistry to life and living.
Chemistryhas been intimately a part of liberal eduation for centuries. The early
scientists we= considered to be philosophersand their societies were philosophical
societies. In recent decades the human seeking of pemnal independem has led to
chemistrybecorning a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependare on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertdkm, plastics, "thepill", food additivesand
processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides,
pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on
and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The
common bgged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a mult of a chemical
imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex systemof alked body
chemistry. Even learning appears to be the mult of chemicalreaction to forma
"memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then
but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our
universe? Come pin us as we take a molecular look at the hummamWion
This course will be offered in a lecture/discsussion format Films will supplementthe
lechm/discsussion periods. Daily quizzes willbe used for evaluation This course meets
a distributionneed but does not satisfy prerequisitesfor Chemistry 106or 116.
Prerequisite: High School Algebra
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I1
Room Science 315
A Labaatory Intro&m
to Chemisty
<31M113.41002
Instructar: JoanKunz
Substances changed into new materials; colors change; solids v t e from
solution a m i stry is Lhe scimcc which trim to dcrstand these and many other
c h a n p wmning in the ma ttm around us. An intemting way to become introduced to
&anistry and to problem solving in the sciences is to do laboratory q x r h e n t s . 'Ihis
muse presents an introduction to chemistry using the laboratory as the chief arena for
instruction Studentswillbe introduced to measurements, reactions, synthesesand
chanical problem solving such as idcntifiation of simple m p u n d s in solution and
dekmination of amounts of matuials prrscnt in a sample Pmpr attention to techniques and safe practices in the laboratoryis scpeded. The course will meet each week
day fot thm hours. Course grades will be based on the quality of the laboratmy work,
tl-e I a h t m y reports ~summri;jngeach eqmimk),and an e m at the end of tlw
murse.
Distributiom Biology/Chemistry
Time:I
Room Science 315
COBOL
CSC 27141003
Instructo~:LanyRagland
A study of the COBOL progmning languagefor studentswith someprevious
howledge of pmgrammhg. This course will expand a student's knowledge of p r e
gramming and pmgmmkg languagesthrough pmentation of the features of COBOL
together with programming techniques for using those features. Thiscourse will include
lechms and programmingassignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the
progaming assignments and examinations.
Pnsequisite: One course with a study of computer language (eg, CSC 170)
Time:I
Room: Science 112
Puinciples of Miaaeconornics
ECO 1l%4100Q
Instrudo~Satva Guvta
~n introdkon bmicroeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market
structuresand income distribution the^ willbe an applicationof elementaryeconomic
theory to market policy. Grades will be based on tests in class.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time:I
Room: Library 1
C 0 n ~ o r a . EcommicRelatim
y
Betzueen East and West
ECO 319-41037
Instructo~Magda Palemy-Zapp
In this course,we'll explore motivations for ecommic cooperation between countries
with different political and economic system 'Ihis will be followed by the analysisof thc
conditionsfor East-West economic cooperation and its pattans. We'll focuson m t
developmentsin pint economic and indusbial cooperation. Students will share an
understandingof economic relations at the national level and see how nations with
diffemt economic and political systems employ the principles of politics and economics
in their own domestic and international affairs. Using compamtivemeans,institutions
and systems that drive cornmaw and g o v m c e will be explored and explained,
including recent institutionalchanges in the dm&& of foreign trade in centrallyplanned economics. Then, at the global level, the effects of GAlT, EEC, and OMEA on
East-West economic dations will be examhed. At the end of the course, we'll try to
identify trends and alternativesin the 1980s. 'Ihere will be a mid-term test, a final scam
(takehome),and a
paper.
Prerequisite: Economics 112(Macro)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
EcrmomicMysis ofHumanActz*~~l~
and Orgm'mtbns
ECO 31%41038
Instrudac Milo Schield
Objective: To use thetoolsof modernmicm-emnomics to analyze a wide variety of
humanactionsand hurrranoqpizati011~
Issues Understandinginvestmentsin human capital (education,marriage, familyIsocial
clubs, charities, etc.) Undastanding the n a W I growth and mnsequencesof pmperty
rights (an economic theory of law, an economic theory of Western history, an economic
theory of capitalism,etc.) Understandingthen a W , growth and consequences of public
choices (publicopnizations and economicefficiency, voting, politicians, an economic
theory of bureaucracy and an economic theory of the State).
Textbooks: Henri LePage: ' T o m m w Capitalism1', RadniRadnitzkyand Bemholz: "Emnomic
ImperMsm".
Math Level: No calculus;some geometry. Rimarily vehd reasoning.
I quizzes,paper and final.
Approach: Readhgs, lechmsI~ o n sweekly
Evaluation: Quizzes (3at 100/0),final(200/0),book wviews (20%0),paper (20'31)and attendance/parlicipation (~WO).
Prerequisites Uppewlass standing or an upper-divisioncourse in Political Science,
Sociology, Philosophy or Economics, or else the permission of the Instructor.
Time: I1
Room: Science319
For more Economics listings, see Page 36
Human Relations
EDS 38841050
Instructor: Carolyn Clemmons
This class provides valuable insight into the values, communication techniques, cultural mores and other unique characteristicsof major minority groups
in Minnesota. This class is taught from a perspective of minority group members
with interaction from class members.
How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom setting?
How might you gain more knowledge of our global society?
Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teaching and
other professional vocations. This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process.
Time: II Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Old Main 10
Discovery Leaming in ihe World of I(mdergmten
EDE 37541005
Instructor: Bruce Drewlow
This class
students for the unique experiencesand rrsponsibilitiesof a
kindergarkmcla~~~~~)m~classwill:
A. Stms key adult/child relationships.
B. S~RSScurriculum developmentand instructionalsystems which are supportedby
current mearchand practices in education settings.
C. Stress key adult/child relationships.
D. Stress process - '%ow to learn".
E. Sharemearchhsed findingsabout developmentally appropriateclassmom organizational plans.
ER
mntinuities and discontinuities in development (characteristicsof the
kindergarten child).
G. Examine appropriatedevelopmental instructionpractices.
H. Examine appropriatecurriculumdesign and instructionalpmgrams meeting the
needs of the kindergarten student.
I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child.
J. Include guest speakem and field trips.
Objectives of the class: At the completionof thisclass the studentwillbe able to
iden*
1.Developmental needs of the kindergarten
2. Discuss the diffe~ntapproachesto kindergarten educationand the theories
behind these approaches.
3. Organizea classroomenvironment to meet the learning needs of students.
4. Identify and create a curriculumplan for teaching kindergarten that meets both t h
students1needs and the teaching style of the teacher.
Grades willbe based on projectsIdiscussion and examination. This is a one-half credit
COum.
Pmequlsites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Educationprogram in pmcess.
Time:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Library 4
wtiw o f t h r n w q s
ENG 13641051
Instructo~JohnMitchell
This course offers a study of literatureas it relates to setting, in this case an environment that willbe studied and experienced biologically, ecologically, and culturally in
with the mading of essays, poetry, and fiction. 'Ihe study of the environment
co-(E
itself will involve an interdisciplina~~
program based at the Newfound H a h r Marine
Instituteon Big Pine Key about 30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The Key
WestRtnder: l'he Best ofthe Key West Writers,18B1990; in addition, studentswill read
one novel from a variety of choices. It is said that at any given time there are about 50
writas living in Key West. They have included Stephen c1-ane,John Dos Passos, Wallace
Stevens, Ernest Heminpay, Wbeth Bishop, Robert Frost, TennesseeWilliams,
Thomas Sanchez, Thomas McGuane, and nunemus others. Field trips during the twe
week stay will involve excursions into the culturally and racially diverseArt Deco District
of Miami Beach; snorkelingin the coral reefs; trips to the "back country"of the mangrove
islands; visits to the homes of writem like Emest Haningway and TennesseeWilliams;
and an excursion into the Evqlades. A wonderful interplayof environment, culture,
and literaturewill result and the student will be an informed y c e rather than a men?
tourist. Studentswillbe scpected to keep a journal and to write a final paper about 1G12
pages in length, based upon the use of environment as literary setting.
This interdisciplhq program will involveabout two weeks of study in southern
Florida. It willbebased at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute, Big Pine Key during
most of this period but the^^ will also be a brief trip to the Everglades. Two distinct
course offerings m availablefor d t , taught by Ralph Sulerud and John Mitchell.
Descriptions for these c o r n can be found in the appropriate deparhental sections of
this catalog (Biology and English)
The interdisciplinarycomponent will involve several days of field trips conducted by
thepemmnel of the institute. Unique communitiessuch as coral reefs and mangrove
swamps will be studied. Them will be opportunity for snorkeling, and scuba diving for
thosewho are certified. Studentswill also make several visits to Key West, and will
study writings of Key West authors. All students will participate in theseactivities and
in catain classes in addition to completingthe specificr e y h m m t s of the course for
which d t will be given. It is intended that mlationships willbecome apparent
between thebiology of the Florida Keys and the writing which has emerged from this
interesting environment.
A feeof approximately$1,2mwillbe dmged for bansportation (includinga m ) ,
lodging, most meals and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.)of the
Newfound Harbor Marine Institute.
Pm.requisites:Permission of instruct01
Distribution: EnglishISpeech
Time: I
Room: Old Main l2
The S h a t Stay -Elements of Fidm
1
I
mG~1007/MW10a)
Instructoc Kathryn Swanson
What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction should be considered
,in making an evaluation? In this course, students will find answersto thesequestionsby
mding a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction.
Although the course will not involvea systematic analysisof the history of the form of
the short story, we willbegin with tales and fables and we will &a sufficientnumber of
classics for the student to appnxiate the historical developmentfrom Poe to Beattie. 'Ihe
c o w willinvolve practice in ways of aplitaature and will include study of the
basic critical terminollogy, so it would be an appmpriatecourse for studentswho have not
yet studied literatureat thecollegelevel.
Students are scpectedto readthe storiesand novel, participate in class discussions,
write an analysisp a p on a selected short story, write an original short story, and take
several quizzes and a finalscam
Students talang thiscourse for upper division d t will m d an additional novel and
p~epw
a substantialpapg/class presentation bsed on it.
All students will be asked to contniute$5 to enable printing and distributionof sel&
original fiction from theclass.
Prerrquisite: Effective Writing
Distriiution: EngIiWSpeech
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Speech Communi*:
W
m Mimniiiie, Social C h ,and their
VioftheEnglishLanpge
ENG ZL9-4l057
Instructm JohnSchmit
'Ihe speech that we use, as much as theclothes that we wear, marks us as members of
a p u p . We adopt the laripage of thecommunity to which we wish to belong, and,
conversely, by njeclingthe languageof a community we are seen to reject the community
itself. Speech communitiesare delineated linguistically, but are definedas culW units.
'Ihe l a n m of each must encompass those conceptsand name those things that the
c
u
m
l holds to be important. 'Ihiscourse will conduct an emmination of issuescentralto
analysis of the speech communitiesof women, minorities and socialstrata. Students willlx
asked to focustheir individual study on an issue of pasonal intevst.
'Ihe come will combine ledme and student-initiated discusion Each student will be
evaluated on thebasis of two examinationsand a short (8 page) p a p .
Distribution: Urban Studies,or Women's Studies, or Minarity Studies
Time: II
Room: Old Main 27
ReSisi0n.s: ConternpmaryDmma in English (1975-pment,l
ENG 24941009
Instructm Douglas Gram
Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent
drama in English. These issues are revitalizing both contemporary drama and
productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late '70s
and the '80s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues
ranging from racial tension and interaction to sexual preference. (We sometimes
survey cumnt drama on several such topics, like class, gender, and language in
1989, and sometimes concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like sexual orientation in 1990.) For comparativepurposes, we will also view a few films on related
topics and try to attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities. There will be
moderate fees for the local productions.
Students will keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one short paper.
(Theremay also be occasional quizzes.) A series of group projects, which include a
long paper and some performance, will conclude the course.
Prerequisite: ENG 111(Effective Writing) is strongly recommended
Distribution: EnglishISpeech
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 18
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232-41042
Instructor: Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and intemational folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities.The majority of
the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment,
and a written test. This is a one-half medit course.
Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
Administration and Supemision of the
School Health Program
HPE 410-41043
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to
community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experiencein classroom and community.
Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries
of professional journalarticles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a
teaching method.
Pmequisik HPE 320 (School Health C m i d u m )
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place2
CoachingofBasketbaZ1
HPE 477-41090
Instruchm Brian Ammann
?heory, tdmique and administrativeaspects of mchingbas-.
Exams, on-thefloora>aching~~es,danduscoutingreportdbethemethodsofevaluation
Thisisa
&f
cradit catrse.
Time I, Tuesdaysand Thursdaysand alternateFridays
Room: Melby 111
Coachingof Volleyball
HPE 48341054
Instructo~:Marilyn Florian
This c o r n deals with the theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaclng
volleyball. A small part of the grade willbe based on completed assignments; the mapr
portion of the grade will be based on tests.This is a one-half credit course.
Time: I, T and Th and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 111
Officiating of Basketball
HPE---- 41041
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of
basketball. There will be practical experience on the floor. Students completing
the course should be ready for certification by the Minnesota High School
Association. Grade evaluation will be based upon tests, papers prepared and
performance on the floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable
that students have some basketball playing experience. This is a one-half credit
course.
Time: 11, Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Si Melby 202
The 18SOs:Ameuica'sWatershed
HIS 33841056
1nstrucl.o~JohnJenswold
lkpmion! War! b b r wiolerm! Ruml mlution! Psycholo@ccrisis! mal
dislmkion! Political comption! Racial conflict!Thc 18% was a dynamicdecade of
crisis and challmge in almost every a s p 3 of American life. This rmwrlcable landmark
d d e pmvidcs a window through which we a n examine a n u m b of nwpr t h m
and W s taking s h a p in d m American d e t y , p l i tics, economics, culture, and
fordp @icy.
We'U appmach thederade thmgh the mdqpof such contemporary writers as
JaneAddams, ATbert Bevcridge, E u p e V. Debs, Theodoxv Dr&, The People's Party,
Jacob Riis, Frederick Jackson Turner, Thontein Veblen, and Booker T. Washington.
These readings - and their historical contacts- will provide the basesof ledures and
discussionson the rcIwant topics of the dmde under study.
Evaluation will be b a s d on short papers on tlac m d i n p and on one essay exarnination, as well as on classdiscussionsof the assigned material.
Prerequisites: HIS 221 or HIS 222, (US. Survey)or consent of instructor
Time: I
Room Old Main l3
The capstone of the Augsburg First Year Experience (FYE)Program is a special
interdisciplinary Interim course with places reserved for first year students. For the 1991
Interim there will be a single course with three sections, each taught by a difierent faculty
member. The course will provide fill credit and will satisfy the Fine Arts distribution
requirement. A few students who are not freshmen will be permitted in the course.
Art and Idea: The Baroque in Europe
INS 191-41011
Instructors: Julie Bolton, Merilee Klemp, Kristin Anderson
How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to theater? What is
the nature of art? How m ideas conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts,
music, and theater have in common? How do they reflect the society in which they
were created? Is art timebound or timeless? All art forms are linked to a particular
time and place. We see that the visual arts, music and theater always reflect the
spiritual and intellectual climate of its time. Using examples of music, art and
theater created in Europe in the Baroque period, the course will explore how to
appreciate and understand the various art forms, e e e the relationships among
the arts, and consider the expression of enduring themes and ideas at different
points in time.
Students will participate in the course through various readings, including
reading plays, studying scores and listening to recordings, and reading primary
source material connected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources of the
College and the city, students will also attend a special performance of the Augsburg
Faculty Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts,
and attend music performances, including the Minnesota Orchestra or the St. Paul
Chamber Orchestra. Students will be expected to attend all required performances
and museum visits, write analyses of the art works or performances, and write a
paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will also be
quizzes.
Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than $15.
Distribution: Fine Arts
Time: I The class will normally meet during Time I, but students will be expected to
attend a limited number of off-campus events (someevenings andlor weekends)as a part
of the class work.
Room: Tjomhom - Nelson Theater
The Paideia Approach: Thinking and Talking
About What You Read
I N S 120-41055
Instructors: Marie McNeff, Vicki Olson
Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia
seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates.
Students will read selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia
seminars. One seminar will use Charlie Chaplan's "Modern Times" for viewing
and then seminar. Open to students with an interest in learning through and
about the Paidcia Program.
Students will read selected readings and view selected films for seminar
discussions, develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe
seminars conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study the
Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for effective seminars;
evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; lead seminars.
Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students and observations of students participating in seminars. Reflective writing will be a part of
the evaluation methodology. The evaluation of the course will be based, in part,
on seminar participation: "The good seminar participant (1) is neither too
impulsive nor overly hesitant in responding, (2) checks periodically on the
purpose and direction of the talk, (3) allows people to be heard, (4) is an active
listener, (5)spreads out the discussion, (6) is considerate, (7)criticizes a point
thoughtfully, (8)makes room for productive silence, (9)is well prepared." (From
"%minar Strategies": portion of essay by Grant Wiggins, Coalition of Essential
Schools, Brown University.)
Time: I
Room: Science 319
Social Change: The Ultimatum of
Community Development in India
I N S 241-41053
Instructor: Vincent Peters
Life in the global community of today's world demands an understanding of
many issues from perspectives not easily achieved without intimate study from a
viewpoint far different than one's own. This course seeks to challenge many
common assumptions regarding the differences between "rich" and "poor,"
"East!' and 'West," while examining the process of social change in the context
of an emerging nation.
South India provides a rich experience of lives in transition, as reformation
sweeps through the culture on every level, bringing socio-economic develop
ment, political empowerment, and redefinition of social and gender roles.
Students immerse themselves in the culture of South India through dialogue,
homestays, and cultural events, and as a result will find their own world view
greatly challenged and enhanced.
We will spend time in Madras, the smaller city of Vellore and villages near
it, in Bangalore and finish with four days in New Delhi which will coincide with
the colorful celebration of Republic Day.
There will be some assigned readings. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and field activities, maintenance of a journal and two tests.
The comprehensive fee of $2,695 includes air and surface transportation,
accommodations (half in hotels and half with families), breakfast daily and two
group dinners in addition to the twelve dinners with families.
Registration for this Interim must be made before October 26 at the Office of
International Programs.
W m k LifeTransitions
INS24541010
Instructar: Diane Busico
Are YOU so~~dbyyourfeelingsandconcemedaboutlifechoicesfacing
you? Would you like to have a betterundmtanding of y o d and others?
?he course will explore the process of adultpsychologid development from age 18
on. 'Ihroughbooks and articles, students will see the life come unfold and followvarious
passages through thelife mume Questionswhich naturally arise during the bansition
periods conaming,for example, carem, marriage, and family, will be bein the
context of the life course. StudentswiUbe expeckd to develop a journal andbe involved in
teamwork Upper class students will be scpected to assume team leadershiproles.
Distribution: Women's Studies
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
Histimj of &eRomrmce Languages
LIN 3124UlZ
Instrue. Donald Steinmek
?he Romance languageshave played and continue to play a mapr mle in history.
Most people are familiarwith the names of the mapr R o m languages: Portuguese,
Spanish,Fm&, Italian,Romanian,but~arealsootherlesshmlanguagesinthis
p u p , such as Galidan, Catalan, P r o v d , l
,
Sardinian,Rom,and others. This
coursewillbe concerned why theselanguagesare so similar and why they&.
Basidy, the similarities stem from the fad that theselanguagesall have the same
source, the poplar Latin speech (oftenmked to as Vulgar Latin) which was spokenby
ordinary people - traders and rmrchants, soldiersand sailors, ruraland &an settlers of all
kinds - within the Roman Empire at its greatest extent. They differin part because
differences in dialect traditionally tend to grow with the passage of time and, very
importantly, these languages have all experienced the influences of various other
languages - such as Arabic in the case of Spanish, Celtic and German for French,
Slavic for Romanian, etc.
'Ihe length of thecoursewill not permit going into great detail regall these
changes,but the mapr developmentswill be emmined mthlly, particularly in thetheof
SpanishandFd
By the end of the c o r n , the student will have seen samplesof almost all theabove
Romance languagesand should be familiar with the basic aspects of thepopular (or
Vulgar) Latin which result in the similarities and alsobe aquainted with m y of the
factos which account for the diffenmm.
Grading for thecourse will be based on the studenfsg e n d pqaration for all
assignments, on specific performance for two tumin assignments, and on a final
examination
Pnmquisites: at least thee terms of some Romance Language or a linguisticscourse
Time:I
Room Old Main 22
Math and Ifs Applications: SSucceed Wth Math
MAT 1324013
I n s t r u e . Suzanne Do&
Are you a math avoider? Do numbers and symbols s<rare you? Do you wonder why a
student mapring in socialscience or h d t i e s needs to know some math?Would you
like to irrgroveyour math SHS,
be mom at ease wib math, and maybe even learn to like
math (a little)? If you answered "yes" to any of the above, thiscourseis for you.
In thismuse we will wok on solving problem and puzzles to help you be comfortable when dealing with numbers and to generally impmw your quantitativem n i n g
skills. W e w i l l s e e m a n y ~ o f m ~ t i c s i n b u s ~ a n d d s c i ~ .
Evaluation willbe based on homework problems, a pmblansolvingjournal, and
several short papes. kwillbe no quizzes or tests.
Time 11
Room Science212
Ma& ofbrterest
MAT 173-41014
Instrum Ken Kaminsky
Have you ever wondenxi why women have been charged more thanmen for
annuities and &ved
lower p e n s i o n ~ tthan
s men? Or why women have paid less
than men for life irmmme?Or how life inspremiums calculated? Or how
instalhmt loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to
accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the fuhm? Then
thisc o r n may be meant for you. Theseand other interestingand usefultopics in the
mathematics of financialkmsadions willbe c o d .
'Ihisc o r n should be usefulfor studentsin businessand ecomrnics or for any
students intemtd in cawen in finmedated fields. Evaluation willbe based on classmom participationand quizzes.
Prerequisites Group III on math placement test ar equivalent
Distnlution. Mathematicsmhysics
Time I
Room Science 212
Creative Arts Therapies: A Clinical Overview
MUS ll(F41017
Instntctor: Roberta Metzler
An introductory course for students interested in interdisciplinary approaches of the various arts therapies, emphasizing the individual contributions
of dance, drama, music, art and other arts to the therapeutic process. The class
will visit clinical treatment facilities in the area. Evaluation will be based on
three tests and field trip reports.
Special fee to cover transportation: $15.
Time: I1
Room: Music 24
Electronic Music Composition
MUS 23&41063/430-41015
Instructor: Robert Karlen
An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some of the
sounds found in 20th Century music. Through a "hands+nl' approach, participants
will be involved in:
1.Making multi-track recordings on half-track, quarter-track, and cassette decks
through an eight-track mixer.
2. Individually creating, modifymg and mixing sounds from traditional sound
sources as well as from analog and computercontrolled synthesizers.
The study and application of practical electronic technology used in the production of music today will be combined with aesthetic considerations necessary for the
creative aspects of the art.
Much of the work in this course will be done in small groups. Lower division
students will work with up to four channel-four track recording involving techniques of speed changing, splicing, reversing tape direction and filtering using
primarily traditional and non-traditionalsound sources. Upper division students
will also use electronicallysynthesized sound sources including computer controlled
keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to seven tracks.
Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder, and provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and a blank cassette tape.
Prerequisite: Music theory or permission of instructor for upper division status.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I1
Room: Music 5
Beginning Nonoegian I
NOR 111-41018
Instructor: Frankil Shackelford
Course 111is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. The
course aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, writing, and
cultural understanding. Classroom practice focuseson both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts.
The finalgrade is derived from daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
What Do You Think Of That?
PHI 250-41019
Instructor: Kenneth C.Bailey
There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some
clear and careful thought. What shall we think and say about such contemporary issues as "Freedom of the Will"; "Can Computers Think?"; and 'What are
the Grounds of Moral Responsibility?". In this course we will discuss these and
other concerns that confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more
clearly.
Discussions will be based upon readings from a wide selection of authors,
some traditional (such as John Locke, Rene Descartes, and William James); and
some very much in the forefront of contemporary discussion (such as Ayn Rand,
B.F. Skinner, Sidney Hook, and John Hospers). Their views are provocative, to
say the least, and they will challenge you to ask, again and again, 'Well, Now.
What Do You Think of That?".
Grades will be based upon a mid-term examination, a final examination, and
class discussions.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Time: I1
Room: Music 22
Introduction to Weather
PHY 106-41020
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four
basic areas observing the weather changes and understanding the world's
climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water
cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weathefs impact on world
events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the MathematicsPhysics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student.
The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a
two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather
facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi; Tampa, Miami, Cocoa
Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour
and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits
will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane
tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather.
During the trip the student will maintain a journal of weather and site visits.
Daily weather maps will be created using portable weather satellite reception
systems carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational
weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of
climates across the U.S. from north to south.
Daily quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be
based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project
completed during the trip. The cost will be approximately $700. Initial deposit
due by October 26.
Prerequisites: High School Algebra
Distribution: MathematicsRhysics
Time: I
Room: Science 28
Introduction to Space Science
PHY 320-41021
Instructor: Ken Erickson
This course is designed for students in science and engineering who are
interested in acquiring a basic knowledge of the major topics required for further
study in the field of space science.
The course will provide a survey of the earth's space environment including
solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics.
Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, rnagnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms, and magnetosphereionosphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms,
current systems, particle precipitation, and aurora. Evaluation will be based on
assignments, two exams and a paper.
Prerequisites: PHY 245 or consent of instructor
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Spreadsheet Physics
PHY 15141022
Instructor: Jeff Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123)have been used extensively in business for
years. However, it is also possible to use spread sheets to solve physics problems
without using "high-powered" mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student
who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive
level. We will use Lotus 123 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas
including planetary and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated
might be in areas other than physics. Grading will be based on spreadsheet
projects, homework, and a final exam.
Prerequisites: Math level lII
Distribution: Mathematics/Physics
Time: I
Room: Science 30
Understanding the Middle East Through Literature
POL 241-41062
Instructor: Renee Taft
Literature in the Middle East can be a sensitive barometer of the manner in
which individuals have sought to cope with the challenges and crises experienced by their societies and have defined themselves within and against societies
which an? themselves in the process of change and redefinition. In this seminar,
students will examine a number of novels as well as expository prose in English
from Egypt and the Arab world, Israel and Iran. Because the theme of common
concern in our time is the Arab-Israeli conflict, emphasis will be placed on gaining a
better understanding of its ramifications. The seminar will emphasize close reading
and analysis of texts, classroom discussion and essay writing. No prerequisite
required although some basic knowledge of the Middle East is preferable. Final
examination and one paper comparing two or more authors read.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I
Room: Music 23
Alternative Politics
PoLW1058
Instructm RandallKindley
'Ihe qanding role of alternativepolitical movements is one of themost fascinating
socialphenomena of the last quarterof thecentury. Politid plies, inhest p u p s and
~ m tmovanenk
s
that will fit our conventional view of left and right are becoming
significantpolitical playersat the national and local level in the United States and abmad.
'Ihe Gram, for example, have become parbmentary contendersin many Empean
countries. Youth and c h d mowmats have figured prominently in thepolitical changes
that swept EasternE m p e in 198P1990. Inbhremb, en-talist,
anti- nuclear,
religious and anti-tion
p u p s are gaining in memkrship and activism while
traditional competitionbetwemDemocl.at and Republicanwanes. Will the politics of the
21st Century be based on these new political cleavages?
In thiscourse, we will scarnine the phenomenon of alternative political m m t s
from a menational, national and local pmpective. Seved issues will be I-aised:What
accountsfor the pmpagation of thesenew political foms? What are the visions and goals
of these p u p s ? How are thesevisions and goals tramlabed into pragmatic political action?
How do their ideals, as w d as thepolitical systems in which thesegroups m embedded,
shaped#emms in objectivesand strategies? Finally, what does their growth mean for the
way politia will be conducted at thelocal, national and intemational level in the years to
come?
Essentially,thiscourse will be exploratoryand we hope to developa practical scheme
for comparing and analyzing theemergenceand behavior of thesealtemative political
p u p s . Reawillbe a mixtureof theoretical literature and publicationsof some of
thesepups. Thegreateremphasiswillbemthelatters~themaprityofclasstimewill
be devoted to presentations by prominent individualsin local alternativemovenwnts and
discussionsabout their political goals and strawes. Grades in the course willbe based on
class participation, a termpaper and a final exam
h q u i s i t e x 1Political Science course or permissionof instructor.
Time:I1
Room Murphy Place 3
TheLegalRights oftheAm&
Employee and
E m p l o y e r h a~llatmeandJudkialPempecttve
POL 37641099
Instruclor. Phil Fishman
This new course will scarnine the currentpolitical and legal rights and responsibilities
of theAmerican employeein the contempmy labor market Various forms of employment issues, including contra3rights, wrongful tamination, workers compmsationfor
pbrelated injuries, safety in the work place, protection against legal dkrhination on the
job, drug and alcoholtesting and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow!' Whemer
possible, the oppositeposition of theemployer willbe pmented. The role of theAmerican
labor union movement and employer's political action p u p s will be a d M where
devant. M willbe field trips to observeadual court and/or administrativelaw
pI.ocRedings. Students will alsomeet with employment la-.
Studentswill p q m e s p e d mini-termpaper and final examination.
h q u i s i t e s Junioror Senior status; 1course in Political Science or Economics.
Time: Wednesday Jan.2,6304k3and each Monday and Wednesdaythereafber.
Room Old Main 16
Psychobgy ofthe Legal System
PSY 3354024
Nancy Steblay
l l w US. legal system will be investigated from the perspectiveof psychologicaltheory
andpradice A ~ c f o c u s w i l l b e o n ~ s o c i a l p s y ~ l o g y o f m
with d d m a t i o n of such topics as jury selection, eyewitness evaluation and jury decision
Instru-
Class mdingsand discussionwill also a v e r suchW e r a m s as morality,justice,
ethics and victimization. Guest-1
will include members of the legal and psychological communities.
Evaluationn-ethods include test and w r i b work; studentswill alsobe mponsible
for contributionto classmomdiscussion.
Prerequisites: a general psychology course
Time: 11
Room: Old Main16
The Self as Revealed in Myths and Symbols
PSY 340-41023
Instntdotr Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and
theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined with the
intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representationsof "the
self."
The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's individual
self and of how the conceptualizationsof your self have been molded by a variety of
social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include
topics as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and
peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the assigned readings.
Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be
actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the
responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be based on: (1) class partiapation, (2) a course journal, and (3)four or five short (60@-800word) papers.
Prerequisites: PSY 105(GeneralPsychology)
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 2
Idealism and the Adolescent
PSY 3704025
Instructor: Duane E.Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person.
Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism W e d toward other
persons and society will be the main focus.-This course will be conducted as a seminar
with a high level of student contributionand prticiption. Attendance at each class
session is requhd.
Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequentoral
reports. Each student will be r e q M to seek out and interview pmons in the adolescent level of development. Typewritingor equivalent word processing will be required.
Studentsare required to read TheMoral Life of Children by Robert Colesbefore the start of
the Interim Thisbook will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November 1.
Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessionsand will provide a
base for further learning in the course.
This course is offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequisites: PSY 105, General Psychology
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
The Bz%k, h p a g e and Intqmtation
REL 445 41006
Instructor: Philip Quanbeck
A study of theuse and funciton of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding thebiblical text. Grades will be
based on class prticipation, a presentation to the class and an examination.
Prerequisites:REL 111 or REL 221
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 11
The Theology of Mm'age
REL,34341026
Instructor: Cathy Paulsen
Mamiage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision which we often make
with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the
1
I
I
heart, whether you are manied or not, but it will inaxme your sureness and the possibility for meaning/intimacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of
Christian tea*,
many theories, with particular attention given to the work of C. G.
Jung willbe studied and applied to the marital relationship and secondarilyto the
family.
discussion, and visiting resourcepersons. Evaluationwill be
Thew willbe,-l
based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Two books willbe required.
Prerequisites:REL 111 or REL 221 or permission of instructor.
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.)
Time: I
Room Music 24
Biblical T
&
i
Then andNow
REL4354060
Instructor:~~-en
An opportunity for students to mearch s@c Biblical texts to examine their place
in Scriand how it has been interpwtd by theologians down through the centuries,
including current interpwlations by feminist, process and liberation theologians.
Each student will mearch and pment findings to the class on one specific text.
Evaluation is based on class participation and the mearch paper. No exams.
Prerequisites REL 111 or REL 221.
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religioncourse may be used toward
graduationrequirements.)
Time: II
Room Old Main 23
A t m , God and Money: How SciencP,
Religion a n d E c m i c s M k
REL 43641061
Instructors: Mark Engebretson,JohnBenson, and Tom M q a n
Science, theology and economic thought are intricately intertwined and reflect
one another in the development of Western Civilization. "Atoms, God and Money
will examine three historical periods: Medieval, 18th Century and 20th Century, to
show how the three areas of thought change together and influence one another.
Course content will be drawn from texts and video series by James Burke and from
writings of Kenneth Boulding. Class time will be divided among a variety of
activities including: discussion, lecture, presentations, small group tutorials and
simulation games. Drawing from the ideas developed in the course, participants
will work as teams to construct Space Colonies.
Course evaluation will be based upon: Midterm and Final exams, group project
presentation, and a final paper on a topic in the area in which one is taking the
course for credit.
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior status and one prior religion course
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward
graduation requirements.)
Time: I1
Room: Science 123
Exploring Human Services
SWK 25741027
Instructor: Mary Lou Williams
Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency
representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3
hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings
discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in agency, written subjective
summary, brief journal summary, exam on readings.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 1
Exploring Human Services and Social Work
in Great Britain (lanuay 2-26,1991)
SWK 34611028
Instructor: Rosemary Link
Experience the excitement of a changing Europe through British eyes. Explore
modern social policies in the context of ancient culture. Join British students and
faculty and meet a variety of human service professionals in health, corrections,
family and child welfare. Encounter the breadth of the nation's traditions through
visits to galleries, museums, theaters and historic sites, such as Canterbury, and
Stratford. In London we visit a wide range of agencies and explore this lively city
with the help of English social work students. We visit the West coast port of Bristol
and benefit from University faculty expertise in advocacy and child welfare. We mix
practical experience, observation and dialogue to understand how the country's
social services reflect culhual values. The fee ($2,295) includes travel and accomrnodations, breakfast daily, two lunches, six dinners and two theater tickets.
Registration for this Interim must be made before October 26 at The Office of
International Programs.
Field Work LU
S W K 466-41030 (fullcourse)
S W K 466-41029 (l/2 course)
Instrudar: Francine Chakoli
Course content w
i
l
lbe continuation of Field Work I. - educationallyfocused
field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour
per week in a faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations
will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract
and social work evaluation forms.
Prerequisites: S W K 462 (Field Work II)
Time: To be arranged
Principles of Sociology
(with emphasis a the Health Care Systnn)
SOC 121-41031
Instructor: Barbara Johnson
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups,
interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for discovering the
world and one's place in it.
The emphasis for illustrationsand exercises will be directed to the health care
system. Crosscultural comparisons will be drawn. The course will be useful for
future health care providers and related professionals and for consumers as well.
This course covers the same concepts and meets the same objectives as the
regular term course. Therefore students can expect daily written and/or reading
illbe given.
assignments. Three exams w
Distribution: Psychology/Sociology
Time: II
Room Library 1
Racial and Minority Group Relations
SOC 265-41032
Instructor: Jerry Gerasimo
This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations.
Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self- understanding.
The course format will include lectures, films,readings, and an opportunity for offcampus participant observation. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based
on a combination of class participation, a research project, and a final examination. The
course is offered only on a P/N basis.
Distribution: Minority-Urban
Time: I
Room Old Main 18
Beginning Spmdsh
SPA 1114(B3
Instructo~Staff
Beginrung Spanish I is the first half of the beginning sequence, the goal of which is to
introduce the student to the most basic vocabulary and grammar in order to prepat him
or her either to go on to additional study of Spanish or to use it at an elementary speaking-understanding level at the end of the m n d course. The emphasisis on spoken
Spanish, but secondarygoals to develop reading and writing skills as well. After
Inkdm, students will be prepared to continuewith Spanish 112in the spring.
The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented and grammar explanations
willbe given as needed to clan@thosein the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapterand a written and an oral final scam
Distribution: ForeignZanguage
Time: I
Room Old Main 29
Evaluating Continental Literatrwe
SPA 250-41034
~ I ' I S Gu*
~ ~ E
ROZ4?tlt&
The objective of the course is to enable studentsto discuss continentalliterature
through theuse of valid critical tools. It will involve both theory and subsequent evaluation of the reading selectionsfrom different points of view. We shall read half a dozen
short stories, severalplays, one novel and a number of poems.
Studentevaluation willbe based on thw written repork, participation in class
discussions, and a finalscam This course is designed for foreign language studentsbut
anyone with an interest in European continental literatureis welcome to m 1 1 . Students
interested in Spanish350 (Introductionto Literam for Language Students)should see
the instructor for special arrangements.Offered in English.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor
Distribution: English-Speech
Time:I
Room: Old Main27
Documentary Video
SPC 347-41035
Instructor: Deborah Bart
Documentary video is a video production course which integrates lecture
and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects.
Students will work in production teams, gaining experience in field production
and editing. The production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary piece.
Evaluation will be based upon student journals, critiques and a paper.
This course requires additional lab time for editing.
Time: I
Room: Foss A-V Seminar
Theater Crafts
SPC 495-41036
Instructor: Michael Burden
Theatei Crafts will introduce students to several methods used in producing
props and costume accessories for the stage. Class time will be project oriented.
Projects will include felt hats, masks, jewelry, mold casting, hand props and a
final project to be selected by the student. The class will also include theater
tours and attendance at a prop-oriented show.
Prerequisites: SPC 222 or 228 (Intro to Theatre or Technical Production) or
permission of instructor.
Time: I1
Room: Tjornhom-Nelson Theater
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association
for Intercultural Education, which offersoverseas learning experienm during the
Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from
Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 2018 Eighth Street (330.16551 or
from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 26,1990. These
courses a~ offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number.
Ancient and Modern Maya of the Yucatan
Archaeology in Yugoslavia
Art in France and Italy
Australia's Business Climate
The British School and Family
The Culture, Heritage and Diversity of Eastern Europe
Ecology and Natural History of The Yucatan
E m t in Transition
Europe and the Rise of Modern Science
-- Exploring Human Services and Social Work in Great Britain
Greece Art and Artifact, Myth and Drama
Guatemala: Centuries of Tradition- Century of Change
Hawaii: Mu1ti Cultural Communication in Organizational Settings
Intermediate German. 2,000 Years in Trier
Literary Landscapes of England and Ireland
Modern European Business and Worklife
Molart to Brahms: Music in Germany and Austria
Museums, Music and Monuments (Germany,Austria, Italy, Hunga y)
Peace Studies: Nonviolent Revolution in Europe
Social Change: The Ultimatum of Community Development in India
The Soviet Union and Eastern Europe in the Gorbachev Era
Southeast Sea Adventure: Tropical Ecology in Malaysia and Bali
Spain. 1492 to 1992 and Beyond
Theatre in Britain
This is New Zealand
Towards Peace an Conflict Resolution. Study in Ireland
Translating All That Business About lapan
*
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most cany a tuition
cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are
offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are
available in the Interim Office.
Sailing in the Virgin Islands (January8-24 1991)
HPE 455-41039
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and
practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent
level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The
student will live aboard a 43-46 foot fixed keel sailboat with five/six other people
and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will
be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands
and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and
windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed.
The course cost is $2,400, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students
and qualifying 4-14 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in
order to receive academic credit.
Prerequisite: Permission from Marilyn Florian or Carol Enke of the Health
and Physical Education department.
Total payment is due October 31,1990.
Distribution: Lifetime sport (also one course credit).
Outward Bound
HPE 21241067
Check for informationin the InterimOffice for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing
on the Minnesota-Canadianborder or for white water cImoeingand desert campingon the
Rio Grande in theDecembeT27 through January27period.
l'hereis a cost of approximately$1,275 (theOutward Bound o ~ a r b t i o has
n some
scholarshipsavailable).
LPaders o n L e a i p : The NatimlAgendu
POL39841065
Washington, D.C.: News Cap;tolof The Wmld
POL 39841066
These Interims begin December 30and continue until January19,1991. Information
on either of the above pmgrams, housing and financial assistanceis available from Dr.
Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117k
ThefOllming&hity 1s d & I e fo shdcnb during Inhim and s h r h f s may rqisbjbr this
as(orn w
l
n
r mum. This &fy dm not mwy @cia! d i t , Inrf dm ma+ fhe
lfdirnesports requiremenffmgmduntim. Sludmk mnyprticipk in fhis c b ~uithuulr&tEn'ng
fw thewutse,Imt will tx qwtd fa F/mjfmw h e h or mf ll~esludent+tmfor the colme.
class as&I
American Karate
HPE 002-41045
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught
by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 120&1:00 MWF
Room: Melby
Racquetball
HPE 002-41044
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: I; M,W and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby
Hisotry of Economic Thought
ECO 219-41406
Instructor: Richard Herzog
A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the context o
the political, economic and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be or
tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to
provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social
problems.
I.
Ancient Economic Thinking
11.
The Medieval Period
111.
Mercantilism
IV .
Classical
V.
Socialist/Utopian
VI.
Modern
Primarily lecture/dimssion depending on class size. If small class
(less than 101, seminar style may be more appropriate. A major research
paper (minimum of 10 pages) would be required. Final exam would be
essay on three of five topics.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 11
NEW COU'RSE
A I S 290-41069
ART 290-41068
S. Chapman
TRIBAL ARTS & CULTURE
An o v e r v i w of the v i s u a l arcs of the he'rfcan Indians v i t h i n r h e United
S r a t e s v i t h some a t t e n t i o n rtl Canada, Gntral and South America. In
addition to the visual arcs of the Eastern Woodland, P l a i n s , Pacific a d
Southwest fndians, some c o n t e n t w i l l hclude drama, d a c e , p o e t t y ,
mythology, r i t u a l s and r e l i g ~ o n . Scu&zsts -1
produce art work such ar
weaving, baskecs , p o t t e r y , jewelry, sedqture or p.rinrs. This wurst
is c r o s s f k i t e d v i t h the Arr Department.
Objectives, Content. aad Procedzres a m & s e e d on page 2 bf this
Proposal.
Evaluation w i l l be done fn amjuoctien w i t h t h e A r t
Department. A complete syllabus w i l l be developed v i t h the assistance
of che A r t D e p a r a e a t . Herhods of e v a l w c i w ill be Included.
Distribution: Fine A r t s
HPE 271-41070
Time: X I
Room:
OFFICIATING FOOTBALL
I.
~ e v e i o pknowltdgt mu s k i l l s mctizary t o ~m a' reglsttted
official nith the Hinnesota State Ugh School League.
2.
Develop appreciation far the fole of t h e official i n the total
aducational prrrcess.
Cmtenr:
OM4
Will k based an the rules mb -its
set f0M
the national
Federation for Swru and rules and r~gularlomsof tne Hinnesota
State High Schcvl League.
Procedures: Lectures, dermnstrat~ons.film. simlated 9-
situations
Evaluation: Written tcst
-
T h i s i s a one-half credit course.
H I S 140-41964
EAST EUROPE
Time: 11, M,W, a l t . Fri.
UNDER THE HAPSBURGS
-
Room: S i Melby
R.D. Zehnder
the East C e n ~ d
f u r c ~ e= a h of the rabs'hqs and itr
inheritors f o e z i n g on three themes: 1) %acfrgrpu..xd, 4 e v t l ~ * n tand -=ent
~nditzon
of t \ e peoples o f East Cent-d. E u m p t
thc Balkans w i t h
eye .to
fallowin; c ~ z t n events
t
in Erst Europe ~ ' p l - Q
an ricotic but &-
He w i l l lccir a t
vacation for tilose b e a d y bared with PEZLS and O s l o 2 ) The i..ceniws instltutlons of the & k e g s t k a t d b w c d them b m e w i a
t!!e c ! a l l e r . q e of Refgration, Libera-,
Hati-,
always as t h vsi+'-q
~
t e a m in Lke s t - ~ g g l e uith Gutavus Admf;.=s,
H z w l m n , and .
&-B
3) The brZLizn+ raltrt-al ac3ievemenrs of
s
f mt&e
.. t??es%h t ~ b d e r miles
ocean at t h e hterfaca of Geman, kt3, and SLavic s ~ c ~ e ~ fe s , HEZFreud.
W t will visit Vienna ~JI 1776 L!mgb *e fib ha2eus unless t h e
ma<*=
is realp by class. By t . ? e end of te= e v e r n n e ulll be q e c t e d to aiscuss
Easr !C==?e Fntelligently mer ccffee md m i l l do an fn-depa prrrjecr paper on
an East Europe s m e r vacatien w i t % r h s t o r i c a l f02 tome aspect, of th.
Habsbur: tultural or institutional e~::=ibution thaf you f k d psf-iF21uly
iatorescL7q. mare w i l l also be some farm of an -ma#.
Distribution: Hi rtory/Philosaphy
Time: I 1
Room: OM13
J, Shackel ford
- --
-- - - - - -
~ 1 1 1be p r e ~ r a t ~ - ~ ~ ' ~ & icjectim
~ - & t ef g e o c e ~ i r~ oi ~s - 1 ~ by a
SuceeasiW of u i e n t i l u from copemit o I-ton;
~ d l u r=forn
l
d the
discovery af the ~ t ~ m l a t t oofn t h e b l e d ;
-cgenm of a*pcrirntal
e t h o d s ; tbt o r p ~ a i ~ t l nofn the scl*ntlEi~*Oterprbe. and c-n
for t h e
&act o f science on rrligiow and mr.1 P t t t r s . shy'wr+ tb* t b - t t s t c d
theerlrs a t tb meitnta W o n mat in
perid? my dld t h e nrv Ideal
i ~ these quntiuar v ~ l require
l
er
aftto r c t w l t b opp~zitirn? c o ~ i d e t a t of
c ~ f i t l d c rthe r o c i a l llrd a f e 1 l e - l
a f r r t o f Rtfor-tion AM Cauntcrold nytb about t h e
b f o t m t ? o n m o p e . In the V r o u ¶ s we rill d b p c l
proqrtsstvc ~ t u c mof sciemtific d * q e l o ~ n tand c~let o ra ~ d c r r t m d i n go f
memr of tP. macept=l changes mt form gut of om tnttllactual h*rft.qr.
~lrrtrrretioa'vill Laclde lectnres and dlrelusia.
Bud en e x a d ~ t l o m(short W * r a rml -yrl
&
r
,
Prerequisite: 3 History course
m l m t l m u11l k
plpcr.
Time: ? I
Room: OM13
MATHEMATICS OF CHANCE
Zheng
The goal of this course I5 t o discuss with students a b u t various f i n i t e
mathematics t o p i c s , including Sets, counting Thcturfques. Probbil l t y md
S t a t i s t i c s . f lass sessions Include I r c t u e s , dCscussions and small grgup
rxercises. Course evaluatjon will be based on class-particlpatlvn,
hmemrrk, a midtrm exam and f i n a l exam. (Studmts who have hhd Probability
and Statistics fraR other courses shoutd contact the instructor before
n g i s t c r i n g far this tovrsc),
Students who have taken MT 121 aay n o t take t h i s course; however, students
who take thls course may l a t ~ rregister for HAT 121.
Prerequisites: MAT 104 or Group TI1
Distribution:
I N S 401-41071
Time: I1
Room: 5212
Math/Physics
THE C I T Y AS MYTH & METAPHOR:
& THE WILDERNESS
THE GARDEN
3. G r i f f i n
This course will l o o k a t t h e c i t y a s a garden and wilderness, e x p l o r i n g these
metaphors i n the broadest sense. Not only w i l l we look a t the c i t y per re,
but we w i 11 consider how these metaphors affect perceptions o f women L minorities.
The course w i l l approach the t o p i c primarily by way o f the humanities. Thus
there w i l l be a focus on the discussion o f t e x t s , but these texts w i l l be
supplemented by the resources of the Twin C i t i e s themselves.
Prerequisite: SENIOR HONORS STUDENT
INTERNSHIPS:
Time: I
Room: FC 42
For information on January Interim internships please contact
the Internship o f f i c e i n Murphy Place, Rm. 8, by December 14.
OTHER CHANGES:
HPE 232
REC'L RHYTHMS & ACTlVITlES meets Time: I , M,U, & a l t . F
Cancelled courses:
HIS 338, THE 1890s: AMERICA'S WATERSHED
MAT 132, MATH AND ITS
APPLICATIONS
INTERIM
Show less
MASTER OF ARTS IN
EDUCATIONLEADERSHIP
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
1990-1992
·'
-.Jnformation Sessions
MASTER OF ARTS IN EDUCATION-LEADERSHIP
Individuals interested in the Master of Arts in EducationLeadership program at Augsburg College are encouraged to
attend an information session. These free,... Show more
MASTER OF ARTS IN
EDUCATIONLEADERSHIP
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
1990-1992
·'
-.Jnformation Sessions
MASTER OF ARTS IN EDUCATION-LEADERSHIP
Individuals interested in the Master of Arts in EducationLeadership program at Augsburg College are encouraged to
attend an information session. These free, two-hour sessions are
scheduled at various times prior to the beginning of each trimester. Please call the Master of Arts inEducation- Leadership Office
(330-1786) for details or to register for one of these information
sessions:
Thursday, May9, 1991
Tuesday, June 18, 1991
Thursday, July 18, 1991
Saturday, October 26, 1991
Saturday,Februaryl,1992
Tuesday, May 12, 1992
Tuesday, June 16, 1992
Thursday, July 16, 1992
7:00 - 8:00p.m.
10:00 a.m. - noon
10:00 a.m. - noon
9:00 - 11:00 a.m.
10:00 a.m. - noon
10:00 a.m. - noon
10:00 a.m. - noon
10:00 a.m. - noon
For more information write or call:
Master of Arts in Education-Leadership Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612/330-1786
~·
Augsburg Colleg0
731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH
MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55454
3/91
·:.....·-·-·.
..
,6iee and Payment
Schedule
~
~ . ;:
~
..
·=·
.., ...·.·
Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable)
Tuition (per trimester course)
(one course =6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits)
Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable,
applicable to first semester's tuition)
Leadership Practicum Fee (per term for six terms)
Thesis Continuation Fee $100.00
Late Fee, per day (charged to any student registering
after the scheduled registration date).
Late registration includes incomplete registration as
defined: a) Unsigned Registration Form or
b) Unapproved Payment Plan
Registration Change after First Class Meeting
(cancel/add/change grade option, or combination
at one time)
Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free)
Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a
simple rate of 1% per month on any account with
an open balance of 30 days or more.
$25.00
$884.00
$100.00
$125.00
$50.00
$5.00
$2.00
Fees
The application fee ($25) is due on or before the application deadline
for a given term. The $100 non-refundable deposit (applied to first
semester's tuition) reserves a place in the program in a given term,
once a person is accepted. Tuition is due at the time of registration.
Payment Options*
1) Payment in Full: Due day of registration.
2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a 3pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be offered
only if previous plans have been adhered to.
3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent, which are
company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per course reimbursed,
with full payment due within 50 days after the end of the term.
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in three equal installments at
the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the
student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg
College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student
accounts are paid in full. This also applies for student loan funds
administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be current
according to established repayment schedules.
•A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration invalid and could affect
further credit extended by the college.
~-
•nformation Sessions
MASTER OF ARTS IN EDUCATION-LEADERSHIP
Individuals interested in the Master of Arts in EducationLeadership program at Augsburg College are encouraged to
attend an information session. These free, two-hour sessions are
scheduled at various times prior to the beginning of each trimester. Please call the Master of Arts inEducation- Leadership Office
(330-1786) for details or to register for one of these information
sessions:
Thursday, May 9, 1991
Tuesday, June 18, 1991
Thursday, July 18, 1991
Saturday, October 26, 1991
Saturday,Februaryl,1992
Tuesday, May 12, 1992
Tuesday, June 16, 1992
Thursday, July 16, 1992
7:00 - 8:00p.m.
10:00 a.m. - noon
10:00 a.m. -noon
9:00 - 11 :00 a.m.
10:00 a.m. - noon
10:00 a.m. - noon
10:00 a.m. - noon
10:00 a.m. -noon
,r"'
.~~,::·
' \ ...:f
.>-a
'l-·~r
~··-·
tr1
~·
·t.rj". ...
~:-.:
For more information write or call:
Master of Arts in Education-Leadership Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612/33~1786
Augsburg Col leg0
731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH
MINNEAPOLIS
3/91
MN 55454
z ·: .· ·
~:
B alendar
1991- '92
Saturday Schedule: 8:30 a.m. - Noon and 1:15 - 4:45 p.m.
Thursday Schedule: 6:00 - 7:30 p.m. and 8:00 - 9:30 p.m.
Fall Trimester 1991
Class Dates
Thursday, September 5
Saturday, September 14
Thursday, September 19
Saturday, September 28
Thursday, October 3
Saturday, October 12
Thursday, October 17
Saturday,October26
Thursday, October 31
Saturday, November 9
Thursday, November 14
Saturday, November 23
Thursday, December 5
Leadership Practicum Dates
Saturday, September 7: Workshop for returning students
Saturday, September 21: Assessment Center for new students
Saturday, October 5: Assessment Center for new students
Other Important Dates
Monday, August 19: Application deadline
Wednesday, September 4: Orientation
Monday, September 9: Last day to register and/or drop
Saturday, November 23: Last day to withdraw from class
Monday, December 16: Final grades due
Winter Trimester 1992
Class Dates
Thursday, January 9
Saturday, January 18
Thursday, January 23
Saturday, February 1
Thursday, February 6
Saturday,February15
Thursday, February 20
Saturday,February29
Thursday, March 5
Saturday, March 14
Thursday, March 19
Saturday, March 28
Leadership Practicum Dates
Saturday, January 11: Workshop for returning students
Saturday, January 25: Assessment Center for new students
Other Important Dates
Monday, December 2: Application deadline
Wednesday, January 8: Orientation
Monday, January 13: Last day to register and/or drop class
without record notation
Saturday, March 14: Last day to withdraw from class
Monday, April 6: Final grades due
.·- -~ ~.~
.·: ·.
Spring Trimester 1992
Class Dates
Thursday, April 2
Saturday, April 11
Thursday, April 16
Saturday, April 25
Thursday, April 30
Saturday, May 9
Thursday, May 14
Thursday, May 21
Saturday, May 30
Thursday, June 4
Saturday, June 13
Thursday, June 18
Saturday, June 27
~·
C/)f
~1
~
tr
~
~
tr.f ~,
z·
Leadership Practicum Dates
Saturday, April 4: Workshop for returning students
t·
~
;::
'!
b·
Other Important Dates
Monday, March 9: Application Deadline
Wednesday, April 1: Orientation
Monday, April 6: Last day to register and/ or drop without notation
Saturday, May 30: Last day to withdraw from class
Monday, July 6: Final grades due
....
~'
~
v
~-:-··
...,
,,.
"
II.•.•.
):
ljee and Payment
Schedule
-~.
Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable)
Tuition (per trimester course)
(one course= 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits)
Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable,
applicable to first semester's tuition)
Leadership Practicum Fee (per term for six terms)
Thesis Continuation Fee $100.00
Late Fee, per day (charged to any student registering
after the scheduled registration date).
Late registration includes incomplete registration as
defined: a) Unsigned Registration Form or
b) Unapproved Payment Plan
Registration Change after First Class Meeting
(cancel/add/change grade option, or combination
at one time)
Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free)
Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a
simple rate of 1% per month on any account with
an open balance of 30 days or more.
$25.00
$884.00
$100.00
$125.00
$50.00
$5.00
$2.00
Fees
The application fee ($25) is due on or before the application deadline
for a given term. The $100 non-refundable deposit (applied to first
semester's tuition) reserves a place in the program in a given term,
once a person is accepted. Tuition is due at the time of registration.
Payment Options*
::.::-.
~--
'
+
1) Payment in Full: Due day of registration.
2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a 3pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be offered
only if previous plans have been adhered to.
3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent, which are
company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per course reimbursed,
with full payment due within 50 days after the end of the term.
"";,:-<
"'
w
<
~··
~-
t,
,,
"
~
-=:
~:
·:~-.-..;
d
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in three equal installments at
the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the
student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg
College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student
accounts are paid in full. This also applies for student loan funds
administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be current
according to established repayment schedules.
> ::.:
::-.~
~-
•A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration in'Clalid and could affect
further credit extended by the college.
"'r
1 he most important key to developing a collective will to
overcome many of our commonplace problems is leadership.
Certainly leadership is characterized by more than knowing. It is
also more than acting. It is ultimately defined in coalescing others
to act when they otherwise might not have. Leadership, including
teacher leadership, is ultimately proven in the efforts of others to
attempt to scale heights of human achievement and plunge depths
of human caring not otherwise envisioned."
-Ken Howey
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612/330-1786
Calendar for 1990-'91 .................................................................... 4
Introduction to the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership ... 6
Leadership Development Model ................................................. 7
Curriculum Design ....................................................................... 9
Course Descriptions .................................................................... 10
Graduate Faculty ........................................................................ 12
Library .......................................................................................... 12
Accreditation and Affiliations ................................................... 12
Student Support Services ........................................................... 13
Student Rights ............................................................................. 13
Admission Requirements ........................................................... 14
Application Procedures ...... ......... ..... ........... ..................... ...... .... 14
Evaluation Standards ................................................................. 15
Academic Policies ....................................................................... 16
Fee and Payment Schedule ........................................................ 17
Financial Aid ...... ................... ...................................................... 18
About Augsburg ......................................................................... 21
Campus Map ......................................................... .......... ............ 22
Campus Location ............................... ........... .............................. 23
B alendar
1990-'91 Calendar
Saturday Schedule: 8:30 AM - Noon and 1:15 - 4:45 PM
Thursday Schedule: 6:00 - 7:30 PM and 8:00 - 9:30 PM
Fall Trimester 1990
. ...
"
Class Dates
Thursday, September 6
Thursday, September 13
Saturday, September 22
Thursday, September 27
Saturday, October 6
Thursday, October 11
Saturday, October 20
Thursday, October 25
Saturday, November 3
Thursday, November 8
Saturday, November 17
Thursday, November 29
Saturday, December 1
Leadership Practicum Dates
Saturday, September 8
Saturday, September 15
Other Important Dates
Monday, August 20: Application Deadline
Wednesday, September 5: Orientation
Monday, September 10: Last day to register and/ or drop
class without record notation
Saturday, November 17: Last day to withdraw from class
Monday, December 17: Final Grades Due
Attendance Policy
Because leadership issues are presented, discussed and analyzed in the classroom, regular attendance is highly important and should be considered a responsibility, not only to
one's self, but to one's classmates and the course instructor.
Irregular attendance may, at the discretion of the instructor,
adversely affect one's grade.
Winter Trimester, 1991
Class Dates
Thursday, January 3
Saturday, January 12
Thursday, January 17
Saturday, January 26
Thursday, January 31
Saturday, February 9
Thursday, February 14
Saturday, February 23*
Thursday, February 28
Saturday, March 9
Thursday, March 14
Saturday, March 23
Thursday, March 28
Leadership Practicum
Saturday, January 5
*One week between classes
Other Important Dates
Monday, December 3: Application Deadline
Wednesday, January 2: Orientation
Monday, January 7: Last day to register and/ or drop
class without record notation
Saturday, March 16: Last day to withdraw from class
Monday, April 1: Final Grades Due
Spring Trimester 1991
Class Dates
Thursday, April 11
Saturday, April 20
Thursday, April 25
Saturday, May 4
Thursday, May 9
Saturday, May 18
Thursday, May 23
Saturday, June 1
Thursday, June 6
Saturday, June 15*
Thursday, June 20
Saturday, June 22
Thursday, June 27
Leadership Practicum
Saturday, April 6
*One week between classes
Other Important Dates
Monday, March 4: Application Deadline
Wednesday, April 10: Orientation
Monday, April 15: Last day to register and/ or drop
class without record notation
Saturday, June 1: Last day to withdraw from class
Monday, July 8: Final Grades Due
6,Jntroduction to the
Master of Arts in
Education-Leadership
Developing Leaders for Education
The Masters of Arts in Education-Leadership is a program for
educators who value and enjoy their direct contact with
students and want to retain that focu in their careers. It is a
program that at the outset promotes the imp rtance of teaching.
It is also a program that values the role educators can play as
leaders within their places of work.
People who become part of this Master of Arts program will
have opportunities to:
• Examine what "leadership" is and who leads;
• Explore who they are as leaders, both within an educational
setting and outside of it;
• Gain specific knowledge of education and leadership that
can support their development; and
• Develop skills that can increase the effectiveness of their
leadership.
This program values the role that good educators play in the
lives of students and operates from the belief that educators
need to exercise leadership within the workplace without relinquishing the role of teacher.
Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule
The Master of Arts in L adership pr gram is designed to meet
the needs and preferences ol working adults. The pr gram is
bas don the assum,ption that the men and women who enroll
are employed, self-disciplined and well-motivated individuals
who seek a balance of classroom experience, group interaction
and individual study. Each course is, therefore, divided into
period of tudy, group effort and clas pr paration. To accommodate this format for learning, each cla s meet on alternate Saturdays for thr e-and- ne-half hours and alternate
Thursday evenings for one-and-one-half hours.
Leadership Development Model
Th Ma ter of Art in Education-L adership program promotes
leadership as a pl'oce which 1) inspires cooperation among
people who must compete for limit d resource , 2) pr motes
productivity within and beyond the organizati n, and 3) works
toward progress. To accomplish this, individuals aspiring to
positions of leadership must possess thre k y attributes: a
sen e of vision, the ability to persuade and the ability to direct
action. Underlying thes attributes is a broad range of abilities
and awarenesse . Thes abilitie and awarenesses, outlined in
the diagram on page 7, serve as specific outcomes for the
Leadership Development Model
Leadership
Sense of
Vision
Orientation
Toward Action
/
Ethical
+ Social awareness
+ Environmental
awareness
+ Tolerance of
religious and
philosophical
differences
+ Appreciation
of situational
complexity
/1
Facility for
Persuasion
/
Communicative
Creative
+ Long-term
perspective
+ Flexibility
+ Adaptability
+ Innovativeness
+ Effective listener
• Effective speaker
+ Effective writer
+ Diplomatic
ability
+ Effective team
member
+ Interpersonal
sensitivity
I
Risk Assumptive
+ Curiosity
+ Achievement
motivation
+ Self-esteem
Decisive
+ Self-confidence
+ Analytical ability
+ Ability to think
critically
+ Understanding of
research
+ Ability to manage
conflict
""'
Culturally
Aware
+ Appreciation
for cultural
differences
• World-view
perspective
• Tolerance of
individual
differences
Master of Arts in Education-Leadership. Augsburg's model of
leadership development is designed to assess, promote, enhance
and refine these capabilities within the individual.
Community of Learners
Essential to the goals of the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership is participation in a community of learners. Learning can be
enhanced when the student is involved in a stable community
that provides opportunity and encouragement for active participation both in and out of the classroom. This community will be
enriched by the presence of men and women who bring to the
program a variety of work and life experiences.
. ...
To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg
encourages graduate students to make use of college facilities
such as the library, meeting rooms and the Christensen Center; to
take the opportunity to share meals and coffee breaks; to participate in optional lunchtime seminars; and to attend other college
activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic
events.
Leadership Practicum
Master of Arts in Education-Leadership students enroll in a half
course called "Leadership Practicum." Students are required to
enroll in this professional assessment and development course
for six terms during their graduate work at Augsburg. Upon
completion of the entire practicum, students receive a half-course
credit.
Early in the program a major component of this practicum is a
full day professional assessment to determine students' abilities
and potential relative to each of the outcomes of the Leadership
Development Model (see page 3). Assessment instruments
include paper and pencil exercises and simulation and group
experiences. Following the assessment, students meet individually with a trained assessor who provides guidance in personal
goal setting and in the creation of a professional development
plan focused on dimensions of leadership.
In subsequent terms "Leadership Practicum" includes workshops designed to meet the needs of students in the following
areas: communication skills, self-assessment measures, group
processes, and other professional development topics identified
by graduate students and staff. These workshops are developed
by students enrolled in the course "Creativity and Problem
Framing. " The Assessment and Leadership Practicum also asks
students to focus on leadership opportunity within their
workplace, or in an appropriate volunteer setting. Students will
develop a learning agreement which outlines the scope of their
project and what they hope to accomplish and learn through that
project. Students will be supported throughout this project by
peer and faculty coaching sessions which meet as an ongoing
part of the Assessment and Leadership Practicum.
B urriculum Design
The Master of Arts in Education-Leadership program is
composed of 12 courses. Each course uses a variety of learning
techniques appropriate to adult learners including case study,
debate, written and oral seminar presentations and small group
activity. These courses develop targeted leadership abilities
and understandings as a boundary crossing endeavor in need
of the leadership skills and visions of people from all levels of
an organization.
The Master of Arts in Education-Leadership will provide opportunities for students to:
conceptual frameworks of leadership
issues of leadership
history of education
current issues in education
conceptual models of teaching and learning
Study
•
•
•
•
•
Reflect
• on the various natures of leadership
• on themselves as leaders
• options and opportunities for leadership in
education
• on ethics and values in leadership
Assess
• themselves as leaders
• situations in which they lead
• programs, projects and ideas
Exercise
• creative leadership both individual and collective
• a variety of thought processes
Integrate • viewpoints on leadership with p r anal experiences
• viewpoints on education from a variety of
disciplines
Required Courses Include:
EDU
EDU
EDU
EDU
EDU
EDU
EDU
EDU
EDU
EDU
EDU
EDU
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
500
590
591
592
Ethics and Leadership
Legacy of Education
Models of Teaching and Learning
Diversity and Education
Evaluation and Documentation
Creativity and Problem Framing
Models of Educational Process
Politics and Public Policy of School Offerings
Assessment and Leadership Practicum
Thesis Research Seminar I
Thesis Research Seminar II
Thesis Consultation
a ourse Descriptions
EDU 510 Ethics and Leadership
Study of leadership within the context of personal and professional ethics, values and faith. Weighing and balancing competing values within an ethical framework will be explored as a
part of experiential exercises. Leadership issues of gender,
ethnic origins, and culture will be explored. Leaders of past and
present, recognized and unrecognized, will be studied. This
course views the nature and purpose of leadership from a
variety of disciplines and perspectives.
EDU 511 Legacy of Education
Comparative study of education through political, historical,
economic and sociological perspectives. This course will provide a knowledge base for students to discharge their leadership
responsibilities with wisdom gained from knowing the past.
EDU 512 Models for Teaching and Learning
Study of the teaching and learning processes. Recent research
findings about teaching and learning will be examined. Interpretation of the research findings in light of prejudgments
concerning teaching and learning will be explored. Technological applications to the field of teaching and learning will be
included.
EDU 513 Diversity and Education
An exploration of the interrelatedness of world concerns and
cultural diversity as they impact on the field of education.
EDU 514 Evaluation and Documentation
Evaluation and documentation of programs, projects, and ideas
as they relate to educational policy and practice. Qualitative
and quantitative tools will be discussed.
EDU 515 Creativity and Problem Framing
Study and application of the thinking processes as they affect
problem solving and decision making. Models of goal formation, program planning and implementation will be included.
Students will create seminars, to be conducted for peers in the
program.
EDU 516 Models of Educational Process
Exploration of supervisory and consultative models, both
within and outside the field of education. Major topics include
mentoring, peer collaboration, varieties of administrative
processes and procedures and observational techniques.
Developing partnerships and collaborative ventures among
programs and institutions within the community will be a part
of this course. An underlying focus of this course is that of
change: identifying where it's needed, initiating the process,
and adapting to the outcomes.
EDU 517 Politics and Public Policy of School Offerings
Study of school curriculum; selection of curricular offerings,
society's impact on school offerings, politics of curricular
change and offerings, curriculum development and research in
content areas.
EDU 500 Assessment and Leadership Practicum
A professional assessment and practicum which spans six
terms. This course includes a full-day professional assessment;
subsequent seminars designed by the students in the course,
"Creativity and Problem Framing"; and opportunity to design
and implement a leadership project within the workplace with
the support of peer and faculty coaching. Half course. Graded
on a P /N basis.
EDU 590 Thesis - Research Seminar I
This course provides each individual the opportunity to
develop a research topic and to synthesize previous study and
work experience. Graded on P /N basis.
EDU 591 Thesis - Research Seminar II: Synthesis of
Findings
This seminar focuses on the results of individual projects
developed in Research Seminar I. At the completion of the
seminar, students present their final results orally and submit
written theses. Graded on P /N basis.
EDU 592 Thesis Consultation
A series of meetings with a faculty thesis advisor simultaneous
with EDU 591 and during the term in which the thesis is being
prepared for final submission. Half course. Graded P /N.
(Students not completing the thesis during the same term in
which they enrolled in EDU 591 are required to pay a thesis
continuation fee during each subsequent term until the thesis
is completed.
a raduate Faculty
Faculty who teach in the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership
program are full-time senior faculty with doctorates or appropriate professional degrees. Some courses are team taught by
bringing together faculty from different disciplines or combining
a faculty member with professionals from relevant fields. In
these situations, at least one member of the team has a Ph.D. and
substantial teaching experience. All of the program faculty have
extensive experience teaching adult learners.
The Augsburg library houses over 160,000 books, periodicals,
records, tapes and films. Music, chemistry and art history libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access to over
1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier
service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill
Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the
additional resources of the Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries
are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students.
'Blccreditation and
Affiliations
Students who successfully complete Augsburg's EducationLeadership program will receive a Master of Arts Degree.
Augsburg is accredited by the North Central Association of
Colleges and Schools. The college is a member of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council
in North America and Minnesota Private College Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement
of the institution. Registration does not (necessarily) mean that
credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other
institutions or that the quality of the educational programs
would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer.
~tudent
Support Services
The Augsburg Master of Alis i11 Education-Leadership
Program assists stud nts i:n making education and career
plans, in working on their personal developme1\t, and in
participating in activities beyond th classroom. Some of thes
service, are listed below.
Academic Planning
In addition to the facu lty who provide consultation and advice,
academic planning is guided by the Leadership Practicum assessors, thesis advisers, and Ma ter of Arts in
Education-Leadership staff.
Career Services available include:
• Professional assessment through the Leadership Practicum
• Self/ career assessment counseling through the Career
Services Office (330-1162)
• Development of a resume and a career-search plan through
the Career Services Office
• Work experience related to a student's field of specialization
through the Coop rative Education Office (330-1148)
• tudent Rights
The College has adopted a statem nt f student rights and responsibilities and ha pr vided for du proce sin the matters
of disciplin, ry action, grievances and grade appeal. Students
who wish to identify appropriate procedmes for complaint
hould contact the Vic President for Student Affair (3 0-1160).
Th College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and
Privacy Act and Title IX. Students hav the right to insp ct aJJ
official records which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Registrar's Office and the Placement Office
(except where a waiver f access ha been signed) and to
challenge inac urate or misleading information. Students hav
a right t experienc education free from discrimination ba ed
on sex, race, tlmic or cultural background, handicap, creed,
marital status or age.
A)dmissions Requirements
Applicants to the programs must hold a baccalaureate degree
from an accredited four-year college or university.
Applicant to the program are expected to have a minimum
undergradua te grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale in an
accredited master's program or demonstration of 3.0 course
work b yond the bachelor' plus a probationary term.
Applicants to the program must have two years of experience
(or equivalent) in a position demonstrating leadership potential
in an educational setting.
Decisions about admission to the program will be made on an
individual basi . Ad mi sion to each entering graduate class will
be given t the most highly qualified individuals. Selection of
candidates will be made on the basis of an evaluation of each
applicant's:
• previous college record
• letters of recommendation
• experience and organizational background
• Miller Analogies Test scores
• written statement and possible interview
m pplication Procedures
To apply, student must submit the following materials to the
Master of Arts in Leader hip Office:
• Completed application form with $25 (non-refundable)
application fee.
• Written statement relating the applicant's career and life
goals focusing on leadership a pirations.
• Letter of recommendation from an immediate supervisor,
assessing leadership potential.
• Letter of recommendation from a co-worker (at the same
level) describing applicant's work style and potential as a
leader.
• Official transcripts of undergraduate and graduate work from
each institution attended indicating degrees conferred.
• Official set of re ults on the Miller Analogies Test, or for
applicants whose nativ · language is not English, a minimum
score of 600 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL).
• Possible interview with a graduate program staff member.
ID valuation Standards
Evaluation of academic performance for the Master of Arts in
Education-Leadership will be based on number grades using a
4.0 point scale with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
P
N
W
I
Achieves highest standards of excellence
Achieves above basic course standards
Achieves the minimum passing standard
Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed
in grade point average)
Does not meet minimum course standards (no credit and
non-punitive-not computed in grade point average)
Grade given when course is dropped
Incomplete grade given when student is unable
to complete course requirements for reasons beyond the
student's control (to receive an incomplete, a student
must file a petition with the Graduate Program staff
stating reasons for the request, the plan and date for
removing the incomplete grade, the signature of the
instructor, and any other necessary docw11entation).
No more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count
toward the degree. No more than two courses with a grade
below 2.0 can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned
the second time are counted in the grade point average.
Academic Probation and Dismissal
"
Student must maintajn a 3.0 cumulative grade point average.
If a tudent falls bel w a 3.0 average, the student will be plac d
on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulatjve grade
point average must be restored in order for a student to b
removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of N in
a course, the student must petition successfully with the
Graduate Program Committee before being permitted to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow would
be outlined at that time. If the cumulative grade point average
again fall s below 3.0, the student may be dismissed from the
program by the Graduate Program Committee. Students also
may be dismissed by the Graduate Program Committee for
behavior detrimental to the program such as a gross violation
of college policy (as published in the Student Guide). Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were
followed .
Credit for Prior Education, Training and Experience
Transfer credits will be evaluated on an individual basis. No
more than three courses will be accepted for transfer into the
Masters of Leadership-Education program.
Credit and Contact Hours
Each graduate course in the Master of Arts in EducationLeadership program is the equivalent of four semester credits
or six quarter credits. Students meet in class a total of 30 hours
and are responsible for a significant amount of individual
study and preparation.
Enrollment Policy/Leaves of Absence
Students may take either one or two courses each trimester.
Enrolling in two courses per trimester enables a student to
complete the program in two years. All students are required
to comple te th program within fou r years. Extensions beyond
four y ars will b considered on the basi of petition to the
Graduate Program Committee. Students who leave the program for more than one term mu t request a leave of absence
in writing from the Graduate Program Committee.
Last Date to Withdraw from Class
The last date on which students may withdraw from a class
and receive a "W" on their records is noted on pp. 4 and 5.
ee and Payment
Schedule
Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable)
Tuition (per trimester course)
(one course = 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits)
Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable,
applicable to first semester's tuition)
Leadership Practicum Fee (per term for six terms)
Thesis Continuation Fee
Late Fee (charged to any student registering
after the scheduled registration date.)
Late registration includes incomplete registration as
defined: a) Unsigned Registration Form or
b) Unapproved Payment Plan
Registration Change after First Class Meeting
(cancel/add / change grade option, or combination
at one time)
Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free)
Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a
simple rate of 1% per month on any account with
an open balance of 30 days or more.
$25.00
$815.00
$100.00
$125.00
$100.00
$50.00
per day
$5.00
$2.00
Fees
The application fee ($25) is due on or before the application
deadline for a given term. The $100 non-refundable deposit
(applied to first semester's tuition) reserves a place in the program in a given term, once a person is accepted. Tuition is due
at the time of registration.
Payment Options*
1) Payment in Full: Due day of registration.
2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval,
a 3-pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be
offered only if previous plans have been adhered to.
3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent,
which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per
course reimbursed, with full payment due within 50 days after
the end of the term.
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in 3 equal installments at the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid
in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas
or academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in
full. This also applies for student loan funds administered by
the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be current according to established repayment schedules.
*A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration invalid and
could affect further credit extended by the college.
Refund Schedule
A per-course tuition refund will be made on the following
basis: (In order to be eligible for the refund, students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office.)
Prior to
Prior to
Prior to
Prior to
Prior to
Prior to
the first scheduled class meeting-100 %
the second scheduled class meeting-90%
the third scheduled class meeting-80 %
the fourth scheduled class meeting-70%
the fifth scheduled class meeting-60%
the sixth scheduled class meeting-50 %
Iiinancial Aid
In a number of ways, students may receive assistance in meeting Graduate Program costs. Enrollment in two courses per
trimester allows the student to be classified as full-time . One
course is considered half-time enrollment. The Office of Student Financial Services (330-1046) assists students in assessing
financial aid eligibility and offers financial aid from available
alternatives, including the following:
Augsburg Tuition Grant
Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to
graduate students who show academic potential and have financial need.
Funded Scholarships
Augsburg actively pursues outside funding for special scholarships. The availability of such scholarships enables the participation of individuals of limited financial means as well as individuals working for volunteer agencies and other organizations
not likely to provide tuition reimbursement.
Company Tuition Assistance Programs
Many companies, agencies and corporations offer full or partial
tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related
or degree-related college programs. Augsburg College provides several payment plans by which employees may handle
tuition reimbursement.
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian
Scholarships
American Indian students who meet federal, state or tribal
requirements may apply for these scholarships. Indian grants
generally supplement other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application please contact Augsburg's American Indian
Support Program Director at 330-1138 or your tribal agency.
Federal and State Aid Programs
The Office of Student Financial Services determines eligibility
for any Federal or State financial aid programs available to
graduate students. Determination of eligibility is based on
standard, nationally accepted methodology.
+ Perkins Student Loan-Joint Augsburg College-federally
funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest
accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at
any time while you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple
interest of 5% and repayment of the principal (at the minimum
of $30 a month) begin six months after you leave school (nine
months for new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may
extend up to 10 years. The maximum which may be borrowed
for combined undergraduate and graduate study is $18,000.
+ SLS (Supplemental Loans for Students)-A Federal loan
program. Independent students may borrow up to $4,000 per
year to a maximum of $20,000 and must be enrolled at least
half-time. Variable interest rate is set annually with a cap of
12%; payment usually begins within 60 days after disbursement. Principal may be deferred until the student ceases halftime enrollment. Interest may, at the lender's option, accumulate until the in-school deferment ends. Students must apply
for financial aid.
+ SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund)-A Minnesota
State loan program. Students may borrow up to $4,000 per
year ($16,000 cumulative) as undergraduates with a $25,000
aggregate maximum when graduate study is included ($1,000
minimum). Interest rate is variable, paid by the borrower
quarterly while in school. Principal payments begin 13 months
after leaving school. Students must apply for financial aid and
be enrolled at least half-time.
+ Stafford Student Loan (formerly the Guaranteed Student
Loan)-Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or
state agency in certain states. While the student is attending at
least half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple annual
interest of 8% on the loan balance and repayment of the
principal begin six months after leaving school. Repayment
may extend up to 10 years. The maximum loan is $2,625 for
the first two years and $4,000 for the remaining years of undergraduate study and $7,500 per year for graduate study. The
cumulative undergraduate and graduate maximum is $54,750.
To Apply for Financial Aid:
1) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your
desire to also apply for financial aid.
2) The Office of Student Financial Services will send you the
necessary application and financial statement form (or you
may pick them up in the Office of Student Financial
Services, 152 Science Hall, or the 'Master of Arts in
Education-Leadership Program Office, 2222 Murphy Place).
3) All students must have a Financial Aid Transcript on file
with Augsburg from each previously attended institution
even if they did not receive aid. Forms are available from
the College.
4) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the
deadlines indicated.
5) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within
the deadline stated.
\.
• bout Augsburg
History
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian
Lutherans in America. Named after the confession of faith
presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530,
Augsburg opened in September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin,
and moved to Minneapolis in 1872.
Campus Location
Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities
surrounding Murphy Square, the oldest of 155 parks in the
"City of Lakes." Adjacent to the campus are Fairview and
St. Mary's Hospitals, the West Bank campus of the University
of Minnesota and Mississippi River parkways.
Accessibility
Augsburg College has made a major effort to become one of
the most accessible campuses in the region. Skyways, tunnels
and elevators provide accessible connections between nine of
the 14 major buildings-student housing towers, Christensen
Center, main academic and administrative halls, the library
and music building. In addition, there are programs for
students with learning and physical disabilities.
Church Affiliation
Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America. About 59 percent of the students are Lutheran,
14 percent other Protestant and 19 percent Roman Catholic.
Several other affiliations are represented among students and
faculty.
Non-Discrimination Policy
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race,
creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or
handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational
Amendments of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973
as amended in its admission policies, educational programs,
activities, and employment practices.
D ampusMap
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Admissions House
George Sverdrup Library
Science Hall
Old Main
West Hall
Mortensen Tower
Urness Tower
Christensen Center
Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial Hall
Music Hall
2222 Murphy Place
Melby Hall
Ice Arena
Stage II Theatre
Center for Global
Education
Scandinavian Center
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama and
Communication
Youth and Family Institute
19. Office Annex House
20. Tutor House
21. American Indian Support
and Minority Education
Partnership
A. Admissions Parking
B. Student Parking
c.
Visitor Parking
D. The Quad
E. Faculty /Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Anderson-Nelson
Athletic Field
H. Fairview I St. Mary's
Parking Ramp
I. Husby-Strommen
Tennis Courts
J. Resident Parking Only
I6. I
Accessible Entrance
N
I
•
I
I
I
I
.......
.......
DOWNTOWN
MINNEAPOLIS
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
From Minneapolis
Interstate 94 east to 25th A venue exit, left to Riverside
Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
From St. Paul
Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside
Avenue to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
Parking
All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and
open for student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through
Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between
21st and 22nd A venues and north of 8th Street on 21st
A venue. Most street parking is two hour parking, seven
days a week. Additional parking is available in the
Riverside Medical Center ramp, or U of M parking lots
on the north side of Riverside A venue.
Augsburg College__;
731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH
MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55454
Show less
MASTER
OF
SOCIAL WORK
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
1990-1992
"'T!
he good we secure for ourselves
is precarious and uncertain ...
until it is secured for all of us
and incorporated into our common life."
1
-Jane Addams
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612/330-1786
a... Show more
MASTER
OF
SOCIAL WORK
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
1990-1992
"'T!
he good we secure for ourselves
is precarious and uncertain ...
until it is secured for all of us
and incorporated into our common life."
1
-Jane Addams
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612/330-1786
able of Contents
Introduction to the Master of Social Work Program .............. .4
Curriculum Design ...................................................................... 5
Course Descriptions ............. ........ ................................................ 8
Library .... ................................................................................. .... 14
Accreditation and Affiliations ......................... ......................... 14
Student Rights .................................. .. ......................................... 15
Admission Requirements .................... ...................................... 16
Application Procedures ........................................... .. ...... .......... 17
Evaluation Standards ..................... .............................. ........ ...... 18
Academic Policies ............................ ..... ..... .. ..... .... ........... ........... 19
Fee and Payment Schedule ............... .. .. ... ....... .......................... 20
Financial Aid ............................. .... ............................ .................. 22
About Augsburg .............................. ........................................... 25
Campus Guide ........................................... ........................ ......... 26
Campus Location ............................... ........................................ 27
Faculty and Administration ...................................................... 28
ntroduction
to the Master
of Social Work
Program Philosophy
The Master of Social Work program at Augsburg College builds
on the strengths of its Bachelor of Social Work program:
... Understanding of and respect for diverse people and
cultures
T
A solid foundation in and integration with the liberal arts
T
Responsibility and service to and with the broader
community in the interests of social justice
T
A focus on client empowerment
T
Preparation for ethical, competent, professional practice
T
A framework for practice of problem-solving within a
systems perspective.
In the Augsburg Master of Social Work Program, individuals
are recognized as capable of adaptation, growth and change.
Intellectual, physical, spiritual, emotional, psycho-social problems are addressed with clients in relation to the locus of the
issues, be they within the individual, the family, the community, or the larger societal systems. Client self-determination,
growth and empowerment (personal recognition of one's
ability, rights and place in the social change process) are
recognized and fostered through support and education. In the
interests of social justice and constructive social change,
students are educated as professionals to address institutional
oppression, e.g. age, race, religion.
Professional preparation at the Master of Social Work level at
Augsburg is founded on the following assumptions:
T Analysis and presentation of complex social issues and solutions must be based on solid research. Augsburg MSW students will develop competencies to conduct, analyze and
present practice-based research.
T The world is interdependent in all areas, including human
needs and the services to address them. Students will become
knowledgeable of social welfare policies and programs of the
world community which address changing needs.
Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule
The Master of Social Work Program is designed to meet the
needs of adult students, e.g. students who are employed, have
family obligations, must travel distances to obtain graduate
social work education. Classes will meet during alternate
weekends in four hour blocks: Friday evening (one class),
Saturday morning and afternoon (two classes). Students will
be required to meet one Sunday afternoon per trimester for a
program seminar on ethical or other professional issues.
urriculum Design
Students must complete 18 courses (12, if Professional Foundation is waived), including the Master's thesis and 900 hours of
professionally supervised, College-approved social work field
experience. The course of study must include the Professional
Foundation (unless waived), the Advanced Curriculum, one
concentration, and two elective courses.
The Professional Foundation is the basic core and is designed
for persons whose baccalaureate degree is in a subject or from
an institution not accredited by the Council on Social Work
Education. These six courses, including 420 hours of Collegeapproved, professionally-supervised field work, must be completed successfully prior to enrollment in the Advanced
Curriculum or Concentrations courses.
The Advanced Curriculum, required of all students, is the
entry point in the program for persons with baccalaureate
degrees in social work from institutions that are accredited by
the Council on Social Work Education, or by students who
have completed successfully the Professional Foundation
courses.
The Advanced Curriculum consists of three courses, including
the introductory courses to both concentrations.
Concentrations
Concentrations are in two areas: Family Practice and Program
Development, Policy and Administration. These concentrations total a minimum of six courses beyond the Advanced
Curriculum, including 480 hours of college approved, professionally-supervised field work.
Family Practice
Family, in its diverse forms, is central to society. "Family';
in this context, is interpreted flexibly as the nurturing system
surrounding people. It is inclusive of many areas of need.
As a growing number of family-related challenges face society,
there is an ever-increasing need for professionals who base
their professional practice on in-depth study of the broad
spectrum of issues that confront the family . In the Family
Practice concentration, students will concentrate on empowering the family nurturing systems from a developmental and
wholistic perspective.
Program Development, Policy and Administration
Social change is necessary for fostering policies and service that
respond to human need. The Program Development, Policy,
and Administration concentration has been developed in
response to the growing demand for creative leadership and
administration. Effective services require participative
development, competent practitioners, strong leadership and
effective administration. Students following this concentration
will develop the abilities and skills necessary to promote
and achieve needed change, and develop, lead, guide and
administer programs that will serve diverse people in a variety
of settings.
Electives
Students will select two electives beyond the required courses.
Master's Thesis
All students will complete a Master's Thesis synthesizing
research and field practice in their area of concentration.
T SWK589
I
\
ELECTIVES
T SWK 560-579
CONCENTRATION IN
PROGRAM
DEVELOPMENT, POLICY
& ADMINISTRATION
CONCENTRATION
IN FAMILY PRACTICE
T SWK 540 FAMILY PRACTICE
T SWK 541 FAMILY PRACTICE
T SWK 550 PROCESSES OF PROGRAM
II
PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT
T SWK 551 ORGANIZATIONAL DEVELOPMENT
T SWK 542 FAMILY DIVERSITY
T SWK 543 CREATIVE PROBLEM SOLVING
T SWK 552 INTER-ORGANIZATIONAL,
FOR SUPERVISION
COMMUNITY AND POLITICAL RELATIONS
T SWK 553 ADVANCED SOCIAL POLICY
T SWK 523 FIELD WORK
III AND SWK 524 FIELD WORK IV
ADVANCED CURRICULUM
T SWK 520 INTRODUCTION TO FAMILY PRACTICE
T SWK 521 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT
AND ADMINISTRATION
T SWK 527 RESEARCH
I
II
\
PROFESSIONAL FOUNDATIONS
T SWK 500 HUMAN BEHAVIOR IN THE 5ocIAL ENVIRONMENT
T SWK 501 HISTORY OF SOCIAL WELFARE POLICY
T SWK 502 FIELD WoRK I ANJ? SWK 503 FIELD WoRK
T SWK 504 RESEARCH
I
T SWK 505 METHODS AND SKILLS OF SOCIAL WORK
II
ourse Descriptions
Professional Foundation
SWK 500 Human Behavior In The Social Environment
This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding
of human growth through the life cycle, and of the interplay of
sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporary
American society. Emphasized is the role of the "nurturing
environment" in relation to human growth, the impact of the
"sustaining environment," and other special stresses relevant to
growth. Growth related to populations and groups which
represent ethnic and/ or life-style diversity is also a focus. Students will gain self-understanding through use of their own
experiences.
SWK 501 History of Social Welfare Policy
This course emphasizes the dynamic nature of social welfare
history and current social systems and social policy as they
relate to all our lives and especially to the lives of clients,
communities and social workers. Comparisons will be made
internationally, with a focus on Britain as influencing early U.S.
"poor law" and social welfare. Special emphasis will be placed
on analyzing the major assumptions, ideas and events which
contributed to the rise of the welfare state and the profession of
social work. The profession's values, ethics and historical
development will also be reviewed. Both theoretically and
practically, this course will enable students to assess the development of social welfare with an understanding of the influence
of social work and of the development and impact of social
policy.
SWK 502 Field Work I
Students will select their own field placement from a list of Programapproved agencies.
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work
setting focusing on interviewing experience and relationship
building. Supportive seminars coordinate an integration of
theory and practice, as well as providing the supportive setting
for raising social work practice issues with peers.
SWK 503 Field Work II
Continuing supervised professional experience in the same social
work setting, consecutive to Field Work I, focusing on refining
previous skills and understanding and moving into new tasks,
showing initiative and progressively more independent work
over time.
SWK 504 Research I
Research plays an important role in building knowledge for
social work practice. This course will provide an overview of
methods commonly used in social science research, in addition to
the ethical and applicability concerns in social work research. Research design will be studied using both qualitative and quantitative approaches. Methods of program evaluation will be discussed. This course will examine various approaches to organizing, comparing and interpreting data. Students will have
beginning hands-on experience with the use of computers to
analyze data statistically.
SWK 505 Methods and Skills of Social Work
This course identifies basic features of the helping process;
theoretical foundation, principles and techniques of Social Work
intervention. It provides role play and simulation experience
necessary for social work practice with individuals, groups,
families and communities. The course also emphasizes system
and social change through an introduction to community organization, social planning and social action. Throughout the course,
work with a diversity of professional, natural helping networks
and client groups is stressed.
Advanced Curriculum
SWK 520 Introduction to Family Practice
Theories and concepts underlying wholistic professional social
work practice with families will be explored. This course will
address concepts of families in their diverse forms and function
in the context of the life cycle of their members, family systems
theory, dual perspective, and stressors which may shape or alter
family development. Ethical issues of professional social work
practice with families are integral to this course.
SWK 521 Introduction to Program Development and
Administration: Organizational Theory
Because social services are commonly carried out through organizations, social workers are usually members of organizations. Thus, organizations and the effective functioning of
social workers within them is the focus of this course. With an
assumption of "organizations as communities," an overview of
theories of organizational development, maintenance and
communication will be presented. The contributions of diversity in the agency I community will be an important focus .
Social workers' important roles in agencies, as well as professional, ethical, effective functioning in organizations will be
explored.
SWK 523 & 524 Field Work III & IV
The purposes of the Field Support Seminars are (1) to provide
the student opportunities to share experiences from his/her
practice in a confidential setting; (2) to give and get support,
honest feedback, and valid encouragement on issues regarding
field placements, in particular, and social work practice with
families or in administration/program development, in general;
(3) to discuss and help the student integrate course-work into
the practice experience and to address the objectives of the
course. These seminars accompany the 480 hours of professional supervised field work in the area of concentration.
SWK 527 Research II
This course offers a practice-oriented exploration of the range of
research methods used in social work, a critique of the role of
research in assessing effectiveness in the social service delivery,
and identification with the responsibility of social workers "to
expand the knowledge base" of social work. Building on the
basic research skills developed in Research I, students actively
adopt the researcher's role in relation to both their current
agency experience and their preferred practice setting. The
course will enable students to use basic statistical methods for
organizing, interpreting and analyzing quantitative data, plus
creative techniques for qualitative data.
SWK 589 Research III: Master's Thesis
The study of research, like all of social work, comes alive in the
implementation. A thesis is required of all Master of Social
Work candidates so they may experience and learn the utility of
research to social work practice, and so they can contribute to
the knowledge of social work practice and to the building of
social work theory. The Master of Social Work thesis will be
based on an area of the student's practice focus. The research
- to be selected by the student in consultation with the thesis
advisor - will focus on an area of social need, practice, service
and/ or policy.
Concentrations
Family Practice
SWK 540 Family Practice I
This course builds on content initiated in the Introduction to
Families course, focusing in-depth on the "normal" developmental crises of the family across the lifespan, developing problemsolving methods and learning cross-cultural models of practice.
Various therapy theories will be introduced and critiqued.
Focus on all theories and analysis of service delivery models will
center on their relevance to empowerment of families.
This course is a prerequisite to SWK 541 Family Practice II and
must be taken prior to or concurrent with SWK 523 Field
Work III.
SWK 541 Family Practice II
This course is a continuation of Family Practice I. It will further
explore the family as cause and effect in the community in benefitting from or changing social policy. Students will study issues
for further discussion, culminating in development of their own
service delivery models. Ethical and religious dilemmas (e.g.
abortion, euthanasia) will be raised. Advanced study of family
developmental issues, focusing on catastrophic events and on
empowering families and the profession to take leadership in
developing appropriate intervention strategies.
SWK 542 Family Diversity
This course will examine the various theories underlying professional practice with families in their many diverse forms. Recognizing that the family is the basic institution through which one
is socialized, this course will also examine how family membership shapes one's understanding and appreciation of ethnicity,
gender roles, sociological script. The course also will explore the
impact of discrimination and of political, social, and economic
disorder on diverse families.
SWK 543 Creative Problem Solving for Supervision
This course will examine how social workers can discover their
own creative abilities in relation to innovation in social work
supervision and practice. The course will examine the relationship of creativity and self-esteem. This course will also explore
ways to help others, e.g. workers, clients, agencies and communities to eliminate barriers which inhibit creative responses to
problem-solving and practice.
Program Development, Policy and
Administration
SWK 550 Processes of Program Planning and Development
Building on the community organization and research foundation (including needs determination and program evaluation),
the primary processes of program development study in this
course are: techniques of program planning and budgeting,
development of necessary community and larger public
support, identification and mobilization of resources, and
funding proposal preparation.
SWK 551 Organizational Development and Administration
The activities and skills necessary for effective program administration will be studied including short- and long-range
planning; leadership; program implementation and management; personnel recruitment, allocation, supervision and management; social work values and ethics in the workplace;
analysis of financial statements; administrative policy, board
relations and agency policy implementation.
SWK 552 lnterorganization, Community and
Political Relations
The development and maintenance of constructive relationships with external organizations in both the public and
private sectors are critical to successful implementation and
management of social service programs. An organization's
power to influence social policy is related to such relationships. The development and maintenance of these relationships so critical to the provision of services that address
community needs, and the influence of social policy to effect
social change will be the foci of this course. Among the topics
included are: interorganizational relations, public relations,
public information, political activity and leadership.
SWK 553 Advanced Social Policy
All social workers have impact on the development and modification of social policy whether intentionally or unconsciously. This course will provide an in-depth focus on the
development and implementation of social policy at the
various levels of the public and private sectors. The various
means by which social workers can have intentional impact on
policy-making and exercise leadership roles will be studied.
Reading, seminars and an internship in the policy area will be
included.
Electives
SWK 560 Issues of Diversity
Students will explore the dynamics and impact of a range of
diversity issues which are inherent in a heterogenous society,
e.g. race, religion, culture, ethnicity, gender, age, mental and
physical condition, affectional orientation, and lifestyle.
SWK 561 Comparative International Social Policy
This course analyzes approaches to social policy in a number of
countries. The course expands U.S. perspective by exploring
alternative approaches to shared social issues, such as unemployment, day-care, income maintenance, education, personal
social service, health and housing. Attitudes toward quality of
life and personal values and assumptions arising from a monocultural viewpoint will be reviewed in a global context. The
operation, methodology and organizational structure of
programs in different countries will be compared with attention to social change and differing socio-political, economic
environments. Attention will be paid to the variety of funding
sources and partnerships between public and voluntary groups
plus the diversity of priorities and traditions which influence
an orientation to the public or voluntary sector. The course
also builds an awareness of current agencies promoting international social policy and poses our responsibility to be internationally aware.
SWK 562 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
This course will explore creativity from traditional aesthetics
and from contemporary organizational understanding, showing the similarities and differences in approach. Using creativity as a method, the course will examine techniques for solving
problems in social work practice, for enhancing innovation,
and for seeking an integrative world view. Systems theory will
be studied as an example of an attempt to use an integrative
approach to personal and professional behavior. The class will
integrate social work with other fields in order to broaden the
outcomes of intellectual understanding and self-awareness.
A variety of electives based on student-generated topics will be
offered in this program.
6tibrary
The Augsburg library houses over 160,000 books, periodicals,
records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry and Art History
libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access to
over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and
courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and
the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide
network, the additional resources of the Minnesota and
Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty
and students.
AJccreditation and
Affiliations
The Augsburg Master f Social Work program is in the process
of e tabli hing candidacy status with The Council on Social
Work Education. Augsburg is accredited by the North Central
A o iation of Coll ges and Schools. The college is am mber
of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), the
Lu'theran Edu ation C uncil in orth Am rica and th
Minnesota Private College Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher
Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not (necessarily)
mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to
other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs will meet the standards of every student, ducational
institution, or employer.
. .tudent Rights
The College has adopted a statement of student rights and
responsibilities and has provided for due process in the
matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal.
Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures
for a complaint should contact the Vice President for Student
Affairs (330-1160).
The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights
and Privacy Act and Title IX . Students have the right to
inspect all official records which pertain to them and which are
maintained in the Registrar's Office and the Placement Office
(except where a waiver of access has been signed) and to
challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Students have
a right to experience education free from discrimination based
on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, creed,
marital status or age.
1Jldmission Requirements
The Augsburg Master of Social Work Program promotes the
widest possible diversity within its student and faculty
populations and across its curriculum content. Therefore, the
admissions policies ensure· educational opportunities that
include persons from a range of abilities, backgrounds, beliefs
and cultures.
Because of the particular nature of the Master of Social Work
program, a strong liberal arts background in the behavioral
sciences is required including a course in biology that includes
study of the human systems, and course work in the social
sciences. Applicants who have completed majors in other than
behavioral sciences are encouraged to apply and will be given
consideration based on their composite assets.
Applicants to the program will be assessed on an individual
basis according to the following guidelines. Strengths in some
areas may balance other areas for development.
1. Bachelor's degree from an accredited college or university.
2. A minimum grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale
(B average) for the last two years of an undergraduate
program preferred.
3. A minimum of two years of employment or volunteer
experience, one year of which is in the human service area.
4. Personal written statement.
5. Letters of recommendation.
6. Possible interview.
A)pplication Procedures
To apply, students must submit the following materials to the
Department of Social Work:
1. Completed application form with $25 (non-refundable)
application fee.
2. Written personal statement and three letters of reference
which address the applicant's:
T
demonstrated ability to work with a diversity of people.
T
personal qualities including responsiveness to others,
judgement, creativity, oral and written communication
skills, integrity, leadership potential, and sensitivity to
the diversity of people.
T
potential for successful completion of graduate studies in
a professional social work program.
3. Official transcripts of undergraduate and graduate work
from each institution attended which indicate degrees
conferred.
4. Possible interview with the committee of the Social Work
Department.
IB valuation Standards
Evaluation of academic performance for the Master of Social
Work degree will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point
scale with these definitions:
.
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
Achieves highest standards of excellence
Achieves above basic course standards
Achieves the minimum passing standard
p
Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed in
grade point average)
N
Does not meet minimum passing standard (no credit
and non-punitive -not computed in grade point average)
W
Grade given when course is dropped
I
Incomplete grade given in case where student is unable
to complete course requirements for reasons beyond the
student's control. (To receive an incomplete, a student
must file a petition with the Graduate Program staff
stating reasons for the request, the plan and date for
removing the incomplete grade, the signature of the
instructor, and any other necessary documentation.)
Not more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count
toward the degree. Not more tha n two courses with a grad e
below 2.0 can b repea ted . Only the credits and grade ea rned
the second time are counted in the grade point average.
A)cademic Policies
Academic Probation and Dismissal
Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average.
If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed
on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade
point average must be restored in order for a student to be
removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of N in
a course, the student must petition successfully with the
Graduate Program Committee before being permitted to
continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow
would be outlined at that time. If the cumulative grade point
average again falls below 3.0, the student may be dismissed
from the program by the Graduate Program Committee.
Students also may be dismissed by the Graduate Program
Committee for behavior detrimental to the program such as a
gross violation of college policy (as published in the Student
Guide). Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed.
Credit and Contact Hours
Each graduate course in the Master of Social Work program is
the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits.
Students meet in class a total of 28 hours and are responsible
for a significant amount of individual study and preparation.
Enrollment Policy/Leaves of Absence
Students may take either two or three courses each trimester.
All students are required to complete the program within four
years. Extensions beyond four years will be considered on the
basis of petition to the Graduate Program Committee. Students who leave the program for more than one term must
request a leave of absence in writing from the Graduate
Program Committee.
Residency
Each student must be enrolled in the MSW program for the
equivalent of the last year or nine courses.
Transfer Students
Up to nine courses from a C.S.W.E. accredited MSW program
may be transferable if the grades are 3.0 or better. Transfer
students must meet the admissions and residency criteria.
Advisement
The Augsburg Social Work Program requires both academic
and professional advisement. Both have the same purpose: to
promote student growth, development, and the achievement of
personal goals and professional education. Faculty office hours
are posted on office doors; in addition, students may meet with
faculty at other times by appointment. All social work faculty
are available to students, in addition to the advisor the student
chooses. Social Work faculty consider advising time a high
priority and work to be available.
ee and Payment Schedule
Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) ............... $25.00
Tuition (per trimester course) ............................... .............. $815.00
(one course = 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits)
Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable) ........ $100.00
Late Fee . ................................................. ............. ............. .......... $50.00
(charged to any student registering after the scheduled
registration date.) Late registration per day includes
incomplete registration as defined:
a. Unsigned Registration Form or
b. Unapproved Payment Plan
Registration Change after First Class Meeting .... ................ $5.00
(cancel/add/change grade option, or combination
at one time)
Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) ............... $2.00
Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate
of 1% per month on any account with an open balance of
30 days or more.
Fees
The application fee ($25) is due on or before the application
deadline for a given term. The $100 non-refundable deposit
reserves a place in the program in a given term, once a person
is accepted. Tuition is due at the time of registration.
Refund Schedule
A per-course tuition refund will be made on the following
basis: (In order to be eligible for the refund, students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office.)
Prior to the first scheduled class meeting -100%
Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80%
Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60%
No refund after third scheduled class meeting.
Payment Options*
1. Payment in Full: Due Day of Registration.
2. Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval,
a 3-pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will
be offered only if previous plans have been adhered to.
3. Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent,
which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $150
per course reimbursed, with full payment due within
45 days after the end of the term.
A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1 % per month on
any amount with an open balance of 30 days or more.
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in 3 equal installments at the beginning of each trimester. Registration is
permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is
paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release
diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts are
paid in full . This also applies for student loan funds administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be
current according to established repayment schedules.
*A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration invalid and could affect
further credit extended by the college.
inancial Aid
....... ·:..
In a number of ways, students may receive assistance in
meeting Graduate Program costs. Enrollment in three courses
per trimester allows the student to be classified as full-time.
Two courses is considered part-time enrollment. The Office of
Student Financial Services (330-1046) will assist students in
assessing financial aid eligibility and offering financial aid
from available alternatives, including the following:
Augsburg Tuition Grant
Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to
graduate students who show academic potential and have
financial need.
Funded Scholarships
Augsburg actively pursues outside funding for special scholarships. The availability of such scholarships enables the
participation of individuals of limited financial means as well
as individuals working for volunteer agencies and other
organizations not likely to provide tuition reimbursement.
Company Tuition Assistance Programs
Many companies, agencies and corporations offer full or
partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in
work-related or degree-related college programs. Augsburg
College provides reimbursement.
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State
Indian Scholarships
American Indian students who meet federal, state or tribal
requirements may apply for these scholarships. Indian grants
generally supplement other sources of financial aid. For
assistance in applying please contact Augsburg's American
Indian Support Program Director at 330-1138 or your tribal
agency.
Federal and State Aid Programs
The Office of Student Financial Services determines eligibility
for any Federal or State financial aid programs available to
graduate students. Determination of eligibility is based on
standard nationally accepted methodology.
Perkins Student Loan - A joint Augsburg Collegefederally funded program administered through the College
for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest
accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at
any time you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of
5 percent and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of
$30 a month) begin six months after you leave school (nine
months for new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may
extend up to 10 years. The maximum which may be borrowed
for combined undergraduate and graduate study is $18,000.
SLS (Supplemental Loans for Students) - A federal
loan program. Independent students may borrow up to $4,000
per year to a maximum of $20,000 and must be enrolled at least
half-time. Variable interest rate is set annually with a cap of
12 percent; payment usually begins within 60 days after disbursement. Principal may be deferred until student ceases
half-time enrollment. Interest may, at the lender's option,
accumulate until the in-school deferment ends. Students must
apply for financial aid.
SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund) - A Minnesota State loan program. Students may borrow up to $4,000
per year ($16,000 cumulative) as an undergraduate with a
$25,000 aggregate maxiumum when graduate study is included ($1,000 minimum). Interest rate is variable, paid by the
borrower quarterly while in school. Principal payment begins
13 months after leaving school. Students must apply for
financial aid and be enrolled at least half-time.
Stafford Student Loan (formerly the Guaranteed Student
Loan) - Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender
or state agency in certain states. While the student is attending
at least half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple annual
interest of 8 percent on the loan balance and repayment of the
principal begin six months after you leave school. Repayment
may extend up to 10 years. The maximum loan is $2,625 for
the first two years of undergraduate study and $7,500 per year
for graduate study. The cumulative undergraduate and
graduate maximum is $54,750.
To Apply for Financial Aid
1. Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your
desire to also apply for financial aid.
2. The Office of Student Financial Services will send you the
necessary application and financial statement form (or
you may pick them up in the Office of Student Financial
Services, 152 Science Hall, or the Graduate Program Office).
3. All students must have a Financial Aid Transcript on file
with Augsburg from each previously attended institution
even if you did not receive aid. Forms are available from
the College.
4. Complete and return the financial aid forms by the
deadlines indicated.
5. Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within
the deadline stated.
⢠bout Augsburg College
History
Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg
College and Seminary changed in 1963 when the Lutheran Free
Church merged with The American Lutheran Church.
Location
Augsburg's 23-acre campus is in the heart of the Twin Cities
metropolitan area, only blocks from downtown Minneapolis
and the intersection of Interstate Highways 94 and 35W.
Adjacent to the campus are the Riverside Medical Center, the
West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and the
Mississippi River parkways.
Campus
Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connection
between 10 of the 15 major buildings - student housing
towers, College Center, main academic and administrative
halls, the Library, Music Hall and Foss Center for Worship,
Drama and Communication.
Accessibility
We have made a major effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in the region. Our skyway-tunnel system lets
you reach any of 10 major buildings without going outside. In
addition to building changes, we have a student-run program
to increase awareness and provide extra help for students with
disabilities.
Church Affiliation
Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America. About 51 percent of the students are Lutheran,
15 percent other Protestant and 15 percent Roman Catholic.
Several other affiliations are represented among students and
faculty.
Non-Discrimination Policy
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race,
creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or
handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational
Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as
amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices.
ampus Guide
.
.
â¢
·.·
.
1. Admissions House
2. George Sverdrup Library
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. West Hall
6. Mortensen Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. Christensen Center
9. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial
Hall
10. Music Hall
11. 2222 Murphy Place
12. Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Stage II Theatre
15. Center for Global Education
16. Scandinavian Center
17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama and
Communication
18. Youth and Family Institute
19. Office Annex House
20. Tutor House
21. American Indian Support
and Minority Education
Partnership
Admissions Parking
Student Parking
c. Visitor Parking
D. The Quad
E. Faculty /Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Anderson-Nelson
Athletic Field
H. Fairview /St. Mary's
Parking Ramp
I.
Husby-Strommen
Tennis Courts
J. Resident Parking Only
A.
B.
I6. I
Accessible Entrance
~--~-
c ampus Location
N
I
I
-$-
I
I
I
......
......
DOWNTOWN
MINNEAPOLIS
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
From Minneapolis
Interstate 94 east to 25th A venue exit, left to Riverside
Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
From St. Paul
Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside
Avenue to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
Parking
All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open
for student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday
evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between 21st and
22nd Avenues and north of 8th Street on 21st Avenue. Most
street parking is two hour parking, seven days a week.
Additional parking is available in the Riverside Medical
Center ramp, or U of M parking lots on the north side of
Riverside A venue.
acuity and
Administration
Maria Brown, Assistant Professor of Social Work.
B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University
of Minnesota.
Francine Chakolis, Assistant Professor of Social Work.
B.S., Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Edwina Hertzberg, Associate Professor of Social Work.
Director of Faculty Development. A.B., Cedar Crest
College; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Rosemary Link, Assistant Professor of Social Work.
B.A. Southhampton University; C.Q.S.W., London
University (Bedford College); Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Vincent Peters, Assistant Professor of Social Work.
B.A., Loyola College; M.S.W., University of Madras.
Mary Lou Williams, Associate Professor of Social Work.
B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania.
Edith Kromer, Weekend Librarian. B.A., Hamline
University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Elizabeth Vander Schaaf, Associate Dean for Graduate and
Special Programs. B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Maria Woroby, Reference Librarian and Weekend Supervisor.
B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College_;
731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH
MINNEAPOLIS , MN 55454
Show less
1990 Fall
Trimester
1991 Winter
Trimester
1991 Spring
Trimester *
Application Deadline
Aug 15
Nov 26
Mar 4
Applicant Pile Completion
Deadline
Aug 27
Dec 17
Mar 18
Aug 25
Sept 6
Jan
Mar 30
Aug 17
Aug 25
S e ~ t6
Dec 14
Jan 3
Mar 22
Mar 30
Sept 7-9
Jan
4-6
Apr
5-7
Jan
6... Show more
1990 Fall
Trimester
1991 Winter
Trimester
1991 Spring
Trimester *
Application Deadline
Aug 15
Nov 26
Mar 4
Applicant Pile Completion
Deadline
Aug 27
Dec 17
Mar 18
Aug 25
Sept 6
Jan
Mar 30
Aug 17
Aug 25
S e ~ t6
Dec 14
Jan 3
Mar 22
Mar 30
Sept 7-9
Jan
4-6
Apr
5-7
Jan
6
Apr
7
New Student Orientation
Registration (Schedule
Confirmation)
Mail Deadline
New Students/Make-up
Classes Begin
Last Day t o add or drop
Sept 9
class without record notation
3
Last Day t o change grade
Oct 21
option 7June 3
)
Nov 18
Classes end
Nov 30-Dec 2 Mar 15-17
June 14-16
Final Exams
Dec 7-9
Mar 22-24
June 21-23
Final Grades Due
Dec 17
Apr
Classes Meet
Sept
Sept
Oct
Oct
Nov
Nov
Nov
Dec
Jan
Jan
Jan
Feb
Feb
Mar
Mar
Mar
7-9
21-23
5-7
19-21
2-4
16-18
30 -Dec 2
7-9
Mar 11
--
Last Day t o drop a class
1
Apr
Apr
May
May
May
June
June
June
5-7*
19-21
3-5
17-19
31 2
14-16
21-23
*Classesin Spring Trimester will be four hours in length instead of three and
one-halfhours. See page 34for exact times.
Frequently Called Telephone Numbers
Weekend College Office ..........................................
330-1782
........... ............ ..,330-1640
Director, Rick Thoni .................., ...
Operations, Laurel Orthmeyer ......... .. .... ...... .... .........330-1740
Admissions ............................................ ................... 330- 1792
Data Entry, Robin Sanderson ...................................330-1652
Secretary, Ruth Danielson ........ ..... .......................... .330-1782
....,,., 330-1777
Enrollment, Deidre Middleton .......................
Other Campus Numbers:
Bookstore, Christensen Center .................................330.1'122
Business Office, Science Hall:
Cashier: 8:30 a.m.4:OO p.m. ............................. 330-1028
Billing: 8:00 a.m.4:30 p.m. ...............................330-1790
Education Department, Library Bldg. .......................330-1130
Financial Aid Office, Science Hall ......................... ....330-1046
Counseling and Career Planning, Memorial Hall ......330-1162
Library ..................................................................... 330-1017
Nursing Department, Memorial Hall ........................330-1209
Registrar (transcripts, grades), Science Hall ...............330-1036
General Information .................................................330-1000
Weekend College Office Hours:
Monday-Friday - 8:00 a.m.-4:30 p.m. (evening hours by
appointment)
Office Hours on Class Weekends:
Friday - 5:30 p.m.-6:15 p.m., Old Main 12
Saturday - 8:00 a.m.-1:30 p.m., Old Main 12 or WEC office
Sunday - 12:30 p.m.-1:30 p.m., Old Main 12
Weekend College Office Location:
The Weekend College Office is at 2222 Murphy Place, located
on the corner of 23rd Avenue and 7 1/2 Street on the Augsburg
College Campus (see map on page 81).
This bulletin is a supplement to the Augsburg College Catalog and is
published for the convenience of Augsburg Weekend College students.
Weekend College is a program of Augsburg College and is subject to the
policies and provisions as stated in the Augsburg College Catalog.
ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR 1990.1991
..............................................
FREQUENTLY CALLED TELEPHONE NUMBERS
1
.............................2
......................................... 4
GENERAL INFORMATION .....................
.
.
Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College ...................... .............4
I~lformationSessio~ls...........................................................................
5
Characteristics of the Educational Program .........................................-. 6
........................................... 7
Student Support Services ....................
Career Placeme~lt..............................................................................
7
Academic Skills Center (Tutoring) ................................................
7
Veterans of Military Service ..............................
....,., .........................7
Disabled Student Program ................................,.................................7
....,
.
.
.
+.
ACADEMIC INFORMATION ...........................................................
8.
Degrees and Majors .............................................................................
%.
...............
......................................... .
Busi~lessAdmi~listratio~l
,
9
Communicatio~l....................
........................................................ 12
Computer Science ............................................................................ 1 4
Economics .................... ...........................................*........*.........
15
Education ........................................................................................
+15
Teaching Licensure ....................,.... ..,.........................................
17
Coachi~lgEndorseme~lt.....................................
..,............................
17
..............18
English ......................
.
.............................................
Management Illformation Systems (MIS) .........................................19
Nursing .....................
..*...
......
20
Psychology ...........................................................
..............+........21
..............................................................
Religioll .....................
.
.
21
Social
. * . . *Work
. . . . . ....................
. . . . . . . . . . ..
..
..
22
Minors ...............................................................................................
23
..............2 3
Math Placeme~ltGroup Requirements .................................
.
,
. Dean's
. List
. .................................
.
.
.
.
24
Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal ..........................................24
..,.,.. . . .....-..
....
Attendance Policy ..........................................
25
.....................................
Department Course Limits ......................
.....
25
............................................
Grading Procedures ............................
....
25
Withdrawal from College .............................. . .................................
27
Graduation with Distinction ................................................................
27
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) ................,.......+......,............... 28
.
.
.
.
CLASS SCHEDULE 1990-1991 ........................................
.................................. 3
COURSE DESClUPTIONS ......................
.
.
7
...........75
ADMISSIONS/FINANCIAL INFORMATION .........*............,
...........75
Admissions Requirements and Procedures ............................. ,
.....................................................
Fi~la~lcial
Aid ............................ .
.
76
Fees and Payment Schedule ...................
,,.............................................7 8
Payment Options .........................
78
Refund Schedule .............................,..................+..................... ...........79
Tuition Refund Policy ...........................................~................~..~.....~a
79
....
ABOUT AUGSBURG COLLEGE
.........*.......................................
........................,.. .,,.............................80
CAMPUS GUIDE .......................
.
.........................*.................................
81
CAMPUS LOCATION
............................
. . . . . . . ...................................82
Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College
Purpose
Augsburg Weekend College provides an educatio~lalalternative to adults
who desire college experience but who work or have other commitments
during the week. I t is a means by which men and women may earn a
bachelor's degree, gain skills for professio~laladvancement, prepare for
career change, or pursue a personal interest in one or more areas of the
liberal arts.
The Augsburg Weekend College program is designed to meet the needs
and preferences of adult learners. The program is based on the assumption that the lnen and women who enroll in Weekend College will be
mature, self-disciplined and well-motivated adult learners who seek a
balance of classroo~nexperience and individualized study. Each course is
therefore divided into periods of concentrated on-campus study separated by time for independent study and class preparation.
AlternateWeekends
T o accommodate this format for learning, classes meet o n alternate
weekends for three and a half hours on either Friday evening, Saturday
morning, Saturday afternoon, or Sunday afternoon.* Each class selected
by the student illvolves comlnitmellt t o one of these four class periods.
Weekend College students may take from one to four different courses
by attending class every other weekend.
Community of Learners
I
I
Essential to the goals of Augsburg Weekend College is participation in a
community of adult learners. Learning can be ellhanced when the
t y provides opportunity and
student is i~lvolvedin a stable c o ~ n m u ~ l ithat
encouragement to become involved in interaction both in and out of the
classroom. This comm~ulitywill be enriched by the presence of both
Inen and wolnen with a varietv of work and life experiences.
---
~
T o facilitate this kind of comrnu~lityinteraction, Augsburg encourages
Weekend College students to make use of college facilities such as the
library and college center, t o take the opportunity of having shared
meals and coffee breaks, to participate in optional lunchtime seminars,
and t o attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presen'
tations and athletic events.
'
I
I
* Laboratory sections or additional class hours way be scheduled on
evenin~sduring the ~veelz.
J J
I
Information Sessions
Adults who are interested in Augsburg Weekend College are encouraged
to attend one of the information sessions that are scheduled throughout
the year. These information sessions are free of charge and are approximately two hours in length. Please call the Weekend College Ofice
(330-1782) to receive further details on these information sessions or to
sign up for one of the following dates:
For Fall Trimester, 1990
Tuesday, May 15
Saturday, June 2
Saturday, June 23
Tuesday, July 10
Saturday, July 28
Thursday, August 9
5:30 PM
9:OO AM
9:OO AM
5:30 PM
9:OO AM
5:30 PM
For Winter Trimester, 1991
Saturday, October 6
9:OO AM
Thursday, November 1
5:30 PM
9:OO AM
Saturday, November 17
For Spring Trimester, 1991
Saturday, January 26
9:OO AM
Thursday, February 7
5:30 PM
9:OO AM
Saturday, February 23
For more information write or call:
Augsburg Weekend College Office
Augs burg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
612/330-1782
FAX: 612/330-1695
Educational Mission
For over a century Augsburg College has emphasized intellectual
freedom in the search for knowledge. Our academic program builds on
a liberal arts foundation to help students understand the past, interpret
the present, and plan for the future.
As in the weekday program, Augsburg Weekend College offers students
a unique combination of the liberal arts disciplines and professional education. Our goals are to help students develop the intellectual skills and
attitudes to be life-long learners, increase their competence jn selected
areas of professional work, and accomplish a higher level of personal
growth.
"
Accreditation and Affiliations
Augsburg College is hlly accredited by the North Central Association of
Colleges and Secondary Sc.hools and the National Council for the
Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our
programs are approved by the American Chemical Society, The Council
on Social Work Education and the National League for Nursing. We are
a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private
College Council, and the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc.
'II
I
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education
Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not mean that credits earned at the institution
can be transferred to other institutions or that the aualitv of the educa-
Faculty
Augsburg College prides itself on its highly qualified faculty. Members
of the faculty serve as academic advisers to students who are in the premajor stage of planning as well as to students in declared major fields.
Library
Students and faculty use a carefully selected library of some 150,000
volumes plus audio-visual materials, with access to over 5,000,000
volumes through the Twin Cities private college consortium and
Minitex.
Internshivs
1
Student Support Services
Augsburg Weekend College provides a number of student services to
assist adults in making educational and career plans, accomplishing the
academic tasks of a college education, working 011 their own personal
development, and participating in activities beyond the classroom. Some
of these services are:
Academic Planning
All Augsburg Weekend College students will have access t o expert
academic advising services on an on-going basis t o provide for efficient,
effective planning. Students enrolling in Weekend College who have had
college experience will have their previous work evaluated early in the
ad~nissio~ls
process.
Career Planning Services
Staff from the Career Planning and Placement Office will assist adults in
assessing their career goals and personal abilities. This service, in combination with sound academic advising from faculty in a chosen major field,
can result in an appropriate and manageable educatio~laland career plan
for the individual involved.
Academic Skills Center (Tutoring)
This center exists t o help students enhance their skills in the areas of
writing, reading, math, time management, and study skills. Academic
tutors in specialized course areas are also available through the center.
Counseling/Support Groups
Individual and group activities are available to students who wish to work
o n a perso~lalgrowth interest or concern or who simply want t o have the
experience of being in a support group of people who share some similar
characteristics and/or interests.
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Vetera~ls
Training. Veterans should c o ~ ~ s uwith
l t the Office of the Registrar about
completio~lof the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other
information t o the Veterans Administration. (Please refer to the
Augsburg College Catalog for more detailed information.)
American Indian Support Program
Staff from this program are available t o assist students in the areas of
financial aid, admissions, academic and personal counseling.
Disabled Student Programs
Learning disabled st~tdentshave average or above average intelligence
but have difficulty achieving their fill1 potential. Services available t o
such students include: diagnostic evaluation, educational planning,
learning aids and remedial instruction. If students are concerned that
difficulties in school are more than just temporary problems, they can
discuss their learning style with the Coordi~latorof Disabled Students or
the learning disabilities specialists, and arrange assessment and structures
assistance t o increase their potential for academic success.
Physically challenged students also are served through this office.
Individualized attention and services are provided for and/or coordinated t o meet the mobility needs of students.
ademic Information
egrees and Majors
Augsburg Weekend College allows adults to begin a bachelor's degree
program or to continue their education after beginni~lgat another time
or institution. It also enables adults to add a second major to an already
completed college degree. The followi~lginformation outlines what is
involved in completing a degree or major in Augsburg Weekend
College. (For more detailed information regarding graduation requirements, please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog.)
Bachelor's Degree
The bachelor's degree program in Augsburg Weekend College is
essentially the same as the weekday program. A total of 35 semester
courses are required to graduate and may be fulfilled through combinations of transfer of previous college credit, assessment of previous
learning experience, and Weekend College courses. (Augsburg semester
courses are valued at 4 semester credits and 6 quarter credits.) I~lcluded
in the 35 total courses must be an approved major program, 11 upper
division courses, and courses selected from the following liberal arts
spectrum (transfer courses and courses taken in the major may also be
counted for distribution requirements):
w One approved course from each of seven areas:
1. Art/Music
2. History/Philosophy
3. Economics/PoliticaI Science
4. English/Speech, Communication and Theater Arts (devoted to
the study of literature)
5 . Psychology 105/Sociology 121 (or the equivalent transfer
course)
6. Chernistry/Biology
7. Matl~ematics/Pl~ysics
w A course in writing (English 111) or demonstrated proficiency
a Two courses or demonstrated competence in a second language
w Three courses (or one course per year of study) in religious studies
w One course in the area of urban concerns, women's studies, or
minority studies.
35 total courses, a student must demonstrate
proficiency in two lifetime sports.
w I n addition to the
Majors
Augsburg Weekend College students may select from 11 separate
majors, several with a number of career concentrations. A minor also is
available in several o f these academic areas as well as in Sociology and
Women's Studies. (See page 23 for details.)
Business Administration
This major prepares students in the areas of management, financial
accounting, finance, marketing and international business. T o provide a
combination of applied skills and theoretical background, each of these
majors is interdisciplinary in approach, including an average of 1 0
business administration courses and six courses from supporting fields
such as economics, computer programming, communications, philosophy, and mathematics. Majors in Business Administration are candidates
for the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Core Courses
All students who pursue a major in Business Administration will com
plete the following core courses:
I
I
I
I
I
I
BUS/MIS 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
BUS 22 1 Principles of Accounting I
BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS/MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics
and MIS
BUS 33 1 Financial Management
BUS 391 Business Law
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 31 1 Public Finance
or
ECO 3 12 Intermediate Macroeconomics
or
ECO 315 Money and Banking
ECO 3 1 3 Intermediate Microeconomics
Accounting Concentration
Students who wish to pursue a Business Administration major with a
concentration in accounting will complete the following courses in
addition to the core:
I
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
or
BUS
or
BUS
322
323
324
326
Accounting Theory and Practice I
Accounting Theory and Practice I1
Managerial Cost Accounting
Tax Accounting
423 Auditing
425 Advanced Accounting
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses
from the following list:
BUS 399 Internship
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions
PHI 120 Ethics
Those planning a career in accounting are strongly encouraged to
complete the remaining courses in the 326, 423 and 425 sequence.
Finance Concentration
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a
concentration in finance will complete the following courses in addition
to the core:
BUS
BUS
BUS
ECO
or
ECO
or
MIS
322
433
438
318
Accounting Theory and Practice I
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
Investment Theory
Management Science
41 5 Managerial Economics
479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business,
Economics and MIS
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses
from the following list:
BUS
BUS
BUS
ENG
PHI
324
326
399
223
120
Managerial Cost Accounting
Tax Accounting
Internship
Writing for Business and the Professions
Ethics
International Business Concentration
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a
concentration in international business will complete 11 of the 12 core
courses (ECO 31 1 or 312 or 315 is not required) and the following:
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
or
BUS
ECO
Three
362
466
465
399
International Business
International Marketing
International Management
Internship
499 Independent Study
360 International Trade and Finance
semesters of a foreign language
Management Concentration
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a
concentration in management will complete the following courses in
addition to the core:
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
BUS 440 Operations Management
ECO 318 Management Science
PSY 373 Organizational Psychology
or
SOC 349 Complex Organizations
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses
from the following list:
BUS
ENG
PHI
PSY
SOC
SOC
SOC
SPC
SPC
399
223
120
371
336
375
265
111
354
Internship
Writing for Business and the Professions
Ethics
Psychology of the Individual
Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
Social Psychology
Racial and Minority Group Relations
Public Speaking
Interpersonal Communication
Marketing Concentration
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a
concentration in marketing will complete the following courses in
addition to the core:
BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis
BUS 450 Marketing Management
ECO 41 5 Managerial Economics
BUS 355 Marketing Communication
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses
from the following list:
BUS 399 Internship
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions
PHI 120 Ethics
SPC 35 1 Argumentation
SPC 352 Persuasion
Business Minor
BUS 22 1 Principles of Accounting I
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 33 1 Financial Management
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
Other configurations of the Business Administration minor may be
permitted on consultation with the department chairperson.
Master of Arts in Leadership
Weekend College students should be aware that Augsburg College offers
a Master of Arts in Leadership degree. This unique program offers
multi-disciplinary liberal arts courses with a specific focus on leadership
issues in profit and not-for-profit organizations. Designed to meet the
needs and preferences of working adults, these graduate program classes
meet on alternate Saturdays and alternate Thursday evenings. For
information on this master's degree program, please call 330-1786.
Communication
Our quality of life, both personally and professionally, depends in large
part upon the quality of our communication. The communication major
at Augsburg is designed to enhance understanding of communication in
a variety of contexts and to improve communication skills. All communication majors must complete a core group of eight required courses,
supplemented by five electives in one of the following concentrations:
public relations and advertising, marketing communication, human
relations, or supervisory management. Prospective majors should meet
with a departmental adviser as early as possible to design an approved
major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. Majors in
communication are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Required Communication Core
SPC 11 1 Public Speaking
SPC 342 Mass Communication in Society
SPC 35 1 Argumentation
SPC 352 Persuasion
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SPC 355 Small Group Communication
Any two of the following: ENG 223,225,226, or 227
Communication Electives
With the help of an academic adviser, students select five elective courses
in one of the following concentrations: public relations and advertising,
marketing communication, human relations, or supervisory management. Listed below are some of the electives recommended for each
concentration:
Public Relations and Advertising
Students interested in the Public Relations emphasis are strongly urged
to take ENG 227 (Journalism) as part of the major.
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS/MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics
and MIS
BUS 355 Marketing Communications
ENG 226 Creative Writing
ENG 227 Journalism
PSY 373 Organizational Psychology
SOC 349 Complex Organizations
SPC/ART 132 Photography
SPC/ART 224 Publication Design
SPC/ART 225/230 Visual Communications I, I1
SPC 345 Organizational Communication
SPC 399 Internship
SPC 480 Public Relations/Promotiona1 Communications
Marketing Communications
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis
BUS 355 Marketing Communications
BUS 450 Marketing Management
SPC 399 Internship
SPC 480 Public Relations/PromotionaI Communications
Human Relations
PSY
PSY
SOC
SOC
SOC
SPC
SPC
SPC
SPC
373
48 5
231
265
349
329
345
399
480
Organizational Psychology
Counseling Psychology
Sociology of the Family
Racial and Minority Group Relations
Complex Organizations
Intercultural Communication
Organizational Communication
Internship
Public Relations/Promotional Communications
Supervisory Management
BUS/MIS 175 Computers in Business, Economics and MIS
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS/MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics
and MIS
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
BUS 35 5 Marketing Communications
BUS 440 Operations Management
PSY 373 Organizational Psychology
SOC 349 Complex Organizations
SPC 345 Organizatio~lalCommunication
SPC 399 Internship
SPC 480 Public Relations/Promotiona1 Communicatio~ls
Communication Minor
SPC 111 Public Speaking
SPC 342 Mass Communication in Society
SPC 351 Argumentation
or
SPC 352 Persuasio~l
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SPC 345 Organizatiollal Communication
or
SPC 355 Small Group Communication
Any one of the following: ENG 223,225,226, or 227
Prospective minors must obtain prior approval from a communication
faculty adviser.
Computer Science
At least since Socrates, scholars have appreciated the value of mathematics in developing skills of critical thinking, understanding abstract
concepts, and analyzing and solving problems. Computer Science
courses at Augsburg are intended to help develop these skills. In
addition, an increasing number of academic disciplines require a working
knowledge of the tools of mathematics and computer science. This
major serves students studying/working in a wide variety of fields.
Some courses may need to be taken in an evening schedule. Students
should meet with a faculty adviser as soon as possible to plan their course
of study.
Introductory Courses
CSC
CSC
MAT
MAT
170
210
171
124
Structured Programmiilg
Data Structures
Discrete Mathematics
Calculus I
Core Courses
CSC
CSC
CSC
CSC
320
330
345
450
Algorithms
Theory of Computation
Principles of Computer Organization
Priilciples of Programming Language
Three electives from the following, two of which must be selected from
courses with an asterisk:
*CSC 270
CSC/PHY
*CSC 340
*CSC 352
CSC 399
*CSC 445
CSC 495
CSC 499
CSC 491
Fortran
261 Electronics
Digital Communications and Computer Networks
Database Management and Design
Internship
Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Independent Study
Computer Science Colloquium is required for all juniors
and seniors. This no-credit course meets weekly.
Computer Science Minor
Six courses including the four introductory courses and two of the core
courses.
Economics
This major is also available in the Weekend schedule. However, one
course (ECO 414) may need to be taken on an evening schedule.
Students are encouraged to meet with a faculty adviser as soon as
possible to carelidly plan their program of study.
BUS 22 1 Principles of Accounting I
BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 11 3 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO/MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics
and MIS
ECO 3 12 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 3 1 3 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 414 Welfare Economics
MAT 114 Elementary Functions
Three additional upper division economics courses
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses
from the following list:
ECO/MIS
MAT 124
MAT 125
MIS 370
175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
Calculus I
Calculus I1
Advanced Computing for Business, Economics and MIS
Economics Minor
ECO 112, 113, 312, 313 and one additional upper division course.
Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department.
Education
Teaching Licensure
Teaching licensure programs are offered for Kindergarten-Elementary
and selected Secondary fields through Weekend College. Individualized
programs are worked out with an adviser in either Elementary or Secondary education. T o be admitted to the Education Department the
student will have achieved an overall 2.5 G.P.A. plus a 2.5 G.P.A. in
his/her major field. All professional courses with the exception of
Clinical Experience and Student Teaching are available on a weekend
schedule. In addition to Kindergarten-Elementary, Augsburg Weekend
College grants secondary licenses in English-Language Arts and Social
Studies. Students may also work individually on the following majors
offered in conjunctio~lwith day school: French, German, Health, Life
Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), Science
(grades 5-9), Spanish, Speech, Theater Arts, and in the special areas of
Art (I<-12), Band (K-12), and Classroom Music (5-12), Orchestra (K1 2 ) and Classroom Music (5-12), Vocal and Classroom Music (I<-9),
Vocal and Classroom Music (5-12), and Physical Education (I<-12).
Contact an Education Department adviser for information in your field
of study and for an application for admission to the Department of
Education. Students entering the licensure program in Fall, 1989, or
later and wanting I<-6 licensure, must take EDE 375.
All students must apply for acceptance into the Education Department and take a PPST test before beginning professional education
courses (those numbered in the 300-400 level). Any course grade
below 2.0 must be retaken.
Elementary Education
EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (.5 course)
EDE 35 1 Techniques of Teaching Reading
EDE 363 Clinical Experiences (.5 course)*
EDE 364 I~lterdisciplinaryStudies (.25 course)
EDE 375 Discovery in the World of Itindergarten (.5 course)
EDE 376 I<-El Social Studies (.25 course)
EDE 377 K-El Science (.25 course)
EDE 379 I<-El Art (.25 course)
EDE 380 K-El Music (.25 course)
EDE 382 I<-El Math (.5 course)
EDE 386 Children's Literature (.5 course)
EDE 387 Language Arts (.5 course)
EDE 388 I<-El Health (.25 course)
EDE 389 I<-El Physical Educatio~l(.25 course)
EDE 4 8 1 Student Teaching
EDE 482 Student Teaching
EDE 483 Student Teaching
EDE 484 Student Teaching
E D U 264 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (.5 course)*
E D U 341 Media Technology (.5 course)
E D U 388 Human Relations (.5 course)
H P E 114 Safety Education (.5 course)
H P E 115 Chemical Dependency (.5 course)
SWI< 260 Humans Developing
College Level Math Course
Academic Minor or Second Major
*Field Experience Separate
Applications for student teaching must be completed by October
30, 1990, for Winter/Spring Student Teaching 1991 and March
30, 1991, for Fall Student Teaching 1991. Students must be
admitted to the Education Department before they can be considered for student teaching.
I
Secondary Education
EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (.5 course)
EDS 352 Clinical Experience (.5 course)*
EDS 353 Creating Learning Enviro~llnents
EDS 4 7 7 School and Society Seminar (.5 course)
EDS 481 Student Teaching
EDS 482 Student Teaching
EDS 483 Student Teaching
EDS 484 Student Teaching
E D U 264 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (.5 course)"
E D U 341 Media Technology (.5 course)
E D U 388 Human Relations ( . 5 course)
H P E 114 Safety Education (.5 course)
H P E 115 Chemical Dependency ( . 5 course)
SWIG 260 Humans Developing
Special Methods in Licensure Field
*Field Experience Separate
Applications for student teaching must be completed by October
30, 1990, for Winter/Spring Student Teaching 1991 and March
30, 1991, for Fall Student Teaching 1991. Students must be
admitted to the Education Department before they can be considered for student teaching.
Major for Secondary Teaching
Licensure in Social Studies
Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must
complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within
the Department of Education, a competency program designed to
provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Students must
complete a major in one of five fields - Economics, History, Political
Science, Psychology or Sociology (the History major is described below)
plus seven courses (ECO 112 or 113, Human Geography, HIS 222,
POL 158, PSY 105, SOC 121 and 336). Students considering a career
in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the
Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator.
History Major: Eight courses plus one seminar. At least four of these
courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course
(either survey or upper level) from each of these four areas: Ancient and
Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western.
Coaching Endorsement
Students interested in adding a coaching endorsement must complete
these courses in Physical Education: 353, 475, 482, and 489. Individuals must hold a valid Minnesota Teaching License to qualify for the
coaching endorsement.
Prerequisite: BIO 103: Human Anatomy and Physiology
English
Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words,
ideas and images helps us understa~idwho we are and who we can
become. Writing helps us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature
helps us conte~nplatethe pains and joys of human existence. Through
English study we see life's complexity, experience life as some others do,
and understand better the world in which we live and work.
English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is
concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with
the conte~nplationof works of art. With psychology and sociology,
English is concer~ledwith individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is interested in ideas and the relation between meaning and
language. With science, English is interested in discovering order and
deternlining structures. With speech and comm~~nications,
English
studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social
sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and
thought at different times and in different cultures.
Major: Nine courses above 111, including 225; one course in American
literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and
three courses in British literature, one o n literature before 1660 (for
example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a n u ~ n b e rofwriters (336,
337, 423). Majors are encouraged t o take ENG 245 early in their
college work and to co~lsulttheir departmental adviser regularly. A
student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an
adviser in the department.
Note on Prerequisites: ENG 1 11 is strongly reconl~nendedbut not a
prerequisite for a Lower Division literature course. Prerequisite for an
Upper Division course is successh~lcompletion of a Lower Division
literature course or consent of the instructor.
Note: Transfer students must take at least three of their English
courses at Augsburg.
English-Language Arts Teaching Major: Ten courses, including those
listed under the major, a course in the English language, and an internship in the teaching of writing. One course must include a component
in non-Western literature. In addition, the ACTC courses Communications Skills in the English Classroo~nand Teaching Mass Media are
required. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are
recommended. Several of the required courses, including the internship,
are not offered o n weekends. Students in this program must work with
advisers in the English Department and the Education Department in
order t o meet the professional require~nentswithin the Education Department as well as requirements in the major.
Students in this program who are transferring fro111other colleges should
consult the English Department chair soon after enrolling.
Minor: Five courses above 111 including one course in British literature
and one writing course above the freshman level (223, 225, 226, or 227).
Management Information Systems (MIS)
This MIS major prepares students to work in the growing field of
information management. The major combines courses and skills from
both the business and computer science majors to help students learn
about the identification, organization, analysis and processing of information in a business setting. Students should meet with their adviser as
soon as possible to plan their program.
MIS Major
BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I
BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 33 1 Financial Management
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 3 1 3 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 318 Management Science
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
MAT 121 Finite Mathematics
MIS 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
MIS 370 Advanced Computing for Business, Economics and MIS
or
CSC 352 Database Management and Design
MIS 375 Management Information Systems in Organizations
MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design
MIS 476 Information Systems Projects
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more of the
following courses:
PHI 130 Logic
MIS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business,
Economics and MIS
MAT 114 Elementary Functions
or
MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
MIS Minor
BUS
BUS
or
BUS
MIS
MIS
or
CSC
MIS
MIS
or
ECO
or
MIS
221 Principles of Accounting I
242 Principles of Management
252 Principles of Marketing
175 Computers for Business, Eco~lomicsand MIS
370 Advanced Computing for Business, Economics and MIS
352 Database Management and Design
375 Management Information Systems in Organizations
475 Systems Analysis and Design
318 Management Science
479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
Nursing
Augsburg Weekend College offers registered nurses an upper division
nursing major as a second step toward the co~npletio~i
of the Bachelor of
Science degree.* Fully accredited by the National League for Nursing,
this major is a professiollal program that is accessible on weekends t o
nurses who are unable t o attend classes during the weekdays. Classes are
primarily scheduled on alternate weekends, but all courses in the major
may have additional class o r lab hours beyond the weekend schedule.
Preparation for school nurse lice~lsureis available.
Admissions Procedures
Admission to the nursing program includes first being accepted into
Augsburg Weekend College through the procedures described on page
75. As candidates for the nursing major, RNs must demonstrate
evidence of co~npletionof an associate degree or diploma program,
current llursing practice, and Minnesota licensure. While an RN may
take general education courses and prerequisite courses for the nursing
major, further progress in the major is continge~ltupon:
at a college or university of the prerequisite
1. Satisfactory cornpletio~~
courses: Anatomy and Physiology, Microbiology, Inorganic
Chemistry, Organic or Biochemistry, English Composition,
I~ltroductorySociology and I~ltroductoryPsychology.
2. A cu~nulativegrade point average of at least 2.5.
3. Successful completion of testing t o validate lower division nursing
knowledge.
* Graduates of the program are elkible t o apply to the Minnesota Department of Health for certification as a public health nurse.
Please see the Augsburg College general catalog for complete information about the nursing major (pp. 154- 157), includi~lgadditional special
fees for entrance and exit testing (p. 23).
Required Courses in the Nursing Major
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
305
306
310
31 1
330
350
403
404
423
427
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication*
Co~ltemporaryNursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing*
Commu~lityHealth Nursing I*
Commu~lityHealth Nursing 11: Practicum**
Trends and Issues in Nursing*
Introduction to Nursing Research*
Contemporary Nursing 111: Families*
Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management*
Practicu~nin Nursing I: Nursing of the Family**
Practicu~nin Nursing 11: Leadership and Management**
* These courses may require extra class or lab sessions.
**These courses require extra time and cost for clinical ~vorlz.
Required Supporting Courses
PHI
or
REL
PSY
380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
4 8 3 Christian Ethics, or an approved ethics course
353 Brain and Behavior
Psychology
Psychology, with its emphasis on behavioral observatio~land data,
provides a perspective on human activities which is an integral part of
liberal education. The goal of the Psychology program is the improved
understanding of human behavior by studying how people cope with
their environment and interact with each other.
Psychologists use a variety of methods to study behavior, i~lcluding
experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis. Faculty members
in the Department of Psychology at Augsburg have varied professional
specializations which include areas such as counseling, pl~ysiological
psychology, 11uman development, personality and computer applications.
All psycl~ologymajors MUST have an adviser in the Psychology Department. The following courses in the Psycl~ologycore will be offered
when a sufficient number of students are ready for that portion of their
program: PSY 264,265, 381,493. This may delay an individual
student's ablility to complete the major in the Weekend schedule.
Required courses will be available regularly in the Weekday schedule.
Core Courses
PSY
PSY
PSY
PSY
PSY
PSY
105
264
265
381
399
493
General Psychology
Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I
Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I1
Psychology in Historical Perspective
Internship
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Four additional upper division courses such as PSY 351 Developmental
Psychology: Child, PSY 373 Organizational Psychology or PSY 485
Counseling Psycl~ology.Students should consult with their adviser
regarding these major electives.
Minor
Five courses including PSY 105, with a minimum of two courses at
Augsburg. Not more than one course from PSY 299, 399 and 499 may
be counted toward the minor.
Religion
Augsburg College understands itself as a college of the church and it is
persuaded that the Christian faith provides an appropriate perspective
from which to undertake its educational task. The biblical faith and
tradition of the Christian Church have influenced the Western world to a
degree much greater than is sometimes recognized.
The student encounters this influence in studying language, literature,
history, values and political structures. The study of religion and
theology is intended to make such encounters more meaningful through
a better knowledge of biblical history and that of the Christian Church,
and by a larger acquaintance with tl~eologicalthougl~t. Large segments
of the earth's population live by religious concepts and ideas which are
different from those prominent in the West. The Depart~nentof Religion also seeks to introduce students to some of these major religious
traditions.
Core Courses
REL
REL
REL
REL
REL
111
221
356
481
495
Introduction to Theology
Biblical Studies
History of Religions
Contemporary Theology
Seminar
Major Electives
Three additio~lalReligion courses approved by the department chairperSOll.
Religion Minor
Five courses approved by the department chairperson.
Note: It is important for Religion majors to consult with the department
chairperson during their first year at Augsburg College. Religion 111 or
221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval is necessary before courses taken at other colleges call be accepted for Religion
Department and/or general education course credit. Completion of this
major may require enrollment in one or more courses offered in an
evening schedule.
Social Work
Accredited by the Cou~lcilon Social Work Education, the Bachelor of
Science in Social Work degree program at Augsburg College is built on a
solid liberal arts foundation, on theory-based training, and on professionally directed field experiences. As important, social work education
at Augsburg is built on an appreciatio~lfor the needs, concerns, and
values of the i~ldividualsand groups who constitute today's multicultural society. The Social Work major in Augsburg Weekend College
includes seven courses from the Departments of Psychology, Biology,
and Sociology. Conce~ltrationsare possible in the areas of aging,
chemical dependency, corrections, social ministries, and youth work.
Field work is an important cornpollent of the program.
Social Work Core Courses*
SOC
SWIC
SWIC
SWIC
SWIC
SWIC
SWIC
SWIC
SWIC
SWIC
SWIC
SWIC
SWIC
365
257
260
361
363
364
461
462
463
465
466
467
469
Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
Exploring Human Services
Humans Developing
Social Kesponse to Human Needs
Methods and Skills of Social Work
Field Work I
Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Field Work I1
Community Developme~ltand Orga~lizatio~l
Social Policy: Analysis and Developme~lt
Field Work I11 (.5 course)
The Social Worker as Professio~lal
Field Work IV
Required Supporting Courses *
BIO
PSY
SOC
SOC
SOC
SOC
101
105
121
231
265
375
Human Biology
General Psychology
Principles of Sociology
Sociology of the Family
Racial and Minority Group Relations
Social Psycl~ology
*Students interested in Social Work should begin their program
with the required supporting courses. The professional sequence
will be offered when a sufficient number of students are ready for
that portion of the program.
Social Welfare Minor
Six courses i~icludiilgSWIC 257 or department approved alternative
internship, SWIC 361, 463; PSY 351 or SOC 375; SOC 265; and
POL 121 or 158 or 325, or SWIC465.
Minors
In addition t o minors offered in Business, Communication, Economics,
English, MIS, Psychology, Religion and Social Welfare (listed under each
respective major), Weekend College studellts are able t o complete minors
in the followiilg areas:
Sociology Minor
Five courses including S O C 121 and two upper division courses (numbered 300 and above).
Women's Studies Minor
Five courses which must include INS 201, three electives (one of which
must be upper division) and INS 495 or 499. A student's program must
have the written approval of the Women's Studies Coordinator.
Approved electives from other academic departments:
ART 352 Women's Art History
ENG 282 Topics in Literature: Women and Fiction
Mathematics Placement Group Requirements
MIS 1 7 5 , 2 7 9 , 4 7 9 ; CSC 170,210; and all 100-level MAT courses
have Math Placement Group requirements. Since all majors in Business,
Economics or Management Information Systems must take MIS 279,
all students in these areas must have at least MPG 111. Other specific
courses such as SOC 365 and PHY 1 0 3 also have MPG requirements.
Please refer t o thc course description for ally given course t o determine
if there is an MPG requircd by the department. Some instructors
require MPGs in courses they teach. This should be noted in the
syllabi for their course(s).
The Math Placement Requirement can be met by transfer courses,
Augsburg coursework or the Math Placement Assessment. This Assessment is given at New Student Orientation each trimester, or by appointment during the academic calendar year. (The Math Department may
disregard math courses talten more than five years ago, or may choose to
lapse an MPG gi\len more than five years ago.)
Dean's List
The Dean's List is co~npiledafter each semester, listing students whose
grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum
of two full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading
system, with no i~lcompletesin courses offered for credit.
Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal
The College requires that students maintain the following cumulative
grade point averages (GPA):
Freshman - a student who has taken fewer than 7 courses
cumulative GPA of 1.6 or higher
Sophomore - a student who has taken fewer than 16 courses
cumulative GPA of 1.7 or higher
a student who has taken fewer than 2 5 courses
Junior cumulative GPA of 1.9 or higher
a student who has taken 25 o r more courses
Senior cumulative GPA of 2.0 or higher.
It should be noted that a ~ninimumGPA of 2.0 is required for graduation with certain majors requiring a higher minimum GPA.
Students whose academic acl~ievementfalls below these guidelines will
either be placed 011 scl~olasticprobation at the end of the term, o r will
be continued on probation, or will be dismissed from the College. In
addition, a freshman who receives two zero grades or a sophomore who
receives three zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal.
However, dismissal fro111 the College is not automatic. Each case is
reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. Evidence of the
student's coln~nit~nent
t o academic progress is the major consideration
in deciding whether or not t o dismiss a student. Students who have a
poor academic record may be strongly advised t o withdraw before the
end of a term. Those on probation who voluntarily withdraw from the
College, as well as those who are dismissed, must have special permission
t o re-enroll.
Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA
reaches the minimum levels stated above. St~tdentsplaced on probation
as freshmen for having earned two zero grades may be removed from
probation if their classification changes t o sophomore, if they have not
earned additional zero grades, and if their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7.
Students placed on probation as sophomores for having earned three
zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification
changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9.
The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet
the guidelines stated above. Once a student is dismissed, he or she may
appeal the decision within 10 days t o the Conlmittee on Student
Standing.
Attendance Policy
It is expected that students attend every class. If a student knows she/he
will miss more than one class meeting, she/he should not register for
the course. Some faculty/courses require 100 percent attendance for a
student to earn a passing grade.
Most Weekend College classes meet seven times during a trimester plus
Finals Class Weekend. Some courses meet for the entire period on Finals
Class Weekend. Classes marked with an asterisk ( * ) on the Class Schedule require additional class meetings, the dates and times of which are
either listed on the course syllabus or determined by the class at the first
meeting. Depending on the course, these additional meetings are either
required or optional.
Department Course Limits
Augsburg College's graduation requirements allow a maximum of 1 3
courses from each department except in certain approved majors (Social
Work, Nursing). Business Administration, Economics and Management
Information Systems are considered different departments for graduation
requirement purposes.
Grading Procedures
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examina
tions. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of
evaluation are also used.
Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a
4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade
of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0.
Students are cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care since some
graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large
number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". Transfer students are
cautioned that P-graded courses do not count in the requirement that 14
traditionally graded courses be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. See P/N limitations under
Graduation Requirements in the Augsburg College general catalog.
Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 265 is
graded only on the P/N grading system and some education courses are
graded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional system.
English 111 is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are
graded only P, 1.O, N. Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O.
In courses where this is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to
use the P/N grading option. Any changes in choice of gkading system
must be made according to the dates published each term. A fee is
charged for any changes made after registration.
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence.
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards.
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the course.
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course standards.
0.5
0.0 Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course).
Grade of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point
average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N
represents work at the 1.5 or below level.
An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of an extreme
emergency. To receive it, a student must file an Application for Incomplete form with the Committee on Student Standing stating the reasons
for the request, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from
the instructor. If permission is granted, the incomplete must be removed
during the following semester, or it becomes the grade submitted by the
teacher along with the incomplete.
Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes
last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed
by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first
term of registration. A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate
that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A final grade will be
issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and
evaluated (but not longer than one year). An instructor reserves the
discretion of not giving an X where satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal from college, or dropping these continued courses
will terminate their registration. Under this circumstance, a registration
as 1X by the student would be necessary if done during registration
periods within one year of initial registration; if done after one year a new
registration would be necessary.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by
registering for Audit (V). The charge for auditing a course is listed
under Fees and Payment Schedule. Students who audit a course should
confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term
to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If
expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as
having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will
be listed a grade of W (Withdrawn).
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at
Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option
are recorded, but not computed in the GPA.
Classification
Students are classified in August and at the end of fall and winter terms as
follows:
Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points.
Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points.
Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points.
Withdrawal from College
Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered,
since this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of
courses or withdrawal from college must be done in the Registrar's
Office. Withdrawal from college cannot occur during final examination
weekend unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee.
Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective
as of the date the completed Withdrawal From College form is returned to
the Registrar's Office.
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude - 3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA
Magna cum laude - 3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA
Cum laude - 3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA
T o qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have
completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg.
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL)
Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in
many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit
recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic programs
of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous
Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous
learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited
institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward
the completion of a bachelor's degree.
Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit
recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two
essential criteria: (1) it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within
the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and (2) it can be objectively
demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee
evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by
which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit
recognition:
CLEP (College Level Examination Program)
Students who achieve acceptable scores in CLEP exams may receive
academic credit in August College. CLEP exams are available in a variety
of general and specific subject areas. For more information, contact
Weekend College Admissions (330.1792) or the regional CLEP center
at the University of Minnesota (624-3323).
Departmental Assessment
Students who wish to receive credit for a specific academic course and d o
not have transcript evidence of completed work may request a departmental assessment of previous learning. This will most often include an
examination that covers the essential components of the course involved.
For more information, contact the Registrar's Ofice (330.1036).
CAI? (Credit Assessment Process)
This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee
completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the
student. Informal meetings and consultation are provided for students
who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. Students may apply for CAP after completing at least four courses
of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative GPA of at least
2.5. For more information, contact the Registrar's Office (330-1036).
I
1990 Fall Trimester Class Schedule
Friday Evening (6:OO-9:30)
BIO
BUS
BUS
BUS
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDU
EDU
ENG
MAT
NUR
NUR
PHY
POL
PSY
PSY
REL
SOC
SPC
SPC
SWK
185
35 5
242
391
112
350
379
382
387
350
264
388
331
131
305
350
103
342
105
325
363
265
111
345
260
Biology of Aging
Marketing Communications
Principles of Management
Business Law
Principles of Macroeconomics
Creating Learning Environments (9/7 - 11/2)(.5)
K-El Art (9/7-10/5) (.25)
K-El Math (10/19-12/7) (.5)
K-El Language Arts (10/19-12/7) (.5)
Reading in the Content Areas (9/7-11/2) (.5)
Orientation to Education (9/7-11/2) (.5)
Human Relations (9/7-11/2) (.5)
British Literature: Chaucer to the Elizabethans
Math for the Liberal Arts*
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication*
Introduction to Nursing Research
Physics for the Life Sciences*
Mass Communications in Society
General Psychology
Social Behavior
Religion in America
Racial and Minority Group Relations
Public Speaking
Organizational Communication
Humans Developing
Saturday Morning (8:30-12:OO)
BIO
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
CHM
ECO
ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
ENG
ENG
MAT
MAT
103
22 1
222
242
324
362
109
112
113
31 3
363
376
377
388
352
227
245
103
124
Human Anatomy and Physiology*
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Accounting I1
Principles of Management
Managerial Cost Accounting
International Business
General Chemistry*
Principles of Macroeconomics
Principles of Microeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
Clinical Experience (.5)
K-El Social Studies (10/20-11/17) (.25)
I<-El Science (9/8-10/6) (.25)
K-El Health (9/8-10/6) (.25)
Clinical Experience (.5)
Journalism*
Introduction to Literature
Basic Mathematics* (no credit)
Calculus I*
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
Music Therapy: Clinical Overview
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Contemporary Nursing 111: Families*
Introduction to Philosophy
Mass Communications in Society
General Psychology
Biblical Studies
Public Speaking
Persuasion
Community Development and Organization
MIS
MUS
MUS
NUR
PHI
POL
PSY
REL
SPC
SPC
SWK
Saturday Afternoon (1:1 5 4 4 5 )
ART
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
CSC
ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDU
EDU
ENG
ENG
ENG
HIS
HPE
NUR
PHI
POL
PSY
REL
REL
SOC
SPA
SPC
SWK
352
221
242
252
322
391
170
11 3
3 12
380
386
353
264
341
111
225
351
222
114
423
130
160
355
111
345
121
111
354
361
Women'sArt History
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing
Accounting Theory & Practice I
Business Law
Structured Programming
Principles of Microeconomics
Intermediate Macroeconomics
K-El Music (11/17-12/8) (.25)
Children's Literature (9/8-11/3) ( 5 )
Creating Learning Environments
Orientation to Education (9/8-11/3) (.5)
Media Technology (9/8-11/3) ( 5 )
Effective Writing*
Intermediate Expository Writing*
American Literature Since 1920
U.S. History Since 1877
Safety Education (E/S) (9/8-11/3)
Practicum in Nursing I: Families * * *
Logic*
World Politics
Brain and Behavior
Introduction to Theology
Lutheran Heritage
Principles of Sociology
Beginning Spanish I*
Interpersonal Communication
Social Response to Human Needs
Sunday Afternoon (1:15-4:45)
ART
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDS
132
221
252
33 1
423
35 1
364
389
364
366
Photography
Principles of Accounting I
PrinciplesofMarketing
Financial Management
Auditing
Techniques for Teaching Reading
Interdisciplinary Studies (10/21-11/18) (.25)
K-El Physical Education (9/9-10/7) (.25)
English Methods
Foreign Language Methods (9/9-11/4) (.5)
ENG
HIS
HPE
MIS
MIS
MIS
REL
SOC
SOC
SPA
Effective Writing*
The American City
Chemical Dependency (10/21-12/9) (.5)
Computers in Business, Economics and MIS
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
Management Information Systems in the Organization
History of Religions
Principles of Sociology
Racial and Minority Group Relations
Beginning Spanish I*
Evening Courses
CSC
HPE
340
002
Digital Communications and Computer Networks (Thurs.)
Lifetime Sports: Racket Sports (TBA)
Student Teaching* *
Student teaching courses in elementary and secondary education are
available during fall trimester. The Student Teaching Seminar (EDS 486)
is available on an arranged basis.
*Extra class or lab sessions required.
**Additional clinical fee required.
1991 Winter Trimester Class Schedule
Friday Evening (6:OO-9:30)
ART
BUS
BUS
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDU
ENG
ENG
INS
MAT
NUR
PHY
PSY
REL
SOC
SOC
SPC
SWIC
224
242
252
112
363
388
389
352
341
111
261
201
131
306
106
373
263
121
265
354
260
Publication Design
Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing
Principles of Macroeconomics
Clinical Experience (.5)
K-El Health (3/1-3/22) (.25)
K-El Physical Education Methods (3/1-3/22) (.25)
Clinical Experience (.5)
Media Technology (1/4-2/22) (.5)
Effective Writing*
Modern Fiction
Introduction to Women's Studies
Math for the Liberal Arts*
Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing*
Introductory Meteorology*
Organizational Psychology
World Justice and Hunger: Developing a New World View
Principles of Sociology
Racial and Minority Group Relations
Interpersonal Communication
Humans Developing
Saturday Morning (8:30-12:OO)
BIO 101 Human Biology
BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I
BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
BUS 362 Marketing Research & Analysis
BUS 391 Business Law
BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
CHM 110 Organic and Biological Chemistry*
CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
EDE 379 K-El Art Methods (1/4-1/25) (.25)
EDE 382 K-El Math Methods (1/4-2/22) (.5)
EDE 387 Language Arts (1/5-2/23) (.5)
EDU 264 Orientation to Education (1/5-2/23) (.5)
EDU 388 Human Relations (2/9-3/23) (.5)
ENG 111 Effective Writing*
ENG 336 British Literature: 17th & 18th Century
MAT 104 Intermediate Algebra* (no credit)
MIS 279 Quantitative Methods in Business, Economics and MIS
NUR 310 Community Health I*
NUR 404 Contemporary Nursing IV*
POL 342 Mass Communications in Society
PSY 105 General Psychology
REL 445 The Bible, Language and Interpretation
SOC 375 Social Psychology*
SPC 111 Public Speaking
SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Saturdav Afternoon (1:15-4:45)
Principles of Accounting I1
BUS
Principles of Marketing
BUS
Accounting Theory and Practice I1
BUS
Financial Management
BUS
International Management
BUS
Microeconomics
ECO
Managerial Economics
ECO
Creating Learning Environments (2/9-3/23) (.5)
EDE
K-El Science (1/5, 1/12, *2/2 a.m.) (.5)
EDE
Children's Literature (2/9-3/23) (.5)
EDE
Creating Learning Environments (2/9-3/23) (1.O)
EDS
School and Society (1/5-2/23) (.5)
EDS
Writing for Business & the Professions*
ENG
Topics: Women and Fiction
ENG
Beginnings of Western Culture
HIS
Chemical Dependency Education (E/S) (1/26-3/16) (.5)
HPE
Finite Mathematics*
MAT
Discrete Mathematics*
MAT
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
MIS
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business,
BUS
Economics and MIS
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
PHI
Environment and Behavior
PSY
I
I
REL 111
REL 221
SOC 121
SPA 112
SPC 352
SWK 466
Introduction to Theology
Biblical Studies
Principles of Sociology
Beginning Spanish 11*
Persuasion
Field Work I11
Sunday Afternoon (1:15-445)
I
I
I
ART
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
ECO
ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
FRE
GER
HPE
HPE
HPE
INS
MIS
MIS
NOR
SPA
SPA
106/306 Calligraphy
222 Principles of Accounting I1
242 Principles of Management
326 Tax Accounting
440 Operations Management
113 Principles of Microeconomics
3 1 3 Intermediate Microeconomics
3 15 Money and Banking
282 Introduction to Special Education
364 Interdisciplinary Studies (3/3-3/24) (.25)
375 Disc. in the World of Kindergarten (2/10-3/24) (.5)
376 K-El Social Studies (1/6-1/27) (.25)
380 K-El Music (1/6-1/27) (.25)
375 Social Studies Methods (2/9-3/23) ( . 5 )
111 Beginning French I*
111 Beginning German I*
114 Safety Education (E/S) (1/6-2/24) (.5)
353 Kinesiology and Physiology of Exercise
489 Coaching Practicum (.5) (time to be arranged)
231 Religion in African American History
175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
475 Systems Analysis and Design
111 Beginning Norwegian*
111 Beginning Spanish I*
112 Beginning Spanish 11*
-
Student Teaching*
- *
I
Student teaching courses in elementary and secondary education are
available during winter trimester. The Student Teaching Seminar
(EDS 486) is available on an arranged basis.
Lifetime S ~ o r t s
HPE 002
I
Lifetime Sports: Beginning Aerobics (TBA)
*Extra class or lab sessions required.
**Additional clinical fee required.
1991 Spring Trimester Class Schedule
Fridav Evening (6:OO-10:OO)
BUS 242
BUS 252
BUS
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDU
EDU
ENG
ENG
HPE
INS
MAT
MUS
PHY
REL
SOC
SPC
SPC
SWK
Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing
~nteriational~ a r k e t i * ~
Principles of Macroeconomics
Creating Learning Environments (5/17-6/21) (.5)
K-El Music Methods (5/31-6/21) (.25)
K-El Math Methods (5/3-6/14) (.5)
Creating Learning Environments
Orientation to Education (4/5-5/17) (.5)
Human Relations (4/5-5/17) (.5)
Effective Writing*
European Literature: Homer to Dante
Safety Education (4/6-5/18) (.5)
Women in American Culture
Math for the Liberal Arts*
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Astronomy*
History of Religions
Principles of Sociology
Public Speaking
Public Relations/Promotional Communications
Humans Developing
Saturday Morning (8:OO-12:OO)
BIO
BUS
CHM
CSC
CSC
ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDU
ENG
ENG
ENG
HIS
HPE
MAT
MIS
NUR
PHI
PHI
POL
PSY
REL
REL
SOC
SPC
SWK
108
391
100
145
450
113
318
35 1
377
350
341
111
226
282
225
115
114
279
427
120
130
342
105
221
483
375
35 1
467
Microbiology*
Business Law
Chemistry for Changing Times
Computing for the Liberal Arts
Principles of Programming Languages
Principles of Microeconomics
Management Science
Techniques of Teaching Reading
I<-El Science (6/1-6/22) (.5)
Reading in the Content Areas (4/6-5/18) (.5)
Media Technology (4/6-5/18) (.5)
Effective Writing*
Introduction to Creative Writing*
Topics in Literature
Tale of Twin Cities
Chemical Dependency (4/6-5/18) ( 5 )
Elementary Functions*
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
Practicum in Nursing 11: Leadership & Management* * *
Ethics
Logic
Mass Communications
General Psychology
Biblical Studies
Christian Ethics
Social Psychology
Argumentation
Social Worker as Professional
I
I
I
I
1
Saturdav Afternoon (1:OO-500)
BIO 105 Biology and Society
BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I
BUS 2 i 2 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 331 Financial Management
BUS 425 Advanced Accounting
BUS 438 Investments
BUS 450 Marketing Management
CSC 210 Data Structures
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 311 Public Finance
ECO 360 International Trade and Finance
EDE 363 Clinical Experience (.5)
EDE 386 Children's Literature (4/6-6/1) ( 5 )
EDE 388 K-El Health Methods (4/6-5/4) (.25)
EDS 352 Clinical Experience (.5)
EDS 477 School & Society (4/6-6/1) (.5)
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions
ENG 327 Advanced Journalism*
HPE 475 Prev./Care of Athletic Injuries (4/8-5/18) (.5)
MIS 370 Advanced Personal Computing
NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing*
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
PSY 105 General Psychology
REL 369 Religious Imagination in Modern Literature*
SOC 349 Complex Organizations
SPC 360 Interpretive Reading
SPC 355 Small Group Communication
SWK 469 Field Work IV
Sunday Afternoon (1:OO-5:OO)
Drawing
ART
Principles of Management
BUS
Human Resource Management
BUS
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO
Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO
Interdisciplinary Studies (4/7-5/5) (.25)
EDE
I<-El Art Methods (6/2-6/23) (.25)
EDE
K-El Language Arts (4/7-5/19) (.5)
EDE
K-El Physical Education Methods (4/7-5/5) (.25)
EDE
Beginning French II*
FRE
Beginning German 11*
GER
Coaching Theory of Sport
HPE
Coaching Practicum (-5)(time to be arranged)
HPE
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
MIS
Information Systems Projects
MIS
Beginning Norwegian 11*
NOR
Introduction to Theology
REL
Racial and Minority Group Relations
SOC
Quantitative Methods & Program Evaluation
SOC
Beginning Spanish 11*
SPA
Student Teaching**
Student teaching courses in elementary and secondary education are
available during spring trimester. The Student Teaching Seminar
(EDS 486) is available on an arranged basis.
TBA
NUR 31 1 Community Health Nursing 11* * *
*Extra class or lab sessions required.
**Additional clinical fee required.
arse Descriptions
ART 102
Environmental Aesthetics
Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the
visual content of experience in the environment leading
toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group
projects exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction.
Distribution: Urban Concerns; Art/Music
ART 106/
306
ART 107
Calligraphy
Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with
emphasis o n the broad-edged pen. Attention given to the
historical development of calligraphy and the elements of
design through readings and demonstrations. Class time and
assignments center on practice in calligraphic concepts with
special attention given to foundational, italic, Gothic and
unicial styles. Three original projects are required and
evaluation is based on quality of work plus participation and
growth factors. Upper division students are required t o
complete demonstration sheets in three historical writing
styles plus an expanded project.
Distribution: Art/Music
Drawing
Drawing in graphite pencils, pens, and pastel pencils. Subjects
include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors and
experimental work.
Distribution: Art/Music
ART 118
Painting I
Introduction to painting media and techniques in acrylic and
oil.
Distribution: Art/Music
ART 132
Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression
with attention to black and white photography process. Need
access to 35mm single lens reflex camera (materials will cost
$125-$150).
Distribution: Art/Music
Major: Elective in Public Relations/Advertising major
Publication Design
An introduction to traditional design concerns and procedures related to publication design as well as design for
desktop publishing. Theory and practice of coordinating
visual images and typography with content in publications.
Study of design in magazines, newspapers, newsletters, books,
and miscellaneous publications. Students design and produce
a publication as a group project.
Major: Elective in Public Relations/Advertising
ART 225
Visual Communications I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, type, and
pictorial images. Emphasis will be placed on the creative
thought process.
Major: Elective in Public Relations/Advertising major
ART 240
Art History Survey
A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes
reading, research, viewing of slides, and visits to museums.
Distribution: Art/Music
ART 250
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis
on handbuilding and glazing.
Distribution: Art/Music
ART 352
Women's Art History
A study of the place of women in the history of the visual arts
- as artists, as subjects, and as patrons.
Distribution: Art/Music, Urban Concerns/Minority Studies
Minor: Elective in Women's Studies minor (upper division)
BIO 101
Human Biology
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of
view. An attempts to answer such questions as: What makes
man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have
a niche in the ecosystem? What influences does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (A
student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103.
Does not apply to the major or minor.)
Distribution: Biology
Major: Required supporting course in Social Work
BIO 103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course in the structure and hnction of the
human body. Lecture and laboratory. (A student may riot
receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to
the major or minor.)
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
Major: Required prerequisite for BSN major/Coaching
Endorsement
BIO 105
Biology and Society
What are some of the biologically-based problems with which
our society must deal? What threats are posed by pollution,
the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-
renewable resources? What are the implications of genetic
research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the
delivery of health care? (Does not apply to the major or
minor.)
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology or Urban Concerns
BIO 108
Microbiology
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications
of microbiology to the field of medicine and sanitation. For
student nurses, health majors or consent of the instructor.
(Prereq: CHM 110 or consent of instructor. Does not apply
t o major or minor.)
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
Major: Prerequisite for the BSN major
BIO 185
The Biology of Aging
At some time in our lives most of us will directly experience
aging or be influenced by people undergoing age-related
changes. This course will concentrate on the biological
aspects of such changes.
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
BIO 231
The Biology of Women
The objective of this course is to provide a basic understanding of the structure and hnctioning of the female human
organism as well as to evaluate misconceptions about women
that have arisen in the history of biology.
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology or Women & Minority
Studies
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
(See under MIS 175)
BUS 221
Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts, and
fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and
preparation of financial statements.
Major: Required for Business Administration, Economics core
and MIS major
BUS 222
Principles of Accounting I1
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and
fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and
controlling process, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq: BUS 22 1)
Major: Required for Business Administration, Economics core
and MIS major
BUS 242
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization,
staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority,
accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the
professional manager.
Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS
major, elective in Public Relations/Advertising and Supervisory Management majors in Communication
BUS 252
Principles of Marketing
Pri~lciplesof basic policy and strategy issues in marketing.
Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing
channel and pricing decisions.
Major: Required in the Busi~lessAdministration core, elective
in Public Relations/Advertising and Marketing Cornmunications major
Quantitative Methods for Business Economics, and
MIS
(See under MIS 279)
BUS 322
Accounting Theory & Practice I
An analysis of accountillg theory pertaining to fi~la~lcial
statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus account,
currellt and long-term assets. (Prereq: BUS 222, E C O 113)
Major: Required in the Accou~ltingand Finance majors (upper
division)
BUS 323
Accounting Theory and Practice I1
An analysis of accoullti~lgtheory pertaining to investments,
tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved,
actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination
collsideri~lgprice level changes. (Prereq: BUS 322)
Major: lcequired in the Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 324
Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic
activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost system, as well as
other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq: BUS 222,
242, 252, MIS 279 or consent of instructor)
Major: lcequired in the Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 326
Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of federal illcome
taxes for i~ldividualsand various forms of business enterprises.
(Prereq: BUS 221, 331, E C O 112, 113, or consent of
instructor)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the
Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 331
Financial Management
Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of funds
within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds,
cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy,
and related topics. (Prereq: BUS 222, E C O 113)
Major: Required for Business Ad~nillistratio~l
core and MIS
major (upper division)
BUS 340
Human Resource Managenlent
Personnel functio~lin business, acquisition and utilization of
human resources, desirablc working relatio~~ships;
effective
integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and
society. (Prereq: BUS 242)
Major: lcequired for Business M a n a g e m e ~ major,
~t
elective in
Supervisory Management major (upper division)
BUS 352
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing
management; research methodology; marketing research
results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq: BUS 252, ECO 113, MIS 279 or consent of instructor)
Major: Required in the Marketing major and an elective in the
Marketing Communications major (upper division)
BUS 355
Marketing Communications
A look at the communications aspects of marketing by integrating advertising, public relations, sales promotion, and
personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. Emphasis will
be placed on the design and evaluation of marketing communications programs, particularly advertising; selection of
media; copy-creative effort; advertiser-agency relationship;
management of the personal selling function including sales
force selection, compensation, territorial design, and performance appraisal. (Prereq: BUS 252)
Major: Required in the Marketing major, elective in Marketing Communications major, Public Relations/Advertising
major, or Supervisory Management (upper division)
BUS 362
International Business
Introduction to the problems and possibilities of doing
business in an international context. Appreciation of the
perspective required for successful planning and management
of any enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by foreseeing
both the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in international business. (Prereq: Two business and economics courses
or consent of instructor)
Major: Required in International Business major (upper
division)
BUS/MIS
370
Advanced Computing for Business, Economics, and
MIS
(See under MIS 370)
BUS 391
Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the
Uniform Commercial Code.
Major: Required for Business Administration core (upper
division)
BUS 423
Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on
internal checks and control for accounting systems. (Prereq:
BUS 323)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 425
Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, gover~lmentalaccounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq:
BUS 323)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 433
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
Advanced financial theory; a system approach to financial
structure and policy. Emphasis o n decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material.
(Prereq: BUS 331)
Major: Required in Finance major (upper division)
BUS 438
Investment Theory
Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of
securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq: all core courses or consent of
instructor)
Major: Required in Finance major (upper division)
BUS 440
Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of
operating functions. Examples from service industries, nonprofit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a
managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory
management, principles of scheduling, and operational co~ltrol
information systems. (Prereq: BUS 242)
Major: l<equired in the Business Management major and an
elective in the Supervisory Management major (upper division)
BUS 450
Marketing Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions;
marketing rnallagemellt and decision making, planning
marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product
selli~lgand promotion policies. (Prereq: BUS 352)
Major: Required in the Marketing major and an elective in the
Marketing Communications major (upper division)
BUS 465
International Management
A comparative study of management styles across cultures.
Models will be reviewed and developed which consider the
implications of culture on the effective~lessof particular styles
of leadership, human resource management, and strategic
management.
Major: Required in the Inter~latiollalBusiness major (upper
division)
BUS 466
International Marketing
This course is devoted to those issues and practices which are
unique to marketing a product and service in an inter~~atiolial
setting. Topics include international environmental scanni~lg
and analysis; comparative marketing research; strategic planning; and marketing mix issues in multinational markets.
Major: Required in the I~lternationalBusiness major
BUS/MIS
479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business,
Economics and MIS
(See under MIS 479)
BUS 495
Topics: Risk Management and Insurance
A study of risk management. Emphasis on the fiulction of (1)
determination of exposure to risk; ( 2 ) analysis of risk and
losses; (3) methods of combating risks; and (4) administration
of risk insurance program. How to recognize and evaluate the
property liability and personnel risks facing a business, a nonprofit organization, a government unit, or an individual or
family. How to select and deal with an insurer. Public policy
issues such as availability of i~lsura~lce
are examined to identify
and evaluate the role of insurance in the financial framework
of the economy.
Major: Elective for Business Administration major
(upper division)
CHM 100
Chemistry for Changing Times
This is a non-laboratory chemistry coursc based o n the very
popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a
traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science
background. Most of the problems we face are molecular in
nature. What then but cl~emistrycan help us to understand
ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come
join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition.
This course does not apply toward the major or minor in
chemistry nor does it meet any prerequisite chemistry requirements.
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
CHM 109
General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamentals
of general, organic and biological chemistry for careers in
allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's
upper division program). Open also to other students. First
term, general chemistry pri~lciplesand an introduction to
organic chemistry. Will include arranged time for laboratory
work. This course does not apply toward the major or minor
in chemistry.
Distribution: Chen~istry/Bioloby
Major: l<equired prerequisite for Nursing major
CHM 110
General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Continuation of C H M 109. Organic and biological chemistry
with special applicatio~lsto human physiological chemistry.
Will include arranged time for laboratory work. Does not
apply toward the major or minor in chemist~y.
Distribution: Chemistry /Biology
Major: Required for Nursing major
CSC 145
Computing for the Liberal Arts
An i~ltroductio~l
to computers, programming, and computer
applications, as well as some of the social and philosophical
issues associated with computers. Primarily for stude~ltsin
non-science arcas. Does not apply toward the computer
science major or minor.
CSC 170
Structured Programming
An introduction to computers, problem-solving, algorithm
development and programming using Pascal. This course
provides a foundation for further studies in computer science.
(Prereq: MAT 114 or MAT 122 or MIS 279 or Math
Placement Group IV)
Major: Required for Computer Science and MIS majors
CSC 210
Data Structures
Data Structures and their implementation, recursion,
searching and sorting algorithms, and continued development
of programming methods using Pascal. (Prereq: CSC 170.
Coreq: MAT 121 or 171)
Major: Required for Computer Science and MIS majors
Electronics
(See under PHY 261)
CSC 270
Fortran
Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is
assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming
methods and has done programming in some other language.
(Prereq: CSC 170 or another programming language course)
Major: Elective for Computer Science major
CSC 320
Algorithms
A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity,
including searching and sorting algorithms, mathematical
algorithms, and tree and graph traversal algorithms. The
limitations of algorithms, the classes P and NP, NP-complete
problems, and intractable problems. (Prereq: CSC 210 and
MAT 124)
Major: Elective for Computer Science major (upper division)
CSC 330
Theory of Computation
Basic theoretical principles embodied in formal languages,
automata, computability, and computational complexity.
Topics include Turins machines, Church's thesis, the halting
problem, and unsolvability. (Prereq: CSC 210 and MAT
124)
Major: Required for Computer Science major (upper
division)
CSC 340
Digital Communications and Computer Networks
Principles and methods of data communications, distributed
processing systems, network protocols and security, and
general computer interfacing. (Prereq: CSC 210)
Major: Elective for Computer Science major (upper division)
CSC 345
Principles of Computer Organization
An introduction to computer architecture, processors,
operating systems, instruction sets, and assembly language
programming. (Prereq: CSC 210)
Major: Required for Computer Science major (upper
division)
CSC 352
Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file
organization and security, including the development of an
elementary database system. (Prereq: CSC 210)
Major: Elective for Computer Science and MIS major (upper
division)
CSC 399
Internship
A combined effort of student, faculty, and employer to
complete a specific task and learn in a workplace. The
internship often is under the auspices of the Cooperative
Education Ofice as well as the computer science internship
supervisor.
Major: Elective for Computer Science major (upper division)
CSC 445
Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
Elements of operating systems, memory and process management, interactions among major components of computer
systems, and a detailed study of the effects of computer
architecture on operating systems. (Prereq: CSC 345)
Major: Elective for Computer Science major (upper division)
CSC 450
Principles of Programming Languages
Principles that govern the design and implementation of
programming languages. Topics include programming
language syntax and semantics, BNF, parsing, compilers,
interpreters, data structures, control structures, and the runtime environment. (Prereq: CSC 210)
Major: Required for Computer Science major (upper
division)
CSC 491
Mathematics/Computer Science Colloquium
This colloquium, which has no course credit, meets weekly to
keep the mathematics and computer science community
informed about contemporary developments in the field and
about interesting ideas that don't arise in courses. Junior and
senior majors must attend, and others are welcome. All
seniors give a talk. Other sessions are presented by faculty
members or outside visitors.
Major: Required for Computer Science major (no credit)
CSC 495
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not
included in other courses. This course may be repeated when
the topics vary. (Prereq: Consent of instructor)
Major: Elective for Computer Science major (upper division)
CSC 499
Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and the
department.
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis,
monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic
growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken independently of
ECO 113. ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Major: Required for Business Administration, Economics
core, and MIS major
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures and income distribution.
Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
May be taken independently of ECO 112. ECO 112 and 113
may be taken in either order. (Prereq: MPG I1 )
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Major: Required for Business Administration, Economics
core and MIS major
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
(see under MIS 175)
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics
and MIS
(See under MIS 279)
ECO 311
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures;
the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy
and its economic implications. (Prereq: ECO 112, 113;
strongly recommend ECO 3 13)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the
Business Administration core, elective for Economics major
(upper division)
ECO 312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level
analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of
monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle.
(Prereq: ECO 112)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the
Business Administration core, required for Econo~nicsmajor
(upper division)
ECO 313
Intermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior,
firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and
income distribution; introduction to welfare economics.
(Prereq: ECO 113)
Major: Required for Business Administration, Economics core
and MIS major (upper division)
ECO 3 15
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly
commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in
relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on
monetary theory and policy. (Prereq: ECO 112,113)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the
Business Administration core, elective for Economics major
(upper division)
ECO 318
Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern
techniques of management science to prepare students to
make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on
applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation,
marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the
shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc.
(Prereq: ECO 313)
Major: Required for Business Management major and MIS
major, one of a choice of three required courses for the
Finance major, elective in Economics and Supervisory
Management majors (upper division)
ECO 360
International Trade and Finance
A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic
relations among nations. Development of the basis of
international trade; balance of payment; exchange rate systems
and commercial policy. (Prereq: ECO 112, 113 or consent of
instructor)
Major: Required for International Business major, elective for
Economics major (upper division)
ECO 415
Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in
business. Among the topics considered are theories and
practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost
functions, price and non-price competition, production and
cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of
relevance to management. (Prereq: ECO 313, MIS 279)
Major: Required in the Marketing major and one of a choice
of three required courses in the Finance major, elective for
Economics major (upper division)
ECO/MIS
479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business,
Economics and MIS
(See MIS 479)
EDE 350
Creating Learning Environments: KindergartenElementary (. 5 course)
The study of strategies, methods, and evaluation of teaching
and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological,
sociological and neuro-scientific theories.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper
division)
EDE 351
Techniques for Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and
resources in the teaching of reading and the diagnosis and
correction of reading problems. Field placement requirement
included in this class.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 363
Kindergarten-Elementary Clinical Experiences
(.5 course)
Includes 160 hours in-class experience. Register for two
seminar sessions in addition to the 160 hours. A video tape
of classroom or simulated teaching will be prepared by each
student. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. Students must apply in the Education
Department for Clinical at least two months prior to date
they intend to begin Clinical. Enroll for course approximately half-way through the I<-Elementary course sequence.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper
division)
EDE 364
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Interdisciplinary Studies (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
integrating specific skill developments through various
subjects at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper
division)
EDE 375
Discovery in the World of Kindergarten (.5 course)
This class prepares the student for the unique experiences and
responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. Major: Required
for I<-6 licensure (upper division)
EDE 376
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Social Studies (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
social studies at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper
division)
EDE 377
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Science (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
science at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper
division)
EDE 379
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Art (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
art at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper
division)
EDE 380
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Music (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
music at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper
division)
EDE 382
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Mathematics (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and elementary
levels. (Prereq: EDU 264)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper
division)
EDE 386
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Children's Literature (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
(Prereq: EDU 264)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper
division)
EDE 387
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Language Art (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
language arts instruction at the kindergarten and elementary
levels. (Prereq: EDU 264)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper
division)
EDE 388
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Health (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
health instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper
division)
EDE 389
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Physical Education (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
physical education instruction at the kindergarten and
elementary levels.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper
division)
EDE 481,
482,483,
484
EDS 350
Student Teaching K, K-6,or 1-6
Students must apply to student teach by Oct. 30 for Winter/
Spring 1991 Student Teaching and March 30 for Fall 1991
Student Teaching. A minimum of three courses (481,482,
483) unless otherwise advised by the department. Observing
and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary
levels under the supervision of college and elementary school
personnel. Admission into the Education Department is
required prior to student teaching placement. Membership in
one of the professional teacher organizatio~lsis required.
(Prereq: All K-Elementary coursework satisfactorily completed or permission of Department for exception.)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper
division)
Reading in the Content Areas (.5 course)
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and
resources to assist students in teaching reading through the
content areas.
Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper
division)
EDS 352
Clinical Experience ( .5 course)
Students must apply in the Education Department for Clinical
Experience at least two months prior to the date they intend
to begin Clinical Experience. Students should enroll for
course approximately half-way through the Secondary course
sequence. I~lcludes70 hours in-school experiences, seminars.
Membership in a professional teacher organization is required.
Major: Kequired for Secondary Education major (upper
division)
EDS 353
Creating Learning Environments: Secondary
The study of strategies, methods, and evaluation of teaching
and learning in the context of educational, psychological,
sociological and neuro-scientific theories.
Major: lcequired for Secondary Education major (upper
division)
EDS 364
English Methods
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary
schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit
plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The
study of adolescent literature is included. (Prereq: EDU 264
and EDS 353 or consent of instructor.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education English Language
Arts major (upper division)
EDS 366
Foreign Language Methods (.5course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of
language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language
Department.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education Foreign Language
major (upper division)
EDS 375
Social Studies Methods (.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social studies and history in
secondary classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies
and curriculum development.
Major: Required for Secondary Education Social Studies
major (upper division)
EDS 477
School and Society (.5 course)
The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to
society. Current major issues in education will be studied.
Students should enroll as closely as possible to the same term
as their student teaching. (Prerequisite: EDU 264, EDS 353
and Methods in Subject Area)
Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper
division)
EDS 481,
482, 483,
484
EDU 264
Student Teaching
Students must apply to student teach through the Education
Department by Oct: 30 for Winter/Spring 1991 Student
Teaching and March 30 for Fall 1991 Student Teaching.
Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under
supervision of college and secondary school personnel. A
minimum of three courses, except four courses required of
Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Membership in a professional organization is required. (Prerequisite: ALL
Secondary Education and major coursework successfully
completed or permission of the Department for an exception.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education major
(upper division)
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting
(.5 course)
Study and investigation of various aspects of the teaching
profession as students evaluate their interest and suitability for
a career in teaching. Open to all students. Suggested as first
course to be taken.
Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary Education
major
EDU 341
Media Technology (.5 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication
through the use of instructional technology. Selection,
preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audiovisual materials for teaching/learning situations. Computer
training will be included in this course.
Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary Education
major (upper division)
EDU 388
Human Relations (.5 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the minority groups in Minnesota for the
development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to
teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all.
Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary Education
majors (upper division)
ENG 111
Effective WritingEmphasis is o n exposition, including learning research
techniques and writing critical reviews. At least one work of
literature is assigned. Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing and developing
topics, thinking critically, and revising for clarity and style. A
writing lab is provided for those needing additional help. The
minimum passing grade for this course is 2.0.
Distribution: Required for graduation
ENG 209
Grow Old Along With Me
This course will focus on what poets, dramatists, and novelists
have to say about the aging process. Students will be
expected to interview older people to discover how they feel
society regards the aging.
Distribution: English/Speech
ENG 223
Writing
- for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed with emphasis on expository
writing skills for those preparing for business and professional
careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be
emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use the material
from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq: ENG 111 or
equivalent)
Major: Recommended elective for Business Administration
~najor,meets one writing requirement for Co~nmu~lication
major, an elective for English major.
ENG 225
Intermediate Expository Writing
The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical ~nodes,
which may include identification, definition, classification,
illustration, compariso~land contrast, and analysis. Particular
attention will be given to stylistic and orga~lizationalmatters
tl~roughthe course's workshop format, in which students'
papers are read and discussed. (Prereq: ENG 1 11 or equivalent)
Major: Required for English major, meets one writing
requirement for Communication major.
ENG 226
Introduction to Creative Writing
The purpose of this course is to introduce stude~ltsto the
process of creative writing and to various genres, emphasizing
poetry and short fiction but including journal keeping, drama,
and creative prose. (Prereq: ENG 1 11 or equivalent)
Major: Meets one writing requirement for Comlnunication
major, an elective for Englisl~major.
ENG 227
Journalism
This is an introductory newswriting course. Emphasis will be
placed on writing for the print media, but students will learn
to write for radio and television as well. Students will
consider: how t o recognize news, how to gather and verify
facts, and how to cover basic copy preparation and editing
practices. This includes all introduction t o legal and ethical
questions faced by journalists. (Prereq: ENG 111 or equivalent)
Major: Required for Public Relations major, meets one
writing requirement for Communication major, an elective
for English major
ENG 240/
340
ENG 245
The Short Story
The course will involve practice in ways of approaching
literature and will include study of the basic critical terminology. It is an appropriate course for students who have not yet
studied literature at the college level. Effective Writing is not
a prerequisite but students will be expected to write with
clarity.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: An elective for English major
Introduction to Literature
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry.
Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and
analytical skills in reading and writing about literature.
Strongly recommended for English majors and minors.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Strongly recommended for English major
ENG 250
American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected
American writers from colonial times to the emergence of
literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's
contribution to the historical development of American
literature.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets American literature requirement
ENG 261
Modern Fiction
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European,
of the Twentieth Century. Some non-Western writers will be
included.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: An elective for English major
ENG 271
European Literature: Homer to Dante
A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for
example, the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of
Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be
studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with
reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural
background, their influence on later literature, and their
enduring relevance.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets Western tradition requirement
ENG 272
European Literature: From the Renaissance to the
Modern Period
A study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from
the medieval to the modern period, including such authors as
Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets Western tradition requirement
ENG 282/
482
ENG 327
Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes,
movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for
study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that
year. Recent offerings have included Scandinavian Literature.
Twentieth Century Poetry, Comedy, and Women and Fiction.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: An elective for English major
Advanced Journalism: Interviewing and Editing
Emphasis is placed first on interviewing and then on organizing and writing the interview story. The second half of the
course will concentrate on editing the work of others and
learning layout and design. The course will include workshop
sessions during which students conduct interviews and critique
the interview skills of fellow students. There will also be
laboratory sessions devoted to layout and design. (Prerequisite: ENG 227)
Major: An elective for English and Communication majors
(upper division)
ENG 331
British Literature: Chaucer to the Elizabethans
Chaucer and the medieval milieu will be studied as well as the
development of English poetry and drama in the English
Renaissance.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division)
ENG 336
British Literature: Seventeenth and Eighteenth
Centuries
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers
from the metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the
historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major
literary movements.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division)
ENG 337
British Literature: The Romantics and the
Victorians
A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and
two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these
writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized
as well as their relationship to their own age and their lasting
contribution to the forms of poetry and prose.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division)
ENG 351
American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary
movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American
society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special
emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol in modern
American literature.
Distribution: English/Speech, Urban Concerns
Major: Meets American literature requirement (upper
division)
ENG 399
Internship
The department offers on-campus internships in teaching
writing or English as a Second Language and various offcampus internships. Interested students should consult the
departmei~tchairperson. (Upper division)
ENG 423
Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from its
Eighteenth Century beginnings up to the Twentieth Century.
Novels studied will be selected from the works of such
authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen,
Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the rise of
the novel and its emergence by the Twentieth Century as the
dominant literary form.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets British literature requirements (upper division)
ENG 438
Shakespeare
Study of ten or twelve major plays - comedies, histories,
tragedies - with attention to the development of
Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays
assigned for reading analysis.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division)
ENG 499
Independent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0
or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed
independent study in the area of the student's choice.
FRE 111
Beginning French
Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to French culture. The
pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught
to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary
level.
Distribution: Foreign Language
FRE 112
Beginning French
Continuation of FRE 111
Distribution: Foreign Language
GER 111
Beginning German
For students with no previous background. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German
culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory
materials available.
Distribution: Foreign Language
GER 112
Beginning German
Continuation of GER 1 11
Distribution: Foreign Language
HIS 103
The Modern World
A study of the main currents in western civilization from the
time of Napoleon to the present.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
HIS 104
The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political
power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
HIS 162
20th Century South Asia
This geographic area has produced the largest working
democracy in the world today; it is a standard example for
population crisis and world hunger illustrations. This course is
designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in non-western subjects.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
HIS 222
U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which proceeds our modern day.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
HIS 331
A Tale of Twin Cities: Minneapolis/St. Paul
1883-1988
A local history course using the Minneapolis-St. Paul metropolitan area as a case study for examining large themes and
issues in U.S. urban history. Topics considered include
frontier urbanism, industrialization and economic trends,
transportation, immigration and ethnicity, urban politics and
reform. Field trips included.
Distribution: History/Philosophy (upper division)
HIS 440
Topics in World History
This course will investigate topics in world history which are
not included in regular course offerings. The specific topics to
be offered will be announced prior to registration.
Distribution: History/Philosophy (upper division)
HPE 114
Health and Safety Education (.5 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and
community life. Includes information about school health
programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school
age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course.
Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary majors
HPE 115
Health and Chemical Dependency Education
(.5 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the
abuser. Includes information about school health programs
and prevalent health needs and problems of school age
children.
Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary majors
HPE 353
Kinesiology and Physiology of Exercise and Sport
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the
muscular system and analysis of movement. The major effects
of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological
principles applied to exercise programs and motor training.
(Prereq: BIO 103)
Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification (upper
division)
HPE 475
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (.5 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of athletic
injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room
procedures. (Prereq: HPE 353)
Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification (upper
division)
HPE 482
Coaching Theory of Sport
The psychology of coaching, coaching theory, techniques and
administrative aspects of coaching athletics.
Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification (upper
division)
HPE 489
Coaching Practicum (.5 course)
Theory and practice of sports techniques included with
supervised field experience in coaching consisting of no fewer
than 40 clock hours. The practicum must be done in grades
7-12 over an entire sport season and in a school setting in a
state high school sponsored sport.
Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification (upper
division)
INS 201
Introduction to Women's Studies
This multidisciplinary course will introduce students to the
contributions of women in history, religion, literature,
philosophy, sciences, and the arts and how the questions and
methodologies of these disciplines differ when seen from
women's perspectives. Students will also study the history of
the women's movement, diversity of women's experiences in
terms of race, sexual orientation and class, and other contemporary issues raised by feminists.
Distribution: Urban Concerns/!Women's Studies
Minor: Required in Women's Studies minor
INS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the
biological, evolutionary and historic origins of women's roles
and status in human society. Emphasis will be placed on the
comparative roles of women in different cultures. This
comparison will include such North American models as the
Pygmies and other tribal groups, and the peasant societies of
eastern Europe, Mexico, and the middle East and rural China.
Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies
Minor: Elective in Women's Studies minor
INS 265
Women in American Culture
Through a discussion of works by women historians and
selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short
stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the class
will collectively assess the position of Black and white women
in American culture from the founding of the colonies to the
present. Contributions by Indian women, Chicanas and other
"invisible" women minorities will be included.
Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies
Minor: Elective in Women's Studies minor
INS 495
Seminar
Selected topics. Required of minors who do not elect to do
an Independent Study. T o be completed after the introductory course and electives.
Minor: Elective in Women's Studies minor (upper division)
INS 499
Independent Study
In consultation with a faculty member and with the approval
of the Women's Studies Coordinator, a student selects a
specific topic for study. Required of minors who do not elect
to participate in the seminar.
Minor: Elective in Women Studies minor (upper division)
MAT 103
Basic Mathematics
A self-paced course for students needing a review of arithmetic
and transition to algebra. Topics include integers, fractions,
decimal numbers, ratios, percents, metric system, exponents,
radicals, and evaluation of algebraic expressions. Counts as
one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward
graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematics
Placement Test. Meets weekly. (Prereq: Placement Group I.
P/N grading only.)
MAT 104
Intermediate Algebra
A self-paced course for students needing to review basic
algebraic skills and concepts. Topics include operations with
polynomials and rational expressions; exponents and radicals;
solving linear and quadratic equations and inequalities; and
graphing of linear and quadratic functions. Counts as one
course in semester's load but does not give credit toward
graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematics
Placement Exam. Meets weekly. (Prereq: Math Placement
Group 11. P/N grading only.)
MAT 114
Elementary Functions
A study of functions: algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and
trigonometric. For students planning to take MAT 124 or
171. Students who have completed 124 or 171 may register
for credit only with consent of instructor. Meets weekly.
(Prereq: MAT 104 or Math Placement Group 111)
Distribution: Math/Physics
Major: Strongly recommended for Business Administration
major prior to taking MIS 279
MAT 121 Finite Mathematics
Topics in finite mathematics (combinatorics, probability,
matrices, linear programming and graph theory) of primary
interest to students in the social and behavioral sciences,
business and information science. Students who have completed MAT 171 may not register for credit.
(Prereq: MAT 104 or MPG 111)
Major: Required in MIS major
MAT 122
Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with
applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Students
who have completed MAT 124 may not register for credit.
Meets weekly. (Prereq: MAT 104 or Placement Group 111)
Distribution: Math/Physics
MAT 124,
125
MAT 131
Calculus I, I1
Differential and integral calculus, including calculus of several
variables and series, with applications primarily from the
physical sciences, integrated with topics from plane and solid
analytic geometry. Primarily for students in mathematics or
the sciences. (Prereq: MAT 114 or Placement Group IV for
124; MAT 124 for 125.)
Math for the Liberal Arts
An examination of the interaction between the development
of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students
not intending further mathematics. (Prereq: MAT 104 or
Placement Group 111)
Distribution: Math/Physics
MAT 171
Discrete Mathematics
Topics in discrete mathematics such as sets and logic, combinatorics, probability, relations and functions, vectors and
matrices, boolean algebra, and graph theory of primary
interest to students in Computer Science and Mathematics.
Students who have completed MAT 121 may register for
credit only with consent of the instructor.
(Prereq: Placement Group IV.)
Major: Required for Computer Science major
MIS 175
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
An introduction to microcomputer-based information
systems. Study features of hardware, operating systems,
languages and current applications. Learn to use MS-DOS,
Lotus 123 (graphic, database and logical functions) and
dBASE (index, query and view). May study other applications (Microsoft Works, Word Perfect, and Minitab). T o test
out of MIS 175, pass either a comprehensive exam or MIS
370. (Prereq: Math Placement Group I1 or Pass in MAT 103)
Major: Required in Business Administratio11 and Economics
core, MIS major, elective in Supervisory Management major.
MIS 279
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and
MIS
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive
measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and
estimation. Emphasis is placed on their use in applied
problems in Business and Economics. Minitab may be
required. (Prereq: MIS 175 and either Math Placement
Group I11 or Pass in MAT 104)
Major: Required in the Business Administration and Economics core, MIS major, elective in Supervisory Management and
Public Relations majors
MIS 370
Advanced Computing for Business, Economics and
MIS
An investigation of programmable systems. Examine basic
algorithms and associated flowcharts and psuedocode. Apply
these concepts by programming some of these software:
BASIC, DOS, Lotus, dBASE, Minitab, and Word Perfect.
(Prereq: Math Placement Group I11 or Pass in MAT 104; MIS
175 or CSC 170 or with extensive knowledge of Lotus and
DOS which has been verified by instructor.
Major: One of two choices in MIS major (upper division)
MIS 375
Management Information Systems in Organizations
Use of a systems approach in analyzing the role of information
systems in organizations. Review the features of computers
(hardware and software) and various types of information
systems. May involve several case studies: review the business
needs, summarize the relevant finding (hardware, software,
systems, etc.), identify the options and communicate the
recommendations. Learn to use a CASE tool such as Excelerator for systems analysis. (Prereq: BUS 221, BUS 242 or
252, and one computer course such as MIS 175 or 370.
Consult with the instructor about variances in prerequisites.
Recommended: PHI 130 and ENG 223.)
Major: Required in MIS major (upper division)
MIS 475
Systems Analysis and Design
Identify the necessary steps of systems analysis and design.
Investigate various representations for information, processes
and relationships. Utilize analytical tools such as data flow
diagrams and CASE tools such as Excelerator. Complete a
rudimentary systems design. (Prereq: MIS 375)
Major: Required in MIS major (upper division)
MIS 476
Information Systems Projects
Using skills developed in MIS 375 and 475, generate a
complete and extensive project of systems analysis and design.
(Prereq: MIS 475)
Major: Required in MIS major (upper division)
MIS 479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business,
Economics and MIS
Utilize computer systems relevant to quantitative analysis:
Lotus, Minitab, SPSS or MathCad. Investigate statistical
descriptions, statistical inference and analysis of variance.
Investigate linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo
simulations. (Prereq: MIS 175, 279 and either Math Placement Group IV or grade of 2.0 or higher in MAT 114, 121,
122, or 171. Recommended: MIS 370 and ECO 318)
Major: Recommended in MIS major and one of a choice of
three required courses in the Finance major (upper division)
MUS 130
Introduction to Music in the Pine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other fine
arts. For non-music majors.
Distribution: Art/Music
NOR 111
Beginning Norwegian
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking,
listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than
literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected.
Distribution: Foreign Language
NOR 112
Beginning Norwegian
Continuation of NOR 111.
Distribution: Foreign Language
NUR 305
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication
A transitional course that introduces the components of the
professional role and begins the professional socialization
process. A communicative process is emphasized as one
means by which the nurse-client relationship is negotiated.
Interactive and group theories are explored for their applicability to changing professional roles and practice. (Prereq: or
concurrent enrollment: PSY 355)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 306
Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing
AII introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in the
process of professional development. The function of theory
in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected nursing
conceptual models are studied and their application to
practice is examined using the nursing process format.
(Prereq: NUR ?05)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 3 10
Community Health Nursing I
This course focuses on community health delivery systems
and the practice of nursing within them. Concepts of health
are examined as they apply to current community health
problems and issues. Clinical application of course content
will involve making a health related assessment and exploring
a community health issue. Ethical issues related to community health decision making with aggregate groups are
explored. (Prereq: NUR 330)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 311
Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum**
This course provides a basis for understanding community
characteristics and cultural diversity related to health care.
The nurse's role as a generalist and as a member of the health
team is explored. This course is primarily a clinical course.
The student will demonstrate knowledge of community health
concepts in providing care to a selected caseload of clients.
(Prereq: NUR 3 10)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
**This course involves an additional clinical fee.
NUR 330
Trends and Issues in Nursing
This course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary economic,
social, political and professional trends and issues are explored
in relation to their implications for nursing practice. (Prereq:
NUR 306, REL 483 or PHI 380, or concurrent enrollment)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 350
Introduction to Nursing Research
The research process and methods appropriate to nursing are
the focus of this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research
are explored. Students critique nursing research for its
applicability to nursing practice. (Prereq: NUR 330, may be
taken concurrently with NUR 310)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 403
Contemporary Nursing 111: Families
This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursing care.
Content includes family as a primary group and family
dynamics in light of situational and developmental events.
Consideration is given to the role of the nurse in family health
care. (Prereq: NUR 311, NUR 350, may be taken prior or
concurrently with NUR 423)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 404
Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and
Management
This course provides a theoretical basis for leadership and
management as emerging professional nurse roles. Concepts
of change, conflict, communication, and system dynamics are
explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy provide the
basis for role development and professionalism. (Prereq:
NUR 403)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 423
Practicum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family**
A clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to
apply content from NUR 403 in providing complex nursing
care to families in selected practice setting. (Prereq: NUR 403
or concurrent enrollment)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
**This course i~lvolvesan additional clinical fee
NUR 427
Practicum in Nursing 11: Leadership and
Management**
This clinical practicum utilizes knowledge and skills from
NUR 404. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership and
management theory in a selected agency setting. (Prereq:
NUR 404 or concurrent enrollment)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
**This course involves an additional clinical fee
NUR 432
Topics in Nursing
A course designed to provide in-depth exploration of selected
topics in nursing. The subjects studies will vary depending
upon the needs and interests of the faculty and students.
(Prereq: Senior standing or consent of instructor. 011
demand.)
Major: Elective for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 499
Independent Study
This learning experience provides the opportunity for the
students to study a selected topic or issue in depth. Students
consult with faculty and submit written study proposals,
objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to registration.
Major: Elective for Nursing major (upper division)
PHI 110
Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Methods
Though each person has his or her own set of ideas and
beliefs, rarely are they critically analyzed or evaluated for their
consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this is that
individuals lack the needed skills. Another is that they may
have had little opportunity to examine critically some of the
ideas basic to western culture. The purpose of this course is
to provide the student with some experience in examining
ideas, and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills
required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and
beliefs.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
PHI 120
Ethics
Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condem~lit
as wrong, Why do you think it is right? Because you like it?
Are there better reasons for thinking something right or
wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible
grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgements about personal and social issues resulting from them.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Major: Recommended elective in Business Administration
major
PHI 130
Logic
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must
accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a
conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we examine
the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop
your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Major: Recommended elective in Business Administration
and MIS major
PHI 380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the
areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation,
human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and
euthanasia.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Major: PHI 380 or REL 483 required for Nursing major
(upper division)
PHY 101
Astronomy
A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and
galaxies that requires elementary algebra. The necessary
optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch
reflecting telescope, and 8-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch
Questar. Occasional night viewing. (Prereq: Math Placement
Group 11)
Distribution: Math/Physics
PHY 103
Physics for the Life Sciences
An introductory course in which the applications, problems
and experiments are selected not only to illustrate f ~ ~ n d a m e n tal principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics
to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students
in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirements for the liberal arts student. (Prereq: Math
Placement Group 111)
Distribution: Math/Physics
PHY 106
Introductory Meteorology
A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a
working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science.
Attention will bc given to four basic areas: observing the
weather (including state of the art instrumentation), understanding weather patterns, forecasting weather changes and
understanding the world's climate. (Prereq: Math Placement
Group 11)
Distribution: Math/Physics
P H Y 11 1
Physics, Computers, and Society
A study of thc historical development of selected topics in
physical science. Attention will be given to the interaction of
physics and its associated technology with philosophy,
religion, and culture. St~tdyof mechanics, electricity, and
digital electronics will lead up to discussion of the mcaning of
Twentieth Century physics and of the role of electronics and
colnputers in modern society. Microconip~itcrswill be used
extensively in the laboratory. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 11)
Distribution: Math/Physics
PHY 261
Electronics
A review of AC and D C circuits and study of analog electronics co~nprisesthe first half of the course. The second half ,
includes study of digital electronics culminating in analysis and
use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq:
PHY 103, 111 or 122; and MAT 122 or 125)
Major: Elective for Co~nputerScience major
POL 160
World Politics
Introduction to the processes of international politics,
including the dynamics of the international system, theories of
international relations, and a focus on recent problems.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
POL 170
Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law;
law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the
United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics;
historic and contemporary legal issues.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Mass Communications in Society
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the
uses and control of mass media for political and social
purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking,
entertainment and public affairs programming.
Distribution: Urban Concerns or Economics/Political Science
Major: Required for the Communication major (upper division)
Topics in American Politics: Uses of Mass
Communications
This course offers advanced study in mass communications.
Topics include "Comparison of World Wide Media Systems,"
"The Role of Government Regulations and Law in Shaping
American Mass Media," "The Impact of Media on American
Society, Politics, and Culture." (It is desirable to have taken
If not, talk with instructor
POL 342 Mass Commu~~icatio~~s.
before registration.)
Distribution: Economics/Political Science (upper division)
PSY 105
General Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in
psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The
structure of the field of psychology, including its major subareas, is emphasized.
Distribution: Psychology/Sociology
Major: Required for Psychology and Social Work major, a
prerequisite for advanced courses in Psychology
PSY 264/
265
Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis
I, I1
A two-term sequence including experimentation in human
learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensationperception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and
experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may
be taken for credit without continuing in Research Methods
11. Majors in psychology must take both courses in sequence
in consecutive terms.
Major: Required for Psychology major
PSY 355
Brain and Behavior
A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are
responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major
topics include: sleep and wakefi~lness,motivation and cmotion, learning and memory and mental disorders. (Prereq: PSY
105 and one course in biology)
Major: Kequired prerequisite course for Nursing major
(upper division)
PSY 356
Environment and Behavior
A study of the influence which the environment, both natural
and man-made, has o n behavior. Major topics include:
overcrowdi~lgand environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space and crime, and built environme~ltssuch as rooms,
buildings and cities. (Prereq: PSY 105)
Distribution: Urban Concerns
Major: Elective for Psychology major (upper division)
PSY 373
Organizational Psychology
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior.
Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation
and mainte~la~lcc
of work effectiveness, and social influences.
(Prereq: PSY 105)
Major: Required for Busi~lessManagement major and elective
for Psychology major and three Commu~licatio~l
majors
(upper division)
PSY 38 1
Psychology in Historical Perspective
Historical developme~ltof psychological viewpoints and
theoretical positions. (Prereq: two psychology courses)
Major: Required for Psychology major (upper division)
PSY 399
Internship
Prior to the beginning of the trimester in which a student
desires an internship, interested students should consult with
the Departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register for this course. Grading is
on a P/N basis.
Major: Required for Psychology major (upper division)
PSY 485
Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the cou~lseling
process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines
for a counseling relationship. (Students with two or more
completed courses in Psychology will have priority in registration. Others rnay be accepted if space is available AND if they
receive consent of the instructor.)
Major: Elective for Psychology and Human Relations major
(upper division)
PSY 493
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods
used by psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq: five
PSY courses)
Major: lcequired for Psychology major (upper division)
REL 11 1
Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to
the dialogue between the church and the world which
concerns Christian doctrine.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Required for Religion major
REL 215
Archaeology and the Bible
Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical
archaeology, and review of some current findings.
Distribution: Religion
Major: An elective for Religion major
REL 221
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical
documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history
of Israel and the emergence of the church.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Required for Religion major
REL 263
World Justice and Hunger: Developing a New
World View
The course will survey the most recent reports and analysis of
the current holocaust of global hunger including the root
causes, the i~ltercon~lected~less
of other issues, the biblical
mandate and the role of justice education. Attitudes toward
poverty and wealth, justice and charity, oppressio~iand liberation will be discussed. The purpose will be to build greater
global awareness, become sensitized to ethical choices,
energize us for action and responsible living, and explore
pedagogical principles for social justice.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective for Religion major
REL 353
Denominations and Religious Groups in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major
denomi~latio~ls
and religious groups. Some contemporary
cultic movements will also be considered.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective for Religion major (upper division)
REL 356
History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions
of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism,
Taoism, Shinto and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of
primary docume~ltsfrom these religious communities.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Required for Religion major (upper division)
REL 360
Religion and Society
An exami~lationof the i~lteractionof religion and society in
terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on
contemporary sociological research on religious movements in
American society.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Required for Religion major (upper division)
REL 363
Religion in America
A study of the developmellt of religion in America. Special
attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its
environing culture.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective for Religion major (upper division)
REL 445
The Bible, Language and Interpretation
A study of the use and function of language in the Bible. The
importance of recognizing the varied character of language for
understandi~lgthe biblical text.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective for Religion major (upper division)
REL 475
Judaism
A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old
Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed
upon the religious development. A special interest in such
modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish
Chataqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College
in partial support of this course in Judaism offered in the
religion department.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective in Religion major (upper division)
REL 481
Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian
tl~eologicalthought today, as seen from the systematic
perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of
the Christian Church.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Required for Religion major (upper division)
REL 483
Christian Ethics
The basis of Christian social responsibility, in terms of
theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral
action.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Required for Religion major, REL 4 8 3 or PHI 380
required for Nursing major (upper division)
REL 486
Psychology of Religion and Theology
A study of curre~ltpsychological views of religion in the
context of the traditional Christian view of human nature.
Special attention will be given to the classics in the field by
Freud, Jung, Vikta Frankl, Ernest Becker, and to those
Christian theologians who have been influe~lcedby them.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective in Religion major (upper division)
REL 495
Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in their junior or senior
year. Others by per~nissio~l
of instructor.
Major: Required for Religion major (upper division)
SOC 121
Principles of Sociology
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its
application to an understanding of basic aspects of society;
socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale
institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and
profession.
Distribution: Sociology/Psychology
Major: Required supporting course for Social Work major
SOC 231
Sociology of the Family
An examination of the family as a social institution. The
relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural
context from a sociological perspective.
Major: Required supporting course in Social Work major and
an elective in the H ~ ~ m Relations
an
major
SOC 265
Racial and Minority Group
- Relations
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major
attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of
self-understanding. (P/N grading only)
Distribution: Minority Studies
Major: Required supporting course for Social Work major and
elective supporting course in the Business Ma~lageme~lt
major
SOC 336
Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
The concept of culture examined in a~lthropologyand in the
way we see and live in the world. An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and
"progress." The person's relation to culture. An analysis of
selected aspects of Western culture. (Prereq: SOC 121 or
consent of instructor)
Major: Required for Social Studies major, recommended
elective in Business Management major (upper division)
SOC 349
Complex Organizations
There is little in contemporary American life that is not
somehow affected by organizations. This course
sociologically exami~les(both theoretically and empirically)
how organizations survive as entities and what life is like for
people within those organizations. Through lecture, discussion, guest speakers, and participation we will explore the
topics of organizational goals, technology, structure and
process; as well as corporate and white collar deviance, gender
issues, and organizational change. (Prereq: SOC 121 or
permission of instructor)
Major: Recommended elective in Human Relations, Public
Relations/Advertisi~lg, and Supervisory Ma~lagementmajors
(upper division)
SOC 365
Quantitative Methods and Program Evaluation
Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially
experimental designs and applications to program evaluations.
Co~lsumeroverview of methods of organizing, cornparing and
interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing
eq~iipmentfor statistical analysis. Designed for social work
majors. Not to be taken by sociology majors. (Prereq: Level
I11 Math Placement Test)
Major: Required in Social Work major
SOC 375
Social Psychology
An examination of the idea of "group," its relationships to
individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of
"self" and "identity" and what part they play in understanding
interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological
view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and
processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the trivial,
the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction," an important orientation in social psychology, will be
used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course.
(Prereq: SOC 121)
Major: Required supporting course for Social Work major,
elective supporting course for Business Management major
(upper division)
SPA 11 1
Beginning Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking,
reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to
culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an
integral part of the course.
Distribution: Foreign Language
SPA 1 12
Beginning Spanish
Continuation of SPA 11 1
Distribution: Foreign Language
SPC 11 1
Public Speaking
Theory and practice of effective speaking and critical listening.
Students have the opportunity to give several speeches and
receive feedback about their performance from the class and
the instructor. The course focuses on such topics as developing self-confidence, speech preparation and organization,
audience analysis and adaptation, effective delivery, style and
language, and critical thinking and listening.
Major: Required for Communication major, elective supporting course in Business Management major
SPC 222
Introduction to Theatre
A survey of dramatic art including dramatic structure,
principles, and values with a focus on major historical periods,
plays, and artists. This class will discuss the basic concepts of
the play production process.
Distribution: English/Speech
SPC 224
Publication Design
(See under AKT 224.)
SPC 329
Intercultural Communication
This course will explore both the problems and potential of
com~nunicationbetween persons of different cultural groups.
Factors such as ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role
expectations, values, and non-verbal sy~nbolswill be examined
in this course.
Major: l<ecommended supporting course in Human Relations
major (upper division)
SPC 342
Mass Communications in Society
(See under POL 342.)
SPC 345
Organizational Communication
An examination of the dynamics of communication in
organizatio~lalsettings. Focuses on topics such as superiorsubordinate relationships, formal and i~lformalcommunication networks, management styles, power and authority, motivation of employees, organizational culture, performa~lce
appraisal, effective use of meetings, and sources of communication problems in the workplace. Designed to enhance
commu~licatio~l
skills of both managers and subordinates.
Students both investigate the literature on organizatio~lal
communication and attempt to apply it to their own experiences in organizations.
Major: Elective for three of the Commullicatio~lmajors
(upper division)
SPC 351
Argumentation
Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning in
public speaking, discussion, and debates. Key objectives
include increasing skill in analyzing argumentative claims,
being able to distinguish between strong and weak arguments, understanding test for evidence and fallacies in
reasoning, and learni~lgto apply priilciples of argume~ltatio~l
to contemporary public issues. Students have the opportunity
to enhance their skills in debate and discussio~land also learn
to analyze and critique arguments they encounter in their
daily lives. (Prereq: SPC 111 or consent of instructor)
Major: Required for the Commu~licatio~l
major (upper
division)
SPC 352
Persuasion
Theory of how people are i~lfluencedto change attitudes and
behavior. The course deals with a broad range of topics,
includi~lgobstacles to persuasion, cultural dime~lsio~ls
of
persuasion; the use of logical and psychological appeals,
empirical research in persuasion; how persuasio~~
is used in
politics, sales, advertising, and interpersonal contexts; the
nature of mass movements and campaigns; the impact of the
mass media o n persuasion; and ethical issues related t o persuasion. Students analyze persuasive messages in contemporary society, with practical work in speech and promotio~lal
projects. (Prereq: SPC 111 or co~lsentof instructor)
Major: Required for Communication major, elective supporting course in Business Marketing major (upper division)
SPC 354
Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal
and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build
relationships and help to overcome communication barriers.
This course combines theory and practice to help the student
understand and manage commu~licatio~l
problems more
effectively.
Major: Required for Commu~licationmajor, elective supporting course in Business Management major (upper division)
SPC 355
Small Group Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis o n
factors related to decision-making, styles of leadership and
conflict management. This course combines lecture with
practical experience to help the student become a more
effective and productive member of a small, task-oriented
group. (Prereq: SPC 354)
Major: Required for Communication major, recommended
for supporting course in the Busi~lessManagement major
(upper division)
SPC 360
Interpretive Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Study,
u~lderstandingand practice in reading prose, poetry and
drama before small and large groups.
Distribution: English/Speech (upper division)
SPC 421
Uses of Mass Communications: Advanced Topics
(See under POL 42 1.)
SPC 480
Public Relations/Promotional Communication
Public Relations in the modern world of communication,
marketing and business. An overview of public relations as a
career and a survey of basic promotional communication in
profit and non-profit organizations.
Major: Elective in all Commu~licationmajors (upper division)
SWK 257
Exploring Human Services
With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 80
hours per term as a volunteer in a social agency or institution.
Opportunity to know human service professionals, minority
professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects
of the helping vocations. Indepe~ldentstudy with a term
paper report and weekly review conferences. Career exploration: open t o all students.
Major: Required in the Social Work major
SWK 260
Humans Developing
This course provides the knowledge basic t o an understanding
of human growth through the life cycle, and of the interplay
of sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors which
influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporary American society. Emphasized is the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human growth, the impact of
the "sustaining environment" factors, and other special
stresses relevant to growth. Growth related to populatio~ls
and groups which represent ethnic and/or life-style diversity is
also a focus. Students will gain self-understanding through
use of their own experiences. Open to all students.
Major: Required in the Social Work major and Elementary/
Secondary Education ~najor
SWK 361
Social Responses to Human Needs
This course describes the historical and contemporary systems
of human service and diversity of professio~laland client
groups. The major assumptio~lsand social movements whicl~
have contributed to the charitable and governmental re-
sponses t o human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers
and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq: Junior or
consent of instructor)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 363
Methods and Skills of Social Work
Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations,
principles and techniques of social work interventive methods,
and practical experience necessary for social work practice
with individuals and small groups with a diversity of professio~lalsand client groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. (Prereq: SWK 361,
Junior)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 364
Field Work I
Beginning supervised professio~lalexperience in a social work
agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship
building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq: SWIC 361, Junior,
concurrent with SWIC 363)
Major: Kequired in the Social Work major (upper division)
I
SWK 46 1
Advanced Methods and Skills
E~llargeme~lt
and refinement of practice skills recognizing
adaptations of the problem-solving model to diverse populations through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class
work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis o n
development of gelleralist practice skills and eclectic approaches with focus on diversity of professio~lalsand client
populatio~ls.Lectures and/or laboratory exercises each week.
(Prereq: 2.0 in SWK 363 and 364, candidacy status, concurrent with SWIC 462)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 462
Field Work I1
Progressively responsible supervised professio~~al
and social
work experience including work with individuals, families,
groups and/or commu~litiesin a social service agency. Ten
hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion seminar per
week. (Prereq: concurrent with SWIC 461, candidacy status)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 463
Community Development and Organization
Locality developme~ltand social change through c o ~ n m u ~ l i t y
organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on:
1)survey of historical forms of commu~lityorganization and
social change; 2 ) understanding the theories, basic issues and
strategies relevant t o social protest and change; 3 ) examination of the role of staff, and of the functions and interrelationships of commu~lityorganizations; and 4 ) knowledge of and
actual practice in the essential principles and techniques of
organizing. Open t o all students. (Prereq: Senior or consent
of instructor)
Distribution: Urban Co~lcer~ls
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 465
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Includes the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and
methods of analysis associated with needs and services, and
analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed first hand through
work with an elected public policy maker. Readings and
analytical paper integrate class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq: SWK 361,463 and Senior or consent of
instructor)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 466
Field Work I11
Continuation of SWK 462. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in
SWK 461,462,463)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 467
The Social Worker as a Professional
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job
attainment, affirmative action and sexual harassment issues,
personnel policies and practices, organizational theory, and
resource development will be studied in the course. The field
work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises.
(Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in SWK461,462,463)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 469
Field Work IV
Continuation of SWK 466. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in
SWK 466, concurrent with SWK 467)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
Financial Information
Admissions Requirements and Procedures
Who May Apply
I
Men or women who have:
1. Graduated from high school or have earned a G.E.D. Certificate.
2 . Demonstrated academic ability with satisfactory performance in
high school or previous college work.
1
I
Admissions Process
1. Complete the application form and return it along with the $15
application fee to the Augsburg Weekend College Office.
2 . Have official transcripts from all previously attended post-secondary institutions sent directly to the Augsburg Weekend College
Office. Applicants with less than one year of previous college
work should include their high school transcripts or G.E.D.
Certificates.
I
3. The Augsburg Weekend College Admissions Committee will
review the application materials and notify students regarding
acceptance and registration procedures. The Admissions Committee may request that the student submit a personal statement
or have a personal interview with a Weekend College faculty/staff
member or submit letters of recommendation to the Committee.
4. Students who are transferring previous college work to the
Weekend College program will be informed with their acceptance
notification as to the number of courses and degree requirements
that remain to be completed for the bachelor's degree.
5. Students who wish to apply for financial aid should refer to that
section of this bulletin.
Application Deadlines
Fall Trimester 1990 -August 15, 1990
Winter Trimester 1991 - November 26, 1990
Spring Trimester 1991 - March 4, 1991
Financial Aid
Company Tuition Assistance Program
Many companies, agencies, and corporations offer full or partial
tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related or
degree-oriented college programs. Augsburg provides a payment
plan by which employees may handle tuition reimbursement.
Grants and Scholarships
Pel1 Grant
This is a federal aid program, based on need, that is available to
students who take at least one course in Weekend College. Awards
range from $250-2,300 per year.
Minnesota Part-time Student Grant Program
The State of Minnesota provides an aid program, based on need, for
state residents who take one course at Augsburg.
Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program
The Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program is available to
Minnesota residents, attending at least half-time per term, based on
financial needs. Awards ranged from $100 to $3,546 for 1989-1990.
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian Scholarships
American Indian students who meet federal and state requirements
may apply for these scholarships. Indian grants generally supplement
other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application please
contact Augsburg's American Indian Support Program Director at
330-1138 or your tribal agency.
Augsburg Tuition Grant
Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to Weekend
College students who show academic potential and have financial
need.
Loan Assistance
Perkins Student Loan - Joint Augsburg College-federally funded
program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest accrues nor do payments have
to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least halftime. Simple interest of 5% and repayment of the principal (at the
minimum of $30 a month) begin six months after you leave school
(nine months for new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may
extend up to 10 years. The maximum which may be borrowed for
undergraduate study is $9,000, and $18,000 if graduate study is
included.
Stafford Student Loan (formerly the Guaranteed Student
Loan) - Loan hnds are obtained directly from a local lender or state
agency in states which provide such programs. While the student is
attending at least half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple annual
interest of 8%on the loan balance and repayment of the principal
begin six months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up
to 10 years. The maximum loan is $2,625 for the first two years and
$4,000 for the remaining years of undergraduate study with the
cumulative undergraduate maximum of $17,250 and $54,750 for
graduate students. Applications are available at the College and some
banks.
SLS (Supplemental Loans for Students) -A Federal loan program. Independent students may borrow up to $4,000 per year to a
maximum of $20,000 and must be enrolled at least half-time. Variable interest rate is set annually with a cap of 12%;payment usually
begins within 60 days after disbursement. Students must apply for
financial aid.
SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund) - A Minnesota State
Loan Program. Students may borrow up to $4,000 per year ($16,000
cumulative) as an undergraduate with a $25,000 maximum for
graduate students. ($1,000 minimum.) Interest rate is variable, paid
by the borrower quarterly while in school. Principal and interest
begin 12 months after leaving school. Students must apply for
financial aid and be enrolled at least half-time.
To Apply for Financial Aid
1) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire
to also apply for financial aid.
2) The Financial A d Ofice will send you the necessary application
and financial statement form (or you may pick them up at the
Financial Aid Office, 152 Science Hall, or the Weekend College
Ofice).
3) All students transferring from any post secondary institution must
have a Financial Aid Transcript on file with Augsburg from each
previously attended institution even if you did not receive aid.
4 ) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines
indicated.
5) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the
deadline stated.
I
I
Refund Schedule
A per course tuition refund will be made on the following basis:
(Students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's
Office in order to be eligible for the tuition refund.)
Prior to the first scheduled class meeting - 100%
(less a $75 Administrative Fee if withdrawing from current term
entirely)
Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80%
Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60%
No rehnd after the third scheduled class meeting.
I
I
The refund schedule is effective whether or not a student has attended
classes. All rehnds of charges will be applied to the account of the
student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines, and deposits, etc. will
be made before eligibility for a cash refund of any resulting credit
balance is determined. Please allow two weeks for a refund.
Tuition Refund Policy
I
I
I
I
If a student is forced to withdraw because of accident or illness,
whether a physical or mental health problem, the refund may include
the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment.
Requests for this additional refund must be made to the Petitions
Committee and must be accompanied by a written report from the
attending health professional stating the inability for, or inadvisability
of, continued study. Students charged on a single-course fee basis
who have completed payment of assessed tuition may choose between
this partial tuition rehnd and a tuition-free course retake credit. A
retake credit may be used only to repeat the same course from which
the student withdrew. This choice between rehnd and tuition-free
retake credit must be made at the time of the request to the Petitions
Committee, and the choice of monetary refund or retake credit may
not be changed subsequently. Students should be aware that their
choice of refund or retake credit may adversely affect their financial aid
eligibility and that they bear h l l responsibility for the effects of their
choices. Retake credits must be used within one academic year or the
next time the course is offered if that is longer than one year.
History
I
I
I
Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin, and
moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg College and
Seminary changed in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged
with The American Lutheran Church.
Location
Augsburg's 23-acre campus is in the heart of the Twin Cities metropolitan area, only blocks from downtown Minneapolis and the
intersection of Interstate Highways 9 4 and 35W. Adjacent to the
campus are the Riverside Medical Center, the West Bank campus of
the University of Minnesota and the Mississippi River parkways.
Campus
Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connection between
1 0 of the 1 5 major buildings - student housing towers, College
Center, main academic and administrative halls, the Library, Music
Hall and Foss Center for Worship, Drama and Communication.
Accessibility
We have made a major effort to become one of the most accessible
campuses in the region. Our skyway-tunnel system lets you reach any
of 10 major buildings without going outside. In addition to building
changes, we have a program to increase awareness and
provide extra help for students with disabilities.
Church Affiliation
Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. About 51 percent of the students are Lutheran, 1 5 percent other
Protestant and 1 5 percent Roman Catholic. Several other affiliations
are represented among students and faculty.
Non-Discrimination Policy
A ~ ~ g s b u College
rg
does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as
required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section
504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission
policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices.
Ausburg College
1.
2.
3.
4.
Admissions House
George Sverdrup Library
Science Hall
Old Main
5. West Hall
6. Mortensen Tower
Urness Tower
Christensen Center
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
Music Hall
2222 Murphy Place
Melby Hall
Ice Arena
Stage I1 Theatre
Center for Global Education
Scandinavian Center
Foss. Lobeck. Miles Center for
worship, ~ r a h and
a
Communication
18. Youth and Family Institute
19. Office Annex House
20. Tutor House
21. American Indian Support
and Minority Education
Partnership
A. Admissions Parking
B. Student Parking
C . Visitor Parking
D. The Quad
E. Faculty/Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field
H. Fairview/St. Mary's Parking Ramp
I. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts
J. Resident Parking Only
Accessible Entrance
Find A a ~ s b a r ~
I
I
I
From Minneapolis
Interstate 9 4 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left
to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
I
From St. Paul
Interstate 9 4 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 21st
Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
Parking
All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for
student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are
located o n 7th Street between 21st and 2211d Avenues and north of
8th Street on 21st Avenue. Most street parking is two hour parking,
seven days a week. Additional parking is available in the Riverside
Medical Center ramp, or U of M parlung lots on the north side of
Riverside Avenue.
DOWNTOWN
MINNEAPOLIS
Show less
MASTER OF ARTS
IN LEADERSHIP
~
,-,
...
',' .. 1
,..~ ,-, '!1
,-...',..
.·,,-1,,
" \\
~,. 1- I 11- ,_'\:
/ - \ ; ' I \I - \ .-
- ..... ,_ ,,,
' t"'-,-,,
,-,
- _,,_
-
,;, -
4' -
'
I
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
1990-1991
.
.
.·:'J
.·I
Those who hope to lead had better understand both rat... Show more
MASTER OF ARTS
IN LEADERSHIP
~
,-,
...
',' .. 1
,..~ ,-, '!1
,-...',..
.·,,-1,,
" \\
~,. 1- I 11- ,_'\:
/ - \ ; ' I \I - \ .-
- ..... ,_ ,,,
' t"'-,-,,
,-,
- _,,_
-
,;, -
4' -
'
I
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
1990-1991
.
.
.·:'J
.·I
Those who hope to lead had better understand both rationally and
intuitively the people who might be their followers, and the society
in which they are embedded. They had better comprehend the
values of our common culture, past and present, know how our
political and economic systems work, and understand how and
why science has changed the world ... Leaders need specialists as
advisers and staff members. But leaders themselves are generalists ... At higher levels of leadership they cannot achieve their full
potential without considerable breadth of knowledge. Only this
way can they shape the contexts for decisions where expert
knowledge is used.
- John Gardner
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612/330-1786
• nformation Sessions
Individuals interested in the Master of Arts in Leadership
program at Augsburg College are encouraged to attend an information session. These free, two-hour sessions are scheduled
at various times prior to the beginning of each trimester.
Please call the Master of Arts in Leadership Office (330-1786)
for details or to register for one of these information sessions:
Saturday, April 21, 1990
Thursday, May 24, 1990
Thursday, June 21, 1990
Tuesday, July 17, 1990
Saturday, October 20, 1990
Saturday, February 23, 1991
Saturday, April 20, 1991
Thursday, May 23, 1991
Thursday, June 20, 1991
Tuesday, July 16, 1991
Tuesday, August 6, 1991
For more information write or call:
Master of Arts in Leadership Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612/330-1786
9:00-11 :00
6:00-8:00
6:00-8:00
6:00-8:00
9:00-11:00
9:00-11 :00
9:00-11 :00
6:00-8:00
6:00-8:00
6:00-8:00
6:00-8:00
AM
PM
PM
PM
AM
AM
AM
PM
PM
PM
PM
Information Sessions .............................................................. .. .. 2
Calendar for 1990-'91 ................................................................. 4
Introduction to the Master of Arts in Leadership .................. 6
Leadership Development Model ............................................. 7
Curriculum Design ............................................. ........................ 9
Course Descriptions ........................................ ..... .................... 10
Graduate Faculty ...................................................................... 13
Library ........................................................................................ 13
Accreditation and Affiliations ................................................ 13
Student Support Services ........................................................ 14
Student Rights ........................................................................... 15
Admission Requirements ........................................................ 15
Application Procedures ......................................................... .. 15
Deadlines ................................................................................... 16
Evaluation Standards ......... ...................................................... 16
Academic Policies ..................................................................... 17
Fee and Payment Schedule ..................................................... 18
Financial Aid ............................................................................. 19
Campus Map ............................................................................. 22
Campus Location .. .................................................................... 23
About Augsburg ....................................................................... 24
Faculty and Administration .................................................. .. 25
Advisory Council to the Graduate Program ........................ 28
D alendar
1990-'91 Calendar
Saturday Schedule: 8:30 AM - Noon and 1:15 - 4:45 PM
Thursday Schedule: 6:00 - 7:30 PM and 8:00 - 9:30 PM
Fall Trimester 1990
..
. : -·
Class Dates
Thursday, September 6
Thursday, September 13
Saturday, September 22
Thursday, September 27
Saturday, O ctober 6
Thursday, October 11
Saturday, October 20
Thursday, October 25
Saturday, N ovember 3
Thursday, November 8
Saturday, November 17
Thursday, November 29
Saturday, D ecember 1
Leadership Practicum Dates
Saturday, September 8
Saturday, September 15
Other Important Dates
Monday, August 20: Application Deadline
Wednesday, September 5: Orientation
Monday, September 10: Last day to register and / or drop
class without record notation
Saturday, November 17: Last day to withdraw from class
Monday, December 17: Final Grades Due
Attendance Policy
Bernuse leader hip i sue are presented, d is u e and a nalyzed in the cla sroom, r gular attendance is highly importMt
a nd hould be con idered a responsibility, not on ly to o n ·'
elf, bu t to ne' cla , mat sand the cour instruct r. Irregula1- attendance may, at the di er tion f th · in tructo r, , dversely affect one's grade.
Winter Trimester, 1991
Class Dates
Thursday, January 3
Saturday, January 12
Thursday, January 17
Saturday, January 26
Thursday, January 31
Saturday, February 9
Thursday, February 14
Saturday, February 23*
Thursday, February 28
Saturday, March 9
Thursday, March 14
Saturday, March 23
Thursday, March 28
Leadership Practicum
Saturday, January 5
*One week between classes
Other Important Dates
Monday, December 3: Application Deadline
Wednesday, January 2: Orientation
Monday, January 7: Last day to register and / or drop
class without record notation
Saturday, March 16: Last day to withdraw from class
Monday, April 1: Final Grades Due
Spring Trimester 1991
Class Dates
Thursday, April 11
Saturday, April 20
Thursday, April 25
Saturday, May 4
Thursday, May 9
Saturday, May 18
Thursday, May 23
Saturday, June 1
Thursday, June 6
Saturday, June 15*
Thursday, June 20
Saturday, June 22
Thursday, June 27
Leadership Practicum
Saturday, April 6
*One week between classes
Other Important Dates
Monday, March 4: Application Deadline
Wednesday, April 10: Orientation
Monday, April 15: Last day to register and / or drop
class without record notation
Saturday, June 1: Last day to withdraw from class
Monday, July 8: Final Grades Due
6Jntroduction
Developing Leaders for
Organizations and the Community
The Master of Arts in Leadership responds to the leadership
development needs of profit and not-for-profit organizations.
While different in structure and purpose, most organizations
seek leaders with the following qualities:
• a vision which is ethically and morally responsible,
extending beyond immediate concerns;
• an understanding of how change occurs and affects the
immediate environment;
• a sensitivity to the complex problems organizations face,
and an ability to achieve solutions consistent with an
organization's mission;
"' the ability to motivate and inspire individuals and groups to
work toward a common goal; and
• the ability to effectively represent the organization both
internally and externally.
The Master of Arts in Leadership provides a means by which
individuals aspiring to enhance their leadership skills may
discover and refine these and other abilities and awarenesses
fundamental to effective leadership.
Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule
The Master of Arts in Leadership program is designed to meet
the needs and preferences of working adults. The program is
based on the assumption that the men and women who enroll
are employed, self-disciplined and well-motivated individuals
who seek a balance of classroom experience, group interaction
and individual study. Each course is, therefore, divided into
periods of study, group efforts and class preparation. To accommodate this format for learning, each class meets on alternate Saturdays for three-and-one-half hours and alternate
Thursday evenings for one-and-one-half hours.
Leadership Development Model
The Master of Arts in Leadership program promotes leadership as a process which 1) inspires cooperation among people
who must compete for limited resources, 2) promotes productivity within and beyond the organization, and 3) works
toward progress. To accomplish this, individuals aspiring to
positions of leadership must possess three key attributes: a
sense of vision, the ability to persuade and the ability to direct
action. Underlying these attributes is a broad range of abilities
and awarenesses. These abilities and awarenesses, outlined in
the diagram on page 7, serve as specific outcomes for the
Master of Arts in Leadership. Augsburg's model of leadership
development is designed to assess, promote, enhance and
refine these capabilities within the individual.
Leadership Development Model
Leadership
Sense of
Vision
/
Orientation
Toward Action
""
Ethical
Creative
"" Social awareness
"" Environmental
awareness
"" Tolerance of
religious and
philosophical
differences
"" Appreciation
of situational
complexity
'
"" Long-term
perspective
"" Flexibility
"" Adaptability
"" Innovativeness
Facility for
Persuasion
/
Communicative
""
""
""
""
""
Effective listener
Effective speaker
Effective writer
Diplomatic ability
Effective team
member
"" Interpersonal
sensitivity
\
Risk Assumptive
"" Curiosity
"" Achievement
motivation
"" Self-esteem
Decisive
Self-confidence
Analytical ability
"" Ability to think
critically
"" Understanding of
research
.& Ability to manage
conflict
.&
.&
""'
Culturally
Aware
"" Appreciation
for cultural
differences
"" World-view
perspective
"" Tolerance of
individual
differences
Community of Learners
Essential to the goals of the Master of Arts in Leadership is
participation in a community of learners. Learning can be.
enhanced when the student is involved in a stable community
that provides opportunity and encouragement for active
participation both in and out of the classroom. This community will be enriched by the presence of men and women who
bring to the program a variety of work and life experiences.
To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg
encourages graduate students to make use of college facilities
such as the library, meeting rooms and the Christensen Center;
to take the opportunity to share meals and coffee breaks; to
participate in optional lunchtime seminars; and to attend other
college activities such as music and dramatic presentations and
athletic events.
Leadership Practicum
. .,
.· .·.·
Master of Arts in Leadership students enroll in a half course
called "Leadership Practicum." Students are required to enroll
in this professional assessment and development course for six
terms during their graduate work at Augsburg. Upon completion of the entire practicum, students receive a half course
credit. In each term, specific activities related to the practicum
are scheduled.
Early in the program a major component of this practicum is a
full-day professional assessment to determine students' abilities and potential relative to each of the outcomes of the Leadership Development Model (see page 7). Assessment instruments include paper and pencil exercises and simulation and
group experiences. Following the assessment students meet
individually with a trained assessor who provides guidance in
personal goal-setting and in the creation of a professional development plan or "blueprint."
In subsequent terms "Leadership Practicum" includes workshops designed to meet the needs of the students in the following areas: communication skills, self-assessment measures,
group processes, and other professional development topics
identified by graduate students and staff.
.Liurriculum Design
Master of Arts in Leadership students are required to complete
12 courses and a thesis. Each course unites two or more liberal
arts disciplines, encourages pursuit of the designated outcomes, and uses a variety of learning techniques appropriate to
adult learners. Instructional techniques are varied, such as
case study, debate, written and oral presentation and group
activity. The e techniques, which have had demon trat d
succes in advan d courses, develop targeted leadership
abilities and understandings. Continual reinforcement occurs
as students employ these capacities in multiple courses.
Students are encouraged to see abilities and understandings as
cross-disciplinary and to see content areas as integrated. The
very form of the program reflects the view that the world in
which we operate is complex and that dealing with it successfully requires well-developed integrative ability.
Required Courses Include:
ML 500
ML 510
ML 590
ML 591
ML 592
Leadership Practicum (a half course which
spans six trimesters)
Foundations of Leadership (to be taken during
one of the first three trimesters)
Thesis-Research Seminar I
Thesis-Research Seminar II (These two seminars
are to be taken in a student's last two consecutive
terms.)
Thesis Consultation (a half course to be taken
simultaneously with ML 591 and in the term in
which the thesis is completed)
Students are required to complete eight additional
courses chosen from the following courses:
ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
ML 520 Self-Identity, Values and Personal Growth
ML 521 Methods of Critical Thought
ML 530 Ethics in Communication
ML 531 The Dynamics of Change
ML 540 Politics, History and Leadership
ML 545 Analytical Reasoning for Qualitative Decisions
ML 550 Decision-Making Technology
ML 560 Developing a Multi-Cultural Perspective
ML 598 Independent Study
ML 599 Special Topics
Other courses as added
urse Descriptions
ML 500 Leadership Practicum
A professional assessment and development course which
spans six terms. This course includes a full-day professional
assessment and subsequent workshops in the following areas:
communication skills, self-assessment measures, group
processes. The course culminates in a final professional
assessment. Half credit. Graded on a P /N basis.
ML 510 Foundations of Leadership
Introduction to the concept of leadership, providing an historical and philosophical framework for the program. This course
views the nature and purpose of leadership from a variety of
disciplines and perspectives. The role of th liberal arts, various learning styles, methods of research and inquiry, student
outcomes and program expectations are examined.
ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
Exploration of creativity from the perspective of traditional
aesth · tics as well as contemporary organizational thinking.
Thi cour e uses creativity as a method and it examines techniques for solving problems in organizations, for enhancing
innovation, and for seeking an integrative world-view.
ML 520 Self-Identity, Values and Personal Growth
Study of the concepts of self-identity, values and personal
growth as related to professional and personal life. This course
may employ psychological, philosophical, and theological perspectives to explore the role of the individual in the larger
social context. Major topics include the acquisition, development and evolution of self-identity and values, the influence of
sex roles, and the relationship to spiritual growth.
ML 521 Methods of Critical Thought
Investigation of the processes of critical thinking drawing from
philosophy and other disciplines. This course focuses on the
relationships between ideas and the expression and application
of ideas. Students apply dialectical processes in the effective
formation, presentation and use of ideas in organizational
structures.
ML 530 Ethics in Communication
Interdisci plinary study of ethics and communica tion through
the in vestigation of a v<1riety of ethical perspectives within
human comm uni at:ion. This course places particular a ttention
on the use and abuse of communication in politics, advertising
and interpersonal relationships. It emphasizes a sensitivity to
ethical conflicts which arise in social and organizational settings.
ML 531 The Dynamics of Change
Exami na tion of the processes by which change occurs. This
course , ppli s economic and sociological theories to such critical social issues as human and natural resource management.
Emphasis is on identi fying the need for change, the means of
initiating it and the adaptation of social groups to change.
ML 540 Politics, History and Leadership
Analy is of the p Litical aspects of nation-sta tes and other
organiza tions. This course focuses on the proces of achieving
individual, group or .national goa ls. Dra wi1tg on a variety of
cultures and uati n , it examines significant historica l events
and the leaders who shaped them.
ML 545 Analytical Reasoning for Qualitative Decision
Exploration of th methods of ma th ma tica l r asoning as a
structure for a pproa ling problems. This c ur focuses on
the logic and ra tional und erlying ma thematica l models and
analytical decision making techniques.
ML 550 Decision-Making and Technology
Historica l a naly i of th decision ma king an d p roblem solving
pr ce . Thi cour e foc uses on the development of technology
as both the cause and th e solutio1~ of problem s by investigating
various cases.
ML 560 Developing a Multi-Cultural Perspective
Investiga tion of inter-cultura l issues. This course enhances the
ability to lead and work m re effectively with p pie of differen t cultural backgro und throu gh the study of djverse valu ,
beliefs and traditions within the global community.
ML 590 Thesis-Research Seminar I:
Research in Leadership
First half of a two-course "capstone" sequence for the Master
of Arts in Leadership program. This course provides each individual the opportunity to develop a research topic to synthesize previous study and work experience and to demonstrate
an understanding of the program's principles. Grad d n a PI
N basis.
ML 591 Thesis-Research Seminar II:
Synthesis of Findings
Continuation of the "capstone" seminar. This seminar
focuses on the methods of inquiry and results of individual
projects. At the completion of the seminar students present
their final results orally and submit written th ses. Graded
on a PI N basis.
ML 592 Thesis Consultation
A series of meetings with a faculty thesis adviser simultaneous
with ML 591 and during the trimester in which the thesis is
being prepared for final submission. Half credit. Graded on
P / N basi . Students not compl tjng the th s is during the same
term in which they are enrolled in ML 591 are r quired to pay
a thesis continuation fee of $100 durulg each sub equent term
until the thesis is completed .
ML 598 Independent Study
'·
....
'
Provides directed independent study in an area of the
student's choice. Open to students who have completed at
lea t three courses with a grad of at least 3.0. Requires
consent of th Associate Deai1 for Graduate and Special Programs.
ML 599 Special Topics
Study of selected topics in leadership that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will
be published prior to registration.
a raduate Faculty
Faculty who teach in the Master of Arts in L ader hip program
are full-time senior faculty with doctorates or appropriate
professional d g re s. Som our s are team taught by bringing tog th r fa ulty from diff rent discipline or combining a
faculty m mb r with profes ionals from relevant fields. In
th s ituation , at least on member of the team has a Ph.D.
and substantial teaching experience. All of the program
faculty have extensive experience teaching adult learners.
Graduate faculty are listed at the end of this bulletin.
• ibrary
The Augsburg library houses over 160,000 bo k , p riodicals,
records, tapes and film . Music, chemistry a nd art hi t ry libraries nre I ca ted within the departmental areas. Ace s to
over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and
courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and
the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide
network, the additional resources of the Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students .
• ccreditation and
Affiliations
Students who successfully complete Augsburg's leadership
prngram will rec ive a Master of Arts Degr · . Augsbu rg is accredited by t11e orth ent.ral A oc:iation of Coll g and
Schools. Th · colleg is a member f the A
iated oll ges of
th Twin Citie (ACTC), Luth tan Educati n owlcil in orth
America and Minnesota Private College Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher
Ed u ation Coordinating Board . Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not (necessarily)
mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to
other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational
institution, or employer.
ll]tudent Support Services
The Augsburg Master of Arts in Leadership Program assists
students in making education and career plans, in working on
their personal development, and in participating in activities
beyond the classroom. Some of these services are listed below.
Academic Planning
In addition to the faculty who provide consultation and advice,
academic planning is guided by the Leadership Practicum assessors, thesis advisers, and Master of Arts in Leadership staff.
Career Services available include:
• Professional assessment through the Leadership Practicum
• Self/ career assessment counseling through the
Career Services Office (330-1162)
• Development of a resume and a career-search plan
through the Career Services Office
• Work experience related to a student's field of specialization
through the Cooperative Education Office (330-1148)
The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in the matters
of disciplinary action, grievana a nd grad appeal. Students
who wish to identify appropriate procedur s f01· complaints
should c nta t the Vi President for Stud ent Affai_rs (330-1160).
The C liege perates in comp.liaiu e with th Family Right and
Privacy Act and Tit! IX. Sh1dents hav · th right to in p ct all
official r cord which pertain to th m a nd w hich ar maintained in the Registrar's Office and the Placement Office
(except where a waiver of access has been signed) and to
challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Students have
a right to experience education free from discrimination based
on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, creed,
marital status or age.
'Almission Requirements
Applicants to the program must hold a baccalaureate degree
from an accredited four-year college or university.
Applicants to the program are expected to have a minimum
undergraduate grade point average of 3.0 (on a scale of A=4.0).
Applicants to the program must have five years of experience
(or equivalent) with one or more organizations in a position(s)
of leadership or position(s) demonstrating leadership potential.
Decisions about admission to the program will be made on an
individual basis by the Master of Arts in Leadership Committee. Admission to each entering graduate class will be given to
the most highly qualified individuals. Selection of candidates
will be made on the basis of an evaluation of each applicant's:
•
•
•
•
Previous college record,
Letters of recommendation,
Experience and organizational background,
Miller Analogies Test scores, or for applicants whose native
language is not English, a minimum score of 600 on the Test
of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), and
• Written statement and possible interview.
Alpplication Procedures
To apply, students must submit the following materials to the
Master of Arts in Leadership Office:
• Completed application form with $25 (non-refundable)
application fee.
• Written statement relating the applicant's career and life
goals focusing on leadership aspirations.
• Letter of recommendation from an immediate supervisor,
assessing leadership potential.
• Letter of recommendation from a co-worker (at the same
level) describing applicant's work style and potential as a
leader.
• Official transcripts of undergraduate and graduate work
from each institution attended indicating degrees conferred.
• Official set of results on the Miller Analogies Test, or for
applicants whose native language is not English, a minimum
score of 600 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL).
• Possible interview with graduate program staff member.
..
Fall Trimester, 1990-Monday, August 20, 1990
Winter Trimester, 1991-Monday, December 3, 1990
Spring Trimester, 1991-Monday, March 4, 1991
Fall Trimester, 1991-Monday, August 19, 1991
m valuation Standards
Evaluation of academic performance for the Master of Arts in
Leadership will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point
scale with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
P
N
W
I
Achieves highest standards of excellence
Achieves above basic course standards
Achieves the minimum passing standard
Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed
in grade point average)
Does not meet minimum course standards (no credit and
non-punitiv~not computed in grade point average)
Grade given when course is dropped
Incomplete grade given when student is unable
to complete course requirements for rea ons beyond the
student's control (to receive an incomplete, a student
must file a petition with the Graduate Program staff
stating reasons for the request, the plan and date for
removing the incomplete grade, the signature of the
instructor, and any other necessary documentation).
No more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count
t ward the degree. N more than two courses with a grad
below 2.0 can be r peated. Only the credits and grades earned
th s ·cond time are c unt ·d in th grad point average.
Alcademic Policies
Academic Probation and Dismissal
Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average.
If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed
on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade
point average must be restored in order for a student to. be
removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of N in
a course, the student must petition successfully with the
Master of Arts in Leadership Committee before being permitted to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow would be outlined at that time. If the cumulative grade
point average again falls below 3.0, the student may be dismissed from the program by the Master of Arts in Leadership
Committee. Students also may be dismissed by the Master of
Arts in Leadership Committee for behavior detrimental to the
program such as a gross violation of college policy (as published in the Student Guide). Dismissal would occur only after
established procedures were followed.
Credit for Prior Education, Training and Experience
Due to the interdisciplinary nature of the courses in the Master
of Arts in Leadership program, it is unlikely that courses taken
elsewhere may be substituted for a particular course in the curriculum. Students may petition the Master of Arts in Leadership Committee for approval of any variation in the curriculum including the transfer of credit or the receipt of credit for
other training.
Credit and Contact Hours
Each graduate course in the Master of Arts in Leadership program is the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter
credits. Students meet in class a total of 30 hours and are
responsible for a significant amount of individual study and
preparation.
Enrollment Policy/Leaves of Absence
Students may take either one or two courses each trimester.
Enrolling in two courses per trimester enables a student to
complete the program in two years. All students are required
to complete the program within four years. Extensions beyond
four years will be considered on the basis of petition to the
Master of Arts in Leadership Committee. Students who leave
the program for more than one term must request a leave of
absence in writing from the Master of Arts in Leadership
Committee.
Last Date to Withdraw from Class
The last date on which students may withdraw from a class
and receive a "W" on their records is noted on pp. 4 and 5.
n ee and Payment
Schedule
Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable)
Tuition (per trimester course)
(one course = 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits)
Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable,
applicable to first semester's tuition)
Leadership Practicum Fee (per term for six terms)
Thesis Continuation Fee
Late Fee (charged to any student registering
after the scheduled registration date.)
Late registration includes incomplete registration as
defined: a) Unsigned Registration Form or
b) Unapproved Payment Plan
Registration Change after First Class Meeting
(cancel/ add/ change grade option, or combination
at one time)
Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free)
Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a
simple rate of 1% per month on any account with
an open balance of 30 days or more.
$25.00
$815.00
$100.00
$125.00
$100.00
$50.00
per day
$5.00
$2.00
Fees
The application fee ($25) is due on or before the application
deadline for a given term. The $100 non-refundable deposit
(applied to first semester's tuition) reserves a place in the program in a given term, once a person is accepted. Tuition is due
at the time of registration.
Payment Options*
1) Payment in Full: Due day of registration.
2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval,
a 3-pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be
offered only if previous plans have been adhered to.
3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent,
which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per
course reimbursed, with full payment due within 50 days after
the end of the term.
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in 3 equal installments at the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid
in full as agreed . Augsburg College will not release diplomas
or academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in
full . This also applies for student loan funds administered by
the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be current according to established repayment schedules.
*A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration invalid and
could affect further credit extended by the college.
Refund Schedule
A per-course tuition refund will be made on the following
basis: (In order to be eligible for the refund, students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office.)
Prior
Prior
Prior
Prior
Prior
Prior
to
to
to
to
to
to
the
the
the
the
the
the
first scheduled class meeting-100%
second scheduled class meeting-90%
third scheduled class meeting-80%
fourth scheduled class meeting-70%
fifth scheduled class meeting-60%
sixth scheduled class meeting-50%
m inancial Aid
In a number of ways, students may receive assistance in meeting Graduate Program costs. Enrollment in two courses per
trimester allows the student to be classified as full-time. One
course is considered half-time enrollment. The Office of Student Financial Services (330-1046) assists students in assessing
financial aid eligibility and offers financial aid from available
alternatives, including the following:
Augsburg Tuition Grant
Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to
graduate students who show academic potential and have financial need.
Funded Scholarships
Augsburg actively pursues outside funding for special scholarships. The availability of such scholarships enables the participation of individuals of limited financial means as well as individuals working for volunteer agencies and other organizations not likely to provide tuition reimbursement.
Company Tuition Assistance Programs
Many companies, agencies and corporations offer full or
partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in
work-related or degree-related college programs. Augsburg
College provides several payment plans by which employees
may handle tuition reimbursement.
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian
Scholarships
American Indian students who meet federal, state or tribal
requirements may apply for these scholarships. Indian grants
generally supplement other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application please contact Augsburg's American
Indian Support Program Director at 330-1138 or your tribal
agency.
Federal and State Aid Programs
Th Office of Student Financial Services determines eligibility
for any Federal or State financial aid programs available to
graduate students. Determination of eligibility is based on
standard, nationally accepted methodology.
"' Perkins Student Loan-Joint Augsburg College-federally
funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest
accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at
any time while you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple
interest of 5% and repayment of the principal (at the minimum
of $30 a month) begin six months after you leave school (nine
months for new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may
extend up to 10 years. The maximum which may be borrowed
for combined undergraduate and graduate study is $18,000 .
.... SLS (Supplemental Loans for Students)-A Federal loan
program. Independent students may borrow up to $4,000 per
year to a maximum of $20,000 and must be enrolled at least
half-time. Variable interest rate is set annually with a cap of
12%; payment usually begins within 60 days after disbursement. Principal may be deferred until the student ceases halftime enrollment. Interest may, at the lender's option, accumulate until the in-school deferment ends. Students must apply
for flnancial aid .
.... SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund)-A Minnesota
State Joan program. Students may borrow up to $4,000 per
year ($16,000 cumulative) as undergraduates with a $25,000
aggregate maximum when graduate study is included ($1,000
minimum). Interest rate is variable, paid by the borrower
quarterly while in school. Principal payments begin 13 months
after leaving school. Students must apply for financial aid and
be enrolled at least half-time .
.... Stafford Student Loan (formerly the Guaranteed Student
Loan)-Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or
state agency in certain states. While the student is attending at
least half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple annual
interest of 8% on the loan balance and repayment of the
principal begin six months after leaving school. Repayment
may extend up to 10 years. The maximum loan is $2,625 for
the first two years and $4,000 for the remaining years of undergraduate study and $7,500 per year for graduate study. The
cumulative undergraduate and graduate maximum is $54,750.
To Apply for Financial Aid:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your
desire to also apply for financial aid.
The Office of Student Financial Services will send you the
necessary application and financial statement form (or you
may pick them up in the Office of Student Financial
Services, 152 Science Hall, or the Master of Arts in
Leadership Program Office, 2222 Murphy Place).
All students must have a Financial Aid Transcript on file
with Augsburg from each previously attended institution
even if they did not receive aid. Forms are available from
the College.
Complete and return the financial aid forms by the
deadlines indicated.
Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within
the deadline stated.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Admissions House
George Sverdrup Library
Science Hall
Old Main
West Hall
Mortensen Tower
Urness Tower
Christensen Center
Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial Hall
Music Hall
2222 Murphy Place
Melby Hall
Ice Arena
Stage II Theatre
Center for Global
Education
Scandinavian Center
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama and
Communication
Youth and Family Institute
19. Office Annex House
20. Tutor House
21. American Indian Support
and Minority Education
Partnership
A. Admissions Parking
B. Student Parking
C. Visitor Parking
D. The Quad
E. Faculty /Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Anderson-Nelson
Athletic Field
H. Fairview/St. Mary's
Parking Ramp
I. Husby-Strommen
Tennis Courts
J. Resident Parking Only
I~ I
Accessible Entrance
•
ampus Location
N
I
•
I
I
I
I
DOWNTOWN
MINNEAPOLIS
''
''
''
''
''
''
'
UJ
t)
From Minneapolis
Interstate 94 east to 25th A venue exit, left to Riverside
Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
From St. Paul
Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside
A venue to 21st A venue South, left at Augsburg sign.
Parking
All posted Augsburg College pa rking lot are fr and
p en for student us from 4:30 p.m. Friday tlu· ugh
Sunday vening. Lots are loca.ted on 7th Street between
21st and 22nd Avenues and north of 8th Street on 21st
A venue. Most street parking is two hour parking, seven
days a week. Additional parking is available in the
Riverside Medical Center ramp, or U of M parking lots
on the north side of Riverside A venue.
History
...
.. '
Ang burg was the first seminary founded by orwegian
Lutherans in America. Named after the confess ion of faith
presented by Lutheran in Aug burg, Germa ny, in 1530,
Aug burg opened in September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin,
and moved to Minneapolis in 1872.
Campus Location
Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities
surrounding Murphy Square, the oldest of 155 pC1 rks in the
"City of Lakes." Adjacent to the ca mpu are Fairview an d
St. Mary' Hospitals, th West 13ank campus of the Univer ity
f Minne ota and Mississippi River parkway .
Accessibility
Augsburg College has made a majo r effort to becom on of
th most accessible campu es in the regi n. Skyway , tunnel
and eleva tors provide accessible connections be tween nine of
th 14 major b uildings- sh.1dent housi ng towers, Chri ten ell
Cent r, main academic and administrative halls, the library
and music building. In addition, there are progra ms for
students with learning a nd physical disabili ties.
Church Affiliation
Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lu thera n Church in
America. About 59 p rcent of the students are Lu th ra11,
14 perc nt other Protes ta nt a nd 19 percent Roman Ca tholic.
Several other affiliations are repre ented among s h.1dents a nd
faculty.
Non-Discrimination Policy
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race,
creed, national r ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or
handicap a required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational
Amendments of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973
as amended in its admission policies, educational programs,
activities, and employment practices.
The following faculty and administrators are currently involved in
the Master of Arts in Leadership program:
Earl Alton, Professor and Department Chairperson of Chemistry.
B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michiga11.
Kenneth Bailey, Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John Benson, Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D.,
Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D. Columbia University.
Maria Brown, Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.A.,
American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
John Cerrito, Assistant Professor of Business Administration and
Economics. B.A., Rhode Island College; M.S., University of
Wisconsin-Stout.
Francine Chakolis, Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S.,
Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Larry Crockett, Assistant Professor of Mathematics/Computer
Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div., Luther
Theological Seminary.
Grace Dyrud, Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mark Engebretson, Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Physics. B.A., Luther College, M.Div., Luther Theological
Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Norman Ferguson, Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and
Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Nancy Guilbeault, Director, Counseling Services. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Satya Gupta, Professor of Business Administration and Economics,
B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois
University
Milda Hedblom, Professor of Political Science. B.A., Macalester
College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Edwina Hertzberg, Associate Professor of Social Work, Director of
Faculty Development. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Garry Hesser, Professor of Sociology, Director of Cooperative
Education Program. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div., Union
Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Notre Dame.
Edith Kromer, Weekend Librarian. B.A., Hamline University;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ryan LaHurd, Vice President for Academic Affairs, Dean of the
College. B.A., Mt. Carmel College; M.A., University of Chicago;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
David Lapakko, Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication
and Theatre. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Rosemary Link, Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A.,
Southhampton University; C.Q.S.W., London University;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Janet M. Mathison, Instructor of Religion, Associate Director,
Center for Global Education. B.A., Alverno College; M.A.,
Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Marie McNeff, Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Thomas Morgan, Assistant Professor of Business Administration
and Economics. B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of
Denver; M.S., University of Oregon.
William Morris, Adjunct Professor of Political Science. B.A.,
Oakland University; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University.
Richard Nelson, Professor and Department Chairperson of
History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota .
Beverly Nilsson, Professor and Chairperson of Nursing. B.S.N.,
M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Norma Noonan, Professor of Political Science. B.A., University
of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., University of Indiana.
Vicki B. Olson, Assistant Professor of Education, B.S., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Ronald Palosaari, Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College;
B.Div., Bethel Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Diane Pike, Associate Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut
College; Ph.D., Yale University.
Larry Ragland, Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin.
Stuart M. Stoller, Assistant Professor of Business Administration
and Economics, B.S., M.S., Long Island University.
William Swenson, Adjunct Professor of Philosophy. A.B., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
Elizabeth Vander Schaaf, Associate Dean for Graduate and Special
Programs. B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Iowa.
Maria Woroby, Reference Librarian and Weekend Supervisor.
B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Linda Geisen, Training and Development Manager,
City of St. Paul.
Dan Hanson, Vice President, Food Ingredients Division,
Land-0-Lakes, Inc.
Cynthia Marsh, Ph.D. Consulting Psychologist,
Personnel Decisions, Inc.
Dean Newman, Consultant.
Robert Odom, Senior Vice President of U.S. Specialty Divisions,
H.B. Fuller Company.
Richard Ploetz, Customer Education Manager, Medtronic, Inc.
Rosemarie Ramirez, Human Resources Officer,
St. Paul Companies, Inc.
The provisions of this document are not to be regarded as an
irrevocable contract between the student and the College. The
College reserves the right to change any provisions or requirements at any time within the student's term of residence.
Augsburg College_;
731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH
MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55454
Show less
1
TUITION REFUND POLICY
The $50.00 per course deposit is not refundable. Rcfund of all or part of the remaining
fee is calculated from the date of the student's official course cancellation at the
Registra~'s Office.
Schcdtrle of Reft~llr~ds:
1'1 ior to tlie second sclicdulcd class meeting... Show more
1
TUITION REFUND POLICY
The $50.00 per course deposit is not refundable. Rcfund of all or part of the remaining
fee is calculated from the date of the student's official course cancellation at the
Registra~'s Office.
Schcdtrle of Reft~llr~ds:
1'1 ior to tlie second sclicdulcd class meeting - 100'%>
of tlic rcf~lndablrportion of the fcc
11f the rclundablc p111 tion of the fee
I'rior to the follrtli schcdulcd class mcrting 75'%,
PI ior t11 the sixth schcd~~lcd
class ~iic~tirig
- 500<,of tlic refundable poutic~nof the fcc.
-
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated wit11
The Eva~igelicalLutheran Cl~urcliof America. Located in tlie heart of Minneapolis,
the small collcge environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is
enriched by t11c many cultural, sport and recreatiol~alactivities found in this vibrant
~netropolitanarea. An active summer combining classes and participation in
metropolitan events is a delightf~~l
and broadening experience.
Campus Location
C
ugsburg in the Summer
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses,
internships and independent studies. Term I runs from May 28 -June 21, Term I1 runs
2. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and
from June 24 - A u
? of publication.
was correct at bh-
DOWNTOWN
MINNEAPOLIS
\
\
\
\
\
\
nmer 1991
Beginnii~gof Scheduling
Registratioi
Classes Beg
Balance of Tuition Due
Term I
Term I1
April 24
April 24
May 28-29
35W from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and turn
lcft on Washington (turns right o ~ i t o
Cedar A v e ~ ~ u cTurli
) , left at Riverside,
right at 21st A v e ~ ~ S.
ue
June 24-25
Last Day to:
Change Grading Option
Drop Class Without Notation
Register with a Late Fee of $50
(no registrations will be
accepted after this date'
May 30
June 26
Holiday
None
July 4
\
1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, ~ L I ~ left
I I at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left
at 21st Avenue S.
I
Last Day to Withdraw from Class (W)
June 11
July 15
Classes End
June 21
August 2
I
Grades Due in Registrar's
June 26
.
August 7
I
1
1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside,
turn left at 21st Avenue S.
35W from the SouthFollow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane
after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue
exit and turn left at Riverside, t ~ ~ left
r n at 21st
Avenue S.
NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by
Title IX of the 1972 Educational Aineildments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational
.. ...
I
Summer Students may take one coursc during Term I and two courses during Term
11. Unlcss otherwise indicated, all courses carry a valuc of one coursc credit, the
equivalent of four semester crcdits or six quartcr credits. Courses fulfilling Augsb ~ ~ distribution
rg
requirements are so noted in the course descriptions.
Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2,
lower division, primarily for freshmcn and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division,
primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level.
Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in thc
Augsburg College Catalog. If you need more information about a special summer
offering,please contact the Summer Scliool Officc.
Independent Study and Internships, in addition to those listed, may be pursued
during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry.
Consult the Summcr School Office for information
Students needing housing may obtain information from the Dircctor of Resident Life
The College Reserves the Right to cancel listed courses.
Information and Forms
Eligibility
Additio~ialinformation and registration
forms may be obtained from the Surnmcr
School Officc
Persons in Good Standing at
regionally accrcdited colleges and
universities, graduates of such
institutions, and students admitted for
tlie next Pall Term arc clieiblc to
attend Augsburg Sumrncr School.
Good standing implies that thc
st~~dcnt
has bcc~iadmitted and not
s ~ ~ b s ~ q ~droppcd
~ e ~ i t l by
y that
institution.
Write or call:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFlCE
Murphy Place
731 21st Aven~~e
South
Miluieapolis, M N 55454
6121330-1786
Elizabeth VanderScliaaf, Dirccto~
Jay Dixen, Secretary
Financial Aid
Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed
Student Loan Any st~ldenttaking one
course is regarded as a half-time student
for tlie summer and is eligible to apply for
a G~laralitcedStudent Loan. Contact the
Financial Aid Officc to make loan
arrangements (330-1046) The dcadli~icfor
applying for Financial Aid for Sumrncr
School is April 15, 1991. You must have a
complete filc in the Financial Aid Officc
by April 15 in order to rcccivc an award
Other persons wishing to takc
sulnmcr school w o ~k shoi~ldcontact
the Dircctor of Summer Scliool to
ascel tain eligibility under special
circ~~mstanccs.
Acceptance as a sulnlncr student does
not imply admission as a regular
student of A~lgsburgCollege.Those
wishing to bcgin a degree program at
tlic College should apply for
admission tlirougli tlie Office of
Admission.
itarting April 24 you may schedule Summer School courses at the Regist.-. _
lffice on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. Each cours'e scheduled must
,e accompanied by a $50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is appliedlo dc>SI'bmated
Jourse tuition and is non-refundable except when a course is cancelled. When this
happens, you may elect to receivc a deposit refund or substitute another course. To
avoid disappointment in course selection, schedule as soon as you can. Many
courses with limited enrollment fill early. Conversely, courses with low preregistration enrollment may be cancelled before the first day of the term
Term I Summer School students are required to finalize their registrations on May
28 or 29. Term I1 registrations must be finalized on June 24 or 25. This proccdurc
applies to all courses, including internships and independent studies. Finalizing
registration will takc place at the Business Office, 114 Science Hall, between the
lours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on May 28 and 29, and June 24 and 25. T11c balance
)wing for tuition must be paid before registration is finalized.
Augsburg students please note: Balance due on Augsburg account from previous
term/s must be paid in full before you can finalize registration. A late fee of $50.00
will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on May 30. A late fee of $50.00
will be assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 26. Registrations will
not be accepted after these dates.
To change your registration, cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course
and enroll in another course, fill out a Cancel/Add form at the Registrar's Office.
There is a charge of $5.00 for changing a registration after tlie second day of each
term. This must be done by 3:30 p.m. on May 30 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m
In June 26 for Term I1 courses. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as scheduled courses. A]-., -?fund or adjustment of fees is
"
determined accnrdino the "Tuition Refunc
1;-11
I
The tuition charge for 1991 Summer Schc
cs is as follows. $595.00 for full
credit courses, $320.00 for half-credit courses, and $160.00 for fourth-credit courses.
Audits are charged at the tuition ratcs listed above.
1,
EDE382-8142
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: MATHEMATICS
Drewlow
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for lnatlielnatics instruction at the kindergarten and clelncntary levcls. Dist : No. (1/2 coursc)
6:00-9:00 }I 111
T,TII
OM11
a]
ART 107-8100
DRAWING
BOl'lnall
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subjects
include slill-life, figures, building interiors, cxtcrio~s,
cupcrimcntal work Dist : Yes
6:f-Of I
M,T,W,'lI
OM 17
ART 118-8101
ART 335-8102
PAINTING I AND I1
Bollman
Watcrcolcr~-acrylic; translating thc visual world of
n a t ~ ~ rlandscapes,
c,
still-life, sing design concepts,
developing personal cxplcssion and cxplo~ing variety
of Lcchnicli~cs.Weekly critiques Dist : Yes.
6:OO-9:OO / I 111
M,'l',W,.l'l~
OM1 7
BUS 322-8108
ACCOUNTING THEORY
AND PRACTICE I
Kader
Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial
statements, illcome concepts, current and non-c~~rrcnt
oist: N~ prerca,: BUS 221, ECO 113,
IM1.3
BUS 331-8109
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
Solnick
Theory of acq~~isiticln,
allocation, and management of
funds wilhin the firm. Sources and uses of long and
s h o ~t term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting,
lcvcmgc, dividend policy, and related topics Prereq.:
BUS 222, ECO 113
OM12
S:30-1U:J'O n.111. M,T, W,TII,F
-
ART 352-8103
WOMEN'S ART HISTORY
Anderson
A s t ~ ~ of
d ythe placc of women in the history of the visual
~ ~ t ~ - artists,
~ . :
as subjects, and as patrons
M,T, W,T/I
Foss 4.3
B10101-8104
HUMAN BIOLOGY
Mickelbere
.'.biological concepts from an anthropocentric "
ahlc
point of view. An ,Ittempt to answer silcli questions
as: What makes Inan just another member of the biotic
fold? Docs man have a niche in the ecosystem? What
inllucnce does man have on tlie environment? What
influcncc docs the cn\,ironmcnt, especially tlie urban
environment, have on man? (A s t ~ ~ d emay
n t not
~rcccivccredit for both 101 and 103.) Dist.: Yes.
BUS 221-8105
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I
Stoller
Int~udicctionto business activities, basic concepts and
lundamcntals of accounting, the a c c o ~ ~ n t i ncycle
g and
preparation of financial statements. Dist . No.
S:30-10:51J 11 I I I
M,T,W,T/l,F
OM23
BUS 242-8106
PRINCIPLES OF
MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Development of tlie tlicory of managc~ucnt,organi~ation,staffing, planning and control.'Slic n a t u ~ cof
a~~tliority,
accountability and responsibility, analysis
of tlic role or Lhc professional Inanagcr Dist : No.
6:fJO-9:00 JI.III,
M,T, W,Tlr
OM2.Z
BUS 252-8107
PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING
Meziou
Basic policy and strategy issi~csin
ma1 keting. I>cgal,cthical, competitive, beliavio~al,
economic and technological factors as they affect
prc~di~ct,
prc~motion,ma1 kcting channel and p~icing
decisions. Dist.: No
8:.?0-J 0:50 11 111
M,T, W,'~/I,/-'
OM 13
ENG 225-8113
INTERMEDIATE
EXPOSITORY WRITING
Schmidt
The development of essays in a val icty 01 lrletorical
I ~ a r t i c ~ ~attmtin~i
lar
will Lx given to stylistic
and organizational mattels througl~the course's
workshclp format
Prercq : ENG 111
6:00-9:OU p.111
M,'I,W,Tlr
OM29
w
ENG 351-8115
AMERICAN LITERATURE
SINCE 1920
Palosaari
A study of some recent and contemporary writers and
literary mo\,ements.Attention is given to the dynamics
of American society and its intricate relationship to
the literature. Special emphasis is ~ i v e nto the city as
settintr and svmbol in modern
:an literature.
kcs
w.
BUS 301-8110
MORALITY OF CAPITALISM
Schield
Is there a mural fclilndatio~ito Capitalism? As a social
system bascd on a malkct monomy, Capitalism may be
practical,but ~~nlc?;s
it ismoral it lacks humanity And
givcn the many forms of Capitalism, whid~ofthesc,are
moral? This coulsc f t r u s c ~on contcmporaly authors who
argue that unde~certain conditions Capitalism can bemord.
Emplwsis is ~ 1 1 a1 n i ~ d c p t hvc~baland writtmanalysis of the
pcr;itio~isadvanccd by tllcsc vcly asscrtivc authors.
6:UO-9:OO
M,T, W,'1'11
OM27
EDU 388-8143
HUMAN RELATIONS
Mueller
Emphasis on the study 11f values, of commu~iication
techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for Ihe development of interpersonal relations
skills applicable to teaching and other professional
vclcations. Open to all Dis t : No (1Rco~11sc).
Rcq~~ired
for all Elc~nentaryalld Secondary Education majors.
5:30-8:30 {I 111
M, W
lM25
I
N O M I C S
ECO 110-8111
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUFC
Study of economic implications of
metro-urban en\,ironment. By indl
Dist.: Yes.
Ar~nr~gcd
,.bells
facing a
.,..A,.
-
ECO 112-8112
PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS
Gupta
I~itroductionto macro-economics; national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international
trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:00 p.111.
M,T, W,Tlr,F
EDU 264-8140
ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION
IN AN URBAN SETTING
Germundsen
Stildv and investi~ationof various aspects of the
tcacl;ing plofessi;.
Dist.: Yes, when combuied wi
EDE 363 or EDS 352. (1/ 2 course)
C
6:OO-9:00 /I.III
M,W
EDS 282-8141
INTRODUCTION T O
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Introduction to tlie field of special education Examines
tlic nat~lrc,causes, and educational interventions for
such cxccptionalities as mental retardation, physical
disability, hearing and vision impairnient, learning
disabilities, behavior disorders
and giftedness Dist.:..No.
- . -.
...
GER 111-8116
BEGINNING GERMAN 1
Quanbeck
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and
reading basic German for students with no pre\lious
background in German. Dist.: Yes.
S:30-10:50 n 111
M,T,W,T/!,F
SPA 111-8117
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section I)
Kingsley
SPA 111-8118
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section I)
Kineslev
" ,
to develop four basic skills: Understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of clemc~ltarySpanish
Introduction to culti~rcof Spanish-speaking world.
Dist.: Yes
S:30-10:50 n
111
M,T.W,Tlr.F(Scctiolr I)
HPE 114-8120
SAFETY EDUCATION
Enos
Principles and practices of safety cducation in school
and co~nmunitylifc. Includes information about
school health programs and prevalent health needs
and problems of school age children, and American
Red Cross First Aid course Dist.: No (1/2 coursc )
5:UU - S:00 p 111
T,Tlr
OM25
HIS 341-811~
TOPICS IN EUROPEAN HISTORY:
20THCENTURY BRITAIN
Zehnder
This course examines Britain during a cent~lryof
glorious decline I'olitics and culture from thc
Edwardian era a1 the tr~p,the World Wars and
Depression, postwar adji~strncnts,and Thatcher's
efforts to give Britain a second wind and a placc in the
new European commi~nity.
12:UO-3:UO p 111.
M,T, W,TII
OM12
I
INS 199-8138
INS 399-8139
INTERNSHIPS
Arranged
-1
MAT 173-8122
MATH OF INTEREST
Kaminsky
Have you ever wondered why women have been
charged more than men for annuities and received
lower pension benefits than men? Or why women
have paid less than men for lifc insurance? Or how
life insurance p r e n i i ~ l ~ are
n s calculated? Or how
installment loan payments arc f i g ~ ~ r eout?
d Or how
much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain
lump sum or iumual payment at a certain date in the
future? Then this coursc may be meant for you
These and other interesting and usefill topics in the
mathematics of financial transactions will be covered.
This course shoitld bc useful for s t ~ ~ d e nint sbusiness
and economics or for any s t ~ ~ d e ninterested
ts
in
careers in finance-related fields. Dist.: Yes Math
Placement Group I11
6:.?0-9:30 p.111.
M,
SC1 I12
MUS 218-8138
CREATIVE ARTS FOR
CPECIAL NEEDS
Metzler
or students and professionals interested in learning
LLI develop recreational music activities for people
with special needs Basic Music Therapy techniqucs;
also Orff Schulweik and non-traditional guitar
Dist : No (1/2 course)
30-1 1 5 0 ~ . I I I . M,W
^
PHI 110-8123
INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY
Appoloni
This coursc provides the student with some experience
in examining ideas and thereby sharpening the critical
and analytical skills required to evaluate and
construct a system of ideas and beliefs
S:30-10:5U n 111.
M,T,W,T/i,F
OM1 6
PHY 106-8124
INTRODUCTORY METEOROLOGY
Jasperson
The course provides a workuig knowledge of the basic
science principles required for understanding weather
and chnatc. Attcntiun will be givcn to the overall
weather patterns of the earth and to many varied aspects
of tlie weather Dist.: Yes Math Placc~nentGroup 11.
1:004:00 p III.
M,T,W,TIl
OM13
I
I
POL 121-8125
INTRODUCTION T O AMERICAN
GOVERNMENT
Morris
The politics of A~nr.rlcangc~vc?-n~~~t!nl
Including thc
forms of political ~cl~v~is;
lht' Ix!ll~'rnoi ~ltirticipation;
the dynamics of ctrri~n?;s~r~n,rl,
~~~'t.hidcnlial
and
bureaucratic policy t~i~lklnj;;
~trclc~lrrcnlissues in
American society Dist.: Ycs.
9:30-71:50 17.rrr.
M,T,W,TI!,F
OM25
POL 342-8126
SPC 342-8145
MASS COMMUNICATIONS
IN SOCIETY
Hedblom
Effects of mass comm~~nications
on individual
behavior; the uses and control of mass media for
political and social purposes including a study of
censorship, newsmaking, cntertainmcnt and public
affairs pr~gr~amming.
Dist.: Yes.
2:00-5:00 ~ . I J J . M, 7', W, Tlr, F
OM27
relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice,
racism, and the rolc of self-understanding.
( P / N grading only.) Dist.: Yes.
OM10
5:00-8:OU p.111.
M,T,W,TIi
SOC 375-8133
Gerasimo
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
An cxarnination of the idea of "group," its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis
of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part
thcy play in ~~nderstanding
intcrpcrsonal relations
and human behavior. Prcreq.: SOC 121
S:3U-10:50 n.111. M,T,W,Tlr,F
OM29
SOC 399-8134
INTERNSHIPS
Arranged
Hesser
SPC 329-8135
INTERCULTURAL
COMMUNICATION
Lapakko
POL 459-8127
Thisrrjrlrw will cxlrlo1.c brhllr lhr' probll~tllhll~ldIhc
THE FRAMEWORK OF EUROPEAN
pott-~~liill
trl'n~~n~nnnirstir~~r
Ix,lrvo:rt IWIWIIS rrfrliffi6~.c.rrl
COMMUNlTY FORMATION
Hedblom
nllltlr,lt ~::T"UI~!%l'rl~~41~s
s11cll ;ti t ' I ~ ~ l l l . ~ . ~ r l I ~ / ~ t ~ \ .
This course will analyze the formation of the
~ I r r i * r ~ t y l ~pr~judicr.,
~ng,
f*i<Ir
~.xperbli~rrl:~,
v;,~lue,,irnrl
Furn(-c~n
C't)m~~ulnily
i r ~ c l ~ ~ Llrc
t l i ~I:r~ropi!an
r~
l : c o ~ i t > ~C.-c)~iirri~~~~ity,
~~it~
~ I I L i- ~ ~ c ~ , ~ a si ~i nn}p: t ~ r l ~ of
l ~ ~ c i -1ic111-vr-rbnlqrrnhol:, will hr rh,irnirlcll.
l?:olt-3:(~1~ I , I I I ,
M,T,w,'~.~I
()~IIs
tlit. E u r t j l ~ ~ ei ~nr n r r r ~ r u ~ini i Erlrrlpcalt
y
d l i ~ lwurltl
n r dIrrrlr!)~c~l~lt!nl
.
5,rninar
pvelils wlll lhr c ~ ~ . ~ t r ~ iAn
SPC 347-8136
with four sessions: May 31, June 7, 14 and 21.
DOCUMENTARY VIDEO
Bart
9:30-11:50 n.111
F
SC1319
A video production course which integrates lecture
and criticism with hands-on expericnce dealing with
non-fiction subjects. Sh~dcntswill work in production
teams, gaining experience in ficld production and editing.
PSY 105-8128
9:30-11:50n.rr!.
M,T,W.Tlr,F
FOSS A V Se~rririflr~
GENERAL PSI L ~ v L ~ G Y
Dyrud
t
An introduction to the methods and approaches used
in psychology for the purpose of understanding
behavior. The structure of the field of psychology is
r
' isized, including its major sub-areas. Dist.: Yes.
0 0I .
M, T, W, 7'11
OM16
REL 369-8129
RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION IN
MODERN LITERATURE
Skibbe
Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism
and world view. Reading and discussion of nine
works (novels, poetry, etc.). Dist.: Yes.
9:30-11:50 n.111.
M,T,W,TI?
OM27
SWK 260-8131
HUMANS DEVELOPING
SPC 354-8137
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
White
A study dlprap d y m k s wd batfcrsldp with
emphas~son lndon d ~ t u d
to docision makink s y k s
of leadership, n~ul
conflict man~%emmt."niiuC O W
comblnes IW~UI'C with pnutical e x p u h c e !u he$ the
student become a more effect~veand product~ve
member of a task-orlcnted small group
9 30-1 1 50 n.111
M,T, W,Tlr,F
SC1112
Peters
PtuvId~b w t e d p dhuaan pwth thpygh hUfr
cyE6C,*fuidkt inlqiay 01 ~
l
~bialoatal.
i nnd,
psyUI-1
fmw$ w M Innu~vmtheigrurnthcd
Tndlvldunlsmdf n r d h ihumt~npotd~y
American
f c ~ e Growth
s
related to populahons and groups whtch
represent e t h c and/or Lf-tyle ~ I V P K Ih~n ~ c t\In
I2 00-3 00 p 111
M,T,W,TIi
lM25
SOC 265-8132
RACIAL AND MINORITY
Gerasimo
GROUP RELATIONS
The dimensions of racial and minority g r o u ~
A~gsburg
College
Summer S_chool
I
I
I
OOHmOma
I'
EDE 387-8236
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: LANGUAGE ARTS
Therres
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for l a n g ~ ~ a garts
c at the kindergarten and
elemental y Icvcls. Laborato~y expcl.icnces
Prcrcq.: EDE 255 or EDS 265. (1R course)
: ( - 2 I I
T,Tlr
L4
June 24 -August 2
- - ---
1
I
ART 132-820G
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I)
Friederichsen
ART 132-8201
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11)
Friederichsen
The camera ~ ~ s as
c da tool for vist~alcreativity and
expression: using black and white photograpl~ic
processes Need access to a 351nni calilcra Dist : Yes.
Estimated cost of lilm, ctc : $150 00-$175.00.
(Class size limited )
1 : - J i I
M, W ( S L ' C ~ 1)
~OII
5 : - 9 : I
M,W (Sectio~r11)
BUS 222-8202
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING 11
Solnick
Illt~oductionto bus~ncssactivities, accounting for
corporalions Basic ct)nccpts and fundamentals of
Ilianag" ial acco~~nting,
planning and controlling
prtrcssc3, decision-niaking and bchaviord considerations.
Dist : No.
I'rercq : BUS 221
10:-I 3 I I
M,T, W.Tlr,F
OM11
BUS 242-8203
PRINCIPLES OF
MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Development of the theory uf management, organization, staffing, planning and control.The nature of
authority, accc~i~ntability
and responsibility, 'inalysis
of the role of the professional m~inagerDist : No.
6:OO-900 11 111
M,T,W,Tlr
OM23
BUS 323-8204
ACCOUNTING THEORY
AND PRACTICE I1
Kader
An analysis of accoi~ntingtlicol-y pertaining to
invcstnlcnts, Langiblc and intangible fixed assets,
liabilities and ~ c s ved,
e ~ acti~nrialtopics. Additional
cmpliasis on income dctcrmination, considering p~ice
Icvcl changes Dist: No. I'rcrcq : BUS 322
6:UlJ-9:30 p 111,
M, W
OM12
BUS 340-8205
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Cerri to
l'ersonncl function in business, acquisition and
utilization of h u ~ n a nresources; dcsirablc working
relationships; effective integration of the worker with
tlie g o d s of the firm and society Prcreq.: BUS 242
6:00-9:30 }i.~rr.
T,Tlr
OM11
ECO 110-8206
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
S t ~ ~ of
d y~ C O I I O I I I ~ Cin~plicatio~ls
of p ~ ~ b l e m
facing
s
a
metro-urban environment. By independent s t ~ ~ only
dy
Dist : Yes.
AI 1n11pi
EDE388-8237
HUMAN RELATIONS
Cle~nnions
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
tcchniq~~cs,
a i d of the major minority groLlps in
Minncwta for the developnient of interpc~sonalrelations
skills~~pplicablc
to tFdiing and other profcssk)~ialvocations
Open to all Dist : No (1/2 course) Required for all
Elenientary and Secondary Education majors
1:512:I
I
M, W
OM25
ECO 113-8207
PRINCIPLES OF MICRO-ECONOMICS
Sabella
hitroduct~onto micro-economics, the theory of the
liouscliold, firm, market structi~rcsand income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
theory to market policy. Dist.: Yes
OM29
ECO 315-8208
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION I)
Gupta
ECO 315-8209
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION 11)
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial
banks, and Lhc Federal Reserve System; monetary
lieory and policy Dist.: No I'rereq.: Eco 112, 113
:I-9: I
M.W (Sectiorr I)
5:OU-9:30 p 111.
T,TII (Scctiu~~
11)
L7
INTRODUCTION T O
CINEMA ARTS
Mitchell
An investigationof the a~tisticqi~alitieand the liistorical
drvelo~mentof the film niedium. Tlie coulse includes the
HIS 115-8213
MODERN MIDDLE EAST
Zehnder
This is a survey of Lhc volatile Middle East from the rise
ol nationalism and tlic dcclu~eof the Turkish Ottoman
Empile in tlie 19th Century to tlic current crisis hot
spots in the I'ersian Gulf and the Levant The goal is a
better ~~ndcrstanduig
of how the Middle East readled its
conteniporaly co~nplexity,its role in the wider world
10:OlJ-17:30 n.111 M,T,W,TIl,F
OM13
PHI 130-8216
LOGIC
Apolloni
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says
you 111ilstaccept a particular concli~sion.Must you?
When docs a conclusion validly follow from premisc
I-lcre we examine tlie rules which govern valid
argi~mcntsand work to develop your ability to
rccog~~izc
and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-955 n 111
M,T,W,Tlr,F
OM16
THY
EDU 341-8231
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
Strandberg
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through the use of instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, production, and
evaluation of effective ai~dio-\,isual materials c-teaching/learning sit~~ations.
Dist.: No. (1 / 2 c
10:05-12:10 }I.III.
T,Th
t
ENG 282-8211
THE HEROIC JOURNEY
Griffin
This course will study archetypal patterns of the
heroic journey, as well as specific examples of such
journeys. It will emphasize thc ideas of Joseph
Canipbell, but will also consider other interpretations
of heroic journeys. Since western civilization usually
assumes that the hero is a man, usually a white man
belonging to a warrior class, we will analyze the
heroic warrior myth both as it is depicted in ancient and
medieval epics and myths, but also as it appears in
contemporary American popular narratives. But tlie
heroic journey is a human journey, and thus the
course will also emphasize the lleroic journcys of
women a i d men who may be neither white nor warriors
as they are depicted in folktales a i d novels. Dist.: Yes.
A' "'
6:00-9:30 p.111,
W25
EDE375-8232
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
Graves
<inderprtcn curl i c i ~ l ~ ~materials,
ni,
teaching approaches
Lab. a1 r. Prerequisite to student teaching at kuidc~garten
lcvcl a i d h) obtaining a license for tcaching at that level.
Dist.: No. (1 /2 course) IJrerecl : Consent of instructor
EDE377-8233
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: SCIENCE
Stangl
Examination and preparation of niatelials and
resou~cesfor science at the kindergarten -*.-'
elementary lcvcl (1/4 course)
11:40-1:25 p ni.
M,W /111y15-AIIS.
v~vdl2
EDE383-8234
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: PHYSICAL
EDUCATION, HEALTH
Bayless
Examina tion and !reparation of rnater~alsand
resources for phys~caleducation and health at tlie
kindergarten and elementary levels Lab experiences
Dist : No (1/2 course)
1:5-2:l I I
M , ,I
FI
5
2
L4
EDE 386-8235
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
Parker
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for children's literature at the kindergarten and
clcmentary levels Lab exp','i"nr"' Dist.: No (1/2course)
6:01J-9:30 p.111.
M
L4
EER
112-8212
.
E
EGINNING GERMAN [I
Quanbeck
lassroom practice in speaking, understanding and
eading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Yes.
OM10
:lo-955 n.111
M,T,W,Tlr
PA 112-8213
EGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I)
'
Kingsley
%PA 112-8214
Kingsley
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11)
i i m s to develop the four basic skills: understanding,
;peaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish.
~ntroductionto culture of Spanish-speaking world.
Dist.:Ycs.
8:10-955 n 111.
M,T, W,'r11 (Sectic111I)
5:30-7:15 p.111
M,T, W,TII (Sectiorr 11)
OM18
Irl-
ASTRONOMY
Stenstrom
Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Explain optical
instruments; usel2-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch
Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prereq.: Math
Placement Group 11
l.30-3:15 p.m.
M,T,W,T"
OM16
POL 475-8220
THE LEGAL PROCESS
Fishman
The course seeks to provide the undergraduate
student with an introductory understanding of the
functioning of our legal system. As such, it will explore:
the law's interdependence with the social environment; the law's social junctions; the social and ~noral
limits of the law; and, the law as a system, describin:
the aspects and problems of each of the law's agenci
(courts, legislative, administrative,w d er-, ~~~,~
<,";
5:30-9:0U p.111.
T,TIi
jY 362-8218
ZHAVIORAL DISORDERS
Leitschuh
. ..i uih.duction to maladaptive human behaviors from
tlie social, organic <mdpsychological points of view.
Visitation to a variety of community service agencies will
accompany classroom le'aming. Dist.: No. Prcreq.: FSY 105
OM1 1
1 : - 5 I
M,T,W,TIi
PSY 373-8219
ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Leitschuh
Theoretical conceptualizations of orjianizational
bcliavior Factors and practices such as management
styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. Prereq.: PSY 105
10:05-I 1:30 n.111. M,T, W,Tfi,F
OM10
--
-SOC
- - 121--PRINCIF
OF SOCIOLOGY
Pike
The rhetoric of selected American feminists will be
malyzed in order 1)to develop a rhetorical perspective
a American feminism, and 2) to develop skidl in
#ogt;ym.
T,Th
OM10
&
SOC265-8224
RACIAL AND MINORITY
SOC 3568225
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
CORRECTIONS
Analvsis of adult correctionalw o ~ r a m and
s processes.
~ect;res, discussion, and sitetiszs to correc'tional
institutions and government offices. Dist.: No.
1:30-5:00 p.m.
T,Th
OM25
SOC 399-8226
INTERNSHIPS
SPC 414-8228
INS 414-8229
FEMINIST RHETORIC
Hesser
\
1
-4
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1990
Augsburg College
Minneapolis
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1990
Introduction
..*..*
...-....-...*.......2
•
.......................................3
About this Catalog .....................3
Calendar
Options .....l..4..tt...*H...*...MH1.1..II...
3
Visiting S... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1990
Augsburg College
Minneapolis
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1990
Introduction
..*..*
...-....-...*.......2
•
.......................................3
About this Catalog .....................3
Calendar
Options .....l..4..tt...*H...*...MH1.1..II...
3
Visiting Students
.......................4
.....................5
UMAIE Courses .......................48
Other Courses ...........................49
Augsburg Lifetime Sports ......50
Augsburg Courses
Introduction t o Interim
I n t e r i m is an integral part of the schoolyear at Augsburg College.
The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week~ a n u a r ~
Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both
students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and
to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible
during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should
plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for
class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring
semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during
Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not
to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale.
Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit
basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system;
this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division
standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the
student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous
grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one
Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at
Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation).
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis
of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or
handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended,
in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
For More Information
Interim Office (Memorial 230)
Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, 330-1192(Memorial 114b)
Interim Calendar 1990
...............................Interim Registration
.............................................Late Interim Registration
............................................................
s t Day of Interim
October 30 - November 3
December 4
January 2
Class I 9:00 a.m.
Class I1 la0 p.m.
January 3
January 16
....................................................Last Day for CanceUAdd
.............................. Last Day for Determining Grading
System with Regisbar
January 19 .....................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
January 26 ..................................................................
I nt
i Ends
.......................
...................................................
Validation of Spring Class Registration
January 30
January 31
Spring Semester Begins
Thc time and number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning Zimc will bc arranged the first day of class. The daily
schcdule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes
Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with
a special convocation on Monday, January 15, at 1 p.m.
About This Catalog
Tfwcataloglists coursesby departments. Departments atrlisted in
alpkabctical odcr. At the end of the book are listings of other
courses not offcrcd by Augsburg but recognized by the collegc for
Interim crcdit. Further descriptions and information a h u t tltw
courws are available in the Intcrirn Office, Mcmoria1230. Studcnts
may aIsu rcgistcr for one of the li fctimc sports 1istcd a t t hc cnd of the
Catalog.
Options
International Interim-Students arc invited to bc part of one of the
23 international interims offcrcdby the Uppcr Midwest Association for lntcmationfll Education (U M AIE). Thcsc course opportuni ties arc listed near the cnd of this catalog.
Internships-January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental
requirements and present a signed internship learning agreement
plan to theInternshipOffice (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the
last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 8). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during
Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately
4 weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the
Internship and Cooperative Education office.
Independent or Directed Study-Studentsmay elect a program of
independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower
division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibilityfor more than one independent
study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or
directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervising faculty member.
This proposal must be submitted at least one week before
registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate
study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any
other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim
Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for
registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other
Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 41-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not
necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered
for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for
the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's
home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students
for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special
fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $650
for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an
Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their
own school. There is an applicationprocessingfee of $10. Students
are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so.
Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Courses
Art
The Florida Keys: Art, Biology and
Creative Writing
Instructors: Phil Thompson, Ralph Sulerud, & John
Mitchell
This interdisciplinary program of study will be based at
Aupburg Collcg~and for about ten days at theNcwfound
Harbor Marinc lnstitute and wiIl involve thrce distinct
coursc offerings for credit: 1 1 Drawing and Wa tercolar,
taught by Phil Thompsonof the Art.Dcpnrtrncnt; 2) Marinc
t3iology Studies, taught by Ralph Sulcrud of the Biology
Dcpartrncnt; and 3) Crcalivcr Writing: Ttie Prose Poem,
taught by John Mitchcll of Ihc Englisl~Dcpartrncnt.
The Interdisciplinarycon~porrcntwill involvc a t least thrce
daysof ficld lripsconductudby tlicinsti tu tc and itsper.wnncl: patch rccfsrs,mangovcswamps, tide pools intcrtidnl
cornmunilies, seagrass systems, ctc. Studcnts will also
have opporlunitics to visit Kcy Wcst and thc Ernest
Hcmingway House. The instrucloss will cadi provide
introductory lccturcs and exercises on campus during thc
first wcckbcforc departure, emphasizing thc rncthods and
goals of Ihcir rcspcctivc disciplincs. Each studcnt will
pnrticipa te in a projcct for cnch discipline as well as complete the rcqttircmcnts for thc coursc for which crrclit will
be given.
The fee for transportation, lodging, and most meals will be
approximately $1200.
Drawing and Watercolor in the Florida
Keys
ART 116-40011
Instructor: Phil Thompson
An introduction to the fundamentals of design in nature
and the basic techniquesof drawing and watercolor. There
will be practice in drawing and watercolor media as a
method of documenting and interpreting travel experience. We will study the visual implications and history of
coastal landscapes.
Evaluationwill be based on the quality of the drawings and
paintings along with participation and artistic growth
factors.
Students will be required to provide their own drawing
and painting materials.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I
Room: Old Main 4
W Life Drawing
ART 247-40001
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art
students.
The figure will be depicted in various settings with a
variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will
extend from three minutes to an hour. You will be introduced to the 2B and 4 8 pencils, colored pencils and the felt
tip pen.
Fee: $30 due the first day of class
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I
Room: Old Main 17
Biology
Plants and Civilization
BIO 102-40002
Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg
Adiscussion of the impact that plants have made on almost
every area of our society. Historically they have influenced
world exploration, politics, military campaigns, health
care, religious'beliefs, crime and many other areas of our
social history. We will take a look at an array of topics
ranging from the spice trade to the Lindbergh kidnapping
and thc influence that plants played in each incident.
Grades will be based on examinations.
Distribution: Biology/Chemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
Viruses: At the Threshold of Life
BIO 116-40003
Instructor: Robert Herforth
Most biologists consider viruses to be the simplest form of
life. Most viruses consist basically of a few genes surrounded by a protein coat. They are able to function and
multiply only as parasites inside living cells. For all their
seeming simplicity, some of the most dreaded diseases
afflicting humans are caused by viruses, including polio,
rabies, AIDS, and some forms of cancer. This course will
begin with a short history of some major discoveries on
viruses, followed by a study of the structure of viruses, and
their multiplication in and effects on living cells. We will
also look at the ways in which the body defends itself
against viral invasion, at the development of vaccines and
new anti-viral drugs, and at some important diseases
caused by viruses, including AIDS. Grades will be based
on several quizzes and exams given during the course.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 213
Florida Keys Marine Biology Sf-udies
BIO 14040049;340-40050
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of
marine organisms and marine ecology. About two weeks
will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute
located on Big Pine Key. The institute offers laboratory
facilitiesand field trips in addition to housing and a dining
hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse habitats
suchas thoseof shallowbays, coral reefs, mangrove swamps
and intertidal areas. Organisms from these communities
and others will be investigated onsite and in thelaboratory.
A marine biologist will be available to lead the field trips
and conduct specialized classes.
Preparation for the excursion to the keys will be made
during the first week. This will include an introduction to
marine biology utilizinga variety of audiovisual materials.
The final week will be devoted to study and the preparation of a paper.
The course will have an interdisciplinary component with
students interacting with students from John Mitchell's
writing class and Philip Thompson's art course and with
each student completing a project related to one of the
other disciplines.
Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the
program, a final examination and a paper on a selected
topic related to marine biology. Upper division students
will do a special research project.
Further information will be found listed under THE FLORIDA KEYS at the beginning of the list of courses.
Prerequisites: Permission of Instructor and for upper
division credit, Biology 111 and 112 or equivalent.
Time: I
Room: Science 212
Business
Entrepreneurship
BUS 295-40079
Instructor: John Cerrito
Thc objcd of this c l ~ s is
s to provide students who are not
majoring in busincss with cntrcprcncurial skills for starting and running a small busincss.
The student will be exposed to various aspects of small
business management and will be required to prepare a
business plan for a "model" busincss. The student will be
evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests and
performances on small business case studies.
Business majors may not take this course for credit.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 3
Chemistry
A Laboratory Introduction To Chemistry
CHM 113-40005
Instructor: Earl Alton
Substancesarc changcd in to ncw ma tcriaIs; colors change,
solids wparatc out of solution. Chrrnislry is thc scict~ce
which tries to ttnderstclnd tl-tcsc and many othcr changes
occurring in rnatkr ~rourldus. Onc way to bccomc introduccd to chcmistr and 10 cxarnplcs of problem solving in
thc scicnccs is to o lalwntory cxpcrfmcnts. This c o n r s
prcscntsan i ~ ~ t r o d u c ttoi ochcmislry
~~
using thc laboratory
as the dlief arena for inslruction. Students will bc intro-
d
duccd to rncasuremcnls, rcactinns,cl~cmicalproblcmsolving such as idcntificatian of simple ions in soIt~tionand
dctcnnination of amounts of rnatcrials bawd upon the
colors of solutions. A fcw expcrimcn ts may invcllvc m k ing ncw rnatcrials. Tn all cases, propcr attention to tcchniqucs and snfc practices in thc laboratory i s expected.
Rc orts will bt rcquircd for each cxpcrimci~t.Tho course
wi 1 meet cvcry wcckday afternoon for thrcc hours. 'I'hc
gradc will bc bascd upon the qualiy of the laboratory
work, tl~claboratory rcpnrts summanzing the work, and
an exam at the end of the course.
Distribution: BiologylChemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 322
P
H High Vacuum Technology and Gas
Dynamics
CHM 325-40004
Instructor: Joan Kunz
High vacuum technology is crucial to many current "high
technologies," including advances in experimental science
in all fields, production of semiconductors and superconductors, and manipulation of gases and "sensitive" materials. Despite this, general awareness of high vacuum
technologies lags far behind their development. This
course will acquaint the student with technologies currently employed in producing and monitoring a high
vacuum environment, and with the physical behavior of
gases and surfaces under vacuum conditions. Activities
will include both seminars and laboratory sessions, some
in conjunction with Physics 325. Students will learn to use
high vacuum pumps and gauges, a modern mass spectrometer, and PC-based computer controllers and computer-compatible sensors.
Grades will be based on laboratory work, two quizzes, and
a paper.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 351 and 353, or Physics 245
Time: I1
Room: Science 319
Computer Science
H Fortran
CSC 270-40012
Instructor: Larry Ragland
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for
students wi th some previous knowledge of programming.
This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will
involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming
assignments and examinations.
Prerequisites: One course with a study of computer
language (e.g., CSC 170 or MAT 175)
Time: I
Room: Science 112
Economics
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 113-40006
Instructor: Satya Gupta
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the
household, firm,market structures and income distribution. There will be an application of elementary economic
theory to market policy.
Grades will be based on tests in class.
Distribution: Economics/PoliticalScience
Time: I
Room: Library 1
Histo y of Economic Thought
ECO 219-40013
Instructor: Richard Hemog
A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in
the context of the political, economic, and social settings of
the time. Emphasis will be on tracing long-term secular
trends in economic thinking in an attempt to provide a
framework for understanding and analyzing current social problems.
I. Ancient Economic Thinking
11. The Medieval Period
111. Mercantilism
IV. Classical
V. Socialist/Utopian
VI. Modern
Primarily lecture/discussion depending on class size. If
small class (less than 101, seminar style may be more
appropriate. A major research paper (minimum of 10
pages) would be required. Final exam would be essay on
three of five topics.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
Business, Government and Society:
Economic Analysis of the Legal
Foundations of Business
ECO 319-40007
Instructor: Milo Schield
Objectives: To understand, utilize and evaluate, the policy
tools from rnicroeconomicanalysis; the applicationof these
tools to analyze social behavior (cf. marriage, children,
divorce, crime, etc.); the economic analysis of basic legal
topics (property, contract and tort liability); the economic
analysis of the legal foundations of business (price controls, quotas, tariffs, taxes and strict liability); the use of
economicefficiency as a normative criteria (Isan inefficient
legal remedy an unjust solution?).
Textbooks: Posner: The Economic Analysis of Law;
Kuperberg & Beitz: Law, Economics and Philosophy.
Math Level: No calculus; only geometry and verbal reasoning.
Approach: Readings, lecture, discussions, weekly quizzes, paper and final.
Evaluation: Quizzes (15%),final (30%),paper (40%)and
participation (15%).
Audience: Students interested in the relation between
business, government and society (specifically those
interested in strategic planning, public affairs or political economy).
Prerequisites: Upper class standing and one of the following courses: Microeconomics, Political Philosophy,
Law in the U.S.,Western Political Thought or Complex
Organizations (Sociology) or permission of instructor.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 2
Contemporay Economic Relations
Between East and West
ECO 319-40010
Instructor: Magda Paleczny-Zapp
In this course, we'll explore motivations for economic
cooperation between countries with different political and
economic systems. This will be followed by the analysis of
theconditions for East-West economiccooperation and its
patterns. Wc'll focus on rcccn t developmcnts in joint
cconomic and industrial cooperation. Students will share
an understanding of cconomic relations at the national
Icvcl and scc how nations with diffcrcnt cconomic and
political systems employ the principles of politics and
economics to their own domestic and international affairs.
Using comparative means, institutions and systems that
drive commerce and governance will be explored and
clxplaincd i~~cluding
rcccnt inst i tu tinnal changes in the
directing of forcign tradc in ccntrally-planncd economics.
Thcn, at thc global Icvel, the cffccts of GATT, EEC and
CMEA on East-West economic relations will be examined.
At the end of the course, we'll try to identify trends and
alternatives in the 1980s.
There will be a mid-tern test, a final exam (take home) and
a research paper.
Prerequisites: Economics 112 (Macro)
Time: I
Room: Foss Mini-Seminar
H Economic Research Methods: Theory and
Application
ECO 495-40008
Instructor: Ed Sabella
The primary objective of h i s course is to provide a rclativcl non-tcdmical cxposi tion of the more c~mrnonly
usc research tcchniqucs in business administration and
the social sciences. The basic assumptions of the classical
linear re ression model will be presented along with
methods or dealing with violations of those assumptions.
Time permitting, other research techniques such as discriminant analysis, factor analysis, principal components
and the Bayesian approach will be examined.
It is assumed that the student has a limited but basic
understanding of the techniques of statistical inference.
Results will be generally presented without proof, with
reliance placed on intuitive justification.
Grades will bebased on weekly assignmentsand on a final.
Prerequisites: Bus. Admin. 279 or equivalent course or
consent of instructor
Time: I1
Room: Science 213
d'
7
Education
International Education
EDS 3534054
Instructor: Rich Germundsen
Modem communication, ease of intercontinental travel,
and the proliferation of supernational corporate structures demand increased awareness of other nations' cultural infrastructures. This course presents anexamination
and comparison of selected Western and non-Western
educational systems as well as an investigationof possible
careers in international education. Special attention will
be directed toward Scandinavian, Central and South
American models. There will be lectures, discussions and
guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on
quizzes, class participation, and an investigative project.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, or permission of
instructor; Orientation to Education; Principles of Sociology or a modern history course.
Time: I1
Room: Library 4
Media Technology
EDE 341-40015
Instructor: John Bowlis
Students will be involved with the psychological and
physical dimensions of communicationthrough the use of
instructional and informational technology.
Class members will be exposed to the selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual
materials for teachingbeaming situations. Computer
training will be included and each student will leave the
class with word processing skills.
Studentswill survey current softwarematerials foreducational and instructional settings.
This is a hands-on course intended for elementary and
secondary education majors. Grades will be based on
projects, papers and final exam. This is a one-half credit
course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process.
Time: I Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Foss 170
Discovery Learning in the World of
Kindergarten
EDE 375-40016
Instructors: Mary Endorf, Bruce Drewlow
This class prepares students for the unique experiences
and responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom.
This class will:
A. Stress kcy adul t/child relationships.
B. Stress curricuIum developmcn t and instructional
systems w I~iclzarc su pprtcd by current research and
practices in cducation settings.
C. Strcss kcy adult/child relationships.
D. Strcss process-"how to learn".
E. Sharc rcscarch-bascd findings about developmentally appropriate classroom organizational plans.
F. Rccagnize canlinui tics and discontinuities in development (characteristics of the kindergarten child).
G. Examine appropriate developmental instruction
practices.
H. Examine appropriate curriculum design and instructional programs meeting the needs of the kindergarten student.
I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of
the kindergarten child.
J. Include guest speakers and field trips.
Objcctivcs of thc class: At the cornplction of this class thc
studcnt will bc ablc to identify:
c
1, Dcvelopmenbl ncods of t l ~ kindcrgartcn.
Discuss thc diffcrcnt approachcs to kindcrgartcn
2.
education and the theories bchind thcsc approachcs.
3. O r g a n i a~classroom cnvironmcnt to mce t khc Icaming needs of students.
4. Identify and create a curriculum plan for teaching
kindergarten that meets both the students' needs and
the teaching style of the teacher.
Grades will be based on projects, discussion and examination. This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process.
Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Library 4
Kindergarten-Elementa y Curriculum:
~ a n g u a g Arts
e
EDE 387-40014
Instructor: Vicki Olson
This course will involve an examination and pre aration of
materials and resources for language arts at the indergarten and elementary levels. It will be an on-site course
taughtinconjunctionwi th Dimvcty-Lcamingin theworld
of Kindergarten. TIICclass will mcct a t Willard Elementary
School and will involve classroom work with children.
This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: EDE 255 or EDS 265
Time: I
Room: Library 4
E
Human Relations
EDS 388-40017
Instructor: Mildred Mueller
This class provides vnluahle insight intu tile valrres, cornmunicalinn icchniquus, cr~llural Inorcs and otlicr unique
cl~aractcristicsof major minority groups in Minnesota.
T h i s class is taiight from n pcrspcctivc of minority group
members with i r i l~ractionfrom class rncrnbcrs.
How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a
classroom setting? How might you gain more knowledge
of our global society?
Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teachine and other vrofessional vocations.
This is a one-hafi credit couise.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process.
Time: I1 Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Old Main 21
Student Teaching
EDS 48140018; EDE 481-40022
EDS 482-40019; EDE 482-40023
EDS 483-40020; EDE 483-40024
EDS 484-40021; EDE 48440025
Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson
Observing and directing Icarning under supervision of
college and secondary scl~oalpersonnel. This is a full day
experience in a school. Grading is P/N only.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and
permission of instructor.
The Prose Poem: Creative Writing in the
Florida Keys
ENG 234-40031; 345-40033
Instructor: John Mitchell
The purpose of this course is to introduce students to
creative writing and to refine the creative writing of more
experienced students through attention to fidelity of imagery and integrityof simile,metaphor,rhythm, and sound.
The prose poem is a friendly, productive form to achieve
these goals because of its emphasis upon down-to-earth
personal observation and reportorial response to the natural and human environment, which, in this case, will be the
Florida Keys. Instruction in the history and techniques of
the prose poem will be accompanied by some attention to
the literary response of Ernest Hemingway and Wallace
Stevens to Key West. Some interdisciplinary experience
with Phil Thompson's course in drawing and watercolor
and Ralph Sulerud's course in marine biology, as a way of
facilitating "seeing." Grading will be based upon the
quality and progress in writing ten revised prose poems.
Students who take the course for upper division credit will
be required to do additional reading and to make oral
reports to the class based on this reading.
Further informationwill be found listed under THE FLORIDA KEYS at the beginning of the list of courses.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and, for upper
division credit, one college course in creative writing.
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 12
Re-visions: Contemporary Drama in
English (1975-present)
ENG 249-40026
Instructor: Douglas Green
Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are
revitalizingboth contemporary drama and productions of
classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the
late 70s and the 80s, written in English, have been shaped
by and have addressed issues ranging from racial tension
and interactionto sexual preference,both here and abroad.
For comparative purposes, we will also view a few filmson
related topics and attend at least two productions in the
Twin Cities. There will be moderate fees for three local productions.
Students will keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and
one short paper. (Theremay also be occasional quizzes.) A
series of group projects, which include a long paper and
some performance, will conclude the course.
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
Five College Fiction Writing Workshops
ENG 362-40027
Instructor: Julie Schumacher
Participants in this fiction workshop will need energy,
enthusiasm, a love of literature, and a dedication to their
own--and to other students'-work. Students will write
25 to 50 pages of fiction in addition to in-classexercises and
assignments. Although we'll study contemporary short
stories by established and lesser-known writers, most of
the class time will be spent on discussions of student
fiction. (Participants will be responsible for the cost of
duplicating their stories.) We'll work on establishing a
sense of place or setting, on developing interesting characters and a distinctive "voice," on composing dialogue, and
oncreatingeffectivestructures for our fiction. Conferences
with the instructor will be an integral part of the class.
Grades will be based on the originality, imagination and
beauty of the written work, and on critical and helpful
engagement in workshop discussions. Attendance is
mandatory.
Prerequisites: Some experience in fiction writing, one
writing course beyond the freshman level, and permission of Professor John Mitchell.
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 21
Erdich, Hassler: Two Contemporay Upper
Midwest Writers
ENG 364-40080
Instructor: Ron Palosaari
Louise Erdrich and Jon Hassler are talented ana wellknown writers from this area. We will read several works
by each, noticing each writer's strengths and weaknesses.
We will, to a degree, place their work in the context of
modem American literature.
Each student will write two papers, each on a different
author. One paper will be the basis of an oral report. The
course grade will be based on the papers, the oral presentation, short quizzes and class participation.
Students must have S tuggerford read before the first class.
Prerequisites: One college level American literahue
course or two other college literature classes.
Time: I
Room: Old Main 12
French
French Literature in Translation
FRE 243-40030
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
What is there about French literature that merits the English translation of so much of it? What is its attraction, its
power, its human and artistic significance for the reader?
With these questions in mind, we will read, react to, and
analyse a variety of shorter French works available to us in
English.
We will explore masterpieces of earlier times like those of
Rabelais, Montaigne, Voltaire, Balzac, and Flaubert, as
well as significant 20th Century works. Reading and discussion of the common core works will be followed by
your personal study of a chosen short work to be shared
with the class via a short comparative paper. Mini-lectures
and study guides will help attentive reading of the works
and developing your communication and critical skills.
Evaluation will include your progress in group work and
discussion, your demonstrated understanding in reading,
writing assignments, quizzes, and independent study.
We hope to attend Bernstein's Candide as a class.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of
instructor.
Distribution: Literature
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
General Studies
Transitions: Women's Life Careers
GST:245-40009
Instructor: Diane Busico
Are you wondering how you cnn s u c c d in a "man's
world"? Puzzling out your options for rnarriagc, coswr,
and/or children? Troubled will) Iiow to practically and
emotionally juggle all of your divcrse roles? This seminar
is an exploration of the various pathways womenchoose in
balancing home and work life. A1though it promises no
concrete answers to compelling questions, it will arm you
with some useful information for making choices for the
present and plans for the future.
The mdctal, familial, and individual forces sl~apingthe
choices womcn makc conccming family and carccr arc
sbdicd via texts, journnl nrticlcs, films, and p s r Iccturcrs. Shldcn t pcrforrnancc is asxsscd through essays and
a rcsctlrch project.
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
Health and Physical Education
M Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 23240032
Instructor: Pam Schreurs
Theory and practice in teaching and pcrfnrming Amcrican
heritage and international folk daners. Exposure to New
Games concepts and activities. Thc majority of the coursc
grade is based on participation in classactivities,a teaching
assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit
course.
Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
W Sailing in the Virgin Islands
.IL
I
HPE 455-40034
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
.Designed for thc beginning and in tcrmcdiatc sailor interestcc1 in the art and practice of sailboat:cruising. Thc course
will focuson taking tho participant to a compctenl levcl of
sailboat handling (anchoring,mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42-foot fixed-keel
sailboat with fiveor sixother peopleand will functionasan
active crew member.
Acbal on-ihc-watcr instruction will bc the rnnjnr part of
thccoursc. This will bc supplcmcnIcrl by scssions dcaling
with safcty,boa t handling, boa t systcns, provisioning, trip
planning, piloking and navigation. Sailing will includc
cntiscs la various islands and cays in tl~cBritish and
American Virgin Islands.
Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
+ I l
Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated
competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of
"acting captain". A daily ships log will be kept by all
participants and a final written exam will be given. P/N
grading only.
The course will last Januar-4-22.The fee of $2300includes
round-trip transportation from Minneapolis, administrative fee, boat rental, snorkeling gear and two meals a day.
Final payment is due October 31.
Prerequisites: Permission of Marilyn Florian, Women's
Athletic Director
Distribution: Lifetime sports
History
Women in Refonn in Modem America
HIS 225-40042
Instructor: John Jenswold
"Reformer" was a role played early and frequently by
American women in public life in the 19th and 20th Centuries, individually and collectively. In this course, we will
investigate theevolutionof that roleand the way that it has
been exercised in the past 150 years. We will study the
interaction of women with reform movements in an effort
to discover how women influenced major reform efforts
and how, in turn, those movements reshaped the role of
women in an industrializing and urbanizing society.
Our investigation will include several books, primarily
biographies of such reformers as Elizabeth Cady Stanton,
Margaret Sanger and Jane Addams and studies of such
movements as suffrage, antislavery, educational reform,
political reform, women's rights, and peace activisni.
Discussions of these readings will be supplemented by
lectures on larger historical issues.
Grading will be based on short papers, two essay exams,
and class participation.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 13
H The Japanese-American Experience:
Relocation and Redress
HIS 240-40028; 340-40029
Instructor: Khin-KhinJensen
This course will focus on Japanese-Americanexperiences
in the U.S.A. Perspectives on immigration patterns, geographic settlements, literature and contributions to the
American economy and society will be explored. Special
attention will be given to the forced evacuation of the
Japanese Americans during World War 11, how and why
they were uprooted from their homes and businesses and
placed in so-called "American concentrationcamps", their
adjustments to life behind barbed wire and their attempts
to overcome this trauma. The recent Redress Bill in Congress, the constitutionalimplicationsof the order of evacuation and the role of the Supreme Court will be explored.
Content and Procedure: Lectures, class discussions, audio-visual~,student reports and student projects. There
will be a final exam. Upper Division students will also
write a paper and present an oral report in class. Lower
Division students will do a project and reports on audiovisuals and readings.
Fees: Students should budget about $15 for film rentals
and an ethnic meal in a restuarant in the Twin Cities.
Prerequisites: None for lower division; one college history course or instructor's permission for upper division
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
History of Ancient Israel
HIS 363-40038
Instructor: Richard Nelson
The history of ancient Israel is the history of a peripheral
state. Yet, this minor state is central in the development of
western culture because of its unique religiousexperience.
This course will consider the poli tical, social, and economic
history of Israel within the context of the ancient world. We
will begin with a consideration of the cultures which
prefaced the rise of Israel, continue through Israel's classic
age (Patriarchs, Exodus, Conquest, Monarchy, Exile, Restoration) and conclude with the destruction of Jerusalem
by Titus in 70 A.D. and the formation of Christianity.
Classes will include both lecture and discussion. Grades
will be based on quality of discussion, two examinations,
and a term paper (8 to 10 pages). Traditional grading.
Prerequisite: A college level history course or permission of instructor.
Time: I
Room: Music 22
The capstone of t h e ~ ~ u ~ sFirst
b u rYear
~ Experience (FYE) Program is a
special Interim course designed for first year students. For the 1990
Interim there will be a single course with three sections, each taught by a
different faculty member. The course will provide full credit and will
satisfy the Fine Arts distribution requirement.
Art and Idea: Aesthetic Experience in
France, 1650-1900
INS 190-40035
Instructors: Julie Bolton, Marilee Klemp, Kristin
Anderson
How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond
to theatre? What is the nature of art? How are ideas
conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts, music, and
theatre have in common? How do they reflect the society
in which they were created? Is art timebound or timeless?
All art forms are linked to a particular time and place. We
see that the visual arts, music and theatre always reflect the
spiritual and intellectual climate of its time. Using examples of music, art and theatre created in France in the
years 1650-1900, the course will explore how to appreciate
and understand the various art forms, examine the relationships among the arts, and consider the expression of
enduring themes and ideas at different points in time.
Students will participate in the course through various
readings, including reading plays, studying scores and
listening to recordings, and reading primary source material connected to the art pieces considered. Using the
resources of the college and the city, students will also
attend a special performance of the Augsburg Faculty
Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, attend music performances, including
the Minnesota Orchestra or the St. Paul Chamber Orchestra, and attend performances of Bernstein's Candide at the
Guthrie. Students will be expected to attend all required
performances and museum visits, write analyses of the
various art works or performances, and write a paper
integrating the different arts and time periods studied.
There will also be quizzes on material covered.
Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than
$15.
Prerequisite: Freshman status
Distribution: Fine Arts
Time: 11, The class will normally meet during Time 11,
but students will be expected to attend alimited number
of off-campus events (some evenings andlor weekends)
as a part of the class work.
Room: Music-Sateren
Interdisciplina
2
Appropriate Technology
II Economics, The nvironment and
INS 218-40043
Instructor: Tom Morgan
The objective of this course is to develop a clearer sense of
the critical importance the physical environment and our
natural resources play in the economic well-being in our
global economy. We will first briefly review historical
relationships between the physical environment, technological and economicdevelopment. We willconsider alternative (appropriate) technological applications being experimented with as potential solutions to environmental
problems. Course material will be presented through a
blend of reading, lecture, discussion and site visits. Course
grade will be based upon short papers and presentation of
research into specificenvironmental/technologicalissues.
Time: I1
Room: Science 319
An Introduction t o Islam
INS 225-40045
Instructor: Amin Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present
his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will
cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenents, Islamic law (Sharifah),Islamic economic
and political systems and Islamic patterns of life. There
will also be a consideration of the differences between the
Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). There will also be
some effort to deal with the similarities and differences
between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a
visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities.
A paper and at least one examination will be required.
Distribution: Minority-Urban Studies
Time: I1
Room: Murphy Place 1
Augsburg Goes To Business
INS 321-40055
Instructor: Tina Wagner
This seminar is an experiential opportunity for students
with any major who wish to learn more about work environments and choosing career paths. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in
organizations, and the varied environments in which they
must operate. The objectives of the class are:
1. to develop a more clear understanding of how the
different functional areas of an organization operate
on a day-to-day basis, and how these areas are integrated into the overall operation of a firm.
2.
to develop and explore personal and career goals, and
how a "fit" is established between an individual and
an organization.
3. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches"
correspond to "real world" situations and are able to
accommodate practical application.
Class time will be divided between on-campus lecture,
discussion and off-campus visits. Students will visit six
different types of organizations in the metropolitan area
including non-profit and corporate. Class discussions will
focuson assigned readings, interpretations of the results of
vocationally-oriented tests, and the issues relevant to the
selection of career paths.
Students will keep a journal of their experiences and observations. Grades will be determined on the basis of the
journal, a class presentation, and on a research paper, the
topic of which will be negotiated with the instructor.
Prerequisite: Sophomore status or above
Time: I1
Room: Murphy Place 3
H Finite Mathematics
MAT 121-40044
Instructor: Suzanne Doree
A study of the finite mathematics models involved in
elementary statistics: sets, counting techniques, probability, averages, deviations, and distributions. This course
should provide students with the mathematical tools sufficient to understand simple statistical and probabilistic
information. Class sessions will include lectures, discussion, and group activities. Homework, a midterm exam,
and final exam will be the primary basis for course grades.
Prerequisites: Math placement: Group I11
Time: I1
Room: Science 112
Math and its Applications: Succeed With
Math
MAT 132-40046
Instructor: Bev Stratton
Are you a math avoider? Do numbers and symbols scare
you? Do you wonder why a student majoring in humanities or social sciences needs to know some mathematics?
Would you like to improve your math skills, be more at
ease with math, and maybe even l e a n to like math (a
little)? If you answered yes to any of the above questions,
this course is for you.
The course will focus on problem solving, puzzles, modeling, and some of the applications of mathematics to such
areas as sociology, biology, and business. Students will
learn the relevance of mathematics to many occupations
and gain confidence in their abilitiesto work with numbers
and quantitative reasoning. Evaluation will be based on
short quizzes, a problem solving journal, and a project.
Prerequisite: Placement Group I11
Time: I1
Room: Science 212
Cognizers
MAT 235-40075
Instructor: Larry Copes
The major goal of this course is to gain insight into how
machinesand people think and learn by studyingattempts
to get computers to do the same. We shall study the
contributionsof a variety of disciplines, including artificial
intelligence, psychology, neuroscience, philosophy, linguistics, and anthropology. Demonstrations of "intelligent" computer programs will lead to discussions of how
closely their cognitive processes resemble those of humans. Evaluation will be on the basis of two half-session
examinations and a full-session final.
Prerequisites: one course of psychology, philosophy,
computer programming or anatomylphysiology.
Time: I1
Room: Science 112
Modern Geometry
MAT 351-40036
Instructor: Bev Durkee
A study of transformational geometry by synthetic and
coordinate methods, including complex variables, and an
introduction to hyperbolic non-Euclidean geometry. Emphasis will be on proof and methods of proof.
Class Sessions will include lectures, discussion, and problem solving activities. Assignments will provide the primary basis for course grades.
Prerequisites: MAT 122 or 125
Time: I
Room: Science 319
Music
Sounds and Sights of Europe
MUS 179-40047
I
Instructors: Robert Karlen and Roberta Metzler
The churches and cathedrals of London, Cologne, and
Munich inspired the building of places of worship in this
country; the orchestras of these cities represent some of the
oldest and finest of their kind; and have been long emulated by our ownensembles. Theoriginalscoresof Handel's
"Messiah" in London's British Museum, the home and
paintings of Rembrandt in Amsterdam, the awe-inspiring
Cologne cathedral, are only a few of the highlights of our
encounter with the sounds and sights of Europe. Theatre
and concert performances, a Gilbert and Sullivan operetta
in London, and visits to world-renowned museums and
architectural landmarks are planned. For those with a
special interest in music therapy, visits will be made to the
Nordoff-Robbins Centrein England and hospitalsresearching music and medicine in Herdecke and Ludenscheid,
West Germany. The comprehensive fee of $2,245 includes
travel to nine cities in three countries (England, Holland
and Germany), breakfast daily, five group dinners, and
several cultural performances.
Registration for this interim must be made before October
27at theInternationa1ProgramsOffice,2018 Eighth Street.
This course is offered on a P/N basis only.
Philosophy
The Ethics of Killing and Letting Die
PHI 146-40053
Instructor: David Apolloni
Is abortion wrong? Is killing a terminally-ill person murder? Are there some crimes for which capital punishment
is justified? Is there such a thing as a just war?
These questions and the various answers proposed arouse
deep emotions and often hostile confrontations among
many groups in our society. All too often, complex moral
issues get reduced down to simplistic slogans when these
groups campaign to maintain or change laws on these
issues.
This course will utilize readings on these complex and
burning moral issues as an introduction to ethics and
critical moral thinking. We will consider some philosophical theories on the nature of moral obligation and personhood to help us get past emotions and slogans to a much
deeper and informed understanding of the philosophical
problcms which lic behind thc controversies surrounding
aborlion, euthanasia, capital punishment, and war.
The course will combine lecture and class discussion on
some contemporary philosophical readings on killing.
Students' work will be evaluated on the basis of four (2 to
3) page papers (each on some aspect of one of the topics)
and class participation.
Time: I
Room: Old Main 11
Philosophy of Science
PHI 365-40037
Instructor: Ken Bailey
Sometimesitis said that welive in the Age of Science. What
does that mean? In what sense(s)might such a statement
be said to be true or false? On the other hand, some
astrologers say that we have just begun the Age of Aquarius, the Water Bearer, who is supposed to usher in an age
of peace and prosperity. Are these two notions in conflict?
Are they compatible? Is it really true that only science can
say something meaningful about Reality? Are there any
limits to scientific method? What does science have to say
about values? How do you recognize a pseudo-science?
These and other questions about scientificmethods, scientific knowledge, and applications of science to human life
will be examined. (Is your future written in the stars?)
Primarily a discussion course. Grades will be based upon
a mid-term and a final examination; course participation;
and a study project.
Prerequisites: Suggested Philosophy 130 (logic) and one
course in a natural science
Time: I1
Room: OM 11
Physics
II Introduction to Weather
r..lL
.?
- -.
I
-\-
I
I
PHY 106-40052
.-,
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the science of meteorology which will provide
a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric
science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing the weathcr changes and understanding thc world's
climate. Rclalccl topics to bc includcd arrr: hydrology
(study of the carth's water cyclc), pollution, cconomic
effects of the wcathcr, and wcatl~cr'simpact on world
e m n ts. This coursc is clcsigncd to be an elective or satisfy
t l ~ Mathematics-Physics
c
distribution requirement for the
liberal arts srudcnt.
The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast
United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi;
Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and
Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and
explanatory program for the functions of that facility.
Topics of the visits will be severe storms, control of the
water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather
observation at sea, television station weather facilities,
hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural
weather. During the trip the student will maintain a
jnurnal of weather and site visi ts. Daily wca tlwr maps will
lw crcalcd using portablc wcai her sqlcllitc reception s y s
tcm carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits
of oprrational wcathcr facililics, but also will allow the
student to experience the full range of climates across the
U.S. from north to south. Daily quizzesand lectures will be
given during the travd. Gsadcs will bc bawd upon the
journal, two hourly examinations and an individual projcct completed during the trip. Thc cost will l
x approximately $700. Initial deposit due by October 27,
Prerequisites: High Scllool Algebra
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: Science 28
4 High Vacuum Technology and Gas
Dynamics
PHY 325-40039
Instructor: Mark Engehretson
High vacuum tcchnolngy is crucial to many a]trcn t "high
tmlmologies," i~icludingadvanccsin expcrimcntalscicncc
in a11 ticlclq production of scrniconductors and superconductors, and manipulation of gascs and "sensitive" mat^
rials. Dcspitc this, gcncral awarcncss of high vacuum
technologics lags far bchind thcir rlcvclopment. This
courw wil I acquaint thc student wit 1.1 technologies currently crnploycd in producing and monitoring a high
vacuum environment, and with thc physical behavior of
gases and surfaces under vacuum conditions. Activities
will include both seminars and laboratory sessions, some
in conjunction with Chcmistry 325. Students will learn to
use high vacuum pumps and gauges, a modern mass
spectrometer, and PC-l~scdcnrnp~~ter
controllers and
compu ter-cornpa liblc sensors.
Grades will be based on laboratory work, two quizzes, and
a paper.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 351 and 353, or Physics 245
Time: I1
Room: Science 30
Spreadsheet Physics
PHY 151-40058
Instructor: Jeff Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 1-2-3)have been used extensively
in business for years. However it is also possible to solve
physics problems without using high-powered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in
mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive
level. We will use Lotus 1-2-3 to solve problems in a wide
variety of physics areas including planetary motion and
projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated
might be in areas other than physics. Grading will bebased
on spreadsheet projects, homework and a final exam.
Prerequisites: Math Level I11
Time: I
Room: Science 30
Political Science
Social Justice in America
POL 140-40059
Instructor: Andy Aoki
Social justice is one of the burning issues of modem politics. For moral theorists, the nature of socialjustice is a continuing challenge; For practical politicians, it is a question
which can bc ignorcd but not avoidcd. From pmatal caw
for poor women to mcdical c a p for the elderly, most
important public policy debates involve questions of social
justice. To adequately consider these policy questions, one
must have some conception of social justice.
In this class, you will work to develop your ideas of social
justice, and to understand how they apply to public policies. The policies to be considered will vary depending on
student interest, but the range of possible issues is vast,
including such topics as student financial aid, jobs programs, school choice, aid to the poor, Social Security,
environmental protection, and military service.
The majority of class time will be spent in discussions.
Participation is essential. Reading will be fairly light, but
everyone is expected to actively engage in class activities
and discussions. No prior knowledge is needed, but an
interest in public issues is important. Requirements will
consist of short papers, class participation, and a brief final
exam.
Although the workload is moderate, the course is mentally
demanding. Rigorous thinking about social justice can be
troubling; some questions will be provocative and disturbing. Students should be willing to tackle difficult intellectual challenges; doing so will enable you to gain a better
understanding of some of the most difficult problems of
our time, and to make a greater contribution to efforts to
deal with those problems.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I
Room: Old Main 16
Politics in Scandinavia
POL 250-40040
Instructor: Einar Vetvik
The course objective is to give a basic knowledge of the
political systemsand important current policy issuesin the
Scandinavian countries. The course will present an overview of the basic structure and main features of government, politics, policy issues, political behavior and leadership in the Scandinavian welfare-state model.
There will be one paper and one exam as assignments for
the course. The model of teaching will consist of lectures,
seminars and group discussions.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 29
Difficult Judicial Choices: How the Courts
Reshape Political Institutions
POL 475-40041
Instructor: Phillip E Fishman
The course is designed for political scienceand socialwork
students and others who are concerned with institutional
operation and change/reform. Text and case-studies will
bemploycd to examine the role of the federal judiciary in:
prison reform, mental health and the right to treatment,
equal housing, school busing, police and immigration
policy in the '90s. Coutsc objcctivcs are to assist the studcnk 1) to understand the judicial processand how judges
makepolicy; 2) to learn how liability iscstabfishedand appropriate remedies are fashioned for rclicf; 3).to explore
thc dynamic conflict between the federal bench and political and administrativeinstitu tions. The instructoruseslecture and hypothetical cases as key tools of instruction.
There will be one exam and one mini-paper during the
brief course. In addition, students will be assigned on-site
field visits to a Minnesota penitentiary, a metropolitan
police station, a United States immigration court and a
mental health facility.
Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing
Time: Tuesday, January 26-9:30 p.m., and each Monday
and Wednesday thereafter
Room: Old Main 16
Political and Cultural Diversity in the
USSR and Eastern Europe
POL 459-40073
Instructors: Norma Noonan and William Wright
The course which begins in January and continues for 14
weeks into the spring semester is an overview of the
political, cultural and national forces which both divide
and unite the East European nations and the U.S.S.R. A
joint course of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
and the University of Minnesota, this course will feature
weekly guest lecturers, weekly discussions, extensivereadings and a research paper. There may also be shorter
analytical essays and a final. This is a special course which
will be offered only once. As designed, it is impossible to
complete it within the four-week Interim period, so students able to take the course only for the January segment
should not enroll or ask for an exemption to finish the
course in January. No exemptions will be granted.
Students may also register for this course as a spring term
course and so take another interim course.
Prerequisites: One course in political science or history
dealing with the USSR or Eastern Europe; or permission
of instructor.
Time: Wednesdays 1:15-3:15 p.m. (January through
March)
Room: Science 315
Psychology
The Self
Symbols
as~ e v e a l e din Myths and
PSY 340-40061
Instructor: Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of
myths and symbols will be examined with the intent of
gaining knowledge about how they function as representations of "the self."
The objective of the courstz is to gain a d e p m understanding of one's individual self and of how thc conccptualiza[ions of your w1f have t e n molded by a variety of social,
cultural, and historical influences. The content of the
courx willinclude topics such as: the impact of science on
myth; thc mythologics of romantic love, war, and peace;
the process of individuation; and metaphors of psyche
logical transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the
assigned readings. Students will bc expected to bE p w
pared for class by doing the readings and to be actively
involved in the class discussions. Students will be given
some of the responsibility for leading discussion. Evaluation will be based on: (1) class participation, (2) a course
journal, and (3) four or five short (600-800 word) papers.
Prerequisite: General Psychology
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
Psychology of the Legal System
PSY 335-40056
Instnr ctar: Nancy Steblay
The US. Iegal system wilt be investigated from the p r spectivc of psychological theory, research and practice. A
specificfocus will beon the social psychologyof courtroom
procedures with considmation of such topics as jury sclectian, ~yclwitnessevaluation and jury decision making.
Class readingsand discussion will also cover such broader
areas as morality, justice, ethics and victimization. Guest
lccturcrswill include members of the legal and psychological cornrnunities.
Evaluation methods include tests and written work; students will also be responsible for contribution to classroom
discussion.
Prerequisites: A general psychology course
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 16
1 Idealism and the Adolescent
PSY 370-40074
Instructor: Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life
of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other
persons and society will be the main focus.
Thiscourse will bcconductcd asa scminarwitha highlevel
of studmt contribution and pasticipation. Attendance at
each class %session i s wquired. Procedures wit1 include
dass discussion, frequent short papers, and frequent oral
rcprts. Studcnts will be requircrl to seek out and interview persons in the adolcsccnt level of development.
Typing or equivalent word processing will bc required.
Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by
Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will
be available in the Augsburg Bookstoreby November 1st.
Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class
sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the
course. This course is offered only on P/N basis.
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
Religion
Eastern Orthodoxy
REL 420-40062
Instructor: Lynne Lorenzen
Eastern Orthodoxy is the primary religion of Greece, Russia, and thc Bastcm Bloc countries. We will explore the
history, theology, liturgy and sacraments in the Orthodox
Tradition. Class will include Iccture, discussion, slide
pncsentation and an evcning liturgy. Requirements incIude one exam and two short papera Tl~rccpaperback
booksarerequir~d.Attendance at thest. GrcgoryofNyssa
liturgy an January 10 at 6:30 porn.and at the icon slide
presentation on January 17 are also required.
Prerequisites: Religion 111or 221
Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be
used toward graduation requirements.)
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345-40057
Instructor: Eugene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in
the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran
Church as it is at the present time, bu t also study its
origin in the 16th century and its dcveloprnent and
cultural influcncc during 450 years of history.
One short text will introduce us to the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America, formed in 1988; a second text
will give us an insight into the global organization and
broader social issues related to the Lutheran World Federation. A third book, writtcn by the President of the
College, will show us the roots of the Lutheran Church in
the Bible and the confessional writings; and a fourth text
will give us an over-view of the history of this church.
Lecture and class discussion will deal with explaining
these things, plus noting the Lutheran witness to the gospel of JcsusChrist in art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology,and theology. Therewill be three examsplussome
brief written assignments.
Students will be expected to be present the first day of class
and to purchase all required materials on that day in class
for about $25.00. Please bring your check book or cash.
Prerequisites: Religion 111 or 221
Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be
used toward graduation religion requirements)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
f
The Other Side o Paradise:
Tourism, The Mi i t a y and
Cultural Confrontation in Hawaii
[q
"G'
REL 251-40063;349-40067
Instructors: John Benson and Duane Addison
We invite you to come to Hawaii with us for a special class.
Other January Interim courses go to Hawaii as well, but
this one will be distinctive.
Saying "Hawaii" can conjure up images of beaches, palm
trees, and winter tans. We will not ignore these aspects of
Hawaii, but we will also probebeneath the image projected
to most tourists. We will study how Hawaii
"works"-politically, economically, and culturally. Three
social problems in particular tourism, militarism, and cultural confrontation will provide the focus of this learning
experience from a Christian ethical point of view.
First we will look at some less attractive aspects of the
tourism industry. Who benefits and who loses? Representatives of Hawaii's diverse peoples and viewpoints will
offer insights into the ecological, economic, and political
consequences of marketing the islands as a tourist paradise.
Secondly we will learn to see the U.S. military presence on
the islands in a new way. Many Americans associate
Hawaii with the bombing of Pearl Harbor and World War
11. But the presence of the U.S. Pacificcommand continues
to have significant implications for both the people and
ecosystems of Hawaii.
Finally, culturn1 conflict and confrontation in Hawaii will
be studied. Many immigrant groups havc come to the
islands: Japnesc, chine.^, Filipinos, Tongans, Samoans,
Portuguese,mainland Americans, and others. The interaction of these groups with native Polynesians yields a high
degree of cultural diversity. We will learn about the
exploitation and racial tensions that exist, as well as ways
in which diversity is appreciated and celebrated.
The cost for the course is $1,995.00, and it can be taken for
religion or crosscultural credit. We will visit the islands of
Oahu, Hawaii, and Maui, traveling via buses, vans, and
planes. Our accommodations will vary, including a camp
in the mountains, another camp on the beach, and several
tourist-level hotels.
Grades will be based on degree of involvement, the quality of contribution to the discussions and a journal. Upper
division credit will require a special project which will involve a presentation to the group.
Distribution: Religion
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor; for upper division credit, one course in college level religion, East
Asian culture or introductory sociology or anthropology*
The Theology of Marriage
REL 343-40070
Instructors: Curt Paulson, Cathy Paulson
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a
decision which we often make with a portion of our brain
and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the
heart, whether you are married or not, but it will increase
your sureness and the possibility for meaning/intimacy in
your life with a significant other. Within the context of
Christian teachings, many theories, with particular attention given to the work of C. G. Jung, will be studied and
applied to the marital relationship and secondarily to the
family.
There will be lectures, discussion, and visiting resource
persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation,
and an examination. Two books will be required.
Prerequisites: REL 111or 221 or permission of instructor.
Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be
used to meet religion requirements.)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
C J q
t'b
West Afrzcan Religion and Culture ' I
i
REL 241-40072
I!
L
d
Instructor: Brad Holt
Off thebeaten track of American tourists, this journey will
focus on meeting African people, observing their religious
rituals, music and art, and pondering their history. We will
converse with urban and rural Africans of different faiths,
different levels of education, in different climates. After
visiting the collections of African art in London, we will
journey to Nigeria, an English-speaking nation, and the
most populous of all African states. There we will encounter the three basic religious traditions of Africa: African
Traditional Religions, Christianity, and Islam. Each will
bring intriguing surprises, as they reflect African culture in
ways different from what can be found in the U.S.A.
First we will visit Ibadan, largest traditional African city
and metropolis of the Yoruba people. We will explore the
contemporary forms of the ancient Yoruba tradition, observe the work of the babalawo or diviner, and the dramatic worship services of the Aladura Christian churches.
We will visit the universities of Ibadan and Ife to dialogue
with Nigerian professors and students.
At Benin, site of the ancient Kingdom discovered by the
Portuguese in the 1400s,we will observe the world famous
bronze sculptures in the Benin Art Museum. We will meet
different traditions among the Igbo people, whose culture
has been so dramaticallydescribed in the novels of Chinua
Achebe.
We will see the forces of change in the "Middle Belt" of
Nigeria, where in the villages the competition is sometimes
keen among the three religious traditions. We will stop to
swim and to view African animals in the Yankari Game
Reserve. Finally, we will visit the far north and the historic
city of Kano, former trading center for the trans-Sahara
trade routes, where camel trains can still sometimesbe discovered. The grand mosque and museum will help us
understand the Hausa and Fulani traditions of Islam in
Africa.
Through it all, we will live simply, encountering life in a
Third World country that is struggling to find appropriate
blendsof Africanand Western culture. We will travel light,
and experience the taste, the music, the art, and the worship of one of Africa's most energetic nations.
Evaluation: Each day participants will engage in structured dialogue and individual journal writing. Two short
tests will be given.
Required Readings: Lawson, Religions of Africa; Parrinder,
Religion in Africa; Kalu, The Nigerian Story.
The cost of $2,195 includes all air and ground transportation, accommodations and excursions, breakfast and one
dinner in London, breakfast and all dinners in Nigeria.
Registration must be made before October 27 at the International Programs Office, 2018 S 8th Street.
This course is offered om a P/Nbasis only.
Social Work
Exploring Human Semices
SWK 257-40060
Instructor: Mary Lou Williams
This course offers students the opportunity to explore
career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable
tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service
organization or agency and talking with human service
professionals and others who participate in an organized
approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a
"hands on" experiential approach to learning.
Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the
direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar for three
hours per week during which agency experiences will be
shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based
on performance in the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Square 1
Issues of Homelessness
SWK 339-40051
Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg
The intent of this course is:
1. To expand the student's knowledge of homelessness
in an historical context;
2. To expand the student's knowledge of the reality of
homelessness in the Twin Cities;
3. To expand the student's understanding of the causative factors which contribute to persons being homeless: economic, employment, personal; and
4. To explore possible resolutions of homelessness.
Readings, guest lectures, field visits to sites serving homeless people, participant observations and volunteer experience will be utilized to fulfill the above objectives. A
seminar format will be used in the classroom for discussion/exploration of the topic.
Field notes from participant observations, class participation and a research paper exploring one aspect of the topic
will form the basis of evaluation.
Fee: $30.00
Non-social work majors are particularly invited to enroll
in this course.
Prerequisites: SOC 111,121, SWK 257,361, or consent of
instructor
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 22
Field Work III
SWK 46640065 (full course)
SWK 466-40064 (112 course)
Instructor: Francine Chakolis
The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationships to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the
client contact phase of the problem-solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional
practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professional development; to promote competence
in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work I1 educationally focused field placement in a social service
agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in
field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar help on campus. Evaluations
will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using
previously developed contract and social work evaluation
forms.
Note: Course is offered for half (466-40064) (15 hours per
week) or full (46640065)(30 hours per week) credit. If for
full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-client
contact tasks.
Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11)
Time: To be arranged
Sociology
IPrinciples of Sociology (with emphasis on
the Health Care System)
SOC 121-40071
Instructor: Barbara Johnson
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As
an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for
discovering the world and one's place in it.
The emphasis for illustrations and exercises will be directed to the health care system. Cross-cultural comparisons will be drawn. As such, the course will be useful for
future health care providers and related professionals and
for consumers as well.
This course covers the same concepts and meets the same
objectives as the regular term course. Therefore students
can expect daily written and/or reading assignments.
Three exams will be given.
Distribution: Psychology/Sociology
Time: I1
Room: Library 1
Racial and Minority Group Relations
SOC 265-40066
Instructor: Jeny Gerasimo
This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. The
course format will include lectures, films, readings, and an
opportunity for off-campus participant observation.
Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based on
a combinationof classparticipation,a research project, and
a final examination. The course is offered only on a P/N
basis.
Distribution: Minority-Urban
Time: I
Room: Music 23
Spanish
Beginning Spanish
SPA 111-40048
Instructor: Mary Kingsley
Beginning Spanish I is the first half of the beginning sequence, the goal of which is to introducethe student to the
most basic vocabulary and grammar in order to prepare
him or her either to go on to additionalstudy of Spanish or
to use it at an elementary speaking-understanding level at
the end of the second course. The emphasis is on spoken
Spanish, but secondary goals are to develop reading and
writing skills as well. After interim, students will be
prepared to continue with Spanish 112 in the spring.
The approachused in class will be proficiency oriented and
grammar explanations will be given as needed to clarify
those in the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapter and a written and an oral final
exam.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
Speech- Communication
Movement for the Theatre
SPC 226-40068
Instntctor: Martha Johnson
In this course students will explore principles and styles of
movement used in the art of acting. The goal will be to
increase the student's ability to communicate through
movement, by examining the principles of discipline, freedom, clarity, timing, concentration, and rhythm. Masks
and improvisationwillbe introduced as tools for corporeal
expression. All different aspects of movement will be
explored: body stance, facial expression, gesture, walking,
etc. Movement exercises will be built around short scenes,
poems, and speeches. Some principles of Oriental movement will also be introduced.
Studcnts will be given rcquired rcadings on thc principles
of movement. Thcy will be askcd to write one final paper
on course content and requircd rcadings. Attending plays
and class rnovcment presentations will also bcrcquired, as
wcll as two play reviews. Grading will k bas& an class
work, final papcr, and rnovcmcn t prcsen tations.
The class will be designed for thosc who desire to increase
their skiIls as actors, and also for those preparing for such
ficlds as teaching, law, thc minishy, ctc.
Time: JJ
Room: Tjornholm-Nelson Theatre
Documentary Video
SPC 347-40069
Instructor: Deborah Bart
Documentary Video is a video production course which
integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience
dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work as
production teams, gaining experience in field production
and cdi ting. The production teams will produce a thirty
minutcdocumcntary piece. Evaluation will bebasedupon
studcnt journals, critiques and a paper. This course requires additional lab time for editing. There will be a $20
lab fee.
Prerequisites: Broadcast Production I
Time: I
Room: Foss A-V Seminar
W W E
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest
Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas
learning expcricnces during the Interim. Further information
about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at
International Programs Office, 2018 Eighth Street (330-1655)or
from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends
October 27,1989. Thesecoursesare offered on a P/N basis only and
generally carry a lower division number.
AMERICAN WRITERS AND ARTISTS IN EUROPE
W ANTIQUITIES OF GREECE
W ART AND ART HISTORY: THE EUROPEAN EXPERIENCE
W
N
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
AUSTRIA, ITALY AND THE EASTERN CAPITALS: THE
HAPSBURG HERITAGE
BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY OF THE HAWAIIAN
ISLANDS
THE BRITISH THEATRE
CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL ISSUES IN THE USSR
ECOLOGICAL SAFARI IN EAST AFRICA
EUROPE AND THE DAWN OF CAPITALISM
THE EUROPEAN ROOTS OF MODERN SCIENCE
FRANCE AND THE FRENCH
THE FRENCH-AFRICAN CONNECTION: PARIS AND
DAKAR
GERMAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE: MUNICH,
SALZBURG AND VIENNA
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS AND CULTURE IN A
EUROPEAN ENVIRONMENT
JAPAN: A WALK THROUGH TIME
LAW INLONDON
MALAYSIA: THE CROSSROADS OF ASIA
MEXICO'S FUTURE: PROSPECTS FOR DEMOCRACY
AND DEVELOPMENT
PEACE STUDIES: THE COLD WAR VS COMMON SECURITY IN EUROPE
THE SOVIET UNION AND EASTERN EUROPE IN THE
GORBACHEV ERA
VOLARE! ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE IN
ITALY
WEST AFRICAN RELIGION AND CULTURE
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected
with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the
college. Most carry a tuitioncost plus other expenseswhich are the
responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis.
Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the
Interim Office.
Outward Bound
HPE 212-40078
Check for information in the Interim Office for material on
dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian bordcr or for whi te water canoeing and desert campingon the RioGrandein theDecernkr 27 through January
27 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the
Outward Bound organiwtionhas sclmescholarshipsavaitablc).
Washington D.C. Interims
Leaders on Leadership: The National
Agenda
P O L 398-40076
Law and Society: An Examination of
Issues and Principles
P O L 398-40077
These interims begin January 1and contlnue unti1 January
20. Information on either of the above programs, housing
and financial assistance is available from Dr. MiIda
Hedblom in Memorial 117A.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during
Interim and students may register for these classes as
well as for a regular course. This activity does not carry
official credit, but does meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in this
class without registering for the course, but will be
expected to pay any fees whether or not the student
registers for the course.
American Karate
HPE 002-40081
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage
of American Karate, taught by a certified Third
Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of
$25.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 1200-1:00 MWF
Room: Melby
Racquetball
HPE 002-40082
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: I Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby
Badminton
HPE 00240083
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby
Show less
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with
The Evangelical Lutheran Church of America. Located in the heart of Minneapolis
and St. Paul, the small college environment, about 2,700 students during the academic
year, is enriched by the many cultural... Show more
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with
The Evangelical Lutheran Church of America. Located in the heart of Minneapolis
and St. Paul, the small college environment, about 2,700 students during the academic
year, is enriched by the many cultural, sport and recreational activities in this vibrant
metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes and metropolitan events is a
lelightful and broadening experience.
4ugsburg in the Summer
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses,
internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs
from May 29 -June 22, Term I1 runs from June 25 -August 3. This brochure presents
the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication.
!
.mer 1990
Term I
Term I1
April 23
April 23
May 29-30
June 25-26
May 31
June 27
b
Beginning of
Preregistration
b
Confirmation-of Registration
Classes Begin
Balance of T u p n Due
Last Day to:
Change Grading Option
Drop Class Without Notation
Register with a Late Fee of $50
(no registrations will be
accepted after this date)
-
Holiday
-
None
July 4
Last Day to Withdraw from Class (W)
June 12
July 16
Classes End
June 22
August 3
Grades Due in Registrar's Office
June 27
August 8
,
Y ~ Q UN E E D
T
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term
11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, the
equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg
distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions.
Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2,
lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level.
Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in the
Augsburg College Catalog. If you need more information about a special summer
offering, please contact the Summer School Office.
Independent Study and Internships, in addition to those listed, may be pursued
during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience
related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the
Summer School Office for information.
Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing.
I
Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are advised to preregister as soon as
possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped.
I
The College Reserves the right to cancel listed courses.
I
T
Information and Forms
Eligibility
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from the
Summer School Office. Write or call:
Persons in Good Standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next Fall Term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that institution.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Murphy Place
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
(612) 330-1786
Elizabeth Vander Schaaf, Director
Jay Dixen, Secretary
Financial Aid
Financial Aid is limited to the GuaranteedStudentLoan.An~studenttaking
one course is regarded as a half-time
student for the summer and is eligible to
apply for a Guaranteed Student Loan.
&tact the Financial Aid Office to make
loan arrangements (330-1046).
Other Persons wishing to take summer
school work should contact the Director
of Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
Acceptance as a summer student does
not imply admission as a regular student
Augsburg College. Tllose wishing to
beginadegreeprogramatthecollege
should apply for admission through the
Officeof Admission,
P
erm I Summer School students are required to confirm their registrations on
May 29 or 30. Term I1 registrations must be confirmed on June 25 and 26. This
procedure includes confirmation of all preregistered courses and applies to intc
ships and independent studies as well as to regularly scheduled courses.
b
Confirmation of Registration will taKe place at the Registrar's Office, 114 Science
Hall, between 8:30 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on May 29 and 30, and June 25 and 26.
The Balance uwed for tuition must be paid before registration
~nfirmed.
Augsburg students please note: Balance due on Augsburg accou~~r
from previni~q
rm/s must be paid in full before confirmation of registration.
'
.-Late Fee of $50.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on May 31.
A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 27.
Registrations will not be accepted after these dates.
To Change Your Registration, cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a
course and enroll in another course, fill out a Cancel/Add form at the Registrar's
Office. There is a charge of $5.00 for changing a registration after the first day of each
term. This must be done by 3:30 p.m. on May 31 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m.
on June 27 for Term I1 courses. his procedure applies to internships and-independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is
determined according to the Tuition Refund Policy.
Fees
L
The Tuition Charge for 1989 Summe
School courses is as follows. ,$540.00
full-credit courses, $320.00 for halfcredit courses, and $160.00 for fourth,edit courses. Audits are charged at
tl~itionrat-= lict-d above.
tuition and is non-refundable and nontransferable except when a course is
cancelled due to low enrollment. When
this happens, you may elect to receive a
deposit refund or substitute anoth
Starting April 23 you may preregister
for Summer School courses at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during
regular office hours. Each course
preregistration must be accompanied
by a $50.00 tuition deposit. This
deposit is applied to designated course
To
)id Disappointment in course
selection, preregistration is recommended. Many courses with limited
enrollment fill early. Conversely,
courses with low preregistration
enrollment may be cancelled before tl
first day of the term.
1-
Tuition Refund Policy
The $50.00 per course deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the remaining
fee is calculated from the date of the student's official course cancellation at the
Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds:
Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 100%of the refundable portion of the fee.
Prior to the fourth scheduled class meeting - 75% of the refundable portion of the fee.
Prior to the sixth scheduled class meeting - 50% of the refundable portion of the fee.
Note: Collrses with fewer that1 12 scheduled class sessions will use a prorated version of the schedr~leofrefi~nds
Campus Location
35W from the North -
Take Washington Avenue exit and turn
left on Washington (turns right onto
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside,
right at 21st Avenue S.
1-94 East from Minneapolis -
Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left
at 21st Avenue S.
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside,
turn left at 21st Avenue S.
35W from the South -
Follow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right
lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th
Avenue exit and turn left on 25th Avenue,
turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st
Avenue S.
Nondiscrimination Pol icy
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or
ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the
1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,
as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
I
mourn
mma
May
29 - June 22,1990
ART 107-8100
DRAWING
Bollman
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subjectsinclude
still-life,figures, building interiors, exteriors, experimental work. Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:00 p.111 M,T, W,TIi
OM17
ART 118-8101
ART 335-8102
Bollman
PAINTING I AND Il
Watercolor - Acrylic; translating the visual world of nature, landscapes, still-life, using design concepts, developing personal cxpression and exploring variety of techniques. Weekly critiques. Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:00 p.111 M,T,W,TIt
OM17
k
HUMAN BIOLUC
Mickelberg
Basic biologicalconcepts from an anthropocenhicpoint of
view. An attempt to answ-sfi~h questions as: What
makes man just another member of the biotic foldlDoes
man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does
man have on the environment? What influence does the
environment, especially the urban environment, have on
man? (A student may not receive credit for both 101 and
1 3. Dist.: Yes.
: G-in.m. M,T,W,Th,F
SC1205
BUS 221-8104
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTIN
!k
Introduction to business activities
S drtd
ic concepn
fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and
preparation of financial statements. Dist.: N
8:30-l0:50 0.111. M,T, W,TIt,F
OM22
BUS 222-8105
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1
Herzog
A continuation of BUS 221. Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and
fundamentalsofmanagerialaccounting,planningandconbolling processes, decision-making and behavioral considera tions. (Prereq.: BUS 221)
OM13
6:OO-9:00 p.ttt. M,T, W,Th
BUS 252-8106
PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING
Meziou
Basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological
factorsas they affectproduct, promotion,marketingchannel and pricing decisions. Dist.: No.
5:00-8:00 p.ttr. M,T, W,Th
OM11
BUS 279-8107
QUANTITATIVE METHODS
Morgan
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive
measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference,
and estimationwithemphasison their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: Math Placement Group 111or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104.)
OM11
9:30-11:50 a.rn M,T,W,Th,F
BUS 322-8108
ACCOUNTING THEORY AND PRACTICE I Kader
Analysisof accounting theorypertaining tofinancialstatements, income concepts, current and non-current assets.
Dist.: No. Prerequisites: BUS 221, ECO 113.
6:OO-9:00 p.ni. M,T,W,Th
Oh
BUSIECO 199-8109
INTERNSHIPS
Kader
Arranged with individual faculty in the nonartment of
Business Administration & Economicc
Ifi
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
~abella
~ e c ~ n o m i c i r n ~ l i c a t i o nproblemsfacingametrosof
urban environment Ry independent study nist.: Yes.
Arranged
ECO 112-8111
Gupta
PRINCIPLES OF MACKueCONOMICS
Introduction to macro-economics;na tional income analvsis, monetary and fiscal policy,
nomic growth. Dist.: Yes.
9:30-ll:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F
OM13
ECO 292-8112
EAST-WEST TRADE
ZaPP
An analysis of the conditions for East-West economic cooperation. A focus on recent developments in joint economic and industrial cooperation. An identification of
trends and alternatives in the 1990s.
9:30-11:50a.m. M,T,W,Th,F
OM16
allocation, analysis of consumer
nomics. Prerequisite: ECO 113
6:00-9:00 p.111, M,T, W,Th
'--
d
SCI.
EDE 253-8114
EDS 264-8115
ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN AN
URBAN SETTING
Gerrnundsen
Study and investigation of variousaspectsof the teaching
profession. Dist.: Yes, wlicn combined with EDE 363 ur
EDS 052. (1/ 2 course)
6:OO-9:00 11 111.M, W
OM25
EDE 341-8116
EDS 341-8117
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
I'sycliological n ~ i dpliilosopli~caldiniensic~nsof coininu~iicntiontliroi~glithe use of instructional tcclinology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of cffcctiveaudio-visual niateriaIsf~~rteacliing/Icarniugsih~ations.
Dist.: No (1/2 course)
72:OO-3:00 )1 111 T,Ur
TOSS175
EDE 375-8118
rIISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
CINDERGARTEN
~ n d e r ~ a r t ccurricu~uni,niatcria~s,
li
Lab. arr. Prcrcquisitc to studen t teaching at kindergarten
level and to obtaining a license fur teaching at that level.
Dist.: No. (1/2 cuursc) Prcrcq : Consent of instructor
1.7
930-71:50 0.111 M, W
EDE 382-8119
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
MATHEMATICS
Drewlow
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Dist.: No. (1 / E
.5:30-8:30 /l.rrr. T,TIr
OM22
EDE 383-8120
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH
Lindow
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for pliysical education and healtli at tlie kindergarten and
elenientaryle\,els. 1.ab.experiences. Dist.: No. (1 /2coursc)
5:OO-8:OO J!.III. T,Tlr
EDE 388-8121
EDS 388-8122
HUMAN RELATIONS
Mueller
tccliEmphasis on tlie study of values, 11f cc~~~imunicatioii
niqucs,a~idof tlie majr1rminc1rity groupsiii Minnesota for
'lie develc~pniciitof interpersonal relations skills appliable to tccicliingand other prolcssional vocations. Open
to all Dist : NO (1 /2 course) Ilrquired for all Elcmcntary
and Secondary I<ducatioii ~najors
OMIO
5:.?0-5:30 11 III M, W
ENG 111-8123
EFFECTIVE WRITING
Swanson
limplinsis is on exposition, including Icariiing research
tccliniqucsand writiligcriticalrcvicws Atlcastonc work
of literature is assigned Attentic)n is given to increasing
sti~deiits'cffcctivcncss in choosing, organizing, and dcvcloping topics, tliiiiki~igcritically,and rcvisingforclarity
and style The ~ i i i n ~ n i upassing
~n
gr,idc for this course
is 2 U Dist: Yes
9:30-1 1:501i 111.M,T, W,111,F
OM27
ENG 282-8124
SPECIAL TOPICS: INTRODUCTION T O
AFRICANLITERATURE
Bodziok
Tlicsh~dyofthecmerin 'Iiterat~~reofAfricaanditsstn~ggle
g.h
to find its own cultural ~deiititywithin tlie uneasy co-existenccof Western c u l t ~ ~ r e a ncenturies-old
d
traditions Also
included in the coursc are some African-American writers
who have tried to discover the sigiiificaiicc of their lost
African licritagc.
12:OO-.3:00 11.111M,T, W.TI1
OM13
BEGINNING GERMAN I
Steinmel
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and r e a d i ~ l ~
basic German for students with iio previous backgruuiid
in German Dist : Yes
8:30-70:50 n.111 M,T, W,7'11,F
OM72
SPA 111-8126
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section I)
SPA 111-8127
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section 11)
Kingsle
Aims to develop four basic skills: Uiidc
ding, speaning, reading and writing of elementary S1
h. lntroduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world uist.: Yes
8:.30-70:50 n.111.M,T, W,Tlr,F fSectii1111)
OM78
11)
5:30-7:50 }'.III. M,T, W,Tlr,F (S~~ctioli
OM7
HPE 410-8128
Borstad
u,
and relationsliGs to cornm:n~ty health program
and re:
sources. Dist.: No. ~ r c r e ~ z s i tHPE
e : 3%
5:30-8:30 J I . I ~ I . M,T, W,TII
O M
HIS 341-8129
TOPICS IN EUROPEAN HISTORY:
WWII
Zehnder
Bcgiiis with a study of Llic failule of liberalism, the rise of
Fasclsni, and the power ( ~ natic,iialism
f
in the pre-war era,
followed by an cxani~natio~i
of the coursc of the war itself
Concludes with an nltempt to understand post-war Europe including the state of Eastern Europe, the success of
the Ixft, and tlicatte~npttodcvclopo new Europcan unity
(Students wlio earned crcdit for Topics in European History offered in Suiiiiiicr Sessioii I, 1988, niay not takc tliis
coursc for crcdit ) T.ourcr division students may takc this
course with the permission of tlic History Dcpart~iicnt.
Dist : Ycs Additional work required for u u u c r
division crcdi t
12:00-3:OO 11I I I M,T, W,llr,
',
,I
?
MAT 173-8130
MATH OF INTEREST
Kaminsky
Have you ever wondered why womenl~avebemcliarged
more than men for annuities and receive lower pension
benefits than men? Or why women have paid less than
men for life insurancc? Or how life insurancc premiums
are calculated? Or how installment loan payments arc
figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to
accumulate a certain lump sun1 or annual payment at a
certain date in the future? Then this course may be meant
for you. These and other interesting and useful topics in
the mathematics of financial transactions will be covered.
This course should be useful for students in business and
economics or for any s t u d c ~ ~i~ltcrested
ts
in careers in finance-related fields Dist.: Ycs
6:00-900 11111 M,T, W.Tlr
OM27
1
PHI 130-8131 {
LOGIC
Apolloni
Suppose
someone gives
you reasons, and then says
you
..
..
.
. .
must accept a particular conclusion Must you? When
does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we
examine therulcswhicligovcrli valid argumentsand work
to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound
arguments. Dist : Ycs
OM23
X:30-70:50 fl 111 M,T, W,TII,F
-
r
-
PHY 103-8132
PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
Arge
An introductory course in which the applications, problcnis, and experiments arc selected not only to illustrate
fundamental principles, but also to demonshate the relevance of pliys~csto the life sciences. Tlie course is de~ ; ,to~
serve
~students
~ ~ in
~
biology,
. i
psychology, physical
ion (therapy programs), medical technology and
lealth science programs. The course is also a very
r~tao~eelectiveordistributionrequirementfor
theliberal
arts student. Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup I11
Dist.: Yes.
POL 453-8133
THE FRAMEWORK OF GERMAN
UNIFICATION
Hedblom
'~liiscoursewillanalyze thepolitics,economics,and social
changeofGerman reunification in relation toEurope,botli
Wcst and East Close analysis of West German reunification initiatives, East German reform initiatives and West
European reactions, all key elements in the creation of
single Europe. Dist.: Yes (Also satisfies either comparative politics or international relations areas for political
science major.) Independent Seminar in Tern1 [with fuur
?ssions, independent assignments, short papers Scniiardates: June 1,8,15, and 20.
,1111-11 :lJO 11 III
1
POL 455-8134
ANATOMY OF THE USSR
Noonan
The course will analyze the politics, economics and social
cha~igcoftheconteniporary Soviet Union. Closecxami~iation of glasnost, perestroika, new thinking and democratization as political processes of tlie Gorbachev era. Dist.:
Yes. Independent seminar, seminar-discussio~i/lccturc
sessions, ~ n d e p e n d c writtc~i
~~t
assignments, short papers.
Seminar dates: May 30, June 6 , 11, 18, and 22, (Students
must attend all seminars.)
SC1319
10:00- 12:00 IIOOII.
POL 199-8135
POL 399-8136
INTERNSHIPS
Arrnrr~cd
Hedblom
POL 499-8137
INDEPENDENT STUDY
1
REL 445-8138
THE BIBLE: LANGUAGE AND
INTERPRETATION
Quanbeck
A study of the use and fuiictio~iof language in the Bible.
Tlie importance of recognizing the varied character of
language for understanding tlie Bibhcal text. Grades will
be based on class participation, a presentation to the class
and an examination. Dist.: No. I'rereq.: Re1 111 or 221, or
consent of instructor.
R:30-10:51111.1rr. M,T,W,TIi,F
OM25
SWK 399-8
INTERNSHIPS
AlVrnr~gcri
M. Brown
SWK 499-8140
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Armrlged
M. Brown
329-8141
~NTERCULTURAL
OMMUNICATION
Lapakko
his coursc will cxplorc bc~tlithe prc)blems and the potcntial of communication between persons of diffcrcnt cultural groups. Factorssucli asetlinocc~itrism,stereotyping,
prejudice, role expectations, values, and nou-verbal synibols will be examined.
9:.?0-11:511 fl.111.M,T, W,Tlr,F
OM10
k
r
ugsburg
college
~urnmek 1
June 25 - August 3,1990
-
ART 132-8150
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION D
~ ~ i ~
ART 132-8151
Friederichsen
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11)
Thecamera used as a tool for visual creativib and cxpression; black and white, color and photographic processcs.
Need access to a 35mmcamera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost
of film, etc.: $125.00-$150.00. (Class size limited.)
1:30-5300 }?.IJI. M, W (Sectio~rI)
6:00-9:30 y.rrr. M, W (Sectio~i11)
0 ~ 4
BUS 175-8152
COMPUTERS FOR BUSINESS AND
ECONOMICS
Her2
Introduction to computerized data processing: BAS
LOTUS, DBASE,word processing, computerized business
graphics. Dist.: No Prerequisite: Hi h school algebra.
G:00-9:30 p.rrr. M, W
FOSS20
A
BUS 222-8153
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1
Stoller
Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting, plaiiiling and controlling processes, decisionmaking and behavioral considerations. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: BUS 221
8330-9:55n.r11.
M,T, W,TIi,F
- ON'BUS 242-8154
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (SECTION I)
BUS 242-8155
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
(SECTION 11)
Cemto
rm I L : , ~ I I . I I ! . . I I I I ~ I I : , organization,
Developmentof the I;II.II[
staffing, planning al:, I t I I ; I I I . 'I 1 1 1 , I ~ , ! i l i rof
~ ~ authority,
accountability and I - W I.I I; .il~~i::
~ ~ l , . .In,\i;,..l!. of the role of
the professional manager. Dist : No
6:00-9:30 p.111.T,TIi (Sectiurl I )
6:00-9:30 y.rrr. M, W (Sectiorr 11)
OM11
b
PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS
Sabella
Introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the housed hold,
~ firm,
~ market
i ~ structures
h ~ ~and ~income distribution.
Applicationof elementary c----7mic theory tomarketpolicy. Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:30p'n1'
OM22
'
-^
ECO 315-81
MONEY A. .- JANKING (SECTION I)
ECO 315-8161
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION 11)
Gupta
Monetaw and bank in^ svstems, varticularlv commercial
hanks .II\L~ the ~ e d e r a ~ ~ < e s e~ryvset e n monetary
~;
theory
.lnJ volicv. Ilist: No. Prereu.: Fco 112.113
6:00-930 ;.In. M,W (Sectiolt 1)'
:00-9:30p.111.T,Th (Section 11)
EDE 376-8162
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
SOCIAL SCIENCES
Endorf
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for social studies at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab. experiences. Dist.: No. (1/4 cou
9:30-11:15n.1n. M,W (lurie 25-luly 9)
EDE 386-8163
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
V. Olsen
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab experiences Dist.: No (1/2 course)
9:30-11:15 n rr~.T,Th
L4
EDE 387-8164
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
LANGUAGE ARTS
Therres
1- ..1111111,111011 ~11:~
1 I ~ I L ~ ~ . I I - , I I II L~~ materials
II
and resources
t h 9 1 I Iil1yu.r):~:
.lrl.. ,,! 1111, 1 ~ 1 1 ~!:,irtenand
~1v:
elementarylev~ 1 , I . . L I ~ \ . \ I iIi ~t m ~ a ~ b mI ~m' ?>O , I I . I I EdE255orEdS265.)
1 1 10 1 ' > / 8 J t l 1 I!?
L4
EDE 388-8165
BUS 323-8156
HUMAN RELATIONS
Clemmons
ACCOUNTING THEORY AND PRACTICE I1 Kader
I 1,11~11,1~.i*.
O H t l ! , ~ : , 1 1 1 ~ 1-I~ 1.1l114"., I ~mmunication
twh~ \ I I , I I I , I ~ V ~ , <111111!11;
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ :~It;~11i~(~~~1taiiungtoinvestmcnts,
L ~ ~ ~
I I I L I I I L . ...
. I I L I I ('1 I I I V I I I . L ~ I .I ~ I I IIIV
~ ~ ~:r-jl~p;in
I
Mlnnesatafor
l . ~ ~ ~ ; ,, 1r1i1~~ 11l1~1 1 ~ r ~ : ! , i l b : ~ , II.,,,~I..WI ..l:abilitiesand reserved,
.I<
111.11 1.11 lh11111 ? ~ I ~ 1 1 ~ 1 ~ ~ 1 ~ , ~ 1 ~ ~ 1 1 ~ ~ ~ I 1 . 1 ~ ~ i ~ o:I;,,
i ~ i n c o1m1 IeIdIeI t~1'1e. IrI::II.:I
mIi - 1*1:r-,wn.llr ~ k t i o n sskills apyli.
t , 1 1 ~ I l( #~ I~t , . ~ ( l u r i ! .,111~1
IIIIIC.I
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ t ~ % m n a l v w uOpen
kionti
I
I
I
I
1I
I I ~ n g e(Prerequisite:
1 , ~ . ~ 1I 1I I . . ~ :m-lh$ ( 1 I '. L ~ ~ I I - . , , I;,) quiradf~~rallElrmu~~t~
BUS 322) Dist.: No.
and Secondary Education majors.
6:00-9:30 p.111.M,W
OM22
8:30-10:15n.rrr. M,W
OM10
BUS 199-8157
INTERNSHIPS
Kader
Arranged with individual faculty in the Department of
E,, -82-8166
Business Administration and Ecoiiomics
INTRODUCTION TO SPECIAL
EDUCATION
Metcalf
Introduction to the field of special education Examines
the nature, causes, and educational interventions for
ECO 110-8158
such V.I I . ~ > ~ I ~ I I I . L ~ ,hi.
I I ~mental
L,,>
retardation, physical disECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
abililv, I : L . . ~ 11::: .411,I k 1v.1onimnsirment, learninl 'isabiliStudy ofeconomicimplicatioiisofproblemsfaciilgametrotie, I I I I I
.a
edness. Dist.: I .
urbanenvironment. By independentstudy only. Dist.: Yes.
Arrn~iged
f j t
ENG 241-8167
INTRODUCTION T O CINEMA ARTS
Mitchell
An investigation of the artlstlc qualities and tlie historical
development of tlicfil~nmedium l'liccoirrscincl~rdcsthe
viewing and discussing of both feature length and short
fil~ns Some class periods will be cxtc~idcdto view films.
6:00-9:.30 / ~ , I I I Tr7l'1r
FOSS775
ENG 282-8168
ENG 482-8169
ENCHANTMENT OF EVIL
Griffin
Evil, tliouglit tlie poet Edmund Spcnser, is a sort of encliant~ncnt In literature, evil is often interesting, charming, witty, and cvcn admirable Evil is also a liar Behind
the magical facade lies cniptincss and despair. Wlicrc
evil is the most self-import'int, it is likely to be the most
ridiculousor trivial Thcco~irsewillbegin witha s t ~ ~ of
dy
Rcna~ssanccwritcrs like Sliakcspcarc, Marlowc and
Milton and conclude with works of 20th Century writers
IikeC S Lewis, Tolkien, and Iris Murdoch Dist : yes.
6:OO-9:30 y.rrr M, W
OM23
GER 112-8170
BEGINNING GERMAN 11
Steinmet;
Classroom practicein speaking, understanding and rcading basicGerman. Lab. Dist.: Yes.
OM1 1
8:70-95.5 n 111. M,T, W,Tlr
SPA 112-8171
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I)
SPA 112-8172
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11)
Kingsley
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of cleinmtary Spanish.
Introduction to culture of the Spiinish-speaklll- world.
Dist.: Yes
8:10-9:55n r r r M,T, W,TII (Si,cliur~I)
5:30-7: 15 11 111. M.T, W,Tlr (S~ctiorr11)
OM18
HPE 320-8173
SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUIVI
D(
Techniques for developing a course o f ' k . I y based
growth and development for grades ! ? f 2 Special worl
units in nutrition and diseases. Dist.: No. Prcrcquisitc
Consent of instructor,
Ar'rnrr~cd.
A
HIS 341-8174
TOPICS IN EUROPEAN HISTORY: EASTERN
EUROPE UNDER THE HABSBURGS
Zehnder
This course will focus on three themes: 1)Thebackground
of the pcoplcsof East Central Eurupe and tlie Balkans and
tlieir current condition, 2) The ingenious institutions of
the Habsburgs that successfully met tlie challenge of Rcf'ormation, Libcral~sm,and Nationalism, 3) Tlie great cultural co~itributionof the Habsburgs at the meeting point
of Latin, Gcrman, and Slavic societies, c g Mozart,
Freud ctc Luwer division students may take this coursc
with per~iiissionof the History Department Dist : Yes
10:OS-1 1:.30n 111 M,T, W,Tlr,F
OM1 1
INS 225-8175
AN INTRODUCTION T O ISLAM
Kader
This coursc wrll examine the ideological foundations of
Islam, its b a s ~ cconcepts and tcnets, Islamic law, economic and political systems and Islamic patterns of life
Tliere will also be a considcratio~iof tlic diffcre~iccs
betweell the Islamic sects and some cffort to deal with
tlie similarities and differences between l s l a ~ nand
both Christianity a ~ i dJ~ldaism Dist : Yes
6:00-9:30 11 J I I . 1',Tlr
OM25
MUS 130-8176
INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC IN THE
DunhaFINE ARTS
Kelationsliip between music of each period and the 0th
fine arts. For non-music majors Dist.: Yes
70:05-7 1:30 n 111 M,T, W,Tlr
PHI 120-8177
ETHICS
Apolloni
Somcti~iicsyou say tha r t a i n action is right or condcln~iit as wrong. Why d o you thinkit is riglit? Because
you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look
at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at
the moral judgenients about personal and social issuresulting from them Dist.: Yes.
8:30-9:55 n 111 M.T, W,Tlr,F
OM16
-
EEE
PHY 101-8178
ASTRONOMY
Arge
Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Explain optical instruments; use 12-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron,
3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite: Matli Placement
Group I1
6:lJO-9:30 }I.III. T,TIi
OM10
POL 160-8179
WORLD POLITICS
Cmz
Introduction to tlie processes and lssucs of international
politics, including the dynamics of the international
tem. theories of international relatio~is.and a focus
recent problems. Dist.: Yes.
p.1~.M,T, W,Tlr
OM23
I
POL 475-8180
THE LEGAL PROCESS
Fishman
Tlie coursc seeks to provide the undergraduate student
with an introductory understanding of tlie fu~ictioning
of our legal system. As such, it will explore: the law's
interdependence with tlie social environment; tlic law's
social junctions; the social and moral limits of tlie law;
and, tlic lawnsa system, describing tlie aspectsand problems of each of tlie law's agencies - courts, legislative,
administrative, and executiveagencies. (No class June25
and 27. Additional classes July 6 and 13.)
OM25
6:00-930 p 111. M, W
POL 199-8181
POL 399-8182
INTERNSHIPS
Arrnrrgc-d
Hedblom
.
:IOLOGY
:265-8192
ItACIAL AND MINORITY GROI -RELATIONS
*
Bloom
Tlie dimeiisi~~iis
of racial and minority group relations.
Majoratteiitir)~iisfocuscdLlponprejudice,racisni,alid the
roleofself-understandi~ig.(I'/N gradiugoiily.)Dist.: Yes.
05-8184
;ENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Leitschuh
OM16
M,W
i n introduction to the methods and approaches u s e d h 6:00-9:30/1.111.
~sycliologyfor the purpose of understanding behavThe shucture of tlie field of psychology, including its
SOC 356-8193
najor sub-areas, is emphasized. Dist.: Yes.
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
:30-955 0.111. M,7, W,TII,F
OM12
CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult corrcct~onalprograms and processes.
.'SY 362-8185
Lectures, discussion, and site visits tocorrectioiial instituABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
Leitschuh
tions and government offices. D ~ s t ,No.
:
An intruductioii to maladaptive human behaviors
1:30-5:00v.rr1;T,Thr
"' " 6
from the social, organicand psychological poi~itsofview.
.
- -- -Visitation to a variety of community service agencies
COMM
will accompany classroom learning.
Dist.: No.
THEATREARTS
--I'rereq : 15Y 105
10:05-~~1:.30n.111
M,T, W,TII,F
SPC 226-8194
-MOVEMENT FOR THE
F
THEATER
Students will explore principles and styles of niovemci*
REL 366-8186
used in tlie art of acting. Tlie goal will be to illcrease tliCHRISTIANITY IN MODERN AFRICA
Halt
student's ability to communicate through movemciit, b
This coursc will focus on two regions of Africa: the
examining the principles of discipline, freedom, c'--"West a n d tlie South. Studelits will be introduced to
timing, concentration, and rhythm. Masks and iml
traditional African culture and religion, tlie iiitroduction
sa tion will beintroduced as tools forcorporealexpressio~
of Christianity, and the present develop~lleiitof indigcAll different aspects of movement will be explored: body
nous clii~rchesin West Africa. The newer "Independent
stance, facial expression, gesture, walking,etc. Movement
African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to
exercises will be built around short scenes, poems, and
formulate "African Christian Theology." A major section
play excerpts. Some principlesofOrieiital movement will
of tlie course will focus on contempor
wpunses
also be introduced.
of churches in South Africa to tlie apart1
system of
10:05-21:3
. M,T,W,TIi,F
THEATER
racial segrcgation. Dist.: Yes
1:30-3:1511 111. M,T, W.711
SPC 345-8195
ORGANIZATIONAL
REL 441-8187
COMMUNICATION
Lapakko
INS 495-8188
An examinatioii of the c,,
of c~nirnu~iication
ill
FEMINISM AND CHRISTIANITY
Strattonl
organizational settings Focuses 011such topics as supeThe objectives of this course include gaining knowleage
rior-subordinate relationships, formal and informal con1about feminism and Christianity: the history of women,
~nunicationnetworks, management styles, power and
feminist theory and history, the impact of the Christian
authority, motivatio~iof employees, organizational cultradition on societal roles of women and men, contempoture, perforinaiiccappraisal, effective useof meetings, and
rary feminist views of Christianity, and about the Bible,
sources of commuiiicatio~iproblc~ns111 the workplace
women in the Christian tradition, feminist theology and
Designed to enliance comniunication skills of both manethics, women in the church, worship and spirituality.
agersand subordinates Studentsboth investigate thelit90th women and men are welcome. Dist.: Yes
eraturc on orgaiiizatio~~al
communication and attempt to
:00-9:30 p 111 M,W
OM13
apply it to tlieir own experiences in organizations.
5:3O-9:W p.m. M,W
OM10
..r...,LLr
SWK 260-8189
HUMANS DEVELOPING
Peters
Provides knowledge of Iiuman growth through tlie life
cycle,and of theinterplay ofsociocultural, biologica1,and
psychological factors wliicli influence tlic growtli of individuals and families in contemporary American families.
Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/or life-style diversity. Dist.: No.
10:05-11:30n III M,T, W,TII,F
SWK 399-8190
INTERNSHIPS
A rmlr ~<yed
SWK 499-8191
INDEPENDENT STUDY
AI I . ~ I I , ~ L ~
OM16
Brown
Brown
-
SPC 414 -8196
INS 414 -8197
Nilsson
FEMINIST RHETORIC
.ican fe~nin~sts
will be nnaThe rhetoric of selected
lyzed to develop a rlietc
perspective on American
feminism, and to develol skill in rhetorical criticism
.-...
c.20
o.nn
.. ...r r ! .
OM23
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA
CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70
RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AFFl LlATlON
Augsburg College is a fouryear liberal arts college affiliated
with
The
American
Lutheran Church. The College
offers... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA
CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70
RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AFFl LlATlON
Augsburg College is a fouryear liberal arts college affiliated
with
The
American
Lutheran Church. The College
offers a broad education in a
Christian environment.
ACCREDITATION
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central
Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National
Council for the Accreditation
of Teacher Education, the
American Chemical Society, and
the American Association of
University Women.
MEMBERSHIPS
Augsburg College holds membership also in the American
Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the
American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the
National Lutheran Educational
Conference, the Association of
Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and
the Association of Protestant
Colleges and Universities.
COURSES OF STUDY
Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor d Arts
degree offered in 29 major fields
of study. Students are prepared
for teaching, business administration, social work, medical
technology, secretarial work,
parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for further
study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for
graduate study in various fields.
LOCATION
Augsburg College is located
along Interstate Highway No.
94, just 20 blocks from the
downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums, and
art collections. They also have
the opportunity t o attend lectures, musical programs and
other cultural activities in the
Minneapolis-St. Paul area.
SETTING
The twelve-block Augsburg
campus is located in the heart
of Minneapolis and is adjacent
t o the University d Minnesota
West Bank campus and two of
the city's largest hospitals. In
this urban setting, Augsburg
students prepare for careers in
our increasingly urban society.
A friendly atmosphere prevails
on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases
of campus community life under
the direction of a capable, wellprepared faculty.
DEVELOPMENT
A comprehensive development
program is in operation which
will, over the years, add additional land and buildings t o the
Augsburg College campus.
THE AUGSBURG COLLEGE CAMPUS
Augsburg College is located
near the Minneapolis loop and
the University of Minnesota.
The Administrative offices are
in Science Hall at the corner of
7th Street and 21st Avenue
South.
Prospective students and other interested persons are cor-
dially invited to visit the
campus. Visiting hours are
9 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through
Friday; Saturday by appointment. A letter or telephone call
in advance is recommended.
Write to the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; or
telephone 332-5181.
ACADEMIC CALENDAR,
AUGUST 1968
S M T W T F
1 2
4 5 6 7 8 9 1
11 12 13 14 15 16
18 19 20 21 22 23
25 26 27 28 29 30
S
3
0
17
24
31
JANUARY 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19202122232425
26 27 28 29 30 31
SEPTEMBER 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
891011121314
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30
OCTOBER 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
NOVEMBER 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
DECEMBER 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
891011121314
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
FEBRUARY 1969
S M T W T F S
MARCH 1969
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16171819202122
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
APRIL 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20212223242526
27 28 29 30
MAY 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18192021222324
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
2 3 4 5 6 7 :
9 10 11 12 13 14 I 5
16171819202122
23 24 25 26 27 28
SUMMER SESSION 1968
June 24
July 4
Aug. 2
........... (Mon.) ............
............
Final registration and
beginning of classes
(Thurs.) ........................ Holiday
(Fri.) ................. Final examinations
............
ACADEMIC YEAR 1968-69
FALL TERM
Sept.
Sept.
Sept.
Nov.
Nov.
Nov.
5-9 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) ... Freshman Welcome Week
9, 10 ......... (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration
11 .......... (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
19 .......... .(Tues.) ............... Last day of classes
20-26 ........ (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations
27-Dec. 3 . . . . (Wed.-Tues.) .......... Thanksgiving recess
WINTER TERM
Dec. 3 ............. (Tues.) ...................... Registration
Dec. 4 ............. (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin
Dec. 20, 9:00 p.m. ... (Fri.) ............. Christmas recess begins
Jan. 6, 7:45 a.m. . . . (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume
Feb. 25 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes
Feb. 26-March 4 . . . (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations
March 5-10 . . . . . . . (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term break
SPRING TERM
March 10 . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.) ...................... Registration
March 11 .......... (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
April 2, 9:00 p.m. . . (Wed.) ............... Easter recess begins
April 8, 7:45 a.m. ... (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume
May 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) ............... Last day of classes
May 2 6 3 0 ......... (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
June 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement
ACADEMIC CALENDAR, 1969-1970
AUGUST 1969
S M T W T F
1
3 4 5 6 7 8
10 11 12 13 14 15
17 18 19 20 21 22
24 25 26 27 28 29
31
S
2
9
16
23
30
JANUARY 1970
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
SEPTEMBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
78910111213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
S
1
8
15
22
FEBRUARY 1970
M T W T F S
2 3 4 5 6 7
91011121314
16 17 18 19 20 21
23 24 25 26 27 28
,
OCTOBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
NOVEMBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30
MARCH 1970
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 91011121314
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
APRIL 1970
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 91011
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30
FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1969
Final registration and
beginning of classes
July 4 ............ (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Holiday
July 18
(Fri.) ................. Final examinations
June 9
............ (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . .
............
July 21
Aug. 8
SECOND SUMMER SESSION 1969
(Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
............ (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
............
ACADEMIC YEAR 1969-70
FALL TERM
Sept. 4-8 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) ... Freshman Welcome Week
Sept. 8, 9 . . . . . . . . . (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration
Sept. 10 ...........(Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
Nov. 18 . . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) ............... Last day of classes
Nov. I S 2 5 ........ (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations
Nov. 26-Dec. 2 ..... (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Thanksgiving recess
WINTER TERM
Dec. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration
Dec. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin
Dec. 19, 9:00 p.m. .. (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Christmas recess begins
Jan. 5, 7:45 a.m. . . . (Mon.) ................... Classes resume
Feb. 24 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes
Feb. 25-March 3 . . . .(Wed.-Tues.) . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
March 4-9 ......... (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term break
SPRING TERM
March 9 . . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.) ....................... Registration
March 10 . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
March 25, 9:00 p.m. . (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Easter recess begins
March 31, 7:45 a.m. . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume
May 22 . . . . . . . . . . . .(Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes
May 25-29 ........ (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
May 31 . . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement
DECEMBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
78910111213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
MAY 1970
S M T W T F
1
3 4 5 6 7 8
10 11 12 13 14 15
17 18 19 20 21 22
24 25 26 27 28 29
31
S
2
9
16
23
30
AIMS AND OBJECTIVES
Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The
American Lutheran Church. The
faculty and the Board of Regents of the College affirm the
following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this
institution.
ULTIMATE AlMS
TO contribute to the true good
of human life and society.
To contribute to the building
of free and living congregations
in the community of the Christian Church.
BASIC PHILOSOPHY
The Christian message concerning the redemptive act of
God in Christ constitutes the
greatest potential for good in
human life and society; but this
potential is realized only insofar
as it is actualized in the minds
and hearts of individuals.
The redemption of the mind
constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the Christian
Church; in seeking to relate all
learning to the truth of the
Christian faith, the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to
society.
Where there is an atmosphere
of free and honest inquiry, truth
has the overwhelming advantage;
the Christian college, therefore,
pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by
inviting teachers and students
to join in a common search for
truth and in a common attempt
to see all truth in relation to
ultimate Truth.
PRIMARY OBJECTIVES
To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can
reap the maximum benefit from
a program of Christian higher
education.
To provide a campus setting
that is conducive to the spiritual,
mental, moral and physical wellbeing of its students.
To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist
them to develop the habits and
skills necessary for sound academic work.
To acquaint its students with
the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both
for the sake of the enrichment
of their own lives and, through
them, for the enrichment of their
homes and communities.
To confront its students with
the problems and benefits of
living and serving in an increasingly urban culture.
To lead its students to a deeper understanding and experience
of the Christian Gospel in its
relati,on to every area of life
and learning.
To assist its students in discovering and clarifying their
peculiar aptitudes and interests,
and to provide training and
counsel that will assist them
in preparing for a life work appropriate thereto.
To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes
and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each
GENERAL
INFORMATION
student to look upon his life
as a Christian vocatio,n, and an
opportunity for service t o God
and man.
DISTINCTIVE CHARACTER
Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning.
As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that
high level of excellence which
is appropriate to such a community.
Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an
institution founded by Lutheran
immigrants from Norway who
sought t o play a creative role
in American life and society,
and seeks to preserve the enduring values of this heritage
in the life of the college community today.
As a metropolitan college,
Augsburg attempts to relate its
faculty and students t o an urban
culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the growing
metropolitan
community
in
which it is located.
THE PHYSICAL PLANT
Instructional facilities and student housing a t Augsburg are
conveniently located in relation
to each other.
Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices.
Science Hall, erected in 194849, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped
laboratories for chemistry, phys-
ics, and biology; a medium-sized
auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The
Lisa Odland Observatory, on the
roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960.
The George Sverdrup Library,
named in honor of Augsburg's
fourth president, was erected
and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent
to Science Hall and of similar
contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work
rooms, a visual-education center,
the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number o~f faculty
offices. There is stack space for
approximately 100,000 volumes.
Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building,
named in honor of Professor J. S.
Melby, dean of men from 1920
to 1942, basketball coach and
head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical
education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and
general auditorium purposes.
East Hall, purchased in 1966,
provides a rehearsal hall for the
Concert Band and Repertoire
Band as well as rehearsal and
instruction rooms for instrumentalists.
The Music Hall was acquired
by purchase in 1947 and has
been remodeled to provide vocal, string and piano rehearsal
rooms together with a rehearsal
room for large groups.
The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely
functional building for dramatic
and other speech activities.
The Augsburg College Center,
completed in 1967, is a center
of non-academic activity on
campus. The building houses the
Commons, which is the name for
the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and coffee
shop. Student government and
student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore is also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational
areas are provided in this threestory building containing 55,000
square feet of space.
Urness Tower Residence for
Women, completed in 1967, is
an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 women students. The building was
named in honor of Mr. and Mrs.
Andrew Urness who have given
several generous gifts to the
college. A unique feature of the
building is that each floor is
considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed
two to a room, with their own
lounge, study and utility areas.
The second floor level with
main lounge, also provides an
apartment for the head resident.
There is an observation lounge
a t the top of the structure.
Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial
Hall, erected in 1938, was
named in honor of Augsburg's
second and third presidents. The
building houses about 65 men
students and provides for some
faculty and administration offices in one wing.
Sivertsen-Mortensen Hall in-
corporates a building donated
to the college in 1939 from the
late Dr. Iver Sivertsen and Mrs.
Sivertsen, and a larger addition
erected in 1955 and named in
honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen,
dean of women at Augsburg
from 1923 to 1964. The building
provides housing for about 144
men students as well as apartments for the resident head.
The Studio Building, dedicated
in 1964, houses the Department
of Art on its two floors.
West Hall is an apartment
building purchased in 1966
shortly after it was constructed.
The building houses 38 women
students and an apartment for
the head resident.
Cottage Houses. A large number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the
expanded campus area to provide accommodations for men
or women students, married students and for faculty and staff
members.
The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is
located on the West River Road.
THE ARCHIVES
The Augsburg Archives seeks
to gather and make available
for use documents, books, and
other articles of historical value.
The George Sverdrup Library
provides adequate, fire-proof
quarters for the archives. Here
are found a large collection of
periodicals, manuscripts, letters
and pictures, affording extensive
resources for scholarly research.
-
LIBRARY FACILITIES
The beautiful and spacious
George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop
for both faculty and students.
It contains about 70,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets,
and is adding approximately
7,000 new volumes each year.
Students and faculty working in
either of the two large reading
rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet study and research materials close at hand.
All books are kept on open
shelves. Reference service, provided by an able and welltrained staff, is available to
students.
Special collections have been
developed in the Music Library,
the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual
Center. In 1966, the AmericanScandinavian Foundation presented its collection of Scandinavian music to the College. Additional conveniences
include conference rooms for
larger groups or small classes. A
typing comer is provided in the
first-floor reading room.
The library subscribes to
nearly 600 of the best periodi-
cals dealing with a large variety
of subjects, as well as a number
of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Current
issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area.
The library plays an active
role in promoting general reading, presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly
book discussions for faculty,
staff, and students.
In the Twin City area are
other libraries which make their
holdings available to Augsburg
students, notably, the St. Paul
and Minneapolis public libraries,
the latter of which issues library
cards to out-of-town students
for each school year.
NATURAL SCIENCE
LABORATORIES
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the
Science Hall. Four laboratories
and storeroom and office space
for bidogy are located on the
second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research
laboratories for chemistry and
two laboratories for physics are
located on the third and fourth
floors. A chemistry library is
located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here.
FINANCIAL
INFORMATION
1968-69
COMPREHENSIVE FEE
Includes tuition, board and room and General fee
as described below.
(per year)
TUITION
New freshmen entering September, 1969
(per year)
This rate is guaranteed for four consecutive years.
In case of time lost due to illness or accident, the rate,
upon application and approval, may be extended for a
fifth year.
Transfer students and returning students not on a prior
year-guaranteed plan.
(per year)
Part-time students (carrying less than 12 credits per
term)
(per credit hour)
Fee for auditing is one-half the fee for credit.
Students carrying more than 51 credits for the academic
year are charged $25.00 per credit hour for excess hours.
BOARD AND ROOM
Residence Halls
Honor Houses (upper-class students only)
The board plan provides 21 meals per week.
(per year)
(per year)
OTHER REQUIRED FEES
General Fee
(per year)
(Covers subscription to yearbook, newspaper, admissions to all regularly scheduled athletic events, dramatic
productions, convocations, and the support of Student
Society activities and the College Center.) Part-time
students are charged on a proportionate basis.
Application Fee
Required of all new students, non-refundable.
Initial Payment-New Students
Required of students whose application for admission
has been accepted; to be paid by May 1, 1969. The payment is applied to the tuition fee, but is not transferable
or refundable.
Room Reservation Deposit-Returning
Students
Required by July 1, 1969, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September, 1969.
Breakage Deposit
Required of all students. Refundable upon graduation,
transfer to another institution, or discontinuing educational program at Augsburg College.
SPECIAL FEES
Change in registration after classes begin (per cancel
or add)
Late registration after classes begin
(per day)
Graduation fee
Transcript fee: first copy free, additional copy
Arrangements for special examinations are made in
Registrar's office, with charges according to schedule
on file.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
Computer Science
Student Teaching
Improvement of Reading
Music Lessons (10 per term)
Practice Studio Rental
Organ (one hour per day)
Piano or Voice (one hour per day)
Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore.
Estimated costs
(per year) $
Linen service, required in residence halls
(per year) $
Personal expenses for clothing, entertainment and transportation vary from student to student. In planning a
yearly budget, a student should add
(per year) $
(7 SETTLEMENT OF ACCOUNT
A statement of charges for the year will be prepared
and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of one-third of the annual charge is due a t the
beginning of each term except that for the fall term
payments will be due on or before August 20, so that
all necessary processing of financial arrangements can
be completed in time to clear the student for registration.
Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the
Treasurer's Office prior to August 20. No student is permitted to register if his or her account for a preceding
term has not been paid in full.
REFUNDS
If a student decides to cancel his registration, refunds of tuition and room charges are allowed as
follows: during the first week of classes, 80%; during
the second week, 70%; during the third week, 60%;
during the fourth week, 50%; and during the fifth week,
40%. No allowance is given after the fifth week.
If a student is forced to cancel his registration because
of accident or illness during the first five weeks of
the term, the charge is one-half of the rate indicated.
Students required to enter military service will
receive a full refund of tuition and a proportionate refund on room charges.
In all cases, board refunds are made on a proportionate
basis.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Financial aid in the form of loan funds, scholarships, and parttime employment is available a t Augsburg College.
Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of
the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS subscribe to the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a
student should be based uposn financial need. The CSS assists the
college's financial aid officer in determining the student's need for
financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance
are required to submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential Statement
(PCS) form to the College Scholarship Service, designating Augsburg College as one of the recipients, by March 15. The PCS form
may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship
Service, Box 881, Evanston, Illinois 60204. All upper-class students
are required to submit a Parents' Confidential Statement-Renewal
form each year.
Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time.
The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of
many individual donors, is maintained chiefly by contributions from
the Augsburg College Women's Club.
National Defense Student Loans, established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available t o students capable of
maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special
consideration will be given to all students with a superior academic
background. Loans will normally be granted for the academic year,
September through June, or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for each succeeding loan period.
United Student Aid Funds is a program of endorsing loans made
by local banks to college students requiring financial assistance. A
grant to the college by the Gamble-Skogmo Foundation provided
the funds to establish the initial reserves required. The United
Student Aid Fund Incorporation also handles the Federal Insured
Loan program.
Arrangements for all types of loans are made through a conference
with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on financial aid. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels
students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances.
SCHOLARSHIPS
SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO FRESHMEN
Foundation Fellowships are offered to students with outstanding
high school records and high scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test
of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are guaranteed enrollment in hon,ors course work. These awards range in
amount from $100 to full tuition and are renewable for four years
for students with a grade point average of 3.0 (B average). TO
qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a student should rank in the
upper five percent of his high school class and have a combined
score of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. The scholarship committee also considers an individual's interests, abilities,
and character.
Honor Scholarships are offered to good students who have strong
potential for academic success at Augsburg College. These awards
range in amount from $100 to full tuition and may be renewed for
four years for students with a grade point average of 2.50.
Students who rank in the upper fifteen percent of their
high school class and have above average scores in the Scholastic
Aptitude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships.
Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards are offered each year
by the Department of Chemistry to students strongly interested in
chemistry or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from $2,000
to $4,000 over four years. A student qualifies for a Chemistry
Scholarship on the basis of his high school performance, a special
chemistry examination, financial need, and vocational objective.
Summer Research Awards are also available t o students in chemistry. This award provides a stipend of $600 for each student
to do research under the guidance of the chemistry department.
Academic Grants are awarded to students on the basis of financial
need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are admitted t o Augsburg College but do not qualify
for a scholarship may be considered for an academic grant or financial award'. These awards range in amount from $100 t o $600 and
may be renewable for four years with a grade point average of 2.0
(C average).
SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN
Departmental Scholarships of varying amounts are awarded each
year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of
their maj,or department. These scholarships are renewable if the
student maintains a scholastic average of 2.75 or better.
Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding students in the freshman, sophomore, and junior classes for use the
following academic year. The scholarship fund., which is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on the basis of
previous academic performance. No award will be in excess of
financial need.
The Augsburg College Women's Club Schdarship awards, totaling
$400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding
character and excellent scholarship.
The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her husband, Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship
is awarded annually to a student studying choral music.
The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund was
established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family and through
a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt
who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1958.
One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a student or
students in the senior class who are preparing for the ministry.
The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 196.1 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the
Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to able and deserving junior or senior students.
The M. J. Estrem Scholarship was established in 1965 by Mr. and
Mrs. M. J. Estrem of Minneapolis to provide an annual scholarship
for some worthy student of the College, such student to be selected
upon the recommendation of the Scholarship Committee of the
College.
Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships each year to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships may be
awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full tuition.
The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship Fund, established
in 1965, makes possible the awarding of one or more scholarships
each year to upperclass male students interested in careers in the
field of business.
The 0. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship was established in 1966 by Mr.
and Mrs. 0 . I. Hertsgaard. One or more scholarships will be awarded
annually to junior or senior students who have demonstrated a
proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest
or potential in conducting and show promise of overall academic
success.
The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in
1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa.
The scholarship is awarded annually to a student selected on the
basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in
the field of athletics.
International Milling Company Scholarships are funded by contributions made by the International Milling Company to the Minnesota Private College Fund. These scholarships of variable amounts
are awarded annually to able and deserving upper-class students.
The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring
Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of
$200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded
to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship
and economic need.
The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957
through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It
is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award, in the
amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and
interest in Christian service.
The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956
by members of the family to honor their parents. The scholarship
is awarded annually t o a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and promise of achievement in the field
of physical education.
Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $500 each are provided
by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded
each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are
selected by the College in the spring of the junior year on the basis
of religious leadership and scholastic standing.
Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarships were established in
1966 from funds given by Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance
Company. These scholarships of variable amounts are awarded
annually to able and deserving upper-class students who are policy
holders.
David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance
during the term in which they are doing student teaching.
The Onesirnus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs.
James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount d $300 to
an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in
the Christian ministry.
The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953
in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded
annually to a sophomore or junior student s f outstanding promise
in the field of music.
The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by
members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph
Paulson who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935,
is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written
on an assigned subject in the field of Christian sociology. The
amount of the prize is $50.
The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded
annually to freshman students who, without assistance, would be
unable to pursue higher education.
The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund, established in
1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman.
The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established
in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college from 1940
to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to selected
students preparing for Christian service.
The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family and friends to honor her memory.
As an expression of Christian concern for the problems of social
injustice, this scholarship is awarded periodically to an American
Negro student.
Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division
of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of
$300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year to
students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or
seniors of the Lutheran faith who are enrolled in social work
courses and plan to continue training in a graduate school of social
work. In addition to scholastic achievement, a student's interests,
aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award.
The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn
Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Ausgburg College Choir from
1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955
by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Doman.
It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major
or minor and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in
the art of singing.
The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family and friends to honor her memory.
A scholarship of $300 will be awarded annually to an able and
deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship
committee.
The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends t o honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen,
professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award
of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in
the field of English.
Tozer Scholarships of $500 each are awarded annually to outstanding Junior or Senior students who are residents of the state of
Minnesota. Monies for these scholarships are provided by the Tozer
Foundation, Inc., of Stillwater, Minnesota.
The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in 1962
by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward
Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually t o an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship
committee.
Memorial Scholarship Foundation. Undesignated memorial gifts are
placed in the Foundation Fund. Income from these endowment gifts
is used to provide scholarships of varying amounts. The scholarship committee selects students who are able and deserving.
The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was created by the Augsburg College Board of Regents on the occasion of the visit by Crown
Prince Harald o'f Norway to the Augsburg campus in October,
1965. This annual scholarship provides one year's full tuition for
a student from Norway who wishes to s,tudy at Augsburg. The
recipient is chosen from applicants by a committee in Norway
set up for this purpose.
The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the Department of Chemistry t o honor
the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry
at Augsburg from 1949 t o 1958. The annual award is made t o a
student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement
in the field of chemistry.
The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in
1960 by the Department of Chemistry to honor the memory of Carl
Fosse, professor d chemistry at Augsburg from 1921 to 1942. The
annual award is made to a student whose academic record indicates
promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was
established in 1967 by the family and friends and the Department
of Chemistry to honor the memory of Covey Hendrickson, a student of chemistry at Augsburg until his death in June, 1966. The
annual award is made to a student whose academic background
indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship
was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made
annually to a chemistry student whose record indicates promise
in the field of chemistry.
The Dr. W. M. Saudstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in
1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of bi,ochemistry
at the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement
in the field of chemistry.
The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was
established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960
to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student of chemistry at Augsburg until the time of his death in January, 1960. The
annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was
established in 1963. This annual award is made to a student whose
academic background indicates promising achievement in the field
of chemistry.
GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS
The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is
awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order
to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of
projects of graduate study.
The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the
Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of
George Sverdrup, President d Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is
awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character
and ability who plans to prepare further for the vwation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars.
STUDENT
ElMPLOYlVIENT
An employment service, located in the Student Personnel Office,
assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work during
the school year, Christmas vacation, and summer. Both on-campus
and off-campus jobs are available.
ADMISSION
APPLICATION PROCEDURE
Applications for admission are provided by and submitted to the
Office of Admissions, Applications may be obtained by visiting,
writing, or calling (332-5181). A majority of the applications are
received between September and January of the students' senior
year in high school. Although the closing date for making application for the fall term is August 1, the class may be filled well
in advance of this date.
An early decision plan is available for highly-qualified applicants
who apply before December 1. These applicants are notified concerning admission on the basis of grades through the junior year
and college aptitude test scores. Students applying after December 1 will generally not be notified concerning admission until after
the Scholastic Aptitude Test scores have been received by the
college. A $100 tuition deposit is due before May 1, with earlier
payment giving preference in the assignment of campus housing.
Students admitted after May 1 are required to make the $100 tuition deposit within two weeks of notification of acceptance. The
tuition deposit is not refundable but applies to the cost of tuition.
An interview on campus is encouraged.
Instructions for applying for admission:
1. Return the application form with a $10 application fee
(non-refundable) and a photograph to:
Off ice of Admissions
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
2. Request your counselor or principal to send us a transcript
of your high school record and all test results. Transfer
students will request the previous college or colleges to
send an official transcript of grades together with results
of standardized tests taken.
3. The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance
Examination Board is required for admission. The test should
be taken early in the senior year or late in the junior year.
See your counselor or principal about registering for the
SAT or write to College Entrance Examination Board, c/o
Educational Testing Service, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey. Transfer students are not required to take the SAT.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The quality of a student's work in high school, type of course program, scores on college aptitude tests, extra-curricular participation, and recommendations are important factors in considering an
application for admission. Augsburg College seeks students who
rank high in their high school graduating class, at least in the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board.
It is recommended that a student have a least 12 academic subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include
four units of English, and a t least two units each of a foreign language, social studies, mathematics, and science. A unit is defined
a s a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least
120 hours of classwork.
A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be
provided with blanks early in the summer to be filled out and returned to the Student Personnel Office by August 1. The health
report must be received before the student will be permitted to register.
TRANSFER
Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory
and they are in good standing. College credit is granted for liberal
arts courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited institutions. A
maximum of 95 quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a junior
college. The college reserves the right not to grant credit for
courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant
provisional credit for work taken in unaccredited institutions. The
grade point average for gra-duation is based on work taken a t
Augsburg.
ADVANCED PLACEMENT
Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the
basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses
beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by
tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed.
ADVANCED STANDING
Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted t o high school
students who have successfully completed a college-level course
provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
MPUS
There are many influences which mould life and character in c01lege. While the exercises d classroom, laboratory, and library
form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very
real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the
climate of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed
upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living.
THE CHAPEL SERVICE
At the center of Augsburg's program is the daily chapel service,
where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer,
and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance
is expected of all students and faculty.
COMMISSION OF
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES
The Commission of Religious Activities, composed of students and
faculty, is responsible to the Augsburg community for the implementation of the religious program. Chairman of this Commission is a student, who is also a member of the Student Council.
Although Augsburg College does not believe that religious life
can be separated from the rest of life, this Commission does see
its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life, and
the stimulation of faith through discussion and service.
RECREATION STANDARDS
AND DISCIPLINE
At Augsburg all of the work of the college rests on certain Biblical affirmatives about human nature and man's relation to God.
As a Christian liberal arts college, Augsburg takes these relationships seriously and therefore seeks to educate the whole man.
It follows that one of its important responsibilities is to establish
programs and policies that contribute to this end.
It is expected of each student that his life, conduct and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a
Christian college, and students who do not feel drawn to this
quality of life should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg.
Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience, the
college reserves the right to ask its students to adapt themselves
to the social and recreational program approved by the college.
It reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation
in college is deemed undesirable for social as well as for academic
reasons.
It is the policy of the college that such action shall be taken only
after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial
processes have been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first
dealt with through counseling. Those not solved this way are
channeled to a student-faculty Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and
the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action.
In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program, some
limitations have been placed on certain activities. The college is
opposed to all forms of gambling. The college does not allow
the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in residence
halls, in any college-approved place of residence or at any collegesponsored event. Minnesota state law forbids the possession or
consumption of alcoholic beverages by people who are not 21
years of age.
CONVOCATION
Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These
programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered,
including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic.
SOCIAL, CULTURAL
AND RECREATIONAL
PROGRAM
In attempting to meet the needs and interests of Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities on campus and many
of those which are available in the Twin Cities. Much activity
outside the classroom occurs in the College Center. There the college community is drawn together by social, recreational, and cultural activities. The activities program is designed to complement
the classroom experience and to enhance the student's college experience.
Throughout the year a variety of social activities are held in the
center, in residence halls, and elsewhere on campus. These social
activities include parties, teas, picnics, films, banquets, dances,
talent shows and special dinners and big-name entertainment.
Traditional highlights of the year are Homecoming, the Christmas
Buffet, Sno-Days, the Carnival, and the spring formal dance.
Many students take part in the social society system at Augsburg
by joining either a men's or women's society. These societies are
small groups which provide a natural contact between upperclass
students and freshmen, and commuter and residence students,
as they plan activities. The society system is governed by the InterSociety Council which, in turn, is responsible to the Student Council.
The recreation program has activities for both participants and spectators. The intramural program under the direction of the Physical
Education Department features touch football and basketball. On
campus such recreational facilities as pool tables, ping-pong, and
bicycles are available in addition to the facilities in Melby Hall.
Students also enjoy tennis at nearby parks and swimming at Fairview Hospital. In the winter, students go on skiing outings or stay
on campus to ice skate. There are informally organized soccer and
boot-hockey teams. For the spectator there are the intercollegiate
athletic contests. Students may attend home games on their activity card. For many of the away games bus transportation is
arranged for those wanting to attend.
The cultural program includes activities from the creative and performing arts. In the College Center there are art exhibits, discussions, music listening facilities, small recitals, concerts, drama
readings and films. Art works are also exhibited in the Studio and
the Scholarshop. Augsburgians also enjoy the annual choir, orchestra, and band concerts in Melby Hall. The college also features
a major dramatic production each term in the Little Theatre. Students are admitted free to on-campus dramatic and musical programs by their activity card.
Major responsibility for programming is handled by the Program
Commission. The committees under the Program Commission are
Social, Recreation, Fine Arts, Forum and Lecture, Hospitality, and
Promotion.
METROPOLITAN OPPORTUNITIES
Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art
collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts,
the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries. The Twin
Cities' libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other
concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Several theaters in the Twin Cities such as the Tyrone Guthrie Theater,
Theater-in-the-Round, the Old Log Theater, the Firehouse Theater,
and St. Paul Civic Opera Company provide a variety of dramatic
and musical presentations.
Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions at the University and Tyrone
Guthrie Theaters. Students also enjoy Minnesota Twins baseball
and Viking football games a t Metropolitan Stadium.
The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students
enrolled a t Augsburg College.
The central concern of student government is focused on education
to the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities
through intellectual growth. The student government relates to
this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering
student affairs, educating members to the democratic process, developing a sense of community, fostering intellectual activity, and
participating in policy making.
STUDENT
GOVERNMENT
The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in
the executive branch. Seven commissioners are each responsible
to the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight
boards also assist him in his work.
The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the
twenty-member legislative branch of the government. Each of the
college classes has its own officers and participates in student
government through its representatives on the council.
The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings are
subject to appeal only to the President of the College.
The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration
and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation
adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as
a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the
students, the faculty, and the administration. The students also
have representation on college committees such as the President's
Cabinet, the College Center Cabinet, and several faculty committees.
The Student Society is a member of the National Student Association, the largest representative national union of students in the
United States. Through this organization the students receive programming aids for use on the campus, and add their voice to the
voice of all American students before the national government and
other organizations in matters of student concern.
The Student Government directs several projects of interest to
the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Development
Council, Welcome Week, Sno-Days, International Students Program, Faith-in-Life-Week, College Center Programming, relationships with community organizations and contacts with
neighboring institutions of higher education.
Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students,
provides opportunity for the women to develop meaningful selfgovernment. It aims to create a sense of harmony and fellowship,
to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity
in personal conduct, and to encourage participation in all college
activities. It is affiliated with the Inter-collegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. AWS has an on-campus council and an off-campus council which deal with the problems and
programs of their respective areas.
The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body as well
as a medium of information. It provides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic work.
PUBLICATIONS
Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record
of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in
photography.
The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business
managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief
responsibility of the Commission is to select editors and business
managers for the campus publications.
The Auggie is a directory of students, staff, and faculty and is
published under the direction of the Office of Public Relations.
The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue
their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united to form clubs.
Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom.
Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum.
All these organizations are co-ordinated through the Student Organizations Commission of the Augsburg Student Society. This
Commission acts to evaluate club activities, to approve annual
schedules, and to represent clubs at Student Council and Executive
Council meetings.
The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and minors
in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics
in this specific area.
The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an
organization especially for students in the elementary education
program. It is concerned primarily with professional standards in
the teaching profession, educational changes, and needs of children in the field of elementary education.
CO-CURRICULAR
PROGRAM
Augsburg College Children's Groups involves students who meet
weekly with a group of neighborhood children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips, and sports as they
show their concern for these children by their own personal invoIvement.
The Augsburg YGOP Club and YDFL Club aim to stimulate interest
in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities.
The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members
an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations
and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays
produced. Membership is open to all students. Membership in
National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued
excellence in drama participation. It is open to qualified upperclassmen.
The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major "A" at
Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men
of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of
fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest
possible plane."
The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language, and
people of various countries.
The Debate Club fosters debate activity at Augsburg as it meets
to develop skills necessary in debating. Members of the club
represent Augsburg in the Twin Cities Debate League and other
intercollegiate tournaments.
The French Club is composed of students interested in the French
language and culture.
The German Club is open to all students who are studying or
have studied German. In addition to providing opportunity for
conversational practice, the club also promotes understanding
and appreciation of the German people, their achievements and
customs.
Karate Club is organized to provide instruction in classical Karate
for Augsburg men and women students. It also promotes better
understanding of Karate itself and of the various schools of Karate.
The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in
Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music,
art and history.
The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students at Augsburg, is an organization that expresses concern for spiritual life
at Augsburg, as well as acquaints its members with the vocation
of the Christian ministry.
The Psychology Club promotes interest in various fields of psycholowThe Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing.
The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish culture to students in an informal way.
The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for
professional work in the field of Social Service.
The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck
Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession.
The Ushers' Club is a service organization providing trained ushers
for public events scheduled for the campus.
The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual
criticism. They publish The Arkai, a collection of the best creative writing each year.
The Women's Recreation Association at Augsburg is a member of
the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual
and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis.
The Augsburg Concert Band numbers fifty members selected by
audition from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the
band tours annually to various parts of the United States.
The Augsburg Choir has sixty-five members selected by audition
from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the choir goes
on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. The choir toured Norway and other European countries in 1965.
The Augsburg College Choral Club performs frequently in campus
programs and concerts and sings at various churches in the Twin
City area. Membership is by audition or consent of the director.
The Augsburg College Orchestra presents programs of standard
repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists and choral
groups. In addition to campus and local appearances, the orchestra tours in the Midwest. Membership is by audition.
Larger campus musical groups also include the Repertoire Band
and the Symphonia.
MUSIC
ORGANIZATIONS
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
AND
RECREATION
Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general
student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some
activity for his own recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team
sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the
intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the
winners of intramural schedules in various colleges.
INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track,
tennis, and golf.
PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY
OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate
athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy.
This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both
the players and the spectators. The educational program of the
college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part
of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if
physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to
the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of
student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in
and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant
should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be
of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching
or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities.
Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way
competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate
athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student
spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of
Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents
and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The
intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not
overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take
the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general
recreational program.
ELIGIBILITY
REQUIREMENTS
In order to participate in certain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Organizations
check eligibility of candidates by submitting a list to the Director
of Student Activities for approval.
Eligibility f w participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed
by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference.
A student on academic probation may not be a member of the
Augsburg College Choir, Concert Band, or the Orchestra. He is not
eligible to participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading,
student publications, societies, or to accept elected or appointed
student-government otfices or chairmanships. This list is not inclusive and o,ther activities may be designated.
HONORS
AND
AWARDS
The purpose of Beta Chi Epsilon is to honor those senior
women who have maintained a high level of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving service and
leadership to the college community. In turn, it is the responsibility
of these women to foster the development of academic excellence,
leadership, and service among women students of Augsburg College.
On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the
name of each s.tudent who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for a t least two years.
Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society,
is open to students with a major or minor in English or a foreign
language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have
presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience.
The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are
to recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship.
Juniors and seniors who have earned a 3.5 grade point accumulative average are eligible for membership, while freshmen and
sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may be admitted as
pledges.
Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social
Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of
College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social
sciences is required for election to membership.
The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point
average of 3.5 or better in the previous term of work a t Augsburg
College.
The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has
made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson
in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be
the most valuable player on the basketball team.
Outstanding seniors are nominated annually by a Student-Faculty
Committee for membership in Who's Who Among Students in
American Colleges and Universities. Special attention is given
to scholarship, leadership and participation in extra-curricular activities such as athletics, drama, music organizations, societies,
student government and community activities.
Institutional services to students are organized and administered
in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student
Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions,
Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The
Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service, Placement,
Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The
administration of these services is centered in the Office of the
Dean of Students.
ADMISSIONS
Pre-college counseling concerning admissions requirements, college entrance examinations, financial aids, and career planning
is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions.
Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and
homes as the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest.
In addition to high school seniors, sophomores and juniors are
encouraged to use these services and also to visit the campus if at
all possible.
STUDENT
PERSONNEL
SERVICES
COUNSELING
Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each
student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences offered a t Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty
over vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty, health or financial problems, personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning
process and are dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that
through counseling, students will develop a more realistic understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and keener
awareness of resources available to them as they meet the problems of daily life.
At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on a t several levels.
All faculty members participate in the counseling program, and
each new student is assigned to a faculty counselor who works
with him until he chooses a major field of study. At that time,
the major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are staff
members who have specialized training in counseling and techniques
for dealing with problems of adjustment. The personnel deans
serve as special counselors. The counseling program is coordinated
through the Director of Psychological Services in the Office of
the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies
established by the Student Personnel Committee.
RECORDS
Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under
the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission
data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement
in non-academic activities, test scores, reports of counseling, and
other information.
The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government
officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters.
THE STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with
two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily
office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment.
Infirmary roloms are provided. The Health Service is located in
Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus.
Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering,
each entering student is required to have on file the report of a
physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective
treatment is prescribed where needed.
Students who have personal problems are encouraged to seek help
through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops
which demands professional skill, the student is referred to the
offices of the personnel deans. Referrals may be made to the College Chaplain, or the College Psychologist.
FRESHMAN ORIENTATION
Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days
before the beginnkg of classes each year. The students take tests,
attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted
with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with
their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students
have several conferences during which they plan the student's
program of study.
All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman
Days. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement test
scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial
programs. Personality inventories and the vocational interest profiles help the students to know more about themselves, in order to
make a good choice of subjects and occupational goals.
A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the increased
quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in
college are especially urged to enroll in this course.
IJ HOUSING AND FOOD SERVICE
In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students
Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of
others. At the same time, the college realizes that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment in the residence halls
are direct influences on their general efficiency in the classroom.
In an effort to provide these opportunities for development, student
residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the head residents and personnel deans.
Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The
head residents and personnel deans serve as resource people for
these counselors and handle cases referred to them.
All students not living at home are required to live in collegeoperated housing. Students desiring to reside in the city with
relatives must first secure approval for such an arrangement from
the Student Personnel Office. All students living in residences
take their meals in the Commons. The college also provides a
number of houses for men and women with a cooperative houseplan option.
Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and they close a day after the term closes.
Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must
apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen,
towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available
in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with
laundering service a t a reasonable cost. This service is required
of all students in residence halls. An optional linen service is
available to students living in houses.
Students engage a room a t the beginning of the fall term for the
entire school year. A room deposit is required of upper-class students to hold a room. This fee is payable a t the Treasurer's Office
by May 15. Students who have not paid the room deposit by this
date are automatically removed from the housing roster. No refunds are made after August 1.
All men living in Memorial Hall, Mortensen-Sivertsen Hall and
cottage housing, are required to pay a $20 key and breakage fee
a t the beginning of each school year. At the end of the year the
fee is refunded if the condition of the room and furniture is satisfactory and the key is returned.
GRADUATE PLACEMENT
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions a t the local, state,
and national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free
t o graduating seniors. Alumni seeking the services of the Placement
Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5. There is no
placement fee.
CO-ORDINATION OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
The Director of Student Activities assists student officers to
maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps
on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings.
Faculty advisers to student organizations are approved by the Director. The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Program Commission and the Student Organization
Commission in addition to other Boards and Commissions under
the Augsburg Student Society.
A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Student Personnel Office. The college Master Calendar is kept in the
Office of Student Activities.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Following are the requirements for graduation with the Bachelor of
Arts degree from Augsburg College:
1. Satisfactory completion of the General Education Requirements
described below.
2. Completion of a major.
3. A total of 180 quarter credits. (186 for students above junior
standing in fall of 1968)
4. At least 54 credits in courses numbered above 50.
5. A minimum of "C" average in all courses taken.
6. Proficiency in English.
7. The last year of course work a t Augsburg.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
The general education program a t Augsburg College consists of
core and distribution requirements as follows:
1. English 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2. History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3. Religion 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4. Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
5. Physical Education 1, 2, 3 (one year) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6. Art 1 or Music 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
7. Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
8. Religion 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
9. Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-18
10. Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
11. Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
12. Speech or Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
13. Religion (upper division) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
credits
credits
credits
credits
credit
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
The first five courses listed above should be taken in the freshman
year, except that students with majors in biology, chemistry, music,
or medical technology may postpone history or sociology until the
sophomore year. Religion 21 is required in the sophomore year. It is
recommended that the general education requirements be completed
in the first two years of college, except item 13 above. One upper
division religion course should be taken in each of the junior and
senior years.
Students who enter college with a high proficiency in English will
enroll in English 15 instead of English 11 and will substitute a literature course for English 12.
The number of credits required in a foreign language is determined
by proficiency examinations. The student is required to have the
equivalent of four terms of a foreign language for graduation, that
is, two terms of the beginning course and two terms of the intermediate level course. He is exempt from this requirement if he
has had four years or more of one foreign language.
In the natural sciences, two courses in biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics satisfy the requirement. It is recommended
that the two courses be taken in the same department. Students
ACADEMIC
ADMINISTRATION
who obtain a grade of A or B in the first course of science have
the option of taking Philosophy of Science for the second course.
Philosophy 21 and 22 are designed to meet the philosophy requirement. Philosophy 23 may be used also.
Students may choose from Political Science 20, 21, 22 or Economics 22 for the requirement in political science or economics.
The general education requirement in speech or literature will be
satisfied by: Speech 11 or 51; English 35, 40, or 45. Upon request
a student may substitute another literature course by permission
of the instructor.
MAJORS AND MINORS
The following majors are offered:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration: Accounting
Business Administration: Finance
Business Education
Chemistry
Economics
Elementary Education
English
French
German
Greek
Health and
Physical Education
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Music
Natural Science
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Studies
Social Sciences
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Students are required to prepare a plan for the major with the
head of the department offering the major. This is normally done
in the spring term of the sophomore year.
A student may earn a minor in any of the fields listed above except
Elementary Education and Medical Technology. Minors are also
offered in Library Science and Latin.
For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements.
ELECTIVE CREDITS
Most courses of study are designed to give the student an opportunity t o elect credits beyond those which are required for the
major and for general education.
To ensure a bro'ad range 08felectives, a limitation of 60 credits has
been set as the maximum number of credits from one department
which may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. (Exception
is made for music majors who may count 68 credits in music.
Business Administration and Economics are c o n s i d e ~ dseparate
departments for this purpose.) A student may earn up to five
credits in independent study courses in one year. A maximum
of ten credits earned by independent study may be applied toward
the 180 (or 186) credits required for the degree.
PROFICIENCY IN WRITING
All students are required to take an English test a t the end of the
sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in
order to qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English.
DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8-4.0 grade average
grade average
Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.5-3.79
Cum Laude .......................... 3.1-3.49
grade average
+
+
To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed
a t least two years of work a t Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg, as well as his total record, must meet the requirements as
given above.
GRADE VALUES
A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit
B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Very good, 3 grade points per credit
C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satisfactory, 2 grade points per credit
D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passable, 1 grade point per credit
F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Failure, 0 grade points per credit
E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition
I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete
WP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Passing
WF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Failing
W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Course withdrawn during first four weeks;
or student withdrew from college.
S (satisfactory), P (pass), N (no credit) indicate level of achievement; they do not affect grade point average.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of a term must
be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following
term. If conditions and incompletes are not removed within five
weeks of the following term, the condition automatically becomes
a failure and the incomplete becomes the grade submitted by the
teacher along with the Incomplete. The final grade after the con,dition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of
$5 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a
condition received a t the end of a term.
REPEATING COURSES
A course which has been failed or in which a D has been earned
may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grade earned the
second time are counted toward graduation. Courses in which
higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit;
they may, however, be audited.
-
REGISTRATION
Students who have been accepted for admission should register
on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Those who
register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after
classes begin. The last date on which a student may register for
or enter a course is one week after the beginning of classes. Registration for audit requires the same procedure as registration for
credit. Audit registration is considered equal to one-half the credit
registration in determining load and fees.
Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school.
No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has
not registered.
The college reserves the right to cancel any course for whichthere
is not sufficient registration.
The normal registration is 15 credit hours. A credit hour is nonnally defined as one recitation period a week throughout a term. The
privilege of registering for more than 17 credit hours is granted to
students who have gained an average record of B, or three grade
points per credit, in the preceding term. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 19 credits per term. Students
working part-time are urged to arrange the amount omf their registration accordingly.
CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION
A student who desires to make a change in his registration should
obtain a form from the Registrar's Office. The approval of the
teachers concerned, the student's adviser, and the Registrar are
needed. A fee of $2 is charged for each change of registration after
the first three days of classes. No course may be added after the
first week of classes.
A course which is cancelled during the first four weeks of classes
is followed by W. After the first four weeks and before the last
three weeks of the term, a course which is cancelled is given a grade
of WP if the student is passing and WF if he is failing the course.
No course may be cancelled during the last three weeks of the
term.
A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end
of a term must cancel his registration at the Registrar's Office in
order to remain in good standing.
CLASSIFICATION IJ
In order to be classified in one of the regular college classes, a
student must be carrying a minimum of 12 hours of work in which
college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of
the following number of credit hours with a t least twice that number of grade points:
Credits
Grade Points
36
72
Sophomore
84
168
Junior
130
260
Senior
Students are classified by this regulation a t the time of their registration each school year.
Students registered for less than 12 credits are classified as special
students.
PROBATION AND DISMISSAL
A student is placed on scholastic probation a t the end of any term
in which his achievement is unsatisfactory. The following guidelines are used in placing a student on probation with the overall
average entering in as an additional factor.
First-year students with a grade point average o,f 1.5 or below
Second-year students with a grade point average of 1.6 or below
Third-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below
Fourth-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below
All students with 7 or more credits of F.
In order to be removed from probation, a student must achieve a
grade point average of 2.1 or better for at least one term.
A student will usually be allowed to continue on probation for two
terms. If his academic achievement has continued to be unsatisfactory, he will be dropped for low scholarship.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
Regular class attendance is required of all students in lo'wer division courses. Attendance in upper division courses is voluntary
for juniors and seniors unless required by the teacher of the class.
In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance
is kept and periodic reports on absences are submitted to the Registrar.
Students wh'o find it necessary to be absent because of illness or
for other reasons should report the reasons for the absence to their
teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due to illness,
the student may obtain an excuse signed by the Health Service if
this is requested by the teacher.
Students with an excessive number of absences not excused by the
teacher may be dropped from the course with a grade of F.
Absences for tours, field trips, and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by
the Dean to all instructors involved, but the student is still responsible for any work missed.
Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in
class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence
to the teacher.
EXAMINATIONS
Tests are given periodically throughout each term. In the middle
of the fall term, reports of the grades attained by freshmen are
made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors, parents, and students. Final reports are sent at the end of each term
to the parents and students.
Written examinations are regularly scheduled a t the close of each
term. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination
in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination will result in a grade of failure
unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immediately to the
teacher concerned.
If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College
to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled,
he is charged a fee of $5 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the
Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS
Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which
the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the
student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish
to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this
committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval
forms may be secured at the Office of the Registrar. A fee of $5
($10 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit
hour and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the
answers will be filed in the Registrar's Office.
UNIVERSITY COURSES
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may
register for courses at the University. But such registrations will
not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses
at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any term
must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained a t the University may
be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation.
COURSES
OF
STUDY
Descriptions of the courses offered in 1968-70 are given on the
following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making
changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled.
Students should consult the schedule o,f classes t o determine definitely the current course offerings.
NUlMBERING OF COURSES
Courses numbered below 50 are lower division courses; those numbered 50 and above are classified as upper division. In general,
courses numbered 1-19 are primarily for freshmen; 20-49 for
sophomores; 50-74 for juniors; and 75-99 for seniors.
SYMBOLS
# Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective
of prerequisites.
CREDITS
Credits shown are in terms of quarter credits. Unless otherwise
stated a four-credit course meets four times a week and a fivecredit course five times a week. A term or quarter is 11 weeks in
length, and the normal load for a student is 15 credit hours per
term.
DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION
The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is
appointed for a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISION of the HUMANITIES
Mr. Raymond E. Anderson, Chairman
Department of Art
Department of Classical Languages
Greek; Latin
Department of English
Department of Modern Languages
French; German; Scandinavian Studies; Spanish
Department of Music
Department of Speech
DIVISION of NATURAL SCIENCES and MATHEMATICS
Mr. Theodore Hanwick, Chairman
Department of
Department of
Department of
Department of
Department of
Biology
Chemistry
Health and Physical Education
Mathematics
Physics
DIVISION of RELIGION and PHILOSOPHY
Mr. Philip A. Quanbeck, Chairman
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
DIVISION of the SOCIAL SCIENCES
Mr. Einar 0. Johnson, Chairman
Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education
Department of Education
Elementary Education
Secondary Education
Library Science
Geography
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
AMERICAN STUDIES
Mr. Nicholl, Director of Program
The aim of the program in American Studies is to develop the
student's understanding of American culture, past and present,
in breadth as well as some depth. The major is interdepartmental,
built primarily upon American area courses now offered in various
departments.
The program should offer the student a good foundation for graduate studies in law and the ministry, for the M.A. in library science
and the M.A.T. in secondary school teaching. The major would
also provide a good background for careers in the U.S. Government, particularly civil service positions and the foreign service.
Major: 56 credits, minimum
Requirements for the major include a core of foundation courses
(29 crs.); a program of elective courses for integrated study (minimum, 18 crs.) and American Studies 99 (5 crs.); and American
Studies 95 (4 crs.), a seminar of concentrated study.
The core of courses, to be taken in the departments of English,
History, Political Science, and Religion aim to give the student a
broad foundation of subject matter in major areas of American
culture, past and present, and introduce him to the methodologies
of various disciplines.
The following are required core courses:
English 45: Major American Writers (5 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 11-12
History 21-22: United States History (10 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 1
or 2 or 3
Political Science 20: American Government I, Foundations of
Amer. Dem. (5 crs.)
Political Science 21: Am. Gov't 11, Amer. National Gov't (5 crs.)
Religion 63: American Protestantism (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11
and 21
In his program of elective courses the student would attempt to
achieve a measure of integrated study of major themes in American civilization. Papers written in Independent Study, Am. S. 99,
would attempt to accomplish this.
From the following elective courses the student must choose a
minimum of 18 credits from a t least 3 departments:
Education 87: School and Society (4 crs.)
English 82: The American Novel (4 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 45
History 55: Twentieth Century United States History (4 crs.)
History 56: History of American Foreign Policy (4 crs.) Prereq.
Hist. 21 or 22
Political Science 22: Amer. Gov't 111, State and Local Gov't;
Public Administration (5 crs.) Prereq. Political Science
20-21
Political Science 70: Constitutional Law I (4 crs.) Prereq.
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, 22
Philosophy 65: American Philosophy (5 crs.) Prereq. Phil. 21
Psychology 81: History and Theory (4 crs.) Prereq. #
Sociology 59: Religion and Society (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and
21
Sociology 42: Rural American Community (4 crs.) Prereq. SOC.
11
Sociology 43: Modern Urban Community (4 crs.) Prereq. Soc. 11
Refer to course listings under the various departments for full
descriptions of the above elective courses in the program.
American Studies courses (required):
95 Seminar
4 crs.
Focuses on a limited, significant problem or phenomenon in American culture. Use of primary source material from various disciplines. Practice in the integrated use of these materials for an
understanding of the topic in depth. To be taken in the senior
year. For majors or #. (Winter)
99 Independent Study
5 crs.
Major themes or topics cutting across courses elected in the program are chosen by the student for integrated study. The writing
of several papers of an interdisciplinary nature. To be taken in the
senior year. For majors only. (Spring)
MR. THOMPSON, chairman, MR. HOLEN, MR. MOSAND,
MRS. JENSON; MR. MOLDER, MR. WESTPHAL, artists in residence
DEPARTMENT
The Department of Art endeavors to further the student's technical
and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines
of drawing, print making, painting, sculpture, and ceramics, emphasis
is given to the function of art in history and religion. Because of the
place art has in contemporary life, students are encouraged to consider the areas of teaching, graduate study, commercial designing,
and avocational art.
ART
OF
In addition to the courses oirered for credit, students have the opportunity to study and discuss rr-ith -4ugust Molder, artist in residence,
problems of art related to the m a h g of stained gIass windows. David
Westphal, cinematographer in residence, is available to those interested
in film making as a fine art medium.
Major: 46 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21, 67, 83, 84, 85, 99.
Minor: 26 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21 or 50, and 83 or 84 or 85.
Majors prepanng for teaching in secondary or elementary schools are
required to take 50.
It is recommended that art majors and minors take Introduction to
Fine Arts under the Department of Music.
1 I INTRODUCTION TO FINE ARTS
4 crs.
Historical and topical studies in fine arts. The visual arts seen in relation to music. Participation in the cultural life of the community
leading towards appreciation and criticism. [3 lect., 1disc. Fall, Spring,
1 7 DRAWING
2 crs.
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media. Emphasis
on still-life and interiors. [2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 8 DRAWING
2 crs.
Figure drawing. C2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 12 COMPOSITION
6 crs.
A study of the elements of form and composition. Two- and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. C4 lect., 2 double labs.
Fall, Winter.]
18 PAINTING I
4 crs.
Painting in aqueous media and oil. Emphasis on still-life, landscape,
and figurative painting. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall, 1968-69. Fall,
Spring, 1969-70.1
1 2 I SCULPTURE I
4 crs.
Modeling head studies, figures, and animal forms in terracotta and
plaster. C4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall.]
1 25 GRAPHIC DESIGN
4 crs.
A study of the techniques and goals of business art. A concern for
graphic design through calligraphy, typography and the preparation
of art work for reproduction. [Winter, 1968-69.1
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
1 50 CERAMICS I
4 crs.
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. C4 double labs. Winter.]
51 CERAMICS II
4 crs.
A continuation of hand-building and glazing with an introduction to
throwing techniques. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.]
1 55 PAINTING II
4 crs.
Further study of painting in oil and aqueous media. [4 double labs.
Prereq.: 12, 18. Spring.]
1 58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS
4 crs.
Theory, methods and materials of art in elementary education. C2 lect.,
2 double labs. Spring.]
4 crs.
1 67 PRINT MAKING I
Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Emphasis
on the woodcut. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.]
4 crs.
1 68 PRINT MAKING II
Serigraphy and intaglio methods in plastic and copper. 14 double labs.
Prereq.: 12, 67. Winter.]
1 78 SCULPTURE II
4 crs.
Three major works in any three of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, fiberglass, and stone. [4 double labs. Prereq.
7, 8, 21. Winter, 196-9.
Spring, 1969-70.1
1 8 3 ART HISTORY I
4 crs.
Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in western civilization.
Prehistoric to Renaissance. [Fall.]
1 84 ART HISTORY II
4 crs.
Continued historical survey. Renaissance to the 1860's. [Winter.]
1 85 ART HISTORY Ill
4 crs.
Modern art and its developing trends from the 1860's to the present.
[Spring.]
1 99 STUDIO Ill
2-5 crs.
Advanced study in either painting, sculpture, print making, or ceramics.
Art majors will be granted up to 8 credits in this course. [Prereq. : second
course in the studio area and#.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
BIOLOGY
MR. SULERUD, chairman, MR. HERFORTH, MR. MICKELBERG,
MR. THORPE, MR. URDAHL
It is intended that the offerings of the Department of Eiology should be
extensive enough to meet the needs and interests of a tvide variety
of students. For the nan-science major the aim is to pmvidc a reliable
basic understanding nf biological science and, more generally, of the
character of scieniifie Colmvlcclgc. The more ad\-anced courses are designed to provide a good preparation for students who elect to pursue
the study of biological science for a career in the profession of biology
or in a related area such as the medical profession.
All students who intend to complete a major or minor in biology should
plan their program carefully with specific reference to their intended
career. It is important that a prospective binlogy major consult with
the biology staff concerning this planning as soon es possible. In
general, a broad background in the supportihg sciences and in mathematics is essential. Students who plan to enter graduate or medical
school or to teach secondary school upon graduation must be certain
to meet the appropriate preparatory requirements. Recommended fouryear programs for such students are given under Curriculums in the
catalog as are the programs for pre-dental, pre-nursing and medical
technology students.
Major: Two programs leading to a biology major are available. Option
I i s recommended, with few exceptions, for students who intend to
obtain an advanced degree in biology, medicine or related fields. Option
II may be preferable for potential secondary school teachers and others
whose intended careers require relatively more work in biology and
somewhat less in the related sciences.
Option I: 38 credits in biology, including 11, 12, 72, and two terms of
seminar; introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and two terms
or organic chemistry (Chem. 51, 52); one year of physics (Physics 21,
22, 23); two terms of calculus (Math. 41, 42) in addition to introductory
math. Note: Medical schools also normally require quantitative analysis
(Chem. 53).
Option 11: 46 credits in biology, including 11,12, 72, one additional course
in the 70 series, and two terms of seminar; four terms of chemistry,
normally introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and either two
terms of organic Chemistry (Chem. 51, 52) or one term of organic
chemistry (Chem. 23) and one term of analytical chemistry (Chem.
53); introductory mathematics (Math. 13, 14; or Math. 40; or equivalent).
Minor: 30 credits in biology including 11 and 12; introductory chemistry
(Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6).
Biology 1, 3, 4, 6 and 8 do not count toward a major or minor in biology.
Biology 1and 6 satisfy the general education requirement in science; for
this purpose Biology 1must precede Biology 6.
H I PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY
5 crs.
The basic concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended
for majors in biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major
or minor. Students who receive a grade of B or better may be allowed
to enter Biology 1 2 on consent of instructor. [4 lect., 1 double lab. Fall,
Spring.]
4, 4 crs.
3 , 4 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A professional course in the structure and function of the human body.
Designed for student nurses only. [Biol. 3: 2 lect. and 2 double lab.
Fall; Biol. 4: 3 lect. and 1double lab. Winter.]
W 6 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
5 crs.
Designed to make the student aware of the structure and function of the
human body. Required for physical education majors. Does not apply
toward a biology major or minor, but does apply to the general education requirement in science if preceded by Biology 1. [4 lect., 2 double
lab. Spring.]
8 MICROBIOLOGY
4 crs.
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. For student nurses only.
[Prereq. :Chem. 3.3 lect., 2 double lab. Winter, Spring.]
1 1 , 12 GENERAL BIOLOGY
6, 6 crs.
A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other
science majors. First term. molecular and cellular biology, genetics
and development, evolutionary mechanisms. Second term: vertebrate
anatomy and physiology, phylogenetic relationships of organisms, ecology. Must be taken in sequence. C5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: Chem. 5 or
15. 11, Winter. 12, Spring.]
5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
5 crs.
The major invertebrate types stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. [4 lect., 2 double lab.
Prereq. :12. Fall.]
53 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
6 crs.
A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12,
Winter.]
61 PLANT MORPHOLOGY
5 crs.
The structure, reproduction, and development of the major taxonomic
plant groups. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Fall, 1969.1
W 63 PLANT TAXONOMY
5 crs.
Principles of plant classification with special emphasis on the flowering
plants. Includes field collecting and classifying some plants indigenous
to our state. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.:
12. Spring, 1968.1
W 71 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
6 crs.
A study of the ultrastructure, function, and genetics of cells. Laboratory
work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, studies in cell physiology, and a n introduction to tissue culture. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.:
12, Chem. 23 or 51. Fall.]
W 72 GENETICS
5 crs.
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in molecular,
cellular and human genetics. Laboratory, with work on Drosphila and
certain micro-organisms, is optional for one additional credit. [5 lect.,
1double lab. plus individual work if lab is taken. Prereq.: 12. Spring.]
W 73 GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY
6 crs.
A study of physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with
emphasis on the vertebrates. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, and
Chem. 23 or 51. Winter.]
74 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
6 crs.
A consideration of the chemical, physiological, and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on
the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are
included in the laboratory work. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12.
Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
76 MICROBIOLOGY
6 crs.
An introduction to the study of micrclorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics,
and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. [5 lect.,
2 double lab. Prereq. : 12, Chem. 23 or 51. Fall.]
E 81 ECOLOGY
5 crs.
A survey of representative biological communities; the shtdy of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. [4 lect.,
2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.: 12. Spring, 1969.1
91, 92, 93 SEMINAR
I cr. each
Discussions of topics based on biological literature and research. Topics
may concern the history and philosophy of science as well as current
literature. Biology majors are required to register for at least two
terms in their senior year. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-5 crs.
Individual work on a research project. [Prereq.: Previous arrangement
with instructor. Fall, Winter, Spring.)
MR. BUDGE, chairman, MISS LUND, MR. SABELLA, MR. SLESNICK,
MR. TEDEFAIAK
Majors in this department supplement the liberal arts program with
general and specialized knowledge in business and economic affairs.
The business administration major offers a basic core of courses, and
then allows the student to choose a limited specialization in accounting
or finance, and hence to prepare for careers in these fields. The
economics major concentrates on fundamental theoretical and policy
matters so that the student learns to analyze economic issues. He
is prepared thereby for graduate study in economics. Either of these
majors also can provide the background needed for general administrative careers in business, government, or various public and private
institutions. In particular, either major could be the basis for graduate
study in such fields as hospital and public administration, industrial
relations, or law.
DEPARTMENT
OF
ADMINISTRATION,
ECONOMICS,
AND
EDUCATION
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Major in Business Administration-Accounting : 38 credits, including Bus.
Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 63, 81, 83. Major in Business Administration-Finance:
38 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 73, 78. Both programs also
require Econ. 22, 23, 51, 58 or 91 or 92; and Soc. 61.
Minor: 18 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2 ; and two courses from Bus. Ad.
61, 62, 63, 73. Econ. 22, 23 also required. Other combinations may be
allowed by permission.
1 , 2 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING
4, 4 crs.
Basic concepts of accounting, accounting for individual proprietorships,
partnerships, and corporations. Special topics including manufacturing
accounting, taxes, and budgeting. [I, Fall. 2, Winter.]
31 BUSINESS LAW
5 crs.
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
[Fall.]
W 61 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
5 crs.
Capital structures of business organizations, use of financial statements,
cash flow, raising and control of short and long-term funds for a
business enterprise. [Prereq.: 1 , 2 . Fall. 1
62 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements,
income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. [Prereq.: 1, 2. Winter.]
63 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible
and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics.
Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level
changes. [Prereq. : 62. Spring.]
73 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
5 crs.
Financial problems relating to budgeting, short and long-term fund
requirements, debt and equity choices, mergers and reorganizations
presented in case materials. [Prereq. : 62. Spring, 1969-70.1
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
78 INVESTMENTS
5 crs.
The nature of various types of securities. Analysis of securities of
industrial, utility, and financial enterprises and various governmental
units. Portfolio management. [Prereq. :41. Spring, 196849.1
8 1 COST ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
Essential features of accounting for manufacturing
emphasis on management control. [Prereq. 1, 2. Fall.]
82 TAX ACCOUNTING
concerns with
5 crs.
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes
for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. [Prereq.:
1, 2. Winter.]
83 AUDITING
5 crs.
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks
and controls for accounting systems. [Prereq.: 63. Spring.]
ECONOMICS
Major: 37 credits, including Econ. 22, 23, 51, and 58. Soc. 61 and Bus. Ad.
1, 2 also required. Mathematics through course 43 is highly recommended
for those planning on graduate study in economics.
Minor: 22 credits, including Econ. 22, 23.
22 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I
4 crs.
Analysis of economic institutions, problems, and policies. Emphasis
upon the foundations of economics, economic systems, and specific issues,
such as unemployment, poverty, monopdy, inflation, role of government. [Fall,Winter, Spring.]
23 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS II
4 crs.
Micro- and macroeconomic theory examined with the analytical tools
of economics. Topics include determination of the level of national
income and employment, money and bankjng. monetary-fiscal policy,
economics of the firm, product and resource pricing and allocation, etc.
[Prereq. : 22. Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
E 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS
5 crs.
Theory of demand, theory of the firm, price and output determination
under various market conditions, factor price determination. [Prereq.:
23. Fall.]
52 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
5 crs.
Determinants of growth, theories, and historic patterns. Analysis of
the present developing nations a s to characteristics, problems, and
policies to promote growth. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter, 196849.1
53 LABOR ECONOMICS
4 crs.
Economics of the labor market. Wage determination, collective bargaining, role of unions, level of total employment, economic security, and
governmental activity. [Prereq. : 22 or # Spring.]
.
E 58 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS
5 crs.
Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed
via a macro-model. Some consideration of macremeasurement, the
business cycle, growth, monetary-fiscal policy. [Prereq.: 23. Winter,
1961)-70.1
91 PUBLIC FINANCE
5 crs.
Governmental taxation, spending, borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. [Prereq.: 22 o r #. Fall.]
92 MONEY AND BANKING
5 crs.
Functioning of the monetary and banking system, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis upon monetary theory and policy.
[Prereq. : 23. Winter.]
9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
Individual supervised projects designed to give the student opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. [Prereq.: #. Fall,
Spring.]
BUSINESS EDUCATION
These courses a r e planned to prepare students to teach business
education in high school, for stenographic and secretarial positions in
business offices, for parish secretarial work, and to provide a n o p
portunity for the development of business skills for personal use.
Major: 51 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50, 53, 63; Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31;
Econ. 22, 23.
Minor with secretarial emphasis: 26 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22,
50 and 53.
Minor with accounting emphasis: 25 credits, including 8, 50; Bus. Ad.
1, 2 ; and Econ. 22, 23.
For those who have had elementary shorthand in high school, the
major may be 47 credits and the minor, 22 credits. Students with two
years of shorthand from high school may be exempted from a total of
8 credits in shorthand, but they must elect one other course in the
business field.
I ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING
2 crs.
The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not
open to students who have had one year of high school typewriting.
[5 hours. Fall.]
8 CALCULATING MACHINES
4 crs.
Operation of ten-key and full-key adding machines and the rotary calculator. Introduction to automation. [4 hours. Fall, Winter.]
10 DUPLICATING, TRANSCRIPTION, AND
RECORDS MANAGEMENT
4 crs.
Operation of transcription machines, stencil and spirit duplicating machines. An introduction to and application of basic principles of filing
and organization of records in the office. 14 hoilrs. Prereq.: 1 or equiv.
Spring.]
21 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
4 crs.
Fundamentals of Gregg shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis
on theory, reading and writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription.
Not open to students who have had one year of shorthand in high
school. [5 hours. Prereq. : 1 or equiv. Fall.]
22 INTERMEDIATE SHORTHAND
4 crs.
Review for those with previous shorthand instruction. Development of
speed and accuracy in taking and transcribing mate?ial dictated a t
speeds of 80-100 words a minute. 15 hours. Prereq.: 21 or equiv. Winter.1
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W
50 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
5 crs.
Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of
legal documents. [Prereq.: 1 or equiv. Winter.]
53 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
5 crs.
Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation and transcription
of material dictated a t speeds of 100-120 words a minute. [Prereq.:
22 or equiv. Spring.]
63 SECRETARIAL PROCEDURES
4 crs.
Dictation, business letter writing, telephoning, use of business and legal
forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making
applications for a job. An introduction to automation. [Prereq.: 22 or
equiv. Spring.]
65 BUSINESS SEMINAR
3 crs.
A study in special problems in the field of business education through
research and-inforial
discussion. Special emphasis on general business.
l-Fd.1
DEPARTMENT
OF
CHEMISTRY
MR. AGRE, chairman,MR. ALTON, MR. GYBERG,
MR. HOLUM, MR. INGEMANSON, MR. LYLE
I t is the purpose of this department to give students an understanding
and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which
this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an
opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power,
and the beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of
man-modern science-and it provides dramatic examples of effective
ways to handle certain types of problems.
Courses in chemistry are offered as part of a liberal arts education, and
as a preparation for: (1)high school teaching, (2) the study of biology,
medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing and allied
professions, (3) graduate study in chemistry and molecular biology, and
(4) the chemical profession.
The chemistry department is approved by the American Chemical Society
for the preparation of chemistry majors.
Students planning to majo-. in chemistry in preparation for graduate
school, medical school, or high school teaching, are urged to consult
with the chemistry staff a t the earliest possible time.
Major: 40 credits, including Chem. 51, 52, 53, 61, and one additional
upper division course. Also required are Physics 21, 22, 23; Math. 41, 42.
Recommended for pre-medical students: 15, 16, 51, 52, 53, 61, and 62; for
pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 6), 51, 52; for graduate study: 15,
16, and all courses above 50. Additional mathematics and physics strongly
recommended for graduate study.
Majors participate in informal, weekly seminars during the junior and
senior years in Chem. 91.
Minor: 27 credits; must include Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6) and other courses
to complete the 27 credits. Chem. 23 and 53 are strongly recommended.
Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
4 crs.
Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry are
organized around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Designed for
prospective nurses from Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, Methodist,
and Swedish Hospitals. 13 lect., 1double lab. Prereq.: H.S. Chem. Fall.]
5 , 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
6, 6 crs.
Primarily for non-majors. The concepts and laws underlying chemistry
illustrated by examples from inorganic and organic chemistry. Semimicro qualitative analysis included in the laboratory. [5 lect., 2 double
labs. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
6, 6 crs.
15, 16 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY
An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists;
others only by permission of instructor. First term devoted to fundamental principles, and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative
analysis. [5 lect., 2 double labs. Proreq.: H.S. Chem., elem. alg., plane
geom. 15, Fall. 16, Winter.]
6 crs.
2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Designed for medical technology and other students 1.. ho desire less
than the more intensive two-term course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. [5 lect., 1 three-hour
lab. Prereq. :5 or 15. Spring.]
5 1 . 52 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
6 , 6 crs.
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on
types of mechanisms and multi-step syntheses. Descriptive material is
correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energyrelationships, and reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is a study
of techniques while synthesizing or identifying typical compounds.
Normally taken in the sophomore year. [5 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 6 or 16. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.]
UPPER DIVISION
53 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
5 or 6 crs.
Gravimetric and volumetric analysis with some instrumental analysis.
Ionic equilibria and treatment of data. Normally taken in the sophomore
year. Medical technology students register for 6 credits, others for 5.
[4 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 6 or 16. Spring.]
61, 62 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
6, 6 crs.
Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics,
and colloids. [5 lect., 1 three-hour lab. Prereq.: 53, Physics 23, Math.
42. 61, Fall. 62, Winter.1
63 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
5 crs.
Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in
the laboratory, the lecture topics include : structure-spectra correlations
for TTe. UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; classical methods; use
of the literature (inc. Beilstein); and further study in reaction mechanisms. IR and UV spectra routinely used. [4 lect., 2 four-hour labs.
Prereq.: 52, 61, and some reading knowledge of German. Spring.]
1 72 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
4 crs.
Classical mechanics, uncertainty principle, Schrediiger's equation, approximate methods of solution, commutators, conservation laws, electron
spin, angular momentum, the hydrogen atom, many electron problems.
[4 lect. Prereq. :61 or #. Winter.]
8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
5 crs.
Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy and their application
to modern analytical methods. Includes instrumental methods, such as
spectrophotometric, electro-analytical, and chromatographic techniques.
[3 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. :53, 62 or #. Fall.]
83 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
5 crs.
Correlation of inorganic chemistry using the electrostatic, valence bond,
and molecular orbital models. Coordination compounds are discussed
using the ligand field theory. Preparations of typical inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques including vacuum manipulations.
[4 lect., I four-hour lab. Prereq. : 62 or #. Spring.]
91 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
0 crs.
During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate
in weekly seminars to present and discuss research papers of general
interest. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
97 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH
Cr. arr.
During the summer after the junior year or during the senior year,
each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry may
participate in independent research in cooperation with staff members.
By staff permission only. [Fall, Winter, Spring, or special summer program.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
CLASSICAL.
LANGUAGES
MR. COLACCI, chairman, SISTER M. GERTRUDE WARD
The purpose of the courses offered in the department is two-fold; first
to provide the students with a linguistic foundation in order that they
may have a direct approach to the classical tradition which is an essential part of our Western literary heritage; second, to introduce the
studects to some of the major works of the Greek and Latin world in
the original language. Courses 11 through 52 are designed to meet the
two-year requirement in New Testament Greek of most theological seminaries.
GREEK
Major: 42 credits in Greek. Also required: Latin 1, 2.
Special arrangements will be made for students who intend to major
in Greek. If the number of students is not large enough to permit regular offering by the College, provisions will be made so that they may
complete the major at the University of Minnesota. When this is the
case, in addition to courses 11, 12, 13, 51, 52, 59, they are required to
take a t the University, five courses to be chosen from those listed under
Greek, 61 to 163.
Minor: 27 credits.
H 1 1 , 12 BEGINNING GREEK
5, 5 crs.
Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis an morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. CPrereq.:
Latin 2 or 2 yrs., H.S. Latin or #. 11, Fall, 12, Winter.]
13 INTERMEDIATE GREEK
5 crs.
Continuation of grammar with special emphasis on syntax. Reading
and parsing of easy selections from classical and New Testament Greek
writings. [Prereq. :12. Spring.]
5 1 , 52 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
4, 4 crs.
Selections from the synoptic Gospels and the book of Acts. Special
emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. [Prereq.:
13. 51, Fall; 52, Winter.]
H 55 GREEK EXEGESIS
4 crs.
Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is
given to the syntactical and exegitical approach to the Greek text. COffered on demand. Spring.]
H 59 CLASSICAL GREEK
4 crs.
Selections from classical Greek prose and poetry. [Prereq. : 52. Offered on
demand.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
LATIN
Minor: 28 credits. Also required: Eng. 35.
Courses 52, 53 offered only if there is sufficient enrollment. If they are
not offered, a minor may be completed a t the University of Minnesota.
Consult the department chairman a t Augsburg.
Students who wish to major in Latin may complete all courses in Latin
offered a t Augsburg, plus 61, 62, 63 and 9 additional credits in courses
numbered above 63 a t the University of Minnesota.
1 , 2 BEGINNING LATIN
5, 5 crs.
Theoretical and practical study of Latin grammar, with special emphasis
on morphology. Exercises in translation from and into Latin. [I, Fall, 2,
Winter.]
3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE LATIN
4, 4 crs.
Continuation of grammar. Reading of prose and poetry selections from
Latin authors; e.g. Caesar, Cicero, Livy, Vergil, Ovid, St. Augustine,
and the Medieval Latin writers. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv., determined by
placement test. 3, Fall; 4, Winter.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
52 VERGlL
5 crs.
Selections from Vergil's "Aeneid" and pastoral poems. [Offered on demand.]
53 CICERO
5 crs.
Selections from Cicero's works. [Offered on demand.]
ECONOMICS
See under Department of Business Administration, Economics, and
Business Education.
DEPARTMENT
OF
EDUCATION
MR. JOHNSON, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. FARDIG,
MR. GROENHOFF, MRS. LUDEMAN, MISS MATTSON,
MRS. PARKER, MR. M. QUANBECK
The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in the area. The work
in this department will qualify the graduate for teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level. as well a s for further
study in the field of education. The program is accredited by the State
of Minnesota, the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools, and the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education.
Admission to the education curriculum requires an application to be
approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must
be made during the second semester of the sophomore year. Approval
is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics and a satisfactory scholastic achievement. For
elementary teaching candidates, this means essentially a 2.5 grade-point
average in work completed in the minor and a 2.0 over-all; for secondary
teaching candidates a 2.5 in work completed in the major and a 2.0
over-all. Both are expected to maintain a 2.5 average in their major
and 2.0 over-all average. Candidates in both fields must make application
for student teaching as juniors and are required to meet the 2.5 major
and 2.0 general average at this point.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Major: 51 credits in professional education courses. In addition, the
following general education courses are required: Psych. 5; Hist. 2 1 or
22; Math. 56; Geog. 14; and three terms of Group Activities (Ed. 52,
53, 54).
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
0 crs.
52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITIES 1 , 11, 111
Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 55 and 56. Includes such experience as teaching,
supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
4 crs.
The growth and development of the human organism from conception
through adolescence. Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5. Fall.]
1 56 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHING
5 crs.
The qualifications of teachers; the teaching profession. Survey of American schools: philosophies, curricula, policies, and practices. Learning
theory and tests and measurements. Includes observation of teaching
situations. [Prereq. : Admission to Elementary Education. Fall.]
1 57 METHODS AND MATERIALS:
HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, MUSIC
4 crs.
Principles, methods and techniques for teaching health and physical
education a t the elementary school level. Methods pertaining to rote
singing, notation, rhythm, part singing. Integration of music in total
elementary program. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Winter.]
58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS
4 crs.
See under Department of Art.
1 63 METHODS AND MATERIALS:
MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE
4 crs.
Principles, methods and techniques of teaching arithmetic and science
in the elementary school. Use of instructional materials. [Prereq. : 55, 56.
Spring. I
64 METHODS AND MATERIALS:
LANGUAGE ARTS, READING
6 crs.
Objectives and techniques in the language arts : listening, speaking,
writing, and reading. Application of principles of learning in acquisition
of skills, interests, attitudes. Examinations of modern methods and
materials. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Spring.]
65 METHODS AND MATERIALS: SOCIAL STUDIES
2 crs.
Objectives, principles, methods and techniques in the social studies.
Development of units. [Prereq.: 55, 56. Spring.]
15 crs.
77 PROFESSIONAL LABORATORY EXPERIENCE
Student spends ten weeks in the classroom, assisting the regular teacher, and doing actual teaching. Supervision is carried out by the cooperating teacher and the college staff. This is followed by one week of
seminar with discussion of problems encountered in the classroom. [Prereq. : # Fall, Winter.]
.
79 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
3 crs.
Study of literature suitable to the elementary school child. Role of
literature in the classroom, in life outside of school. Extensive reading
and evaluation of children's books, compiling bibliography. [Prereq. : 55,
56 or #. Spring.]
87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
ment of American education. [Prereq. : Senior standing. Winter, Spring.]
Problems in education and the relation of the American school system
to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Prereq.: Senior standing. Winter, Spring.]
0
SECONDARY EDUCATION
For the Minnesota teacher's certificate students are required to complete 28 credits in professional education courses including 50, 52, 53, 54,
59, 83, 84, 87. All students must register for three terms of Group Activity (Education 52, 53, 54). Secondary education students must take
Phy. Ed. 10 and Psych. 5 in addition to other general education requirements.
50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
Physical, mental, social and emotional development of adolescents with
special emphasis placed on educational implication. The nature and
conditions of learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5 and junior standing. Fall,
Winter.]
0 cr.
52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITY I, 11, 111
Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 50 and 59. lncludes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
M 59 METHODS IN SECONDARY EDUCATION
5 crs.
Teaching procedures, materials and problems at the secondary level.
Three class sessions per week will be devoted to general methods and
two to four class sessions to the specific methods and materials of the
student's major field. [Prereq. : 50. Spring.]
68 TEACHING OF MUSIC IN ELEMENTARY AND
JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS
4 crs.
Materials, organization, and teaching procedures in the field of music
a t the elementary and junior high school levels. For music majors.
[Prereq.: 50. Spring.]
8 3 SEMINAR FOR STUDENT TEACHING
5 crs.
Preparation for the student teaching experience including observation
and planning. Special attention will be given to tests and measurements.
[Prereq. : Admission to student teaching. Fall, Winter.]
84 STUDENT TEACHING
10 crs.
Experience in observing and directing learning experiences a t the secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel.
Course fee $20.00. [Prereq.: Admission to the student teaching program.
Fall, Winter.]
W 87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
Problems in education and the relation of the American school system
to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Winter, Spring.]
88 GUIDANCE
4 crs.
The guidance function of the classroom teacher; tools and techniques
used in studying students; and methods appropriate for student guidance,
including counseling. [Fall.]
W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of
specialization in education. Each student does research and presents a
report of his findings on the requirements, present status, and future
possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. [Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
LIBRARY SCIENCE
The following courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. Preparation for selection of books
and related materials, efficient and effective management of library
materials, intelligent use of library sources are included. While the
minor in library science is planned to prepare the graduate in the area
of school librarianship, it is also a valuable minor for any student planning a teaching career, since it introduces him to many avenues of
curriculum enrichment. The courses provide a foundation for the student
who wishes to do advanced work in the field of library science.
Minor: 23 credits.
45 FUNCTIONS OF THE SCHOOL LIBRARY
5 crs.
The role of the library in the school and community. Types of library
services and activities; methods of evaluation. Organization of library
materials, including cataloging and circulation. [Fall.]
W 46 SELECTION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS
4 crs.
Theory, principles and techniques of selection. An introduction to basic
selection tools; analysis of book reviews and annotations. C3 lects., 1
disc. Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
58 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
5 crs.
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of book lists, book talks, story-telling and a wide exposure
to individual titles of books and related materials. Emphasis on preparation of papers and bibliographies. C3 lects. Fall.]
59 INTRODUCTION OF REFERENCE MATERIALS
4 crs.
Intensive study of outstanding and useful reference books most frequently used by students and librarians; bibliographies, indexes, and periodical guides. Development of skills in the performance of reference duties
-of a librarian. Laboratory work. C3 lects. Winter.]
75 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
5 crs.
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary level, with
attention to their use in relation to school curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of young adults. Emphasis on preparation of
papers and bibliographies. [3 lects. Prereq.: 45. Spring.]
GEOGRAPHY
14 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY
4 crs.
An intxoduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed
by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and
human environment. [Winter, Spring.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
MR. GRAY, chairman, MR. BERGSTROM, MR. BLY,
MRS. BOLSTERLI, MRS. CHRISTENSEN, MR. DAHLEN,
MRS. KARVONEN, MISS LILLEHEI, MRS. LIVINGSTON,
MR. NICHOLL, MR. PALOSAARI, MISS PEDERSON, MR. SARGENT,
MRS. TRAUTWEIN
The aim of the Department of English is to develop the student's ability
in oral and written expression, to increase his proficiency in reading
and analyzing literature, to acquaint him with the English language
and with the beginnings of Western literature and its development,
especially in England and America, and to stimulate his appreciation and
understanding of the fundamental human problems and situations revealed in great literature.
The department prepares for the teaching of English in the elementary
and secondary school and for graduate study.
Major: 46 credits above 15, Including, 35, 45, 47, 61, 62, 84, plus one
writing course above 15, one seminar, one modern literature course,
and electives.
Major for secondary teaching: 54 credits above 15, including course
55 in addition to those listed for the major. Writing course 31 required.
Speech 12 or 52, or 55, and 60 or 66, as well as Library Science 75 are
also required.
Students preparing for graduate study should include 86, 88, and a t least
one tsrm of Independent Study. Proficiency in one or more foreign languages is recommended. Foreign languages most generally required
for graduate study in English are Latin, German, French.
Minor: 32 credits above 15, including 35, 45, 47 or 61 or 62, 84, plus one
writing course above 15, one seminar course, and electives.
Minor for secondary school teaching: 32 credits including course 31 for
the writing course, and 55 in addition to those listed for the minor.
Minor for elementary school teaching: 24 credits above 15, including
31, 35, 45, 55, and 47 or 61 or 62.
Concerning English Proficiency: Juniors who do not have a satisfactory grade on the sophomore English Test must improve their use
of English in preparation for a second test. The English Department
will, upon request, advise the student how to direct his studies in preparation for the second test.
Satisfactory completion of course 11 is prerequisite to 12; satisfactory
completion of course 12 or 15 is prerequisite to all other English courses.
W I I COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
4 crs.
The study of language and composition with emphasis on expository
writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, reading and
analysis of expository and narrative selections, especially the short story.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
W 12 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
5 crs.
Continued stress on expository writing, including the reference paper,
the study and analysis of drama, poetry, novel. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
W 15 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
5 crs.
Honors course for students with high proficiency in English. Covers
basically the material listed under 11 and 12 with more emphasis on
critical analysis. Students completing this course meet the freshman
English requirement by completing English 35 or 40 or 45. [Fall.]
W 2 1 INTRODUCTION TO JOURNALISM
4 crs.
A brief survey of the ethics and history of journalism, with emphasis on
the techniques and practices in news, feature, and editorial writing.
rWinter.1 ,
3 1 EXPOSITORY WRITING
4 crs.
A course in expository and argumentative writing, including reading
analysis of selected models. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
W 32 CREATIVE WRITING
4 crs.
Study of the techniques of descriptive and narrative writing, both prose
and poetry. Class discussion and evaluation of the student's work. [Fall.]
W 35 THE CLASSICAL TRADITION
5 crs.
Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers in the various
genre, and the influence of the classical tradition on later Western literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
W 40 LITERARY CLASSICS
4 crs.
Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European classics from the
Renaissance to the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. [Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
45 MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS
5 crs.
Works of selected American writers from Colonial times to the present,
noting their contribution to the historical development and the literary
movements of American literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
47 MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE LITERATURE
5 crs.
The development of Western literature, chiefly British, from "Beowulf"
to Shakespeare through study of significant works and their relation to
the literary and historical context. [Prereq.: 35 or #. Fall, Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
55 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ENGLISH
5 crs.
A study of modern English viewed from a historical perspective, with
reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an
introduction to structural linguistics and a view of the development of
the English language. [Spring.]
6 1 BRITISH LITERATURE, 16 16-1 800
5 crs.
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the
metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. [Prereq. :47 or
# .Fall.]
62 BRITISH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 5 crs.
Study of the works of the major Romantic and Victorian poets, critics,
essayists and novelists and of the major literary movements of the
century. [Prereq. : 61 or # Winter.]
.
72 MODERN FICTION
4 crs.
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly British and American, of the twentieth century. [Winter.]
74 MODERN POETRY
4 crs.
Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British
and American, with attention to recent criticism. [Spring.]
78 ADVANCED WRITING: PROSE AND POETRY
4 crs.
A course for students with demonstrated proficiency in writing. Assignments based on students' needs and interests. Class discussion of students' work. [Prereq. :31 or 32 or #. Spring.]
80 THE BRITISH NOVEL
4 crs.
Survey of the development of the novel in England through study of
the work of selected major novelists from the eighteenth century to the
present. [Winter, 196%70.]
82 THE AMERICAN NOVEL
4 crs.
A study of major and representative wokks of selected American novelists. [Winter, 196849.1
84 SHAKESPEARE
5 crs.
Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies, histories, tragedieswith attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic
art. Additional plays assigned for reading -and analysis. [ ~ r e r e i . :47.
Spring.]
86 MILTON
4 crs.
A study of major poems and selected prose with reference to the intellectual and historical background of Milton's works. [Prereq.: 61
or #. Spring, 196849.1
88 CHAUCER
4 crs.
Study of CXmucer's works and language, with emphasis on "The Canterbury Tales." [Prereq. :47 or #. Spring, 1968-69.1
9 0 , 9 1 , 9 2 ENGLISH SEMINAR
3, 3, 3, crs.
Course 90, methods and problems of bibliography and research; 91,
a major American or British writer; 92, studies in criticism. Open, with
limited enrollment, to any junior or senior with permission of the
instructor. [90, Fall. 91, Winter. 92, Spring.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of B or above.
Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
As an aid to students who are handicapped in their college work by
inefficient reading skills, Augsburg College offers a non-credit class in
Improvement of Reading. The fee for the class is $25 per term. Arrangements to take the course must be made at the time of registration
for the fall term.
FRENCH AND GERMAN
See under Department of Modern Languages.
GEOGRAPHY
See under Department of Education.
GREEK
See under Department of Classical Languages.
DEPARTMENT
OF HEALTH
AND
EDUCATION
MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS ANDERSON, MR. NELSON,
MISS OLSON, MR. PEARSON, MRS. PETERSON, MR. PFEFFER,
MR. SAUGESTAD
The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to
promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical
education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship,
to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective
training program for prospective teachers of health and physical
education.
All students are required to take a physical examination as a part
of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the
physical education program.
One year of physical activities, course 1, 2, 3, is required of all students.
Physical Education major: 40 credits including 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43,
51, 52, 71, 72.
Broad teaching major in Health and Physical Education: 68 credits
including 10, 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 50, 51, 52, 57, 59, 60, 71,
72, 73, Biol. 6, plus P.E. 82 for men, and Soc. 31 for women.
Physical Education teaching major: 53 credits includhg 10, 11 or 13,
23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 52, 59, 71, 72, and Biol. 6.
Physical Education teaching minor: 29 credits including 10, 23, 31, 32,
43, and 72.
Health teaching mfnor: 31 credits including 10, 50, 51, 60, 73, and Soc.
31, and Biol. 6.
Coaching endorsement: 25 credits including 10, 43, 51, 82, and Biol. 6.
Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota
Public Schools are reauired to have a t least a coaching endorsement
in the field of physical education. Sports included under this requirement
are football, basketball, track, hockey, wrestling, and baseball.
1, 2, 3 PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES
1/3, 1/3, 1/3 crs.
Two hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. [I, Fall.
2, Winter. 3, Spring.]
10 HEALTH AND FIRST AID
5 crs.
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied
to the individual and the community. Includes also the American Red
Cross First Aid Course. [Winter, Spring.]
I I , 13 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
I , I cr.
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving and water
safety. Open only to majors and minors. C2 hrs. per wk. 11, (Women),
Fall. 13 (Men), Spring.]
23 TEAM SPORTS
5 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Separate
sections for men and women. [lo hrs. per wk. Spring.]
31 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
5 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. Separate
sections for men and women. [lo hrs. per week. Fall.]
32 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS
4 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation,
quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights,
relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. C8 hrs. per wk. Winter.]
43 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
5 crs.
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. [Spring.]
50 INSTRUCTOR'S COURSE IN FIRST AID
I cr.
Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid
Course. [Prereq.: Currently valid Standard First Aid card. Winter.]
51 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE 6 crs.
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the
muscular system. The major effects of exercises upon the systems
of the body. [5 lect. and 1hr. arr. Prereq. : Biol. 6, Chem. 5. Fall.]
52 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND
EVALUATION
4 crs.
Physical education for the exceptional child with special reference to
the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of
physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation
of tests in physical education. [Winter.]
57 TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS
2 crs.
Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 5 under
Department of Education. [Winter.]
59 TEACHING OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
2 crs.
Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 59 under
Department of Education. Separate sections for men and wGrnen.
[Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
60 SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM
4 crs.
Curriculum content in a school health education program. [Fall.]
7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
5 crs.
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and
procedures. [Fall.]
72 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES
4 crs.
Theory and techniques of teaching stunts, tumbling, and special fitness
activities. Men and women meet separately. C8 hrs. per wk. Winter.]
73 ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL HEALTH
EDUCATION PROGRAM
5 crs.
Methods, techniques, and procedures. [Spring.]
82 COACHING OF SPORTS
4 crs.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic
injuries. [Winter.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-3 crs.
Directed intensive study in the area of Health Education or Physical
Education. Open only to majors.
DEPARTMENT
OF
HISTORY
MR. CHRISLOCK, chairman, MR. GISSELQUIST, MR. GUSTAFSON,
MR. HAUGE, MRS. JENSEN
The Department of History aims to introduce students to the study of
history as an intellectual discipline; to prepare students for secondary
teaching and graduate work; to deepen students' understanding and appreciation of their own and other civilizations; and to enhance students'
effectiveness as contributing members of society.
Major: 49 credits. Minor: 33 credits. Both the major and minor require
History 1, 2, 3, 21, 22, and 3 credits of seminar work.
1 , 2, 3 WESTERN CIVILIZATION IN A WORLD
SETTING
4, 4, 4 crs.
Western civilization from its beginnings in the Ancient Near East to
the present. Other great world civilizations and their relationship to the
West are surveyed. Course 1 carries the survey to 1300; course 2, to
1815; and course 3, to the present, becomes a survey of world civilization. Students may take any one, any two, or all three courses. [All offered each term.]
5, 5 crs.
2 1 , 22 UNITED STATES HISTORY
The development of the ideas, institutions, and culture of the American
people. Special seminar for one additional credit for students selected
for the honors program. C21, Fall, ,Winter. 22, Winter, Spring.]
2 5 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY
5 crs.
See under Department of Modern Languages.
UPPER 3 M S I O N
COURSES
W 55 TWENTIETH CENTURY UNITED STATES HISTORY 4 crs.
Exploration in depth of such topics as the Progressive Movement, the
New Deal, the background of World War I and World War n, and the
coming of the Cold War. (Prereq. :22, Winter.)
56 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY
4 crs.
The relationship of .foreign policy to general American development is
stressed. [Prereq. :21 or 22. Spring.]
1 57 HISTORY OF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA
4 crs.
Modern period since 1800. Historical survey of cultural and political institutions. Expansion and consolidation of European power in the area,
Western impact on non-European societies, nationalist movements and
emergence of independent governments after World War 11. [Fall.]
1 61 ANCIENT HISTORY
4 crs.
A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contributions to modern cultures. [Fall.]
1 62 ENGLAND TO 1714
Emphasis is placed on constitutional development. [Winter.]
66 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
4 crs.
4 crs.
The main emphases are: the study of this century as the most critical
period in the emergence of the modern state; and the beginning of a
secular and scientific world view. [Spring.]
1 68 CHINA AND JAPAN SINCE EARLY
NINETEENTH CENTURY
4 crs.
A study of the major domestic developments in, and foreign affairs of
China and Japan. [Prereq.: 3 credits of Western Civilization or consent
of instructor. Winter.]
1 71 EUROPE IN THE AGE OF REVOLUTION,
1780's t o 1850
4 crs.
The period in which major revolutionary movements periodically erupted
in Europe. Population movements and economic changes which contributed to the "isms" that articulated the demands for change. [Fall.]
1 74, 75 EXPANSION OF EUROPE
4, 4 crs.
The spread of European people, ideas, and power into the non-Western
world and the impact on non-Western peoples. Case studies from Africa,
South America, and Asia are used to illustrate exploration, trading
post empires, the plantation system, adaptation and rejection by nonEuropean peoples, colonization, and economic and territorial imperialism. [74, Winter. 75, Spring.]
1 82 TWENTIETH CENTURY EUROPE
4 crs.
Europe from the outbreak of World War I to the present. [Fall.]
1 95 SEMINAR OR ADVANCED READINGS
3 crs.
Topics will vary from year to year. Students may earn up to 9 credits
in this course. [Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
LATIN
See under Department of Classical Languages.
LIBRARY SCIENCE
See under Department of Education
DEPARTMENT
OF
MATHEMATICS
MR. GULDEN, chairman, MISS DURKEE, MR. FOLLINGSTAD,
MRS.NAUCK
The Department of Mathematics aims to develop the student's knowledge
and skill in the major branches of elementary and higher mathematics,
an appreciation of its cultural and practical values, and the background
for teaching and for professional and graduate study.
Major: 24 credits above 43, inclucling 58, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84.
Teaching major: 32 credits above 43, including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 80,
83, 84.
Recommended for those considering further study: 40 credits above 43,
including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84, 85, 92.
Minor: U credits above Math. 43.
See under Curriculums for suggested course of study.
W 13, 14 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE
MATHEMATICS
5, 5 crs.
A liberal arts course in mathematics with an introduction to analytic
geometry, abstract algebra, trigonometry, logic, statistics, differential
and integral calculus. Primarily for students not intending further study
of mathematics. [Prereq.: Higher Algebra and CEEB placement. 13,
Fall, Winter. 14, Winter, Spring.]
40 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS I
5 crs.
An introduction to the concepts and terminology of mathematical
analysis through the areas of algebra, logic, functions, systems. Students
may not receive credit for this course if they have credit for 13, 14
(or 19). [Prereq.: Higher Algebra, Trig, and CEEB placement. Fall.]
4 41, 42, 43 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS 11, Ill, IV
(Calculus1
5, 5, 5 crs.
Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated
with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables, applications, and series. [Prereq.: 40, or #. 41, Winter. 42,
Spring. 43, Fall.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 56 BASIC CONCEPTS OF ARITHMETIC
4 crs.
Presents the patterns of mathematics underlying arithmetic and g e e
metry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery of
such patterns. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Primarily for elementary education majors. [Fall.]
58 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
4 crs.
Ordinary differential equations with applications, series solutions, systems of differential equations ; solution by special transforms ; numerical
methods; and an introduction to partial differential equations. [Prereq.:
43. Winter.]
61 LINEAR ALGEBRA
4 crs.
A course intended to aid in making the transition from the concrete to
the abstract. Such topics as elementary matrix algebra and its application to the physical and social sciences; linear equations; vector spaces
and linear transformations ; unitary and orthogonal transformations ; the
characteristic equation of a matrix and bilinear, quadratic, and Hermitian forms are presented. [Prereq. :43. Fall.]
1 64 MODERN GEOMETRY
4 crs.
An analytic study of advanced Euclidean, projective, non-Euclidean,
and finite geometries. An introduction to the geometry of transformations
of the plane. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.]
67 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
4 crs.
An analytic study of probability, distribution, random sampling estimation of parameters, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, regression, and other topics in statistics. Calculus and set theory are stressed
as tools for modern mathematical approach. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.]
1 72, 73 MODERN ALGEBRA
4, 4 crs.
The basic algebraic systems presented from an abstract point of view.
Topics include the theory of groups, rings, fields, vector spaces and
modules, and linear transformations. A development of the real and
complex number systems. [Prereq.: 43. 72, Winter. 73, Spring.]
1 80 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
4 crs.
The underlying structure of mathematics considering set theory, mathematical logic and the axiomatic method. Applications are made to various
branches of mathematics such as number theory, algebra, geometry,
and topology. [Prereq. : 43, Winter.]
83, 84, 85 ADVANCED CALCULUS
4, 4, 4 crs.
Considers the fundamental notions of calculus for functions of several
variables. A treatment of differentiable forms and manifolds in ndimensional Euclidean space as well as a more traditional vector analysis approach. Stress is placed on the theory of functions of real and
complex variables especially during the last term. [Prereq.: 43. 83,
Fall. 84, Winter. 85, Spring.]
1 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
Student chooses an area to study independently; meets with a mathematics faculty member at least one hour per week. [Prereq.: 73 and
85. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
COMPUTER SCIENCE
45 COMPUTER SCIENCE
4 crs.
Theory of modern digital computers. Terms such as algorithms, flow
charts, storage, control, input-output units, and simulation are defined.
Includes a survey of computer applications. A particular computer language is presented and used to solve a variety of problems. [Prereq.:
Math. 42, Fall term. None, Winter. Fall, Winter.]
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR
See under Curriculums.
MR. LANDA, chairman, MISS AASKOV, MISS ANDERSON,
MRS. BALTINA, MRS. BONDEVIK, MRS. CAIRNS, MR. CREPEAU,
MR. HANSEN, MRS. JAUNLININS, MRS. JOHNSON, MRS. KINGSLEY,
MISS ROZENTALS, MR. SANDVEN, MR. WHITESIDE
The Department of Modern Languages seeks to give the student a
knowledge of a modern language : its pronunciation, its structure, and
its idiomatic expression, in terms of listening, speaking, reading and
writing skills. At the same time it aims to develop in the student a
sympathetic jnterest in the history and life of the people whose language
he is learning, transmitting the best of their literary, cultural and religious heritage.
DEPARTMENT
OF
MODERN
LANGUAGE
The department prepares specifically for communication skills, for
teaching at the junior and senior high school level, and for graduate
study.
The beginning and intermediate courses of a second modern language
are needed for graduate study. Two terms of Latin are also recommended.
Students may not receive credit for both 3, 4 and 5, 6 in the same language.
O FRENCH
Major: 30 credits above 6 including 55, 72, 74, 84; and two of 56, 57, 63,
64, at least one of which must be 63 or 64.
Minor: 15 credits above 6 including 55 and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84.
1, 2 BEGINNING FRENCH
5, 5 crs.
Provides basic experience in understanding, speaking and reading French
with oral and writing practice in the basic structural patterns of the
language, both in class and in laboratory assignments. [Fall, Winter,
Spring.]
3, 4 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
4, 4 crs.
Continues training in aural-oral skills, structure of the language and
reading comprehension that will lead to cultural appreciation and the
reading knowledge needed for general pursuits. Grammar review, selected reading and laboratory practice included. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
5, 6 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
4, 4 crs.
Continues training in comprehension, conversation and reading skills
with grammar review as a means to accuracy and facility in oral and
written expression. Class discussion, selected reading, and laboratory
material with cultural emphasis. Required for continuing study in French.
[Prereq. :2 or #. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
.
55 FRENCH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Thorough practice in correct oral and written expression with the aims
of both fluency and facility. Classroom and laboratory emphases on VOcabulary enrichment, organization of materials, accuracy of pronunciation and grammatical refinement. Required for majors and minors.
[Prereq. :6 or #. Fall.]
56, 57 FRENCH CIVILIZATION
5, 5 crs.
The development of political, social, intellectual and artistic movements
and their outstanding manifestations as essential to the understanding
of the French people. Readings, lectures, reports, discussions and laboratory materials in French. [Prereq.: 6 or permission of instructor.
Spring. Offered on demand.]
5, 5 crs.
63, 64 SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France,
with the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written reports in the language. One term required
for the major. [Prereq.: 55 or #
.]
72 THE FRENCH NOVEL
5 crs.
Significant and representative French novels that show the evolution
of this prose form to the present. Emphasis on literary works with
lecture, discussion, reports in the language. [Prereq.: 55, and 64 or #.
Spring, 1969.1
74 THE FRENCH DRAMA
5 crs.
Significant and representative French plays that show the evolution of
this genre from the classical to the modern period. Emphasis on the
literary works with lectures, discussion, reports in the language. [Prereq. : 55, 63 or
# .Spring, 1970.1
84 ADVANCED FRENCH CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Extensive training in accurate and effective speech and writing, with
attention in listening and reading to the characteristic levels of French
expression. Emphasis on refinement in style, organizational techniques,
variety in form and subject. For majors and those intending to teach
French. [Prereq.: 55, and 57 or #. Junior or senior standing. Fall.]
9 2 FRENCH SEMINAR
4 crs.
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature for advanced students. Discussion and papers in French. May substitute for
72 or 74. [Prereq.: 55, 63, 64 or #. Junior or senior standing. Winter, on
demand.]
W 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN FRENCH
2-5 crs.
Individual study of a topic, movement, genre of interest to the advanced
student. May serve to replace 72 or 74. No more than 3 credits may be
earned in a given term. [Prereq.: 55, 63, 64 or #. FaU, Winter, Spring.]
GERMAN
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72, 74, 84, and any two of 56,
57, 63, 64. At least one of 63, 64 recommended.
Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64.
W 1 , 2 BEGINNING GERMAN
5 , 5 crs.
Provides basic experience in speaking, understanding, and reading the
German language, and comprehension of its structure through the
acquisition of basic patterns of expression. Laboratory experience in the
language is an integral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
4, 4 crs.
3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
A terminal course for students not intending to continue in German. Provides a foundation for reading knowledge adequate for cultural and
professional purposes. Some experience in oral expression and understanding of spoken German. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
5 , 6 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
4, 4 crs.
Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and
facility in expression. Selected readings for class discussion in the foreign
language, with cultural emphasis. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. :
2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
W 5 5 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Intensive practice in the spoken word, with emphasis on pronunciation
and original composition. Audio-oral exercises in language laboratory.
Required for teachers, majors, and minors. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Fall.]
UPPER DWISIOrj
COURSES
56, 57 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
5, 5 crs.
Topics dealing rrith the intellectuaI, geo.gaphic, artistic, and scientific
history of thc German-speaking countries, including attention to contemporary developments. Class discussions and lecmcs supplemented with
demonstration materials. Taught in Ckrman. [Prereq.: 55, or
56,
Winter. 57, Spring. Offered on demand.]
+.
W 63,64 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE
5, 5 crs.
From the beginning to modern times. Reading of significant authors in
German, supplemented by lectures on the history and development of
German literature and culture. Reports and discussion of selected works.
For majors and minors. Taught in German. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv., or#.
63, Winter. 64, Spring. Offered on demand.]
72 GERMAN NOVEL AND NOVELLE
5 crs.
Reading in German and discussion of well-known prose writers representing various periods and movements in German literature. Especially
for majors. [Prereq.: Any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 196849.1
W 74 GERMAN DRAMA
5 crs.
Reading in German and class discussion of outstanding dramatic works
in the various representative periods (classical, 19th century, naturalism,
impressionism, expressionism.) Especially for majors. [Prereq. : Any
two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 1969-70.1
W 84 ADVANCED GERMAN CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
This course aims to give the major and prospective teacher more intensive training in oral expression, with stylistic refinement and organizational practice in writing. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. : 55. Fall.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
May serve as substitute for German 72 or 74, if necessary. It is suggested
that no student register for all five credits within one term. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 25, 26, 55, 72, 74, 84.
Minor: 19 credits above 6.
Teaching minor: 19 credits, including 55, 72 or 74, 84.
5, 5 crs.
1 , 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening,
reading, and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian.
Laboratory work and regular class attendance expected. [I, Fall, Winter,
Spring. 2, Winter, Spring.]
4, 4 crs.
W 3, 4 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
A terminal course for students not intending to continue with Norwegian language study. Vocabulary building and study of syntax through
extensive readings in Norwegian literature. Some experience in oral
expression. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, Fall. 4, Winter.]
4, 4 crs.
W 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and
facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for
class discussion and exercises. Brief literature survey. Laboratory work
expected. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
1 25 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY
5 crs.
A survey of the history of Norden, including Finland and Iceland, with
particular attention given to the historical development of political democracy. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. [Fall,
196%70.]
26 MODERN SCANDINAVIA
5 crs.
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on con-
ditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a
Scandinavian language desirable but not required. [Spring, 1964-70.1
55 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official
languages of Norway. Laboratory work expected. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv.
Spring.]
62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
4 crs.
See description under Department of Music. This course may substitute
for 25 or 26 for the major or minor by permission d the department
chairman. CSpring.1
1 72 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
5 crs.
Lectures will give a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion
based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset,
Selma Lagerlef, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Haldor Laxness, and
others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written
work in the Norwegian language. [Fall, 196849.1
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
74 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
5 crs.
Assigned readings will incIude dramatic works by lbsen, l3prnson,
Stsfndkrg; Ua~:trfirirrt,Nunk, and o t h ~ rtwentieth century dramatists.
Lectures
stress Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian
language desirable. Language majors and minors w.ill be required to
do assigned readings and twitten work in t h e Nor~reaian Imguage.
[Spring, 1868-83.1
W 84 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Further intensive -training in ma1 and written rx-presslon in Nonvegian.
Some attention given to the other Seandinatqan Ianpages and to the
historical deveIopment of x ~ ~ t t e g i a nLabmatory
.
work. Required for
all majors and tcaching minors. [Prer~q.:55 or equiv. FaU, 196S70.1
W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-5 crs.
This is primarily intended as an enrichment course, tfiough it may serve
as a substitute for 72 or 74 under special conditions. Paper must he
n ~ i t t c nIn Konx-egian. Available any term to majors and minors. LFaII,
Winter, Spring.1
SPANISH
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72 or 74, 84; and any two of
56, 57, 63, 64, of which at least one must be 63 or 64.
IMinor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84.
W 1 , 2 BEGINNING SPANISH
5, 5 crs.
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading
and writing of elementary Spanish. Laboratory work is an integral part
of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
3, 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
4, 4 crs.
Grammar review with emphasis toward reading comprehension and
cultural appreciation. Further laboratory work. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv.
3, Fall, Spring. 4, Fall, Winter.]
4, 4 crs.
W 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
Continued conversation, composition, and review of grammar to further
comprehension and facility in expression in Spanish. Further laboratory
work. Required for the major and minor. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall,
Winter. 6, Winter, Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
OOURSES
W 55 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims
of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Extensive laboratory
work. [Prereq. :6 or equiv. Fall.]
56 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
5
crs.
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world
civilization through its historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter or Spring. Offered on
demand.]
W 57 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN
AUTHORS
5 crs.
An introduction to Spanish American literature. Lectures, discussions,
written and oral reports in the language. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter
or Spring. Offered on demand.]
111 63, 64 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
5. 5 crs.
A stady of representative authors in Spanish literatare, supplemented by
lectures on the literaty movements and develuyment of Spanish l i t ~ r a ture. Lectures, rliscussion. ~irittcn and oral repc~rts in t l ~ clanguage.
Laboratory w r k , !Pwreq.: ki or eqnlv. 83, KLnt~r.a,Spring. Offered
on demand.]
72 SPANISH NOVEL
5 crs.
Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or
64, or equiv. Fall, 1968.1
74 SPANISH DRAMA
5 crs.
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and
written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 or equiv. Fall, 1969.1
84 ADVANCED SPANISH CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Aims to give an extensive training in oral expression, organizational
practice in writing with stylistic refinement. Appreciation of differences
in speech existent in the Spanish-speaking countries. Laboratory work
required. For majors and those intending to teach Spanish. [Prereq.:
55. Spring.]
92 SEMINAR
4 crs.
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in Spanish or Hispanic
American literature. Discussion and papers in Spanish. May substitute
for Spanish 72 or 74. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 and Junior standing. Winter.
Offered upon demand.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5
crs.
Individual study of an author, theme or movement of interest to the
student. May substitute for Spanish 72 or 74. It is suggested that no
student register for all five credits within one term. [Prereq.: 63 or 64.
Fall, Winter, Spring.]
MR. SATEREN, chairman, MR. BEVERLY, MR. COAN, MR. EKLOF,
MR. GABRIELSEN, RiISS HENNIG, MR. JOHNSON, MR. KARLEN,
MRS. MOEN, MR. NIELSEN, MR. SA170LD, MRS. THUT,
MR. VUICICH
The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to be-
come teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles,
or who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation
for those who expect to pursue the study of music on the graduate level.
General instruction is afforded other students who wish to broaden their
cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for
the music of the masters.
Through its performing organizations, both choral and instrumental, the
department gives all students of the college varied experiences in creating music as a participant.
Further enriching the program are opportunities, open to all students
of the college, for private instrumental and vocal instruction with professionally qualified teachers.
DEPARTMENT
OF
MUSIC
Major: 68 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 57, 58, 60-62, and
76; 12 credits in applied music, and two years as a member of one of
the college music organizations.
Teaching major: 57 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 58, 60,
and 61; 9 credits in applied music, and two years a s a member of one
of the college music organizations.
Minor: 27 credits. Courses 1-3, 20, 57, and 4 elective credits; 3 credits in
applied music, and one year a s a member of one of the college music
organizations.
One public performance in their area of specialization is required of
majors during either the junior or senior year. This requirement may
be fulfilled by satisfactory participation in the bimonthly Performance
Workshops. Formal public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement.
Sophomores, juniors and seniors are required to attend the bimonthly
Performance Workshops. Freshmen are encouraged to attend.
All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. It includes: (a) major and
harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves,
ascending and descending, hands together and with correct fingering,
a t moderate speed and from memory; (b) a Bach two-part invention
or a classical sonata; (c) a romantic or modern piece showing expression; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymn-tune grade. One of the
pieces (b or c) must be played from memory.
During his junior and senior years, a student who has been certified
as a music major by the Department of Music is given required applied
music lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost
provided such study is with a member of the Augsburg College music
faculty. The total of applied music credits earned under this provision
may not exceed six.
See under Curriculums for suggested courses of study.
l THEORY l
4 crs.
Principles of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, triads and
rhythms, and their application in written exercises; aural skills, sight
reading, dictation, and part-singing. [5 lect. Prereq.: Passing theory
entrance test. Fall.]
2 THEORY 2
5 crs.
The use of scales, intervals, and chord formations in written exercises.
Harmonization of figured and unfigured bass and melody. [Prereq.:
1. Winter.]
3 THEORY 3
4 crs.
Sixteenth century vocal counterpoint with examples from the music
of Palestrina and di Lasso. Writicg two-, three-, and four-part polyphony in the church modes. [Prereq.: 2. Spring.]
20 THEORY 4
4 crs.
Advanced work in harmonization; modulation, advanced chord progressions, suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. [Prereq.: 3.
Fall.]
W 21 THEORY 5
4 crs.
Eighteenth century counterpoint with examples from the music of
J. S. Bach; synthesis of tonal harmonic and contrapuntal writing. Writing
two- and three-part inventions, a four-voice fugue, and a chorale prelude. [Prereq. : 20. Winter.]
1 22 THEORY 6
4 crs.
Form and structure in music; harmonic analysis. [Prereq.: 21. Spring.]
1 30 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
4 crs.
The development of music from 1600 to the present through the study
of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis
is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts.
Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards
appreciation and criticism. For the non-music major. [Winter, 1968-69.
Fall, Spring, 1969-701.
1 50 CHORAL TECHNIQUE
4 crs. UPPER DIVISION
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, COURSES
materials, and techniques. [Spring.]
4 crs.
Class instruction in the techniques of playing reed and string instruments. [Fall.]
1 53 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
1 54 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
4 crs.
Class instruction in the techniques of playing brass and percussion
instruments. [Winter.]
1 57 CONDUCTING
3 crs.
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores,
organization and administration of choral ensembles. [3 double periods.
Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter.]
1 58 CONDUCTING
3 crs.
Preparation of and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental scores, organization and administration of instrumental ensembles. [3 double periods. Prereq.: 57 or #. Spring.]
1 60 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
5 crs.
Music of the Renaissance, Baroque, and Classical eras. [Fall.]
1 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
4 crs.
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. [Winter.]
1 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
The music of Scandinavia since 1700. [Spring.]
70 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH
4 crs.
4 crs.
Development of the music of the Christian church, with special attention
to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student as well
as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. [Fall.]
1 76 ORCHESTRATION AND CHORAL ARRANGING
4 crs.
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental and
vocal ensembles of varying sizes and types. 14 1ect.-labs., 1 disc. Prereq.: 22, 53, 54, 58. Fall.]
1 87 PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
0 cr.
Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints
students with a repertoire of musical excellence. [Two evenings per
month. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
APPLIED MUSIC
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Credit
for the first term of lessons is given to majors and minors only after
completion of. the second term in the same area with the same teacher.
Others receive one credit for ten thirty-minute lessons per term. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees
see under Financial Information.
1 PIANO
I
cr.
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only
those credits earned in piano after the piano proficiency examination
has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 ORGAN
I cr.
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. [Prereq.: Basic piano technique and #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 VOICE
I cr.
Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear-training a s needed, interpretation of song classics-both
sacred and secular. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 WOODWIND INSTRUMENTS, BRASS INSTRUMENTS,
STRING INSTRUMENTS
I
cr.
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music
student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in
groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for
the full year is required of participants.
CHOIR
Membership is by audition and restricted to 65 singers. [4 rehearsals per
wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
CONCERT BAND
Membership is by audition. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
ORCHESTRA
Membership is by audition. [3 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
CHORAL CLUB, REPERTOIRE BAND,
SYMFONIA, INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES
Membership is by audition or consent of director. [2 rehearsals per
wk. Fa, Winter, Spring.]
MR. SANDIN, chairman, MR. BAILEY, MR. CHRISTENSON,
MR. JOHNSRUD
The department of philosophy conceives its task as an instructional
department in a liberal arts college to be twofold: (1) to make a significant contribution to the liberal education of all students regardless of
their college major; and (2) to provide a strong undergraduate program
of study for students who desire to complete a major or minor in
philosophy.
Major: 46 credits, including 41, 42, 43; either 23 or 51; and either 8 1 or
4 credits of 99.
Minor: 32 credits, including 41, 42, 43, and either 23 or 51.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
21 PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY
4 crs.
Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims
of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and
a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion.
Designed to meet the General Education requirement in philosophy.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
PHILOSOPHY
22 INTRODUCTION TO ETHICS
4 crs.
Approaches ethics through a consideration of movements, such as
relativism, naturalism, etc.; or problems, such as the nature of the
good, conscience, etc.; or important figures, such as Plato, Kant, Hume.
Designed to meet the General Education requirement in philosophy.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
[Spring.]
23 LOGIC
5 crs.
A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include :
the nature and functions of language ; fallacies in reasoning ; definition;
principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief introduction to the
notation of modern symbolic logic. [Fall, Spring.]
41 ANCIENT AND EARLY MEDIEVAL
4 crs.
A historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the
development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St.
Thomas Aquinas. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Fall.]
W 42 LATE MEDIEVAL AND EARLY MODERN
4 crs.
A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical
thought is traced from the breakdown of the Medieval synthesis to
the systems of Kant and Hegel. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Winter.]
43 RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY
4 crs.
A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought
in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
5 1 SYMBOLIC LOGIC
5 crs.
Treats deduction and the analysis of statements by means of special
symbols. Topics include propositional functions and quantifiers, the logic
of relations, the concept of an axiom system. [Prereq.: #. Winter.]
61 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
5 crs.
An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with
special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language.
[Fall, 1968-69.1
63 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
5 crs.
A stcdy of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science
by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions and p r e
cedures. [Prereq.: 23 or #. Winter.]
65 AMERICAN PHILOSOPHY
5 crs.
American philosophical thought from colonial times to the present.
Puritanism, and Revoluntionary period, transcendentalism, idealism,
pragmatism, naturalism, and realism. [Fall.]
71 ETHICS
5 crs.
An inquiry into the principles of morals and ethics, the nature of
moral experience, and an analysis of the language of ethical discourse.
[Winter, 1968-69.1
73 METAPHYSICS
5 crs.
An inquiry into the nature of metaphysics, the function of metaphysical
language, and an examination of major historical and contemporary
views. [Prereq.: #. Winter, 1969-70.1
75 EPISTEMOLOGY
5 crs.
An inquiry into the bases of claims to knowledge of various sorts and
into the possibility of general criteria of truth and falsity. [Prereq.:
# .Fall, 1969-70.1
H 81 SEMINAR IN PHILOSOPHY
5 crs.
A careful study of some selected man or movement in the Western
philosophical tradition, with heavy emphasis on the careful reading of
primary source materials. [Prereq. : #. Spring.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
For philosophy majors. Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with
the faculty advisor. CPrereq.: #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
See under Department of Health and Physical Education.
DEPARTMENT MR. HANWICK, chairman, MR. KWE, MR. SPIESS
OF
PHYSICS Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing
that keeping abreast of the rapid advances in some areas is almost
impossible, although necessary, it is the desire of the department to
bring to the students not only the basic concepts, but also insights
into recent developments. By so doing it is hoped that challenges will
arise, be met, and so stimulate sound thinking, perceptive judgment,
and an interest in experimental techniques. To this end the department
prepares some students for graduate studies and some for the teaching
profession. The liberal arts tradition is served by offering courses that
will enable a student to follow developments with some degree of comprehension.
Major: 48 credits, including 21, 22, 23, 51, 52, 61, 62, 63, 81, 82, and
5 credits of 77.
Recommended for graduate school: 53, 70, 75, 83 in addition to courses
listed for the major.
Minor: 29 credits.
H l ASTRONOMY
4 crs.
A descriptive course requiring only elementary mathematics. Our
solar system, the stars, and galaxies. The necessary optical i n s h m e n t s
are explained, and use is made of a 12" reflecting telescope. Occasional
night viewing. [Fall, Winter.]
3 INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICS
4 crs.
A survey of physics, touching on some aspects of mechanics, heat,
sound, electricity and magnetism, optics and atomic physics. The
goals, methods and concepts are studied in a historical and contemporary context. Not intended for majors in physics. C4 lect., 2 hrs. lab.
Spring.I
1 2 1 , 22, 23 GENERAL PHYSICS
5, 5, 5 crs.
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound,
optics, electricity, and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics.
For majors in physics and other specified fields. Must be taken in
sequence. [5 hrs. 1ect.-recit., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: Math. 41. 21, Fall.
22, Winter. 23, Spring.]
1 5 1 , 52 MECHANICS
4, 4 crs.
The classical equations of motion are presented for a single particle,
a system of particles, and for rigid bodies. Stationary and moving
frames of reference are used. Must be taken in sequence. [Prereq.:
23, Math. 58. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.]
53 MECHANICS
4 crs.
A restatement of classical mechanics employing Lagrange's equations.
Rigid body mechanics and small oscillations are included. [Prereq.:
52, Math. 58. Spring.]
1 6 1 ELECTRONICS
5
A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits b e f e e introducing the electron
and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes
transistors with applications to certain circuits. [4 lect., 2 hrs. lab.
req. : 23, Math. 43. Fall.]
crs.
tube
and
Pre-
1 62, 63 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM
4, 4 crs.
Treats the classical electromagnetic theory using vector calculus throughout. Topics include electrostatics, magnetostatics, solutions of Laplace's
and Poisson's equations and the use of Maxwell's equations to the
solution of problems in electromagnetic wave phenomena. [Prereq.:
61, Math. 58. 62, Winter. 63, Spring.]
70 OPTICS
5 crs.
Both geometrical and physical optics are presented with the greater
emphasis on the latter. Reflection and refraction, interference, diffraction and polarization. [ 4 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: 23, Math. 43.
Spring.]
1 75 MODERN PHYSICS
4 crs.
A phenomenological introduction to modern physics that includes the
Special Theory of Relativity, atomic theory, radiation, particles and
nuclear models. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Fall.]
I cr.
77 ADVANCED PHYSICS LABORATORY
Independent laboratory investigations. Numerous experiments including mechanics, electricity, spectroscopy, nuclear physics. Students may
take this course five times for credit with the last term devoted to some
research project. [3 hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 23. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 8 1 , 82 THERMAL PHYSICS
4, 4 crs.
Study of thermal properties, using as illustrative material the properties
of gases, low temperature phenomena, and Curie's law substances.
Three main divisions : classical thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and an
introduction to statistical mechanics. [Prereq.: 52, Math. 84. 81, Fall.
82, Winter.]
1 83 INTRODUCTION TO SOLID STATE PHYSICS
4 crs.
A study of the physical properties of solids, particularly the properties
exhibited by atoms and molecules by virtue of their location in a
regular crystal lattice. [Prereq.: 82, Math. 84. Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
DEPARTh'IENT
OF
POLITICAL
SCIENCE
MR. STENSHOEL, chairman, MR. DEWEY, MRS. NOONAN
Augsburg's offerings in political science are intended to facilitate an
understanding of the processes, concepts, and institntins of governance;
to provide an intellectual basis for effective and informed citizenship;
and to help prepare interested students for additional work at the
graduate or professional level, in such areas as law, political science,
public administration, and international relations.
Major: 45 credits in political science, plus 5 credits in Social Statistics
(Soc. 61). Political science courses required include 20, 21, 22, and a t
least one course in each of the following areas: Comparative Government (numbered in the 50's) ; International Relations (60's) ; Public
Law (70's) ;and Political Theory (80's).
Minor: 27 credits, including 20, 21, 22; and a t least one course in each
of three of the four areas indicated above.
A maximum of nine credits toward a political science major may be
earned from among certain specific courses offered by the departments
of history and economics. For information, see the Chairman of the
Department of Political Science.
.
.
Course 20, 21, or 22 will meet the general education requirement in
political science or economics.
20 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT I:
FOUNDATIONS OF AMERICAN DEMOCRACY
5 crs.
The nature, assumptions, and conditions of democratic politics in the
United States. Historical, economic, social, and constitutional factors
are considered, as well as the roles of political parties and interest
groups. The American system is compared briefly with democratic and
nondemocratic alternatives. [Winter.]
2 1 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT II:
AMERICAN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT
5 crs.
The Presidency, Congress, and the Supreme Court as instruments of
conflict and consensus in the American political system. The role of
the national government is examined in the context of social and economic interdependence and of ideological and pragmatic conflict.
[Spring.]
2 2 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Ill:
STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT;
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
5
crs.
Problems and patterns of state and local government, including urban
and metropolitan development and intergovernmental relationships. Public administration is introduced from several perspectives : as discipline,
as political process, as concrete expression of the positive state. [Fall.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
.
50 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRATIC GOVERNMENTS
4 crs.
A comparative analysis of the respective political theories, institutions,
and processes of selected democratic states. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #.
Winter.]
51 CONTEMPORARY COMMUNIST GOVERNMENTS
4 crs.
The political processes of the Soviet Union and other Communist states
are analyzed in terms of ideological assumptions, the party role and
institutional forms. [Prereq. : 20, 21, or 22, or #. Fall.]
W 60 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
4 crs.
General theories of international politics, the basic factors involved in
international relations, and the formulation of foreign policy as background for study of recent international problems. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or
22, or #. Fall.]
62 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
4 crs.
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign
policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and
China. [Prereq. :51 or 60. Spring.]
70 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
4 crs.
The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American
constitutional system is analyzed via a study of significant cases decided
by the U.S. Supreme Court. [Prereq.: 10 credits in American Govt. or
#. Winter.]
W 71 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I I
4 crs.
A continuation cf course 70, emphasizing the protections afforded individ~lc.1righ's and liberties cnder the Bill of Rights and the Fourteenth
Amendment. [Prereq. : 70. Spring.]
W 80 POLITICAL THOUGHT TO 1800
4 crs.
Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers
from Plato throxgh Burke. Emphasis is placed upon elements reflected
in Western democratic thought. [Fall.]
W 8 1 RECENT POLITICAL THOUGHT
4 crs.
Conflicting ideologies of recent political thinkers, including anarchist,
Communist, elitist, and democratic views. [Winter.]
W 84 CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL ANALYSIS
4 crs.
An investigation of the theory-building and model-building of selected
contemporary political scientists, and of their philosophical and methodological assumptions. For majors in political science. [Spring.]
W 9 5 SEMINAR
3 crs.
Consult department chairman for information concerning terms and
subject matter. [Prereq. : # .]
W 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Registration by special permission. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
2-5
crs.
DEPARmNT
OF
PSYCHOLOGY
MRS. DYRUD, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. HOLMAN,
MRS. HOWARD
The objectives of this department are: (1) to acquaint the student with
the principles and methods in the scientific study of behavior; and (2)
to enable the student to better understand the processes which influence
behavior. Emphasis is on the study of human behavior.
.
.
..
.
.
Major: 36 credits, including 5, 59, 61, 62, 64, 81, 91, and 99. In addition,
Soc. 61 is required.
Minor: 24 credits including 5, 59, and 87.
5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
5 crs.
A study of basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles
and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many
areas of specialization in psychology. [Prereq.: So. or #. Fall, Winter,
Spring.I
7 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY SEMINAR
I cr.
Offered in connection with course 5 for one additional credit. I t includes advanced readings and discussion on general psychology topics.
[Prereq.: #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
See under Secondary Education.
5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD
4 crs.
Development of personality and/or behavior of children, with emphasis
on theoretical considerations and empirical findings regarding socialization, cognition, family relationships, and general psychological development. [Prereq.: 5 and concurrent registration in or completion of
statistics. Fall.]
52 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT 4 crs.
Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adolescents,
with emphasis on theory and empirical findings regarding physical
and sexual development, parent-child relationships, identity and the
peer group, cognitive development and achievement, and social class
differences. [Prereq.: 5 and concurrent registration in or completion of
statistics. Winter.]
53 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADULT
4 crs.
Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adults, with
special emphasis on young adults. Some theory and empirical findings
regarding personality, values, interests and vocational choice, sexuality, adjustment and behavior change. A brief discussion of findings in
geriatric psychology. [Prereq. : 5 and concurrent registration in or completion of statistics. Spring.]
55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
4 crs.
See under Elementary Education.
W 59 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT I
4 crs.
Theory and principles of measurement and testing. Examination given
to the purposes, construction and use of measurement devices in personnel work of business and industry. [Prereq.: 5, and Soc. 61. Fall.]
.
60 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT II
4 crs.
Administration and interpretation of standardized tests of intelligence,
aptitude, interest, achievement and personality. Special emphasis given
to the use of the Revised Stanford-Binet and Wechsler Adult Intelligence
Scale in supervised practice situations. [Prereq. : 59. Winter.]
W 61 PERSONALITY I: APPROACHES TO PERSONALITY 4 crs.
A study of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior
that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an introduction
to major theories of personality. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.]
W 62 PERSONALITY II: ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved
in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories,
treatment, and research in mental illness. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.]
W 64 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to experimental n~ethodologyin psychology : experimental
design, operations, and data analysis. [Prereq.: 5 and Soc. 61. Spring.]
W 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology.
5 crs.
81 HISTORY AND THEORY
4 crs.
A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of
current areas of psychology. [Prereq.: 13 crs. in psych. or #. Fall.]
85 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of
counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a
counseling relationship. [Prereq. : 62. Winter.]
87 DIFFERENTIAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
Survey of individual and group differences and factors such as age,
heredity, sex and environment which contribute to variations in ability
and temperament. [Prereq. : 5. Fall.]
91 SEMINAR IN PSYCHOLOGY
3 crs.
A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world. [Prereq.:
17 crs. in psych. or
#.
Spring.]
99 RESEARCH PROBLEMS
2-3 crs.
Independent study in which students conduct individual research projects.
[Prereq. :
# . Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
MR. P . A. QUANBECK, chairman, MR. BENSON, MR. COLACCI,
MR. FRETHEIM, MR. RTANDSAGER, MR. OLLILA, MR. SKIBBE
The courses in religion are intended to assist the student in his
reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study
of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission.
The graduation requirement includes 18 credits in religion. Of these
credits 10 must be in the lower division, and at least 8 must be upper
division. Freshmen are required to take course ll: sophomores, course
21. Courses ll and 21 are prerequisites for all upper division courses.
Only one of courses 53, 54 may apply toward the graduation requirement.
Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the time of
admission.
Major: 46 credits, including one course from each of the following
groups of courses plus one seminar: 51-59; 61-63; 71-74; 81-85. Also
required are: two courses each in history, literature, philosophy (above
21); and one course in either sociology or psychology (above 5). Two
courses of upper division Greek may be counted toward a major in
religion.
Minor: 26 credits.
DEPARTMENT
OF
RELIGION
W I l INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
5 crs.
.An inrroduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
beriveen the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
1 Fall, Winter. S ~ ~ r i n1g .
21 BIBLICAL STUDIES
5 crs.
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and
the emergence of the church. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 5 1 THE TEACHING MINISTRY OF THE CHURCH
4 crs.
The historical development and theological foundation of education in
the church, The relationship of the teaching and preaching ministries.
Methods and means of teaching, and the task of Christian education
today. [Winter.]
52 THE THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN
WORSHIP
4 crs.
A study of the origin of Christian worship, the development of the various liturgical traditions and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention will be given to both the theology and the form of worship. Visits
will be made to a variety of worship services. [Winter.]
53 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I
4 crs.
A study of primitive religion and several religions of the Near East,
including Islam and Zoroastrianism. [Fall.]
W 54 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I1
4 crs.
A study of several religions of the F a r East, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. [Winter.]
59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
See under Department of Sociology.
W 61 EARLY CHRISTIAN FATHERS
4 crs.
The development of certain f ~ n d a m e n t a ltheological doctrines from the
time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the
early church. [Fall.]
W 62 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
4 crs.
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers
of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther,
John Calvin, and other representative figures. [Winter.]
63 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM
4 crs.
The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise
of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure,
and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its
environing culture. [Spring.]
71 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS
4 crs.
Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships.
Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus,
including the "quest for the historical Jesus." [Fall.]
4 crs.
7 2 THE THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his
relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found
in his writings. [Spring.]
73 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
4 crs.
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of
Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. [Winter.]
74 STUDIES IN GENESIS ONE TO ELEVEN
4 crs.
A detailed study of these chapters, with discussion of their theological
significance and their background in Israel and the ancient Near East.
Special attention will be given to interpretive problems, particularly
a s related to history and science. [Fall.]
81 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological
thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of
the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. [Spring.]
82 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY 4 crs.
New trends of Roman Catholic theology a s expressed in the writings of
some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical
insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. [Fall.]
83 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
4 crs.
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and
sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. [Fall.]
84 CHRISTIAN VIEW OF MAN
4 crs.
The Christian doctrine of man and salvation. Its uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny
of man. [Spring.]
85 THEOLOGY OF THE ECUMENICAL MOVEMENT
4 crs.
A study of the theological factors inherent in the origin, the various
participating churches and the main results of the modern Ecumenical
Movement. Representatives from various religious groups will be invited to lecture and lead discussions. [Winter.]
86 SEMINAR
4 crs.
Special study in some field of theology. Registration is by permission
of the instructor.
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5
crs.
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES
See under Department of Modern Languages.
SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR
See under Curriculums.
MR. TORSTENSON, chairman, MR. BLOOM. MR. HUSFLOEN,
MRS. MADSON, MR. NELSON, MR. NORDLIE, MR. VETVICK
The objectives of this department are to help students attain a better
understanding of society, its social order and forces of social change; to
prepare students for social service occupations and for post-graduate
studies in such fields as sociology, social work, industrial relations, urban
planning, etc. The Department seeks to maximize its urban setting by
promoting research and participant-observation experiences in the TwinCity Metropolitan region.
DEPARTMENT
OF
SOCIOLOGY
Major: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits a.nd 30 upper
division credits, including 61, 62, 76, 91. Psych. 5 also required.
Philosophy of Science i s strongly recommended.
Major with Social Work Sequence: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower
division credits and 30 upper division credits including 51, 52, 53, 54.
55, 56, 61. Psych. 5 also required.
Minor: 25 credits including 12, 43, 61.
Sociology 11 is prerequisite to all other sociology courses.
W I I MAN IN MODERN SOCIETY
4 crs.
The cultural and structural dynamics of the Western world as seen
through sociological perspectives. A focus on normative patterns, social
organizations, social institutions, and socialization in the context of
social change. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
W 12 SOCIAL PROBLEMS
4 crs.
The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary social problems
in the context of historical, social and cultural change. [Winter, Spring.]
W 31 MARRIAGE AND FAMILY
5 crs.
The course is designed to help the student in his preparation for marriage and parenthood and focuses on such issues as the interpersonal
relationships of dating, selection of a marriage partner, constructive use
of the engagement period, early marriage adjustments, childbirth, discipline of children, and sex education. Integral parts of the course
include films, personal analysis papers, and the discussion of case
studies. A secondary emphasis is given to such sociology of the family
concerns as tracing the family historically and cross-culturally, and
viewing the contemporary American family against a background of
modern society and social change. [Winter, Spring.]
W 41 INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY
4 crs.
Man's prehistory and contemporary primitive societies. An analysis
of the origins of life and man, race and culture, and cultural and
social anthropology including subsistence and crafts, marriage and
kinship, social control, religion and magic, personality and culture,
and cultural growth. [Fall.]
W 42 RURAL AMERICAN COMMUNITY
4 crs.
The social origins, development, and contemporary forms of rural
society and the small community. The historic roots of the American
rural community; rural social movements; and rural life in world
perspective. [Winter.]
W 43 MODERN URBAN COMMUNITY
4 crs.
The cultural and social organization of the city in historical perspective
including the forms, processes, and problems of the modern metropolis.
[Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 51 FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK
4 crs.
Examines basic concepts and values in the practice of social work;
historical development and trends in Social Policy and Programs in the
U.S.; and surveys the social services offered through the various public
and non-profit agencies and institutions. [Prereq.: Concurrent registration
in 54. Fall.]
52 INTRODUCTION TO METHODS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs.
Provides a beginning understanding of the three methods of social workcasework, group work, and community organization. Explores basic
concepts of human growth and behavior and social process and their
relationship to the methodology of social work. [Prereq.: 51, and concurrent registration in 55. Winter.]
53 WELFARE ISSUES IN MODERN SOCIETY
4 crs.
Examines Social Welfare's responsibility and relevance to the problems
of modern society including poverty, mental illness, automation, deviant behavior, mental retardation, and civil rights. Explores some of
the recent experiments and new approaches to these problems both
within and outside the Social Welfare field. Points up some of the
current and re-occurring issues within and about Social Welfare in
modern society. [Prereq.: 52 and concurrent registration in 56. Spring.]
54,55,56 FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SOCIAL
AGENCIES
I cr. per term
Students are assigned five hours per week to work in a social agency
such as a settlement house, or a hospital, public welfare, family service
correction and services to the mentally retarded. Responsibilities vary
according to the agency. From one to four students are assigned to each
agency. The agency provides the supervision and recommended grade
for the course. No credit given unless all three quarters are completed.
Must be taken concurrently with Soc. 51, 52, and 53. [54, Fall. 55, Winter.
56, Spring.]
57 SUMMER WORK STUDY IN CORRECTIONS
AND SOCIAL SERVICE
5 crs.
A summer experience for undergraduate students combining independent study and paid work experience in the fields of Corrections and
Social Services.
59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
An examination of the social sources and structure of the church.
Particular emphasis is given to the study of bureaucracy and its relation to religious systems. Some exploration of the changing patterns of
society and the relationship of these changes to the institutional church.
[Fall.]
6 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL STATISTICS
5 crs.
Scientific methods of collecting, organizing, comparing and interpreting socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and tables, finding
measures of central tendency, variability and association, and h y p e
thesis testing. IPrereq. : high school algebra or equir. Fall, Spring.]
62 SOCIAL RESEARCH
5 crs.
Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology. An examination
of procedures and problems of the research prccess. An analysis of
research designs and techniques. The construction of questionnaires
and other data-gathering tools. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.]
5 crs.
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency.
Gang-delinquencv, white-collar crime, organized crime. The theories
of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. [Spring.]
W 73 CRIME AND DELINQUENCY
M 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
5 crs.
Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development
of personality, the impact of group norms. The various theoretical
schools of social psychology. Selective forms of collective behavior
such as cro-.vd, rumor, and audience. [Fall.]
82 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS
5 crs.
The historical, cultural, structural and psychological dimensions of
minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice,
racism and civil rights in the American setting. [Winter.]
83 INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY
5
crs.
Large-scale organizations in contemporary industrial society. Bureaucracy, decision-making.. formal and informal or~anizational
structure and
labor-management relations. [Spring.]
85 SEMINAR IN THE MODERN METROPOLIS
I cr.
A study of the nature, dynamics and challenges of the emerging metropolitan community.
91 MODERN SOCIOLOGY THEORY
5 crs.
The development and nature of the major theoretical schools of contemporary sociology, in the context of their historical settings in the
nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Winter.]
SPANISH
See under Department of Modern Languages.
DEPARTMENT
OF
SPEECH
MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS COLE, MRS. OLSON
This department aims to foster in students those skills which contribute
to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. It seeks to
develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical
listening hzbits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and
drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama.
Major: 40 credits. Students who do not plan to go into secondary or
elementary school teaching should consult with the department regarding
preparation for graduate school or other post-graduate opportunities.
Teaching major: 44 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32,
12 a 52, 51 or 55, 60, 61, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is
required, but credits in this course do not count toward the major.
Minor: 28 credits.
Teaching minor: 28 credits. For secondary education students: Y, 32,
51 or 55, 60, and 66. Course 76 is strongly recommended. For elementary
education students: ll, 16, 60, 61, ond 76.
For elementary education students, courses 16 and 76 are recommended.
Elementary education students who have had speech in high school
may request substitution of course 16 to fuliill the literature/speech
requirement. Normally, courses 11 and 51 fulfill this requirement.
I I BEGINNING SPEECH
4 crs.
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Meets five
times per week. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
I 2 FORMS OF PUBLIC ADDRESS
4 crs.
Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology,
and adaptation to various situations. [Prereq. : 11. Winter.]
16 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS
4 crs.
Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation,
and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended
for parish workers and elementary school teachers. [Fall, 196849.1
2 1 DEBATE
I cr.
Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year.
Participation in intercolle$ate debates. Open to all students. May be
repeated four times for credit. [Fall, Winter.]
28 STAGECRAFT
4 crs.
Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open
to all students. [Winter.]
32 ACTING
4 crs.
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and
improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. [Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
H 5 1 ARGUMENTATION
5 crs.
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. [Fall.]
52 PERSUASION
5 crs.
Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. [Prereq. :11. Spring, 1968-69.1
55 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
5 crs.
Theories of group leadership: principles and types of discussion; practice in discussion techniques. [Winter.]
60 INTERPRETATIVE READING
5 crs.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading
prose, poetry, and drama. [Fall, Winter.]
61 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
5 crs.
An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and
dramatic production. [Fall.]
66 STAGE DIRECTION
5 crs.
Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. [Spring.]
67 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
5 crs.
History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. [Fall,
196%70.]
68 DRAMA IN THE CHURCH
5 crs.
History of drama in the church, reading and discussion of plays, study
of uses of drama by the local congregation. [Spring, 1969-70.1
76 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
5 crs.
Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal
speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction.
[Winter.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-3 crs.
Selected topics in oral interpretation, acting, theater history, rhetorical
theory, or speech pathology; individual projects with emphasis on the
use of primary sources and methodolgy of research. [Fall, Winter,
Spring.]
SPECIAL
PROGRAMS
OF
--
STUDY
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING
Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing a t the Lutheran Dwconess, .Swedish, Fairview, and ~ e t h o d i i tHospitals in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission to the Schools df Nursing should be made to
the hospitals directly.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a
college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three
years of this work are taken a t Augsburg and a final twelve-month
program is completed a t one of the two hospitals.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY [7
A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with
the Veterans Administration Hospital is available to students who
complete a major in Physical Education a t Augsburg. Tke program
requires 250 hours of clinical observation. practice, and orientation under the direction of the Chief of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service at the Veterans Hospital. The work may be
done either during the senior year or after graduation. It carries
no college credit.
SPAN
Augsbrrrg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for AmiQ
among Nations) program. Tnis is a joint venture of the University
of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students
are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. -4ppplications are made in the spring of the sophomore year.
JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD [7
Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg College students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study a t a
number of European educational institutions. These institutions are:
The University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College and The Goethe
Institute in Germany; and The Institute for American Universities a t Aix-en-Provence in France. Study a t other institutions
may be possible through special arrangements. Applications for
such foreign study must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. In addition, the student's program
of study while in Europe must be approved by his faculty adviser
prior to making application to the Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing. A year of foreign study is recommended only
for students with good scholastic records whose programs of study
can be followed satisfactorily a t the institutions chosen. Credit
earned through foreign study can usually be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives or, occasionally, as
elements of his major sequence. Such credit ordinarily does not
satisfy the general education requirements with some exceptions
such as the study of a foreign language.
HONORS PROGRAM
For superior freshman sudents, some special accelerated sections
are available in such subjects as English and History. For superior
students of all classes, special colloquia are offered each term.
Many departments of the college offer a program through which
the student can earn honors in his major field. Students of high
ability who are interested in pursuing an honors curriculum are
invited to write to the Director of the Honors Program for infomation regarding the Honors Programs which may be open to them.
Honors students are selected on the basis of previous academic
achievement and test results.
NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM
In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and to encourage better cultural exchange between the
students of Augsburg College and colleges in the South, Augsburg
has entered into an agreement with various southern colleges
whereby an interchange of students may take place. This exchange
may take place during either the second or third, term, or both,
depending upon the schedules of the cooperating colleges.
In order to qualify for the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of his/her parents (if he/she is a
minor), his/her major adviser, and various college officials. A
further general requirement is approval by the student exchange
board which will, among other things, require a grade point average of a t least 2.50.
Further details and application forms may be secured from the office of the Dean or the President of the Student Society.
THE PASS/NO CREDIT GRADING SYSTEM
Effective with the 196748 academic year, a Pass/No Credit
grading system is available to juniors and seniors only, applicable
to a maximum of one course per term. The provisions of the system
are as follows:
1. Juniors and Seniors only may choose to be graded on the
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
basis of Pass/No Credit instead of a regular grade for a
maximum of one course in any one term.
The Pass/No Credit option may not be applied to courses
in the student's major field.
Each department of the college shall determine which,
if any, of the courses it offers may not be taken by any
student on a Pass/No Credit basis. Students will be informed by the Registrar's Office a t each registration day
of the courses which may not be taken under the system.
Although credits earned under the system will be counted
toward fulfilling the requirements for graduation, Pass/No
Credit grades will not be used in computing the student's
Grade Point Average.
The student must exercise the option of taking a course
under the Pass/No Credit grading system at the time of
his registration for the course, and may not change after
the end of the first week of the term.
Under the Pass/No Credit grading system, the grade of 'S'
shall be assigned to the student earning the equivalent of
a grade from 'A' to 'C'; the grade of 'N' to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'D' to 'F'.
AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL
Students may earn up to ten credits of college work in a sixweek summer session from June 24 through August 2, 1968.
For 1969, tentative plans call for a similar six-week term beginning June 9, followed by a short term of three weeks set for
July 21 through August 8, during which additional five credits may
be earned.
Most courses will meet mornings, Monday through Friday. Others
will meet for longer periods two evenings a week, in order to accommodate part-time students employed during the day.
Eligible to attend Augsburg summer school are present students
and graduates of Augsburg and other accredited colleges and universities, as well as recent high school graduates whose class
standing and scores in college aptitude examinations indicate a
high probability of success in college work.
Courses to be offered during the summer sessions will be determined, in part, by demand. Most will not require prerequisites. In
addition to formal classes, provisions are being made for independent study in several areas, and for individual instruction in
voice and instrumental music.
For 1968, summer tuition for 8-10 credits is $220.00, plus a registration fee of $5.00. The latter fee will, however, be waived for
those completing registration not later than June 14. Private lessons will be charged separately.
A single board and room charge for the 1968 summer session will
be $100.00, and will provide morning and noon meals exclusive
of weekends, and a room from the evening of June 23 through the
morning of August 3.
For specific information, interested persons are asked to write:
Director of Summer School
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
CURRICULU'MS
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major,
or a particular vocational objective.
GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS
The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may
be followed to include the required general education courses. For
electives, students should take care to include all courses required
for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed
under departmental headings.
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
Electives
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
I
Term
11 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
5
5
4
-
4
- - 5
5-6 -
4
5
5
1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Art 1 or Music 30
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22, or
Economics 22
Electives
Term
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
I
II III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4
- - 4
4
-
SENIOR
Religion
Electives
I
I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
4 4
5-6 5-6 4
-
- -
6
-
-
- 4-5
6
Term
I II m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
12 12 12
AMERICAN STUDIES MAJOR
The following program is suggested for a major in American Studies.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Foreien Laneuaee
~ i s t o 621. 22 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Economics 22 (Optional)
Speech or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
Religion 63
Sistory 55.
Psychology 81s
Sociology 42'; 43'
Philosophy 65
Electives (non-major)
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 21
English 45
Political Sci. 20. 21
- -
4
-4 -
-
4
4
4
4
-
-
4
4
4
4
- -
4
4
SENIOR
Sociology 59.
Political Sci. 70*
Histon 56'
~ d u c a i i o n87.
English 82.
Political Sci. 22'
American Studies 95
American Studies 99
Electives (non-major)
* Electives in the major program
ART MAJOR WITH HISTORY MINOR AS
PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY
FRESHMAN
I
Term
I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Relieion 21
F o r & n Language
Natural Science or Math.
Philosouhy 21
Art 21Art 18, 55
History 2
History 61
I
Term
I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
Art 83. 84
Art 67
Art 50
History 3
Speech 11 or Literature
Music 30
History 21, 22
Elective
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- -
4
-
4
4
-
4
4
-
4
-
4
-- 4 5
5
- 4
4
-
SENIOR
Religion
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 68
Art 78
History 95
History 71
Art 99
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr.
- Cr.
4 Cr.
-
--
4
8
-
4-5
4
4
3
-
- - 4
-
8
ART MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Art.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Art 7
Art 8. 12
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Art 83, 84
Art 67
Art 50
H. P.E. 10
Education 50
Education 52, 53, 54
Education 59
Music 30
Electives
Term
I 11 m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Term
I 11 I n
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Art
---. 21
-Art 18 and 55
Psychology 5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22
or Economics 2 2
Art 68, 99
Art 78
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
BIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
do graduate work in biology. Where choices of biology are indicated,
the student should choose carefully the course best suited to his
field of interest. At least one term of botanical work is usually
desirable. Biology 72 is required.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
Englsh 11. 12
History 3
Sociology 11
Chemistry 5 or 15
Chemistry 6 or 16
Biology 11, 12
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
----------
Foreign Language
Physics 21. 22. 23
Biology 61; 71; or 76
Biology 63, 72 or 74
Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22
or Economics 22
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Chemistry 51, 52, 53
Mathematics 40, 41, 42
Biology 53 or elective
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
5
- 6 6
1 / 3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Art 1 or Music 30
Philosophy 21 or 23
Biology 51, 71, or 76
Biology 73 or elective
Biology 72. 74, or 81
Biology 91, 92, 93
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING
The program suggested below provides for the recommended courses
in chemistry as well as for a good background in the biological
sciences. When making the choices between the biology course
options, it is important that the various disciplines of biology are
represented. Biology 72 and one other course in the 70 series are
required.
Term
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
History 3
Socioloev 11
I
I1 111
SOPHOMORE
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
-
-
-
- 5-
6
-
6
-
4
4
6
- -
6 1/3 1/3 1/3
Relieion 21
~ o r G g nLanguage
Biology 51
Psychology 5
Chemistry 23
H. P.E. 10
Mathematics 13 or 40*
Mathematics 14 or elective*
Religion
Speech 11 or Literature
Foreign Language
Education 50. 59
Chemistry 53'
Biology 61. 71, or 76
Biology 53 or 73
Biology 63, 72, or 74
Education 52, 53, 54
I
I1 I11
5
5
5
-
5
5
-
-
5
-
-
6
5
-
-
Term
Term
JUNIOR
I
Cr Cr. Cr.
TI I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4
4
4 4 5
4
5
5-6
6
5-6
0 0 0
-
-- -
SENIOR
Religion
Art 1 or Music 30
Biology 61, 71, or 76
Biology 72, 74, or 81
Biology 91, 93
Education 83
Education 84
Education 87
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
Philosophy 21 or 23
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4 - 5-6
- - 5-6
1 - 1
- 5 10
4
4-5 4
- -
- - -
Elective if the student is allowed to take Mathematics 40 rather than Math. 13 and 14.
MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION)
Students with a major in Business Administration may specialize
in accounting or finance. Students are urged to read carefully the
statement under the Department of Business Administration.
Term
FRESHMAN
I
I1 I11
SOPHOMORE
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 31
Economics 22, 23
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Relieion 11
E n g E s h 11, 12
History 1. 2, or 3
Business Ad. 1. 2
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
Elective
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
Religion
Foreign Language
Sociology 61
Business Ad. 61
Economics 51
Business Ad. 62, 63
Electives
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 4 4 - - 5
5 5 - 5 5
- 4 5
-
5
-
5
-
5
5
4
4
- -
Term
Term
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Business Ad. 81
Business Ad. 83
Electives
MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(FINANCE SPECIALIZATION)
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1, 2, or 3
Business Ad. 1, 2
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
Elective
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5
4
4 4 - - 4
5-6 5-6 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
--
- -
- -
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 31
Economics 22, 23
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
5
5
5
-
5
-
-
4
4
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Sociology 61
Economics 51
Business Ad. 61, 62
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I 11 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Business Ad. 78
Business Ad. 73
Electives
BUSINESS EDUCATION
MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Business Ed. 1
Business Ed. 10
Sociology 11
Philosophy 21
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50
Education 52. 53. 54
Education 59
Business Ad. 1, 2
Business Ed. 50
Economics 22, 23
Business Ed. .63
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Relieion 21
ForGgn Language
Natural Science or Math.
Speech 11 or Literature
Psychology 5
Business Ed. 21
Business Ed. 22
Business Ed. 53
Business Ed.. 8
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cy. Cr.
4 - 6
-
-
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
H. P.E. 10
Business Ad. 31
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
CHEMISTRY MAJOR
The following course of study meets the requirements for the
Bachelor of Arts degree a t Augsburg College and is approved by
the American Chemical Society for students who plan to do graduate study in chemistry.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1, 2, or 3
Mathematics 40
Chemistry 15, 16 or 5, 6
Mathematics 41, 42
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Chemistry 61. 62
Chemistry 63
Mathematics 83
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Chemistry 91
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
4
5
6
-
5
-
5
-
4
6
- 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Chemistry 51, 52
Chemistry 53
Physics 21, 22, 23
Mathematics 43
Sociology 11
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
â¬hemism 81. 83
C h ~ m l s m$2
Forcim L ~ ~ g u a g e
Speech 11 or Literature
Pol. Sci. 80. 21. or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Chemistry 91
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- -
5
6
6
5
5
-
5
5
4
-
-
5
-
-
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 4
5 - 5
- 4 4 - 4 - -
DENTISTRY
Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take
geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high school. Courses
in physics and chemistry are highly desirable.
The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to
most dental schools. Prospective dental students, however, should
inquire of the dental schools in which they are interested about
specific requirements.
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Mathematics 40. 41
Biology 11, 12 '
Chemistry 15, 16 or 5, 6
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
I
Term
I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 - 5
5 5
- 6 6
6 6 1/3 1/3 1/3
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
Sueech. Lit. or Hist.
~;ychology 5
Chemistry 51, 52
Physics 21, 22, 23
I
I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 5
- - 4
-
-
ECONOMICS MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education.
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1, 2, or 3
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
F o r s g n Language
Sociology 61
Economics 51, 58
Electives
I
Term
I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - 4 5
4
5-6 5-6
- 4
- - 10
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
-
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
- 4
4 -
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
Business Ad. 1, 2
Economics 22, 23
Electives
I
I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 5 5 - - 4
- - 4
- - 4
4
4 4 - 4
4 - Term
SENIOR
Religion
Electives
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 15 12 15
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Students planning t o prepare for elementary school teaching are
required t o complete the following curriculum. Except where a
choice is indicated substitutions may be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. Since the optional
subjects and free electives are limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year.
For the science-mathematics general education requirement, elementary education students are required to take one course in
biological and one in physical science. For the speech-literature
requirement in general education, they are required to take Beginning Speech unless exempted.
The major in this program is Elementary Education. Each student
is required t o complete a minor. Variations in the requirements of
the minor from those prescribed by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval. An academic major is highly recommended.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
Engljsh 11, 12
Foreign Language
Historv 1. 2. or 3
~ i o l o & o a lscience
H. P.E. 10
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1. 2. 3
Elective (minor)
JUNIOR
Relieion
ducati ion 55
Education 56
Education 52, 53, 54
Geography 14
Education 64
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 5
4
5 5
- 4
5 - 5
- 4
1/3
. 1/3
. 1/3
.
- 4 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
Term
I 11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 5 - 4 - 0 0 0
- 4 - - 6
rn
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
Phvsical Science
poi. ~ c i 20,
.
21 or 22
Music 30
History 21 or 22
Elective (minor)
SENIOR
Relieion
r ducat ion 77
Philosophy 21
Speech 11
Education 79
Education 87
Education 65
Electives (minor)
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 4
5
4-6
- 5 4
5
- 4 5
- - ~
- -
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - -
Elective (minor)
JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The program outlined below satisfies the requirements for
certification a t the junior and senior high school level in Minnesota and most of the neighboring states. The student should, during his sophomore year, apply t o the Committee on Teacher Education for admission t o the education curriculum. He will also need
to apply for student teaching during the junior year. Admission will
be determined on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications.
Areas in which students may obtain teaching majors or minors
are:
Art
Business Education
English-Language Arts
English
Speech
Foreign Language
French
German
Scandinavian Studies
Spanish
Health and Physical Education
Mathematics
Music
Natural Science
Biology
Chemistry
Physics
Social Sciences
History
Political Science
Minors for teaching are also offered in Latin and Library Science.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign L a n g ~ a g e
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Electives
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Education 50, 59
Education 52, 53. 54
H. P.E. 10
Electives in the major
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4 5 5
5
4 - 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
5-6 5
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - - 4 - 4
5
4
0
0 0
-
-
5
-
8
8
8
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Music 30 or Art 1
Natural Science or Math.
Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
or Economics 22
Psychology 5
Electives
SENIOR
Reliigon
Education 83. 84
Education 87
Electives in the major
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
ENGINEERING
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
enroll in a school of engineering. Students planning t o enter this
program should have completed four years of high school mathematics and be qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to
enter Mathematics 41. Those who plan t o transfer to the Institute
of Technology at the University of Minnesota will also need, in
some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering Graphics. These may be taken in summer session a t the
U. of M.
FRESHMAN
Relieion 11
~ n g l k h11. 12
Sociology 11
Mathematics 40, 41, 42
Chemistry 15. 16 or 5, 8
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Physics 75
Physics 62, 63
Physics Lab.
Mathematics 83, 84
Biology 11, 12 or, Elective
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
History 1, 2, or 3
Literature
Sociology 12
Physics 21, 22, 23
Mathematics 43. 58
Art 1
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
4
ENGLISH MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department o'f
English.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11 or 15
Enelish 12 or 35. 45
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Art 1 or Music 30
English 61. 62, 84
English 72 or 74
English Elective
Electives*
Term
I TI I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4-5
- 5 5
5 5 4
-
A
-
-
Term
I II 111
Cr.
Cr.
Cr.
---4
-
5
- -
4
5
-
5
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22
or ~conomics'22
Speech 11
Philosophy 21
Natural Science or Math.
English 35 or 45
or Elective in the major
English 47; and 31, 32, or 78
SENIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- -
Term
I 11 n I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
English 90
Electives*
* Electives recommended for students planning to enter graduate school: English 80
or 82, 86, 88, 92, 95; and foreign language.
ENGLISH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11 or 15
Enelish 12 or 35. 45
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Speech 11 and 12. 52 or 55
Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21
Natural Science or Math.
English 35 or 45 or 55
English 47, 31
Term
I 11 I n
Cr. Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
Psychology 5
Education 50
Education 52. 53. 54
Education 59
'
English 61. 62, 55
English 72 or 74, 84
Speech 60 or 66
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 5
- 4
0 0 0
5
5 5 5
- 4 5
5 -
-
-
-
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - 10
5
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
H. P.E. 10
Art 1 or Music 30
English 21 or 40, 86 or 88
English 90. 91, or 92
Library Science 75
-- -- -45
.
4
4
3
--
- -
4
-
5
FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH MAJORS
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Modern Languages.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
FRESHMAN
Religion 21
Intfr. Foreign Language
Sueech 11 or Literature
~ h i l o s o p h y 21
Pol. Sci. 20. 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P.E. lo*
Electives or 56, 57
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Beg. Foreign Language
History 1. 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50'
Education 52.. 53.. 54'
Education 59*
Psychology 5.
Conversation 55
Survey 63, 64"
Literature
74~~~c~~~.;- 72- or
--
Term
I I1 I11
Cr, Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
5
5
5
-
-
5
-
-
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Education
Education
Education
Ad. Conv. and Comp. 84
Literature 72 or 74
Indep. Study 99
Electives
5
-
2
5
-
-
-
5
2
5
5
5 5
Students who do not plan to take t h e education sequence may substitute 92.
99 or other electives for these courses.
* * Courses 56, 57 may be elected for either 63 or 64.
-
GREEKMAJOR
Students who plan to major in Greek should confer with the chairman of the department regarding electives and courses to be taken
in the senior year.
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1, 2. or
Latin 1, 2, 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
-
-
5
3
JUNIOR
Religion
Greek
Philosophy 41, 42, 43
Speech 11
Electives
Term
I fI 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 4 4 4
4 4 4
4
- 8 8
- -
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Naturll Science
Greek 11. 12,
Philosouhv 21
POI. sG. 30, 21,
Econ. 22
Art 1 or Music
SENIOR
Religion
Greek
Literature
Electives
Math.
22 or
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
-
BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR TEACHING
Two teaching majors are offered in the Department of Health and
Physical Education. Students are urged to read carefully requirements listed in the departmental course descriptions.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 10
H. P.E. 23
H. P.E. 11, 13 (W,M)
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50
Education 52, 53, 54
Education 59
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
Econ. 22
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P.E. 57'
H. P.E. 51, 52
H. P.E. 71, 72
H. P.E. 82 or Soc. 31.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOWOBE
- - 5
1 1
1/3 1/3 1/3
H' P E: 335. P.E. 43
R. P.E. 5D'
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4
4
0 0 0
- - 5
- -
-
6
5
-
-
2
4
4
4-5
4-5
4
-
-
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Philosophy 21
H. P.E. 73.
H. P.E. 60.
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
-
5
-
4
4
5
4
4
-
n
-
10
-
-- -4 - -
-
4
-
-
Starred courses are required for the broad major in Health and Physical Education
but may be omitted for the Physical Education teaching major.
HISTORY MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of History.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, 3
Sociology 11
301. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
or Economics 22
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
History
Economics
Art 1 or Music 30
Minor or Elective
Literature
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - 4 5
- 5 5
4 4 4
- 4 4-5 1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - 5 5 4 8 4
4 - - - 4
- 4 4
- - 4
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Laneuage
Historv 21, 22
P h i l o s o ~ h y 21
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
SENIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
History
Seminar
Minor or Elective
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
4
5
-
-
5
-
4
5
4
5
5-6 5-6
-
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
HISTORY MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
~ n g l i s h11, 12
Foreian Language
History 1, 2, 3
Sociolonv 11
~ c o n o m i c s 22
H. P.E. 1. 2. 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50
Education 52. 53. 54
Education
59
-~
-.-...
Art 1 or Music 30
Geography 14
Political Science 20. 22
H. P.E. 10
History
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - 4 5
- 5 5
4 4 4
4 - 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
-
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
History 21, 22
Philosowhv 21
~ s y c h o i o g y5
Natural Science or Math.
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
F,ueech 11 or Literature
History
History 95
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
- 5
5-6 5-6 Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
LAW
College preparation for law school is flexible, and does not require
a specific course of study or a particular major. Students considering law as a profession are urged to study the requirements and
suggested curricula for the following majors:
American Studies, pages 50 and 108.
English, pages 68 and 114.
History, pages 34 and 116.
Political Science, pages 92 and 121.
While any of the above majors is appropriate as a pre-law curriculum, other majors are also highly acceptable. For most law
schools a broad background in the liberal arts constitutes a better
preparation than specialization and expertise in narrower fields.
While not all law schools require a baccalaureate degree as a
condition for admission, it is normally to the advantage of the
student to have completed his undergraduate degree program.
Nearly all law schools in the United States require applicants
to take a standardized Law School Admission Test, administered
several times each year a t prescribed times.
Students interested in law as a possible vocation should contact
the pre-law adivsor, chairman of the Department of Political Science.
MATHEMATICS MAJOR
The following course of study is designed for students who have a
strong background in mathematics from high school. Students who
lack this background may need to complete Mathematics 13, 14
before registering for Mathematical Analysis.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Math. 40, 41, 42
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Mathematics 83. 84, 85
mathematics 72, 73
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Mathematics 61
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5
5 5
4
-
-
- -
-
5 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I LI I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4 4 4
4 4
4
- 4 4
4 4 4
-
-
- - -
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Pol. Sci. 20. 21, or 22 or
Econ. 22
Socioloev 11
~6riign"~anguage
Art 1 or Music 30
Physics or Chemistry
Mathematics 43, 58, 64
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - -
- -
4-5
4
4 4
4 5-6 5-6
5 4 4
-
-
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Mathematics 67
Mathematics 80
Mathematics 99
Electives
MATHEMATICS MAJOR 0
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Mathematics 40, 41, 42
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Cr. C
4
5
5
5
- -
-
4
5 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Foreign Language
Sociology 11
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or
Econ. 22
Mathematics 43, 58. 64
Physics or Chemistry
4
-
4
4
-
-
-
45
5 4 4
5-6 5-6
-
I
Relieion
Art l or Music 30
Education 50, 59
Speech 11 or Literature
Psychology 5
Mathematics 83. 84
Educatiun 52, 53, 54
Philosophy 21
Mathematics 61. 72
Elective
Term
II I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4 5
- 4
5
4
4 0 0 0
4
- --
SENIOR
Term
I
Religion
Education 87
Education 84
Education 83
mathematics 80
Mathematics 67
Mathematics 99
H. P.E. 10
Electives
I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
- -4
-
10
4
-
~
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR
Students may c,omplete a course of instruction leading to the
Bachelor osf Arts degree with a major in medical technology by
completing three years of academic work a t Augsburg College and
twelve months of preparation at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital in Minneapolis. A minimum of 24 credits each of biology
and chemistry, and one term of mathematics, is required. A college
course in physics is strongly recommended. The program outlined
prepares students for certification in medical technology, and it
also includes the Augsburg graduation requirements. In the senior
year students taking this program must register a t Augsburg a s
well as a t the affiliated hospital.
FRESHMAN
Relieion 11
~ngnsh
11, 12
History 2
Sociology 11
SioloEv 11. 12
~ h e m G t r y'5 or 15
Chemistry 6 or 16
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
I
Term
Term
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
5
4
- - - 4
- 6 6
6 - - 6 -
1/3 1/3 1/3
I
Term
I1 I11
SOPHOMORE
I
I1 In:
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Art 1 or Music 30
Speech 11 or Literature
Mathematics 13
Chemistry 23
Biology 53 or 73
Biology 72
SENIOR
Cr.
r.
-.
. C
. Cr.
-.
Religion
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21 or 23
Physics 3
Chemistry 53
Biology 71 or electives
Biology 76
-
4
-
-
-
-
5-6
6
4
4
4-5
4
-
4
-
-
Lectures, laboratory and practical work
at General or Swedish Hospital for 12
months.
45 credits
4
6
-
-
MEDICINE
Since mo'st pre-medical students at Augsburg have gone to the
Medical School of the University of Minnesota, the following is
based on its requirements for admission. Information for other
medical schools may be obtained from "Medical School Admissions Requirements," published by the Association of American
Medical Colleges, and available in the Augsburg library. It is the
responsibility of the individual student to see that he has completed
the requirements for admission to the medical schools to which he
intends to make application.
The "Minimum Requirements" for the Medical School, University
of Minnesota, as translated into courses a t Augsburg College, are
as follows:
Credits
12
12
12
Biology 11, 12
Chemistry 15. 16
ChemIstrv 51. 52
&jal
science and Humanities
General electives
Recommended:
Physical Chemistry 61
Mathematics 42 (calculus)
5
5
Medical schools emphasize the word "minimum" in listing their
minimum requirements. In addition to the required and recommended courses listed, pre-medical students are encouraged to
take a t least two additional courses in biology and one course in
psychology. Some medical schools require or strongly recommend
this work. Broad studies in the liberal arts are highly desirable.
Pre-medical students normally complete a major in either biology
or chemistry. The minimum requirements for a biology major are
shown under Department of Biology; for a chemistry major under
Department of Chemistry. Students are strongly urged to consult
these departments early for advice on scheduling these majors.
MUSIC MAJOR FOR TEACHING
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Music.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Music 1, 2, 3
Applied Music
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50
Education 52, 53, 54
Education 68
Education 59
Art 1
Music 53'. 54
Music 60, -61
Music 57, 58
Music Organization
Applied Music
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- -
4
5
-
5
5
-
5
-
-
4
5 4
1 1 1
1/3 1/3 1/3
4
Term
I 11 In
Cr.
- .. Cr.
- - . Cr.
.
- .
- - 4
- -
4
0
-
0
0
-
4
5
4
3
0
1
3
0
1
- - 5
- 4 4
4 -
0
1
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Sociology 11
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Music 4, 5, 6
Applied Music
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 4 -
-
4
5
-
4
1
-
-
- 5-6 5-6
4 4
1 1
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or
Economics 22
H. P.E. 10
Philosophy 21
Music Organization
Electives
MUSIC MAJOR
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Music 1, 2, 3
Applied Music
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 5 -
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Music 4, 5, S
Applied Music
Music Organization
Elective
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
4
4
1
0
4
4
5
-
4-5 4-5
4
4
1
0
-
1
0
-
JUNIOR
Religion
Art 1
Music 60, 61, 62
Music 53*, 54
Music 57, 58
Applied Music
Music Organization
Electives
*
Term
I II m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 4
5
4
4
4
1
0
3
1
0
-
4
-
4
-
4
-
3
1
0
4
SENIOR
Religicn
Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22
or ~ c o n o m i c s22
Philosophy 21
Music 76
Applied Music
Music Organization
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
I
Term
IIm
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 - - 4-5
-
-
4
-
1
0
1
0
4
-
1
0
4 8 10
-
5
Choral Technique may be substituted for Instrumental Technique in the fall term.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
A major in natural science consists of 63 credits in science and
mathematics with at least 27 credits in each of two of the areas
of biology, chemistry, physics; or at least 27 cred,its in each of three
of the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics.
The following program is suggested.
I
Term
nrn
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Term
1IIm
Cr. Cr. Cr.
For&
Language
Art 1 or Music 30
Natural Science or Math.
Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22
or Economics. 22
Psychology 5
Term
I I1 m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Education 50, 59
Natural Science or Math.
Education 52, 53, 54
H. P.E. 10
- 4
-4 -9 8
0 0
- 5
4
-
4
5
8
0
Term
SENIOR
Religion
Natural Science or Math.
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
~
n
0.
Cr. Cr.
-
-
10
5
-
4
-
13 13
- -
-
-
4
-
PHILOSOPHY MAJOR
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Philosophy 21
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Electives
JUNIOR
Religion
Speech 11 or 51 or Literature
Philosophy Elective
Electives
Term
I II m
Cr.
Cr.
Cr.
---5
4
5
5 5 4
-
SOPHOMORE
4 - - - 4
- - 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- - 4
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Art 1 or Music 30
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Phdosophy 23
Philosophy 41. 42, 43
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Term
I n m
Cr.
Cr.
Cr.
-5
4 - 5-6 5-6
4 - -
-
-
5
4
-
-
4-5
- 4-
4
Term
I II I11
Cr. Cr. (Sr.
Religion
Philosophy 99
Philosophy Elective
Electives
PHYSICS MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Physics.
m
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
Enelish 11. 12
~ o & i g n~ a $ u a g e
Math. 14 or 40
Mathematics 41. 42
History 1, 2, or'3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Physics 61
Physics 51, 52
Mathematics 83,
Art 1 or Music
Physics 62. 63
Physics 77
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5 5 5
5
- 5 5
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
-
- - -
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Physics 21, 22, 23
Mathematics 43
Mathematics 58
Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
or 3conomics 22
Philosophy 21
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr Cr.
SENIOR
Reliigon
Physics 81, 82
Physics 77
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR
0
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Political Science.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 3
Philosophy 21
Math. or Natural Science
Sociology 11
Political Sci. 20, 21
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
~ o r e i g nLanguage
Political Sci. 60
Political Sci. 80, 81. 84
Economics 22. 23
Psvcholow 5
~iferaturF
Elective
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4 5
4
4
- 5-6 5-6
4 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
-
-
-
Term
I 11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
- 5 5
4
4 4 4
- 4 4
-
-
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Art 1 or Music 30
Sociology 61, 62
Philosophy 23
Political Sci. 22, 50
Computer Science 45
History 21, 22
SENIOR
Religion
Political Sci. 51, 62
Political Sci. 70, 71
Foreign Language
Electives
Tern
I I1 111
Cr Cr Cr.
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
4
-
PSYCHOLOGY MAJOR IJ
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Speech 11 or Literature
Psychology 5
Electives
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Natural Science or Math
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
- 4 4 4
5
4
-
- - - 4
4
4
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Psvcholoev
~&ychol
Psychology
Psychology
Electives
81
o99
~~
91
Elective
RELIGION MAJOR
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Natural Science
History 1, 2
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Math.
I
Term
n m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Religion
.-P O ~ . 2"i.
-
20,-21,-or
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Philosophy 21
Electives
I
Religion
Philosophy
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
Electives
SOPHOMORE
Term
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4
4
4
- 4 4
5
- 4 6
-
- -
SENIOR
Term
I II rn
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Religion 86
Literature
Sociology
Electives
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Modern Languages.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
Eneldh 11. 12
scGa. 1. 5
EListov 1. 2. or 3
Natural Seience or Math.
Soziology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
-
-
5
Term
I II I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Scand. 5, 6
Scand. 55
Scand. 26
or Economics 22
H. P.E. 10.
Art 1 or Music 30
Term
I nrn
Cr.
Cr. Cr.
- -
Religion
Psychology 5.
Education 50.
duoa at ion 52, 53, 54.
Education 59.
Scand. 72
Philoso~hv 21
Scand. -74Scand. 62
Electives
SOPHOMORE
- 4 5
- - 4 0
0
- - 05
5 - 4 -
SENIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 84'
Education 83'
Education 87;
Scand. 84
Scand. 99
Electives
* Students who do not plan to take the education sequence may substitute electives for these courses.
SECRETARIAL WORK
The first year of the f'ollowing program provides preparation for
certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides
more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses
in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis
of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for
teaching business subjects in high school appears under Business
Education.
A secretarial-work certificate is awarded on completion of the twoyear program.
A student in the two-year program must select three courses from
the general education requirement making a total of 90 credits.
FIRST YEAR
Religion 11
Enelish 11. 12
~ u i i i e s s~
- d 1.
Business Ed. 50
Business Ed. 21. 22
Business Ed. 53
Business Ed. 10
Electives
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SECOND YEAR
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
psychology 5
Speech 11
Busixess Ad. 1, 2
Business Ed. 63
Business Ed. 8
Electives
SEMINARY
Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum is intended to prepare
the student for admission into a theological seminary course. The
following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It
does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the
counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even
in the freshman year.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Historv 1. 2. 3
~ o r e i & ~anguage'
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Greek
Philosophy 41, 42, 43
Speech 11
Electives
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Natural Science or Math.
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 5 5 5
4 4 4
-
4
-
-
SENIOR
Term
I 11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Greek
Literature
Electives
* Since Latin 2 is a prerequisite to Beginning Greek. students who have not studied
Latin in high school will need to take Latin 1, 2 in college.
SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
A major in the social sciences consists of 65 credits including at
least 37 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 8 credits
in each of economics, political science, and sociology.
The following program includes the requirements for a teaching
major in the social sciences.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 111
Cr Cr Cr.
Religion
Education 50
Education 52, 53, 54
Education 59
Art 1 or Music 30
Geography 14
Political Sci. 20, 22
H. P.E. 10
Economics 23
History
Term
I I1 111
Cr Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Language
History 21, 22
Philosophy 21
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, 3
Sociology 11
Economics 22
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - 4
0 0 0
- - 5
4 4
5 5 - 5
4
4 4 -
-
- -
SENIOR
Relieion
ducati ion 84
Education 83
Education 87
Sociology 12
Speech 11 or Literature
History
History 95
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
A social science minor consists of 45 credits including at least
29 credits in history; and 4 credits in each of the following: geography, economics, political science, sociology.
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
study sociology in graduate scho,ol.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Socioloev 11. 12
A& 1
~ u s i c30
H. P E . 1. 2, 3
or
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 63
Sociology 31
Sociology 61,' 62'
Psychology 5
Speech 11
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4
5
5 5 4
-
-
4
-
-
4
-
-
4
-
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr.
Cr. Cr.
- 4 - 5 - 5 5 5
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Natural Science or Math.
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21
Sociology 41. 42, 43
Electives
SENIOR
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5-6 5-6 -
-
4
-
-
-
-
4-5
4
-
4
-
4
4
4
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Sociology 75'
Sociology 82, 83
Socioloas 91.
* Required for the major.
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR WITH THE
SOCIAL WORK SEQUENCE
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Sociology.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Foreign Lannuaae
ist tory 1,r .2
3
Sociology 11, 12
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Sociology 51.' 52.* 53.
Sociology 54,* 55,' 56"
Sociology 61;
Psychology 5
Sociology 31
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 4 5
5 5 4
4
-
- 4
- -4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Soeech 11 or Literature
~ b l Sci.
.
2 0 , 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21
Sociology 42, 43
Elective
SENIOR
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 4 5-6 5-6 - 4
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Sociology 75. 82
Psychology 61, 62
Electives
Required for the major.
SPANISH MAJOR
See under Curriculum for French major.
0
SPEECH MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Speech.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Soeech 61
~ b l .Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Speech 60
Speech 51. 55
Education 50
Educction 52, 53, 54
Education 59
H. P.E. 10
Electives
Term
I 11 n I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Langu.age
Speech 11
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 21
Philosophy 23
Speech 12 or 52
Speech 32
Psychology 5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
4
4
-
4
5
5
6
4-5
-
-
6
4
5
-
Term
I I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Relieion
speech 16
Speech 76
Speech 66
Education
Education
Education
Electives
Term
I 11 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
or 67
84
83
87
PERSONNEL
THE BOARD
OF REGENTS
Officers of the Board
Mr.
Dr.
Dr.
Mr.
Leonard F. Ramberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chairman
Luthard 0.Gjerde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice-Chairman
Philip S. Dybvig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . Secretary
Herbert A. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Treasurer
Mr. Ernest A. Alne, Pasadena, California
Partner, Alne, Warnick & Mayhew
Mr. Elmer L. Andersen, St. Paul, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board,, H. B. Fuller Company
Mr. Albert E. Anderson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Assistant Manager, Augsburg Publishing House
Mr. Marvin F. Borgelt, West St. Paul, Minnesota
President, Bituminous Surface Treating Co.
Dr. Philip S. Dybvig, St. Paul, Minnesota
Vice President and Business Manager, Luther Theological Seminary
Mr. Jerome Formo, St. Paul, Minnesota
Vice President, Plastics, Inc.
Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Executive Director, Lutheran Social Service of Minnesota
Dr. John K. Grotting, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Physician and Surgeon
Mr. Ruben G. Hovland, Northfield, Minnesota
High School teacher, Northfield Public Schools; Farming
Mr. Herbert A. Johnson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Director, Special Markets, Investors Diversified Services
Mr. John Lienemann, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Minnesota National Life Insurance Company
Mr. G. S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Professor, Director Environmental Health & Safety,
University of Minnesota
Dr. E. Clifford Nelson, Northfield, Minnesota
Professor, St. Olaf College
The Rev. David W. Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope
Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Appleton, Wisconsin
Senior Vice President and General Counsel,
Aid Association for Lutherans
t:.
I
,l.t
Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice President, Northwestern National Bank
Mr. Clair E. Strommen, St. Paul, Minnesota
General Agent, Central Life Assurance Company
The Rev. Johan Thorson, Eau Claire, Wisconsin
Senior Pastor, Grace Lutheran Church
Mr. John L. Werness, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Partner, Werness Brothers Funeral Chapel
Mr. John R. Winsor, Wayzata, Minnesota
Partner, Piper, Jaffray & Hopwood
ADMINISTRATION
Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . President
Kenneth C. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College
Burton P. Fosse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Business Affairs
Kenneth P. Fagerlie ............. Vice President for Development
Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students
Fern I. Martinson .................. Associate Dean of StudentsDean of Women
Mildred Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar, Secretary of the Faculty
Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Registrar
Karlis Ozolins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian
Carl R. Hammarberg ......... Director of Placement and Testing
S. V. Hjelmeland ............ Associate Director of Development
Jeroy Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Alumni Relations
Richard Holy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Church Relations
Donald Sorlien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Public Relations
John Bostrom .............. Manager of Publications and Sports
Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Music Organizations
and Convocations
Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions
Mark Johnson ................ Associate Director of Admissions
Marilyn McKnight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor
Richard Berg .............................. Business Manager
Eugene Ecklund ..................... Director of Plant Services
Elton L. Erdahl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller
Mrs. Elaine Swanson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Food Services
John J. Salchert ............................ College Physician
Orlin Mandsager .............................. Campus Pastor
Irving Hoe1 ........................... Manager of Book Store
Bjarne Landa ......................... Curator of the Museum
Agnes Tangjerd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Archivist
Mrs. Julie Thompson ............. Director of Student Activities
PRESIDENT'S BOARD OF ADVISORS
Dr. Walter H. Judd, Washington, D.C.
Former Congressman from Minnesota, Chairman
Mr. Oscar H. Batzli, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Batzli Electric Company
Mr. Robert J. Bjorklund, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Agency Manager, Bankers Life Company
Mr. Robert P. Boblett, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, A. D. Strong Company
Mr. R. J. Brix, Minnetonka, Minnesota
General Manager, Sears, Roebuck & Company
Mr. Robert W. Fischer, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice President, First National Bank
Mr. Armand Evans, Chanhassen, Minnesota
President, Warner Hardware Company
Mr. J. Roscoe Furber, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice President, Northern States Power Company
Mr. A. L. Gallop, St. Paul, Minnesota
Executive Secretary, Minnesota Education Association
Mr. Roy N. Gesme, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Gamble-Skogmo, Inc.
Mr. Elling Halvorson, Seattle, Washington
President, Elling Halvorson, Inc.
Mr. Donald T. Knutson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, The Knutson Companies, Inc.
Mr. Paul W. Kraemer, Hopkins, Minnesota
President, Minneapolis Gas Company
Mr. Lloyd L. McBurney, Excelsior, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board, Tescom Corporation
Mr. Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa
President, First National Bank
Mrs. Burton F. Myers, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
Mrs. George N. Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr., New York, New York
President, Gilbert Systems, Inc.
Mr. Wendell L. Olson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Fourth Northwestern National Bank
Mr. Donald Padilla, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Padilla, Sarjeant, Sullivan and Speer, Inc.
0
Mr. Leslie C. Park, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice Chairman, Executive Committee, Baker Properties, Inc.
Mr. Raymond Plank, Wayzata, Minnesota
President, Apache Corporation
Mr. Dean B. Rar dall, Excelsior, Minnesota
Vice President, Honeywell, Inc.
Mr. Olaf G. Sandbo, Columbus, Ohio
President, 0.G. Sandbo Company
The Honorable Luther Sletten, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Judge of the District Court
General L. J. Sverdrup, St. Louis, Missouri
Chairman of the Board, Sverdrup & Parcel and Associates, Inc.
Mr. Arnulf Ueland, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Midland National Bank
Mr. Lester P. Wakefield, Excelsior, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board, Jefferson Transportation Co.
Dr. A. Cabot Wohlrabe, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Physician and Surgeon
COMMI'ITEES OF
THE FACULTY
Administrative Committee: 0. Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Fosse,
Fagerlie
President's Cabinet: 0. Anderson, Miss Martinson, Miss Joel, Sorlien,
Berg, Ecklund, Mrs. Swanson, Mrs. Thompson, M. Johnson, Mandsager
Faculty Senate: 0 . Anderson, Bailey, P. Quanbeck, Skibbe,
R. Anderson, Nicholl, Torstenson, Gisselquist, Agre, Sulerud
Educational Policies: Bailey, 0 . Anderson, Sandin, Ollila, Miss
Pederson, Karlen, Follingstad, Mickelberg, M. Quanbeck, Stenshoel,
Miss Joel
Library: Miss Kemmer, Fardig, Thorpe, Bergstrom, Colacci
Student Personnel: G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Benson, Gustafson,
Mrs. Karvonen, Gulden
Admissions and Student Standing: Bailey, Miss Joel, Holum, Miss
Rozentals, Mrs. Dyrud, Holman
International Education: Mrs. Johnson, Mrs. Jensen, Miss M.
Anderson, Miss Joel, Mrs. Kingsley
Athletics: E. Anderson, Mickelberg, Savold, Dahlen, Kiive
Faculty Social Functions: Miss Lund, Holen, Mrs. Anderegg, Miss
Kemmer, Miss M. Anderson
Teacher Education: E. Johnson, Miss Mattson, Mrs. Parker,
E. Anderson, J. Johnson, Ollila, Mrs. Olson
Faculty Personnel Policies: Pfeffer, Budge, Mrs. Jensen, Sateren,
Holum
t:;
,C:
'%
D
*Judicial Council: Nelson, Chrislock, Herforth, Stenshoel
*Student-Faculty Council: 0.Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Miss
Martinson, Fretheim, Mrs. Kingsley
*Convoctations:Agre, Miss Aaskov, Mrs. Noonan, Benson
"Religious Life: Mandsager, Husfloen, Miss Martinson
Archives: Miss Tangjerd, Miss Kemrner, Chrislock, Landa, Miss
Mortensen
* Joint Student-Faculty Committees
THE FACULTY
Ruth Aaskov (1960-63, 1965), Assistant Professor of French
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., Middlebury College, 1960.
Courtland Agre (1959), Professor of Chemistry
B.CH.E., 1934 and Ph.D., 1937, University of Minnesota.
Earl Alton (1960), Associate Professor of Chemistry (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1955; MS., 1958 and Ph.D., 1961, University
of Michigan.
Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959), Assistant Professor of Education and
Psychology
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University,
1947.
Ernest Anderson (1946), Professor of Health and Physical Education,
Basketball Coach
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
"Hildur Anderson (1965), Librarian I, Catalog Librarian
A.A., North Park College, 1938; B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941.
"Joyce M. Anderson (1966), Instructional Assistant in Health and
Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
Mary Marie Anderson (1965), Instructor in Spanish
B.A., St. Olaf Co'llege, 1962; M.A., Middlebury College, 1964.
Oscar A. Anderson (1963), President of the College
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary,
1942; LL.D., Concordia College, 1963.
Raymond E. Anderson (1949), Professor of Speech
B.S., 1946, M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota.
"Stewart C. Anderson (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965), Dean of the College and Professor of
Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.A., 1952 and Ph.D., 1960, University
of Minnesota.
Valeria Baltina (1967), Instructor in German
Diploma, Municipal Gymnasium, 1926; Diploma, 1931 and Magester
der Philologie, 1933, University of Latvia.
John Benson (1963), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary,
1959; M.A., 1961 and Ph.D., 1967, Columbia University.
*William Bergstrom (1963), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1950 and M.A., 1952, University of Minnesota.
"Robert E. Beverley (1966), Assistant Professor of Music
B.M.E., 1946 and M.M., 1948; Northwestern University.
"Vernon M. Bloom (1965), Instructor in Sociology
B.A., 1956 and M.S.W., 1959, University of Minnesota.
Philip M. Bly (1967), Instructor in English
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1961.
Margaret J. Bolsterli (1967), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., University of Arkansas, 1952; M.A., Washington University,
1952.
"Dagrun Bondevik (1967), Instructor in Norwegian
B.A., Logndal Gymnas, Logndal, Norway, 1955; Kristiansand
Officiale Laerarskole, 1955-59.
Bruce P. Budge (1960), Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.S., 1953 and M.S., 1957, University of Idaho.
Penelope Cairns (1967), Instructor in French
B.A., Carleton College, 1964; certificate, McGill University French
Summer School, 1962; M.A.T., Duke University, 1967.
Carl H. Chrislock (1952), Professor of History
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., 1947 and Ph.D., 1955, University
of Minnesota.
Bernhard M. Christensen (1938-63), President Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929.
:':Gracia Christensen (1959-60, 1961-62, 1963), Instructor in English
B.A., Hunter College, 1932; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1935.
Thomas J. Christenson (1967), Assistant Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Concordia College, 1963; M.A., 1965 and Ph.D., 1967, Yale
University
Robert W. Clyde (1967), Director of the Social Science Research
Center with rank of Associate Professor
B.A., Coe College, 1949; M.A., Rockford College, 1958; Ph.D., State
University of Iowa, 1964.
"John R. Coan, Jr. (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Brass)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1953.
Mario Colacci (1952), Professor of Classical Languages
D.Th., Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, 1932; L.R.B.,
Pontificium Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, 1934; D.Litt., University of Naples, 1940.
Ailene Cole (1956), Associate Professor of Speech
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; M.A., University osf Minnesota. 1949.
Thomas E. Crepeau (1964), Assistant Professor of German (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., College of St. Thomas, 1958; M.A., University of MinnesMa,
1964.
K. Berner Dahlen (1941), Associate Profess'or of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1931; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
Carlyle C. Dewey (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1964, University of Minnesota.
Beverly C. Durkee (1965), Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A., 1952; B.S.L., 1953; B.S.Ed., 1963; M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota.
Grace H. Dyrud, (1962), Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., 1957 and Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota.
Wilfried Edner (1967), Visiting Professor of Modern Languages
Diploma, 1954, and Ph.D., 1963, Bavarian State University, Erlangen, West Germany.
*Edgar E. Eklof (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1951; M.A., Manhattan School of
Music, 1955.
Kenneth P. Fagerlie (1963), Vice President for Development
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950.
Sheldon Fardig (1962), Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., 1952 and Ph.D., 1966, Northwestern University.
Henry G. Follingstad (1962), Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone
Laboratories, Inc., 1950.
Burton P. Fosse (1953), Vice President for Business Affairs
B.B.A. and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949.
Terence E. Fretheim (1961-63, 1967), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., Luther College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1960;
Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1967.
Stephen Gabrielsen (1963), Instructor in Music, Director of Male
Chorus (on leave 1967-68)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963, M.A., University of Minnesota, 1966.
Daryl Gibson (1954), Associate Professor of Music (Brass Instruments) (on leave 1967- )
B.S., 1934 and M.A., 1941, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University
of Iowa, 1947.
Orloue Gisselquist (1956), Assistant Professor of History
B.A. 1943 and M.A., 1956, University of Minnesota.
William S. Gray (1966-67), Associate Professor of English (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., Centenary College, 1950; M.A., Louisiana State University,
1962; Ph.D., University of Exeter, 1964.
*Edwin L. Groenhoff (1966), Instructor in Education
B.A., Northwestern College, 1955; M.Ed., Macalester College, 1957.
Dean B. Gulden (1966), Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1967.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961-63, 1966), Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1956.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Mankato State College, 1961; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1967.
Carl R. Hammarberg (1953), Director of Placement and Testing with
rank of Assistant Professor
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Leif E. Hansen (1961), Assistant Professor of Scandinavian (on
leave 1967-68)
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1950.
Theodore J. Hanwick (1956), Professor of Physics
B.E.E., 1933 and M.S., 1937, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D.,
New York University, 1950.
*Kare Hauge (1967), Instructor in History
B.A., University of Oslo, 1965; Alliance Francaise, Diplome Superior, 1964.
Melvin Helland (1941-64), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T. Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., 1919 and Ph.D., 1930, Hartford Seminary Foundation.
*Katherine A. Hennig (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice)
B.A., 1933 and M.S., 1956, University of Minnesota.
Robert S. Herforth (1966), Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., Wartburg College, 1960; M.S., University of Nebraska, 1963.
Norman Holen (1964), Instructor in Art
B.A., Concordia College, 1959; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1962.
Thomas R. Holman (1966), College Psychologist and Assistant
Professor of Psychology
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1959; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1966.
John R. Holum (1957-58, 1959), Professor of Chemistry
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954.
"Richard F. Holy (1967), Lecturer of Business Administration and
Economics
B.S., 1954 and J.D., 1955, University of Wisconsin; B.A., Luther
Theological Seminary, 1959.
Mary T. Howard (1965), Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., West Virginia State College, 1948; M.A., University of Kansas
City, 1952; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967.
Richard Husfloen (1962-63, 1964), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1961; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1964; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1964.
James W. Ingemanson (1967), Instructor in Chemistry
A.B., Augustana College, 1965; B.S., Iowa State University, 1967.
Valija Jaunlinins (1965), Instructor in German
Interpreter, Heidelberg University, 1948; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
*Irene Khin Khin Jensen (1955-56, 1959), Associate Professor of
History
B.A., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; M.A., Bucknell University,
1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956.
*Olive J. Jensen (1966), Lecturer in Art
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
Mildred V. Joel (1947), Registrar with rank osf Associate Professor
B.A., Augsburg College, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Einar 0. Johnson (1956), Professor of Education
B.A., Concordia College, 1938; M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Washington.
Glen W. Johnson (1961), Dean of Students with rank of Assistant
Professor
B.S.E., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959.
James D. Johnson (1961), Instructor in Music (Piano)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A., Julliard School of Music,
1958.
*Mary E. Johnson (1962), Assistant Professor of French
B.A., Smith College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1950.
Sherman J. Johnsrud (1960-61, 1965-66, 1967), Assistant Professor
of Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Chicago, 1955.
Robert Karlen (1959), Assistant Professor of Music
B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1959.
Joanne Karvonen (1965), Instructor in English
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1961; M.A., University of Georgia,
1962.
Grace E. Kemrner (1966), Librarian I, Acting Head Librarian
B.A., Augsburg College, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967.
Priidu Kiive (1966), Instructor in Physics
B.A., Berea College, 1953; M.A., University of Buffalo, 1959.
:!:Mimi B. Kingsley (1947), Associate Professor of Spanish
B.A., Maryville College, 1936; M.A., University of Mexico, 1944.
Bemhardt J. Kleven (1937-46, 1947-65), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; M.A., 1930 and Ph.D., 1941, University of Minnesota.
"Carolyn R. Knutson (1966), Librarian I, Reference Librarian
B.A., Grinnell College, 1955; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967), Librarian I, Circulation Librarian
B.A., Moorhead State College, 1966; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1967.
Bjarne E. Landa (1947), Professor of German
B.A., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; B.A., 1928 and M.A., 1930,
University of Southern California; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1952.
Bertha Lillehei (1937-40, 1960), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1934; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1960.
(on leave 1967- )
Lorraine K. Livingston (1960), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1930 and M.A., 1932, University of Minnesota.
Ruth G. Ludeman (1967), Assistant Professor of Education
A.B., Colorado State College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1961.
Gertrude S. Lund (1950), Associate Professor of Business Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951.
David Lyle (1964), Instructional Assistant in Chemistry
B.A., Augsburg College, 1964.
*Kay L. Madson (1966), Instructor in Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1962.
Orlin L. Mandsager (1960-61, 1962), Campus Pastor and Instructor
of Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961.
Fern Martinson (1964), Dean of Women-Associate Dean of Students
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., Syracuse University, 1950.
Martha M. Mattson (1960), Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1928; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1932.
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956), Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
*Kathryn Moen (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Organ)
B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947.
*August Molder (1963), Artist in Residence and Instructor of Art
Graduated, 1938 and LL.M., 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia.
Gerda Mortensen (1923), Professor Emeritus and Executive Secretary of Centennial Committee
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; M.A., Columbia University,
1928.
John B. Mosand (1967), Instructor in Art
Examen Artium, Gymnasium, Trondheim, Norway, 1954; Norwegian
Institute of Technology, 1957-60; University of Illinois, 1960-61.
Arthur Nash (1922-66), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
Cecilia Y. Nauck (1966), Instructor in Mathematics
B.A., Hofstra University, 1964.
Edor C. Nelson (1946), Associate Professor of Physical Education,
Football and Baseball Coach
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
t:;
,C:
Gordon L. Nelson (1967), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., 1958 and M.A., 1959, University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary, 1963; M.A., University of Chicago Divinity
School, 1965.
Grier Nicholl (1961), Associate Professor of English
B.A., Wesleyan University, 1951; M.A., Columbia Teachers College,
1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1964.
*John L. Nielsen (1966), Artist in Residence and Instructor in
Music (Brass)
B.A., Iowa State Teachers College, 1956; M.A., State University of
Iowa, 1963.
Norma C. Noonan (1966), Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1959; M.A., 1962 and Ph.D., 1965,
Indiana University.
David Nordlie (1961), Assistant Professor of Sociology (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965.
Douglas J. Ollila (1966), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; B.D., Suomi Theological Seminary,
1956; Th.D., Boston University, 1963.
Esther J. Olson (1960), Associate Professor of Speech
B.S., 1945; M.A., 1945 and Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota.
Judith Olson (1965), Instructional Assistant in Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
*Nils W. Olsson (1967), Visiting Professor of Scandinavian
A.M., 1938 and Ph.D., 1949, University of Chicago.
Karlis Ozolins (1955), Librarian with rank of Associate Professor
(on leave 1967-68)
B.A., Augsburg College; 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; M.A., 1961 and M.Ed., 1966, University of Minnesota.
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965), Assistant Professor of English (on
leave 1967-68)
B.A., 1955 and B.D., 1959, Bethel College; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
*Patricia A. Parker (1960), Assistant Professor of Library Science
B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; M.A., University of Michigan,
1952.
Howard E. Pearson (1956), Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957.
Anne Pederson (1932-44, 1946), Professor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945.
LaVonne Peterson (1950), Associate Professor of Physical Education
for Women
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; M.A., Montana State University,
1954.
Ronald D. Pfeffer (1966), Instructor in Physical Education
B.S. Concordia College, 1962; M.S., University of Montana, 1966.
Martin Quanbeck (1938), Professor of Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1929; M.A., 1933 and Ph.D., 1952, University omf Minnesota.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957), Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1951; M.Th., 1954 and D.Th., 1957 Princeton Theological
Seminary.
Gunta Rozentals (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish
B.A., 1956 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota.
Edward M. Sabella (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics
B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1960.
Robert T. Sandin (1958-60,, 1967), Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Bethel College, 1949; B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1954;
M.A., 1956 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota.
'!:Lars A. Sandven (1967), Instructional Assistant in Norwegian
Richard Sargent (1967), Instructor in English
B.A., University of North Carolina, 1965.
Leland B. Sateren (1946), Professor of Music
B.A., Augsburg College, 1935; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1943;
L.H.D., Gettysburg College, 1965; D.Mus., Lakewood College, 1965.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1960), Assistant Professor o,f Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; M.A., University d Minnesota, 1964.
A. Mayo Savold (1952), Associate Professor of Music
B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music,
1963.
Marjorie H. Sibley (1961), Librarian I1 (on leave 1967-68)
B.A., 1942 and M.A., 1943, University of Illinois; M.A., University
of Minnesota, 1961.
Eugene Skibbe (1964), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary,
1956; D.Th., University of Heidelberg, 1962.
'"Frank L. Slesnick (1967), Instructor in Economics
B.A., Oberlin College, 1964.
George Soberg (1926-65), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950.
James R. Spiess (1967), Instructor in Physics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1964; M.S., University of Colorado, 1967.
*Charles A. Stendahl, Jr. (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology
*Roger R. Stem (1967), Instructor in Computer Science
B.S., 1961 and M.A., 1964, University of South Dakota.
Myles C. Stenshoel (1965), Associate Professor of Political Science
B.A., Concordia College, 1948; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado.
Ralph Sulerud (1964), Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., Concordia College, 1954; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1958.
*Agnes B. Tangjerd (1940), Librarian Emeritus and Archivist
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S., 1939 and M.A., 1944, University
of Minnesota.
*Rolf K. TedefaIk (1967). Instructor in Business Administration
Graduated, Hvilans Gymnasium,Sweden, 1955; Commissioned, Military Academy, Sweden, 1956; B.S.B., University of Minnesota, 1964.
Philip J. Thompson (1959), Associate Professor of Art (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1958.
Neal 0.Thorpe (1967), Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1965.
John Thut (1947), Associate Professor Emeritus
B.A., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., 1930 and M.Mus., 1934, American Conservatory of Music.
*Vera Thut (1947), Instructor in Music (Piano)
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927.
Renate Tietz (1963), Librarian I, Acquisition Librarian
B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota.
Joel S. Torstenson (1938-42, 1947), Professor of Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.A., 1940 and Ph.D., 1959, University
of Minnesota.
*E. Margaret Trautwein (1950-54, 1961), Assistant Professor of
English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1953.
Erling J. Urdahl (1943), Professor of Biology
B.A., Concordia College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
*Leo B. Vetvick (1966), Instructor in Sociology
A.A., 1948, North Park College; B.A., 1953, Augsburg College; diploma, North Park Seminary, 1955.
Eugene Vuicich (1967), Assistant Professor of Music
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1949; M.M., Indiana University, 1967.
*Sister Marie Gertrude Ward (1967), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages
B.A., College of St. Catherine, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1945.
Beverly A. Wegge (1966), Assistant Registrar
B.S., St. Cloud State College, 1958.
*David Westphal (1966), Artist in Residence in Art
Dale R. Whiteside (1967), Assistant Professor of Modern Languages
A.B., Augustana College, 1956.
Robert M. Zeller (1965), Director of Instructional Services
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
"'Alvin A. Arens (1966-67), Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.B.A., University of Minnesota.
*Norman K. Bakken (1966-67), Lecturer in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1947; S.T.M., Hamma Divinity School,
1954; Th.D., Union Theological Seminary, 1963.
*Eric 0. Giere (1966-67), Artist in Residence in Music (Voice)
B.A., Luther College, 1949; M.A., University of Iowa, 1964.
:'tLoren E. Halvorson (1966-67), Adjunct Professor and Director,
Academic Town Meeting
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1949; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary,
1953; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1958.
'Vohn W. Knudsen (1966-67), Instructor in Business Administration, Economics and Business Education
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962.
*Mary C. Preus (1966-67), Instructor in Classical Languages
B.A., Luther College, 1963; A.M., Harvard University, 1964.
'!:Harley J. Refsal (1966-67), Teaching Aide in Modern Languages
"Henriette Rodary (1966-67), Instructional Assistant in Modern
Languages
*Marjorie Rodberg (summer, 1967), Librarian I, Assistant Catalog
Librarian
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1963.
David A. Sjogren (1966-67), Teaching Aide in Biology
'!'Paul H. Zimmennan (1966-67), Instructional Assistant in Health
and Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1966.
Part-time faculty
Ahlson, Margaret Ann . . . . Williston, N. Dak.
Anderson, Allen Kenneth . . . . . . . . Paynesuille
. . . . . . . Benron
Anderson, Barbara W e n
Minneapolis
Anderson, Carol Louise . . . . . .
Anderson, David Elbert . . . . . Grossion
Anderson, Donald Eric . . . . . . . . . . Robbinsdale
Anderson, Janet Marie . . . . . . . St. Paul
Anderson, John Luther . . . . . . . . . . .C l i m
. . Badger, la.
Anderson, Karen Ann .
Anderson, Mary Kay . . . . . . . . . . Red Wing
Andreasen, John Gabriel .
. Viroqua, Wis.
. . . . . . Glencoe
Arlt, Nancy Jeanne
.
.
. Hinckley
Ausmus, Duane G .
Bagley, Harold James
. . . . Zimmerman
.
.
Robbinsdale
Bakke, Judith M
Beiningen, Janet Marie
Cnnbr
Benson, Carolyn Mae . . . . . . . . IIin~ropuIix
Berg. Anita Christine . . .
IT>ldl
Berg, David Clarence . . . . . Minneapolis
Bcmsvr)m. llnhrfi D P U I I ! ~
.\linncapnl~:
Ilcri... Lmr;or~:\ nk:unrl
.
. Ilinr>opoik
B!d:r. Rn.;s!d Pichord .
. Sfishrd. Tl'mh
nlnm. Cochcrjne T;lir.>betlr
Bricrll-n
E-XF?. Thc1r1at 5 P
l!inncape!fi
Rol:ta.l. PIJAIAil.:rnm(i
. . .lli-u~~:ap+~#i
.
:\1inr~-2poIi$
Eokrb~l.Flo<.gmia !.I
no~rn~?:.
C1t.1-IPS I?<ril>
afic,rap&
h : h - Tir1.b lr>~ir!g*::-n For: I;:nr:cir. On: , COK.
h ~ ~ i cC*x .n i c LII*,
. 3Iimrrrrrolir
E r n z w r ~ I:IIIP5w;m~ll~r
, Ddmrnh. la.
BCII>~~,IIJT.Ri~,iianl n'ilhom .
IE~ncc,mliBruzek, Barbara
. . . . . Minneionka
Buhler, Joan
Butterfield
...
Carlson, Lee Diron
Cartwright, Paul Otis
Cerkvenik, Paula Kay .
Christenson, Bruce G. .
Cole, Larry
....
Coleman, T. Patrick . . . .
Coltvet, Benjamin H . . . .
Coltvet, Helen B
.
.
Corson. Corbin G
Coryell, Charles Emerson
Daniels, Brian Howard
Danielson, Margaret C.
Davis, Kathleen Marie
Degen, Heidemarie
.
Delany, Marjorie
Drews, Ellen Udine
Minneapolis
Anoka
Princeton, N.J.
.... Edina
, Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Estheruille, l a
Esiherville, In.
Stockton, Calif.
.
Richfield
....
Onalaska, Wis.
. Minneapolis
. . . Minneapolis
i:rm;A-!urr am Main
1l'rj-r Germany
. . . Waucou, Wis.
Minneapolis
,
.
,
Egesdal, Miriam Ruth ,
Emerson, Douglas A.
Engle, Judith Lynn
.
Erickson, Caren D. .......
Erickson, Janet Kathryn
Erickson, Judith J. . . .
Erickson, Judith Marie
Erickson, Karen Kaye
Ericson, Rodger Tilden
Estenson, Grace Rolinda
Elmore
?q-m.sci!lr
ze;l$.*!d
St. Pau!
Rich,GrZJ
. K~rWwr
llinmcpolt,
. Ricllficld
. S?mch/i~:Id
. Sun5urg
...
.
.
,
,
. . . Thief Riuer Falls
Ferber, Rebecca Ellen
Fercheq Duane V. . . . Niagara Falls, N.Y.
. . . .
St. Louis Park
Finke, Rodger Gary
Fist, Le Mar Jack . . . . . . . St. Louis Park
Fischer, Alberta Mary Elizabeth . . . . . Winona
Franson, C. Vinal . . . . . . . . . . Richfie!
Frick, Phyllis G ,
....
Minneopohs
G i l b e m n , JoAnn Gayle . . . . . . Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . Duluih
Gilleland, Richard E
Grant, Ordean Leonard . . . . . . . . . . . . . Austin
.. . . Sheridan, Wy.
Greenfie14 John Nelson .
Gunderson, Darlene Ojakangas . . . Moniicello
Gustafson, Jack Edward . . . . . . . . . . . . . Osseo
Haag, Mary Lynne Kurth . . . . . . . . Hutchinson
Hallcock, Beverly Marie . . . . . Northfield
Hamberg Sandra Diane Edstrom
Red Wing
Hanse, Joel G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris
Hansen Jean Mosal . . . . . . . . . Richfield
. . . . . Richfield
Hanson, Cynthia Ann
. . . . . Thief River Falls
Hanson, Ronald A.
. . . . . Minneapolis
Hanson, Thomas Frederick
Minneapolis
Hanwick, Theodore Thor . . . .
. . . . . . . . . Wesibrook
Hauberg, Lila Lee
Hedman, Dave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seattle, Wash.
Helvig, Mary Lee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Truman
Hendricksoq Alan Albert . Negaunee, Mich
Hendrickson, John R , Jr . . . . . . Minnetonka
. . . . . . . Maple Lake
Hoekstra, Harold J.
...
Brooklyn Center
Hoff, Larry Eugene
Hokkanen, Jerry David
.
.
Kimble
. Piermont, S. D d .
Holm, Marilyn Franzen
...... Tigerion, Wis
Holm, Steven Andreas
Holmgren, Sharon Joy . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Holtan, Judith Ann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
. Radcliffe, la.
Hoversten, Linda Marie
Huntzicker, Carol Diane Nelson
Minneapolis
. Permock
Huseby, Edward J
.
Jacobson, David R
Joesting, Susan Jean
Johns, Russell H .
Johnson, David Lawrence
Johnson, Dennis Carl ,
Johnson, Donna Marie
Johnson, Douglas Arthur
Johnson, Duane Elmer
.
Johnson, Gary Steven
Johnson, Gay A.
.
.
Johnson, Irene M.
Johnson, Karen Janice
Johnson, Mardelle B
Johnson, Robert Leslie .
Johnson, Sally Ann
.
Johnson, Sandra Lee
.
Joing, Bonnie Jean
Minneapolis
. . . . St. Paul
..
..
.
Gheni, N.Y
Bloomington
Lake Mills, la.
. Minneapolis
Lahr, N. Dak.
Columbia Heights
Red Wing
. Grantsburg, Wis
. . Minneapolis
,
. Minneapolis
... Kirkland, Ill.
.
Willmar
McCaIlsburg, Ia
. . . Annandale
.
Minneaoolis
. . Hector
Kalberg, Eileen Marguerite
.
.
Pmkers Prairie
Kalpiq Kathleen L
Klemp, Joy Carol . . . . . . . . . . . . Ezcelsior
Klepp, John DeWayne
. . .
Bag*
.... Ezcelszor
Koepcke, Janet Lorraine .
Kosloskc, Daryl Gordon .
. Fairmonl
Kotval, Sandra Jeanne . . . . . . . . Broweruille
Kristenson, Allan Jerome
Wanamingo
.
Kruse, Verland E.
. Bloomingion
KJ-110, Loren Jon
Burnsuille
. .
Faribauli
Landa, Mark
Lange, Walter 5.
Minneapolis
. . . . . Minneapolis
Larsen, Oliver A , J r
, St. Paul
Larson, Allen James
. Newman Grove, Neb.
Larson, Carole Jane
Ht.c:nr
Larsou, Mary Lynn
LaSalle, Judith Carol
I I ~ ~ ~ ~ t o r ~ o
Lce, Henry Albert
Ccn:rr.v. ;llbrr:a Can
f.aCr.isr. R'i.
Lee. Thomas Robert
, <(!~iir .ihdja, Z:hiop~c
Legesse, Hagos
Lund, John W
.Ilirms;unkc
Lund, Karen 0
. . .
Rusm~i
Lundgren, Ida Elizabeth
St. Croiz Falls, Wis
.
Minneapolis
Luoma, Gracia A. Nydahl
.
Maas, Jerry LeRoy
Mattison, Donald Roger
Mattson, Dean ElRoy
Mattson, Kathlyn Elvera
Mattson, Philip Dale . . . .
McCaughan, Charles A
McGregor, Thomas Robert
Meland, John Kristoffer
Miklos, Geraldine Charron
.
Miller, John Richard
Minear, Spencer E.
. .
Moland, Lucille Sharon . .
Moore. James Ral-mond
,
Mork, Richard 3Iilk1n
Morreim, Jeanne Wanner
Muehlenthaler, Sharon B
Myrvik, Karen Ann . .
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Luck, Wis
Roseau
,
Milaca
. . Bloomingion
Minot, N. Dak
. Minneapolis
,
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Malia, Ill.
,
. Si. Paul
. Benson
cumberland, Wis
. . St. Paul
. Rockford, Ill.
Nelson, Anne Moen ........ Hillsboro, N. D d .
Nelson, Blair Russell ............... Lakeville
Nelson, Jacqueline .................. Richfield
Neseth, Carmen Lois .......-......... Kenyon
Nor& Sandra Roth ..............., .. St. Paul
N o m , Grant Marvin .......... Clayton, Wis.
N o m l d , Douglas Berg ....... Wooduille, Wis.
Nygaard, Marie T. ......... Columbia Heights
Oelschlager, Karen .............. Wanamingo
Oguamanam, Cletus Onyeama ... Abba, Nigeria
Olson, Gracia Naorni ............. Robbinsdale
Olson, Joseph Andrew ............ Minneapolis
Olson, Larry Howard ........... Granite Falls
Olson, Mary Ann ...............Minneapolis
Olson, Sanfred N . .................. Roseville
Ostby, John Leonard ............ Minneapolis
Ostenson, Karen L. ................. Dennison
Palmgren, P a ~ c i aClaire ............ St. Cloud
Paulson, Dennis Edward ............ Clitherall
Pautz, Lynn Eagen . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Pearson, Wayne Kenneth . . . . Brooklyn Pmk
Persons, Warren Lee - . . - . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Peterson, Darrel A. .................. Fmwell
Peterson, Janice L. ............. Minneapolis
Peterson, Ronald David .............. Cosmos
Petzke, Bonita Kae .................. W i l l m r
Pierson, Diana L. ............... Minneapolis
Pinke, Paul August ................ Hustings
Podas, Gary Charles ........... Minneapolis
Poeschel, Richard Albert ............ Ezcelsior
Popp, Kathleen Ann ............... Hutchinson
Prokofieff, Philip E. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Quam, Marilyn A.
.................
Kenyon
Ree, James R. ................St. Louis Pmk
Rejff, Paul G. ................... Si. Paul
Reiman, Dennis B. .................Princeton
Rindal, Terence W . ................. St, Paul
Ring, Vernice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wanamingo
Robbins, Richard Raymond . . . . . . Minneapolis
Ronning, Donald David . . . - . . . .Fmgo, N. Dak.
Ronning Sharon Bjugstad ........ Barron, Wis.
Rosenquist, A d e l i e E. ........... Alezandria
Rossing, Melvin 0. ...... Tulem, Madagascar
Rosvold, L , Beverly ............... Cottonwood
Rued, Mary Margaret . . , ....... Minneapolis
Rykken, Dennis Neal . . . . . . . . . . . . . W i l l m m
Minneapolis
Sandau, Ivan D. .................
Minneapolis
Sandin, Shirley Ann . . . . . . .,
.......... Minneapolis
Sather, Bonnie Louise
Sawai, Noboru ................. Minneapolis
Sawyer, Carol Ann ...... Newman Grove, Neb.
Scharmer, Bonita Boll . .,............ Winona
Schulz, Niles R. . . . . . . . ., ........ Zumbrota
Schumann, Carolyn A. ............ Long Lake
Scot% Michael David ............ Beloit, Wis.
Senn, James A. ........ , ........... Hopkim
Severson, Roland 0. . . . . . Blanchardville, W i s
Sexton, Lela M. ................. Chicago, Ill.
Shaleen, Esther A. ................ Richfield
Shores, Stanley Bernard ............. W i l l m m
Sigurdson, Eunice E. . . . . . . . . .New Hope
Simonson, Ronald Marvin . . . . . . . . . . .McGraih
Sorenson, Richard Edward . . Eau Claire, Wis.
Sprague, P a ~ c i aJean .... , , . . St. Louis Park
Stavmu, Soterios G. .. Diorios, Kyrenia, Cyprus
Stende, John R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Stenson, Charles 0. ............... Minneapolis
Stensrud, Alan T. ............. Golden Valley
Stivland, Rodney L. ................. Lowry
Strand, Carol Ruth .. , ........ Silverton, Ore.
Streufert, Paul R. ........... Columbia Heights
Strom, Dale L. ................... Richfield
Struve, James Kenneth .............. Rochester
Sundberg, Lois E. .................... Fridky
...
Thimsen, Marcia Ann ............ Minnetonko
Thompson, Judy M . .............. Minneapolir
....... Badger
Torrin, Darryl Douglas Arne1
Torstenson, Beth Marie . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dawson
Torstenson, Sylvia Steinbeck . . Lake Pmk, la.
Wagner, Dean Eldon ......... Lake Mills, la.
Wagner, Nicholas E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Fmington
Wall, Kathryn Elizabeth
Wallen, Lynn Louise .............. Richfield
Warzyniak, Robert W . ......... Lester Prairie
Weimer, Martha E. . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Westby, Steven Arnold ............ Robbinsdale
Will, Connie D. Clarine ........ Wmrsau, Wis.
Williams, Richard Keith ............ Austin
Windingstad, Ronald M. . . . . . . . . . . . . Dawson
Woida, Duane Arthur ......... Peshtigo, Wis.
Woolson, Cynthia Lee .............. Hmings
........
Zimmerman, Paul Henry, Jr. ...... Zumbrota
Zinn, Richard Carlton ............... St. Paul
GRADUATES, 1967 (through August 31)
Aas, John Edward ........... Pelican Rapidr
Adams, Marcia Louise ............ Minneapolis
Albaugh. Marilyn Rae ............... Aurora
Anderson. Barbara J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Osakis
Anderson, Bruce Edward .-........ Eagle Bend
Anderson, Joyce Ardell . . . . . . . . . . . .Austin
Anderson, Patricia P.
. . . . . . . . . . . Smgeant
Andreason, Shirley M. .......... Minneapolis
Arends, Ardell Martha . . . . . . . . . . Wubasso
Asp, Julie Ann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Peterson
Asper, Victoria Sharon . . . . . . Frederick. Wis.
Axberg, Robert Atle . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bnrnaal. Lnis b . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Smwd N w j
Rarsners. .bite > M e . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1J'a~wm
BaidL;lld.~.Szndm Jcm . . . . . . . . . . . . . W n l m
Bntnldm, S!eph.cn Kolmer . . . . . . . FfinnicpoEis
Ecouclair ir.Sil&~l 31, . New Roclford. iV Dak.
Ecnsorr. I7n:lcr; R . . . . . . . . . . Rw,kl?-rr Crnlrr
............... d i i w o ~ a
n e ~ Carol
.
>J+k
Bdhk@.c,Iuel Lce . . . . . . . . . . . . . C m o n Fdh
Hnlllt M u i l ~ pfmn
............. H u f c k i m n
Bp[Imnn. L.4. ............... ?rlimnpolis
Born-ic!c S k v m i7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . RndcIif!~.Ic.
Brdtsch Keith nirhml . . . . . . . . . . . . . .%+n~ilk
&ewerh Chstanm T. Elizabeth ...... S!. PR::~
Burke, Ronald C. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Chilgren, Donald L. ....... St. Anthony Village
Christianson, Donna Dean . . . Wolf Point, Mont.
Cina, Stephen Alan ................ Richfield
Clawson, John T . ............... Bloomington
Cooper, Grant William ........... Minneapolis
Dahlquisf Kathleen
. . . . . . . Minneapolis
Danielson, Thad Carl ..........Amarillo, Tezas
Deden, Ruth Ann
............... Zumbrota
Doering, Sandra Lee ............. Robbinsdale
Dolan, Mary Margie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H a m 1
Donald, William Paul ............ Minneapo1i.i
Dunham, Loren J. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Enlund. Marian I ................. Richfield
Enstad, John C. ......... , ...........-. Revere
Erickson, C o ~ o eLeRq. . . . . . Cannon Falls
Erickson, Douglas R. . . . . . . . . . .Seattle, Wash.
Erickson. Elaine Marie . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Erickson. Steven I. ................. Cambridge
Evenson, Larry Kent . . . . . . . . . . .Hamka
. . . - . . . . . . . . . . Dululh
Feddick, Kathleen A.
. . . . . . . Ceylon
Fenrich, Robert C. ......
. . . . . . . Milaca
Feryson, Ronald Morris
Filreis, Lucille Randall ................ Edina
Fischer, Janet Susan ............ Buffalo Lake
Forseth, Stephen W . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Frovik, Terry James . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Gaard, Marilyn Kay . . . . . - . Boyceville, Wis.
Geisness, Carmolita K. . . . . . . . . . . . . Alerandria
Gerschwitz, Paul Roy . Streaky Bay, S. Australia
. . . - . . . .Minneapolis
Gierke, Alan Raymond
Gisselquist, Kathleen Margaret Kraft
Minneapolis
Gisselquisf Rebecca Joan ...... Sioux City, l a
Gjerde, Ruth Ann . . . . . . . . . Miles City, Mont.
Goldenman, Dennis Alan ......... Zimmerman
Gosewisch, Lorraine J. ........... Racine, Wis.
Gronberg, Sharon Merle Hendrickson . -Id
Groth, Fredric Ivan
&hu
Grover, John Robert .............
Rock&,
Gundale, John David
$4
h k wk
Gunderson, Barry L.
&&ttm
Gunderson, Karen Mildred
,
Wash.
Hamen, Bruce Lyle
Hansen, Lee Anne
W i b
Haugen, David Allen
M q >
Hedquist, Willard A.
&W
Heitman, Sharon Kathleen ...... South St. Paul
Heleesen, Rebecca L j n n .. , ......... Burnsville
Helgesen, Sonja Jean
Minnetonka
Robbinsd.de
Helskom, Gary K. .....:..........
Hetland, Duane Gordon
Radcliffe,
Highum, Gayle Elaine
RILEhford
...................
:.......
Fa
..........
...
..............
..................
.............
................
............
.a.4.....
.-..........-..
...'.....'lory Zumbrota
Ia
.................
Hirdman,
Hoeft, Ardis Freda
Hoffman, Sheldon
Minneapolis
Hofteig, John Haldor ............. , ... Mound
Hokamon, Dale H. ............... Minneapolis
Hosman, Robert Mur, , ,
Oak Lawn, 111.
Hoveland, Dawn Diane .............. St. Paul
Huber, Ronald R. ............... Montgomery
Hueoson. Eueene Leiehton ......... Easi Chain
Huseby, Rebecca Ann ............. Albert Lea
Jacobson, Carol Beske ................ Atwater
Jacobson, Karen Lee .................
Hawick
Jensen, Cheryl Marie ............... St. Paul
Johnson. Bonita Phyllis ........... Minneapolis
Johnson. Dale I. ................. Rockford, Ill.
Johnson, Kaylene Ruth
New Richmond, Wis.
Johnson, Lance S. ............... ,. .. S t Paul
Johnson, Peter N. ... Tananariue, Malagmy Rep.
Jorgensen, Michael Theodore ...... Minnetonka
Kivi, Eileen Emch ................... Glenme
Klune, John Gradie ...... .; ...... Minneapolis
Knutson, David Walter ............... St. Paul
Lamprccht, Gloria Dianne ........... Wabasso
Lanes, Mary Lou ................ Montevideo
Lang, Donald George ............. Lamberton
Larsen, Frederic Clinton
Culbertson, Mont.
Larson, Karen A.
Virginia
,.
Climas
Larson. Linda Rae
Lechnyr, Patricia Ann ............ Minneapolis
Lee, Robert Lloyd
Wells, Mich.
Leschensky, James E. ................... Edina
Lewis, Janice Joan
Coon Rapids
Lewis. John Carl ...............
Minneapolis
Lewis, Pichard John
Coon Rapids
Liebers, Myma Gail .... , ........ Wmerly, la.
Lier, Peter C. ................... Minneapolis
Lillquist. George E., Jr. ... Spring Lake Park
Lindekugel, Sandra Pleis ......... Lake Crsytal
Lindell. Jamcs Gerald. Jr. ...... South St. Paul
Lohn, ~ a r y~ o w a r d ...............
'
Hayfield
Dell Rapih, S, Dak.
Loken, Ruth Mae
Lyons, Kenneth Russell .......Columbia Heights
............
..,.
...
....
....................
........... .......
...............
...............
.............
.........
Madsen, Janet Marie .................. Canby
Minneapolis
Magnuson, Stanley Richard
Mattson, Carol Jayne ...............Lakeuille
Madison, Wis.
McKnight, Marilyn S.
............ Osseo
Menzel, Lawrence H. .... ,
Zimmerman
Meyer, Marlys Bertha
Michaelsen, Jennifer Else ......... Minneapolis
Eden, S. Dak.
Miller, Dennis D.
Moe, Eleanor Solveig ............. Viroquq Wis.
Moore, Susan Diane Christianson ... Minneapolis
Willmar
Mork, Carol J. .....................
Munderovski, Roy Vitauts ........... Owdonna
Munson, Diane Shirley ........... Robbimdale
.......
.........
............
...............
St. Paul
Nelsen, Kay Eileen ..................
Nelson, Linda Louise ............ Barron, Wis.
Nelson, Paulette ....................... Spicer
Mirznegpolis
Nelson, Philip John ...........:..
Nelson, Susan Ann ............. Spooner, Wis.
Nerdrum, Carol Joan ............ Stanley, Wis.
Niles, Richard Allen .................. Hopkins
Nordin, Marion Eileen Rudser ... Golden Valley
Nyquist. Joel Victor .................. Cokato
Columbia Heights
Ocel, Roger
.................
.................Ocomo, Wis.
.................. Roseuille
............... Spring Valley
Olsen, Myron Lee
Omundson, L. Jean
Overholt, Suzanne
Ozbolt, Anthony C.
.......... Kansas City, Mo.
Pederson, Thomas Calvin
Stmbuck
Persson, Maxine Marie ........... Minneapolis
Petersen, Cheryl Christine
Robbinsdale
Peterson, Daniel Lean
Jackson
Peterson, Donovan David ......... Minneapolis
Peterson. Gerald B. ............... Minneapolis
Peterson, Kenneth R.
Minneapolis
Peterson, Ronald Steven Vincent
Minneapolis
Pimnan. William V.. Jr. ............... Anoka
Pudas, Grant Peter ............... Minneapolis
.............
.........
................
............
...
............ Minneapolis
Rakow, Dorm Edward
Ramnarine, David James CFlmcron
....
Skeldoa
Guyana
Refsal, Harley J. .................... H o f f m n
Reiff. Jamcs E.
St. Paul
Frank
............ *M
Rice' Linda Jane .................
Roe. Janice Elaine . . - - . .* - - - FQ+E?,N. D+
.......................
-
Ruona'
RUpp'
Emma
-
*-*'
............
..
' '.... ' ' ....' ..a P~
Ann .......... trr(?maca*
M i h
Sackreiter. Dennis Arthur
Sahl, Thomas James .............
Salo. Susan
Sandbo, Mark R. ............... Minneapolis
Sather. Sylvia Carolyn ............ Minneapolis
Schlachtcnhaufen, Salame Ann . . Dcs Moines, la.
Scholla, Muriel Berg .............. Bird Island
Forest Lake
Schrocder. Marian Ethel
Scbultz, Michael Louis .......... Lester Prairie
Lester Prairie
Schwartz, John Norman
Selstad. John Leslie ............ Minneapolis
Nmhua, N. Hump.
Senner. Priscilla Ruth
Scttcrholm, Richard Dale ...... Brooklyn Center
Sjerslee. Sallic Stephenson ......... Minneapolis
Sjogren, David August ...... , .......... Hector
Skottegaard, Robert Charles ....... Minneapolis
Slavik, Robert Alan .............. Minneapolis
Sletten, Jerilyn Kay ............. Barron. Wis.
Smith, Paul D. .............. , .. Seattle, Wash.
Snyder, Thomas Stanley ......... Minneapolis
Sorenson, John Arthur ............ Minneapolis
Sparks, Carol1 ...................
Minneapolis
Stensvaag. Ruth Ingrid ........... Minneapolis
Glencoe
Stradtmann, Phyllis Ann
Strornmen, Mary Ellen ......... Rockford, 111.
Stromsmoe, Gail Marie ...... Thief River Falls
... Minneapolis
Sulzbach, Ann E. ......... ,
Suomela, Adele Joan Hermes ...... Minneapolis
Swanson, Karen Dahlin .......... Minneapolis
Swenson, Joan A. Alden
Minneapolis
Minnea~olis
Syl~.ester,David Ernest
RUUd'
..............
"X
...........................
...........
.........
......
.............
..........
...........
............
Teige, M. Philip
Wateruille, Maim
Tesdell, Darlene Joyce ............. Slafer, In.
Thiesfeld, Susan Paulette ............. Glencoe
Thompson, Robert Nathen
Lake Lillian
Tibbitr, Lorene Monmn ............... Canby
Tinseth, Phyllis Dianna ............. Willmar
Center City
Titmd, Mark ....................
True, David Jon ............. Columbia Heights
........
Utgaard, Stuart Brady
Vaagenes, Bonnie Bicri
..... Star Prm'rie.
.............. St.
Wis.
Paul
Walen, Barbara E. ............... Minneapolis
Wall, Geraldine Neff ............
Minneapolis
Warner, Ronald Dean ....... Granduiew, Wash.
Wcsley, Lynn Carol ................. St. Paul
Westenno. Mary Ellen ........... Minneapolis
White, Clyde Edward ............ Minneapolis
Wilfrid, Luther Jon ............. Minneapolis
Wilson: Carolyn Jean ............... Hayfield
Woida, Karen Leslic Horton ......... St. Paul
Wold, Philip Arlen ...........S i o u City, la.
Wood, Virginia Joanne ......... New Brighton
Wyckoff. Madeleine Jeanne . . Colun~biaHeights
Youngquist, Michael William
Richfield
Yue, Samuel Ka-Sheng ............ Hong Kong
Yuzer, Barbara Ann
Wood Lake
.......
..............
.
Graduates - 1870-1965 ................................ 3496
OF Graduates - 1966 .....................................
247
GRADUATES Total ................................................
3743
SUMMARY
ENROLLMENT
SUMMARY
AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1966-67
Class
Senior .....
Junior ....
Sophomore
Freshman .
Special ....
Nurse (D. H.)
Nurse (F. H.)
Nurse (M. H.)
Nurse (S. H.)
Total .....
First Term
Men Women Total
Second Term
Men Women Total
Thii Term
Men Women Total
98
158
218
242
31
95
156
211
232
28
91
154
205
254
28
747
112
149
204
255
26
35
210
307
422
497
57
35
44
44
44
44
79
948
79
1695
98
150
199
254
25
34
40
41
75
916
193
306
410
486
53
34
40
41
75
1638
732
92
150
198
259
24
34
35
41
75
908
183
304
403
513
52
34
35
41
75
1640
TOTAL ACADFJMIC YEAR
Class
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior ...................................
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nurse @. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nurse (M. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nurse (S. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total ....................................
Men
Women
105
162
222
256
35
114
157
207
262
31
35
44
44
79
973
780
Total
219
319
429
518
66
35
44
44
79
1753
TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT, 196G1967
Men Students ......................................... 780
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 973
Total ..................................................1753
'DEX
Academic Administration . . .
Accounts. Payment of . . . . .
Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Administration . . . . . . . . 41.
Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Placement . . . . . . .
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . .
Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.
Aims and Obiectives . . . . . .
American Studies . . . . . 50.
Archives. The . . . . . . . . . .
Art. Department of . . . . . 51.
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . .
Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41
13
2
128
22
23
23
102
7
108
9
108
32
46
34
Biology. Department of . . 54.
Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . .
Board of Regents . . . . . . . . .
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Business Administration . 57.
Business Education . . . . . 59.
109
12
126
8
110
111
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5
Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . 24
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 60. 111
Classical Languages . . . . . . . . 62
Classification of Students . . . 45
Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Coaching Endorsement . . . . . 72
Co-curricular Program . . . . . 29
College Center . . . . . . . . . . . .
9
Committees of the Faculty . . 130
Comprehensive Examinations 47
Computer Science . . . . . . . . . 77
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . . 97
12
Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
36
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . 48
C d i t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
American Studies . . . . . . . . 108
Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Business Administration . . 110
Business Education . . . . . . . 111
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Dentistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Elementary Education . . . 112
Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
General Liberal Arts . . . . . 108
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Health and Physical Ed. . . 115
High School Teaching . . . . 113
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Medical Technology . . . . . . 118
Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Ministry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . 120
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Political Science . . . . . . . . . 121
Pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Scandinavian . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Sectetarial Work . . . . . . . 122
Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Social Science . . . . . . . . . . 123
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses
Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Distinction. Degree with . . . . .
Divisional Organization . . . .
Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . 30.
41
111
24
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Education. Department of . . .
Education. Elementary . . 65.
Education. Secondary . . 66.
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Eligibility Requirements . . . . .
Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engineering. Pre-Engineering
Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
English. Department of . 68.
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Entrance Requirements . . . . .
Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
112
58
112
113
42
34
20
43
48
100
114
114
146
22
47
12
Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Financial Assistance . . . . . . . 14
Financial Information . . . . . . 12
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52, 85
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78, 115
General Education
Requirements . . . . . . . .
General Information . . . .
Geography . . . . . . . . . . .
German . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grade Values . . . . . . . . .
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates (1870-1 966).
Summary of . . . . . . . .
Graduation Requirements
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Health and Physical Ed. . 72.
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . .
High School Teaching
Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . .
Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . .
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.
Honors . . . . . . . . . . . 34. 43.
Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . .
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Humanities. Division of the . .
Natural Sciences and Mathematics.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
North-South Student Exchange
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Numbering of Courses . . . . . . 48
Nursing. Affiliation with
Schools of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
115
37
113
7
116
103
102
38
48
Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Intercollegiate Athlfetics. Purpose
and Philosophy of . . . . . . . 32
Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . . . 103
Laboratories. Natural Science 10
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Liberal Arts Curriculum . . . . . 108
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. 3
Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . 76.
Medical Technology . . . 103.
Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses
Membership in Educational
2
Associations . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metropolitan Opportunities . 27
Ministry. Preparation for the 123
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Modern Languages.
Department of . . . . . . . . . . 77
Music. Departmtent of . . 83. 119
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Musical Organizations . . . 31. 86
42
117
118
118
Objectives and Aims ...... 7
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Pass/No Credit Grading
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . 13
Personnel Services. Student . . 35
Philosophy. Department of 87. 120
Physical Education . . . . . 32. 72
Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
Physics. Department of . . 90. 120
Placement Service for
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Plant. The Physical . . . . . . . .
8
Political Science . . . . . . 92. 121
Pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . 123
President's Board of Advisors 129
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Psychology.
Department of . . . . . . 94. 121
Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Recreatio'n . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24. 32
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . 126
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Registration. Change of . . . . . 45
Religion and Philosophy.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Religion, Deparhnent of . 95, 122
Religious Activities . . . . . . . . . 24
Repeating Courses . . . . . . . . . 43
Requirements, Graduation . . . 41
Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Scandinavian Studies . . . 80, 122
Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14
Sec~tarialCourses . . . . 59, 122
Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Social and Recreational
Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Social Sciences, Division of the 50
Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Sociology, Deparhnent of 97, 124
SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, 115
Special Programs of Study . . 102
Speech, Department of . 100, 124
Student Activities,
Coordinution of . . . . . . . . . 39
Student Government . . . . . 27
Student Personnel Services . . 35
9
Studio Building . . . . . . . . . . . .
Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Suspension of Students . . . 24, 45
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Teacher's Certificate . . 64, 113
Transfer and Advanced
Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Tuition and Fees . . . . .
12
University Courses . . . . . . . . .
Upper Division Requirements
47
41
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW 19,88-89
'
I
-;
__.f -:-.� ·,.( -;;·:c..../ "<"
-<..�-(
AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA
CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70
RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68
--GVLLiCii
AUGSBURG
-.-
PROFILE
AFFILIATION
Augsburg Coll... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW 19,88-89
'
I
-;
__.f -:-.� ·,.( -;;·:c..../ "<"
-<..�-(
AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA
CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70
RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68
--GVLLiCii
AUGSBURG
-.-
PROFILE
AFFILIATION
Augsburg College is a fouryear liberal arts college affiliated
with
The
American
Lutheran Church. The College
offers a broad education in a
Christian environment.
parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for further
study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for
graduate study in various fields.
LOCATION
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central
Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National
Council for the Accreditation
of Teacher Education, the
American Chemical Society, and
the American Association of
University Women.
Augsburg College is located
along Interstate Highway NO.
94, just 20 blocks from the
downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums, and
art collections. They also have
the opportunity to attend lectures, musical programs and
other cultural activities in the
Minneapolis-St. Paul area.
MEMBERSHIPS
SETTING
Augsburg College holds membership also in the American
Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the
American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the
National Lutheran Educational
Conference, the Association of
Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and
the Association of Protestant
Colleges and Universities.
The twelve-block Augsburg
campus is located in the heart
of Minneapolis and is adjacent
to the University of Minnesota
West Bank campus and two of
the city's largest hospitals. In
this urban setting, Augsburg
students prepare for careers in
our increasingly urban society.
A friendly atmosphere prevails
on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases
of campus community life under
the direction of a capable, wellprepared faculty.
ACCREDITATION
COURSES OF STUDY
Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of Arts
degree offered in 29 major fields
of study. Students are prepared
for teaching, business administration, social work, medical
technology, secretarial work,
DEVELOPMENT
A comprehensive development
program is in operation which
will, over the years, add additional land and buildings t o the
Augsburg College campus.
THE AUGSBURG COLLEGE CAMPUS
Augsburg College is located
near the Minneapolis loop and
the University of Minnesota.
The Administrative offices are
in science ~ ~ at1the1 corner of
7th Street and 21st Avenue
South.
Prospective students and 0ther interested persons are cor-
dially invited to visit the
campus. Visiting hours are
9 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through
Friday; Saturday by appointment. A letter or telephone call
in advance is recommended.
Write to the Office of Admissi,ons, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; or
telephone 332-5181.
ACADEMIC CALENDAR,
AUGUST 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
S
1
8
15
22
29
SEPTEMBER 1968
M T W T F S
2 3 4 5 6 7
91011121314
16 17 18 19 20 21
23 24 25 26 27 28
30
OtTOBER 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9101112
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
NOVEMBER 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
S
1
8
15
22
29
DECEMBER 1968
M T W T F S
2 3 4 5 6 7
91011121314
16 17 18 19 20 21
23 24 25 26 27 28
30 31
JANUARY 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 91011
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
FEBRUARY 1969
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28
MARCH 1969
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
APRIL 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9101112
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30
MAY 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
SUMMER SESSION 1968
June 24
July 4
Aug. 2
...........(Mon.) ............ Final registration and
beginning of classes
............(Thurs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Holiday
............
(Fri.)
................. Final
examinations
ACADEMIC YEAR 1968-69
FALL TERM
Sept.
Sept.
Sept.
Nov.
Nov.
Nov.
5-9 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) ... Freshman Welcome Week
9, 10 . . . . . . . . . (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration
11 .......... (Wed.) ...................... Classes begin
19 . . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) ............... Last day of classes
20-26 ........ (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations
27-Dec. 3 . . . . (Wed.-Tues.) .......... Thanksgiving recess
WINTER TERM
Dec. 3 ............. (Tues.) ...................... Registration
Dec. 4 ............. (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin
(Fri.) ............. Christmas recess begins
Dec. 20, 9:00 p.m.
(Mon.) .................... Classes resume
Jan. 6, 7:45 a.m.
Feb. 25 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes
Feb. 26-March 4 ... (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations
March 5-10 ....... (Wed.-Mon.) ................ Term break
...
...
SPRING TERM
March 10 .......... (Mon.) ...................... Registration
March 11 .......... (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
April 2, 9:00 p.m. .. (Wed.) ............... Easter recess begins
April 8, 7:45 a.m.
(Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume
May 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes
May 26-30 ......... (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
June 1 . . . . . . . . . . . .(Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement
...
-
'
;:,,
ACADEMIC CALENDAR, 1969-1970
AUGUST 1969
S M T W T F
1
3 4 5 6 7 8
10 11 12 13 14 15
17 18 19 20 21 22
24 25 26 27 28 29
,
S
2
9
16
23
30
SEPTEMBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
78910111213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
OCTOBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
NOVEMBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30
DECEMBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
78910111213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
FEBRUARY 1970
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
891011121314
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
MARCH 1970
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
891011121314
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
APRIL 1970
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30
MAY 1970
S M T W T F
1
3 4 5 6 7 8
10 11 12 13 14 15
17 18 19 20 21 22
24 25 26 27 28 29
31
31
JANUARY 1970
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1969
. . . . . . . . . . . . Final registration and
beginning of classes
July 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Holiday
July 18 ............ (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
June 9
. . . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.)
July 21
Aug. 8
............ (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
. . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
SECOND SUMMER SESSION 1969
ACADEMIC YEAR 1969-70
FALL TERM
Sept. 4-8 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) . . . Freshman Welcome Week
Sept. 8, 9 ......... (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration
Sept. 10 ........... (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
Nov. 18 . . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) ............... Last day of classes
Nov. 19-25 . . . . . . . .(Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations
Nov. 26-Dec. 2 . . . . .(Wed.-Tues.) ......... Thanksgiving recess
WINTER TERM
Dec. 2 ............. (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration
Dec. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin
Dec. 19, 9:00 p.m. .. (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Christmas recess begins
Jan. 5, 7:45 a.m. ... (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume
Feb. 24 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes
Feb. 25-March 3 . . . . (Wed.-Tues.) . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
March 4-9 ......... (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term break
SPRING TERM
March 9 . . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration
March 10 . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
March 25, 9:00 p.m. . (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Easter recess begins
March 31, 7:45 a.m. . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume
May 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes
May 25-29 . . . . . . . . (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
May 31 . . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement
S
2
9
16
23
30
A I M S A N D OBJECTIVES
Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The
American Lutheran Church. The
faculty and the Board of Regents of the College affirm the
following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this
institution.
ULTIMATE AlMS
TO contribute to the true good
of human life and society.
To contribute t o the building
of free and living congregations
in the community of the Christian Church.
BASIC PHILOSOPHY
The Christian message concerning the redemptive act of
God in Christ constitutes the
greatest potential for good in
human life and society; but this
potential is realized only insofar
as it is actualized in the minds
and hearts of individuals.
The redemption of the mind
constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the ChrGtian
Church; in seeking to relate all
learning to the truth of the
Christian faith, the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to
society.
Where there is an atmosphere
of free and honest inquiry, truth
has the overwhelming advantage;
the Christian college, therefore,
pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by
inviting teachers and students
to join in a common search for
truth and in a common attempt
to see all truth in relation to
ultimate s ruth.
PRIMARY OBJECTIVES
To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can
reap the maximum benefit from
a program of Christian higher
education.
To provide a campus setting
that is conducive to the spiritual,
mental, moral and physical wellbeing of its students.
To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist
them to develop the habits and
skills necessary for sound academic work.
To acquaint its students with
the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both
for the sake of the enrichment
of their own lives and, through
them, for the enrichment of their
homes and communities.
To confront its students with
the problems and benefits of
living and serving in an increasingly urban culture.
To lead its students to a deeper understanding and. experience
of the Christian Gospel in its
relation to every area of life
and learning.
To assist its students in discovering and clarifying their
peculiar aptitudes and interests,
and to provide training and
counsel that ,will assist them
in preparing for a life work appropriate thereto.
To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes
and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each
GENERAL
INFORMATION
student to look upon his life
as a Christian vocation, and an
opportunity for service t o God
and man.
DISTINCTIVE CHARACTER
Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning.
As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that
high level of excellence which
is appropriate to such a community.
Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an
institution founded by Lutheran
immigrants from Norway who
sought t,o play a creative role
in American life and society,
and seeks t o preserve the enduring values of this heritage
in the life of the college community today.
As a metropolitan college,
Augsburg attempts to relate its
faculty and. students to an urban
culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the growing
metropolitan
community
in
which it is located.
THE PHYSICAL PLANT
Instructional facilities and student housing a t Augsburg are
conveniently located in relation
to each other.
Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices.
Science Hall, erected in 194%
49, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped
laboratories for chemistry, phys-
ics, and biology; a medium-sized
auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The
Lisa Odland Observatory, on the
roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960.
The George Sverdrup Library,
named in honor of Augsburg's
fourth president, was erected
and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent
to Science Hall and of similar
contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work
rooms, a visual-education center,
the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty
offices. There is stack space for
approximately 100,000 volumes.
Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building,
named in honor of Professor J. S.
Melby, dean of men from 1920
to 1942, basketball coach and
head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical
education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and
general auditorium purposes.
East Hall, purchased in 1966,
provides a rehearsal hall for the
Concert Band and Repertoire
Band as well as rehearsal and
instruction rooms for instrumentalists.
The Music Hall was acquired
by purchase in 1947 and has
been remodeled to provide vocal, string and piano rehearsal
rooms together with a rehearsal
room for large groups.
The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely
-..,+-,:
functional building for dramatic
and other speech activities.
The Augsburg College Center,
completed in 1967, is a center
of non-academic activity on
campus. The building houses the
Commons, which is the name for
the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and coffee
shop. Student government and
student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore is also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational
areas are provided in this threestory building containing 55,000
square feet of space.
Urness Tower Residence for
Women, completed in 1967, is
an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 women students. The building was
named in honor of Mr. and Mrs.
Andrew Urness who have given
several generous gifts to the
college. A unique feature of the
building is that each floor is
considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed
two to a room, with their own
lounge, study and utility areas.
The second floor level with
main lounge, also provides an
apartment for the head resident.
There is an observation lounge
a t the top of the structure.
Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial
Hall, erected in 1938, was
named in honor of Augsburg's
second and third presidents. The
building houses about 65 men
students and provides for some
faculty and administration offices in one wing.
Sivertsen-Mortensen Hall in-
corporates a building donated
to the college in 1939 from the
late Dr. Iver Sivertsen and Mrs.
Sivertsen, and a larger addition
erected in 1955 and named in
honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen.
dean of women a t Augsburg
from 1923 to 1964. The building
provides housing for about 144
men students as well as apartments for the resident head.
The Studio Building, dedicated
in 1964, houses the Department
of Art on its two floors.
West Hall is an apartment
building purchased in 1966
shortly after it was constructed.
The building houses 38 women
students and an apartment for
the head resident.
Cottage Houses. A large number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the
expanded campus area to provide accommodations for men
or women students, married students and for faculty and staff
members.
The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is
located on the West River Road.
THE ARCHIVES
-
The Augsburg Archives seeks
to gather and make available
for use documents, books, and
other articles of historical value.
The George Sverdrup Library
provides adequate, fire-proof
quarters for the archives. Here
are found a large collection of
periodicals, manuscripts, letters
i n d pictures, affording extensive
resources for scholarly research.
LIBRARY FACILITIES
-
The beautiful and spacious
George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop
for both faculty and students.
It contains about 70,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets,
and is adding approximately
7,000 new volumes each year.
Students and faculty working in
either of the two large reading
rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet study and research materials close at hand.
All books are kept on open
shelves. Reference service, provided by an able and welltrained staff, is available to
students.
Special collections have been
developed in the Music Library,
the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual
Center. In 1966, the AmericanScandinavian Foundation presented its collection of Scandinavian music to the College. Additional conveniences
include conference rooms for
larger groups or small classes. A
typing corner is provided in the
first-floor reading room.
The library subscribes to
nearly 600 of the best periodi-
cals dealing with a large variety
of subjects, as well as a number
of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Curregt
issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area.
The library plays an active
role in promoting general reading, presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly
book discussions for faculty,
staff, and students.
In the Twin City area are
other libraries which make their
holdings available to Augsburg
students, notably, the St. Paul
and Minneapolis public libraries,
the latter of which issues library
cards to out-of-town students
for each school year.
NATURAL SCIENCE
LABORATORIES
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the
Science Hall. Four laboratories
and storeroom and office space
for biology are located on the
second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research
laboratories for chemistry and
two laboratories for physics are
located on the third and fourth
floors. A chemistry library is
located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here.
FINANCIAL
INFORMATION
1968-69
COMPREHENSIVE FEE
Includes tuition, board and room and College Center
fees as described below.
(per year)
$- 2,270.00
-
- -
TUITION
-
New freshmen entering September, 1968
(per year) $ 1,400.00
This rate is guaranteed for four consecutive years.
In case of time lost due to illness or accident, the rate,
upon application and approval, may be extended for a
fifth year.
Transfer students and returning students not on a prior
year-guaranteed plan.
(per year) $ 1,300.00
Part-time students (carrying less than 12 credits per
term)
(per credit hour) $ -3880
Fee for auditing is one-half the fee for credit.
BOARD AND ROOM
Residence Halls
Honor Houses (upper-class students only)
The board plan provides 21 meals per week.
(per year)
(per year)
$ _ 840.00
$ 795.00
OTHER REQUIRED FEES
College Center Fee
(per year)
Part-time students are charged on a proportionate basis.
Application Fee
Required of all new students, non-refundable.
Initial Payment-New Students
Required of students whose application for admission
has been accepted; to be paid by May 1, 1968. The payment is applied to the tuition fee, but is not transferable
or refundable.
Room Reservation Deposit-Returning
Students
Required by July 1, 1968, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September, 1968.
Breakage Deposit
Required of all resident students. Refundable upon
graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing educational program at Augsburg College.
SPECIAL FEES
Change in registration after classes begin (per cancel
or add)
r
Late registration after classes begin
(per day)
Placement re-registration (for alumni)
Graduation fee
Transcript fee: first copy free, additional copy
Arrangements for special examinations are made in
Registrar's office, with charges according to schedule
on file.
$
30.00
$
10.00
$
100.00
$
25.00
$
20.00
$
$
$
$
$
2.00
2.00
5.00
15.00
1.00
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
Computer Science
Student Teaching
Improvement of Reading
Music Lessons (10 per term)
Practice Studio Rental
Organ (one hour per day)
Piano or Voice (one hour per day)
OTHER COSTS
Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore.
Estimated costs
(per year) $
Linen service, required in residence halls
(per year) $
Personal expenses for clothing, entertainment and transportation vary from student to student. In planning a
yearly budget, a student should add
(per year) $
$
SETTLEMENT OF ACCOUNT
A statement of charges for the year will be prepared
and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of one-third of the annual charge is due a t the
beginning of each term except that for the fall term
payments will be due on or before August 20, so that
all necessary processing of financial arrangements can
be completed in time to clear the student for registration.
- In some cases, more frequent and smaller payments may
be--necessa~
or desirable. Information on this mode of
payment will be forwarded with the statement of
charges in August. Students using this service will pay
a carrying charge.
%.
REFUNDS
If a student decides to cancel his registration, refunds
of term fees, tuition and room charges are allowed as
follows: during the first week of classes, 80%; during
the second week, 70%; during the third week, 60%;
during the fourth week, 50%; and during the fifth week,
40%. No allowance is given after the fifth week. Refunds
for board are made on a proportionate basis.
If a student is forced to cancel his registration because
of accident or illness during the first five weeks of
the term, the charge is one-half of the rate indicated
above, except that board is refunded on a proportionate
basis. Students required to enter military service will
receive a full refund of fees and a proportionate refund
on board and room charges.
100.00
27.00
300.00
to
400.00
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Financial aid in the form of loan funds, scholarships, and parttime employment is available a t Augsburg College.
Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of
the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS subscribe t o the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a
student should be based upon financial need. The CSS assists the
college's financial aid officer in determining the student's need for
financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance
are required to submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential Statement
(PCS) form to the College Scholarship Service, designating Augsburg College as one of the recipients, by March 15. The PCS form
may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship
Service, Box 881, Evanston, Illinois 60204. All upper-class students
are required to submit a Parents' Confidential Statement-Renewal
form each year.
Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time.
The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of
many individual donors, is maintained chiefly by contributions from
the Augsburg College Women's Club.
National Defense Student Loans, established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available t o students capable of
maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special
consideration will be given to all students with a superior academic
background. Loans will normally be granted for the academic year,
September through June, or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for each succeeding loan period.
United Student Aid Funds is a program of endorsing loans made
by local banks to college students requiring financial assistance. A
grant to the college by the Gamble-Skogmo Foundation provided
the funds to establish the initial reserves required. The United
Student Aid Fund Incorporation also handles the Federal Insured
Loan program.
Arrangements for all types of loans are made through a conference
with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on financial aid. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels
students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances.
SCHOLARSHIPS
SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO FRESHMEN
Foundation Fellowships are offered t o students with outstanding
high school records and high scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test
of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are guaranteed enrollment in honors course work. These awards range in
amount from $100 to full tuition and are renewable for four years
for students with a grade point average o~f 3.0 (B average). TO
qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a student should rank in the
upper five percent of his high school class and have a combined
score of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. The scholarship committee also considers an individual's interests, abilities,
and character.
Honor Scholarships are offered to good students who have strong
potential for academic success at Augsburg College. These awards
range in amount from $100 to full tuition and may be renewed for
four years for students with a grade point average of 2.50.
Students who rank in the upper fifteen percent of their
high school class and have above average scores in the Scholastic
Aptitude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships.
Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards are offered each year
by the Department of Chemistry to students strongly interested in
chemistry or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from $2,000
to $4,000 over four years. A student qualifies for a Chemistry
Scholarship on the basis of his high school performance, a special
chemistry examination, financial need, and vocational objective.
Summer Research Awards are also available to students in chemistry. This award provides a stipend of $600 for each student
to do research under the guidance of the chemistry department.
Academic Grants are awarded to students on the basis of financial
need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are admitted to Augsburg College but do not qualify
for a scholarship may be considered for an academic grant or financial award'. These awards range in amount from $100 to $600 and
may be renewable for four years with a grade point average of 2.0
(C average).
SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN
Departmental Scholarships of varying amounts are awarded each
year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of
their ma)or department. These scholarships are renewable if the
student maintains a scholastic average of 2.75 or better.
Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding students in the freshman, sophomore, and junior classes for use the
following academic year. The scholarship fund., which is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on the basis of
previous academic performance. No award will be in excess of
financial need.
The Augsburg College Women's Club Schdarship awards, totaling
$400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding
character and excellent scholarship.
The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her husband, Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship
is awarded annually to a student studying choral music.
The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund was
established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family and through
a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0.Burntvedt
who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1958.
One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a student or
students in the senior class who are preparing for the ministry.
The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the
Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to able and deserving junior or senior students.
The M. J. Estrem Scholarship was established in 1965 by Mr. and
Mrs. M. J. Estrem of Minneapolis to provide an annual scholarship
for some worthy student of the College, such student to be selected
upon the recommendation of the Scholarship Committee of the
College.
Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships each year to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships may be
awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full tuition.
The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship Fund, established
in 1965, makes possible the awarding of one or more scholarships
each year to upperclass male students interested in careers in the
field of business.
The 0. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship was established in 1966 by Mr.
and Mrs. 0. I. Hertsgaard. One or more scholarships will be awarded
annually to junior or senior students who have demonstrated a
proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest
or potential in conducting and show promise of overall academic
success.
The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in
1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa.
The scholarship is awarded annually to a student selected on the
basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in
the field of athletics.
International Milling Company Scholarships are funded by contributions made by the International Milling Company to the Minnesota Private College Fund. These scholarships of variable amounts
are awarded annually to able and deserving upper-class students.
The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring
Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of
$200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded
to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship
and economic need.
The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957
through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It
is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award, in the
amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and
interest in Christian service.
1
The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956
by members of the family to honor their parents. The scholarship
is awarded annually t o a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and promise of achievement in the field
of physical education.
Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $500 each are provided
by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded
each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are
selected by the College in the spring of the junior year on the basis
of religious leadership and scholastic standing.
Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarships were established in
1966 from funds given by Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance
Company. These scholarships of variable amounts are awarded
annually to able and deserving upper-class students who are policy
holders.
David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance
during the term in which they are doing student teaching.
The Onesimus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs.
James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount of $300 to
an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in
the Christian ministry.
--
in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded
annually to a sophomore or junior student d outstanding promise
in the field of music.
The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by
members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph
Paulson who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935,
is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written
on an assigned subject in the field of Christian sociology. The
amount of the prize is $50.
The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded
annually to freshman students who, without assistance, would be
unable to pursue higher education.
The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund, established in
1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman.
The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established
in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college from 1940
to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to seIected
students preparing for Christian senrice.
I
The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family and friends to honor her memory.
As an expression of Christian concern for the problems of social
injustice, this scholarship is awarded periodically to an American
Negro student.
Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division
of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of
$300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year to
students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or
seniors of the Lutheran faith who are enrolled in social work
courses and plan to continue training in a graduate school of smial
work. In addition to scholastic achievement, a student's interests,
aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award.
The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn
Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Ausgburg College Choir from
1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955
by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Donran.
It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major
or minor and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in
the art of singing.
The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family and friends to honor her memory.
A scholarship of $300 will be awarded annually to an able and
I .
I
I
deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship
committee.
The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends to honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen,
professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award
of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in
the field of English.
Tozer Scholarships of $500 each are awarded annually to outstanding Junior or Senior students who are residents of the state of
Minnesota. Monies for these scholarships are provided by the Tozer
Foundation, Inc., of Stillwater, Minnesota.
The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in 1962
by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward
Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship
committee.
Memorial Scholarship Foundation. Undesignated memorial gifts are
placed in the Foundation Fund. Income from these endowment gifts
is used to provide scholarships d varying amounts. The scholarship committee selects students who are able and deserving.
The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was created by the Augsburg College Board of Regents on the occasion of the visit by Crown
Prince Harald of Norway to the Augsburg campus in October,
1965. This annual scholarship provides one year's full tuition for
a student from Norway who wishes t o study at Augsburg. The
recipient is chosen from applicants by a committee in Norway
set up for this purpose.
The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the Department of Chemistry t o honor
the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry
a t Augsburg from 1949 t o 1958. The annual award is made t o a
student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement
in the field of chemistry.
-
3
The Carl Fwse Memorial -h~
'p was established i
1960 by the Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Carl
Fosse, professor of chemistry a t Augsburg from 1921 to 1942. The
annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates
promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship
established in 1967 by the family and friends and the Department
of Chemistry to honor the memory of Covey Hendrickson, a student of chemistry a t Augsburg until his death in June, 1966. The
annual award is made to a student whose academic background
indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
I
3
The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship
was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made
annually to a chemistry student whose record indicates promise
in the field of chemistrv.
The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in
1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of bi'ochemistry
at the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement
in the field of chemistry.
The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was
established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960
to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student omf chemistry a t Augsburg until the time of his death in January, 1960. The
annual award ia made t o a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship w a s
established in 1963. This annual award is made to a student whose
academic background indicates promising achievement in the field
of chemistry.
I
GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS
The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is
awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order
to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of
projects of graduate study.
George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is
awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character
and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars.
STUDENT
EMPLOYMENT
An employment
assists students
the school year,
and off-campus
II
service, located in the Student Personnel Office,
in obtaining part-time remunerative work during
Christmas vacation, and summer. Both on-campus
jobs are available.
I
ADMISSION
APPLICATION PROCEDURE
Applications for admission are provided by and submitted to the
Office of Admissions, Applications may be obtained by visiting,
writing, or calling (332-5181). A majority of the applications are
received between September and January of the students' senior
year in high school. Although the closing date for making application for the fall term is August 1, the class may be filled well
in advance of this date.
An early decision plan is available for highly-qualified applicants
who apply before December 1. These applicants are notified concerning admission on the basis of grades through the junior year
and college aptitude test scores. Students applying after December 1 will generally not be notified concerning admission until after
the Scholastic Aptitude Test scores have been received by the
college. A $100 tuition deposit is due before May 1, with earlier
payment giving preference in the assignment of campus housing.
Students admitted after May 1 are required to make the $100 tuition deposit within two weeks of notification of acceptance. The
tuition deposit is not refundable but applies to the cost of tuition.
An interview on campus is encouraged.
Instructions for applying for admission:
1. Return the application form with a $10 application fee
(non-refundable) and a photograph to:
Office of Admissions
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
2. Request your counselor or principal to send us a transcript
of your high school record and all test results. Transfer
students will request the previous college or colleges to
send an official transcript of grades together with results
of standardized tests taken.
3. The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance
Examination Board is required for admission. The test should
be taken early in the senior year or late in the junior year.
See your counselor or principal about registering for the
SAT or write to College Entrance Examination Board, c/o
Educational Testing Service, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey. Transfer students are not required to take the SAT.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The quality of a student's work in high scho'ol, type of course program, scores on college aptitude tests, extra-curricular pal-ticipation, and recommendations are important factors in considering an
application for admission. Augsburg College seeks students who
rank high in their high school graduating class, a t least in the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board.
It is recommended that a student have a least 12 academic subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include
four units of English, and a t least two units each of a foreign language, social studies, mathematics, and science. A unit is defined
a s a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least
120 hours of classwork.
A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be
provided with blanks early in the summer to be filled out and returned to the Student Personnel Office by August 1. The health
report must be received before the student will be permitted to register.
TRANSFER
Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory
and they are in good standing. College credit is granted for liberal
arts courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited institutions. A
maximum of 95 quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a junior
college. The college reserves the right not to grant credit for
courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant
provisional credit for work taken in unaccredited institutions. The
grade point average for graduation is based on work taken a t
Augsburg.
ADVANCED PLACEMENT
Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the
basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses
beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by
tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed.
ADVANCED STANDING
Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted t o high school
students who have successfully completed a college-level course
provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
CAMPUS
q-
There are many influences which mould life and character in college. While the exercises d classroom, laboratory, and library
form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very
real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the
climate of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed
upon the maintenance of a whoiesome spirit of ~hristianc&rnunity living.
:,!,
I.
!<i
THE CHAPEL SERVICE
At the center of Augsburg's program is the daily chapel service,
where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer,
and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance
is expected of all students and faculty.
COMMISSION OF
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES
The Commission of Religious Activities, composed of students and
faculty, is responsible to the Augsburg community for the implementation of the religious program. Chairman of this Commission is a student, who is also a member of the Student Council.
Although Augsburg College does not believe that religious life
can be separated from the rest of life, this Commission does see
its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life, and
the stimulation of faith through discussion and service.
RECREATION STANDARDS
AND DISCIPLINE
At Augsburg all of the work of the college rests on certain Biblical affirmatives about human nature and man's relation to God.
As a Christian liberal arts college, Augsburg takes these relationships seriously and therefore seeks to educate the whole man.
It follows that one of its important responsibilities is to establish
programs and policies that contribute to this end.
.
''?
"'
,
!>
-
It is expected of each student that his life, conduct and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a
Christian college, and students who do not feel drawn to this
quality of life should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg.
Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience, the
college reserves the right to ask its students to adapt themselves
to the social and recreational program approved by the college.
It reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation
in college is deemed undesirable for social as well as for academic
reasons.
It is the policy of the college that such action shall be taken only
after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial
processes have been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first
d,
..
'!D
.
:lf:
,*
-
dealt with through counseling. Those not solved this way are
channeled to a student-faculty Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and
the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action.
In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program, some
limitations have been placed on certain activities. The college is
opposed to all forms of gambling. The college does not allow
the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in residence
halls, in any college-approved place of residence or a t any collegesponsored event. Minnesota state law forbids the possession or
consumption of alcoholic beverages by people who are not 21
years of age.
CONVOCATION
Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These
programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered,
including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic.
SOCIAL, CULTURAL
AND RECREATIONAL
PROGRAM
In attempting to meet the needs and interests of Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities on campus and many
of those which are available in the Twin Cities. Much activity
outside the classroom occurs in the College Center. There the college community is drawn together by social, recreational, and cultural activities. The activities program is designed to complement
the classroom experience and to enhance the student's college experience.
Throughout the year a variety of social activities are held in the
center, in residence halls, and elsewhere on campus. These social
activities include parties, teas, picnics, films, banquets, dances,
talent shows and special dinners and big-name entertainment.
Traditional highlights of the year are Homecoming, the Christmas
Buffet, Sno-Days, the Carnival, and the spring formal dance.
Many students take part in the social society system a t Augsburg
by joining either a men's or women's society. These societies are
small groups which provide a natural contact between upperclass
students and freshmen, and commuter and residence students,
as they plan activities. The society system is governed by the InterSociety Council which, in turn, is responsible to the Student Council.
The recreation program has activities for both participants and spectators. The intramural program under the direction of the Physical
Education Department features touch football and basketball. On
campus such recreational facilities as pool tables, ping-pong, and
bicycles are available in addition to the facilities in Melby Hall.
Students also enjoy tennis at nearby parks and swimming a t Fairview Hospital. In the winter, students go on skiing outings or stay
on campus to ice skate. There are informally organized soccer and
boot-hockey teams. For the spectator there are the intercollegiate
athletic contests. Students may attend home games on their activity card. For many of the away games bus transportation is
arranged for those wanting to attend.
The cultural program includes activities from the creative and performing arts. In the College Center there are art exhibits, discussions, music listening facilities, small recitals, concerts, drama
readings and films. Art works are also exhibited in the Studio and
the Scholarshop. Augsburgians also enjoy the annual choir, orchestra, and band concerts in Melby Hall. The college also features
a major dramatic production each term in the Little Theatre. Students are admitted free to on-campus dramatic and musical programs by their activity card.
Major responsibility for programming is handled by the Program
Commission. The committees under the Program Commission are
Social, Recreation, Fine Arts, Forum and Lecture, Hospitality, and
Promotion.
METROPOLITAN OPPORTUNITIES
Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art
collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts,
the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries. The Twin
Cities' libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other
concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Several theaters in the Twin Cities such as the Tyrone Guthrie Theater,
Theater-in-the-Round, the Old Log Theater, the Firehouse Theater,
and St. Paul Civic Opera Company provide a variety of dramatic
and musical presentations.
Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions a t the University and Tyrone
Guthrie Theaters. Students also enjoy Minnesota Twins baseball
and Viking football games a t Metropolitan Stadium.
The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students
enrolled a t Augsburg College.
The central concern of student government is focused on education
to the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities
through intellectual growth. The student government relates to
this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering
student affairs, educating members to the democratic process, developing a sense of community, fostering intellectual activity, and
participating in policy making.
STUDENT
GOVERNMENT
The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in
the executive branch. Seven commissioners are each responsible
to the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight
boards also assist him in his work.
The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the
twenty-member legislative branch of the government. Each of the
college classes has its own officers and participates in student
government through its representatives on the council.
The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings are
subject to appeal only to the President of the College.
The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration
and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation
adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as
a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the
students, the faculty, and the administration. The students also
have representation on college committees such as the President's
Cabinet, the College Center Cabinet, and several faculty committees
The Student Society is a member of the National Student Association, the largest representative national union of students in the
United States. Through this organization the students receive programming aids for use on the campus, and add their voice to the
voice of all American students before the national government and
other organizations in matters of student concern.
The Student Government directs several projects of interest to
the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Development
Council, Welcome Week, Sno-Days, International Students Program, Faith-in-Life-Week, College Center Programming, relationships with community organizations and contacts with
neighboring institutions of higher education.
Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students,
provides opportunity for the women to develop meaningful selfgovernment. It aims to create a sense of harmony and fellowship,
to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity
in personal conduct, and to encourage participation in all college
activities. It is affiliated with the Inter-collegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. AWS has an on-campus council and an off-campus council which deal with the problems and
programs of their respective areas.
The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body as well
as a medium of information. It provides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic work.
PUBLICATIONS
Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record
of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in
photography.
The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business
managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief
responsibility of the Commission is to select editors and business
managers for the campus publications.
The Auggie is a directory of students, staff, and faculty and is
published under the direction of the Office of Public Relations.
The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue
their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united to form clubs.
Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom.
Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum.
All these organizations are cu-ordinated through the Student Organizations Commission of the Augsburg Student Society. This
Commission acts to evaluate club activities, to approve annual
schedules, and to represent clubs at Student Council and Executive
Council meetings.
The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and minors
in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics
in this specific area.
The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an
organization especially for students in the elementary education
program. It is concerned primarily with professional standards in
the teaching profession, educational changes, and needs of children in the field of elementary education.
CO-CURRICULAR
PROGRAM
Augsburg College Children's Groups involves students who meet
weekly with a group of neighborhood children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips, and sports as they
show their concern for these children by their own personal involvement.
The Augsburg YGOP Club and YDFL Club aim to stimulate interest
in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities.
The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members
an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations
and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays
produced. Membership is open to all students. Membership in
National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued
excellence in drama participation. It is open to qualified upperclassmen.
The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major "A" at
Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men
of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of
fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest
possible plane."
The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language, and
people of various countries.
The Debate Club fosters debate activity at Augsburg as it meets
to develop skills necessary in debating. Members of the club
represent Augsburg in the Twin Cities Debate League and other
intercollegiate tournaments.
The French Club is composed of students interested in the French
language and culture.
The German Club is open to all students who are studying or
have studied German. In addition to providing opportunity for
conversational practice, the club also promotes understanding
and appreciation of the German people, their achievements and
customs.
Karate Club is organized to provide instruction in classical Karate
for Augsburg men and women students. It also promotes better
understanding of Karate itself and of the various schools of Karate.
The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in
Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music,
art and history.
The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students at Augsburg, is an organization that expresses concern for spiritual life
at Augsburg, as well as acquaints its members with the vocation
of the Christian ministry.
The Psychology Club promotes interest in various fields of psycholowThe Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing.
The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish culture to students in an informal way.
The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for
professional work in the field of Social Service.
The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck
Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession.
The Ushers' Club is a service organization providing trained ushers
for public events scheduled for the campus.
The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual
criticism. They publish The Arkai, a collection of the best creative writing each year.
The Women's Recreation Association at Augsburg is a member of
the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual
and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis.
The Augsburg Concert Band numbers fifty members selected by
audition from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the
band tours annually to various parts of the United States.
The Augsburg Choir has sixty-five members selected by audition
from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the choir goes
on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. The choir toured Norway and other European countries in 1965.
The Augsburg College Choral Club performs frequently in campus
programs and concerts and sings at various churches in the Twin
City area. Membership is by audition or consent of the director.
The Augsburg College Orchestra presents programs of standard
repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists and choral
groups. In addition to campus and local appearances, the orchestra tours in the Midwest. Membership is by audition.
Larger campus musical groups also include the Repertoire Band
and the Symphonia.
MUSIC
ORGANIZATIONS
--
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
AND
RECREATION
Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general
student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some
activity for his own recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team
sports as well a s individual performance activities. Climaxing the
intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the
winners of intramural schedules in various colleges.
INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track,
tennis, and golf.
PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY
OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate
athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy.
This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both
the players and the spectators. The educational program of the
college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part
of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if
physical, mental, and emotional health are t o be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to
the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of
student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in
and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant
should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be
of special use t o him in such vocations as teaching and coaching
or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities.
Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way
competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate
athletics must either contribute directly t o this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student
spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of
Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents
and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The
intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not
overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take
the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general
recreational program.
-
ELIGIBILITY
REQUIREMENTS
In order to participate in certain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Organizations
check eligibility of candidates by submitting a list to the Director
of Student Activities for approval.
Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed
by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference.
A student on academic probation may not be a member of the
Augsburg College Choir, Concert Band, or the Orchestra. He is not
eligible t o participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading,
student publications, societies, or to accept elected or appointed
student-government offices or chairmanships. This list is not inclusive and other activities may be designated.
HONORS
AND
AWARDS
The purpose of Beta Chi Epsilon is to honor those senior
women who have maintained a high level of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving service and
leadership to the college community. In turn, it is the responsibility
of these women to foster the development of academic excellence,
leadership, and service among women students of Augsburg College.
On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the
name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for at least two years.
Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society,
is open to students with a major or minor in English or a foreign
language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have
presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience.
The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are
to recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship.
Juniors and seniors who ,have earned a 3.5 grade point accumulative average are eligible for membership, while freshmen and
sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may be admitted as
pledges.
Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social
Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of
College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social
sciences is required for election to membership.
The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point
average of 3.5 or better in the previous term of work a t Augsburg
College.
The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has
made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson
in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be
the most valuable player on the basketball team.
Outstanding seniors are nominated annually by a Student-Faculty
Committee for membership in Who's Who Among Students in
American Colleges and Universities. Special attention is given
to scholarship, leadership and participation in extra-curricular activities such as athletics, drama, music organizations, societies,
student government and community activities.
Institutional services t o students are organized and administered
in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student
Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions,
Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The
Student Health Sewice, Housing and Food Service, Placement,
Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The
administration of these services is centered in the Office of the
Dean of Students.
STUDENT
PERSONNEL
SERVICES
ADMISSIONS 0
Pre-college counseling concerning admissions requirements, college entrance examinations, financial aids, and career planning
is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions.
Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and
homes a s the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest.
In addition to high school seniors, sophomores and juniors are
encouraged to use these services and also to visit the campus if a t
all possible.
COUNSELING
Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each
student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences offered at Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty
over vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty, health or financial problems, personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning
process and are dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that
through counseling, students will develop a more realistic understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and keener
awareness of resources available to them as they meet the problems of daily life.
At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on a t several levels.
All faculty members participate in the counseling program, and
each new student is assigned to a faculty counselor who works
with him until he chooses a major field of study. At that time,
the major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are staff
members who have specialized training in counseling and techniques
for dealing with problems of adjustment. The personnel deans
serve as special counselors. The counseling program is coordinated
through the Director of Psychological Services in the Office of
the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies
established by the Student Personnel Committee.
RECORDS
Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under
the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission
data, academic achieve~ment,student participation and achievement
in non-academic activities, test scores, reports of counseling, and
other information.
The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government
officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters.
THE STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with
two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily
office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment.
Infirmary rooms are provided. The Health Service is located in
Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus.
Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering,
each entering student is required to have on file the report of a
physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective
treatment is prescribed where needed.
Students who have personal problems are encouraged to seek help
through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops
which demands professional skill, the student is referred to the
offices of the personnel deans. Referrals may be made to the College Chaplain, or the College Psychologist.
FRESHMAN ORIENTATION
Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days
before the beginnicg of classes each year. The students take tests,
attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted
with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with
their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students
have several conferences during which they plan the student's
program of study.
All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman
Days. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement test
scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial
programs. Personality inventories and the vocational interest profiles help the students to know more about themselves, in order to
make a good choice of subjects and occupational goals.
A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the increased
quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in
college are especially urged to enroll in this course.
HOUSING AND FOOD SERVICE
In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students
Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of
others. At the same time, the college realizes that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment in the residence halls
are direct influences on their general efficiency in the classroom.
In an effort to provide these opportunities for development, student
residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the head residents and personnel deans.
Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The
head residents and personnel deans serve as resource people for
these counselors and handle cases referred to them.
All students not living a t home are required to live in collegeoperated housing. Students desiring to reside in the city with
relatives must first secure approval for such an arrangement from
the Student Personnel Office. All students living in residences
take their meals in the Commons. The college also provides a
number of houses for men and women with a cooperative houseplan option.
Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and they close a day after the term closes.
Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must
apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen,
towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available
in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with
laundering service a t a reasonable cost. This service is required
of all students in residence halls. An optional linen service is
available to students living in houses.
Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the
entire school year. A room deposit is required of upper-class students to hold a room. This fee is payable a t the Treasurer's Office
by May 15. Students who have not paid the room deposit by this
date are automatically removed from the housing roster. No refunds are made after August 1.
All men living in Memorial Hall, Mortensen-Sivertsen Hall
cottage housing, are required to pay a $20 key and breakage
a t the beginning of each school year. At the end of the year
fee is refunded if the condition of the room and furniture is
isfactory and the key is returned.
and
fee
the
sat-
GRADUATE PLACEMENT
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions a t the local, state,
and national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free
t o graduating seniors. Alumni seeking the services of the Placement
Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5. There is no
placement fee.
CO-ORDINATION OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
The Director of Student Activities assists student officers to
maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps
on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings.
Faculty advisers to student organizations are approved by the Director. The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Program Commission and the Student Organization
Commission in addition to other Boards and Commissions under
the Augsburg Student Society.
A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Student Personnel Office. The college Master Calendar is kept in the
Office of Student Activities.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Following are the requirements for graduation with the Bachelor of
Arts degree from Augsburg College:
1. Satisfactory completion of the General Education Requirements
described below.
2. Completion of a major.
3. A total of 180 quarter credits. (186 for students above junior
standing in fall of 1968)
4. At least 54 credits in courses numbered above 50.
5. A minimum of "C" average in all courses taken.
6. Proficiency in English,
7. The last year of course work at Augsburg.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
The general education program at Augsburg College consists of
core and distribution requirements as follows:
1. English 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2. History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3. Religion 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4. Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
5. Physical Education 1, 2, 3 (one year) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6. Art 1 or Music 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
7. Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
8. Religion 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
9. Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-18
10. Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
11. Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
12. Speech or Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
13. Religion (upper division) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
credits
credits
credits
credits
credit
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
The first five courses listed above should be taken in the freshman
year, except that students with majors in biology, chemistry, music,
or medical technology may postpone history or sociology until the
sophomore year. Religion 21 is required in the sophomore year. It is
recommended that the general education requirements be completed
in the first two years of college, except item 13 above. One upper
division religion course should be taken in each of the junior and
senior years.
Students who enter college with a high proficiency in English will
enroll in English 15 instead of English 11 and will substitute a literature course for English 12.
The number of credits required in a foreign language is determined
by proficiency examinations. The student is required to have the
equivalent of four terms of a foreign language for graduation, that
is, two terms of the beginning course and two terms of the intermediate level course. He is exempt from this requirement if he
has had four years or more of one foreign language.
In the natural sciences, two courses in biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics satisfy the requirement. It is recommended
who obtain a grade of A or B in the first course d science have
ACADEMIC
ADMINISTRATION
that the two courses be taken in the same department. Students
the option of taking Philosophy of Science for the second course.
Philosophy 21 and 22 are designed to meet the philosophy requirement. Philosophy 23 may be used also.
Students may choose from Political Science 20, 21, 22 or Economics 22 for the requirement in political science or economics.
The general education requirement in speech or literature will be
satisfied by: Speech 11 or 51; English 35, 40, or 45. Upon request
a student may substitute another literature course by permission
of the instructor.
MAJORS AND MINORS
The following majors are offered:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration: Accounting
Business Administration: Finance
Business Education
Chemistry
Economics
Elementary Education
English
French
German
Greek
Health and
Physical Education
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Music
Natural Science
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Studies
Social Sciences
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Students are required to prepare a plan for the major with the
head of the department offering the major. This is normally done
in the spring term of the sophomore year.
A student may earn a minor in any of the fields listed above except
Elementary Education and Medical Technology. Minors are also
offered in Library Science and Latin.
For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements.
ELECTIVE CREDITS
Most courses of study are designed to give the student an opportunity t o elect credits beyond those which are required for the
major and for general education.
To ensure a broad range of electives, a limitation of 60 credits has
been set as the maximum number o,f credits from one department
which may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. (Exception
is made for music majors who may count 68 credits in music.
Business Administration and Economics are considemd separate
departments for this purpose.) A student may earn up to five
credits in independent study courses in one year. A maximum
of ten credits earned by independent study may be applied toward
the 180 (or 186) credits re uired for the degree.
d
-
rn
I
PROFICIENCY IN WRITING
All students are required to take an English test a t the end of the
sophomore year and. must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in
order to qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English.
DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . 8 4 . 0 grade average
Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.5-3.79+ grade average
Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1-3.49+ grade average
To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed
a t least two years d work a t Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg, as well as his total record, must meet the requirements as
given above.
GRADE VALUES
A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit
B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Very good, 3 grade points per credit
C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satisfactory, 2 grade points per credit
D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passable, 1 grade point per credit
F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Failure, 0 grade points per credit
E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition
I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete
WP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Passing
WF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Failing
W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Course withdrawn during first four weeks;
or student withdrew from college.
S (satisfactory), P (pass), N (no credit) indicate level of achievement; they do not affect grade point average.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of a term must
be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following
term. If conditions and incompletes are not removed within five
weeks of the following term, the condition auto~maticallybecomes
a failure and the incomplete becomes the grade submitted by the
teacher along with the Incomplete. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of
$5 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a
condition received a t the end of a term.
REPEATING COURSES
A course which has been failed or in which a D has been earned
may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grade earned the
second time are counted toward graduation. Courses in which
higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit;
they may, however, be audited.
REGISTRATION
Students who have been accepted for admission should register
on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Those who
register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after
classes begin. The last date on which a student may register for
or enter a course is one week after the beginning of classes. Registration for audit requires the same procedure as registration for
credit. Audit registration is considered equal to one-half the credit
registration in determining load and fees.
Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school.
No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has
not registered.
The college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there
is not sufficient registration.
The normal registration is 15 credit hours. A credit hour is normally defined as one recitation period a week throughout a term. The
privilege of registering for more than 17 credit hours is granted to
students who have gained an average record oi B, or three grade
points per credit, in the preceding term. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 19 credits per term. Students
working part-time are urged to arrange the amount o,f their registration accordingly.
CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION
A student who desires to make a change in his registration should
obtain a form from the Registrar's Office. The approval of the
teachers concerned, the student's adviser, and the Registrar are
needed. A fee of $2 is charged for each change of registration after
the first three days of classes. No course may be added after the
first week of classes.
A course which is cancelled during the first four weeks of classes
is followed by W. After the first four weeks and before the last
three weeks of the term, a course which is cancelled is given a grade
of WP if the student is passing and WF if he is failing the course.
No course may be cancelled during the last three weeks of the
term.
A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end
of a term must cancel his registration a t the Registrar's Office in
order to remain in good standing.
CLASSIFICATION
In order to be classified in one of the regular college classes, a
student must be carrying a minimum of 12 hours of work in which
college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of
the following number of credit hours with at least twice that number of grade points:
Credits
Grade Points
36
72
Sophomore
84
168
Junior
130
260
Senior
Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year.
Students registered for less than 12 credits are classified as special
students.
PROBATION AND DISMISSAL
A student is placed on scholastic probation at the end of any term
in which his achievement is unsatisfactory. The following guidelines are used in placing a student on probation with the overall
average entering in as an additional factor.
First-year students with a grade point average of 1.5 or below
Second-year students with a grade point average of 1.6 or below
Third-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below
Fourth-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below
All students with 7 or more credits of F.
In order to be removed from probation, a student must achieve a
grade point average of 2.1 or better for at least one term.
A student will usually be allowed to continue on probation for two
terms. If his academic achievement has continued to be unsatisfactory, he will be dropped for low scholarship.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
Regular class attendance is required of all students in lo,wer division courses. Attendance in upper division courses is voluntary
for juniors and seniors unless required by the teacher of the class.
In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance,
is kept and periodic reports on absences are submitted to the Registrar.
Students who find it necessary t o be absent because of illness or
for other reasons should report the reasons for the absence to their
teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due to illness,
the student may obtain an excuse signed by the Health Service if
this is requested by the teacher.
Students with an excessive number of absences not excused by the
teacher may be dropped from the course with a grade of F.
Absences for tours, field trips, and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by
the Dean to all instructors involved, but the student is still responsible for any work missed.
Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in
class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence
to the teacher.
EXAMINATIONS
Tests are given periodically throughout each term. In the middle
of the fall term, reports of the grades attained by- freshmen are
made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors, parents, and students. Final reports are sent at the end of each term
to the parents and students.
Written examinations are regularly scheduled a t the close of each
term. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination
in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination will result in a grade of failure
unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immediately to the
teacher concerned.
If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College
to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled,
he is charged a fee of $5 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the
Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS
Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which
the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the
student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish
to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this
committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval
forms may be secured at the Office of the Registrar. A fee of $5
($10 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit
hour and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the
answers will be filed in the Registrar's Office.
UNIVERSITY COURSES
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may
register for courses at the University. But such registrations will
not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses
at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any term
must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained a t the University may
be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation.
COURSES
OF
STUDY
Descriptions of the courses offered in 1968-70 are given on the
following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making
changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled.
Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings.
NUMBERING OF COURSES
Courses numbered below 50 are lower division courses; those numbered 50 and above are classified as upper division. In general,
courses numbered 1-19 are primarily for freshmen; 2 0 4 9 for
sophomores; 50-74 for juniors; and 75-99 for seniors.
SYMBOLS
# Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective
of prerequisites.
CREDITS
Credits shown are in terms of quarter credits. Unless otherwise
stated a four-credit course meets four times a week and a fivecredit course five times a week. A term or quarter is 11 weeks in
length, and the normal load for a student is 15 credit hours per
term.
DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION
The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is
appointed for a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISION of the HUMANITIES
Mr. Raymond E. Anderson, Chairman
Department of Art
Department of Classical Languages
Greek; Latin
Department of English
Department of Modern Languages
French; German; Scandinavian Studies; Spanish
Department of Music
Department of Speech
DIVISION o'f NATURAL SCIENCES and MATHEMATICS
Mr. Theodore Hanwick, Chairman
Department d Biology
Department of Chemistry
Department of Health and Physical Education
Department of Mathematics
Department of Physics
7
[7 DIVISION of RELIGION and PHILOSOPHY
Mr. Philip A. Quanbeck, Chairman
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
DIVISION of the SOCIAL SCIENCES
Mr. Einar 0. Johnson, Chairman
Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education
Department of Education
Elementary Education
Secondary Education
Library Science
Geography
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
0 AMERICAN STUDIES
Mr. Nicholl, Director of Program
The aim of the program in American Studies is to develop the
student's understanding of American culture, past and present,
in breadth as well as some depth. The major is interdepartmental,
built primarily upon American area courses now offered in various
departments.
The program should offer the student a good foundation for graduate studies in law and the ministry, for the M.A. in library science
and the M.A.T. in secondary school teaching. The major would
also provide a good background for careers in the U.S. Government, particularly civil service positions and the foreign service.
Major: 56 credits, minimum
Requirements for the major include a core of foundation courses
(29 crs.); a program of elective courses for integrated study (minimum, 18 crs.) and American Studies 99 ( 5 crs.); and American
Studies 95 (4 crs.), a seminar of concentrated study.
The core of courses, to be taken in the departments of English,
History, Political Science, and Religion aim to give the student a
broad foundation of subject matter in major areas of American
culture, past and present, and introduce him to the methodologies
of various disciplines.
The following are required core courses:
English 45: Major American Writers (5 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 11-12
History 21-22: United States History (10 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 1
or 2 or 3
Political Science 20: American Government I, Foundations of
Amer. Dem. (5 crs.)
Political Science 21: Am. Gov't 11, Amer. National Gov't (5 crs.)
Religion 63: American Protestantism (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11
and 21
In his program of elective courses the student would attempt to
achieve a measure of integrated study of major themes in American civilization. Papers written in Independent Study, Am. S. 99,
would attempt to accomplish this.
From the following elective courses the student must choose a
minimum of 18 credits from a t least 3 departments:
Education 87: School and Society (4 crs.)
English 82: The American Novel (4 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 45
History 55: Twentieth Century United States History (4 crs.)
History 56: History of American Foreign Policy (4 crs.) Prereq.
Hist. 21 or 22
Political Science 22: Amer. Gov't 111, State and Local Gov't;
Public Administration (5 crs.) Prereq. Political Science
2&2 1
Political Science 70: Constitutional Law I (4 crs.) Prereq.
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, 22
Philosophy 65: American Philosophy (5 crs.) Prereq. Phil. 21
Psychology 81: History and Theory (4 crs.) Prereq. #
Sociology 59: Religion and Society (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and
21
Sociology 42: Rural American Community (4 crs.) Prereq. SOC.
11
Sociology 43: Modern Urban Community (4 crs.) Prereq. Soc. 11
Refer to course listings under the various departments for full
descriptions of the above elective courses in the program.
American Studies courses (required):
95 Seminar
4 crs.
Focuses on a limited, significant problem or phenomenon in American culture. Use of primary source material from various disciplines. Practice in the integrated use of these materials for an
understanding of the topic in depth. To be taken in the senior
year. For majors or #. (Winter)
99 Independent Study
5 crs.
Major themes or topics cutting across courses elected in the program are chosen by the student for integrated study. The writing
of several papers of an interdisciplinary nature. To be taken in the
senior year. For majors only. (Spring)
MR. THOMPSON, chairman, MR. HOLEN, MR. MOSAND,
MRS. JENSON; MR. MOLDER, MR. WESTPHAL, artists in residence
DEPARTMENT
The Department of Art endeavors to further the student's technical
and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines
of drawing, print making, painting, sculpture, and ceramics, emphasis
is given to the function of art in history and religion. Because of the
place art has in contemporary life, students are encouraged to consider the areas of teaching, graduate study, commercial designing,
and avocational art.
ART
OF
In additim k) t
& catrseS
h cm?& sbi&enbhave the opportunity to study and 18us-s
witk A*
~oI(3er~
M s t in residence,
problems & &rtpd&t@ tp Wm&&gd' M e d && windows. David
in W m 6 e i & ap%ihH@Ws those interested
Westphal, &ek&a-@er
in film making as a fine art medium.
Major: 46 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21, 67, 83, 84, 85, 99.
Minor: 26 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21 or 50, and 83 or 84 or 85.
Majors preparing for teaching in secondary or elementary schools are
required to take 50.
I t is recommended that art majors and minors take Introduction to
Fine Arts under the Department of Music.
1 I INTRODUCTION TO FINE ARTS
4 crs.
Historical and topical studies in fine arts. The visual arts seen in relation to music. Participation in the cultural life of the community
leading towards appreciation and criticism. C3 lect., 1disc. Fall, Spring,
1 7 DRAWING
- 2 crs.
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media. Emphasis
on still-life and interiors. [2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 8 DRAWING
Figure drawing. [2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
2 crs.
12 COMPOSITION
6 crs.
A study of the elements of form and composition. Two- and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. [4 lect., 2 double labs.
Fall, Winter.]
18 PAINTING I
4 crs.
Painting in aqueous media and oil. Emphasis on still-life, landscape,
and figurative painting. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall, 1968-69. Fall,
Spring, 1969-70.1
1 2 I SCULPTURE I
4 crs.
Modeling head studies, figures, and animal forms in terracotta and
plaster. 14 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall.]
25 GRAPHIC DESIGN
4 crs.
A study of the techniques and goals of business art. A concern for
graphic design through calligraphy, typography and the preparation
of art work for reproduction. [Winter, 19'6849.1
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
1 50 CERAMICS I
4 crs.
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. C4 double labs. Winter.]
1 51 CERAMICS I1
4 crs.
A continuation of hand-building and glazing with an introduction to
throwing techniques. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.]
1 55 PAINTING II
4 crs.
Further study of painting in oil and aqueous media. [4 double labs.
Prereq.: 12, 18. Spring.]
58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS
4 crs.
Theory, methods and materials of art in elementary education. C2 lect.,
2 double labs. Spring.]
67 PRINT MAKING I
4 crs.
Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Emphasis
on the woodcut. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.]
H 68 PRINT MAKING II
4 crs.
Serigraphy and intaglio methods in plastic and copper. [4 double labs.
Prereq.: 12, 67. Winter.]
H 78 SCULPTURE
II
4 crs.
Three major works in any three of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, fiberglass, and stone. [ 4 double labs. Prereq.
7, 8, 21. Winter, 196SG9. Spring, 1969-70.1
H 8 3 ART HISTORY I
4 crs.
Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in western civilization.
Prehistoric to Renaissance. [Fall.]
H 84 ART HISTORY II
4 crs.
Continued historical survey. Renaissance to the 1860's. [Winter.]
H 85 ART HISTORY Ill
4 crs.
Modern art and its developing trends from the 1860's to the present.
[Spring.]
H 99 STUDIO Ill
2-5 crs.
Advanced study in either painting, sculpture, print making, or ceramics.
Art majors will be granted up to 8 credits in this course. [Prereq. : second
course in the studio area and#.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
BIOLOGY
MR. SULERUD, chairman, RIR. HERFORTH, RIR. RIICKELBERG,
MR. THORPE, 1MR. URDAHL
It is intended that the offerings of the Department of Biology should be
extensive enough to meet the needs and interests of a wide variety
of students. For the non-science major the aim is to provide a reliable
basic understanding of biological science and, more generally, of the
character of scientific knowledge. The more advanced courses are designed to provide a good preparation for students who elect to pursue
the study of biological science for a career in the profession of biology
or in a related area such as the medical profession.
All students who intend to complete a major or minor in biology should
plan their program carefully with specific reference to their intended
career. I t is important that a prospective biology major consult with
the biology staff concerning this planning as soon as possible. In
general, a broad background in the supporting sciences and in mathematics is essential. Students who plan to enter graduate or medical
school or to teach secondary school upon graduation must be certain
to meet the appropriate preparatory requirements. Recommended fouryear programs for such students are given under Curriculums in the
catalog as are the programs for pre-dental, pre-nursing and medical
technology students.
Major: Two programs leading to a biology major are available. Option
I i s recommended, with few exceptions, for students who intend to
obtain an advanced degree in biology, medicine or related fields. Option
I1 may be preferable for potential secondary school teachers and others
whose intended careers require relat,ively more w-ork in biology and
somewhat less in the related sciences.
Option I : 38 credits in biology, including 11, 12, 72, and two terms of
seminar; introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and two terms
or organic chemistry (Chem. 51, 52); one year of physics (Physics 21,
22, 23); two terms of calculus (Math. 41, 42) in addition to introductory
math. Note: Medical schools also normally require quantitative analysis
(Chem. 53).
Option 11: 46 credits in biology, including 11,12, 72, one additional course
in the 70 series, and two terms of seminar; four terms of chemistry,
normally introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and either two
terms of organic Chemistry (Chem. 51, 52) or one term of organic
chemistry (Chem. 23) and one term of analytical chemistry (Chem.
53) ; introductory mathematics (Math. 13, 14; or Math. 40; or equivalent).
Minor: 30 credits in biology including 11 and 12; introductory chemistry
(Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6).
Biology 1, 3, 4, 6 and 8 do not count toward a major or minor in biology.
Biology 1 and 6 satisfy the general education requirement in science; for
this purpose Biology 1must precede Biology 6.
I PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY
5 crs.
The basic concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended
for majors in biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major
or minor. Students who receive a grade of B or better may be allowed
to enter Biology 12 on consent of instructor. [4 lect., 1 double lab. Fall,
Spring.]
3 , 4 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
4, 4 crs.
A professional course in the structure and function of the human body.
Designed for student nurses only. [Biol. 3: 2 lect. and 2 double lab.
Fall; Biol. 4: 3 lect. and 1double lab. Winter.]
Designed to make the student aware of the structure and function of the
human body. Required for physical education majors. Does not apply
toward a biology major or minor, but does apply to the general education requirement in science if preceded by Biology 1. [4 lect., 2 double
lab. Spring.]
8 MICROBIOLOGY
4 crs.
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. For student nurses only.
[Prereq. : Chem. 3. 3 lect., 2 double lab. Winter, Spring.]
1 1 , 12 GENERAL BIOLOGY
6, 6 crs.
A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other
science majors. First term. molecular and cellular biology, genetics
and development, evolutionary mechanisms. Second term : vertebrate
anatomy and physiology, phylogenetic relationships of organisms, ecology. Must be taken in sequence. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: Chem. 5 or
15. 11, Winter. 12, Spring.]
5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
5 crs.
The major invertebrate types stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. [4 lect., 2 double lab.
Prereq. :12. Fall.]
53 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
6 crs.
A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12,
Winter.]
61 PLANT MORPHOLOGY
5 crs.
The structure, reproduction, and development of the major taxonomic
plant groups. [ 4 lect., 2 doi~blelab. Prereq. : 12. Fall, 1969.1
63 PLANT TAXONOMY
5 crs.
Principles of plant classification with special emphasis on the flowering
plants. Includes field collecting and classifying some plants indigenous
to our state. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.:
12. Spring, 1968.1
71 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
6 crs.
A study of the ultrastructure, function, and genetics of cells. Laboratory
work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, studies in cell physiology, and an introduction to tissue culture. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.:
12, Chem. 23 or 51. Fall.]
72 GENETICS
5 crs.
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in molecular,
cellular and human genetics. Laboratory, with work on Drosphila and
certain micro-organisms, is optional for one additional credit. [5 lect.,
1 double lab. plus individual work if lab is taken. Prereq.: 12. Spring.]
73 GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY
6 crs.
A study of physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with
emphasis on the vertebrates. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, and
Chem. 23 or 51. Winter.]
74 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
6 crs.
A consfderation of the chemical, physiological, and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on
the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are
included in the laboratory work. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12.
Spring.]
U P P E R DIVISION
COURSES
8 1 ECOLOGY
5 crs.
A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. [4 lect.,
2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.: 12. Spring, 1969.1
91, 92, 93 SEMINAR
I cr. each
Discussions of topics based on biological literature and research. Topics
may concern the history and philosophy of science a s well as current
literature. Biology majors a r e required to register for a t least two
terms in their senior year. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1-5 crs.
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual work on a research project. [Prereq. : Previous arrangement
with instructor. Fall, Winter, Spring.)
MR. BUDGE, chairman, MISS LUND, MR. SABELLA, MR. SLESNICK,
MR. TEDEFAIAK
Majors in this department supplement the liberal arts program with
general and specialized knowledge in business and economic affairs.
The business administration major offers a basic core of courses, and
then allows the student to choose a limited specialization in accounting
or finance, and hence to prepare for careers in these fields. The
economics major concentrates on fundamental theoretical and policy
matters so that the student learns to analyze economic issues. He
is prepared thereby for graduate study in economics. Either of these
majors also can provide the background needed for general administrative careers in business, government, or various public and private
institutions. In particular, either major could be the basis for graduate
study in such fields as hospital and public administration, industrial
relations, or law.
DEPARTMENT
OF
BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION,
ECONOMICS,
AND
BUSLNESS
EDUCATION
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Major in Business Administration-Accounting: 38 credits, including Bus.
Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 63, 81, 83. Major in Business Administration-Finance:
38 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 73, 78. Both programs also
require Econ. 22, 23, 51, 58 or 91 or 92; and Soc. 61.
Minor: 18 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2 ; and two courses from Bus. Ad.
61, 62, 63, 73. Econ. 22, 23 also required. Other combinations may be
allowed by permission.
1 , 2 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING
4, 4 crs.
Basic concepts of accounting, accounting for individual proprietorships,
partnerships, and corporations. Special topics including manufacturing
accounting, taxes, and budgeting. [I, Fall. 2, Winter.]
31 BUSINESS LAW
5 crs.
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
[Fall.]
61 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
5 crs.
Capital structures of business organizations, use of financial statements,
cash flow, raising and control of short and long-term funds for a
business enterprise. [Prereq. : 1 , 2 . F a . 1
W 62 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements,
income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. [Prereq.: 1,2. Winter.]
63 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible
and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics.
Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level
changes. [Prereq. : 62. Spring.]
73 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
5 crs.
Financial problems relating to budgeting, short and long-term fund
requirements, debt and equity choices, mergers and reorganizations
presented in case materials. [Prereq. : 62. Spring, 1969-70.1
UPPER DIS-ISION
COURSES
.
.
.
.
78 INVESTMENTS
I
5 crs.
The nature of various types of securities. Analysis of securities of
industrial, utility, and financial enterprises and various governmental
units. Portfolio management. [Prereq. : 41. Spring, 196849.1
8 1 COST ACCOUNTING
:L '
5 crs.
Essential features of accounting for manufacturing
emphasis on management control. [Prereq. 1, 2. Fall.]
82 TAX ACCOUNTING
concerns with
5 crs.
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes
for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. [Prereq.:
1, 2. Winter.]
83 AUDITING
5 crs.
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks
and controls for accounting systems. [Prereq.: 63. Spring.]
ECONOMICS
Major: 31 credits, including Econ. 22, 23, 51, and 58. Soc. 61 and Bus. Ad.
1, 2 also required. Mathematics through course 43 is highly recommended
for those planning on graduate study in economics.
Minor : 22 credits, including Econ. 22, 23.
2 2 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I
4 crs.
Analysis of economic institutions, problems, and policies. Emphasis
upon the foundations of economics, economic systems, and specific issues,
such as unemployment, poverty, monopoly, inflation, role of government. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
.
.
.
.
.
2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS II
4 crs.
Micro- and macroeconomic theory examined with the analytical tools
of economics. Topics include determination of the level of national
income and employment, money and banking, monetary-fiscal policy,
economics of the firm, product and resource pricing and allocation, etc.
[Prereq. : 22. Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS
5 crs.
Theory of demand, theory of the firm, price and output determination
under various market conditions, factor price determination. [Prereq.:
23. Fall.]
52 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
5 crs.
Determinants of growth, theories, and historic patterns. Analysis of
the present developing nations a s to characteristics, problems, and
policies to promote growth. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter, 196849.1
53 LABOR ECONOMICS
4 crs.
Economics of the labor market. Wage determination, collective bargaining, role of unions, level of total employment, economic security, and
governmental activity. [Prereq. : 22 or # Spring.]
.
58 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS
5 crs.
Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed
via a macro-model. Some consideration of macro-measurement, the
business cycle, growth, monetary-fiscal policy. [Prereq.: 23. Winter,
196!+70.]
91 PUBLIC FINANCE
5 crs.
Governmental taxation, spending, borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Fall.]
92 MONEY AND BANKING
5 crs.
Functioning of the monetary and banking system, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis upon monetary theory and policy.
[Prereq. : 23. Winter.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
Individual supervised projects designed to give the student opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. [Prereq.: #. Fall,
Spring.]
BUSINESS EDUCATION
These courses a r e planned to prepare students to teach business
education in high school, for stenographic and secretarial positions in
business offices, for parish secretarial work, and to provide a E p portunity for the develcpment of business skills for personal use.
II
Major: 51 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50, 53, 63; Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31;
Econ. 22, 23.
Minor with secretarial emphasis: 26 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22,
50 and 53.
Minor with accounting emphasis: 25 credits, including 8, 50; Rus. Ad.
1, 2 ; and Econ. 22, 23.
For those who have had elementary shorthand in high school, the
major may be 47 credits and the minor, 22 credits. Students with bvo
years of shorthand from high school may be exempted from a total of
8 credits in shorthand, but they must elect one other course in the
business field.
I ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING
2 crs.
The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not
open to students who have had one year of high school typewriting.
[5 hours. Fall.]
8 CALCULATING MACHINES
4 crs.
Operation of ten-key and full-key adding machines and the rotary calculator. Introduction to automation. [4 hours. Fall, Winter.]
10 DUPLICATING, TRANSCRIPTION, AND
RECORDS MANAGEMENT
4 crs.
Operation of transcription machines, stencil and spirit duplicating machines. An introduction to and application of basic principles of filing
and organization of records in the office. r 4 hours. Prereq.: 1 or equiv.
Spring.]
2 1 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
4 crs.
Fundamentals of Gregg shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis
on theory, reading and writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription.
Not open to students who have had one year of shorthand in high
school. [5 hours. Prereq.: 1 or equiv. Fall.]
22 INTERMEDIATE SHORTHAND
4 crs.
Review for those with previous shorthand instruction. Development of
speed and accuracy in taking and transcribing mate;ial dictated a t
speeds of 80-100 words a minute. [ 5 hours. Prereq.: 21 or equiv. Winter.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
50 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
5 crs.
Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of
legal documents. [Prereq. : 1or equiv. Winter.]
53 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
5 crs.
Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation and transcription
of material dictated at speeds of 100-120 words a minute. [Prereq.:
22 or equiv. Spring.]
63 SECRETARIAL PROCEDURES
4 crs.
Dictation, business letter writing, telephoning, use of business and legal
forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making
applications for a job. An introduction to automation. [Prereq.: 22 or
equiv. Spring.]
65 BUSINESS SEMINAR
3 crs.
A study in special problems in the field of business education through
research and informal discussion. Special emphasis on general business.
[Fa.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
CHEMISTRY
MR. AGRE, chairman, MR. ALTON, MR. GYBERG,
MR. HOLUM, MR. INGEMANSON, MR. LYLE
I t is the purpose of this department to give students an understanding
and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which
this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an
opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power,
and the beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of
man-modern science-and it provides dramatic examples of effective
ways to handle certain types of problems.
Courses in chemistry are offered as part of a liberal arts education, and
as a preparation for: (1)high school teaching, (2) the study of biology,
medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing and allied
professions, (3) graduate study in chemistry and molecular biology, and
(4) the chemical profession.
I
-!!
?>
I : .
The chemistry department is approved by the American Chemical Society
for the preparation of chemistry majors.
Students planning to majo: in chemistry in preparation for graduate
school, medical school, or high school teaching, are urged to consult
with the chemistry staff a t the earliest possible time.
Major: 40 credits, including Chenl. 51, 52, 53, 61, and one additional
upper division course. Also required are Physics 21, 22, 23; Math. 41, 42.
Recommended for pre-medical students: 15, 16, 51, 52, 53, 61, and 62; for
pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 61, 51, 52; for graduate study: 15,
16, and all courses above 50. Additional mathematics and physics strongly
recommended for graduate study.
Majors participate in informal, weekly seminars during the junior and
senior years in Chem. 91.
Minor: 27 credits; must include Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6) and other courses
to complete the 27 credits. Chem. 23 and 53 are strongly recommended.
Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
4 crs.
Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry are
organized around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Designed for
prospective nurses from Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, Methodist,
and Swedish Hospitals. [3 lect., 1 double lab. Prereq.: H.S. Chem. Fall.]
5, 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
6, 6 crs.
Primarily for non-majors. The concepts and laws underlying chemistry
illustrated by examples from inorganic and organic chemistry. Semimicro qualitative analysis included in the laboratory. [5 lect., 2 double
labs. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
15, 16 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY
6,6 crs.
An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists;
others only by permission of instructor. First term devoted to fundamental principles, and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative
analysis. [5 lect., 2 double labs. Prereq.: H.S. Chem., elem. alg., plane
geom. 15, Fall. 16, Winter.]
2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
6 crs.
Designed for medical technology and other students v.ho desire less
than the more intensive two-term course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. [5 lect., 1 three-hour
lab. Prereq. : 5 or 15. Spring.]
5 1 , 52 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
6, 6 crs.
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on
types of mechanisms and multi-step syntheses. Descriptive material is
correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energyrelationships, and reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is a study
of techniques while synthesizing or identifying typical compounds.
Normally taken in the sophomore year. [5 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 6 or 16. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.]
UPPER DIVISION
I 53 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
5 or 6 crs.
Gravimetric and volumetric analysis with some instrumental analysis.
Ionic equilibria and treatment of data. Normally taken in the sophomore
year. Medical technology students register for 6 credits, others for 5.
[4 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq.: 6 or 16. Spring.]
1 61, 62 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
6, 6 crs.
Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics,
and colloids. [5 lect., 1 three-hour lab. Prereq.: 53, Physics 23, Math.
42. 61, Fall. 62, Winter. 1
I 63 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
5 crs.
Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in
the laboratory, the lecture topics include : structure-spectra correlations
for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; classical methods; use
of the literature (inc. Beilstein); and further study in reaction mechanisms. IR and UV spectra routinely used. [4 lect., 2 four-hour labs.
Prereq.: 52, 61, and some rending knowledge of German. Spring.]
1 72 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
4 crs.
Classical mechanics, uncertainty principle, Schredinger's equation, approximate methods of solution, commutators, conservation laws, electron
spin, angular momentum, the hydrogen atom, many electron problems.
[4 lect. Prereq. :61 or #. Winter.]
I 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
5 crs.
Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy and their application
to modern analytical methods. Includes instrumental methods, such as
spectrophotometric, electro-analytical, and chromatographic techniques.
[3 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 53, 62 or #. Fall.]
I 83 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
5 crs.
Correlation of inorganic chemistry using the electrostatic, valence bond,
and molecular orbital models. Coordination compounds are discussed
using the ligand field theory. Preparations of typical inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques including vacuum manipulations.
[4 lect., 1four-hour lab. Prereq. : 62 or #. Spring.]
I 91 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
0 crs.
During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate
in weekly seminars to present and discuss research papers of general
interest. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
97 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH
Cr. arr.
During the summer after the junior year or during the senior year,
each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry may
participate in independent research in cooperation with staff members.
By staff permission only. [Fall, Winter, Spring, or special summer program.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
CLASSICAL
LANGUAGES
MR. COLACCI, chairman, SISTER M. GERTRUDE WARD
The purpose of the courses offered in the department is two-fold; first
to provide the students with a linguistic foundation in order that they
may have a direct approach to the classical tradition which is an essential part of our Western literary heritage; second, to introduce the
students to some of the major works of the Greek and Latin world in
the original language. Courses 11 through 52 are designed to meet the
two-year requirement in New Testament Greek of most theological seminaries.
GREEK
Major: 42 credits in Greek. Also required: Latii 1, 2.
Special arrangements will be made for students who intend to major
in Greek. If the number of students is not large enough to permit regular offering by the College, provisions will be made so that they may
complete the major at the University of Minnesota. When this is the
case, in addition to courses 11, 12, 13, 51, 52, 59, they are required to
take at the University, five courses to be chosen from those listed under
Greek, 61 to 163.
Minor: 27 credits.
I 1 , 12 BEGINNING GREEK
5, 5 crs.
Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. [Prereq.:
Latin 2 or 2 yrs., H.S. Latin or #. 11, Fall, 12, Winter.]
13 INTERMEDIATE GREEK
5 crs.
Continuation of grammar with special emphasis on syntax. Reading
and parsing of easy selections frcm classical and New Testament Greek
writings. [Prereq. : 12. Spring.]
51, 52 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
4, 4 crs.
Selections from the synoptic Gospels and the .book of Acts. Special
emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. [Prereq.:
13. 51, Fall; 52, Winter.]
55 GREEK EXEGESIS
4 crs.
Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is
given to the syntactical and exegitical approach to the Greek text. [Offered on demand. Spring.]
59 CLASSICAL GREEK
4 crs.
Selections from classical Greek prose and poetry. CPrereq. : 52. Offered on
demand.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
LATIN
Minor: 28 credits. Also required: Eng. 35.
Courses 52, 53 offered only if there is sufficient enrollment. If they are
not offered, a minor may be completed a t the University of Minnesota.
Consult the department chairman a t Augsburg.
Students who wish to major in Latin may complete all courses in Latin
offered a t Augsburg, plus 61, 62, 63 and 9 additional credits in courses
numbered above 63 a t the University of Minnesota.
1 , 2 BEGINNING LATIN
5, 5 crs.
Theoretical and practical study of Latin grammar, with special emphasis
on morphology. Exercises in translation from and into Latin. [I, Fall, 2,
Winter.]
3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE LATIN
4, 4 crs.
Continuation of grammar. Reading of prose and poetry selections from
Latin authors; e.g. Caesar, Cicero, Livy, Vergil, Ovid, St. Augustine,
and the Medieval Latin writers. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv., determined by
placement test. 3, Fall; 4, Winter.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
52 VERGlL
5 crs.
Selections from Vergil's "Aeneid" and pastoral poems. [Offered on demand.]
53 CICERO
5 crs.
Selections from Cicero's works. [Offered on demand.]
ECONOMICS
See under Department of Business Administration, Economics, and
Business Education.
DEPARTMENT
OF
EDUCATION
MR. JOHNSON, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. FARDIG,
MR. GROENHOFF, MRS. LUDEMAN, MISS MATTSON,
MRS. PARKER, MR. M. QUANBECK
The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in the area. The work
in this department will qualify the graduate for teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level, as well a s for further
study in the field of education. The program is accredited by the State
of Minnesota, the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools, and the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education.
Admission to the education curriculum requires an application to be
approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must
be made during the second semester of the sophomore year. Approval
is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics and a satisfactory scholastic achievement. For
elementary teaching candidates, this means essentially a 2.5 grade-point
average in work completed in the minor and a 2.0 over-all; for secondary
teaching candidates a 2.5 in work completed in the major and a 2.0
over-all. Both a r e expected to maintain a 2.5 average in their major
and 2.0 over-all average. Candidates in both fields must make application
for student teaching as juniors and are required to meet the 2.5 major
and 2.0 general average a t this point.
Major: 51 credits in professional education courses. In addition, the
following general education courses are required: Psych. 5; Hist. 21 or
22; Math. 56; Geog. 14; and three terms of Group Activities (Ed. 52,
53, 54).
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
1 52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITIES 1 , 11, 111
0 crs.
Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 55 and 56. Includes such experience as teaching,
supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
4 crs.
The growth and development of the human organism from conception
through adolescence. Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learning. [Prereq. : Psych. 5. Fall.]
56 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHING
5 crs.
The qualifications of teachers; the teaching profession. Survey of American schools: philosophies, curricula, policies, and practices. Learning
theory and tests and measurements. Includes observation of teaching
situations. [Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education. Fall.]
1 57 METHODS AND MATERIALS:
HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, MUSIC -
4 crs.
Principles, methods and techniques for teaching health and physical
education a t the elementary school level. Methods pertaining to rote
singing, notation, rhythm, part singing. Integration of music in total
elementary program. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Winter.]
58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS
4 crs.
See under Department of Art.
1 63 METHODS AND MATERIALS:
MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE
4 crs.
Principles, methods and techniques of teaching arithmetic and science
in the elementary school. Use of instructional materials. [Prereq.: 55, 56.
Spring.]
1 64 METHODS AND MATERIALS:
LANGUAGE ARTS, READING
6 crs.
Objectives and techniques in the language arts: listening, speaking,
writing, and reading. Application of principles of learning in acquisition
of skills, interests, attitudes. Examinations of modern methods and
materials. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Spring.]
1 65 METHODS AND MATERIALS: SOCIAL STUDIES
2 crs.
Objectives, principles, methods and techniques in the social studies.
Development of units. [Prereq.: 55, 56. Spring.]
77 PROFESSIONAL LABORATORY EXPERIENCE
15 crs.
Student spends ten weeks in the classroom, assisting the regular teacher, and doing actual teaching. Supervision is carried out by the cooperating teacher and the college staff. This is followed by one week of
seminar with discussion of problems encountered in the classroom. CPrereq. : # Fall, Winter.]
.
I
79 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
3 crs.
Study of literature suitable to the elementary school child. Role of
literature in the classroom, in life outside of school. Extensive reading
and evaluation of children's books, compiling bibliography. [Prereq.: 65,
56 or #. Spring.]
87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
ment of American education. [Prereq. : Senior standing. Winter, Spring.]
Problems in education and the relation of the American school system
to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Prereq. : Senior standing. Winter, Spring.]
SECONDARY EDUCATION
For the Minnesota teacher's certificate students are required to complete 28 credits in professional education courses including 50, 52, 53, 54,
59, 83, 84, 87. All students must register for three terms of Group Activity (Education 52, 53, 54). Secondary education students must take
Phy. Ed. 10 and Psych. 5 in addition to other general education requirements.
50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
Physical, mental, social and emotional development of adolescents with
special emphasis placed on educational implication. The nature and
conditions of learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5 and junior standing. Fall,
Winter.]
52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITY I, 11, 111
0 cr.
Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 50 and 59. Includes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
59 METHODS IN SECONDARY EDUCATION
5 crs.
Teaching procedures, materials and problems a t the secondary level.
Three class sessions per week will be devoted to general methods and
two to four class sessions to the specific methods and materials of the
student's major field. [Prereq. :50. Spring.]
68 TEACHING OF MUSIC IN ELEMENTARY AND
JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS
4 crs.
Materials, organization, and teaching procedures in the field of music
a t the elementary and junior high school levels. For music majors.
[Prereq.: 50. Spring.]
/
8 3 SEMINAR FOR STUDENT TEACHING
5 crs.
Preparation for the student teaching experience including observation
and planning. Special attention will be given to tests and measurements.
[Prereq.: Admission to student teaching. Fall, Winter.]
10 crs.
84 STUDENT TEACHING
Experience in observing and directing learning experiences at the secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel.
Course fee $20.00. [Prereq.: Admission to the student teaching program.
Fall, Winter.]
87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
Problems in education and the relation of the American school system
to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Winter, Spring.]
88 GUIDANCE
4 crs.
The guidance function of the classroom teacher; tools and techniques
used in studying students; and methods appropriate for student guidance,
including counseling. [Fall.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of
s~ecializationin education. Each student does research and resents a
report of his findings on the requirements, present status, and future
possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. [Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
LIBRARY SCIENCE
The following courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. Preparation for selection of books
and related materials, efficient and effective management of library
materials, intelligent use of library sources are included. While the
minor in library science is planned to prepare the graduate in the area
of school librarianship, it is also a valuable minor for any student planning a teaching career, since it introduces him to many avenues of
curriculum enrichment. The courses provide a foundation for the student
who wishes to do advanced work in the field of library science.
Minor: 23 credits.
45 FUNCTIONS OF THE SCHOOL LIBRARY
5 crs.
The role of the library in the school and community. Types of library
services and activities ; methods of evaluation. Organization of library
materials, including cataloging and circulation. [Fall.]
46 SELECTION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS
4 crs.
Theory, principles and techniques of selection. An introduction to basic
selection tools; analysis of book reviews and annotations. [3 lects., 1
disc. Spring.]
UPPER DMSION
COURSES
58 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
5 crs.
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of book lists, book talks, story-telling and a wide exposure
to individual titles of books and related materials. Emphasis on preparation of papers and bibliographies. [3 lects. Fall.]
59 INTRODUCTION OF REFERENCE MATERIALS
4 crs.
Intensive study of outstanding and useful reference books most frequently used by students and librarians; bibliographies, indexes, and periodical guides. Development of skills in the performance of reference duties
of a librarian. Laboratory work. [3 lects. Winter.]
W 75 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
5 crs.
Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary level, with
attention to their use in relation to school curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of young adults. Emphasis on preparation of
papers and bibliographies. 13 lects. Prereq.: 45. Spring.]
GEOGRAPHY
14 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY
4 crs.
An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed
by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and
human environment. [Winter, Spring.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
MR. GRAY, chairman, MR. BERGSTROM, MR. BLY,
MRS. BOLSTERLI, MRS. CHRISTENSEN, MR. DAHLEN,
MRS. KARVONEN, MISS LILLEHEI, MRS. LIVINGSTON,
MR. NICHOLL, MR. PALOSAARI, MISS PEDERSON, MR. SARGENT,
MRS. TRAUTWEIN
The aim of the Department of English is to develop the student's ability
in oral and written expression, to increase his proficiency in reading
and analyzing literature, to acquaint him with the English language
and with the beginnings of Western literature and its development,
especially in England and America, and to stimulate his appreciation and
understanding of the fundamental human problems and situations revealed in great literature.
The department prepares for the teaching of English in the elementary
and secondary school and for graduate study.
Major: 46 credits above 15, Encluding, 35, 45, 47, 61, 62, 84, plus one
writing course above 15, one seminar, one modern literature course,
and electives.
Major for secondary teaching: 54 credits above 15, including course
55 in addition to those listed for the major. Writing course 31 required.
Speech 12 or 52, or 55, and 60 or 66, as well as Library Science 75 are
also required.
Students preparing for graduate study should include 86, 88, and a t least
one term of Independent Study. Proficiency in one or more foreign languages is recommended. Foreign languages most generally required
for graduate study in English are Latin, German, French.
Minor: 32 credits above 15, including 35, 45, 47 or 61 or 62, 84, plus one
writing course above 15, one seminar course, and electives.
Minor for secondary school teaching: 32 credits including course 31 for
the writing course, and 55 in addition to those listed for the minor.
Minor for elementary school teaching: 24 credits above 15, including
31, 35, 45, 55, and 47 or 61 or 62.
Concerning English Proficiency: Juniors who do not have a satisfactory grade on the sophomore English Test must improve their use
of English in preparation for a second test. The English Department
will, upon request, advise the student how to direct his studies in preparation for the second test.
Satisfactory completion of course 11 is prerequisite to 12; satisfactory
completion of course 12 or 15 is prerequisite to all other English courses.
4 crs.
H I I COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
The study of language and composition with emphasis on expository
writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, reading and
analysis of expository and narrative selections, especially the short story.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
E 12 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
5 crs.
Continued stress on expository writing, including the reference paper,
the study and analysis of drama, poetry, novel. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
15 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
5 crs.
Honors course for students with high proficiency in English. Covers
basically the material listed under 11 and 12 with more emphasis on
critical analysis. Students completing this course meet the freshman
English requirement by completing English 35 or 40 or 45. [Fall.]
H 2 1 INTRODUCTION TO JOURNALISM
4 crs.
A brief survey of the ethics and history of journalism, with emphasis on
the techniques and practices in news, feature, and editorial writing.
rWinter.1
H 3 1 EXPOSITORY WRITING
4 crs.
A course in expository and argumentative writing, including reading
analysis of selected models. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
H 32 CREATIVE WRITING
4 crs.
Study of the techniques of descriptive and narrative writing, both prose
and poetry. Class discussion and evaluation of the student's work. [Fall.]
35 THE CLASSICAL TRADITION
5 crs.
Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers in the various
genre, and the influence of the classical tradition on later Western literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
40 LITERARY CLASSICS
4 crs.
Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European classics from the
Renaissance to the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. [Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
45 MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS
5 crs.
Works of selected American writers from Colonial times to the present,
noting their contribution to the historical development and the literary
movements of American literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
47 MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE LITERATURE
J
UPPER DMSION
COURSES
The development of Western literature, chiefly British, from "Beowulf"
to Shakespeare through study of significant works and their relation to
the literary and historical context. [Prereq.: 35 or #. Fall, Spring.]
.
55 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ENGLISH
5 crs.
I
I
I
I
..,.
..
I
:3:.
A study of modern English viewed from a historical perspective, with
reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an
introduction to structural linguistics and a view of the development of
the English language. [Spring.]
61 BRITISH LITERATURE, 16 16-1 800
5 crs.
I
..
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the
metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. [Prereq. :47 or
--. ,.
'II
,
#. Fall.]
*
62 BRITISH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 5 crs.
.:,
Study of the works of the major Romantic and Victorian poets, critics,
essayists and novelists and of the major literary movements of the
century. [Prereq. :61 or #. Winter.]
72 MODERN FICTION
.
4 crs.
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly British and American, of the twentieth century. [Winter.]
I
I
74 MODERN POETRY
4 crs.
Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British
and American, with attention to recent criticism. [Spring.]
78 ADVANCED WRITING: PROSE AND POETRY
"
4 crs.
A course for students with demonstrated proficiency in writing. Assignments based on students' needs and interests. Class discussion of students' work. [Prereq. : 31 or 32 or #. Spring.]
.
-.
I
.,,,
9
>
!:: ,I.>-
<
I
W 80 THE BRITISH NOVEL
4 crs.
Survey of the development of the novel in England through study of
the work of selected major novelists from the eighteenth century to the
present. [Winter, 1969-70.1
.
82 THE AMERICAN NOVEL
4 crs.
A study of major and representative wokks of selected American novelists. [Winter, 196849.1
1
Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies, histories, tragedieswith attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic
art. Additional plays assigned for reading and analysis. [Prereq.: 47.
'
w
.
.+,
Spring.]
86 MILTON
>,
4,
5 crs.
84 SHAKESPEARE
;
3
t
;*; r:
.
4 cr?.
A study of major poems and selected prose with reference to the intellectual and historical background of Milton's works. [Prereq.: 61
I
or #. Spring, 1968-69.1
-
88 CHAUCER
-
4 crs.
Study of Chaucer's works and language, with emphasis on "The Canterbury Tales." [Prereq. :47 or #. Spring, 1968-69.1
1
.,,
3
I
--
90, 91, 92 ENGLISH SEMINAR
3, 3 , 3, crs.
Course 90, methods and problems of bibliography and research; 91,
a major American or British writer; 92, studies in criticism. Open, with
limited enrollment, to any junior or senior with permission of the
instructor. 190, Fall. 91, Winter. 92, Spring.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5
crs.
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of B or above.
Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
As an aid to students who are handicapped in their college work by
inefficient reading skills, Augsburg College offers a non-credit class in
Improvement of Reading. The fee for the class is $25 per term. Arrangements to take the course must be made at the time of registration
for the fall term.
FRENCH AND GERMAN
See under Department of Modern Languages.
GEOGRAPHY
See under Department of Education.
GREEK
See under Department of Classical Languages.
DEPARTMENT
OF HEALTH
AND
EDUCATION
MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS ANDERSON, MR. NELSON,
MISS OLSON, MR. PEARSON, MRS. PETERSON, MR. PFEFFER,
MR. SAUGESTAD
The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to
promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical
education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship,
to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective
training program for prospective teachers of health and physical
education.
All students are required to take a physical examination as a part
of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the
physical education program.
One year of physical activities, course 1, 2, 3, is required of all students.
Physical Education major: 40 credits including 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43,
51, 52, 71, 72.
Broad teaching major in Health and Physical Education: 68 credits
including 10, 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 50, 51, 52, 57, 59, 60, 71,
72, 73, Biol. 6, plus P.E. 82 for men, and Soc. 31 for women.
Physical Education teaching major: 53 credits including 10, 11 or 13,
23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 52, 59, 71, 72, and Biol. 6.
Physical Education teaching minor: 29 credits including 10, 23, 31, 32,
43, and 72.
Health teaching minor: 31 credits including 10, 50, 51, 60, 73, and SOC.
31, and Biol. 6.
Coaching endorsement: 25 credits including 10, 43, 51, 82, and Biol. 6.
Coaches atering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota
Public Schools are required to have at leas€ rz coaching endorsement
In the field nf ph~~sical
education. Sports included under this requirement
are football, basketball, mack, hockey, w~estling,and baseball.
4 1 , 2, 3 PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES
1/3, 1/3, 1/3 crs.
Two hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. [I, Fall.
2, Winter. 3, Spring.]
10 HEALTH AND FIRST AID
5 crs.
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied
to the individual and the community. Includes also the American Red
Cross First Aid Course. [Winter, Spring.]
I I , 13 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
I , I cr.
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving and water
safety. Open only to majors and minors. [2 hrs. per wk. 11, (Women),
Fall. 13 (Men), Spring.]
23 TEAM SPORTS
5 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Separate
sections for men and women. [lo hrs. per wk. Spring.]
4 3 1 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
5 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. Separate
sections for men and women. 110 hrs. per week. Fall.]
4 32 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS
4 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation,
quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights,
relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. [8 hrs. per wk. Winter.]
43 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
5 crs.
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. [Spring.]
50 INSTRUCTOR'S COURSE IN FIRST AID
I cr.
Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid
Aid card. Winter.]
Course. [Prereq.: Currently valid Standard -st
4 51 KlNESlOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE 6 crs.
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the
muscular system. The major effects of exercises upon the systems
of the body. [5 lect. and 1hr. arr. Prereq. : I5ol. 6, Chem. 5. Fall.]
4 52 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND
EVALUATION
4 crs.
Physical education for the exceptional child with special reference to
the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of
physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation
of tests in physical education. [Winter.]
4 57 TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 2 crs.
Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 5 under
Department of Education. [Winter.]
59 TEACHING OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
2 crs,
Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 59 under
Department of Education. Separate sections for men and wcimen.
[Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
W 60 SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM
4 crs.
Curriculum content in a school health education program. [Fall.]
W 7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
5 crs.
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and
procedures. [Fall.]
W 72 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES
4 crs.
Theory and techniques of teaching stunts, tumbling, and special fitness
activities. Men and women meet separately. C8 hrs. per wk. Winter.]
W 73 ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL HEALTH
EDUCATION PROGRAM
Methods, techniques, and procedures. [Spring.]
W 82 COACHING OF SPORTS
4 crs.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic
injuries. [Winter.]
W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-3 crs.
Directed intensive study in the area of Health Education or Physical
Education. Open only to majors.
DEPARTMENT
OF
HISTORY
MR. CHRISLOCK, chairman, MR. GISSELQUIST, MR. GUSTAFSON,
MR. HAUGE, MRS. JENSEN
The Department of History aims to introduce students to the study of
history as an intellectual discipline; to prepare students for s e c o n d w
teaching and graduate work; to deepen students' undersfandiny 2nd appreciation of their own and other civilizations; and lo enhmce students'
effectiveness as contributing members of society.
Major: 49 credits. Minor: 33 credits. Both the major and minor require
History 1, 2, 3, 21, 22, and 3 credits of seminar work.
W 1 , 2, 3 WESTERN CIVILIZATION IN A WORLD
SETTING
4, 4, 4 crs.
Western civilization from its beginnings in the Ancient Near East to
the present. Other great world civilizations and their relationship to the
West are surveyed. Course 1 carries the survey to 1300; course 2, to
1815; and course 3, to the present, becomes a survey of world civilization. Students may take any one, any two, or all three courses. [All offered each term.]
5, 5 crs.
W 21, 22 UNITED STATES HISTORY
The development of the ideas, institutions, and culture of the American
people. Special seminar for one additional credit for students selected
for the honors program. C21, Fall, .Winter. 22, Winter, Spring.]
W 25 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY
See under Department of Modern Languages.
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
5 crs.
W 55 TWENTIETH CENTURY UNITED STATES HISTORY 4 crs.
Exploration in depth of such topics as the Progressive Movement, the
New Deal, the background of WorM War I and World War 11, and the
coming of the Cold War. (Prereq. : 22, Winter.)
W 56 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY
4 crs.
The relationship of ,foreign policy to general American development is
stressed. [Prereq. :21 or 22. Spring.]
1 57 HISTORY OF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA
4 crs.
Modern period since 1800. Historical survey of cultural and political institutions. Expansion and consolidation of European power in the area,
Western impact on non-European societies, nationalist movements and
emergence of independent governments after World War TI. [Fall.]
1 6 1 ANCIENT HISTORY
4 crs.
A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contributions to modern cultures. [Fall.]
1 62 ENGLAND TO 17 14
Emphasis is placed on constitutional development. [Winter.]
4 crs.
66 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
4 crs.
The main emphases are: the study of this century as the most critical
period in the emergence of the modern state; and the beginning of a
secular and scientific world view. [Spring.]
68 CHINA AND JAPAN SINCE EARLY
NINETEENTH CENTURY
4 crs.
A study of the major domestic developments in, and foreign affairs of
China and Japan. [Prereq.: 3 credits of Western Civilization or consent
of instructor. Winter.]
1 71 EUROPE IN THE AGE OF REVOLUTION,
1780's t o 1850
4 crs.
The period in which major revolutionary movements periodically erupted
in Europe. Population movements and economic changes which contributed to the "isms" that articulated the demands for change. [Fall.]
1 74, 75 EXPANSION OF EUROPE
4, 4 crs.
The spread of European people, ideas, and power into the non-Western
world and the impact on non-Western peoples. Case studies from Africa,
South America, and Asia are used to illustrate exploration, trading
post empires, the plantation system, adaptation and rejection by nonEuropean peoples, colonization, and economic and territorial imperialism. [74, Winter. 75, Spring.]
1 82 TWENTIETH CENTURY EUROPE
4 crs.
Europe from the outbreak of World War I to the present. [Fall.]
1 95 SEMINAR OR ADVANCED READINGS
3 crs.
Topics will vary from year to year. Students may earn up to 9 credits
in this course. [Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
LATIN
See under Department of Classical Languages.
LIBRARY SCIENCE
See under Department of Education
,
DEPARTMENT
OF
MATHEMATICS
MR. GULDEN, chairman, MISS DURKEE, MR. FOLLINGSTAD,
MRS.NAUCK
The Department of Mathematics aims to develor, the student's knowledee
and sk31 in the major branches of elementary and higher mathematics,
an appreciation of its cultural and practical Galues, and the backgroud
for teaching and for professional and graduate study.
-
-
~-
-
----
Major: 24 credits above 43, including 58, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84.
Teaching major: 32 credits above 43, including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 80,
83, 84.
Recommended for those considering further study: 40 credits above 43,
including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84, 85, 92.
.
.
.
Minor: 12 credits above Math. 43.
See under Curriculums for suggested course of study.
13, 14 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE
MATHEMATICS
5, 5 crs.
A liberal arts course in mathematics with an introduction to analytic
geometry, abstract algebra, trigonometry, logic, statistics, differential
and integral calculus. Primarily for students not intending further study
of mathematics. [Prereq.: Higher Algebra and CEEB placement. 13,
Fall, Winter. 14, Winter, Spring.]
40 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS I
5 crs.
An introduction to the concepts and terminology of mathematical
analysis through the areas of algebra, logic, functions, systems. Students
may not receive credit for this course if they have credit for 13, 14
(or 19). [Prereq.: Higher Algebra, Trig, and CEEB placement. Fall.]
41, 42, 43 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS 11, Ill, IV
5, 5, 5 crs.
(Calculus1
Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated
with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables, applications, and series. [Prereq.: 40, or #. 41, Winter. 42,
Spring. 43, Fall.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
56 BASIC CONCEPTS OF ARITHMETIC
4 crs.
Presents the patterns of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery of
such patterns. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathema.
tics curricula. Primarily for elementary education majors. [Fall.]
58 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
4 crs.
Ordinary differential equations with applications, series solutions, systems of differential eguations ; solution by special transforms ; numerical
methods ; and an intrduction to partial differential equations. [Prereq. :
43. Winter.]
.
61 LINEAR ALGEBRA
4 crs.
A course intended to aid in making the transition from the concrete to
the abstract. Such topics as elementary matrix algebra and its application to the physical and social sciences; linear equations; vector spaces
and linear transformations ; unitary and orthogonal transformations ; the
characteristic equation of a matrix and bilinear, quadratic, and Hermitian forms are presented. [Prereq. :43. FaU.]
W 64 MODERN GEOMETRY
4 crs.
An analytic study of advanced Euclidean, projective, non-Euclidean,
and finite geometries. An introduction to the geometry of transformations
of the plane. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.]
W 67 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
4 crs.
An analytic study of probability, distribution, random sampling estimation of parameters, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, regression, and other topics in statistics. Calculus and set theory are stressed
as tools for modern mathematical approach. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.]
W 72, 73 MODERN ALGEBRA
4, 4 crs.
The basic algebraic systems presented from an abstract point of view.
Topics include the theory of groups, rings, fields, vector spaces and
modules, and linear transformations. A development of the real and
complex number systems. [Prereq.: 43. 52, Winter. 73, Spring.]
W 80 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
4 crs.
The underlying structure of mathematics considering set theory, mathematical logic and the axiomatic method. Applications are made to various
branches of mathematics such as number theory, algebra, geometry,
and topology. [Prereq. : 43, Winter.]
83, 84, 85 ADVANCED CALCULUS
4, 4, 4 crs.
Considers the fundamental notions of calculus for functions of several
variables. A treatment of differentiable forms and manifolds in ndimensional Euclidean space as well as a more traditional vector analysis approach. Stress is placed on the theory of functions of real and
complex variables especially during the last term. [Prereq.: 43. 83,
Fall. 84, Winter. £5, Spring.]
W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
Student chooses an area to study independently; meets with a mathematics faculty member at least one h w ~ rper week. [Prereq.: 73 and
85. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
COMPUTER SCIENCE
45 COMPUTER SCIENCE
4 crs.
Theory of modern digital computers. Terms such as algorithms, flow
charts, storage, control, input-output units, and simulation are defined.
Includes a survey of computer applications. A particular computer language is presented and used to solve a variety of problems. [Prereq.:
Math. 42, Fall term. None, Winter. Fall, Winter.]
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR
See under Curriculums
I*
MR. LANDA, chairman, MISS AASKOV, MISS ANDERSON,
MRS. BALTINA, MRS. BONDEVIK, MRS. CAIRNS, MR. CREPEAU,
MR. HANSEN, MRS. JAUNLININS, MRS. JOHNSON, MRS. KINGSLEY,
MISS ROZENTALS, MR. SANDVEN, MR. WHITESIDE
The Department of Modern Languages seeks to give the student a
knowledge of a modern language: its pronunciation, its structure, and
its idiomatic expression, in terms of listening, speaking, reading and
writing skills. At the same time it aims to develop in the student a
sympathetic interest in the history and life of the people whose language
he is learning, transmitting the best of their literary, cultural and religious heritage.
DEPARTMENT
OF
MODERN
LANGUAGES
The department prepares specifically for communication skills, for
teaching at the junior and senior high school level, and for graduate
study.
The beginning and intermediate courses of a second modern language
are needed for graduate study. Two terms of Latin are also recommended.
Students may not receive credit for both 3, 4 and 5, 6 in the same language.
FRENCH
Major: 30 credits above 6 including 55, 72, 74, 84; and two of 56, 57, 63,
64, at least one of which must be 63 or 64.
.
Minor: 15 credits above 6 including 55 and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84.
1 , 2 BEGINNING FRENCH
5, 5 crs.
Provides basic experience in understanding, speaking and reading French
with oral and writing practice in the basic structural patterns of the
language, both in class and in laboratory assignments. [Fall, Winter,
Spring.]
3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
4, 4 crs.
C<)r.tinui.s traininp in ii~tral-oral skills, structure of the language and
reading cnmprchrnsior? that will lead to cultural appreciation and the
reading h~.xrledgrnccded for general pursuits. Grammar review, selectcd rcndinz and Ia h(:ri.:itl)?y practice included. [Prereq. : 2 or equiv. Fall,
.
.
Winter, Spring.]
5, 6 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
4, 4 crs.
Continues training in comprehension, conversation and reading skills
with grammar review as a means to accuracy and facility in oral and
written expression. Class discussion, selected reading, and laboratory
material with cultural emphasis. Required for continuing study in French.
[Prereq. : 2 or
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
# .5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
55 FRENCH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Thorough practice in correct oral and written expression with the aims
of both fluency and facility. Classroom and laboratory emphases on vocabulary enrichment, organization of materials, accuracy of pronunciation and grammatical refinement. Required for majors and minors.
[Prereq. :6 or
# .Fall.]
56, 57 FRENCH CIVILIZATION
5, 5 crs.
The development of political, social, intellectual and artistic movements
and their outstanding manifestations as essential to the understanding
of the French people. Readings, lectures, reports, discussions and laboratory materials in French. [Prereq.: 6 or permission of instructor.
Spring. Offered on demand.]
63, 64 SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE
5, 5 crs.
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France,
with the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, disn required
cussion, oral and written reports in the language. On
for the major. [Prereq. :55 or #.I
I
H 72 THE FRENCH NOVEL
5 crs.
Significant and representative French novels that show the evolution
of this prose form to the present. Emphasis on literary works with
lecture, discussion, reports in the language. [Prereq.: 55, and 64 or #.
Spring, 1969.1
74 THE FRENCH DRAMA
5 crs.
Significant and representative French plays that show the evolution of
this genre from the classical to the modern period. Emphasis on the
literary works with lectures, discussion. reports in the language. [Prereq. : 55, 63 or
# . Spring, 1970.1
84 ADVANCED FRENCH CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Extensive training in accurate and effective speech and writing, with
attention in listening and reading to the characteristic levels of French
expression. Emphasis on refinement in style, organizational techniques,
variety in form and subject. For majors and those intending to teach
French. [Prereq.: 55, and 57 or #. Junior or senior standing. Fall.]
H 92 FRENCH SEMINAR
4 crs.
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature for advanced students. Discussion and papers in French. May substitute for
72 or 74. [Prereq.: 55, 63, 64 or #. Junior or senior standing. Winter, on
demand.]
H 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN FRENCH
2-5 crs.
Individual study of a topic, movement, genre of interest to the advanced
student. May serve to replace 72 or 74. No more than 3 credits may be
earned in a given term. [Prereq. : 55, 63, 64 or #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
GERMAN 0
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72, 74, 84, and any two of 56,
57, 63, 64. At least one of 63, 64 recommended.
Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64.
1 , 2 BEGINNING GERMAN
5 , 5 crs.
Provides basic experience in speaking, understanding, and reading the
German language, and comprehension of its structure through the
acquisition of basic patterns of expression. Laboratory experience in the
language is an integral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
H 3, 4
INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
4, 4 crs.
A terminal course for students not intending to continue in German. Provides a foundation for reading knowledge adequate for cultural and
professional purposes. Some experience in oral expression and understanding of spoken German. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
4, 4 crs.
H 5 , 6 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and
facility in expression. Selected readings for class discussion in the foreign
language, with cultural emphasis. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. :
2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
H 55 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSlTlON 5 crs.
Intensive practice in the spoken word, with emphasis on pronunciation
and original composition. Audio-oral exercises in language laboratory.
Required for teachers, majors, and minors. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Fall.]
UPPERD~VISION
COURSES
56, 57 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
5, 5 crs.
Topics dealing with the intellectual, geographic, artistic, and scientific
history of the German-speaking countries, including attention to contemporary developments. Class discussions and lectures supplemented with
demonstration materials. Taught in German. [Prereq.: 55, or #. 56,
Winter. 57, Spring. Offered on demand.]
63,64 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE
5, 5 crs.
From the beginning to modern times. Reading of significant authors in
German, supplemented by lectures on the history and development of
German literature and culture. Reports and discussion of selected works.
For majors and minors. Taught in German. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv., or#.
63, Winter. 64, Spring. Offered on demand.]
72 GERMAN NOVEL AND NOVELLE
5 crs.
Reading in German and discussion of well-known prose writers representing various periods and movements in German literature. Especially
for majors. [Prereq.: Any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 1968-69.1
74 GERMAN DRAMA
5 crs.
Reading in German and class discussion of outstanding dramatic works
in the various representative periods (classical, 19th century, naturalism,
impressionism, expressionism.) Especially for majors. [Prereq.: Any
two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 1969-70.1
84 ADVANCED GERMAN CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
This course aims to give the major and prospective teacher more intensive training in oral expression, with stylistic refinement and organizational practice in writing. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. : 55. Fall.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
May serve as substitute for German 72 or 74, if necessary. I t is suggested
that no student register for all five credits within one term. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 25, 26, 55, 72, 74, 84.
Minor: 19 credits above 6.
Teaching minor: 19 credits, including 55, 72 or 74, 84.
1 , 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
5, 5 crs.
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening,
reading, and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian.
Laboratory work and regular class attendance expected. [I, Fall, Winter,
Spring. 2, Winter, Spring.]
3, 4 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
4, 4 crs.
A terminal course for students not intending to continue with Nor-
wegian language study. Vocabulary building and study of syntax through
extensive readings in Norwegian literature. Some experience in oral
expression. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, Fall. 4, Winter.]
5, 6 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
4, 4 crs.
Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and
facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for
class discussion and exercises. Brief literature survey. Laboratory work
expected. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
25 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY
5 crs.
A survey of the history of Norden, including Finland and Iceland, with
particular attention given to the historical development of political democracy. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. [Fall,
1969-10.1
26 MODERN SCANDINAVIA
5 crs.
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on con-
ditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a
Scandinavian language desirable but not required. [Spring, 1969-70.1
55 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official
languages of Norway. Laboratory work expected. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv.
Spring.]
62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
4 crs.
See description under Department of Music. This course may substitute
for 25 or 26 for the major or minor by permission of the department
chairman. [Spring.]
72 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
5 crs.
Lectures will give a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion
based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset,
Selma Lagerlef, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Haldor Laxness, and
others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written
work in the Norwegian language. [Fall, 196849.1
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
.
.
74 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
5 crs.
Assigned readings will include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjernson,
Strindberg, Lag-erkvist, Munk. and other twentieth centurv dramatists.
Lectures will stress 1bsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of aUscandinavian
language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to
do assigned readings and written \vork in the Norwegian language.
[Spring, 196849.1
84 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Further intensive training in oral and written expression in Norwegian.
Some attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the
historical development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. Required for
all majors and teaching minors. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv. Fall, 1969-10.1
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-5 crs.
This is primarily intended as an enrichment course, though it may serve
as a substitute for 72 or 74 under special conditions. Paper must be
written in Norwegian. Available any term to majors and minors. [Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
SPANISH
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72 or 74,' 84; and any two of
56, 57, 63, 64, of which at least one must be 63 or 64.
.
Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84.
1 , 2 BEGINNING SPANISH
5, 5 crs.
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading
and writing of elementary Spanish. Laboratory work is an integral part
of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
3, 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
.
.
.
.
4, 4 crs.
Grammar review with emphasis toward reading comprehension and
cultural appreciation. Further laboratory work. [Prereq. : 2 or equiv.
3, Fall, Spring. 4, Fall, Winter.]
5, 6 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
4, 4 crs.
Continued conversation, composition, and review of grammar to further
comprehension and facility in expression in Spanish. Further laboratory
work. Required for the major and minor. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall,
Winter. 6, Winter, Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
55 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims
of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Extensive laboratory
work. [Prereq. : 6 or equiv. Fall.]
56 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
5 crs.
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world
civilization through its historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements.. In Spanish. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter or Spring. Offered on
demand.]
57 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN
AUTHORS
5 crs.
An introduction to Spanish American literature. Lectures, discussions,
written and oral reports in the language. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter
or Spring. Offered on demand.]
63, 64 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
5, 5 crs.
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by
lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language.
Laboratory work. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv. 63, Winter. 64, Spring. Offered
on demand.]
72 SPANISH NOVEL
5 crs.
Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or
64, or equiv. Fall, 1968.1
74 SPANISH DRAMA
5 crs.
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and
written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 or equiv. Fall, 1969.1
W 84 ADVANCED SPANISH CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Aims to give an extensive training in oral expression, organizational
practice in writing with stylistic refinement. Appreciation of differences
in speech existent in the Spanish-speaking countries. Laboratory work
required. For majors and those intending to teach Spanish. [Prereq.:
55. Spring.]
92 SEMINAR
.
4 crs.
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in Spanish or Hispanic
American literature. Discussion and papers in Spanish. May substitute
for Spanish 72 or 74. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 and Junior standing. Winter.
Offered upon demand.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5
crs.
Individual study of an author, theme or movement of interest to the
student. May substitute for Spanish 72 or 74. It is suggested that no
student register for all five credits within one term. [Prereq.: 63 or 64.
Fall, Winter, Spring.]
MR. SATEREN, chairman, MR. BEVERLY, MR. COAN, MR. EKLOF,
MR. GABRIELSEN, MISS HENNIG, MR. JOHNSON, MR. KARLEN,
MRS. MOEN, MR. NIELSEN, MR. SAVOLD, MRS. THUT,
MR. VUICICH
The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles,
or who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation
for those who expect to pursue the study of music on the graduate level.
General instruction is afforded other students who wish to broaden their
cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for
the music of the masters.
Through its performing organizations, both choral and instrumental, the
department gives all students of the college varied experiences in creating music as a participant.
Further enriching the program are opportunities, open to all students
of the college, for private instrumental and vocal instruction with professionally qualified teachers.
DEPARTMENT
OF
MUSIC
Major: 68 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 57, 58, 60-62, and
76; 12 credits in applied music, and two years a s a member of one of
the college music organizations.
,q.+(5IL, t
,I
.
-
-Teaching major: 57 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 58, 60,
and 61; 9 credits in applied music, and two years a s a member of one
;
of the college music organizations.
"
Minor: 27 credits. Courses 1 - 3 , 20, 57, and 4 elective credits; 3 credits in
applied music, and one year as a member of one of the college music
o~ganizations.
One public performance in their area of specialization is required of
majors during either the junior or senior year. This requirement may
be fulfilled by satisfactory participation in the bimonthly Performance
Workshops. Formal public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement.
Sophomores, juniors and seniors a r e required to attend the bimonthly
Performance Workshops. Freshmen a r e encouraged to attend.
All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency exarnination by the end of the sophomore year. I t includes: ( a ) major and
harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves,
ascending and descending, hands together and with correct fingering,
a t moderate speed and from memory: (b) a Bach two-part invention
or a classical sonata; (c) a romantic or modern piece showing expression; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymn-tune grade. One of the
pieces ( b or c) must be played from memory.
During his junior and senior years, a student who has been certified
as a music major by the Department of Music is given required applied
music lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost
provided such study is with a member of the Augsburg College music
faculty. The total of applied music credits earned under this provision
may not exceed six.
See under Curriculums for suggested courses of study.
l THEORY l
4 crs.
Principles of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, lriads and
rhythms, and their application in written exercises; aural skills, sight
reading, dictation, and part-singing. [5 lect. Prereq.: Passing theory
entrance test. Fall.]
2 THEORY 2
5 crs.
The use of scales, intervals, and chord formations in written exercises.
Harmonization of figured and unfigured bass and melody. [Prereq.:
1. Winter.]
3 THEORY 3
4 crs.
Sixteenth century vocal counterpoint with examples from the music
of Palestrina and di Lasso. Writing two-, three-, and four-part polyphony in the church modes. [Prereq.: 2. Spring.]
20 THEORY 4
4 crs.
Advanced work in harmonization; modulation, advanced chord progressions, suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. [Prereq.: 3.
Fall.]
21 THEORY 5
4 crs.
Eighteenth century counterpoint with examples from the music of
J. S. Bach; synthesis of tonal harmonic and contrapuntal writing. Writing
two- and three-part inventions, a four-voice fugue, and a chorale prelude. [Prereq. : 20. Winter.]
22 THEORY 6
4 crs.
Form and structure in music; harmonic analysis. [Prereq.: 21. Spring.]
30 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
4 crs.
The development of music from 1600 to the present through the study
of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis
is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts.
Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards
appreciation and criticism. For the non-music major. [Winter, 1968-69.
Fall, Spring, 1964-101.
50 CHORAL TECHNIQUE
4 crs. UPPER DIVISION
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, COURSES
materials, and techniques. [Spring.]
53 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
4 crs.
Class instruction in the techniques of playing reed and string instruments. [Fall.]
54 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
4 crs.
Class instruction in the techniques of playing brass and percussion
instruments. [Winter.]
57 CONDUCTING
3 crs.
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores,
organization and administration of choral ensembles. [3 double periods.
Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter.]
1 58 CONDUCTING
3 crs.
Preparation of and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental scores, organization and administration of instrumental ensembles. [3 double periods. Prereq.: 57 or #. Spring.]
60 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
5 crs.
Music of the Renaissance, Baroque, and Classical eras. [Fall.]
1 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
4 crs.
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. [Winter.]
1 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
The music of Scandinavia since 1700. [Spring.]
4 crs.
1 70 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH
4 crs.
Development of the music of the Christian church, with special attention
to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student as well
as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. [Fall.]
1 76 ORCHESTRATION AND CHORAL ARRANGING
4 crs.
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental and
vocal ensembles of varying sizes and types. [4 1ect.-labs., 1 disc. Prereq.: 22, 53, 54, 58. Fall.]
1 87 PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
0 cr.
Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints
students with a repertoire of musical excellence. [Two evenings per
month. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
APPLIED MUSIC
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Credit
for the first term of lessons is given to majors and minors only after
completion of. the second term in the same area with the same teacher.
Others receive one credit for ten thirty-minute lessons per term. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees
see under Financial Information.
1 PIANO
I cr.
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only
those credits earned in piano after the piano proficiency examination
has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 ORGAN
I cr.
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. [Prereq.: Basic piano technique and #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 VOICE
I cr.
Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear-training a s needed, interpretation of song classics-both
sacred and secular. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 WOODWIND INSTRUMENTS, BRASS INSTRUMENTS,
STRING INSTRUMENTS
I cr.
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music
student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in
groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for
the full year is required of participants.
CHOIR
Membership is by audition and restricted to 65 singers. [4 rehearsals per
wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
CONCERT BAND
Membership is by audition. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
ORCHESTRA
Membership is by audition. 13 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
CHORAL CLUB, REPERTOIRE BAND,
SYMFONIA, INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES
Membership is by audition or consent of director. C2 rehearsals per
wk. Fa, Winter, Spring.]
MR. SANDIN, chairman, MR. BATLEY, MR. CHRISTENSON,
MR. JOHNSRTJD
The department of philosophy conceives its task as an instructional
department in a liberal arts college to be twofold: (1)to make a significant cmnlribution to the liberal education of all students regardless of
their colIege major; and (2) to provide a strong undergraduate program
of study for st~rdcnts who desire to complete a major or minor in
philosophy.
Major: 46 credits, including 41, 42, 43; either 23 or 51; and either 81 or
4 credits of 99.
Minor: 32 credits, including 41, 42, 43, and either 23 or 51.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
21 PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY
4 crs.
Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims
of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and
a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion.
Designed to meet the General Education requirement in philosophy.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
PHILOSOPHY
relativism, naturalism, etc.; or problems, such as the nature of the
23 LOGIC
5 crs.
A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include:
the nature and functions of language; fallacies in reasoning; definition;
principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief introduction to the
notation of modern symbolic logic. [Fall, Spring.]
41 ANCIENT AND EARLY MEDIEVAL
4 crs.
A historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the
development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St.
Thomas Aquinas. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Fall.]
42 LATE MEDIEVAL AND EARLY MODERN
4 crs.
A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical
thought is traced from the breakdown of the Medieval synthesis to
the systems of Kant and Hegel. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Winter.]
I
43 RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY
A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought
in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 5 1 SYMBOLIC LOGIC
Treats deduction and the analysis of statements by means of special
symbols. Topics include propositional functions and quantifiers, the logic
of relations, the concept of an axiom system. [Prereq.: #. Winter.]
I
61 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with
special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language.
[Fall, 196849.1
63 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
A stcdy of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science
by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions and procedures. [Prereq.: 23 or #. Winter.]
m
65 AMERICAN PHILOSOPHY
American philosophical thought from colonial times to the present.
Puritanism, and Revoluntionary period, transcendentalism, idealism,
pragmatism, naturalism, and realism. [Fall.]
71 ETHICS
An inquiry into the principles of morals and ethics, the nature of
moral experience, and an analysis of the language of ethical discourse.
[Winter, 1968-69.1
73 METAPHYSICS
An inquiry into the nature of metaphysics, the function of metaphysical
language, and an examination of major historical and contemporary
views. [Prereq. : # Winter, 1969-70.1
.
75 EPISTEMOLOGY
An inquiry into the bases of claims to knowledge of various sorts and
into the possibility of general criteria of truth and falsity. [Prereq.:
#. Fall, 1969-70.1
+
'3,
'!
'M.
1 2 1, 2 2 , 2 3 GENERAL PHYSICS
5, 5, 5 crs.
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound,
optics, electricity, and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics.
For majors in physics and other specified fields. Must be taken in
sequence. [5 hrs. 1ect.-recit., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: Math. 41. 21, Fall.
22, Winter. 23, Spring.]
1 5 1 , 52 MECHANICS
4, 4 crs.
The classical equations of motion are presented for a single particle,
a system of particles, and for rigid bodies. Stationary and moving
frames of reference are used. Must be taken in sequence. [Prereq.:
23, Math. 58. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.]
1 53 MECHANICS
4 crs.
A restatement of classical mechanics employing Lagrange's equations.
Rigid body mechanics and small oscillations are included. [Prereq.:
52, Math. 58. Spring.]
61 ELECTRONICS
5 crs.
A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits bef&e introducing the electron tube
and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes and
transistors with applications to certain circuits. [4 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq. : 23, Math. 43. Fall.]
1 62, 63 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM
4, 4 crs.
Treats the classical electromagnetic theory using vector calculus throughout. Topics include electrostatics, magnetostatics, solutions of Laplace's
and Poisson's equations and the use of Maxwell's equations to the
solution of problems in electromagnetic wave phenomena. [Prereq.:
61, Math. 58. 62, Winter. 63, Spring.]
70 OPTICS
5
crs.
Both geometrical and physical optics are presented with the greater
emphasis on the latter. Reflection and refraction, interference, diffraction and polarization. 14 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: 23, Math. 43.
Spring.]
1 75 MODERN PHYSICS
4 crs.
A phenomenological introduction to modern physics that includes the
Special Theory of Relativity, atomic theory, radiation, particles and
nuclear models. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Fall.]
I cr.
1 77 ADVANCED PHYSICS LABORATORY
Independent laboratory investigations. Numerous experiments including mechanics, electricity, spectroscopy, nuclear physics. Students may
take this course five times for credit with the last term devoted to some
research project. [3 hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 23. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 8 1 , 82 THERMAL PHYSICS
4,4
crs.
Study of thermal properties, using as illustrative material the properties
of gases, low temperature phenomena, and Curie's law substances.
Three main divisions : classical thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and an
introduction to statistical mechanics. [Prereq.: 52, Math. 84. 81, Fall.
82, Winter.]
1 83 INTRODUCTION TO SOLID STATE PHYSICS
4 crs.
A study of the physical properties of solids, particularly the properties
exhibited by atoms and molecules by virtue of their location in a
regular crystal lattice. [Prereq.: 82, Math. 84. Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
DEPARTMENT
OF
POLITICAL
SCIENCE
MR. STENSHOEL, chairman, MR. DEWEY, MRS. NOONAN
.4ugsburg's offerings in political science are intended 10 facilitate an
undersianding of the processes, concepts, and insliitltions of governance :
to probide an intelIectua1 basis for effective and informed citizenship;
and to help prepare interested students lor additional work at the
graduate or pr'ufessiona! level, in such areas as lax\-, politicdl science,
public administradon, and internationa1 rel?.tions.
Major: 45 credits in political science, plus 5 credits in Social Statistics
(Soc. 6l). PoUticnl science courses required include 20, 21, 22, and at
least one course in each of the follo~\-ingareas: Comparative Government (nunlhered in the 30's) : International Relations (60's); Public
Law (70's) ; and Politicxl Theoq- (80's).
Minor: 27 credits, including 20, 21, 22; and at least one course in each
of three of the four areas indicated above.
A maximum of nine credits toward a political science major may be
earned from among certain specific courses offered by the departments
of history and economics. For information, see the Chairman of the
Department of Political Science.
.
Course 20, 21, or 22 will meet the general education requirement in
political science or economics.
20 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT I:
FOUNDATIONS OF AMERICAN DEMOCRACY
5 crs.
The nature, assumptions, and conditions of democratic politics in the
United States. Historical, economic, social, and constitutional factors
are considered, as well as the roles of political parties and interest
groups. The American system is compared briefly with democratic and
nondemocratic alternatives. [Winter.]
2 1 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT II:
AMERICAN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT
5 crs.
The Presidency, Congress, and the Supreme Court as instruments of
conflict and consensus in the American political system. The role of
the national government is examined in the context of social and economic interdependence and of ideological and pragmatic conflict.
[Spring.]
22 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Ill:
STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT;
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
5 crs.
Problems and patterns of state and local government, including urban
and metropolitan development and intergovernmental relationships. Public administration is introduced from several perspectives : as discipline,
as political process, as concrete expression of the positive state. [Fall.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
50 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRATIC GOVERNMENTS
4 crs.
A comparative analysis of the respective political theories, institutions,
and processes of selected democratic states. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #.
Winter.]
5 1 CONTEMPORARY COMMUNIST GOVERNMENTS
4 crs.
The political processes of the Soviet Union and other Communist states
are analyzed in terms of ideological assumptions, the party role and
institutional forms. [Prereq. : 20,21, or 22, or #. Fall.]
t:;
I
--.
I.'.
60 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
4 crs.
General theories of international politics, the basic factors involved in
international relations, and the formulation of foreign policy as background for study of recent international problems. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or
22, or #. Fall.]
62 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
4 crs.
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign
policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and
China. [Prereq. : 51 or 60. Spring.]
70 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
4 crs.
The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American
constitutional system is analyzed via a study of significant cases decided
by the U.S. Supreme Court. [Prereq.: 10 credits En American Govt. or
#. Winter.]
71 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
4 crs.
A continuation cf course 70, emphasizing the protections afforded individ~lclrigh:s and liberties m d e r the Bill of Rights and the Fourteenth
Amendment. [Prereq. : 70. Spring.]
80 POLITICAL THOUGHT TO 1800
4 crs.
Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers
from Plato thrmgh Burke. rmphasis is placed upon elements reflected
in Western democratic thought. [Fall.]
8 1 RECENT POLITICAL THOUGHT
4 crs.
Conflicting ideologies of recent political thinkers, including anarchist,
Communist, elitist, and democratic views. [Winter.]
84 CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL ANALYSIS
4 crs.
An investigation of the theory-building and model-building of selected
contemporary political scientists, and of their ohiloso~hicaland methodological assumptions. For majors in politicai science. [Spring.]
9 5 SEMINAR
3 crs.
Consult department chairman for information concerning terms and
subject matter. [Prereq. : # .]
9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Registration by special permission. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
2-5
crs.
DEPARTMENT
OF
PSYCHOLOGY
MRS. DYRUD, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. HOLMAN,
MRS. H O W A R D
The objectives of this department are: (1)to acquaint the student with
the princivles and methods in the scientific studv of behavior: and (21
to enable ihe student to better understand the pr;ce&es which influence
behavior. Emphasis is on the study of human behavior.
M a j o r : 36 credits, tncluding 5, 59, 61, 62, 64, 81, 91, and 99. In addition,
Soc. 61 i s required.
M i n o r : 24 credits including 5, 59, and 87.
5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
5 crs.
A study of basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles
and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many
areas of specialization in psychology. [Prereq.: So. o r #. Fall, Winter,
Spring.]
7 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY SEMINAR
I cr.
Offered in connection with course 5 for one additional credit. I t includes advanced readings and discussion on general psychology topics.
.
[Prereq.:
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
#.
Fall, Winter, Spring.]
50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
See under Secondary Education.
5 1 D E V E L O P M E N T A L PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD
4 crs.
Development of personality and/or behavior of children, with emphasis
on theoretical considerations and empirical findings regarding socialization, cognition, family relationships, and general psychological development. [Prereq.: 5 and concurrent registration in o r completion of
statistics. Fall.]
52 DEVELOPMENTAL P S Y C H O L O G Y : ADOLESCENT 4 crs.
Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adolescents,
with emphasis on theory and empirical findings regarding physical
and sexual development, parent-child relationships, identity and the
peer group, cognitive development and achievement, and social class
differences. [Prereq. : 5 and concurrent registration in o r completion of
.
statistics. Winter.]
53 DEVELOPMENTAL P S Y C H O L O G Y : ADULT
4 crs.
Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adults, with
special emphasis on young adults. Some theory and empirical findings
regarding personality, values, interests and vocational choice, sexuality, adjustment and behavior change. A brief discussion of findings in
geriatric psychology. [Prereq.: 5 a n d concurrent registration in o r completion of statistics. Spring.]
.
55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
4 crs.
See under Elementary Education.
4 crs.
59 P S Y C H O L O G I C A L M E A S U R E M E N T I
Theory and principles of measurement and testing. Examination given
to the purposes, construction and use of measurement devices in personnel work of business and industry. [Prereq.: 5, a n d Soc. 61. Fall.]
4 crs.
60 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT II
Administration and interpretation of standardized tests of intelligence,
aptitude, interest, achievement and personality. Special emphasis given
to the use of the Revised Stanford-Binet and Wechsler Adult Intelligence
Scale in supervised practice situations. [Prereq. : 59. Winter.]
-
H 6 1 PERSONALITY I: APPROACHES TO PERSONALITY 4 crs.
A shtdy of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior
that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an introduction
to major theories of personality. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.]
62 PERSONALITY II: ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved
in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories,
treatment, and research in mental illness. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.]
H 64 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to experimental nlethodology in psychology : experimental
design, operations, and data analysis. [Prereq.: 5 and Soc. 61. Spring.]
75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
5 crs.
See under Department of Sociology.
81 HISTORY AND THEORY
4 crs.
A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of
current areas of psychology. [Prereq.: 13 crs. in psych. or #. Fall.]
H 85 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of
counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a
counseling relationship. [Prereq.: 62. Winter.]
1 87 DIFFERENTIAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
Survey of individual and group differences and factors such as age,
heredity, sex and environment which contribute to variations in ability
and temperament. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.]
91 SEMINAR IN PSYCHOLOGY
3 crs.
A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world. [Prereq.:
17 crs. in psych. or #. Spring.]
99 RESEARCH PROBLEMS
2 - 3 crs.
Independent study in which students conduct individual research projects.
[Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
MR. P. A. QUANBECK, chairman, MR. BENSON, MR. COLACCI,
MR. FRETHEIM, MR. MANDSAGER, MR. OLLILA, MR. SKIBBE
The courses in religion are intended to assist the student in his
reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study
of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission.
The graduation requirement includes 18 credits in religion. Of these
credits 10 must be in the lower division, and at least 8 must be upper
division. Freshmen are required to take course 11: sophomores, course
Z l . Courses 1
1 and 21 are prerequisites for all upper division courses.
Only one of courses 53, 54 may apply toward the graduation requirement.
Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the time of
admission.
Major: 46 credits, including one course from each of the following
groups of courses plus one seminar: 51-59; 61-63; 71-74; 81-85. Also
required are: two courses each in history, literature, philosophy (above
21); and one course in either sociology or psychology (above 5). Two
courses of upper division Greek may be counted toward a major in
religion.
Minor: 26 credits.
DEPARTMENT
OF
-RELIGION
I I INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
5 crs.
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
.
.
.
.
21 BIBLICAL STUDIES
5 crs.
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and
the emergence of the church. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
51 THE TEACHING MINISTRY OF THE CHURCH
4 crs.
The historical development and theological foundation of education in
the church. The relationship of the teaching and preaching ministries.
Methods and means of teaching, and the task of Christian education
today. [Winter.]
52 THE THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN
WORSHIP
4 crs.
A study of the origin of Christian worship, the development of the various liturgical traditions and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention will be given to both the theology and the form of worship. Visits
will be made to a variety of worship services. [Winter.]
53 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I
4 crs.
A study of primitive religion and several religions of the Near East,
including Islam and Zoroastrianism. [Fall.]
54 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I1
4 crs.
A study of several religions of the F a r East, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. [Winter.]
W 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
See under Department of Sociology.
4 crs.
61 EARLY CHRISTIAN FATHERS
4 crs.
The development of certain fundamental theological doctrines from the
time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the
early church. [Fall.]
62 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
4 crs.
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers
of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther,
John Calvin, and other representative figures. [Winter.]
63 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM
4 crs.
The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise
of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure,
and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its
environing culture. [Spring.]
71 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS
4 crs.
Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships.
Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus,
including the "quest for the historical Jesus." [Fall.]
.
72 THE THEOLOGY OF PAUL
4 crs.
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his
relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found
in his writings. [Spring.]
73 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
4 crs.
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of
Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. [Winter.]
74 STUDIES IN GENESIS ONE TO ELEVEN
4 crs.
A detailed study of these chapters, with discussion of their theological
significance and their background in Israel and the ancient Near East.
Special attention will be given to interpretive problems, particularly
a s related to history and science. [Fall.]
81 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological
thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of
the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. [Spring.]
82 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY 4 crs.
-New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of
'some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical
insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. [Fall.]
83 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
4 crs.
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and
sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. [Fall.]
84 CHRISTIAN VIEW OF MAN
4 crs.
The Christian doctrine of man and salvation. Its uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny
of man. [Spring.]
85 THEOLOGY OF THE ECUMENICAL MOVEMENT 4 crs.
A study of the theological factors inherent in the origin, the various
participating churches and the main results of the modern Ecumenical
Movement. Representatives from various religious groups will be invited to lecture and lead discussions. [Winter.]
86 SEMINAR
4 crs.
Special study in some field of theology. Registration is by permission
of the instructor.
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES
See under Department of Modern Languages.
SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR
See under Curriculums.
MR. TORSTENSON, chairman, MR. BLOOM. MR. HUSFLOEN,
MRS. MADSON, MR. NELSOAT, MR. NORDLIE, MR. VETVICK
The objectives of this department are to help students attain a better
understanding of society, its social order and forces of social change; to
prepare students for social service occupations and for post-graduate
studies in such fields as sociology, social work, industrial relations, urban
planning, etc. The Department seeks to maximize its urban setting by
promoting research and participant-observation experiences in the TwinCity Metropolitan region.
DEPARTMENT
OF
SOCIOLOGY
Major: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits and 30 upper
division credits, including 61, 62, 75, 91. Psych. 5 also required.
Philosophy of Science is strongly recommended.
Major with Social Work Sequence: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower
division credits and 30 upper division credits including 51, 52, 53, 54,
55, 56, 61. Psych. 5 also required.
Minor: 25 credits including 12, 43, 61.
Sociology 11 is prerequisite to all other sociology courses.
I I MAN IN MODERN SOCIETY
4 crs.
The cultural and structural dynamics of the Western world as seen
through sociological perspectives. A focus on normative patterns, social
organizations, social institutions, and socialization in the context of
social change. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
12 SOCIAL PROBLEMS
4 crs.
The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary social problems
in the context of historical, social and cultural change. [Winter, Spring.]
3 1 MARRIAGE AND FAMILY
5 crs.
The course is designed to help the student in his preparation for marriage and parenthood and focuses on such issues as the interpersonal
relationships of dating, selection of a marriage partner, constructive use
of the engagement period, early marriage adjustments, childbirth, discipline of children, and sex education. Integral parts of the course
include films, personal analysis papers, and the discussion of case
studies. A secondary emphasis is given to such sociology of the family
concerns as tracing the family historically and cross-culturally, and
viewing the contemporary American family against a background of
modern society and social change. [Winter, Spring.]
41 INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY
4 crs.
Man's prehistory and contemporary primitive societies. An analysis
of the origins of life and man, race and culture, and cultural and
social anthropology including subsistence and crafts, marriage and
kinship, social control, religion and magic, personality and culture,
and cultural growth. [Fall.]
42 RURAL AMERICAN COMMUNITY
4 crs.
The social origins, development, and contemporary forms of rural
society and the small community. The historic roots of the American
rural community; rural social movements; and rural life in world
perspective. [Winter.]
43 MODERN URBAN COMMUNITY
4 crs.
The cultural and social organization of the city in historical perspective
including the forms, processes, and problems of the modern metropolis.
[Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
51 FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK
4 crs.
Examines basic concepts and values in the practice of social work;
historical development and trends in Social Policy and Programs in the
U.S.; and surveys the social services offered through the various public
and non-profit agencies and institutions. [Prereq.: Concurrent registration
in 54. Fall.]
I
-,;
52 INTRODUCTION TO METHODS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs.
Provides a beginning understanding of the three methods of social workcasework, group work, and community organization. Explores basic
concepts of human growth and behavior and social process and their
relationship to the methodology of social work. [Prereq.: 51, and concurrent registration in 55. Winter.]
53 WELFARE ISSUES IN MODERN SOCIETY
4 crs.
Examines Social Welfare's responsibility and relevance to the problems
of modern society including poverty, mental illness, automation, deviant behavior, mental retardation, and civil rights. Explores some of
the recent experiments and new approaches to these problems both
within and outside the Social Welfare field. Points up some of the
current and re-occurring issues within and about Social Welfare in
modern society. [Prereq.: 52 and concurrent registration in 56. Spring.]
54, 55, 56 FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SOCIAL
AGENCIES
I cr. per term
Students are assigned five hours per week to work in a social agency
such as a settlement house, or a hospital, public welfare, family service
correction and services to the mentally retarded. Responsibilities vary
according to the agency. From one to four students are assigned to each
agency. The agency provides the supervision and recommended grade
for the course. No credit given unless all three quarters are completed.
Must be taken concurrently with Soc. 51, 52, and 53. [54, Fall. 55, Winter.
56, Spring.]
1 57 SUMMER WORK STUDY IN CORRECTIONS
AND SOCIAL SERVICE
5 crs.
A summer experience for undergraduate students combining independent study and paid work experience in the fields of Corrections and
Social Services.
1 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
An examination of the social sources and structure of the church.
Particular emphasis is given to the study of bureaucracy and its relation to religious systems. Some exploration of the changing patterns of
society and the relationship of these changes to the institutional church.
[Fall.]
1 6 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL STATISTICS
5 crs.
Scientific methods of collecting, organizing, comparing and interpreting socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and tables, finding
measures of central tendency, variability and association, and hyp*
thesis testing. [Prereq. : high school algebra or equir. Fall, Spring.]
1 62 SOCIAL RESEARCH
5 crs.
Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology. An examination
of procedures and problems of the research prccess. An analysis of
research designs and techniques. The construction of questionnaires
and other data-gathering tools. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.]
1 73 CRIME AND DELINQUENCY
5 crs.
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency.
Gang-delinquency, whitc-collar crime, organized crime. The theories
of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. [Spring.]
5 crs.
Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development
of personality, the impact of group norms. The various theoretical
schools of social psychology. Selective forms of collective behavior
such as croivd, rumor, and audience. [Fall.]
1 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
82 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS
5 crs.
The historical, cultural, structural and psychological dimensions of
minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice,
racism and civil rights in the American setting. [Winter.]
83 INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY
5 crs.
Large-scale organizations in contemporary industrial society. Bureaucracy, decision-making, formal and informal organizational structure and
labor-management relations. [Spring.]
8 5 SEMINAR IN THE MODERN METROPOLIS
I cr.
A study of the nature, dynamics and challenges of the emerging metropolitan community.
91 MODERN SOCIOLOGY THEORY
5 crs.
The development and nature of the major theoretical schools of contemporary sociology, in the context of their historical settings in the
nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Winter.]
SPANISH
See under Department of Modern Languages.
DEPARTMENT
OF
SPEECH
MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS COLE, MRS. OLSON
This department aims to foster in students those skills which contribute
to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. I t seeks to
develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical
listening habits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and
drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama.
Major: 40 credits. Students who do not plan to go into secondary or
elementary school teaching should consult with the department regarding
preparation for graduate school or other post-graduate opportunities.
Teaching major: 44 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32,
12 or 52, 51 or 55, 60, 61, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is
requked, but credits in this course do not count toward the major.
Minor: 28 credits.
Teaching minor: 28 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32,
51 or 55, 60, and 66. Course 76 is strongly recommended. For elementary
education students: 11, 16, 60, 61, ond 76.
For elementary education students, courses 16 and 76 are recommended.
Elementary education students who have had speech in high school
may request substitution of course 16 to fulfill the literature/speech
requirement. Normally, courses 11 aud 51 fulfill this requirement.
I I BEGINNING SPEECH
4 crs.
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Meets five
times per week. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
12 FORMS OF PUBLIC ADDRESS
4 crs.
Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology,
and adaptation to various situations. [Prereq. : 11. Winter.]
16 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS
4 crs.
Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation,
and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended
for parish workers and elementary school teachers. [Fall, 1968-69.1
1 2 1 DEBATE
I cr.
Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year.
Participation in intercollegiate debates. Open to all students. May be
repeated four times for credit. [Fall, Winter.]
28 STAGECRAFT
4 crs.
Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open
to all students. [Winter.]
1 3 2 ACTING
4 crs.
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and
improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. [Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
1 5 1 ARGUMENTATION
5 crs.
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. [Fall.]
1 52 PERSUASION
5 crs.
Theory of persuasion and propaganda ; study of great speeches ; practical work in speech writing. [Prereq. : 11. Spring, 196849.1
55 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
5 crs.
Theories of group leadership: principles and types of discussion; practice in discussion techniques. [Winter.]
1 60 INTERPRETATIVE READING
5 crs.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading
prose, poetry, and drama. [Fall, Winter.]
1 61 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
5 crs.
An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and
dramatic production. [Fall.]
1 66 STAGE DIRECTION
5 crs.
Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. [Spring.]
1 67 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
5 crs.
History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. [Fall,
196!%70.1
W 68 DRAMA IN THE CHURCH
5 crs.
History of drama in the church, reading and discussion of plays, study
of uses of drama by the local congregation. [Spring, 1969-70.1
1 76 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
5 crs.
Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal
speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction.
[Winter.]
1 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-3 crs.
Selected topics in oral interpretation, acting, theater history, rhetorical
theory, or speech pathology; individual projects with emphasis on the
use of primary sources and methodolgy of research. [Fall, Winter,
Spring.]
SPECIAL
PROGRAMS
OF
STUDY
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING
Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at t h e Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction a t Augsburg College. Application for admission t o the Schools df Nursing should be made t o
the hospitals directly.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a
college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three
years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month
program is completed a t one of the two hospitals.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY
A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with
the Veterans Administration Hospital is available to students who
complete a major in Physical Education a t Augsburg. The program
requires 250 hours of clinical observation, practice, and orientation under the direction of the Chief of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service a t the Veterans Hospital. The work may be
done either during the senior year or after graduation. It carries
no college credit.
SPAN IJ
Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity
among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University
of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students
are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the sophomore year.
JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD
Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg College students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study a t a
number of European educational institutions. These institutions are:
The University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College and The Goethe
Institute in Germany; and The Institute for American Universities a t Aix-en-Provence in France. Study a t other institutions
may be possible through special arrangements. Applications for
such foreign study must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. In addition, the student's program
of study while in Europe must be approved by his faculty adviser
prior to making application to the Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing. A year of foreign study is recommended only
for students with good scholastic records whose programs of study
can be followed satisfactorily a t the institutions chosen. Credit
earned through foreign study can usually be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives or, occasionally, as
elements of his major sequence. Such credit ordinarily does not
satisfy the general education requirements with some exceptions
such as the study of a foreign language.
HONORS PROGRAM
For superior freshman sudents, some special accelerated sections
are available in such subjects as English and History. For superior
students of all classes, special colloquia are offered each term.
Many departments of the college offer a program through which
the student can earn honors in his major field. Students of high
ability who are interested in pursuing an honors curriculum are
invited to write to the Director of the Honors Program for information regarding the Honors Programs which may be open to them.
Honors students are selected on the basis of previous academic
achievement and test results.
NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM
In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and t o encourage better cultural exchange between the
students of Augsburg Cdlege and colleges in the South, Augsburg
has entered into an agreement with various southern colleges
whereby an interchange of students may take place. This exchange
may take place during either the second or third term, or both,
depending upon the schedules of the cooperating colleges.
In order to qualify for the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of his/her parents (if he/she is a
minor), his/her major adviser, and various college officials. A
further general requirement is approval by the student exchange
board which will, among other things, require a grade point average of at least 2.50.
Further details and application forms may be secured from the
fice of the Dean or the President of the Student Society.
OF
THE PASS/NO CREDIT GFLXDING SYSTEM
Effective with the 1967-68 academic year, a Pass/No Credit
grading system is available to juniors and seniors only, applicable
to a maximum of one course per term. The provisions of the system
are as follows:
1. Juniors and Seniors only may choose to be graded on the
basis of Pass/No Credit instead of a regular grade for a
maximum of one course in any one term.
2. The Pass/No Credit option may not be applied to courses
in the student's major field.
3. Each department of the college shall determine which,
if any, of the courses it offers may not be taken by any
student on a Pass/No Credit basis. Students will be informed by the Registrar's Office at each registration day
of the courses which may not be taken under the system.
4. Although credits earned under the system will be counted
toward fulfilling the requirements for graduation, Pass/No
Credit grades will not be used in computing the student's
Grade Point Average.
5. The student must exercise the option of taking a course
under the Pass/No Credit grading system a t the time of
his registration for the course, and may not change after
the end of the first week of the term.
6. Under the Pass/No Credit grading system, the grade of 'S'
shall be assigned to the student earning the equivalent of
a grade from 'A' to 'C'; the grade of 'N' to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'D' to 'F'.
AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL
Students may earn up to ten credits of college work in a sixweek summer session from June 24 through August 2, 1968.
For 1969, tentative plans call for a similar six-week term beginning June 9, followed by a short term of three weeks set for
July 21 through August 8, during which additional five credits may
be earned.
Most courses will meet mornings, Monday through Friday. Others
will meet for longer periods two evenings a week, in order to accommodate part-time students employed during the day.
Eligible to attend Augsburg summer school are present students
and graduates of Augsburg and other accredited colleges and universities, as well as recent high school graduates whose class
standing and scores in college aptitude examinations indicate a
high probability of success in college work.
Courses to be offered during the summer sessions will be determined, in part, by demand. Most will not require prerequisites. In
addition to formal classes, provisions are being made for independent study in several areas, and for individual instruction in
voice and instrumental music.
For 1968, summer tuition for 8-10 credits is $220.00, plus a registration fee of $5.00. The latter fee will, however, be waived for
those completing registration not later than June 14. Private lessons will be charged separately.
A single board and room charge for the 1968 summer session will
be $100.00, and will provide morning and noon meals exclusive
of weekends, and a room from the evening of June 23 through the
morning of August 3.
For specific information, interested persons are asked to write:
Director of Summer School
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
CURRICULUMS
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major,
or a particular vocational objective.
GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS
The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may
be followed to include the required general education courses. For
electives, students should take care to include all courses required
for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed
under departmental headings.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
History 1, 2. or 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
Electives
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
Term
I n nr
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
Term
SOPHOMORE
5
- - - 4
- 5 5
5-6 5
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Art 1 or Music 30
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22, or
Economics 22
Electives
Term
I 11 ~n
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
5
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- - 4 - - 4
4
Religion
Electives
I 11 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 -
-
4
4
5-6 5-6
-
-
-
-
4
- - 4-5
- 6
6
I
Term
II
m
4
-
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
12 12 12
AMERICAN STUDIES MAJOR
The following program is suggested for a major in American Studies.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1. 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
History 21. 22
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
JUNIOR
Economics 22 (Optional)
Speech or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
Religion 63
Eistory 55.
Psychology 81.
Sociology 42'. 43.
Philosophy 65'
Electives (non-major)
- 5
- -
4
5
4
5
-
-
4
5
5
5
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 21
English 45
Political Sci. 20, 21
1/3 1/3 1/3
4
-
4
-
4
4
-
4
4
4
4
4
4
-
4
4
-
-
5
4
4
5-6 5-6 4
5
- 5 5
- -
SENIOR
Sociology 59.
Political Sci. 70.
History 56'
Education 87.
English 82.
Political Sci. 22.
American Studies 95
American Studies 99
Electives (non-major)
* Electives in the major program
ART MAJOR WITH HISTORY MINOR AS
PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY
Term
FRESHMAN
I
-
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
4
5
Art
2
2
8, 12
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
Term
I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
5
- 6
- 4 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Art 21- Art 18, 55
History 2
History 61
I 11
rn
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4
4
- 5 5
4
4
4
-
-
4
-
4
-
Term
I I1 I11
Religion
Art 83, 84
Art 67
Art 50
Historv 3
Speecg 11 or Literature
Music 30
History 21. 22
Elective
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4 4 -
-
SENIOR
I I1 I11
Religion
Pol. Sci. 20. 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 68
Art 78
History 95
History 71
Art 99
Electives
Cr. Cr. Cr.
ART MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Art.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Foreign Language
History 1. 2, or 3
Art 7
Art 8. 12
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Art 83, 84
Art 67
Art 50
H. P.E. 10
Education 50
Education 52, 53, 54
Education 59
Music 30
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 - 5
5 5 4
2 2 6
4 1/3 1/3 1/3
-
-
-
Term
SOPHOMORE
I I1 I11
Relieion 21
ore& Language
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 21
S'peech 11 o r Literature
Art 21
Art 18 and 55
Psychology 5
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
5
-
4
-
4
-
-
4
4
4
- - 5
4 - 0
0 0
- - 5
- 4 -
-
4
4
-
-
-
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - 4 4 - - 4
-
5
4
5
Term
SENIOR
I I1 I11
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education
- - - - - .-.
.
. 87
..
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 68. 99
Art 78
Electives
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
10 - 5
-
-
-
-
4
-
4-5
- 4
-
4
-
BIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
do graduate work in biology. Where choices of biology are indicated,
the student should choose carefully the course best suited to his
field of interest. At least one term of botanical work is usually
desirable. Biology 72 is required.
Term
Term
FRESHMAN
I I1 I11
Religion 11
Englsh 11, 12
History 3
Sociolow 11
chernGpy 5 or 15
Chemistry 6 or 16
Biology 11, 12
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
I I1 111
SOPHOMORE
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Chemistry 51, 52, 53
Mathematics 40. 41. 42
Biology 53 o r eiective
-
-
Term
Term
JUNIOR
Relieinn
-.--.-.
.
.
.
Foreign Language
Physics 21, 22, 23
Biology 61. 71, or 76
Biology 63. 72 or 74
Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22
or Economics 22
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4
5 5
5 5 5
5-6 - -
-
-
-
45
- 5
- 6 6
5 5
5-6 -
4
6
5
-
SENIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Art 1 or Music 30
Philosouhv 21 or 23
BiGG
7 3 OF elective
Biology 72, 74, or 81
Biology 91. 92. 93
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
1
~
5-6
-
1
-
5-6
1
BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING
The program suggested below provides for the recommended courses
in chemistry as well as for a good background in the biological
sciences. When making the choices between the biology course
options, it is important that the various disciplines of biology are
represented. Biology 72 and one other course in the 70 series are
required.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
History 3
Sociology 11
Biology 11. 12
Chemistry 5 or 15
Chemistry 6 or 16
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 2 4 5
- - 4
-
-
6
-
-
4
6
6
- -
6 1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
speech 11 or Literature
Foreign Language
Education 50. 59
Chemistry 53
Bioloev 61. 71. or 76
~ i o l o s53' or ' 73
Biology 63, 72, or 74
Education 52, 53, 54
-
-
4
4
4
4
4
-
-
- 6
- -
0
0
-
5
5-6
0
SOPHOMORE
Relieion 21
~ o r z g nLanguage
Biology 51
Psychology 5
Chemistrv 23
H P.E."10
Mathematics 13 or 40.
Mathematics 14 or elective*
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
-
5
-
-
5
-
-
- - 6
-
5
5
-
-
SEYIQR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Rc,iaiun
.Art - 1 or 3Tvljbic 30
Rluloz$' 61, 71, or 76
Biology 72. 74. or 81
4 5-6 -
...
..
E d r ~ c a t ~ c n83
Educn:ion 87
Poi. Scl. 20. 21. or 22
-
-
-
10
4-5
-
-
5-6
- 4
- -
Elective if the student is allowed to take Mathematics 40 rather than Math. 13 and 14.
MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION)
Students with a major in Business Administration may specialize
in accounting or finance. Students are urged to read carefully the
statement under the Department of Business Administration.
FRESHMAN
- 'RcIipion
&
11
E ~ 9 i s l 111, 12
Yidow 1, 2. or 3
Brssincss Ad. 1, 2
_Sociology 23-1 i
L/-;;turt;
Science or Math.
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
C3 Business Ad. 61
Economics 51
???Business
Ad. 62. 63
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
SOPHOMORE
- - - Cr.Cr.Cr.
.
5
,,ReTi~lon 21
- 4 5 .. -Fori-igtl T.,anglage .. .
- - 4
Easiness Ad..,13
4 4
Eco!~nmics22. 23-,
- 4 ..--Dhtlosophy 21
5-6 5-6 - d p e e c h 11 or Literature
- 4 d r t 1 or Music 30
1/3 1/3 1/3
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
- 5 - 5 5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 4 4 - - 5
5
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
~
- -
-
-
5
-
-
-
5
4
5
5
SENIOR
5
-
-
-
4
5
-
-
4
4
4
4
-
-
-
Religion
Business Ad. 81
Business Ad. 83
Electives
MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(FINANCE SPECIALTZATTON)
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Histors 1. 2. or 3
~ u s i n e s s~ d . 1,
. 2
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
Elective
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - 4 5
- 4
4 4 - 4
5-6 5-6 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- -
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 31
Economics 22, 23
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
I 11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
I
:'
,.;
'3,
'M.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Business Ad. 18
Business Ad 13
Electives
BUSINESS EDUCATION
MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
Enelish 11. 12
F'oFeign ~ a n g u a g e
History 1, 2, or 3
Business Ed. 1
Business Ed. 10
sociology 11
Philosophy 21
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50
Education 52. 53. 54
Education 59
Business Ad. 1, 2
Business Ed. 50
Economics 22, 23
Business Ed. 63
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5
5 5 4
- 4
- -
-
- - - -
4
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 111
Cr.
Cr.
-- - .Cr.
--.
4
4 - 0 0 0
- 5
4 4 1
- 5 - 4 4
-
-
SOPHOMORE
Relieion 21
F'orGgn Language
Natural Science or Math.
S ~ e e c h11 or Literature
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
~ u s i n e s s - ~ d21
.
Business Ed. 22
Business Ed. 53
Business Ed. 8
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - - 10 - 5
H:~PE;--IO
-
-
Business Ad. 31
Electives
5
4
-
-
-
4
5
8
CHEMISTRY MAJOR
The following course of study meets the requirements for the
Bachelor of Arts degree at Augsburg College and is approved by
the American Chemical Society for students who plan to do graduate study in chemistry.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1, 2, or 3
Mathematics 40
Chemistry 15. 16 or 5, 6
Mathematics 41, 42
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Relieion
chemistry 61, 62
Chemistry 63
Mathematics 83
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Chemistry 91
Electives
Term
I 11 111
Cr.
-.
. Cr.
-.
. Cr
-5
4 5
4
5
6 6
- 5 5
- - - -
Term
I TI I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
6 6
5
4 - 5 5 4
4
0 0 0
- 4
-
-
-
-
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Chemistry 51, 52
Chemistrv 53
Physics ii, 22, 23
Mathematics 43
Sociology 11
SEh-IOR
Term
I I1 111
Cr Cr. Cr.
- - 5
6 6 - - 5
5 5 5
5 - - 4 -
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr Cr.
Ro!iglgn
Chernfstr' 81, 83
C h e m x ! ~i 2
Furdgn Lwguage
Speech !1 or Lltcrature
Pol. Sc!. 20. 21. or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Chemistry 91
Electives
DENTISTRY
Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take
geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high school. Courses
in physics and chemistry are highly desirable.
f i e following schedule will meet the requirements for admission t o
most dental schools. Prospective dental students, however, should
inquire of the dental schools in which they are interested about
specific requirements.
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Mathematics 40. 41
Biolocv 11. 12'
~ h e m y i t r y'15, 16 or 5, 6
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
m
I II
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 - 5
5 5
- 6 6
6
6 1/3 1/3 1/3
-
SOPHOMORE
Term
I n III
Cr Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
Speech, Lit. or Hist.
Psychology 5
chemistry 51, 52
Physics 21, 22. 23
ECONOMICS MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education.
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1. 2, or 3
Natural Science or Math
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Sociology 61
Economics 51, 58
Electives
I
I1 I11
c=.Cr.
5
-
- -
4
SOPHOMORE
Cr.
5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr.
Cr. Cr.
-4
4 4 -
- -
Term
I 11 nr
Cr Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
Business Ad. 1, 2
Economics 22. 23
Electives
Term
SENIOR
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Electives
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Students planning t o prepare for elementary school teaching are
required t o complete the following curriculum. Except where a
choice is indicated substitutions may be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. Since the optional
subjects and free electives are limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year.
For the science-mathematics general education requirement, elementary education students are required to take one course in
biological and one in physical science. For the speech-literature
requirement in general education, they are required to take Beginning Speech unless exempted.
The major in this program is Elementary Education. Each student
is required t o complete a minor. Variations in the requirements of
the minor from those prescribed by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval. An academic major is highly recommended.
I
Ion ll
lab 11,
I8
mstUl+l P , W S
B ~ , O I O ~s&xm
'
a F.E. m
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
Elective (minor)
Term
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
5
5 5
- 4
5
5
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- 4 -
-
-
- - -
SOPHOMORE
Term
I 11 In
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
Physical Science
Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
Music 30
History 21 or 22
Elective (minor)
Term
SENIOR
Religion
Education 77
Philosonhv 21
speech- lf
Education 79
Education 87
Education 65
Electives (minor)
Religion
Education 55
Education 56
Education 52, 53, 54
Geography 14
Education 64
Education 57, 63
Education 58
-Mathematics 56
Elective (minor)
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - 15 4 - - - 4
3
4
- - 2
8 - 4
-
- -
JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The program outlined below satisfies the requirements for
certification at the junior and senior high school level in Minnesota and most of the neighboring states. The student should, during his sophomore year, apply to the Committee on Teacher Education for admission t o the education curriculum. He will also need
t o apply for student teaching during the junior year. Admission will
be determined on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications.
Areas in which students may obtain teaching majors or minors
are:
Health and Physical Education
Mathematics
Music
Natural Science
Biology
Chemistry
Physics
Social Sciences
History
Political Science
Art
Business ducati ion
English-Language Arts
English
Speech
Foreign Language
French
German
Scandinavian Studies
Spanish
Minors for teaching are also offered in Latin and Library Science.
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Electives
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4 5 - 5 5
4
- 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
5-6 5
-
-
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Music 30 or Art 1
Natural Science or Math.
Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
or Economics 22
Psychology 5
Electives
Term
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 21
Sueech 11 or Literature
ducatio ion 50, 59
Education 52. 53, 54
H. P.E. 10
Electives in the major
I
I1 I11
SENIOR
Reliigon
Education 83, 84
Education 87
Electives in the major
Term
I TI 111
Cr, Cr. Cr.
- 5 4 4 - - 4
5-6 5-6 -
-
5
-
-
-
4-5
6
Term
I I1 I11
Cr, Cr. Cr.
-
4
-
ENGINEERING
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
enroll in a school of engineering. Students planning to enter this
program should have completed four years of high school mathematics and be qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to
enter Mathematics 41. Those who plan t o transfer to the Institute
of Technology at the University of Minnesota will also need, in
some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering Graphics. These may be taken in summer session a t the
U. of M.
FRESHMAN
Term
I
I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
I
Term
I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
Reliaion 21
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Sociology 11
Mathematics 40, 41, 42
Chemistry 15, 16 or 5, 6
H. P.E. 1. 2. 3
Art 1
I
Term
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Relieion
P~YECS75
Physics 62. 63
Physics Lab.
Mathematics 83. 84
Biology 11, 12 or Elective
Electives
ENGLISH MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
English.
Term
FRESHMAN
I
I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
Term
JUNIOR
Religion
Art 1 or Music 30
English 61, 62, 84
English 72 or 74
English Elective
Electives*
I II
rn
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
5
- -
4
5
5
SOPHOMORE
Reliaion 21
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Speech 11
Philoso~hv 21
~ a t u r a Ccience
i
or Math.
English 35 or 45
or Elective in the major
English 47; and 31, 32, or 78
Term
I 11 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
-
Term
SENIOR
Religion
English 90
Electives*
I II n I
Cr- Cr. Cr.
A
-
-
Electives recommended for students planning to enter graduate school: English 80
or 82, 86, 88, 92, 95; and foreign language.
ENGLISH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11 or 15
English 12 or 35. 45
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
I
Term
I1 111
Term
SOPHOMORE
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Speech 11 and 12, 52 or 55
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21
Natural Science or Math.
English 35 or 45 or 55
English 47, 31
I 11 I n
Cr. Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
Psychology 5
Education 50
Education 52. 53. 54
Education 59
'
English 61. 62. 55
English 72 or 74. 84
Speech 60 or 66
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr Cr.
-
4
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
H. P.E. 10
Art 1 - o r Music 30
English 21 or 40, 88 or 88
English 90, 91, or 92
~ i b r a r y Science 75
4
4
3
-
-
-
4
5
FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH MAJORS
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Modern Languages.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Inter. Foreign Language
Speech 11 or Literature
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P.E. 10.
Electives or 56. 57
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Beg. Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4
- 4 0 0 0
- - 5
5
5 5 5 -
-
-
5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - 10 - 5 -
SENIOR
-
Religion
Religion
Education 84'
Education 50'
Education 83'
Education 52. 53. 54.
Education 87.
4
Education 59:
Ad. Conv. and Comp. 84
5 - Psychology 5
Literature 72 or 74
- - 5
Conversation 55
2 - 2
Indep. Study 99
Survey 63, 64..
5
Electives
5
5
Literature 72 or 74
- 5 5
Electives
* Students who do not plan to t a k e t h e education sequence may substitute 92
99 or other electives for these courses.
* * Courses 56, 57 may be elected for either 63 or 64.
- -
- - -
-
GREEKMAJOR
Students who plan to major in Greek should confer with the chairman of the department regarding electives and courses to be taken
in the senior year.
FRESHMAN
Term
I rI 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Natur?l Science or Math
Greek 11. 12. 13
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22 or
Econ. 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Religion 11
English 11. 12
History 1. 2, or 3
Latin 1. 2. 3
~ o c i o l o g y'11
H. P.E. 1 . 2. 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Greek
Philosophy 41, 42, 43
Speech 11
Electives
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 111
Cr Cr. Cr.
4 - 4 4 4
4 4 4
4
- 8 8
- -
SENIOR
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 5-6 5-6 5 5 5
4 - -
Term
I 11 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Greek
Literature
Electives
BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR TEACHING
Two teaching majors are offered in the Department of .Health and
Physical Education. Students are urged to read carefully requirements listed in the departmental course descriptions.
FRESHMAN
#
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I TI I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
1
-
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 10
H. P.E. 23
H. P.E. 11, 13 (W,
M)
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 50
Education 52, 53, 54
Education 59
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
Econ. 22
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P.E. 57.
H. P.E. 51, 52
H. P.E. 11, 72
H. P.E. 82 or Soc. 31.
"
SENIOR
5
4
-
-
-
5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 8 4
Education 83
Education 87
Philosoohv 21
H. ~ 5 7i*
.H. P.E. 60*
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
Starred courses are required for the broad major in Health and Physical Education
but may be omitted for the Physical Education teaching major.
HISTORY MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of His-
tory.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
Enelish 11. 12
~ o r e i g n~ i n g u a g e
History 1, 2, 3
Sociology 11
301. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
or Economics 22
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
History
Economics
Art 1 or Music 30
Minor or Elective
Literature
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Laneuage
History 21, 22
Philosoohy 21
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Foreign Language
History
Seminar
Minor or Elective
HISTORY MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, 3
Sociology 11
Economics 22
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50
ducati ion 52, 53, 54
Education 59
Art 1 or Music 30
Geography 14
Political Science 20, 22
H. P.E. 10
History
Term
I TI 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
-
-
4
4
-
-
4
5
5
4
4
5
- 4
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Historv 21. 22
~ h i l o s o ~ h y21'
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4
4
5
5
-
-
5-6 5-6
-
4
5
-
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
SENIOR
Religion
Education 8 4
Education 83
Education
Sociology 12
87
Soeech 11 or Literature
History
History 95
I
n
111
13
Cr. Cr.
LAW
College preparation for law school is flexible, and does not require
a specific course of study or a particular major. Students considering law as a profession are urged to study the requirements and
suggested curricula for the following majors:
American Studies, pages 50 and 108.
English, pages 68 and 114.
History, pages 34 and 116.
Political Science, pages 92 and 121.
While any of the above majors is appropriate as a pre-law curriculum, other majors are also highly acceptable. For most law
schools a broad background in the liberal arts constitutes a better
preparation than specialization and expertise in narrower fields.
While not all law schools require a baccalaureate degree as a
condition for admission, it is normally to the advantage of the
student to have completed his undergraduate degree program.
Nearly all law schools in the United States require applicants
to take a standardized Law School Admission Test, administered
several times each year a t prescribed times.
Students interested in law as a possible vocation should contact
the pre-law adivsor, chairman of the Department of Political Science.
MATHEMATICS MAJOR
The following course of study is designed for students who have a
strong background in mathematics from high school. Students who
lack this background may need to complete Mathematics 13, 14
before registering for Mathematical Analysis.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Math. 40, 41, 42
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
I I1 I11
SOPHOMORE
Cr.
Cr. Cr.
- 5
Religion 21
4
5 - ; Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or
5 5 Econ. 22
- 4
Sociolom 11
5 5 5
~oreig-~anguage
Art 1 or Music 30
1/3 1/3 1/3
Physics or Chemistry
Mathematics 43, 58, 64
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - -
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 ILI
Cr Cr. Cr.
FRESHMAN
-
-
-
SENIOR
--
4-5
4
- 4 4
- 4 5-6 5-6 5 4 4
Religion
Mathematics 67
Mathematics 80
Mathematics 99
Electives
Relieion
ath he ma tics 83. 84, 85
Mathematics 72. 73
Philosophy 21
Speech- 11 or Literature
Mathematics 61
Electives
MATHEMATICS MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5 5 5
4
5 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
- -
- - -
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Sociolow 11
Pol. ~ d 20,
: 21. or 22 or
Econ. 22
Mathematics 43, 58. 64
Physics or Chemistry
Term
I I
I
Cr Cr. Cr.
- -
4
-
4
4
5
-
-
- -
4-5
5 4 4
5-6 5-6
-
~
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Art 1 or Music 30
Education 50, 59
Speech 11 or Literature
Psychology 5
Mathematics 83, 84
Educatiun 52. 53, 54
Philosophy 21
Mathematics 61, 72
Elective
4
-
- -
4
SENIOR
Term
I I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 87
Education
84
- - - ---Education 83
mathematics 80
Mathematics 67
Mathematics 99
H. P.E. 10
Electives
~
0
0
-
4
-
4
4
-
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR
Students may complete a course of instruction leading to the
Bachelor af Arts degree with a major in medical technology by
completing three years of academic work at Augsburg College and
twelve months of preparation at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital in Minneapolis. A minimum of 24 credits each of biology
and chemistry, and one term of mathematics, is required. A college
course in physics is strongly recommended. The program outlined
prepares students for certification in medical technology, and it
also includes the Augsburg graduation requirements. In the senior
year students taking this program must register a t Augsburg as
well as at the affiliated hospital.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 2
Sociolom 11
Siiii&"11, 12
Chemistry 5 or 15
Chemistry 6 or 16
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreien Laneuaee
POI.
Sci. 20; 21; or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21 or 23
Physics 3
Chemistrv 53
Bidlogy -71
electives
Biology 76
Term
I 11 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 - 5
-
- 4 - 4
6 6
- -
6
6 1/3 1/3 1/3
-
I
Term
I1 I11
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Art 1 or Music 30
S ~ e e c h11 or Literature
ath he ma tics 13
Chemistry 23
Biology 53 or 73
Biology 72
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5 5
4 - - 4 -
- -
-
SENIOR
Cr. Cr. Ct
-
4
4
4
4
-
Lectures, laboratory and practical work
at General or Swedish Hospital for 12
months.
45 credits
MEDICINE
Since most pre-medical students at Augsburg have gone to the
Medical School of the University of Minnesota, the following is
based on its requirements for admission. Information for other
medical schools may be obtained from "Medical School Admissions Requirements," published by the Association of American
Medical Colleges, and available in the Augsburg library. It is the
responsibility of the individual student to see that he has completed
the requirements for admission to the medical schools to which he
intends to make application.
The "Minimum Requirements" for the Medical School, University
of Minnesota, as translated into courses a t Augsburg College, are
a s follows:
m:
Credits
12
12
12
5
9
Biology 11. 12
Chemistry 15. 16
Chemistry 51. 52
Chemistry 53
English 11, 12
Literature elective
Mathematics 40, 41
Physics 21, 22, 23
Social Science and Humanities
General electives
4
Recommended:
Physical Chemistry 61
Mathematics 42 (calculus)
Medical schools emphasize the word "minimum" in listing their
minimum requirements. In addition to the required and recommended courses listed, pre-medical students are encouraged to
take a t least two additional courses in biology and one course in
psychology. Some medical schools require or strongly recommend
this work. Broad studies in the liberal arts are highly desirable.
Pre-medical students normally complete a major in either biology
or chemistry. The minimum requirements for a biology major are
shown under Department of Biology; for a chemistry major under
Department of Chemistry. Students are strongly urged to consult
these departments early for advice on scheduling these majors.
MUSIC MAJOR FOR TEACHING
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Music.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Music 1, 2, 3
Applied Music
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50
Education 52. 53. 54
Education 68
Education 59
Art 1
Music 53*, 54
Music 60, 61
Music 57, 58
Music Organization
Applied Music
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- -
- 4-
4
5
5
5
-
4
5 4
1 1 1
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 4
4
- -
0
0
0
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Sociology 11
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Iviusic 4, 5, 6
Applied Music
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or
Economics 22
H. P.E. 10
Philosophy 21
Music Organization
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
5
-
-
4
-
-
-
-
5-6 5-6
4
4
4
1
1
1
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
4
-
!
MUSIC MAJOR
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Music 1, 2, 3
Applied Music
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
I TI 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
5
5 5
- -
- .
4
1
- 4-
5
1
4
1
1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Music 4, 5, 5
Applied Music
Music Organization
Elective
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 4
-
4
4
4-5 4-5
-
-
I
JUNIOR
Term
II 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
I
Term
nrn
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religicn
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21
Music 76
Applied Music
Music Organization
S ~ e e c h 11 or Literature
~iectives
Religion
Art 1
Music 60. 61, 62
Music
53.. b8 54
Music 57,
- Applied Music
Music Organization
Electives
Choral Technique may be substituted for Instrumental Technique in the fall term.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
A major in natural science consists of 63 credits in science and
mathematics with a t least 27 credits in each of two of the areas
of biology, chemistry, physics; or at least 27 cred,its in each of three
of the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics.
The following program is suggested.
I
FRESHMAN
Rellgion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Natural Science
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
..
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 21
atural Science or Math.
.
d
Term
II 111
- 5
5 5 5
-- 4-
Cr. Cr. Cr.
P.E. 10
4
4
-
-
5-6 5-6
1/3 1/3 1/3
I
Term
II rn
CP. Cr. Cr.
- -- 4 - 4
4 - 5
4
9
0
-
8
8
0
5
0
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Art 1 or Music 30
Natural Science or Math.
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Psychology 5
I
Term
nrn
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4 4
4
- 13 13
-
- -
- -
5
-
4-5
-
Term
SENIOR
Religion
Natur.al Science or Math.
Education 84
&ducation 83
Education 87
I 11
m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 - 13 13
10
5 - -
- -
-
-
4
-
I
PHILOSOPHY MAJOR
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreien LanmaPe
ist tory 1, 2,-or-3
Sociology 11
Philosophy 21
H. P.E. 1. 2. 3
Electives
Term
I II III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5
5 5 4
--
-
- - - 4
- - 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- - 4
4
Term
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Art -1 or
Music 30
..~
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Ph~!osophy 23
Philosophy 41, 42, 43
Term
JUNIOR
Religion
Speech 11 or 51 or Literature
Philosophy Elective
Electives
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr, Cr.
4
-
5
6
- -
4 5 5
6 10
SENIOR
I
II I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4 - 5-6 5-6
4 - -
-
-
5
4
-
4
4-5
4
Term
I n m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Philosophy 99
Philosophy Elective
Electives
PHYSICS MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of
Physics.
Term
FRESHMAN
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Wath. 14 or 40
Mathematics 41. 42
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Physics 21, 22, 23
Mathematics 43
Mathematics 58
Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
or Sconomics 22
Philosophy 21
Term
-
-
5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr Cr.
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Physics 61
Physics 51. 52
ath he ma tics 83. 84, 85
Art 1 or Music 30
Physics 62, 63
Physics 77
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
Reliigon
Physics 81, 82
Physics 77
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Political Science.
Term
FRESHMAN
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 3
phi lo so ah^ 21
Math. or - ~ a t u r a lScience
Sociology 11
Political Sci. 20, 21
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
SOPHOMORE
I I1 111
Cr Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Art 1 or Music 30
Sociology 61. 62
-
4
-
5-6 5-6
- -
5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
politic& kci. 22, 50
Camputer Science 45
History 21, 22
5
5
Term
JUNIOR
~ o r s g nLanguage
Political Sci. 60
Political Sci. 80, 81, 84
Economics 22. 23
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr.
4
- 5
4 4 4
4
-
5
-
4
4
-
5
Term
SENIOR
I I1 I11
Cr.
- -
4
4
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
~oliSicai Sci. 51. 62
Political Sci. 70, 71
Foreign Language
Electives
~iferature
Elective
PSYCHOL,OGY
MAJOR
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Natural Science or Math
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Electives
I
Term
I1 I11
Cr.
-.
. Cr.
- - . Cr.
--
- -
4
5
5
5
5
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Speech 11 or Literature
Psychology 5
Electives
Term
JUNIOR
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Foreign Language
Sociology 61
Psvcholoev 59
~s$cholog$ 64
Psychology 61, 62
Psychology Electives
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
-
5
-
Term
I 11 I11
SENIOR
Religion
Psychology
Psychology
Psychology
Psychology
Electives
Cr. Cr. Cr.
81
99
91
Elective
0
RELIGION MAJOR
'
FRESHMAN
I
Term
I1 rII
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Natural Science or Math.
History 1, 2
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
Electives
SOPHOMORE
I
Term
IIm
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Religion
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Philosophy 21
Electives
I
Term
11 m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4 4
4
4
4
4
5 - - 4 6
SENIOR
Religion
Religion 86
Literature
Sociology
Electives
Term
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 4 -
O
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Modern Languages.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Scand. 1. 2
2, or 3
History I,
Natural Science or Math.
Soziology 11
H. P.E. 1. 2. 3
Term
I 11
- -
4
-
SOPHOMORE
-
Religion 21
Scand. 5, 6
Scand. 55
Scand. 26
Scand. 25
Speech 11 or Literature
Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22
or ~conomics'22
H. P.E. 10.
Art 1 or Music 30
-
-
-
4
5-6 5-6
1/3 1/3 1/3
I
Relieinn
-.
--..
-.
Psychology 5.
Education 50.
Education 52. 53. 54.
Education 59*
~cand.-l2
Philosophy 21
Scand. 74
Scand. 62
Electives
m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5
5 5 -
Term
II ITI
Cr. Cr Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84.
Education 83'
Education
87'
----
Term
I I
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
5
-
5
-
4
-
-
I
Term
II n I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - 10
-
5
-
Stand. 84
Scand. 99
Electives
' Students
who do not plan to take the education sequence may substitute electives for these courses.
SECRETARIAL WORK
The first year of the following program provides preparation for
certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides
more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses
in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis
of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for
teaching business subjects in high school appears under Business
Education.
A secretarial-work certificate is awarded on completion of the twoyear program.
A student in the two-year program must select three courses from
the general education requirement making a total of 90 credits.
~
I
FIRST YEAR
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Business Ed. 1
Business Ed. 50
Business Ed. 21, 22
Business Ed. 53
Business Ed. 10
Electives
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
11 I11
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
5 2
- 5 -
- -
4
4
-
-
-
5
4
SECOND YEAR
Religion 21
Psychology 5
Soeech 11
~ G s i c e s sAd. 1. 2
Business Ed. 63
Business Ed. 8
Electives
I
Term
I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - 5 -
SEMINARY
Completion omf the pre-seminary curriculum is intended to prepare
the student for admission into a theological seminary course. The
following pro:gram gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It
does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the
counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even
in the freshman year.
Term
I
~ n g i k h11. 12
History 1. 2. 3
Foreign Lanmage*
S o c i o l o ~11
H. P.E. 1 . 2 3
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - 4 5
4
4
4
5
-
4
5
-
1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Term
I
Religion 21
Natursl Science or Math.
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
JUK?OR
I
I1 I11
SENIOR
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Greek
Philosophy 41. 42, 43
Speech 11
Electives
4
-
-
5
5
4
4
4
5
4
-
8
8
-
-
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I
I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Greek
Literature
Electives
4
4
4
4-5 4 12
-
-
16
Since Latin 2 is a prerequisite to Beginning Greek, students who have not studied
Latin in high school will need to take Latin 1, 2 in college.,
SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
A major in the social sciences consists of 65 credits including at
least 37 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 8 credits
in each of economics, political science, and sociology.
The following program includes the requirements for a teaching
major in the social sciences.
Term
FRESHMAN
I
Term
I1 111
SOPHOMORE
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1. 2. 3
Sociology 11
Economics 22
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
5
-
-
4
4
-
- -
4
5
5
5
4
4
4
-
-
-
Religion 21
Foreign Language
History 21, 22
Philosophy 21
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
I
- -
-
4
5
5
-
I
I1 I11
SENIOR
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 50
Education 52. 53. 54
Education 59
Art 1 or Music 30
Geography 14
Political Sci. 20, 22
H. P.E. 10
Economics 23
History
-
5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
JUNIOR
I1 111
Cr Cr. Cr.
5
4
4 5 5 -
- - 4 0 0 0
- - 5
4 - - 4 4
5
5
4
4
-
-
-
-
5
4
-
Term
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
sociology 12
Speech 11 or Literature
History
History 95
Electives
-
4
-
-
4
-
-
-
4
- - 3-
-
4
4
4
'
A social science minor consists of 45 credits including at least
29 credits in history; and 4 credits in each of the following: geography, economics, political science, sociology.
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
study sociology in graduate school.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
Enelish 11. 12
~o;eign ~ a n g u a g e
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11, 12
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P E . 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
-
4
5
5
5
4
4
4
-
-
-
4
-
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Natural Science or Math.
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21
Sociology 41. 42, 43
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
Sociology 75.
Sociology 82, 83
Sociology 91*
Electives
Relieion
phil;sophy 63
Sociology 31
Sociology 61,* 62*
Psychology 5
Speech 11
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 -
* Required for the major.
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR WITH THE
SOCIAL WORK SEQUENCE
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Sociology.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11. 12
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P E . 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - 4 5
5 5 - - 4
4
4 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
I
Term
I1 I11
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Speech 11 or Literature
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21
Sociology 42. 43
Elective
SENIOR
C-.
r . C-.
r C-r.
.
Religion
Sociology 5l.* 52.*. 53'
Socioloev 54." 55.* 56"
s o c i o l o ~ +61"
Psychology 5.
Sociology 31
Electives
-
4
1
4
4
1
-
4
1
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Relizion
Sociology 75. 82
Psvcholoev 61. 62
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr Cr.
-
-
4
Required for the major
SPANISH MAJOR
See under Curriculum for French major
SPEECH MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Speech.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Foreign ~ a n g u a g e
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Speech 61
Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22
or ~ c o n o m i c s22
Speech 60
Speech 51, 55
Education 50
Educztion 52. 53. 54
Education 59
H. P.E. 10
Electives
Term
- ..--.
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5 5
5
4
4
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- -
- -- - -
---*-*
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
ForGgn Language
Speech 11
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 21
Philosouhv 23
speech*i i o r 52
Speech 32
Psychology 5
I1 I11
4
4
--
Term
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
- -
5
-
-
SENIOR
Religion
S ~ e e c h16 or 67
speech 66
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Electives
--
c r , Cr. Cr.
L, 6
I
-
6
-
6
Term
I
I1 n I
Cr. Cr.. Cr.
4 - -
PERSONNEL
Officers of the Board
m
....................
. . . . . . . Chairman
THE BOARD Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg
OF REGENTS Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice-chairman
Dr. Philip S. Dybvig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary
Mr. Herbert A. Johnson
............................Treasurer
Mr. Ernest A. Alne, Pasadena, California
Partner, Alne, Warnick & Mayhew
Mr. Elmer L. Andersen, St. Paul, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board,, H. B. Fuller Company
Mr. Albert E. Anderson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Assistant Manager, Augsburg Publishing House
Mr. Marvin F. Borgelt, West St. Paul, Minnesota
President, Bituminous Surface Treating Co.
Dr. Philip S. Dybvig, St. Paul, Minnesota
Vice President and Business Manager, Luther Theological Seminary
Mr. Jerome Formo, St. Paul, Minnesota
Vice President, Plastics, Inc.
Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Executive Director, Lutheran Social Service of Minnesota
Dr. John K. Grotting, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Physician and Surgeon
Mr. Ruben G. Hovland, Northfield, Minnesota
High School teacher, Northfield Public Schools; Farming
Mr. Herbert A. Johnson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Director, Special Markets, Investors Diversified Services
Mr. John Lienemann, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Minnesota National Life Insurance Company
Mr. G. S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Professor, Director Environmental Health & Safety,
University of Minnesota
Dr. E. Clifford Nelson, Northfield, Minnesota
Professor, St. Olaf College
The Rev. David W. Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope
Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Appleton, Wisconsin
Senior Vice President and General Counsel,
Aid Association for Lutherans
Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice President, Northwestern National Bank
Mr. Clair E. Strommen, St. Paul, Minnesota
General Agent, Central Life Assurance Company
The Rev. Johan Thorson, Eau Claire, Wisconsin
Senior Pastor, Grace Lutheran Church
Mr. John L. Werness, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Partner, Werness Brothers Funeral Chapel
Mr. John R. Winsor, Wayzata, Minnesota
Partner, Piper, Jaffray & Hopwood
ADMINISTRATION
Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . President
Kenneth C. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College
Burton P. Fosse .............. Vice President for Business Affairs
Kenneth P. Fagerlie . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Development
Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students
Fern I. Martinson .................. Associate Dean of StudentsDean of Women
Mildred Joel ................ Registrar, Secretary of the Faculty
Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Registrar
Karlis Ozolins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian
Carl R. Hammarberg ......... Director of Placement and Testing
S. V. Hjelmeland ............ Associate Director of Development
Jeroy Carlson .................... Director of Alumni Relations
Richard Holy ..................... Director of Church Relations
Donald Sorlien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Public Relations
John Bostrom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Publications and Sports
Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Music Organizations
and Convocations
Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions
Mark Johnson ................ Associate Director of Admissions
Marilyn McKnight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor
Richard Berg .............................. Business Manager
Eugene Ecklund ..................... Director of Plant Services
Elton L. Erdahl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Controller
Mrs. Elaine Swanson ................ Director of Food Services
John J. Salchert ............................ College Physician
Orlin Mandsager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Campus Pastor
Irving Hoe1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Book Store
Bjarne Landa ......................... Curator of the Museum
Agnes Tangjerd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Archivist
Mrs. Julie Thompson . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Student Activities
PRESIDENT'S BOARD OF ADVISORS
Dr. Walter H. Judd, Washington, D.C.
Former Congressman from Minnesota, Chairman
Mr. Oscar H. Batzli, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Batzli Electric Company
Mr. Robert J. Bjorklund, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Agency Manager, Bankers Life Company
Mr. Robert P. Boblett, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, A. D. Strong Company
Mr. R. J. Brix, Minnetonka, Minnesota
General Manager, Sears, Roebuck & Company
Mr. Robert W. Fischer, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice President, First National Bank
Mr. Armand Evans, Chanhassen, Minnesota
President, Warner Hardware Company
Mr. J. Roscoe Furber, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice President, Northern States Power Company
Mr. A. L. Gallop, St. Paul, Minnesota
Executive Secretary, Minnesota Education Association
Mr. Roy N. Gesme, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Gamble-Skogmo, Inc.
Mr. Elling Halvorson, Seattle, Washington
President, Elling Halvorson, Inc.
Mr. Donald T. Knutson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, The Knutson Companies, Inc.
Mr. Paul W. Kraemer, Hopkins, Minnesota
President, Minneapolis Gas Company
Mr. Lloyd L. McBurney, Excelsior, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board, Tescom Corporation
Mr. Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa
President, First National Bank
Mrs. Burton F. Myers, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
Mrs. George N. Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr., New York, New York
President, Gilbert Systems, Inc.
Mr. Wendell L. Olson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Fourth Northwestern National Bank
Mr. Donald Padilla, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Padilla, Sarjeant, Sullivan and Speer, Inc.
Mr. Leslie C. Park, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice Chairman, Executive Committee, Baker Properties, Inc.
Mr. Raymond Plank, Wayzata, Minnesota
President, Apache Corporation
Mr. Dean B. Rar dall, Excelsior, Minnesota
Vice President, Honeywell, Inc.
Mr. Olaf G. Sandbo, Columbus, Ohio
President, 0. G . Sandbo Company
The Honorable Luther Sletten, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Judge of the District Court
General L. J. Sverdrup, St. Louis, Missouri
Chairman of the Board, Sverdrup & Parcel and Associates, Inc.
Mr. Arnulf Ueland, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Midland National Bank
Mr. Lester P. Wakefield, Excelsior, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board, Jefferson Transportation Co.
Dr. A. Cabot Wohlrabe, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Physician and Surgeon
COMMITTEES OF
THE FACULTY
Administrative Committee: 0. Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Fosse,
Fagerlie
President's Cabinet: 0. Anderson, Miss Martinson, Miss Joel, Sorlien,
Berg, Ecklund, Mrs. Swanson, Mrs. Thompson, M. Johnson, Mandsager
Faculty Senate: 0 . Anderson, Bailey, P. Quanbeck, Skibbe,
R. Anderson, Nicholl, Torstenson, Gisselquist, Agre, Sulerud
Educational Policies: Bailey, 0 . Anderson, Sandin, Ollila, Miss
Pederson, Karlen, Follingstad, Mickelberg, M. Quanbeck, Stenshoel,
Miss Joel
Library: Miss Kemmer, Fardig, Thorpe, Bergstrom, Colacci
Student Personnel: G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Benson, Gustafson,
Mrs. Karvonen, Gulden
Admissions and Student Standing: Bailey, Miss Joel, Holum, Miss
Rozentals, Mrs. Dyrud, Holman
International Education: Mrs. Johnson, Mrs. Jensen, Miss M.
Anderson, Miss Joel, Mrs. Kingsley
Athletics: E. Anderson, Mickelberg, Savold, Dahlen, Kiive
Faculty Social Functions: Miss Lund, Holen, Mrs. Anderegg, Miss
Kemmer, Miss M. Anderson
Teacher Education: E. Johnson, Miss Mattson, Mrs. Parker,
E. Anderson, J. Johnson, Ollila, Mrs. Olson
Faculty Personnel Policies: Pfeffer, Budge, Mrs. Jensen, Sateren,
Holum
*Judicial Council: Nelson, Chrislock, Herforth, Stenshoel
*Student-Faculty Council: 0.Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Miss
Martinson, Fretheim, Mrs. Kingsley
*Convoctations:Agre, Miss Aaskov, Mrs. Noonan, Benson
*Religious Life: Mandsager, Husfloen, Miss Martinson
Archives: Miss Tangjerd, Miss Kemmer, Chrislock, Landa, Miss
Mortensen
* Joint Student-Faculty Committees
0 THE FACULTY
Ruth Aaskov (1960-63, 1965), Assistant Professor of French
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., Middlebury College, 1960.
Courtland Agre (1959), Professor of Chemistry
B.CH.E,, 1934 and Ph.D., 1937, University of Minnesota.
Earl Alton (1960), Associate Professor of Chemistry (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., 1961, University
of Michigan.
Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959), Assistant Professor of Education and
Psychology
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University,
1947.
Ernest Anderson (1946), Professor of Health and Physical Education,
Basketball Coach
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
*Hildur Anderson (1965), Librarian I, Catalog Librarian
A.A., North Park College, 1938; B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941.
*Joyce M. Anderson (1966), Instructional Assistant in Health and
Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
Mary Marie Anderson (1965), Instructor in Spanish
B.A., St. Olaf Co'llege, 1962; M.A., Middlebury College, 1964.
Oscar A. Anderson (1963), President of the College
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary,
1942; LL.D., Concordia College, 1963.
Raymond E. Anderson (1949), Professor of Speech
B.S., 1946, M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1959, University d Minnesota.
*Stewart C. Anderson (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965), Dean of the College and Professor of
Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.A., 1952 and Ph.D., 1960, University
of Minnesota.
Valeria Baltina (1967), Instructor in German
Diploma, Municipal Gymnasium, 1926; Diploma, 1931 and Magester
der Philologie, 1933, University of Latvia.
John Benson (1963), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary,
1959; M.A., 1961 and Ph.D., 1967, Columbia University.
*William Bergstrom (1963), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1950 and M.A., 1952, University af Minnesota.
*Robert E. Beverley (1966), Assistant Professor of Music
B.M.E., 1946 and M.M., 1948; Northwestern University.
*Vernon M. Bloom (1965), Instructor in Sociology
B.A., 1956 and M.S.W., 1959, University of Minnesota.
Philip M. Bly (1967), Instructor in English
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1961.
Margaret J. Bolsterli (1967), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., University of Arkansas, 1952; M.A., Washington University,
1952.
*Dagrun Bondevik (1967), Instructor in Norwegian
B.A., Logndal Gymnas, Logndal, Norway, 1955; Kristiansand
Officiale Laerarskole, 1955-59.
Bruce P. Budge (1960), Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.S., 1953 and M.S., 1957, University of Idaho.
Penelope Cairns (1967), Instructor in French
B.A., Carleton College, 1964; certificate, McGill University French
Summer School, 1962; M.A.T., Duke University, 1967.
Carl H. Chrislock (1952), Professor of History
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., 1947 and Ph.D., 1955, University
of Minnesota.
Bernhard M. Christensen (1938-63), President Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929.
'"Gracia Christensen (1959-60, 1961-62, 1963), Instructor in English
B.A., Hunter College, 1932; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1935.
Thomas J. Christenson (1967), Assistant Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Concordia College, 1963; M.A., 1965 and Ph.D., 1967, Yale
University
Robert W. Clyde (1967), Director of the Social Science Research
Center with rank of Associate Professor
B.A., Coe College, 1949; M.A., Rockford College, 1958; Ph.D., State
University of Iowa, 1964.
'"John R. Coan, Jr. (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Brass)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1953.
Mario Colacci (1952), Professor of Classical Languages
D.Th., Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, 1932; L.R.B.,
Pontificium Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, 1934; D.Litt., University of Naples, 1940.
Ailene Cole (1956), Associate Professor of Speech
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1949.
Thomas E. Crepeau (1964), Assistant Professor of German (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., College of St. Thomas, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1964.
K. Berner Dahlen (1941), Associate Profess'or omf English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1931; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
Carlyle C. Dewey (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1964, University of Minnesota.
Beverly C. Durkee (1965), Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A., 1952; B.S.L., 1953; B.S.Ed., 1963; M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota.
Grace H. Dyrud, (1962), Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., 1957 and Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota.
Wilfried Edner (1967), Visiting Professor of Modern Languages
Diploma, 1954, and Ph.D., 1963, Bavarian State University, Erlangen, West Germany.
"Edgar E. Eklof (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1951; M.A., Manhattan School of
Music, 1955.
Kenneth P. Fagerlie (1963), Vice President for Development
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950.
Sheldon Fardig (1962), Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., 1952 and Ph.D., 1966, Northwestern University.
Henry G. Follingstad (1962), Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone
Laborato'ries, Inc., 1950.
Burton P. Fosse (1953), Vice President for Business Affairs
B.B.A. and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949.
Terence E. Fretheim (1961-63, 1967), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., Luther College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1960;
Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1967.
Stephen Gabrielsen (1963), Instructor in Music, Director of Male
Chorus (on leave 1967-68)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963, M.A., University of Minnesota, 1966.
Daryl Gibson (1954), Associate Professor of Music (Brass Instruments) (on leave 1967- )
B.S., 1934 and M.A., 1941, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University
of Iowa, 1947.
Orloue Gisselquist (1956), Assistant Professor of History
B.A. 1943 and M.A., 1956, University of Minnesota.
William S. Gray (1966-67), Associate Professor of English (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., Centenary College, 1950; M.A., Louisiana State University,
1962; Ph.D., University of Exeter, 1,964.
*Edwin L. Groenhoff (1966), Instructor in Education
B.A., Northwestern College, 1955; M.Ed., Macalester College, 1957.
Dean B. Gulden (1966), Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1967.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961-63, 1966), Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1956.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Mankato State College, 1961; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1967.
Carl R. Hammarberg (1953), Director of Placement and Testing with
rank of Assistant Professor
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Leif E. Hansen (1961), Assistant Professor of Scandinavian (on
leave 1967-68)
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1950.
Theodore J. Hanwick (1956), Professor of Physics
B.E.E., 1933 and M.S., 1937, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D.,
New York University, 1950.
*Kare Hauge (1967), Instructor in History
B.A., University of Oslo, 1965; Alliance Francaise, Diplome Superior, 1964.
Melvin Helland (1941-64), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T. Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., 1919 and Ph.D., 1930, Hartford Seminary Foundation.
*Katherine A. Hennig (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice)
B.A., 1933 and M.S., 1956, University of Minnesota.
Robert S. Herforth (1966), Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., Wartburg College, 1960; M.S., University of Nebraska, 1963.
Norman Holen (1964), Instructor in Art
B.A., Concordia College, 1959; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1962.
Thomas R. Holman (1966), College Psychologist and Assistant
Professor of Psychology
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1959; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1966.
John R. Holum (1957-58, 1959), Professor of Chemistry
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954.
'kRichard F. Holy (1967), Lecturer of Business Administration and
Economics
B.S., 1954 and J.D., 1955, University of Wisconsin; B.A., Luther
Theological Seminary, 1959.
Mary T. Howard (1965), Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., West Virginia State College, 1948; M.A., University of Kansas
City, 1952; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967.
Richard Husfloen (1962-63, 1964), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1961; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1964; M.Th., Princelton Theological Seminary, 1964.
James W. Ingemanson (1967), Instructor in Chemistry
A.B., Augustana College, 1965; B.S., Iowa State University, 1967.
Valija Jaunlinins (1965), Instructor in German
Interpreter, Heidelberg University, 1948; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
*Irene Khin Khm Jensen (1955-56, 1959), Associate Professor of
History
B.A., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; M.A., Bucknell University,
1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956.
"Olive J. Jensen (1966), Lecturer in Art
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
Mildred V. Joel (1947), Registrar with rank o'f Associate Professor
B.A., Augsburg College, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Einar 0. Johnson (1956), Professor of Education
B.A., Concordia Co'llege, 1938; M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Washington.
Glen W. Johnson (1961), Dean of Students with rank of Assistant
Professor
B.S.E., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959.
James D. Johnson (1961), Instructor in Music (Piano)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A., Julliard School of Music,
1958.
*Mary E. Johnson (1962), Assistant Professor of French
B.A., Smith College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1950.
Sherman J. Johnsrud (1960-61, 1965-66, 1967), Assistant Professor
of Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Chicago, 1955.
Robert Karlen (1959), Assistant Professor of Music
B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; M.A., University o'f Minnesota, 1959.
Joanne Karvonen (1965), Instructor in English
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1961; M.A., University of Georgia,
1962.
Grace E. Kemmer (1966), Librarian I, Acting Head Librarian
B.A., Augsburg College, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967.
Priidu Kiive (1966), Instructor in Physics
B.A., Berea College, 1953; M.A., University of Buffalo, 1959.
'"Mimi B. Kingsley (1947), Associate Professor of Spanish
B.A., Maryville College, 1936; M.A., University of Mexico, 1944.
Bernhardt J. Kleven (1937-46, 1947-65), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; M.A., 1930 and Ph.D., 1941, University of Minnesota.
'"Carolyn R. Knutson (1966), Librarian I, Reference Librarian
B.A., Grinnell College, 1955; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967), Librarian I, Circulation Librarian
B.A., Moorhead State College, 1966; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1967.
Bjarne E. Landa (1947), Professor of German
B.A., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; B.A., 1928 and M.A., 1930,
University of Southern California; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1952.
Bertha Lillehei (1937-40, 1960), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1934; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1960.
(on leave 1967- )
Lorraine K. Livingston (1960), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1930 and M.A., 1932, University of Minnesota.
Ruth G. Ludeman (1967), Assistant Professor of Education
A.B., Colorado State College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1961.
Gertrude S. Lund (1950), Associate Professor of Business Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951.
David Lyle (1964), Instructional Assistant in Chemistry
B.A., Augsburg College, 1964.
*Kay L. Madson (1966), Instructor in Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1962.
Orlin L. Mandsager (1960-61, 1962), Campus Pastor and Instructor
of Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961.
Fern Martinson (1964), Dean of Women--Associate Dean of Students
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., Syracuse University, 1950.
Martha M. Mattson (1960), Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1928; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1932.
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956), Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesuta, 1964.
*Kathryn Moen (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Organ)
B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947.
*August Molder (1963), Artist in Residence and Instructor of Art
Graduated, 1938 and LL.M., 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia.
Gerda Mortensm (1923), Professor Emeritus and Executive Secretary of Centennial Committee
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; M.A., Columbia University,
1928.
John B. Mosand (1967), Instructor in Art
Examen Artium, Gymnasium, Trondheim, Norway, 1954; Norwegian
Institute of Technology, 1957-60; University of Illinois, 1960-61.
Arthur Nash (1922-66), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
Cecilia Y. Nauck (1966), Instructor in Mathematics
B.A., Hofstra University, 1964.
Edor C. Nelson (1946), Associate Professor of Physical Education,
Football and Baseball Coach
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Gordon L. Nelson (1967), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., 1958 and M.A., 1959, University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary, 1963; M.A., University of Chicago Divinity
School, 1965.
Grier Nicholl (1961), Associate Professor of English
B.A., Wesleyan University, 1951; M.A., Columbia Teachers College,
1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1964.
*John L. Nielsen (1966), Artist in Residence and Instructor in
Music (Brass)
B.A., Iowa State Teachers College, 1956; M.A., State University of
Iowa, 1963.
Norma C. Noonan (1966), Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1959; M.A., 1962 and Ph.D., 1965,
Indiana University.
David Nordlie (1961), Assistant Professor of Sociology (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965.
Douglas J. Ollila (1966), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; B.D., Suomi Theological Seminary,
1956; Th.D., Boston University, 1963.
Esther J. Olson (1960), Associate Professor of Speech
B.S., 1945; M.A., 1945 and Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota.
Judith Olson (1965), Instructional Assistant in Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
*Nils W. Olsson (1967), Visiting Professor of Scandinavian
A.M., 1938 and Ph.D., 1949, University of Chicago.
Karlis Ozoliis (1955), Librarian with rank of Associate Professor
(on leave 1967-68)
B.A., Augsburg College; 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; M.A., 1961 and M.Ed., 1966, University of Minnesota.
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965), Assistant Professor of English (on
leave 1967-68)
B.A., 1955 and B.D., 1959, Bethel College; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
*Patricia A. Parker (1960), Assistant Professor of Library Science
B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; M.A., University of Michigan,
1952.
Howard E. Pearson (1956), Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957.
Anne Pederson (1932-44,1946), Professor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945.
LaVonne Peterson (1950), Associate Professor of Physical Education
for Women
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; M.A., Montana State University,
1954.
Ronald D. Pfeffer (1966), Instructor in Physical Education
B.S. Concordia College, 1962; M.S., University of Montana, 1966.
Martin Quanbeck (1938), Protessor of Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1929; M.A., 1933 and Ph.D., 1952, University of Minnesota.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957), Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1951; M.Th., 1954 and D.Th., 1957 Princeton Theological
Seminary.
Gunta Rozentals (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish
B.A., 1956 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota.
Edward M. Sabella (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics
B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1960.
Robert T. Sandin (1958-60,, 1967), Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Bethel College, 1949; B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1954;
M.A., 1956 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota.
'''Lars A. Sandven (1967), Instructional Assistant in Norwegian
Richard Sargent (1967), Instructor in English
B.A., University of North Carolina, 1965.
Leland B. Sateren (1946), Professor of Music
B.A., Augsburg College, 1935; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1943;
L.H.D., Gettysburg College, 1965; D.Mus., Lakewood College, 1965.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1960), Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
A. Mayo Savold (1952), Associate Professor of Music
B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music,
1963.
Marjorie H. Sibley (1961), Librarian I1 (on leave 1967-68)
B.A., 1942 and M.A., 1943, University of Illinois; M.A., University
of Minnesota, 1961.
Eugene Skibbe (1964), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary,
1956; D.Th., University of Heidelberg, 1962.
'"Frank L. Slesnick (1967), Instructor in Economics
B.A., Oberlin College, 1964.
George Soberg (1926-65), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950.
James R. Spiess (1967), Instructor in Physics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1964; M.S., University of Colorado, 1967.
*Charles A. Stendahl, Jr. (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology
*Roger R. Stem (1967), Instructor in Computer Science
B.S., 1961 and M.A., 1964, University of South Dakota.
Myles C. Stenshoel (1965), Associate Professor of Political Science
B.A., Concordia College, 1948; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado.
Ralph Sulerud (1964), Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., Concordia College, 1954; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1958.
*Agnes B. Tangjerd (1940), Librarian Emeritus and Archivist
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S., 1939 and M.A., 1944, University
of Minnesota.
*Rolf K. Tedefalk (1967), Instructor in Business Administration
Graduated, Hvilans Gymnasium, Sweden, 1955; Commissioned, Military Academy, Sweden, 1956; B.S.B., University of Minnesota, 1964.
Philip J. Thompson (1959), Associate Professor of Art (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1958.
Neal 0. Thorpe (1967), Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1965.
John Thut (1947), Associate Professor Emeritus
B.A., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., 1930 and M.Mus., 1934, American Conservatory of Music.
*Vera Thut (1947), Instructor in Music (Piano)
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927.
Renate Tietz (1963), Librarian I, Acquisition Librarian
B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota.
Joel S. Torstenson (1938-42, 1947), Professor of Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.A., 1940 and Ph.D., 1959, University
of Minnesota.
*E. Margaret Trautwein (1950-54, 1961), Assistant Profess,or d
English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1953.
Erling J. Urdahl (1943), Professor of Biology
B.A., Concordia College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
*Leo B. Vetvick (1966), Instructor in Sociology
A.A., 1948, North Park College; B.A., 1953, Augsburg College; diploma, North Park Seminary, 1955.
Eugene Vuicich (1967), Assistant Professor of Music
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1949; M.M., Indiana University, 1967.
*Sister Marie Gertrude Ward (1967), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages
B.A., College of St. Catherine, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1945.
Beverly A. Wegge (1966), Assistant Registrar
B.S., St. Cloud State College, 1958.
*David Westphal (1966), Artist in Residence in Art
Dale R. Whiteside (1967), Assistant Professor of Modern Languages
A.B., Augustana College, 1956.
Robert M. Zeller (1965), Director of Instructional Services
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
"'Alvin A. Arens (1966-67), Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.B.A., University of Minnesota,
*Norman K. Bakken (1966-67), Lecturer in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1947; S.T.M., Hamma Divinity School,
1954; Th.D., Union Theological Seminary, 1963.
*Eric 0. Giere (1966-67), Artist in Residence in Music (Voice)
B.A., Luther College, 1949; M.A., University of Iowa, 1964.
'''Loren E. Halvorson (1966-67), Adjunct Professor and Director,
Academic Town Meeting
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1949; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary,
1953; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1958.
:&JohnW. Knudsen (1966-67), Instructor in Business Administration, Economics and Business Education
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962.
*Mary C. Preus (1966-67), Instructor in Classical Languages
B.A., Luther College, 1963; A.M., Harvard University, 1964.
Warley J. Refsal (1966-67), Teaching Aide in Modern Languages
*Henriette Rodary (1966-67), Instructional Assistant in Modern
Languages
*Marjorie Rodberg (summer, 1967), Librarian I, Assistant Catalog
Librarian
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1963.
David A. Sjogren (1966-67), Teaching Aide in Biology
:!:Paul H. Zirnmerman (1966-67), Instructional Assistant in Health
and Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1966.
* Part-time faculty
::*
:*,::
Ahlson, Margaret Ann
. Williston, N. Dak
Anderson, Allen Kenneth
. . . Paynesuille
Anderson, Barbara Ellen
. . . . . . . . Benson
Andersoq Carol Louise . . .
Minneapolis
Andersoq D a ~ dElbert
. . . . Grossion
Anderson, Donald Eric . . . . . . . . Robbinsdale
Anderson, Janet Marie .
,
,
. St Paul
Anderson, John Luther
. . . . . . . . Climaz
Anderson, Karen Ann
.
. Bnd<cr. iu
Anderson, Mary Kay
.. . .
,
Rcd R'imc
Andreasen, John Gabriel
.
. t-'irrquc. TVis,
Arlf Nancy Jeanne . . . . . . . . . . . . Gknmc
Ausmus, Duane G . .
. Hinckley
. . . Zimmerman
Bagley, Harold James
.
Robbinsdale
Bakke, Judith M
.
. . Canby
Beiningen, Janet Marie
. . . . . . Minneapolis
Benson. Carolyn Mae
... Welch
Berg, Anita Christine . . .
Minneapolis
Berg, David Clarence . . .
Bernstrom, Robert Donald
Minneapolis
, !!;nrcwoli,
Bevis. Lennore A Bylund
Blake, Ronald Richard
.
S d n r z . TVorh
Blom, Catherine Elizabeth . .
rIrrrcIy12
Boies, Thomas G. P.
.
.I!inz~:cpoiir
Bolstad, Paul Raymond
. . . Minneapolis
.
. . . Minneapolis
Bolstad, Rosanne M.
Bonnes, Charles Edwin . . . . Minneapolis
Booth, Tine Andriessen Fort Francis, Ont., Can
Bowles, Connie Lee
.
. Minneapolis
Braaten, Julie Secgmiller
Decorah, la.
Brandvold, Richard William
Minneapolis
......
Minnetonka
Bruzek, Barbara
. .
. . . Butterfield
Buhler, Joan
. . . . .
Minneapolis
Carlson. Lee Dixon
. . . . . . . . . . Anoka
Cartwright, Paul Otis
Cerkvenik, Paula Kay . . . Princeton, N.1
. . . . Edina
Christenson, Bruce G . .
Cole, Larry
. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Coleman, T. Patrick . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Coltvet, Benjamin H . . . . . Estheruille, la.
Coltvet, Helen B.
...
Estheruille, la.
... , . Stockton, Calif.
Corson. Corbin G.
Coryell, Charles Emerson . . . . . Richfield
.
Daniels, Brian Howard
Danielson, Margaret C.
Davis, Kathleen Marie . .
Degen, Heidemarie
.
Delany, Marjorie
.
Drews, Ellen Udine
Onalarka, Wis.
..
Minneapolis
. . . . .Minneapolis
Frankfurt am Main
West Germany
. . . Warn, Wis.
. .
Minneapolis
.
Egesdal, Miriam Ruth
Emerson, Douglas A.
..
Engle, Judith Lynn
.
Erickson, Caren D . . . . .
Erickson, Janet Kathryn . .
Erickson, Judith J.
. . . .
Erickson, Judith Marie
.
Erickson, Karen Kaye
Ericson, Rodger Tilden . .
Estenson, Grace Rolinda
. . Thief Riuer Falls
Ferber, Rebecca Ellen
Ferchen, Duane V.
. . . . Niagara FalLs, N.Y.
. . . . . . St. Louis Park
Finke, Rodger Gary
Firsf Le Mar Jack
. . . . . . . . St. Louis Park
Winona
Fischer, Alberta Mary Elizabeth . .
Franson, C. Vinal . . . . . . . . . . . Richfield
.
. . . . Minneapolis
Frick, Phyllis G
Gilbertson, J o h n Gayle
.
Minneapolis
. . . . . . Duluth
Gilleland, Richard E
Grant, Ordean Leonard . . . . . . . . . Austin
Greenfield, John Nelson . . . . . Sheridan, Wy.
Gunderson, Darlene Ojakangas . . . . . Monticello
Gustafson, Jack Edward . . . . . . . . Osseo
Haag, Mary Lynne Kurth
. . . Huichinmn
. . . h'or:hkM
Hallcock, Beverly Marie
. Rrd IT'ir;3
Hamberg, Sandra Diane Edskom
Hanse, Joel G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3lorri1
Hanseq Jean Mosal . . . . . . . . . . . . Richfield
. Richfield
Hanson, Cynthia Ann .
. . . . . . Thief River FalLs
Hanson, Ronald A.
. . Minneapolis
Hanson, Thomas Frederick
.
Minneapolis
Hanwick, Theodore Thor .
Westbrook
Hauberg, Lila Lee . . . . . . .
Hedman, Dave . . . . . Seattle, Wmh.
Helvig, Mary Lee . . . . . . . . . Truman
Hendrickson, Alan Albert
Negaunee, Mich
. Minnetonka
Hendrickson, John R , Jr .
. . . . Maple Lake
Hoekstra, Harold J
. . Brooklyn Center
Hoff, Larry Eugene
Hokkanen, J e n y David . . . . . Kimble
. Piermont, S. Dak
Holm, Marilyn Franzen
.
Tigerton, Wis
Holm, Steven Andreas
. . . Minneapolis
Holmgren, Sharon Joy
Minneapolis
Holtan, Judith Ann . . . .
.
Radcliffe, In
Hoversten, Linda Marie
Huntzicker, Carol Diane Nelson . Minneapolis
. . . . . . . Pennock
Huseby, Edward J
Jacobson, David R
Minneapolis
. . St. Paul
Joesting, Susan Jean
Johns, Russell H
.
Ghent, N.Y.
Bloomington
Johnson, David Lawrence
Lake Mills, I a
Johnson, Dennis Carl
Johnson, Donna Marie
,
. Minneapolis
Lehr, N. Dak
Johnson, Douglas Arthur
Columbia Heights
Johnsoq Duane Elmer
..
.
Red Wing
Johnson, Gary Steven
Grantsburg, Wis
Johnson, Gay A.
.
,
Johnson, Irene M.
. . Minneapolis
Johnson, Karen Janice
.
. Minneapolis
Johnson, Mardelle B.
. . Kirkland, 111.
Johnson, Robert Leslie . .
. . . . Willmm
Johnson, Sally Ann
. . . . McCallsburg, l a
Johnson, Sandra Lee
.
. Annandale
Joing, Bonnie Jean
..
.
Minneapolis
Kalberg, Eileen Marguerite
Kalp* Kathleen L . . .
Klemp, Joy Carol
..
Klepp, John DeWayne
Koepcke, Janet Lorraine . .
Kosloske, Daryl Gordon
Kotval, Sandra Jeanne
Kristenson, Allan Jerome
Kruse, Verland E.
Kyllo, Loren Jon
. . Hecror
Parkers Prairie
... Ezcelsior
Bag*
Ercelsror
. Fmrmont
Broweruille
Wammingo
Bloomington
Burnsuille
Landa, Mark
Faribault
.
Minneapolis
Lange, Walter J
.
.
. Minneapolis
Larsen, Oliver A , Jr
Larson, Allen James
. St. Paul
Larson, Carole Jane
Newman Groue, Neb
. . . . Hector
Larson, Mary Lynn
. Minnetonka
LaSalle, Judith Carol
Lee, Henry Albert
Camrose. Alberta, Can
.
Lacrosse, Wis.
Lee, Thomas Robert
.
Addis Ababa, Ethiopia
Legesse, Hagos
Lund, John W.
Minnetonka
. . . . . . . . Roseau
Lund, Karen 0.
. St Croiz Falls, Wis
Lundgren, Ida Elizabeth
Luoma, Gracia A. Nydahl
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Maas, Jerry LeRoy .
Mattison, Donald Roger
!finwnpolir
Luck. 1ri7
Mattson, Dean ElRoy
Roscc:r
Mattson, Kathlyn Elvera
.
..
Milaca
Mattson, Philip Dale
McCaughan, Charles A
.
. Blwmington
McGregor, Thomas Robert .
Minot, N. Dak.
. . Minneapolis
Meland, John Kristoffer
Minneapolis
Miklos, Geraldine Charron
Minneapolis
Miller, John Richard
. . . . Minneapolis
.
Minear, Spencer E.
Moland, Lucille Sharon
Malta, Ill.
Moore, James Raymom!
.
. St. Paul
Mork, Richard 3Iiltnn
.
. Benson
Morreim, Jeanne Wanner . . . Cumberland, Wis.
Muehlenthaler, Sharon B.
. . . . . St. Paul
. . Rockford, Ill
Myrvik, Karen Ann . . .
. . . . Hillsboro, N. Dak.
Nelson, Anne Moen
. . . . . . . Lakeville
Nelson, Blair Russell
.
. . . . . . . . RichfieId
Nelson, Jacqueline
Neseth, Carmen Lois . . . . . . . Kenyon
Norlin, Sandra Roth . . . . . . . . St. Paul
Norum, Grant Marvin . . . . . . . Clayton, Wis
. . Wooduille, Wis.
Norvold, Douglas Berg
..
Columbia Heights
Nygaard, Marie T
Oelschlager, Karen
. . . . . Wa~mingo
Oguamanam, Cletus Onyeama
Abbg Nigeria
Robbinsdale
Olson. Gracia Naomi . . . . . .
Olson, Joseph Andrew . . . . . Minneapolis
Olson, Larry Howard . . . . . Granite Falls
Olson, Mary Ann . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Olson, Sanfred N. . . . . . . . . .Roseuille
. . .
Ostby, John Leonard
Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . . Dennison
Ostemn, Karen L
. St. Cloud
Pslmgren. Patricia Claire
. . Cliiherall
Paulsoq Dennis Edward
. . . . . . Minneapolis
Pautz, Lynn Eagen
. Brooklyn Pmk
Pearsoq Wayne Kenneth
Persons, Warren Lee
Minneapolis
...
Peterson, Darrel A
.... Fmwell
. . . . . . Minneapolis
Peterson, Janice L.
Peterson, Ronald David . . . . . . . . Cosmos
Petzke, Bonita Kae . . .
. . Willmm
Pierson, Diana L. . . . .
,
Minneapolis
.
. Harlings
Pinke, Paul August
.
.
.
.
Podas, Gary Charles
Minneapolis
. .
Ezcelsior
Poeschel, Richard Albert
.
. Hutchinson
Popp, Kathleen Ann
. Minneapolis
Prokofieff, Philip E. ..
Wagner, Dean Eldon
Wagner, Nicholas E. .
Wall, Kathryn Elizabeth
Wallen, Lynn Louise
Warzyniak, Robert W
.
Weimer, Martha E
Westby, Steven Amold
Will, Connie D. Clarine
Williams, Richard Keith
Windingstad, Ronald M
Woida, Duane Arthur . .
Woolson, Cynthia Lee
Lake Mills, I a
Si. Paul
....
,
Minneapolis
Robbimdak
Wausau, Wis.
. . . . . . Austin
..
Dawson
Peshiigo, Wis
. . . Hosiings
Zimmermaq Paul Henry, J r
,
Zinn, Richard Carlton
. . Zumbrota
. . Si. Paul
..
GRADUATES, 1967 (through August 31)
Aas, John Edward
.
Adams. Marcia Louise
Albaugh, Marilyn Rae
Anderson. Barbara J.
Anderson, Bruce Edward
Anderson, Joyce Ardell
Anderson, Patricia P
Andreason, Shirley M
Arends, Ardell Martha
.
Asp, Julie Ann
Asper, Victoria Sharon
Axberg, Robert Atle
,
.
.
I
Pelican Rapids
Minneapolis
,
. . Aurora
. . Osakis
Eagle Bend
. . . . . . A ustin
. . . Smgeant
Minneapolis
. Wabosso
.
Peterson
Frederick. Wis.
Minneapolis
.
.
Sacred Hemi
Barnaal, Lois A
Barsness, Anita Marie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Watson
Batalden, Sandra Jean . . . . . . . . . . . . Lamberton
. . Minneapolis
Batalden, Stephen Kalmer
Beauclair, Mildred M
New Rockford, N. Dak
Quam, Marilyn A
Kenyon
. . . . . . Brooklyn Center
Benson, Robert R
. . . . . Minneoia
Berg, Carol Myrvik
Ree, James R. . . . . . . . . . . St. Louis Park
Bethke, Joel Lee . .
. . Cannon Falls
Reiff, Paul G. . . . . . . . . . . St. Paul
Bold\
Marilyn
Jean
.
.
. . Huichinson
..
Princeton
Reiman. Dennis B
Bollman, Lynn A. . . . . . . Minneapolis
.
.
Si Paul
Rindal, Terence W.
.....
Radcliffe, Ia.
. . . .
61 . r n m n i ~ ~ ; Bomick, Steven D
Ring, Vernice
Robbins, Richard Raymond
..
I E r n ~ ~ a ~ c ~ I i - Brabch, Keith Richard . . . . . RenvilIe
Bremer, Constance V Elizabeth . .
St Paul
Ronning, Donald David . .
Fmgc. Y
. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Burke, Ronald C
Ronning Sharon Bjugstad
,
Burmn? 1L.k
Rosenquist, Adeline E. ..
, I: 1 c o n J r i
St. Anthony Village
Chilgren, Donald L
Rossing, Melvin 0. . .
TrilJ.r:r. :\I~da<m?ur
Wolf Point, Mont
Christianson, Donna Dean
Rosvold, L. Beverly
. . . . Co!!onumd
.
.
.
. Richfield
Cina,
Stephen
Alan
. . . . Minneapolis
Rued, Mary Margaret
. . . Bloomington
Clawson, John T.
. . . . . . . . . Willmm
Rykken, Dennis Neal
.
. Minneapolis
Cooper, Grant William
. . .
Minneapolis
Sandau, Ivan D.
Dahlquist, Kathleen
:ifinwnpoli.
. . .
Minneapolis
Sandin, Shirley Ann
. , ,Amnril!n, T C Y ~
Danielson, Thad Carl
.....
Minneapolis
Sather, Bonnie Louise
Deden,
Ruth
Ann
.
Zumbroro
Sawai, Noboru . . . . . . . >Iinx~,3mlir
Doering, Sandra Lee
.
hbhirtrdalc
. . Newman Gro::~..:'r-cS.
Sawyer, Carol Ann
Dolan, Mary Margie
IInw!
Schamer, Bonita Boll . . . .
Tininrn?
Donald, William Paul
, ,
:ltinnr5~c/iz
Schulz, Niles R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zurnbroia
.
3lrrmruerilir
Dunham, Loren J.
. . . . Long Lake
Schumann, Carolyn A.
. . . . . . Beloit, Wis.
Scott, Michael David
Enlund, Marian I
Rich.&-!d
. . . . . . .
Hopkins
Senn, James A
.
,
Rci,r-rr
Enstad, John C
. Blancharduille, Wis
Severson, Roland 0
Erickson, Conroe LeRoy
Canr;grr Fcllr
.
Chicago, 111.
Sexton, Lela M
Erickson,
Douglas
R.
.
,
.Crq!fL..
IVEh
. . Richfield
Shaleen, Esther A.
Erickson. Elaine Marie
,
,JlfinJ-n~o1is
Shores, Stanley Bernard . . . . . Willmm
Erickson, Steven I.
ramhridgr
Sigurdson, Eunice E . . . . . New Hope
Evenson, Larry Kent
H=,I~L
. . . McGraih
Simonson, Ronald M a n i n
Eau Claire, Wis
Sorenson, Richard Edward
Feddick, Kathleen A
.
Duluth
Sprague, Patricia Jean . . . . . St Louis Park
.
..
Ceylon
Fenrich, Robert C.
Diorios, Kyrenia, Cyprus
Stavrou; Soterios G
.
Milaca
Ferguson.
Ronald
Morris
. . . . Minneapolis
Stende, John R
Filreis, Lucille Randall
Edim
.
. Minmapolis
Stenson, Charles 0.
Fischer,
Janet
Susan
Buffalo
Lake
.
Golden Valley
Stensrud, Alan T.
Forseth,
Stephen
W
Minneapolis
.
.
.
Lowry
Stivland, Rodney L
. . Minneapolis
Frovik, Terry James
. . . Silverion, Ore.
Strand, Carol Ruth
.
Columbia Heights
Streufert, Paul R.
Gaard,
Marilyn
Kay
Boyceuille,
Wis.
. . . . . . . . . . . Richfield
Strom, Dale L
Geisness, Camolita K . . . . . . . Alezandria
. . . . Rocksier
Struve, James Kenneth
Gerschwitz,
Paul
Roy
Streaky
Bay,
S
Australia
.
. Fridley
Sundberg, Lois E
. Minneapolis
Gierke, Alan Raymond
Thimsen, Marcia Ann . . . . Minnetonka
Gisselquist, Kathleen Margaret Kraft
Minneapolis
.
Minneapolis
Thompson, Judy M.
. . . . . . Badger
. . Siour City, In.
Torrin, Darryl Douglas Amel
Gisselquist, Rebecca Joan
. . . . . Dawson
...
Miles City, Moni
Gjerde, Ruth Ann
Torstenson, Beth Marie
. . . .Z i m m e r m
Goldenmaq Dennis Alan
Torstenson, Sylvia Steinbeck . . Lake Pmk, la.
I
Gosewisch, Lorraine J. . . . . . . . . . Racine, Wis
Gronberg, Sharon Merle Hendrickson . Clmkfield
Groth, Frediic Ivan . . . .. . . . . . .. . . Edina
Grover, John Robert . . . . . . Rochlle, Ill
. . Sand Creek, Wis.
Gundale, John David .
Gunderson, Barry L. . . . . . . . Brooklyn Center
Gundenon, Karen Mildred . . . Enumchw, Wmh.
H a m n , Bruce Lyle
. . . . . Minneapolis
.. .
. Willmm
Hansen, Lee Anne
. . . . Minneapolis
Haugen, David Allen . .
...
. . . Brainerd
Hedquist, Willard A
. South St. Paul
Heitman, Sharon Kathleen
. . . . Bumsuille
Helgesen, Rebecca Lynn
Helgeseq Sonja Jean
Minnetonka
.. .
. . . Robbinsdale
Helstrom, Gary K.
Hetland, Duane Gordon . .
. . Radcliffe, la.
Rushford
Highum, Gayle Elaine . . .
Hirdman, Paul Thomas . . . . . . . Story City, l a
Zumbrota
Hoeft, Ardis Freda .
.
Minneapolis
Hoffman, Sheldon R.
. . . . Mound
Hofteig, John Haldor .
Hokansoq Dale H. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Hosman, Robert Arthur
Oak Lawn, Ill.
.. . .
St Paul
Hoveland, Dawn Diane
. . . . . . Montgomery
Huber, Ronald R.
. . . . . Emf Chain
Hugoson, Eugene Leighton
.
Albert Lea
Huseby, Rebecca Ann
Jacobson, Carol Beske
. . . . . . . . .. Atwater
. . . Hawick
Jacobson, Karen Lee . .
. . St. Paul
Jensen, Cheryl Marie . .
. . Minneapolis
Johnson, Bonita Phyllis
, Rockford, 111.
Johnson, Dale I. . .
Johnsoq Kaylene Ruth
New Richmond, Wis
Johnson, Lance S
. .
,
. St. Paul
Johnson, Peter N. . . Tananmiue, Malagmy Rep.
.
Minnetonka
Jorgensen, Michael Theodore
. . .. Glencoe
Kivi, Eileen Emch . . .
. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Klune, John Gradie
.
.
St. Paul
Knutson, David Walter
. Wabasso
Lamprecht, Gloria Dianne . . . .
Lanes, Mary Lou . .. . . . ... . .. . . Monteuideo
.. . . .
Lamberion
Lang, Donald George
Larsen, Frederic Clinton
Culbertson, Mont
. . . . . Virginia
Larson, Karen A.
. . . . . Climar
Larson, Linda Rae . .
. . Minneapolis
Lechnyr, Patricia Ann . .
.
Wells, Mich
Lee, Robert Lloyd . . . . .
,
.. ..
. Edina
Leschensky, James E
. . . . Coon Rapids
Lewis, Janice Joan . . .
..
Minneapolis
Lewis. John Carl
,
.
Coon Rapids
Lewis, Richard John
. . .. Wrmerly, la.
Liebers, Myrna Gail . .
..
Minneapolis
Lier, Peter C
Lillquist, George E , Jr
Spring Lake Park
, Lake Crsytal
Lindekugel, Sandra Pleis
.
South St. Paul
Lindell, Jamcs Gerald, J r
. . . . . . . . Hayfield
Lohn, Gary Howard
. . . Dell Rapids, S Dak.
Loken, Ruth Mae
Lyons, Kenneth Russell
Columbia Heights
Cmla>Madsen, Janet Marie .
Magnuson, Stanley Richard
.
~lfin?a~.opcli.r
Mattson, Carol Jayne
.
. . Lakeuille
. . . Madison, Wis
McKnight, Malilyn S.
. ..
. . . . . Osseo
Menzel, Lawrence H.
Zimmerman
Meyer, Marlys Bertha . . . .
...
Minneapolis
Michaelsen, Jennifer Else
. ..
.
Eden, S Dak
Miller, Dennis D
. . Viroqua, Wis
Moe, Eleanor Solveig . . . .
. Minneapolis
Moore, Susan Diane Christianson
. .. . . . . Willmm
Mork. Carol J.
. Owaionna
Munderovski, Roy Vitauts
. .
Robbinsdale
Munson, Diane Shirley
. . . . . . . St. Paul
Nelsen, Kay Eileen
.
Bmron, Wis.
Nelson, Linda Louise
. . . . Spicer
Nelson, Paulette
. . . . . . . Minneapolis
Nelson, Philip John
.
Spooner, Wis
Nelson, Susan Ann .
. . . . . Stanley, Wis
Nerdrum, Cam1 Joan
.
. Hopkins
Niles, Richard Allen
Nordin, Marion Eileen Rudser
dolden Valley
,
. Cokdo
Nyquist. Joel Victor
. . . . . . . Columbia Heights
Ocel, Roger
Olseq Myron Lee . .
. .
Oconio, Wis
..
.
. Roseuille
Omundson, L Jean
. . Spring Valley
Overholt, Suzanne . . . . .
Orbolt Anthony C . .
. . . Kansas City, Mo.
Pedersoq Thomas Calvin
.
Stmbuck
Persson, Maxine Marie
Minneapolis
Petersen, Cheryl Christine . . . . . . . Robbinsdale
. . . ...
Jackson
Peterson, Daniel Lmn
Peterson, Donovan David . . . . Minneapolis
. Minneapolis
Peterson, Gerald B. . . . . .
.
Minneapolis
Peterson, Kenneth R . . .
Peterson, Ronald Steven Vincent . . . Minneapolis
Pittman, William V , Jr
. .. . . . Anoka
.
. . Minneapolis
Pudas, Grant Peter
Minneapolis
Rakow, Donn Edward . . .
Ramnarine, David James Cameron
Skeldon,
Guyana
.
, ,
Hoffman
Refsal, Harley J
Reiff, James E
..
.
St. Paul
. .
. Minneapolis
Reque, Frank Merwin
. .. .
.
Robbinsdale
Rice, Linda Jane
Roe. Janice Elaine
Fmno.> N. Dak.
Ruona. Marlys Denise
. . Minneapolis
. . . . T r y
Rupp, Patricia Emma
. . LaCrosse, Wzs.
Ruud, Charlotte Ann
-
. . . . . . . Milan
Sackreiter. Dennis Arthur
.
Minneapolis
Sahl, Thomas James . .
Salo, Susan .
.
,
.
..
Milaca
. Minneapolis
Sandbo, Mark R
Sather, Sylvia Carolyn
..
Minneapolis
Schlachtenhaufen, Salome Ann
Des Moines, la.
.
Bird Island
Scholla, Muriel Berg
. .
Forest Lake
Schroeder, Marian Ethel
Later Prairie
Schultz, Michael Louis
Schwartz, John Norman
. Lester Prairie
Selstad, John Leslie
. Minneapolis
Senner, Priscilla Ruth
. . . Narhug N. Hamp.
Setterholm, Richard Dale
.
Brooklyn Center
. Minneapolis
Sjerslee. Sallie Stephenson
. . . . Hector
Sjogren, David August . . . .
Minneapolis
Skottegaard, Robert Charles .
.
. . Minneapolis
Slavik, Robert Alan . .
Sletten, Jerilyn Kay
Bmron, Wis
Seattle, Warh.
Smith, Paul D . . .
. Minneapolis
Snyder, Thomas Stanley .
. Minneapolis
Sorenson, John Arthur
. .
.
Minneapolis
Sparks, Carol1
.
Minneapolis
Stensvaag, Ruth Ingrid
Glencoe
Stradtmann, Phyllis Ann .
. . Rockford, ill.
Strommen, Mary Ellen .
Stromsmoe, Gail Marie
Thief Riuer Falls
Sulzbach, Ann E . . .
Minneapolis
. . Minneapolis
Suomela, Adele Joan Hermes
,
Minneapolis
Swanson, Karen Dahlin
.
Minneapolis
Swenson, Joan A Alden
..
. Minneapolis
Sylvester. David Ernest
Teige, M Philip
Tesdell, Darlene Joyce
Thiesfeld, Susan Paulette
Thompson, Robert Nathen
Tibbits, Lorene Monson
Tinseth, Phyllis Dianna
Titrud, Mark
.
True, David Jon
.
Uigaard, Stuart Brady
Wateruille, Maine
. Slater, la.
.
,
Glencoe
Lake Lillian
.
. Canby
.
. Willmar
. . . . Center City
Columbia Heights
Star Prairie, Wis
Vaagenes, Bonnie Bicri
.
. .
.
Walen, Barbara E.
Wall, Geraldine Neff
Warner, Ronald Dean
Wesley, Lynn Carol
.
Westermo, Mary Ellen
White, Clyde Edward
...
Wilfrid, Luther Jon
Wilson, Carolyn Jean
Woida, Karen Leslie Horton
Wold, Philip Arlen
Wood, Virginia Joanne
.
Wyckoff, Madeleine Jeanne
.
St Paul
.
..
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Grandview, Wash.
.. .
. St. Paul
. Minneapolis
.
Minneapolis
.
Minneapolis
. . . Hayfield
St. Paul
Siom City, la.
New Brighton
Columbia Heights
. . . Richfield
Youngquist, Michael William
Yue, Samuel Ka-Sheng . . . . . Hong Kong
..
. Wood Lake
Yuzer, Barbara Ann . .
SUMMARY Graduates -- 1870-1965 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OF Graduates -- 1966 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GRADUATES Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ENROLLMENT
SUMMARY
3496
247
3743
AUGSBURG COLLEGE. 1966-67
First Term
Men Women Total
Class
98
Senior .....
Junior .... 158
Sophomore
218
Freshman . 242
Special . . . . 31
Yurse (D. H.)
Nurse (F H.)
Nurse (M H.)
Nurse ($. H.)
Total . . . . . 747
.
.
112
149
204
255
26
35
210
307
422
497
57
35
44
44
44
44
79
948
79
1695
Second Term
Men Women Total
95
98
193
156
150
306
211
232
28
722
-199
254
25
34
410
486
53
34
$0
40
41
75
916
41
75
1638
Thii Term
Men Women Total
91
154
205
254
28
92
150
198
259
24
34
732
35
41
75
908
183
304
403
513
52
34
35
41
75
1640
TOTAL ACADFMIC YEAR
Class
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior ...................................
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman ................................
special ...................................
Nurse (D H.) .............................
Nurse (F. H.) .............................
.
.. . .
Nurse (M. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Nurse (S. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total ....................................
.
Men
Women
105
162
222
256
35
114
157
207
262
31
35
44
44
780
79
973
Total
219
319
429
518
66
35
44
44
79
1753
TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1966-1967
Men Students ......................................... 780
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .973
Total .................................................. 1753
INDEX
Academic Administration . . .
Accounts. Payment of . . . . .
Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Administration . . . . . . . . 41,
Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Placement . . . . . . .
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . .
Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . 2,
Aims and Obiectives . . . . . .
American Studies . . . . 50,
Archives, The . . . . . . . . . . . .
Art, Department of . . . . 51,
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Attendance, Class . . . . . . . . .
Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41
13
2
128
22
23
23
102
7
108
9
108
32
46
34
Biology. Department of . . 54.
Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . .
Board of Regents . . . . . . . . .
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Business Administration . 57,
Business Education . . . . . 59,
109
12
126
8
110
111
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 5
Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . 24
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 60. 111
Classical Languages . . . . . . . . 62
Classification of Students . . 45
Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Coaching Endorsement . . . . . 72
Co-curricular Program . . . . . . 29
9
College Center . . . . . . . . . . . .
Committees of the Faculty . . 130
Comprehensive Examinations 47
Computer Science . . . . . . . . . 77
43
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . . 97
Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
36
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . 48
Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
American Studies . . . . . . . . 108
Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Business Administration . . 110
Business Education . . . . . . . 111
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Dentistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Elementary Education ... 112
Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
General Liberal Ark . . . . . 108
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Health and Physical Ed. . . 115
High School Teaching . . . . 113
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Medical Technology . . . . . . 118
Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Ministry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . 120
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Political Science . . . . . . . . . 121
Pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Scandinavian . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Secretarial Work . . . . . . . 122
Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Social Science . . . . . . . . . 123
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses 111
Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Distinction. Degree with . . . . . 43
Divisional Organization . . . . 48
Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . 30. 100
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Education. Department of . . .
Education. Elementary . . 65.
Education. Secondary . . 66.
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Eligibility Requirements . . . . .
Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engineering. Pre-Engineering
Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
English. Department of . 68.
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Entrance Requirements . . . . .
Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
112
58
112
113
42
34
20
114
114
146
22
47
12
Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Financial Assistance . . . . . . .
14
Financial Information . . . . . . .
12
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52, 85
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
38
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78, 115
General Education
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .
General Information . . . . . . .
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79.
Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates (1870-1 966).
Summary of . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduation Requirements . . .
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62.
Health and Physical Ed. . 72.
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . .
High School Teaching
Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . .
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34,
Honors . . . . . . . . . . . 34. 43.
Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . .
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Humanities. Division of the . .
41
7
68
115
43
133
146
41
115
Natural Sciences and Mathematics.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
North-South Student Exchange
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Numbering of Courses . . . . . . 48
Nursing. Affiliation with
Schools of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
115
37
Objectives and Aims . . . . . . 7
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
113
7
116
103
102
38
48
Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Intercollegiate Athlmetics. Purpose
and Philosophy of . . . . . . . 32
Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . . . 103
Laboratories. Natural Science 10
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Liberal Arts Curriculum . . . . . 108
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. 3
Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . 76.
Uedical Technology . . . 103.
Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses
Membership in Educational
2
Associations . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metropolitan Opportunities . 27
Ministry. Preparation fomr the 123
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Modern Languages.
Department of . . . . . . . . . . 77
Music. Department of . . 83. 119
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Musical Organizations . . . 31. 86
42
117
118
118
Pass/No Credit Grading
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . 13
Personnel Services. Student . . 35
Philosophy. Department of 87. 120
Physical Education . . . . . 32. 72
Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
Physics. Department of . . 90. 120
Placement Service for
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
8
Plant. The Physical . . . . . . . .
Political Science . . . . . . 92. 121
Pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . 123
President's Board of Advisors 129
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Psychology.
Department of . . . . . . 94. 121
Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24. 32
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . 126
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Registration. Change of . . . . . 45
Religion and Philosophy.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . .
50
Religion, Department of . 95, 122
Religious Activities . . . . . . . . . 24
Repeating Courses . . . . . . . . . 43
Requirements, Graduation . . . 41
Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Scandinavian Studies . . . 80,
Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Secretarial Courses . . . . 59,
Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Social and Recreational
Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Social Sciences, Division of the
Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . .
Sociology, Department of 97,
SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82,
Special Programs of Study . .
122
14
122
123
26
50
123
124
103
115
102
Speech, Department of . 100, 124
Student Activities,
Coordination of . . . . . . . . . 39
Student Government . . . . . . . 27
Student Personnel Services . . 35
Studio Building . . . . . . . . . . .
9
Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Suspension of Students . . . 24, 45
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Teacher's Certificate . . 64, 113
Transfer and Advanced
Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Tuition and Fees . . . . . .
12
University Courses . . . . . . . . .
Upper Division Requirements .
47
41
1
Show less
JULY
AUGUST
COURSE VALUES a t Augsburg College a r e measured i n Term C r e d i t s , and a r e d i r e c t l y i n t e r changeable w i t h Q u a r t e r C r e d i t s , t h e u n i t used f o r t h e i t a l i c i z e d courses l i s t e d below,
which a r e t a u g h t a t Concordia C... Show more
JULY
AUGUST
COURSE VALUES a t Augsburg College a r e measured i n Term C r e d i t s , and a r e d i r e c t l y i n t e r changeable w i t h Q u a r t e r C r e d i t s , t h e u n i t used f o r t h e i t a l i c i z e d courses l i s t e d below,
which a r e t a u g h t a t Concordia College, St. Paul.
Augsburg courses numbered 50 and above
a r e intended p r i m a r i l y f o r j u n i o r s and s e n i o r s , as a r e Concordia o f f e r i n g s 300 o r l a r g e r .
STUDENTS PLANNING t o t a k e Independent Study courses must o b t a i n p r i o r permission of t h e
Approval forms a r e a v a i l a b l e from
department and i n s t r u c t o r w i t h whom work i s t o be done.
t h e Sumner School O f f i c e .
COURSES ARE OFFERED SUBJECT t o adequate demand. Because some may be c a n c e l l e d , students
may wish t o l i s t a l t e r n a t e courses when making a p p l i c a t i o n .
STUDIO ART and INDEPENDENT STUDY-.
Credit
may be earned in drawing, painting, composition, printmaking, or art history -CA~,~,P.
7
10
55, 6 7 , 83, 84,
. , -, 1 9 7 7 --,
85. 99. Variable
credits.
First and/or
------ second terms.
Thompson.
--"Lob"
.
SUMMER STUDENTS may e a r n up t o t e n t e r m c r e d i t s d u r i n g t h e
F i r s t Session ( s i x weeks), and an a d d i t i o n a l f i v e c r e d i t s i n
t h e Second Session ( t h r e e weeks).
Term c r e d i t s a r e d i r e c t l y
interchangqable w i t h quarter c r e d i t s .
AUGSBURG i s c o o p e r a t i n g w i t h Concordia C o l l e g e , S t . Paul, i n
i t s Summer School program. Because t h e Second Session a t
Concordia l a s t s f o u r weeks, s t u d e n t s may r e g i s t e r f o r as many
as s i x c r e d i t s i n Second Session courses t a u g h t on t h e S t .
Paul campus.
TUITION CHARGES depend upon t h e number o f c r e d i t s f o r w h i c h a
person i s r e g i s t e r e d , w i t h a d e c r e a s i n g c o s t p e r c r e d i t when
t o t a l c r e d i t s a r e i n c r e a s e d . The t a b l e below i n d i c a t e s t o t a l
t u i t i o n f o r varying c r e d i t levels.*
--
-
*persons submitting a p p l i c a t i o n s
a n a d d i t i o n a l f e e o f $5.00.
some s c i e n c e c o u r s e s .
Students
s h o u l d c o n s u l t t h e Summer S c h o o l
a f t e r May 1 4 w i l l be c h a r g e d
Laboratory f e e s a r e added i n
taking private music lessons
office for rates.
A-,
EDUCATION 65.
METHODS AND MATERIALS:
SOCIAL STUDIES. 2 Cr. Includes objectives,
principles, and techniques in elementary
social studies; unit development.
(Prereq.: 55, 56.)
Second Term.
TTh. 7-10
~
EDUCATION C-221.
BIOLOGY 6.
HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.
5 Cr. Structure and function of the human
body. For non-majors.
First and Second
Terms. TTh. 7-10 p.m. Mickelberg.
CHEMISTRY 5.
PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY.
6 Cr.
Concepts and laws underlying chemistrv: examnles from inoroanic and organic
chemistry.
For non-malors.
Lab fee:
$5.00. Flrst Term. 10:35-11:55 a.m. plus
two afternoon labs per week. Gyberg.
EDUCATION C-357.
First Term.
St. Paul.
TEACHING OF ART. 2 Cr.
10:lO-11-00 a.m.
Rickels.
EDUCATION C-420.
HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY
OF EDUCATION. 3 Cr. Second Term. 10:5012:05 p.m. Poehler, Otte. St. Paul.
EDUCATION C-451.
TEACHING OF ARITHMETIC.
2 Cr.
Second Term.
10:lO-11:OO a.m.
Warnke.
St. Paul.
EDUCATION C-480.
3 Cr. First Term.
St. Paul.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 45.
INTRODUCTION
TO
COMPUTER SCIENCE. 4 Cr. Theory of modern
digital computers. A particular computer
language is introduced. Includes a survey
of computer applications, problems. Second
Term. 8-11 a.m. Gulden.
ECONOMICS 22.
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I.
4 Cr. An introductory college course
in
economics.
7-10 p.m., MW. Sabella.
ECONOMICS 51. INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS.
5 Cr. Theory of demand, of the firm; price
and output determination, factor price determination. First Term.
MW 7-10 p.m.
Sabella.
INTRODUCTION TO EDUCA;
11:lO a.m.-
TION.
3 Cr.
First Term.
12:15 p.m. St. Paul.
CHILDREN'S
LITERATURE.
9:lO-10:00 a.m. Meyer.
EDUCATION C-490.
TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS.
3 Cr. Second Term. 9:05-10:ZO a.m. Kaden.
St. Paul.
ENGLISH 45. MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS. 5 Cr.
Works of selected writers
from Colonial
times to the present; their contrsutions
to the development of American literature.
First Term. 8:45-10:05 a.m. Davis.
ENGLISH 52.
THE ANTEBELLUM SOUTH:
ITS
4 Cr.
Thematic
HISMRY AND LITERATURE.
examinationofpre-Civil War Southern life:
for each 10-lesson series.
For information contact the Department of Music.
PHILOSOPHY 2 1 .
PROBLEMS OF PHIWSOPHY.
4 Cr. Introduction to the nature, aims,
central problems, and terminology of philosophy.
First Term.
10:35-11:40 a. rn.
Reichenbach.
CHRISTIAN VIEW OF MAN. 4 CK.
The Christian doctrine of man and salvation.
Its uniquenees and relevance to
certain other contemporary views of the
nature and destiny of man.
First Term.
10:35-11:40 a.m. Benson.
PERSONS IN good standing at regionally accredited colleges
and universities, as well as graduates of such institutions,
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing
implies that the student has been admitted to a college and
has not subsequently been dropped by that institution.
R E l I B I O M R-210.
ACCEPTANCE as a summer student does not imply admission as a
regular student of Augsburg College; persons wishing to
complete a degree program at the college should apply for
admission through the Office of Admissions.
RELIGION 84.
9:05-10:20 a.m.
R E L t ~ l o nR-211.
r ~ urr
z
PHILOSOPHY 6 1 .
PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION.
5 Cr. An inquiry into the nature of religious faith, experience, and language.
First Term.
8:45-9:50 a.m. Reichenbach.
rfrsrmcwuAKD
THA' OWI Y'~~11'hHKNT. 3 i r .
Wlfall.
HTSToRY W # IJWrUTIJRZ
~ ~ P T A K E ~ . ,~ .
9:05-10:20
a.m.
.
Wffall.
RELIGION R-330.
Cr.
First Term.
Sohn. St. Paul.
PHILOSOPHY 99. INDEPENDENT STUDY. var. Cr.
First Term. Time Arranged.
michenbach.
L I T ~ A N R GOF
S e n d 'l'rml.
St. Paul.
W
sc~onrl T-.
STUDENTS ADMITTED to Augsburg College for the Fall Term of
1969 are eligible to attend Summer School, as are persons
admitted by other colleges for the fall of this year.
St. Paul.
CHRISTIAN DOCTRINE. 4
11:lO a.m.-12:15 p.m.
IF REGULARLY ATTENDING another institution, a student must
provide the Director of Summer School with a statement from
an appropriate official (e.g., Registrar or Dean) sf his
college that he is in good standing and eligible to earn
credits in the summer session. Credits earned at Augsburg
will be transferred only if this requirement has been met.
RELIGION R-430.
LUTHERAN CONFESSIONAL
WRITINGS.
3 Cr. Second Term. 7:40-8:55
a.m. Stach. St. Paul.
RELIGION R-460.
PHYSICS 1 .
INTRODUCTION TO ASTRONOMY.
4 Cr.
The solar system, stars, galaxies.
The use of optical instruments; viewing
with a 12" reflecting telescope.
7-10
p.m., TPh. Hanwick.
TERS. 1 Cr.
TTh. Stach.
SEMINAR IN PASTORAL LETSecond Term. 1:OO-2:15 p.m.
St. Paul.
OTHER PERSONS wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
SOCIOLOGY 1 1 .
P O L I T I C A L SCIENCE 2 1 . AMERICAN GOVERNMEW
11
NATIONAL.
5 Cr.
Emphasis on the
Presidency, Congress, ard the
Supreme
Court; conflict, consensus, economics, and
ideological factors.
Second Term. 8:4510:05 and 10:35-11:55 a.m. Stenshoal.
P O L I T I C A L SCIENCE 51. CONTEMPOR~RYCOMMU4 Cr.
The political
NIST GOVERNMENTS.
~rocesses'of the Soviet Union and other
communist states analyzed in ideological,
party, and institutional terms.
First
Term. ITh. 7-10 p.m. Noonan.
P O L I T I C A L SCIENCE 99.
INDEPENDENT STUDY.
Variable credit. First Term.
Time arranged. Noonan.
MAN IN MODERN SOCIETY.
4 Cr.
A sociological perspective of the
cultural and structural dynamics of the
western world.
First Term.
8:45-10:05
a.m. Torstenson.
SOCIOLfiGY 57.
5l.lMQ:R W K 111 C C ; ? r ! E C T ? s
z-XLAI. GERVICR. 5 ( 5 . N U ~ O I n b t h r a
a special summer program not integrated
with other Summer School offerings. For
information w i t e
Dr. Joel Torstenson,
Augsburg College.
btlll
SOCIOLOGY 6 1 .
INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL
5 Cr. Methods of collecting,
and intermeting data in the
social sciences. Graphs. tables, measures
of central tendency; the testing oP hypotheses. First & Second Terms. 5:306:20 p.m. M-F. (9 weeks) Nordlie.
STATISTICS.
cnmnarino.
. r----.=.
I
di
. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY.
First Term. 10:lO-11:OO a.m. Maneks.
PSYCHOLOGY C - 2 1 1
3
Cr.
St. Paul.
PSYCHOLOGY 99.
RESEARCH PROBLPIS.
SPEECH
11.
BEGINNING SPEECH.
4 Cr.
Basic problems of effective speaking and
critical listening. 8:45-10:05.
Olson.
SPEECH 99.
INDEPENDENT STUDY. Variable
Credit. Arranged. First Term. Olson.
I
I
LIMITED food 1 service w i l l be a v a i l a b l e d u r i n g the summer
sessions.
I f housing i s r e q u i r e d , arrangements should b e
J a m e s L a n c a s t e r , Manager o f H o u s i n g .
made w i t h M r
.
WORKSHOP
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
-
June 16 20,1969
g:OO a.m. 10:30 a.m.. . . . . . . . . . . ..Knut Nystedt
-
The discussion will center on "Music in Europe
i n the Atomic Age" and "New Sounds in Choral
Music." Many taped examples, as well as the
actual scores, brought from Europe by Mr.
Nystedt will be used.
-
10:45 a.m. 12:15 p.m.. . . . . . . . .Leland B. Sateren
I
DR. LELAND B. SATEREN, a
1935 graduate of Augsburg College,
received his master's degree from
the University of Minnesota i n
1943. He returned to Augsburg in
1946 and has directed the Augsburg Choir and served as chairman
of the Department of Music since
1950.In 1965 he was honored with
a Doctor of Humane Letters degree
from Gettysburg College, Gettysburg, Pa., and a Doctor of Music
degree from Lakeland College, Sheboygan, Wis. With many published
choral works to his credit, Dr.
Sateren has also written several
books and numerous articles on
choral music and its performance.
Wide interest i n the field of
music is evidenced by his professional memberships in the Music
Educators Association, the Hymn
Society of America, and his work
as a member of the Inter-Lutheran
Commission on Worship. The Augsburg Choir, under Dr. Sateren's
direction, has premiered several
contemporary pieces which emphasize t h e "new sound" i n choral
music. In December the choir sang
the premiere of Christobal Halffter's "Yes Speak Out Yes" i n the
General Assembly of the United
Nations in New York City with the
Minnesota Orchestra.
Choral Topics I
"Graphing the Vowel," "Suspensions and Other
Organic Expressive Elements" a n d "Part
Dynamics" are included in the topics for discussion and demonstration.
-
1:30 p.m. 3:30 p.m.
. . . . . . . . . . . . .Dale Warland
This study of larger-than-anthem choral works
will include Penderecki's "Stabat Mater,"
Stravinsky's "Symphony of Psalms," Nicolas
Roussakis' "Night Speech," Britten's "Rejoice
in the Lamp," Poulenc's "Gloria," a_nd others.
I
Recreation Period
KNUT NYSTEDT, a graduate of
the Oslo Conservatory of Music, is
conductor of the Norwegian Soloist
Choir and professor of choral conducting at the University of Oslo.
He is ;currently composer in residence at Augsburg College. In the
United States he has studied composition with Aaron Copland, conducting with Robert Shaw, a n d
organ with Ernest White. His compositions, both choral and instrumental. have been premiered i n
Norway by both the Oslo Philharmonic Orchestra and the Norske
Solistkor and in this country by several orchestral and choral groups
including the Augsburg Choir. Mr.
Nystedt recently received the
St. Olaf Veda1 from the King of
Norway for his contributions to the
musical life of his country. In the
year of its birth, Nystedt's setting
of "De Profundis" won the coveted
Norwegian prize as the best composition of the year, all categories
considered, and it was subsequently
performed a t t h e International
Society for Contemporary Music.
Given its U. S. premiere by the
Augsburg Choir, the revolutionary
character of the piece opened new
paths in choral composition and
performance in this country. His
later "Praise to God" continued the
exploration of new sounds. This
work was given its world premiere
by the Augsburg Choir.
DR. DALE WARLAND has been
at Macalester College since 1967.
A native of Fort Dodge, Iowa, Dr.
Warland is a graduate of St. Olaf
College and has attended the University of Minnesota (M.A.) and
the University of Southern California (D.M.A.). His professional
career has included positions at
Humboldt State College (Calif.),
and Keuka College (New York) before joining Macalester. He has prepared several major choral works
for performance with the Minnesota Orchestra. During the past
season, the Macalester choirs participated q i t h the symphony i n
Penderecki's "St. Luke's Passion"
premiere in New York City and in
a local performance of "Missa
Solemnis" by Beethoven.
Minneapolis, the City of Lakes, offers a full
and varied program of recreation opportunities
to complement the facilities a t Augsburg
College. Swimming i n one of the many lakes,
golfing at the municipal courses and other
activities are easily accessible to participants.
-
6:30 p.m. 7:30 p.m.. . . . . . . . . .Leland B. Sateren
Choral Topics I1
"Color and Concept," "Directing Mixed Meter
Music," "Line" and "Functional Choral Music"
are some of the topics to be considered.
-
7:30 p.m. 9:30 p.m.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Knut Nystedt
"The Interpretation ?nd Performance of
Music by Knut Nystedt.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
ABOUT THE WORKSHOP
Music is never static. It is constantly alive speaking - expressing. As music continues to develop
new avenues and vehicles of expression, the director
must seek the understanding and techniques of
bringing this expression to his audience.
Leland B. Sateren and the Augsburg Choir have
long been associated with the presentation of "new"
choral music. Each year they have premiered important new works such as Nystedt's "Praise to God."
Knut Nystedt, Norway's leading composer of
choral music, is active in the "new" sounds in choral
composition. Mr. Nystedt is extending his stay as
composer in residence at Augsburg College to take
part in this workshop.
Dale Warland, director of choral organizations at
Macalester College, has been associated with the
preparation and performance of a number of larger
contemporary works including the New York City
premiere of Penderecki's "St. Luke's Passion" with
the Minnesota Orchestra.
Augsburg College has chosen this, its Centennial
Year, to enter the field of choral workshops. The
importance of this new music, the music of the
future, will be the primary focus of the Sateren
Choral Workshop in its first year.
TUITION
Without Credit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $~o.oo*
This includes mimeographed materials and attendance ?t 911 sessions. Participants will be given the
opportunity of purchasing the music used in the
workshop.
Partial Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $25.00~
Partial registration is available for those unable to
attend the complete workshop but wishing to take
part as their schedules permit.
Undergraduate Credit.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $20.00
One or two undergraduate credits may be earned
through Augsburg College upon examination and
payment of the special $20.00fee. This fee is leveled
by the college and has nothing to do with the $50.00
fee listed above.
*A 10% discount will be granted to applications received b y
May 30.
ROOM AND BOARD
Single Rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $55.00
Double Rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _ .
. . . . $45.00
Participants .will be housed in the new high-rise
dormitory, Urness Tower. Meals will be served in the
College Center Commons. Accommodations for
wives or husbands are available.
AUGSBURG
STUDENT NO.
-Mr.
NAME: - Miss
Mrs.
COLLEGENOW
ATTENDING, i f o t h e r t h a n Augsburg:
PRESENT ADDRESS:
ZIP:
PHONE :
PERMANENT ADDRESS:
ZIP:
PHONE:
CLASSIFICATION AS OF JUNE, 1969 [ P l e a s e c i r c l e ] : F r . SO. J r . S r . O t h e r :
I p l a n t o attend:
*
- F i r s t Term (June 9 - J u l y 18)
Second Term ( J u l y 21-Auaust 9 ) *
T h e Second Term a t C o n c o r d i a , S t . P a u l , l a s t s a n a d d i t i o n a l w e e k , i . e . , t h r u A u g u s t 16
FROM THE LIST OF p r o j e c t e d Summer School o f f e r i n g s , p l e a s e e n t e r below your FIRST and
ALTERNATE c h o i c e s . Actual o f f e r i n g s w i l l be determined by demand. A normal maximum of
15 c r e d i t s may be earned d u r i n g t h e two terms [16 c r e d i t s i f t h e Second Term work i s
taken a t Concordia C o l l e g e ] .
FIRST CHOICES
Dept.
No.
Title
Term [ s l
Credits
1
ALTERNATES
I ENCLOSE A TUITION DEPOSIT OF $
. A t u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $25.00 i s r e q u i r e d f o r
p e r s o n s p r e r e g i s t e r i n g f o r f i v e o r more c r e d i t s ; t h e d e p o s i t f o r f o u r o r f e w e r c r e d i t s
i s $15.00.
Payment i n f u l l o f Summer S c h o o l c h a r g e s i s r e q u i r e d when f i n a l r e g i s t r a t i o n
i s c o m p l e t e d o n t h e d a t e c l a s s e s a r e s c h e d u l e d t o b e g i n . Make c h e c k t o Augsburg C o l l e g e
I submit t h i s A p p l i c a t i o n and P r e r e g i s t r a t i o n s u b j e c t t o t h e c o n d i t i o n s o f t h e 1969
Augsburg Summer School B u l l e t i n , which I have read and agree t o .
Date :
.
Signature:
.
-
-
. .. .
R e t u r n c o m p l e t e d f o r m , t o g e t h e r w i t h d e p o s i t , t o Summer S c h o o l O f f i c e , Augsburg C o l l e g e ,
M i n q e a p o l j s , MN 55404.
Or b r i n g t o t h e Summer S c h o o l O f f i c e , Memorial H a l l , Room 1 1 1 .
"
c
~
~
-
-
~
~
'
X
~
L
~
,
,
,
~
,
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
"
C
C
C
- .
b MtZd w*
REGISTRATION
FORM
E n c l o s e d i s $20.00 r e s e r v a t i o n f e e f o r t h e S a t e r e n C h o r a l Workshop. ( T h i s f e e may be
r e f u n d e d i f t h e Manager i s n o t i f i e d o f c a n c e l l a t i o n b e f o r e s e s s i o n s b e g i n o n J u n e 1 6 . )
Please check a s applicable:
- I d e s i r e a s i n g l e room.
- My w i f e o r husband w i l l
-I do n o t d e s i r e c o l l e g e
accompany me,
housing.
- I am r e g i s t e r i n g f o r c o l l e g e c r e d i t .
Name:
,
- . . -. -
. . . ...
Address : - .
. .
Date:
,
. ..-.
...
,
-.
-
-
R e g i s t r a t i o n s f o r t h e Sateren Choral Workshop should be m a i l e d t o :
Workshop, Augsburg College, M i n n e a p o l i s , MN 55404.
. .
.
-
ZIP:
Manauer, Choral
-
C
C
C
C
1
Show less
SUMMER
SCHOOL
AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL p e r m i t s s t u d e n t s t o e a r n up t o
t e n Term C r e d i t s d u r i n g a six-weeks s e s s i o n b e g i n n i n g
Monday, June 24.
( F i r s t - and second-year German courses
b e g i n one week e a r l i e r , June 17, and conclude l a ... Show more
SUMMER
SCHOOL
AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL p e r m i t s s t u d e n t s t o e a r n up t o
t e n Term C r e d i t s d u r i n g a six-weeks s e s s i o n b e g i n n i n g
Monday, June 24.
( F i r s t - and second-year German courses
b e g i n one week e a r l i e r , June 17, and conclude l a t e r . )
PERSONS PLANNING t o a t t e n d Summer School a r e a d v i s e d t o
a p p l y w e l l i n advance, i f p o s s i b l e , e s p e c i a l l y i f t h e y w i s h
t o r e g i s t e r f o r "demand" courses (see page 7 ) .
ADDRESS SPECIFIC INQUIRIES t o Dr. M. C . Stenshoel, D i r e c t o r
o f Summer School, Augsburg C o l l e g e , M i n n e a p o l i s , MN 55404.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AUCSBURG is a four-year liberal arts college in an
urban setting.
With a 12-block campus in the heart of
Minneapolis, it is oriented both physically a nd philosophically toward the pulse and excitement, the problems
and opportunities, of contemporary metropolis.
INTO THIS URBAN environment Augsburg College brings a
century of concern for scholarship, a reputation for
great teaching, and a student body committed t o the
values of education in a Christian community.
FULLY ACCREDITED by the North Central Association and
other agencies, Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of
The college
Arts degree in 29 major fields of study.
is associated with The American Lutheran Church.
IN
MINNEAPOLIS
THE METROPOLITAN area of Minneapolis-St. Paul provides
Augsburg students the stimulation and challenge that is
urban America today. The City provides a laboratory for
social and political inquiry. It is focal point for
the cultural explosion in art, drama, and music.
It
provides innumerable opportunities in sports and recreation. In short, the City adds a unique and significant
dimension to the Augsburg educational experience.
THE WORLD-FAMED TYRONE GUTHRIE Theater, the pennantchasing Minnesota Twins, the Summer Symphony, the
Minneapolis Institute and the Walker Art Center these are but the beginning of opportunities for the
student attending Augsburg Summer School.
CLASSES:
STUDENTS INTENDING t o t a k e c o u r s e s o n b o t h campuses
should plan t h e i r schedules t o allow about 20 minutes'
commuting t i m e b e t w e e n campuses. W h i l e s t u d e n t s a r e
r e s p o n s i b l e f o r t h e i r own t r a n s p o r t a t i o n , t h e Summer
S c h o o l w i l l a s s i s t i n t h e making o f commuting a r r a n g e m e n t s when n e c e s s a r y .
MORNING
MOST COURSES a r e s c h e d u l e d f o r t h e m o r n i n g h o u r s
Monday t h r o u g h F r i d a y ,
Four-credit c o u r s e s meet f o r
p e r i o d s o f 65 m i n u t e s , f i v e - c r e d i t c o u r s e s f o r 8 0 minu t e s . S e m i n a r s and I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y c o u r s e s w i l l m e e t
a t t i m e s m u t u a l l y a g r e e d upon by s t u d e n t s and i n s t r u c tors.
EVENING
TO ACCOMMODATE s t u d e n t s whose summer employment p r e c l u d e s morning c l a s s e s , and t o i n c r e a s e f l e x i b i l i t y o f
scheduling, s e v e r a l courses w i l l be taught during the
evening hours.
M e e t i n g t w i c e a week (Monday and Wedn e s d a y , o r T u e s d a y and T h u r s d a y ) , e v e n i n g c l a s s e s w i l l
r u n from s e v e n t o t e n o ' c l o c k , w i t h a 1 5 - m i n u t e b r e a k .
For s p e c i f i c l i s t i n g s , c o n s u l t t h e schedule.
Eligibility
PERSONS I N good s t a n d i n g a t r e g i o n a l l y a c c r e d i t e d
c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s , a s w e l l a s g r a d u a t e s o f s u c h
i n s t i t u t i o n s , a r e e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Augsburg Summer
School.
"Good s t a n d i n g " i m p l i e s t h a t t h e s t u d e n t h a s
b e e n a d m i t t e d t o a c o l l e g e and h a s n o t s u b s e q u e n t l y b e e n
d r o p p e d by t h a t i n s t i t u t i o n .
I N ST. PAUL
ACCEPTANCE a s a summer s t u d e n t d o e s n o t i m p l y a d m i s s i o n
a s a r e g u l a r s t u d e n t o f Augsburg C o l l e g e ; p e r s o n s w i s h i n g t o c o m p l e t e a d e g r e e program a t t h e c o l l e g e s h o u l d
apply f o r admission through t h e O f f i c e of Admissions.
TO INCREASE c o u r s e o f f e r i n g s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s ,
Augsburg C o l l e g e i s c o o p e r a t i n g w i t h C o n c o r d i a C o l l e g e ,
S t u d e n t s may
S t . P a u l , i n i t s Summer S c h o o l program.
r e g i s t e r f o r c o u r s e s t a u g h t o n t h e C o n c o r d i a campus, a s
w e l l a s f o r t h o s e o f f e r e d a t Augsburg, u s i n g 3 s i n g l e
form.
For s t u d e n t s t a k i n g advantage of t h i s opportun i t y , t u i t i o n and f e e s a r e p a y a b l e t o Augsburg, and a l l
g r a d e s and c r e d i t s w i l l b e e n t e r e d d i r e c t l y upon t h e i r
Augsburg t r a n s c r i p t s .
4
COURSES TAUGHT o n t h e C o n c o r d i a campus a r e d e s i g n a t e d
i n t h e accompanying s c h e d u l e by t h e u s e o f i t a l i c s .
W h i l e most o f t h e C o n c o r d i a o f f e r i n g s c a r r y a v a l u e o f
t h r e e c r e d i t s , some ( i d e n t i f i e d b y a c r e d i t v a l u e o f
1@3-411) may b e t a k e n f o r e i t h e r t h r e e o r f o u r c r e d i t s ;
s t u d e n t s e l e c t i n g t o take such courses f o r f o u r c r e d i t s
w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o c o m p l e t e a s s o c i a t e d work i n i n d e pendent study under t h e d i r e c t i o n o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r of
the course.
STUDENTS ADMITTED t o Augsburg C o l l e g e f o r t h e F a l l Term
o f 1968 a r e e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Summer S c h o o l , a s a r e
p e r s o n s a d m i t t e d by o t h e r c o l l e g e s f o r t h e F a l l t e r m .
STUDENTS OF OTHER i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e r e q u i r e d t o p r o v i d e
t h e D i r e c t o r o f Summer S c h o o l w i t h a s t a t e m e n t from a n
a p p r o p r i a t e o f f i c i a l ( e . g . , R e g i s t r a r o r Dean) o f h i s
c o l l e g e t h a t h e i s i n good s t a n d i n g and e l i g i b l e t o
e a r n c r e d i t s i n t h e summer s e s s i o n .
C r e d i t s earned a t
Augsburg w i l l b e t r a n s f e r r e d o n l y i f t h i s r e q u i r e m e n t
h a s been f u l f i l l e d .
5
OTHER PERSONS w i s h i n g t o t a k e summer s c h o o l work s h o u l d
c o n t a c t t h e D i r e c t o r o f Summer S c h o o l t o a s c e r t a i n
e l i g i b i l i t y under s p e c i a l circumstances.
I
I
I
I
I
Tuition
FULL SUMMER TUITION for not more than 1 0 credits
is $220.
For a single four-credit course, tuition is
$115; for a five-credit course, $140.
For fewer than
four credits, the charge is $30 per credit.
In some cases, such as private lessons i n applied
music, special additional fees are charged. A Registration Fee o f $5 is added for registrations completed
later than June 15.
A TUITION DEPOSIT of $25 is required at t h e time of
registration f o r students taking six or more credits.
For five credits or less the required deposit is $15.
Checks should be made out to "Augsburg College".
The tuition deposit i s refundable only if the courses
selected, including alternate choices, should be withdrawn because of inadequate demand.
Housing
DORMITORY HOUSING for unmarried students is available
at a charge of $40 for the six-week session. Cottage
housing, with cooking privileges, is available for the
same period for $50.
Occupancy is from June 2 3 to
August3. Those rlesiring housing for an additional
period will be charged at the rate of $1.00 per day for
dormitory housing,or $1.35 per day for cottage housing.
STUDENTS WILL PROVIDE their own pillows, blankets, and
bed linens.
Course
Information
COURSE VALUES at Augsburg College are measured in Term
Credits.
The number of credits assigned normally corresponds to the number of 50-minute periods the course
meets each week during a ten-week term o f the regular
academic year.
Term Credits are directly interchangeable with Quarter Credits.
AUGSBURG COURSES numbered 50 and above are considered
upper-division offerings and are intended primarily for
juniors and seniors. (Concordia offerings numbered 300
and above may be considered upper division.)
INDEPENDENT STUDY courses are available in a number of
departments and carry upper division credit, thus
permitting qualified students to earn such credit when
regular upper-division classes are not available. Work
in Independent Study is to be done under the direction
of a specific faculty member who will serve as guide
and evaluator.
Before registering for Independent Study a student
should obtain the approvalof the responsible department
and faculty member; approval forms are available from
the Summer School Office.
COURSES MARKED with a n asterisk (*) are offered subject to adequate demand. When registering f o r such a
course, a student should, if possible, list other
courses as alternate choices. Courses without the
asterisk are definitely scheduled a n d are, therefore,
particularly appropriate as alternates.
A ROOM DEPOSIT OF $10 should accompany the applications
of students intending to live in college housing.
FAMILY ACCOMMODATIONS may be available. Persons interested should communicate directly with Mr. Richard
Berg, Business Manager, Augsburg College.
Board
6
CAMPUS FACILITIES for meals include a coffee shopsand
automated services.
A regular board plan will n o t be
in operation during the summer session.
Resident students wishing to prepare their own meals should arrange
for cottage housing.
ART
ART 1 . INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS.
4 Cr.
Historical and topical studies.
Participation in the cultural life of the
community, leading toward appreciation and
criticism. 7-10 p.m., Mondays and Wednesdays. M r . Thompson.
&
ART: STUDIO COURSES.* 4 C r . Select not
Art 7,
more than one of the following:
Drawing; 18, P a i n t i n g I ; 21, S c u l p t u r e I;
78, S c u l p t u r e 11; 50, Ceramics I; 51,
Ceramics 11.
7:30-10:05 a.m. M r . H o l e n .
BIOLOGY
BIOLOGY 1 .* EINCIP_LES OF BIOLOGY. 5 C r .
b a s i c c o l l e g e course i n biology, not
i n t e n d e d f o r majors i n b i o l o g y . $ 5 - l a b o r 8:45-10:05 a.m. M r . U r d a h l .
atory fee.
COMPUTER
SCI ENCE
COMPUTER SCIENCE 45.*
INTRODUCTION TO
COMPUTER SCIENCE. 4 C r . T h e o r y m o d e r n
A p a r t i c u l a r computer
d i g i t a l computers.
language i s i n t r o d u c e d .
Includes a survey
o f computer a p p l i c a t i o n s , p r o b l e m s .
7-10
p.m., Tuesdays, T h u r s d a y s . M r . S t e r n .
ECONOMICS
ECONOMICS 22.* PPINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I.
4 Cr.
An i n t r o d u c t o r y c o l l e g e c o u r s e i n
economics.
7-10 p.m., Mondays, Wednesd a y s . Mr. S a b e l l a .
EDUCATION
G ER MAN
II
GREEK,
I
PSYCHOLOGY OF LEARNING.
EDUCATION C-416.
3 Ch.
An e d u c a t i o n a l psychology c o u r s e :
motivation; r a t e s of learning, f o r g e t t i n g ;
communicati.ng a t t i t u d e s , s k i l l s , unders t a n d i n g ; r e a s o n i n g and problem s o l v i n g .
ST. PAUL: 10:55-11:50 a.m. M r . Heideman.
EDUCATION 8 9 . THE TEACHING OF FOREIGN
LANGUAGE TO ELEMENTARY SCHOOL PUPILS.
5ParC r e d i t Workshop, June 2 4 - J u l v 26.
t i c i p a n t s w i l l t e a c h German oE French t o
area children.
For more i n f o r m a t i o n , s e e
V i s i t i n g P r o f e s s o r : M r . Edener.
p. 12.
ENGLISH
ENGLISH 91.
SEMINAR on a m a j o r American
T h i s summer's
o r B r i t i s h w r i t e r . 3 Cr.
seminar w i l l consider M e l v i l l e . Evenings,
as a r r a n g e d . Mr. N i c h o l l .
A
L AT I N
HISTOR
ENGLISH 1 1 . COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE.
4 C r . An i n t r o d u c t o r y Freshman c o u r s e .
Two s e c t i o n s : 7:30-8:35 o r 8:45-9:55 a.m.
Mr. B e r g s t r o m , Mr. N i c h o l l ,
I
I
ENGLISH 99.
C r . See p.
INDEPENDENT
-
STUDY.
Variable
7. Mr. B e r q s t r o m , &. N i c h o l l .
GERMAN B-131-132.
BEGINNING GERMAN I , 11.
9
:
m i s compliii f i r s f - y e a r
c o l l e g e German c o u r s e i s n i n e weeks i n
l e n g t h , from J u n e 17 t h r o u g h August 1 6 . ,*
ST. PAUL: 9:30-10:25 and 10:55-11:25 a.m.
Mr. Engel h a r d t .
a.
GERMAN 3 - 4 . SECOND YEAR COLLEGE GERMAN.
Note: T h i s complete s e c o n d - y e a r
8 Cr. c o u r s e meets 8 weeks, J u n e 17 t o August 9 .
8:45-10:05
10:45-11:55.
Mrs. B a l t i n a .
CLASSICAL LANGUAGES 99. INDEPENDENT STUDY.
V a r i a b l e C r See p 7. M r . C o l a t c i .
HISTORY A-331.
U. S. H I S T O R Y .
3-4 Ch.
The p e r i o d from t h e American R e v o l u t i o n
t h r o u g h p o s t - C i v i l War R e c o n s t r u c t i o n i s
s t u d i e d . I f taken f o r f o u r c r e d i t s , an
a d d i t i o n a l p r o j e c t i s r e q u i r e d . ST. PAUL:
9:30-10:25 a.m. Mr. B a r t l i n g .
19th C_EflURY EUROPE. 3-4
HISTORY A-353.
P o l i t i c a l , .$decs$ogical, economic, and
7:30s o c i a l developments. - ST.. PAUL:
8:25 a.m. Mr. B a r t l i n g .
Ch.
ENGLISH 45.* MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS. 5
Works o f s e l e c t e d w r i t e r s from ColoCr.
n i a l times t o t h e p r e s e n t ; t h e i r contribut i o n s t o t h e development o f American l i t erature.
8:45-10:05 a.m. Mr. B e r g s t r o m .
ENGLISH 8-364.
MASTERS OE E N G L I S H L Z T ERATURE. 3 C h . Major a u t h o r s , i n c l u d i n g ,
among o t h e r s , Chaucer, S h a k e s p e a r e , S w i f t .
M i l t o n , C a r l y l e , Shaw, ~ e a t s ; and ~ l i o t ;
ST. PAUL:
8:30-9:25 a.m.
Mr. Lange.
.m.
HISTORY 99. INDEPENDENT STUDY.
C r . See p . 7 . Mr. C h r i s l o c k .
9
MUSI
Variable
*-
MUSIC 1.* THEORY I. 4 C r . P r i n c i p l e s of
n o t a t i o n , major and minor s c a l e s ;
interv a l s , t r i a d s , ' rhythms -- t h e i r a p p l i c a t i o n
i n w r i t t e n e x e r c i s e s . Aural s k i l l s , s i g h t
reading, dictation, part-singing.
A fundamental c o u r s e f o r music s t u d e n t s .
Prer e q u i s i t e : Passing a theory entrance t e s t .
10:45-12:05.
Mr. Johnson.
RELIGION
I
RELIGION A-202.
HZ$TOR,Y AND LITERATURE OF
T - ~ - N & W . T E ~ T ~ A ~EU-~ ~ ~ J
+ the
kQy T e s t a m e n t , i n c l u d i n g t h e l i f e and
t e a c h i n g s o f J e s u s , t h e e s t a b l i s h m e n t and
growth o f t h e c h u r c h .
ST. PAUL:
11:5512:45. Mr. Sohn.
APPLIED MUSIC. P r i v a t e i n s t r u c t i o n may b e
a v a i l a b l e i n v o i c e ; s t r i n g , keyboard, and
wind i n s t r u m e n t s . 1 C r . f o r 10 l e s s o n s .
Note: An a d d i t i o n a l c h a r g e o f $40 i s made
f o r e a c h 10-lesson s e r i e s .
For informat i o n c o n t a c t t h e Department o f Music.
RELIGION A-404.
LUTHERAN CONFESSIONAL
WRITINGS.
3 Ch. A n a T y s i s - o f p o r t i o n s o f
t h e Book o f Concord i n h i s t o r i c a l p e r s p e c tive.
ST. PAUL: 11:55 a.m.-12:45
p.m.
Mr. R u d n i c k .
PHILOSOPHY 21.
PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY.
Introduction t o t h e nature, n i ~ r ~ s .
4 Cr.
c e n t r a l problems, and t e r m i n o l o g y o f p h i losophy.
7:30-8:35
a.m.
Mr. S a n d i n .
RELIGION 8 2 . CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC
THEOLOGY. 4 C r . Trends o f Roman C a t h o l i c
t h e o l o g y and r e l a t i o n o f t h e o l o g i c a l and
b i b l i c a l i n s i g h t s t o t h e dogmatic d e f i n i t i o n s o f t h e c h u r c h . 7-10 p.m., Tuesdays,
Thursdays. Mr. C o l a c c i .
.
\
PHILOSOPHY
PHILOSOPHY 9 9 . INDEPENDENT STUDY.
b l e C r . See p . 7. M r . S a n d i n .
VariaI
PHYSICS
POLITICAL
SCIENCE
4 Cr.
The s o l a r
PHYSICS 1. ASTRONOMY.
system, s t a r s , g a l a x i e s .
The u s e o f
o p t i c a l i n s t r u m e n t s ; v i e w i n g w i t h a 12"
7-10 p.m.,
Tuesr e f l e c t i n g telescope.
days, T h u r s d a y s . Mr. Hanwick.
SOCIOLOGY
I
SOCIOLOGY 57.
SUMMER WORK I N CORRECTIONS
Note: T h i s i s
AND.-SOCIAL SERVICE. 5 Cr. a s p e c i a l summer program n o t i n t e g r a t e d
w i t h o t h e r Summer School o f f e r i n g s . F o r
information w r i t e Dr. Joel Torstenson,
Auqsburg C o l l e g e
POLITICAL SCIENCE 92. POWER AND COMMUNITY
InterdisciI N MODERN METROPOLIS. 5 C r .
p l i n a r y s t u d y , p o l i t i c a l and s o c i o l o g i c a l ,
b f t h e changing- i n s t i t u t i o n s and p r o c e s s e s
o f community and government i n t h e contemporary u r b a n s e t t i n g . C l a s s e s meet o f f
campus.
8:45-10:05 a.m. Mr. T o r s t e n s o n .
I
'
POLITICAL SCIENCE 99. INDEPENDENT STUDY.
V a r i a b l e Cr.
See p . 7 .
Mr. Stenshoel.
PSYCHOLOGY
PSYCHOLOGY 5.* W R A L PSYCHOLOGY. 5 C r .
The b a s i c p r o c e s s e s u n d e r l y i n g b e h a v i o r .
~ x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e p r i n c i p l e s , methods,
and a r e a s o f s p e c i a l i z a t i o n i n p s y c h o l o g y .
10:45-12:05.
M r s . Andereqq,
PSYCHOLOGY 99.
b l e Cr.
See
INDEPENDELIT STUDY. V a r i a M r s . Anderegg.
p. 7.
SOCIOLOGY A-221.
PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY.
3-4 Ch.
An i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e emphasizi n g human group l i f e and man's s o c i a l
environment.
ST.PAUL:
8:30-9:25
a.m.
Mr. Dannehl.
SOCIOLOGY 61 .*
INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL
STATISTIC_S. 5 C r . M e t l i o X s - i T c o l l e c t i n g ,
comparing, and i n t e r p r e t i n g d a t a i n t h e
s o c i a l s c i e n c e s . Graphs, t a b l e s , measures
of c e n t r a l t e n d e n c y ; t h e t e s t i n g o f hypot h e s e s . 10:45-12:05.
Mr. F!ordl i e .
SOCIOLOGY 92.
POWER AND COMMUNITY I N
MODERN METROPOLIS;
5 Cr. (See P o l i t i c a l
S c i e n c e 92 . ) 8:45-10:05.
Mr. ~ o r s t e ' s o n .
11
SPEECH
11.
BEGINNING SPEECH.
4
Cr.
B a s i c problems o f k f f e c t i v e s p e a k i n g and
c r i t i c a l l i s t e n i n g . 8:45-10:05. M i s s C o l e .
'G
*..
Associated
Programs
THIS FIVE-WEEK WORKSHOP ( E d u c a t i o n 89) i s o f f e r e d through
t h e c o o p e r a t i o n of f i v e Twin C i t y c o l l e g e s : Augsburg, Haml i n e , M a c a l e s t e r , S t . C a t h e r i n e and S t . Thomas.
Dates a r e
June 24 t h r o u g h J u l y 26.
Guided by D r . W i l f r i e d Edener, a
s p e c i a l i s t from Germany now s e r v i n g a s F o r e i g n Language
C o n s u l t a n t t o t h e f i v e i n s t i t u t i o n s , p a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l work
w i t h f i f t h - and s i x t h - g r a d e r s , i n t r o d u c i n g them t o e i t h e r
German o r French over a four-week p e r i o d .
CARRYING a f i v e - c r e d i t c o u r s e v a l u e , t h e Workshop i s open
t o t e a c h e r s now i n s e r v i c e , a s w e l l a s t o u n d e r g r a d u a t e s
competent i n e i t h e r language.
T u i t i o n i s $100. Because
t h e number of p a r t i c i p a n t s i s l i m i t e d , p e r s o n s p l a n n i n g t o
a t t e n d should submit a p p l i c a t i o n s t o Augsburg Summer School
a s soon a s p o s s i b l e , s p e c i f y i n g t h e p r e f e r r e d language.
SUMMER SCHOOL APPLICATION
PLEASE PRINT LEGIBLY OR TYPEWRITE. M a i l completed form,
t o g e t h e r w i t h r e q u i r e d d e p o s i t s ( s e e page 6 ) , t o Summer
S c h o o l , Augsburg C o l l e g e , M i n n e a p o l i s , Minnesota 55404.
L a s t , F i r s t , Middle
BORN:
19
.,
ADDRESS :
PRESENT
C ig
-
-
-
.
--
-
_
--
EDUCATIONAL STATUS:
STIPENDS c o v e r i n g b o a r d , room and c o l l e g e t u i t i o n a r e
a v a i l a b l e f o r s t u d e n t s who a r e a c c e p t e d .
Majors i n A r t ,
E d u c a t i o n , Music, N u r s i n g , P o l i t i c a l ( o r S o c i a l ) S c i e n c e
a r e e s p e c i a l l y encouraged t o a p p l y ; p r e f e r e n c e i s g i v e n
upper-classmen.
R e q u e s t s f o r a p p l i c a t i o n forms should be
d i r e c t e d t o : Youth D i v i s i o n , The American L u t h e r a n Church,
422 South F i f t h S t r e e t , M i n n e a p o l i s , MN 55414. I n c l u d e
your name, a d d r e s s , and z i p code.
2.
-
-
-.
\
Female
.State
.
-
MARRIED?
-
- -
- ..
--
.
---
Zip
-
.-
S t a t e -_
-
..
- -.
Zip
-
-
--
-
- -
H i g h e s t l e v e l o f e d u c a t i o n completed a s o f J u n e , 1968:
- High School g r a d u a t e
- Freshman y e a r of c o l l e g e
- Sophomore y e a r o f c o l l e g e
- Junior
- Senior
- Other:
year of c o l l e g e
y e a r of c o l l e g e
Are you now working toward a c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y d e g r e e ?
- Yes
- No
THIS PROGRAM combines i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y and a p a i d work
experience i n s o c i a l s e r v i c e f o r undergraduate s t u d e n t s .
A p p l i c a n t s need n o t be s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg C o l l e g e .
Since
t h e number of o p e n i n g s i s l i m i t e d , e a r l y a p p l i c a t i o n s a r e
suggested.
For i n f o r m a t i o n w r i t e Chairman, Department of
S o c i o l o g y , Augsburg C o l l e g e , M i n n e a p o l i s , Minnesota 55404.
Male
Street
TWENTY STUDENTS from a l l p a r t s of t h e U n i t e d S t a t e s w i l l
p a r t i c i p a t e i n a u n i q u e e d u c a t i o n a l e x p e r i e n c e a s members
of a " l i v e - i n " g r o u p , spending e i g h t wesks ( J u n e 17 t h r o u g h
August 9) i n t h e North S i d e c r i s i s a r e a of M i n n e a p o l i s .
Earning academic c r e d i t s a t Augsburg C o l l e g e , p a r t i c i p a n t s
w i l l pursue i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d i e s , a s w e l l a s t h e f i v e - c r e d i t
c o u r s e , S o c i o l o g y ( o r P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e ) 92: See page 10.
1.
-
Street
PERMANENT ADDRESS:
CiRjr
12
SEX:
( I f "yes",
p l e a s e complete i t e m s a , b , and c , below.)
a.
At what c o l l e g e ?
b.
What d e g r e e do you e x p e c t t o e a r n ?
c,.
W i l l you want c r e d i t s e a r n e d a t Augsburg C o l l e g e
No
t r a n s f e r r e d t o t h i s c o l l e g e ? - Yes
( I f "no", p l e a s e u s e t h e s p a c e below t o
b r i e f l y your e d u c a t i o n a l p l a n s and g o a l s . )
-
indicate
.
ES.
From t h e l i s t e d c o u r s e s on pages 7-11, p l e a s e e n t e r
t h o s e which c o n s t i t u t e f i r s t
c h o i c e f o r y o u r Summer
School program. T o t a l c r e d i t s may n o t exceed t e n .
I
T o t a l Number o f C r e d i t s :
ALTERNATES.
HOUSING.
P l e a s e l i s t below o t h e r c o u r s e s you a r e w i l l i n g
t o s u b s t i t u t e , s h o u l d l a c k o f demand r e q u i r e c a n c e l l a t i o n o f a c o u r s e l i s t e d above.
Do you wish t o r e s e r v e c o l l e g e h o u s i n g ?
Yes
( I f "yes",
specify:
(See
- Dormitory
page
6.)
- Cottage)
- No
DEPOSIT.
I e n c l o s e a check o r money
o r d e r , payable
C o l l e g e , i n t h e amount o f $
a s follows:
-
,
to
to
Augsburg
be c r e d i t e d
Tuition Deposit, $
Housing D e p o s i t , $
I submit t h i s A p p l i c a t i o n s u b j e c t t o t h e c o n d i t i o n s o f t h e 1968
Augsburg Summer School b u l l e t i n , which I have r e a d and u n d e r s t a n d .
e
-.
Date
s.igna-eurt
Show less